FAM.

1C-27J-2-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

RADIO COMMUNICATION, NAVIGATION AND

IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

C-27J AIRCRAFT
FUERZA AÉREA MEXICANA

The content of this publication is intellectual property of Alenia Aeronautica S.p.A. a Finmeccanica Company. It must not be used for any purpose other
than for which it is supplied. It must not be disclosed to unauthorized persons or reproduced without written authorization from the owner of the copyright.

© 2011 Alenia Aeronautica S.p.A. - A Finmeccanica Company. All rights reserved.

14 OCTOBER 2011
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DISPOSE

OF SUPERSEDED PAGES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

Dates of issue for orig inal and cha nged p ages are:

Origin al.......... 0 .......... 1 4 Oct 2011

Total number of pa ges in this manu al is 129 6, consistin g o f th e following:

Page No. Chang e No. (*) Pa ge No. Ch ange No. (*) Page No. Cha nge No. (*) Page No. Change No. (*)

Ti tle Page .................... 0

A .................... 0
i th ru xvii .................... 0
xviii blan k .................... 0
1-1 thru 1-3 .................... 0
1-4 blan k .................... 0
2-1 thru 2-10 .................... 0
3-1 thru 3-18 8 .................... 0
4-1 thru 4-14 4 .................... 0
5-1 thru 5-54 .................... 0
6-1 thru 6-12 .................... 0
7-1 thru 7-75 .................... 0
7-76 bla nk .................... 0
8-1 thru 8-29 .................... 0
8-30 bla nk .................... 0
9-1 thru 9-9 .................... 0
9–10 bla nk .................... 0
10-1 thru 10- 15 .................... 0
10-16 bl ank .................... 0
11-1 thru 11- 24 .................... 0
12-1 thru 12- 37 .................... 0
12-38 bl ank .................... 0
13-1 thru 13- 21 .................... 0
13–2 2 b lank .................... 0
14-1 thru 14- 34 .................... 0
15-1 thru 15- 35 .................... 0
15–3 6 b lank .................... 0
16-1 thru 16- 38 .................... 0
17-1 thru 17- 65 .................... 0
17- 66 blan k .................... 0
18-1 thru 18- 61 .................... 0
18-62 bl ank .................... 0
19-1 thru 19- 10 .................... 0
20-1 thru 20- 32 .................... 0
21-1 thru 21- 29 .................... 0
21-30 bl ank .................... 0
22-1 thru 22- 15 .................... 0
22-16 bl ank .................... 0
23-1 thru 23- 31 .................... 0
23- 32 blan k .................... 0
24-1 thru 24- 25 .................... 0
24-26 bl ank .................... 0
25-1 thru 25-1 60 .................... 0
26-1 thru 26- 28 .................... 0
27-1 thru 27- 38 .................... 0
28-1 thru 28 -9 .................... 0
28-10 bl ank .................... 0
29-1 thru 29- 10 .................... 0
30-1 thru 30 -20 .................... 0

(*) Zer o in this colu mn indicates a n origi nal pag e.

NOTE

O n a ch anged page, the portion of th e text affected by the late st chang e is ind ica ted by a vertical lin e, or other ch ange symbol, in the outer mar gin of the page.

Upo n re ceip t of th e second and subsequen t cha nges to this man ual, per son nel responsible for ma inta ining th is publication in curre nt status will ascer ta in that
a ll previo us chang es have been re ceived and in cor porated. Actio n sho uld be ta ken pr omp tly if the publication is i nco mp lete.

A
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section/paragraph Page

I AIRCRAFT GENERAL INFORMATION

1- 1. AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................ 1-1

II INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

2- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 2-1

2- 4. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System ........................................................................... 2-2
2- 6. Radio Communication Systems ...................................................................................... 2-2
2- 11. Regulated Power Supply ................................................................................................. 2-3
2- 13. Emergency Equipment .................................................................................................... 2-3
2- 16. Indicating and Recording ................................................................................................ 2-3
2- 20. Navigation ....................................................................................................................... 2-3
2- 35. System Integration and Display ...................................................................................... 2-5
2- 39. Location, electrical supply and cooling for the electronic systems .................................. 2-5

III DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM

3- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 3-1

3- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 3-1
3- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 3-1
3- 11. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Operation .......................................................... 3-2

3- 32. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 3-16

3- 34. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System ........................................................................... 3-16
3- 36. DA/FD Control Panel ....................................................................................................... 3-24
3- 38. Reference Set/Warning Panel ......................................................................................... 3-28
3- 40. Heading/Course Select Panel ......................................................................................... 3-30

3- 42. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 3-31

3- 49. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 3-178

3- 52. Automatic Flight Control Processor ................................................................................ 3-179
3- 55. DA/FD Control Panel ....................................................................................................... 3-180
3- 58. Reference Set/Warning Panel ......................................................................................... 3-181
3- 61. Heading/Course Select Panel ......................................................................................... 3-181
3- 64. Aileron/Elevator/Rudder Servomotor and Drive Assembly ............................................. 3-182
3- 67. Aileron/Elevator/Rudder Drum and Bracket Assembly .................................................... 3-184
3- 70. Go Around Control Switch .............................................................................................. 3-185
3- 73. Autopilot Disengage Switch ............................................................................................ 3-186
3- 76. Touch Control Steering Switch ........................................................................................ 3-187

IV V/UHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

4- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 4-1

4- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 4-1
4- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 4-1

i
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

4- 15. V/UHF Communication System Operation ..................................................................... 4-2

4- 29. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 4-13

4- 31. V/UHF Communication System ...................................................................................... 4-13
4- 34. Logic Control Unit ........................................................................................................... 4-16
4- 36. V/UHF Antenna ............................................................................................................... 4-17
4- 38. Remote Radio Set Control Panel Bit Functional Test ...................................................... 4-19
4- 40. Remote Radio Set Control Panel Functional Test ........................................................... 4-20
4- 42. Radio Set Control Panel Preset Procedure .................................................................... 4-23
4- 44. Test Output Power V/UHF ............................................................................................... 4-24
4- 46. Operate V/UHF For Other Maintenance ......................................................................... 4-27
4- 48. Secure V/UHF For Other Maintenance ........................................................................... 4-28

4- 50. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 4-29

4- 53. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 4-132

4- 56. V/UHF Receiver Transmitter No. 1 .................................................................................. 4-133
4- 59. Remove V/UHF Receiver Transmitter No. 2 ................................................................... 4-134
4- 62. Remove V/UHF Top Antenna .......................................................................................... 4-135
4- 68. V/UHF Bottom Antenna .................................................................................................. 4-137
4- 74. Radio Set Control Panel ................................................................................................. 4-139
4- 77. Logic Control Unit ........................................................................................................... 4-140
4- 80. Low Pass Filter ................................................................................................................ 4-141
4- 83. Single Pole Changeover Switch No. 1 ............................................................................ 4-141
4- 86. Double Pole Changeover Switch No. 2 ........................................................................... 4-142

V HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

5- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 5-1

5- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 5-1
5- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 5-1
5- 10. HF Communication System Operation ........................................................................... 5-1

5- 19. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 5-9

5- 21. High Frequency Communication System ........................................................................ 5-9
5- 23. Operate HF Transceiver For Other Maintenance ............................................................ 5-11
5- 25. Secure HF Transceiver After Other Maintenance ........................................................... 5-12

5- 27. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 5-12

5- 31. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 5-48

5- 35. HF Transceiver ................................................................................................................ 5-48
5- 38. HF ANTENNA COUPLER UNIT ..................................................................................... 5-50
5- 41. HF Antenna Coupler Feedline ........................................................................................ 5-51
5- 44. HF Antenna ..................................................................................................................... 5-52

VI PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

6- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 6-1

6- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 6-1
6- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 6-1
6- 8. Public Address System Operation .................................................................................. 6-1

6- 14. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 6-4

6- 16. Public Address System ................................................................................................... 6-4

ii
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

6- 18. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 6-5

6- 21. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 6-10

6- 24. Power Amplifier ............................................................................................................... 6-10
6- 27. Loudspeaker ................................................................................................................... 6-11

VII INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

7- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 7-1

7- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 7-1
7- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 7-1
7- 14. Intercommunication System Operation ........................................................................... 7-2

7- 25. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 7-17

7- 27. Intercommunication System ............................................................................................ 7-17
7- 29. Intercommunication System ............................................................................................ 7-17
7- 31. Central Switching Unit ..................................................................................................... 7-19
7- 33. ICS Control Panel ........................................................................................................... 7-19
7- 35. ICS Monitor Panel ........................................................................................................... 7-24
7- 37. Modified Headset Interface Unit ...................................................................................... 7-28
7- 39. Modified Headset Interface Unit Back Up Panel ............................................................. 7-29
7- 41. Headset Interface Unit .................................................................................................... 7-29
7- 43. Cockpit Speaker .............................................................................................................. 7-30
7- 45. Interphone/Radio Switch ................................................................................................. 7-30
7- 47. External Communication Receptacles ............................................................................ 7-32
7- 49. Operate ICS For Other Maintenance .............................................................................. 7-33
7- 51. Secure ICS After Other Maintenance ............................................................................. 7-34

7- 53. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 7-34

7- 56. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 7-69

7- 60. Central Switching Unit ..................................................................................................... 7-69
7- 63. ICS Control Panel ........................................................................................................... 7-70
7- 66. ICS Monitor Panel ........................................................................................................... 7-71
7- 69. Modified Headset Interface Unit ...................................................................................... 7-72
7- 72. Headset Interface Unit .................................................................................................... 7-73
7- 75. Interphone/Radio Switch ................................................................................................. 7-74
7- 78. Cockpit Speaker ............................................................................................................. 7-74

VIII EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM

8- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 8-1

8- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 8-1
8- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 8-1
8- 13. Emergency Locator Transmitter System Operation ........................................................ 8-1

8- 18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 8-6

8- 20. Emergency Locator Transmitter System ......................................................................... 8-6

8- 23. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 8-9

8- 26. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 8-24

8- 30. Emergency Locator Transmitter ...................................................................................... 8-25
8- 33. Emergency Locator Transmitter Battery .......................................................................... 8-26
8- 36. Emergency Locator Transmitter Antenna ........................................................................ 8-26

iii
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

IX UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON SYSTEM

9- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 9-1

9- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 9-1
9- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 9-1
9- 6. Underwater Locator Beacon System Operation ............................................................. 9-1

9- 8. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 9-3

9- 10. Underwater Locator Beacon System .............................................................................. 9-3

9- 13. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 9-4

9- 15. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 9-4

9- 19. Underwater Locator Beacon ........................................................................................... 9-5
9- 24. Underwater Locator Beacon Battery ............................................................................... 9-5

X COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM

10- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 10-1

10- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 10-1
10- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 10-1
10- 11. Cockpit Voice Recorder System Operation ..................................................................... 10-3

10- 16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 10-6

10- 18. Cockpit Voice Recorder System ..................................................................................... 10-6
10- 20. Cockpit Voice Recorder .................................................................................................. 10-6

10- 22. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 10-7

10- 25. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 10-14

10- 28. Cockpit Voice Recorder .................................................................................................. 10-14
10- 31. Area Microphone/Preamplifier Panel .............................................................................. 10-15

XI DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM

11- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 11-1

11- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 11-1
11- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 11-1
11- 14. Digital Flight Data Recorder System Operation .............................................................. 11-4

11- 21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 11-7

11- 23. Digital Flight Data Recorder System ............................................................................... 11-7
11- 25. Digital Flight Data Recorder ............................................................................................ 11-7
11- 27. Tri-Axis Accelerometer .................................................................................................... 11-7

11- 29. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 11-8

11- 32. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 11-21

11- 35. Digital Flight Data Recorder ............................................................................................ 11-21
11- 38. Tri-Axial Accelerometer ................................................................................................... 11-22

XII DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM

12- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 12-1

iv
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

12- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 12-1

12- 5. Components Description ................................................................................................ 12-1
12- 13. Digital Air Data System Operation .................................................................................. 12-2

12- 19. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 12-8

12- 21. Digital Air Data System ................................................................................................... 12-8
12- 23. Total Air Temperature probe ............................................................................................ 12-11
12- 25. Turn On DADS System For Other Maintenance ............................................................. 12-12

12- 27. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 12-13

12- 34. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 12-28

12- 37. Air Data Computer .......................................................................................................... 12-29
12- 40. Static Pressure Transducer Unit ..................................................................................... 12-30
12- 43. Total Air Temperature Probe ........................................................................................... 12-31
12- 50. Pitot Probe ...................................................................................................................... 12-33

XIII RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM

13- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 13-1

13- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 13-1
13- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 13-1
13- 9. Radar Altimeter System Operation ................................................................................. 13-1

13- 16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 13-7

13- 18. Radar Altimeter No. 1 Functional Test ............................................................................ 13-7
13- 20. Radar Altimeter No. 2 Functional Test ............................................................................ 13-8

13- 22. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 13-9

13- 25. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 13-16

13- 28. Receiver Transmitter No. 1 ............................................................................................. 13-17
13- 31. Receiver Transmitter No. 2 ............................................................................................. 13-17
13- 34. Radar Altimeter Antenna ................................................................................................. 13-18

XIV STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM

14- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 14-1

14- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 14-1
14- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 14-1
14- 13. Standby Attitude Instrument System Operation .............................................................. 14-2

14- 20. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 14-6

14- 22. Standby Attitude Indicator System .................................................................................. 14-6
14- 24. Air Data Computer .......................................................................................................... 14-10
14- 26. Detachable Configuration Module ................................................................................... 14-11
14- 28. Pitot Probe ...................................................................................................................... 14-11
14- 30. Inclinometer .................................................................................................................... 14-13
14- 32. Calibrate Magnetometer ................................................................................................. 14-13

14- 34. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 14-16

14- 37. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 14-28

14- 40. Standby Electronic Indicator ........................................................................................... 14-28
14- 43. Air Data Computer No. 3 ................................................................................................ 14-29
14- 46. Pitot Probe No. 3 ............................................................................................................ 14-29

v
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

14- 49. Detachable Configuration Module ................................................................................... 14-31

14- 52. Magnetometer ................................................................................................................. 14-32
14- 55. Inclinometer .................................................................................................................... 14-32

XV VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

15- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 15-1

15- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 15-1
15- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 15-1
15- 11. VHF Navigation System Operation ................................................................................. 15-2

15- 21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 15-8

15- 23. VHF Navigation System .................................................................................................. 15-8

15- 31. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 15-14

15- 34. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 15-29

15- 37. VOR/ILS Receiver ........................................................................................................... 15-29
15- 40. VOR/LOC Antenna ......................................................................................................... 15-30
15- 43. GS Antenna .................................................................................................................... 15-32
15- 46. Marker Beacon Antenna ................................................................................................. 15-33

XVI EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM

16- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 16-1

16- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 16-1
16- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 16-1
16- 10. EGI System Operation .................................................................................................... 16-2

16- 21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 16-10

16- 23. Embedded Global Positioning/Inertial Navigation System .............................................. 16-10
16- 25. Global Positioning System .............................................................................................. 16-15
16- 27. Data Loading Procedure ................................................................................................. 16-17
16- 29. Zeroize Procedure .......................................................................................................... 16-17
16- 31. Operate And Initialize EGI System For Maintenance ...................................................... 16-17
16- 33. Secure EGI System For Maintenance ............................................................................ 16-18

16- 35. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 16-19

16- 39. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 16-32

16- 43. EGI Receiver ................................................................................................................... 16-32
16- 46. FRPA Antenna ................................................................................................................ 16-33
16- 54. EGI RF Filter ................................................................................................................... 16-35
16- 57. EGI Battery ..................................................................................................................... 16-36

XVII LOW POWER COLOR RADAR

17- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 17-1

17- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 17-1
17- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 17-1
17- 11. Low Power Color Radar System Operation .................................................................... 17-1

17- 31. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 17-17

17- 33. Low Power Color Radar .................................................................................................. 17-17
17- 35. Radar Inverter ................................................................................................................. 17-24

vi
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

17- 37. LPCR RTP Mount ........................................................................................................... 17-26

17- 39. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 17-27

17- 42. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 17-55

17- 45. Receiver Transmitter Processor ...................................................................................... 17-56
17- 48. Radar Control Panel ....................................................................................................... 17-58
17- 51. Cursor Control Panel ...................................................................................................... 17-59
17- 54. Cursor Control Grip ......................................................................................................... 17-59
17- 57. LPCR Antenna ................................................................................................................ 17-60
17- 60. RTP Mount ...................................................................................................................... 17-62
17- 63. Cursor Control Switch ..................................................................................................... 17-63

XVIII TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM

18- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 18-1

18- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 18-1
18- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 18-1
18- 9. TCAS Operation .............................................................................................................. 18-2

18- 32. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 18-15

18- 35. Initial setup ...................................................................................................................... 18-15
18- 37. TCAS self test ................................................................................................................. 18-17
18- 39. Inhibit tests ...................................................................................................................... 18-18
18- 41. AIR / GND mode verification ........................................................................................... 18-20
18- 43. TCAS Traffic display ........................................................................................................ 18-20
18- 45. TCAS Bearing (top antenna) .......................................................................................... 18-22
18- 47. TCAS Landing Gear Input Test ....................................................................................... 18-23
18- 49. ACAWS & MAINTENANCE Tests ................................................................................... 18-24
18- 51. FINAL OPERATION ........................................................................................................ 18-25

18- 53. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 18-25

18- 57. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 18-58

18- 60. TCAS Processor ............................................................................................................. 18-58
18- 63. TCAS Antenna ................................................................................................................ 18-59

XIX V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

19- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 19-1

19- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 19-1
19- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 19-1
19- 7. V/UHF direction finder system Operation ....................................................................... 19-1

19- 13. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 19-4

19- 15. V/UHF Direction Finder System ...................................................................................... 19-4

19- 17. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 19-5

19- 20. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 19-9

19- 23. Antenna/Receiver Unit .................................................................................................... 19-10

XX TACAN SYSTEM

vii
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

20- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 20-1

20- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 20-1
20- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 20-1
20- 8. TACAN System Operation ............................................................................................... 20-1

20- 18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 20-8

20- 20. TACAN System ............................................................................................................... 20-8

20- 22. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 20-12

20- 26. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 20-27

20- 29. TACAN Receiver/Transmitter .......................................................................................... 20-28
20- 32. High Pass Filter / Top ..................................................................................................... 20-28
20- 35. High Pass Filter / Bottom ............................................................................................... 20-29
20- 38. Antenna ........................................................................................................................... 20-30

XXI IDENTIFICATION FRIEND OR FOE SYSTEM

21- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 21-1

21- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 21-1
21- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 21-1
21- 10. IFF System Operation. .................................................................................................... 21-1

21- 16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 21-7

21- 18. IFF System ...................................................................................................................... 21-7

21- 20. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 21-16

21- 22. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 21-23

21- 25. IFF Transponder .............................................................................................................. 21-23
21- 28. Data Converter Unit ........................................................................................................ 21-24
21- 31. IFF Top Antenna ............................................................................................................. 21-24
21- 34. IFF Bottom Antenna ........................................................................................................ 21-26

XXII AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

22- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 22-1

22- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 22-1
22- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 22-1
22- 7. ADF System Operation ................................................................................................... 22-2

22- 16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 22-5

22- 18. Automatic Direction Finder System ................................................................................. 22-5

22- 20. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 22-7

22- 23. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 22-12

22- 26. ADF Receiver .................................................................................................................. 22-12
22- 29. ADF Antenna .................................................................................................................. 22-13

XXIII COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

23- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 23-1

23- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 23-1

viii
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

23- 5. Components Description ................................................................................................ 23-2

23- 9. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Operation .................... 23-2

23- 17. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 23-8

23- 19. Initial Setup ..................................................................................................................... 23-8
23- 21. SAMU LIGHTING TRIM TEST ........................................................................................ 23-9
23- 23. Check of CNI / SAMU ..................................................................................................... 23-11
23- 25. CNI LIGHTING CONTROL ............................................................................................. 23-12
23- 27. CNI-SP #1 Installation Verification .................................................................................. 23-15
23- 29. CNI-SP #2 Installation Verification. ................................................................................. 23-15
23- 31. Pilot’s CNI-MU Installation Verification. ........................................................................... 23-16
23- 33. DATA BUS Functional Test .............................................................................................. 23-21
23- 35. FINAL OPERATIONS ...................................................................................................... 23-24

23- 37. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 23-24

23- 39. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 23-27

23- 42. CNI-MU .......................................................................................................................... 23-28
23- 45. System Processor No. 1 ................................................................................................. 23-28
23- 48. System Processor No. 2 ................................................................................................. 23-29

XXIV DATA SYSTEM

24- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 24-1

24- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 24-1
24- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 24-1
24- 9. Data System Operation ................................................................................................... 24-1

24- 18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 24-14

24- 20. Data System ................................................................................................................... 24-14

24- 24. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 24-15

24- 27. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 24-23

24- 30. BAU TYPE I .................................................................................................................... 24-23
24- 33. BAU TYPE II ................................................................................................................... 24-23
24- 36. BAU TYPE III .................................................................................................................. 24-24

XXV SYSTEM INTEGRATION

25- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 25-1

25- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 25-1
25- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 25-1
25- 8. System Integration Operation ......................................................................................... 25-2

25- 29. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 25-10

25- 31. Mission Computer ........................................................................................................... 25-10
25- 33. Load Mission Computer Software ................................................................................... 25-11
25- 35. Bus Interface Unit Normal Mode ..................................................................................... 25-11
25- 37. Bus Interface Unit Backup Mode ..................................................................................... 25-12

25- 39. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 25-13

25- 43. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 25-157

25- 47. Mission Computer ........................................................................................................... 25-157
25- 50. Bus Interface Unit ........................................................................................................... 25-158

ix
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25- 53. Load Enable Switch ........................................................................................................ 25-159

XXVI DISPLAY SYSTEM

26- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 26-1

26- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 26-1
26- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 26-1
26- 9. Display System Operation .............................................................................................. 26-1

26- 15. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 26-8

26- 17. Color Multipurpose Display Unit ...................................................................................... 26-8
26- 19. Single Avionics Management Unit .................................................................................. 26-9
26- 21. Communications/Navigation Radio Panel ....................................................................... 26-12

26- 23. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 26-15

26- 26. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 26-25

26- 29. Color Multifunction Display Unit No. 1,2,4, And 5 ........................................................... 26-25
26- 32. Color Multifunction Display No. 3 .................................................................................... 26-26
26- 35. Single Avionics Management Unit .................................................................................. 26-27
26- 38. Remove Communications/Navigation Radio Panel ......................................................... 26-27

XXVII REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

27- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 27-1

27- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 27-1
27- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 27-1
27- 10. Regulated Power Supply System Operation ................................................................... 27-2

27- 15. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 27-7

27- 17. Regulated Power Supply System .................................................................................... 27-7

27- 19. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 27-8

27- 23. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 27-36

27- 27. Panel Power Distribution Unit .......................................................................................... 27-36
27- 30. Low Voltage Power Supply .............................................................................................. 27-37

XXVIII DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM

28- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 28-1

28- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 28-1
28- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 28-1
28- 7. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Operation ................................................................ 28-1

28- 13. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 28-4

28- 16. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System ................................................................................. 28-4

28- 18. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 28-5

28- 21. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 28-9

28- 24. Dual Slotted Data Transfer Unit ....................................................................................... 28-9

x
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

XXIX ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS

29- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 29-1

29- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 29-1
29- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 29-1
29- 6. Angle Of Attack Transducer Operation ............................................................................ 29-1

29- 11. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 29-5

29- 13. Angle Of Attack Transducers .......................................................................................... 29-5

29- 15. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 29-6

29- 17. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 29-8

29- 20. Angle Of Attack Transducer ............................................................................................ 29-8

XXX DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM

30- 1. DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 30-1

30- 2. General ........................................................................................................................... 30-1
30- 4. Components Description ................................................................................................ 30-1
30- 6. DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM OPERATION. ........................................................................... 30-1

30- 12. FUNCTIONAL TESTS .................................................................................................... 30-8

30- 14. Functional Test Of Digital Map System ........................................................................... 30-8
30- 16. EMMU ............................................................................................................................. 30-12

30- 18. TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................................................................... 30-12

30- 22. MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 30-18

30- 25. Global Digital Map Unit ................................................................................................... 30-18
30- 29. EMMU ............................................................................................................................. 30-19

xi
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Number Title Page

1-1. Outline dimensions .................................................................................................................. 1-2

2-1. Antenna Locations .................................................................................................................. 2-6
2-2. Circuit Breaker Locations (sheet 1/4) ...................................................................................... 2-7
3-1. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Components (sh. 1/3) ............................................... 3-6
3-2. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Components (sh. 2/3) ............................................... 3-7
3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Schematic ( CK System) (sheet 1/7) ........................ 3-9
3-4. Location of Access Panel 553B .............................................................................................. 3-188
4-1. V/UHF Communications System Components (sh. 1/2) ......................................................... 4-4
4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (RA System)(sheet 1/7) .................................... 4-6
5-1. HF Communications System Components (sh. 1/2) ............................................................... 5-3
5-2. HF Communications System Schematic ( RC System )(sh. 1/4) ............................................ 5-5
6-1. Public Address System Components ...................................................................................... 6-2
6-2. Public Address System Schematic ( RT System ) .................................................................. 6-3
7-1. Intercommunications System Components (Sh 1/4) ............................................................... 7-4
7-2. Intercommunications System Functional Block Diagram ........................................................ 7-8
7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 1/8) .................................................................. 7-9
8-1. Emergency Locator Transmitter Component Locations .......................................................... 8-3
8-2. Emergency Locator Transmitter Schematic Diagram (MV System) ........................................ 8-4
8-3. Emergency Locator Transmitter Block Diagram ...................................................................... 8-5
8-4. Emergency Locator Transmitter Battery Pack ......................................................................... 8-29
9-1. Underwater Locator Beacon Locations ................................................................................... 9-2
9-2. Underwater Locator Beacon Components .............................................................................. 9-8
9-3. Underwater Locator Beacon Battery ....................................................................................... 9-9
10-1. Cockpit Voice Recorder Component Locations ....................................................................... 10-2
10-2. Cockpit Voice Recorder Block Diagram .................................................................................. 10-4
10-3. Cockpit Voice Recorder Schematic Diagram ( RU System ) ................................................... 10-5
11-1. Digital Flight Data Recorder Component Locations ................................................................ 11-2
11-2. Digital Flight Data Recorder Sensor Locations ....................................................................... 11-3
11-3. Digital Flight Data Recorder Block Diagram ............................................................................ 11-5
11-4. Digital Flight Data Recorder Schematic Diagram ( MR System) ............................................. 11-6
11-5. Location of Access Panel 240EZ ............................................................................................ 11-24
12-1. Digital Air Data System Components ...................................................................................... 12-3
12-2. Digital Air Data System Displays ............................................................................................. 12-4
12-3. Digital Air Data System Functional Block Diagram ................................................................. 12-5
12-4. Digital Air Data System Diagram ............................................................................................. 12-6
12-5. Digital Air Data System Schematic ......................................................................................... 12-7
12-6. Location of Access Panels 211DZ and 211GZ ....................................................................... 12-36
12-7. Location of Access Panels 110A, 130AM, and 130AN ........................................................... 12-37
13-1. Radar Altimeter Components .................................................................................................. 13-3
13-2. Primary Flight Display ............................................................................................................. 13-4
13-3. Radar Altimeter Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................. 13-5
13-4. Radar Altimeter Schematic Diagram (SA System ) ................................................................. 13-6
13-5. Location of Radar Altimeter Access Panels 130AG and 130AH ............................................. 13-21
14-1. Standby Attitude Instrument System Components ................................................................. 14-3
14-2. Standby Attitude Instrument System Diagram ........................................................................ 14-4
14-3. Standby Attitude Instrument System Schematic Diagram ...................................................... 14-5
14-4. Location of Access Panels 110A and 130AM ......................................................................... 14-33
14-5. Location of Access Panel 322B .............................................................................................. 14-34
15-1. VHF Navigation System Components ..................................................................................... 15-3
15-2. Primary Flight Display ............................................................................................................. 15-4
15-3. VHF Navigation Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................. 15-5
15-4. VHF Navigation System Schematic Diagram ( RS System )(sh. 1/2) ..................................... 15-6

xii
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

15-5. Location of Access Panels ...................................................................................................... 15-35

16-1. EGI System Components ........................................................................................................ 16-5
16-2. EGI System Functional Block Diagram ................................................................................... 16-6
16-3. INS GPS Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1/3) .............................................................................. 16-7
16-4. EGI Receiver Access Panels .................................................................................................. 16-38
17-1. Low Power Color Radar Components (sh. 1/2) ...................................................................... 17-6
17-2. Radar Control Panel ................................................................................................................ 17-8
17-3. Cursor Control Panel ............................................................................................................... 17-9
17-4. Low power Color Radar Typical Display .................................................................................. 17-10
17-5. Low power Color Radar Functional Block Diagram ................................................................. 17-11
17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram ( SQ System )(sheet 1/5) ................................. 17-12
17-7. LPCR Access Panels .............................................................................................................. 17-65
18-1. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Components .................................................... 18-6
18-2. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Functional Block Diagram ................................ 18-7
18-3. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Operating Pattern ............................................. 18-8
18-4. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Primary Flight Display ...................................... 18-9
18-5. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System NAV Display With TCAS Overlay ..................... 18-10
18-6. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Radar Display With TCAS Overlay .................. 18-11
18-7. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Display Symbols .............................................. 18-12
18-8. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Schematic (SB System) (sheet 1/2) .............................. 18-13
19-1. V/UHF Automatic Direction Finder System Components ........................................................ 19-2
19-2. V/UHF Automatic Direction Finder System Schematic Diagram ( RJ System ) ...................... 19-3
20-1. TACAN System Components .................................................................................................. 20-5
20-2. TACAN System Schematic Diagram (RV System)(sheet 1/2) ................................................. 20-6
20-3. TACAN Radome Access Panels ............................................................................................. 20-31
20-4. TACAN Cargo Floor Access Panels ........................................................................................ 20-32
21-1. IFF System Components ........................................................................................................ 21-3
21-2. IFF Transponder ...................................................................................................................... 21-4
21-3. IFF System Schematic Diagram (SK System) (sheet 1/2) ...................................................... 21-5
21-4. Location of Access Panels 130AH, and 220HZ ...................................................................... 21-29
22-1. ADF System Components ....................................................................................................... 22-3
22-2. ADF System Schematic Diagram ( RP System ) .................................................................... 22-4
23-1. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Components ........................ 23-5
23-2. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Schematic Diagram (TF
System)(sheet 1/2) .................................................................................................................. 23-6
23-3. Access Panel 220MZ Location ................................................................................................ 23-31
24-1. Bus Adapter Unit Components (sh. 1/2) ................................................................................. 24-4
24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (TA System) (sheet 1/8) ........................................................... 24-6
25-1. System Integration Components ............................................................................................. 25-5
25-2. Mission Computer System Schematic (TB System ) (sheet 1/4) ............................................ 25-6
25-3. Coupler Networks Sh 1/2 ........................................................................................................ 25-155
26-1. Display System Components .................................................................................................. 26-3
26-2. Single Avionics Management Unit .......................................................................................... 26-4
26-3. Radio Set Control Panel .......................................................................................................... 26-5
26-4. Display System Schematics (sh. 1/3) ..................................................................................... 26-6
27-1. Regulated Power Supply Components ................................................................................... 27-3
27-2. Regulated Power Supply Functional Block Diagram ............................................................... 27-4
27-3. Regulated Power Supply Schematic Diagram (sh. 1/2) .......................................................... 27-5
27-4. Avionics Bay Access Panels ................................................................................................... 27-38
28-1. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Component Locations ..................................................... 28-2
28-2. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Schematic (TE System ) ................................................. 28-3
29-1. Angle of Attack Transducer Locator ........................................................................................ 29-2
29-2. Angle of Attack Transducer (CF System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 1/2) ............................... 29-3
30-1. Digital Map System Components ............................................................................................ 30-4
30-2. Display .................................................................................................................................... 30-5
30-3. Digital Map System Schematic Diagram ( TT System ) (Sheet 1/2 ) ...................................... 30-6

xiii
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LIST OF TABLES

Number Title Page

3-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 3-16

3-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 3-31
3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM ............................... 3-31
3-4. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 3-59
3-5. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 3-105
3-6. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 3-142
3-7. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 3-164
3-8. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 3-179
4-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 4-13
4-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 4-29
4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System ............................................................................................. 4-29
4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System .............................................................................................. 4-77
4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System .............................................................................................. 4-100
4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System .............................................................................................. 4-116
4-7. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 4-133
5-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 5-13
5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ............................... 5-13
5-3. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 5-30
5-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 5-48
6-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 6-5
6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM ................................................................... 6-5
7-1. Test equipment and special tools. ........................................................................................... 7-17
7-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 7-34
7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ...................................................... 7-34
8-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 8-6
8-2. Aircraft Identification Codes .................................................................................................... 8-8
8-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 8-9
8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM .............................. 8-9
8-5. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 8-25
9-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 9-3
9-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 9-4
10-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 10-6
10-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 10-8
10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM ................................................ 10-8
11-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 11-7
11-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 11-8
11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM ....................................... 11-8
12-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 12-8
12-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 12-13
12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM .................................................................... 12-13
12-4. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 12-21
12-5. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 12-27
12-6. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 12-28
12-7. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 12-28
12-8. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 12-29
13-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 13-9
13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM ................................................................. 13-9
13-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 13-16
14-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 14-6
14-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 14-16
14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 14-16
15-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 15-8

xiv
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

15-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 15-14

15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM .................................................................... 15-15
15-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 15-29
16-1. EGI Operating Modes ............................................................................................................. 16-2
16-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 16-19
16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INERTIAL NAVIGATION
SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................. 16-19
16-4. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 16-27
16-5. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ........................................................................................ 16-32
17-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 17-28
17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR ................................................................ 17-28
17-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 17-56
18-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 18-15
18-2. Simulate the “Flight/ Ground” mode condition of the aircraft .................................................. 18-19
18-3. Simulate the “Flight/ Ground” mode condition of the aircraft .................................................. 18-20
18-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 18-25
18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM .................... 18-25
18-6. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 18-58
19-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 19-5
19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM .................................................... 19-5
19-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 19-10
20-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 20-8
20-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 20-12
20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM ...................................................................................... 20-13
20-4. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 20-21
21-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 21-7
21-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 21-16
21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System ............................................................................................... 21-16
21-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 21-23
22-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 22-7
22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM .......................................... 22-7
22-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 22-12
23-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 23-8
23-6. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 23-25
23-7. Troubleshooting of COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICATION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................. 23-25
24-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 24-15
24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM ......................................................................................... 24-16
25-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 25-13
25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................... 25-14
26-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 26-16
26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM ................................................................................... 26-16
27-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 27-8
27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM ............................................... 27-8
27-3. Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 27-20
28-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 28-4
28-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 28-5
28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM ......................................... 28-5
29-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 29-5
29-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 29-6
29-3. Troubleshooting of ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS ..................................................... 29-6
29-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools ......................................................................................... 29-8
30-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. ......................................................................................... 30-13
30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM ............................................................................ 30-13

xv
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

INTRODUCTION
GENERAL

The Specialized Maintenance Technical Manuals have been especially prepared for you. The information is
presented in a series of 11 manuals, each designed to fit the needs of a maintenance specialist or system
mechanic.

These manuals are divided as follows:

FAM.1C-27J-2-1 Aircraft General Information

FAM.1C-27J-2-2 Ground Handling, Servicing and Airframe Maintenance
FAM.1C-27J-2-3 Powerplant, Propeller and APU
FAM.1C-27J-2-4 Hydraulic System
FAM.1C-27J-2-5 Flight Controls
FAM.1C-27J-2-6 Fuel System, Pressurized Air System, Anti-Icing and De-Icing
System, Oxygen System
FAM.1C-27J-2-7 Landing Gear
FAM.1C-27J-2-8 Electrical Supply and Lighting System
FAM.1C-27J-2-9 Instruments
FAM.1C-27J-2-10 Radio Communication, Navigation and Identification System
FAM.1C-27J-2-11 Wiring Diagrams

The material contained in these manuals is organized so that you can quickly locate the information you need.
To aid you, each manual contains a table of contents of the complete manual as well as a list of the major items
discussed in the manual. Each manual also contains a list of illustrations and a list of tables. The sections of the
manuals have been written so that the more specific maintenance instructions are separated from the general
descriptive information. Except for Aircraft General Information section in the front of the manual, most sections
are divided into subsections as follows:

DESCRIPTION
Includes all descriptive and operational information pertaining to the particular system, and provides
an overall working knowledge of the complete system and its units.
FUNCTIONAL TESTS
Describes in detail all operational procedures, including visual checks and minor tests of overall sys-
tem, as well as system units.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Includes troubleshooting procedures and remedies.
MAINTENANCE
Contains, if applicable, an overall system maintenance procedure. Gives instructions for removal and
installation of components and equipment as a unit. Provides step-by-step procedures for adjustment
of system units.

Supplementary information on operation, repair, parts listing, weighing, inspecting and cargo loading will be
found in the following publications:

FAM.1C-27J-1 Flight Manual

FAM.1C-27J-20 Pictorial Tool Usage Manual
FAM.1C-27J-23 Corrosion Prevention Instructions
FAM.1C-27J-3 Structural Repair Manual
FAM.1C-27J-36 Non Destructive Inspection
FAM.1C-27J-4 Illustrated Parts Catalogue
FAM.1C-27J-5-1 Basic Weight Data Check List

xvi
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

FAM.1C-27J-5-2 Loading Data

FAM.1C-27J-6 Inspection Requirements
FAM.1C-27J-9 Cargo Loading and Offloading Instructions

Additionally, condensed publications are provided for personnel use and convenience when accomplishing the
following tasks:

FAM.1C-27J-1CL-1 Flight Crew Check List

FAM.1C-27J-6CF-1 Acceptance and Functional Checkflight Procedure
FAM.1C-27J-6CL-1 Acceptance and Functional Checkflight Check List
FAM.1C-27J-6LC Ground Crew Check List
FAM.1C-27J-6WC Work Cards
FAM.1C-27J-9CL-1 Load Master Check List

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, NOTES

The following definitions apply to WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, and NOTES found throughout each manual of the
series:

WARNING

An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, con-

dition, statement, etc., which, if not strictly observed,
could result in injury to or death of personnel.

CAUTION

An operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition,

statement, etc., which, if not strictly observed, could result
in damage to, or destruction of, equipment or loss of mission
effectiveness or long term health hazards to personnel.

NOTE

An essential operating or maintenance procedure, condition or

statement, etc., which must be highlighted.

xvii / (xviii blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION I

AIRCRAFT GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1. AIRCRAFT DESCRIPTION

1-2. GENERAL. The C-27J is a medium range transport Aircraft capable of operating from semiprepared
runways. It is a high-wing monoplane, powered by two engines each driving a variable pitch propeller. The
Aircraft can be quickly converted into passenger/troop transport, paratroop airdropping, cargo transport, high
altitude cargo airdropping, medical evacuation and palletized passenger transport configuration. To assist load-
ing the Aircraft attitude can be adjusted and the necessary power is supplied by an Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).
It is possible to airdrop paratroops simultaneously from the two side doors in short time thus ensuring that the
landing area of the paratroops is kept to a minimum. The Aircraft is also provided with a Ballistic Protection
system installed in all configuration during operations in hostile area. C-27J Aircraft is a self-supporting system:
the electrical and hydraulic power is supplied from APU permitting all ground operations without engine running.

1-3. AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS (Figure 1-1). The referenced illustration shows the overall Aircraft dimen-
sions such as length, wing span, height and distance between propellers and ground.

1-4. FUSELAGE. The fuselage has a circular cross section and is divided into three sections: forward
section including flight compartment and Nose Landing Gear well, center section including cargo compartment
and Main Landing Gear, rear section including cargo door and tail plane fitting.

1-5. FLIGHT CONTROLS. The FCS (Flight Control System) consist of all the mechanical, electrical, hy-
draulic and avionic systems that control the Aircraft on the three axes. The FCS provide for the position indication
of movable surfaces and the related alerting and warning signals in some failure or performance degradation.

1-6. FLIGHT COMPARTMENT. The flight compartment allows a cockpit crew of two pilots to perform cargo
airlift operations in day, night, visual and instrument meteorological conditions. The flight compartment allows an
additional observer/loadmaster accomodation too. The seats for pilots are on the left and right side of the flight
compartment respectively. The engine lever group, Landing Gear control, fuel system control, radio navigation
equipment are located between the seats.

1-7. AVIONIC SYSTEM. In addition to the conventional navigation systems the Aircraft is also equipped
with the most advanced nav-aid systems which allow operation over any area, independently from ground as-
sistance.

1-8. POWERPLANT. C-27J Aircraft is equipped with two turboprops installed in underwing nacelles on
center wing section. Each turboprop drives a variable pitch propeller, and can be started using pressurized air
by means of an engine starter.

1-9. FUEL SYSTEM. The fuel system consists of four integral tanks, controls for refuelling, quantity indica-
tion, fuel supply, venting, defuelling and jettisoning. All the fuel, for a total of 12320 liters (21457 lb), is contained
in four tanks: two auxiliary tanks containing 9753 lb total (5600 liters) located in the wing center section and two
main tanks containing 6720 liters (11704 lb) total located in the outer wing. The refuelling of all tanks is usually
performed through a single point pressure refuelling system.

1-10. PRESSURIZED AIR SYSTEM. This system pneumatically supplies all aircraft services requiring pres-
surized air. This air is used for wings and tail de-ice, air conditioning and pressurization of the Aircraft, engine
starting.

1-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 1-1. Outline dimensions

1-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

1-11. OXYGEN SYSTEM. A fixed oxygen system is provided for flight crew and passengers. It is composed
of two separate circuits: one for the crew and another one for the passengers. The passenger oxygen circuit
can also be used by the crew by actuating a control provided on the Passengers Oxygen Control Panel.

1-12. SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. The Smoke Detection system installed on C-27J is designed to re-
duce the consequences in the event of fire in the cargo compartment or in the lavatory and inside the E/E
Equipment Racks. It ensures prompt smoke detection (within 60 seconds after the start of smoke formation) in
order to allow crew action against the fire.

1-13. IN FLIGHT REFUELLING RECEIVER SYSTEM (PROVISION). The In Flight Refuelling Receiver Sys-
tem (IFRRS) allows to refuel the aircraft fuel tanks, mains and/or auxiliaries, with an high flow rate during the
flight. The IFRRS is integrated with the basic ground refuel/defuel system.

1-14. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. The Aircraft Hydraulic System consists of:

• No. 1 System (Flight controls, parking/emergency wheel brakes and steering).

• No. 2 System (Flight controls, normal wheel brakes, ramp and cargo door and Landing Gear and
L/G attitude variation system).

1-15. DE-ICE AND ANTI-ICE SYSTEMS. An inflatable system is provided for de-icing of wings, fin, and
stabilizer leading edges. The transparent panels of the flight compartment are electrically heated to prevent
external ice formations and fogging on the internal surfaces. The spinner and the propeller blades are protected
by means of electrical heaters. A combined hot air electrical system is provided for anti-icing of the engine air
intakes.

1-16. LANDING GEAR. C-27J Aircraft is equipped with retractable tricycle-type Landing Gear: a Nose Land-
ing Gear and a twin Main Landing Gear.

1-17. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. The 115/200 Vac, three phase, 400 Hz fixed frequency electrical system
includes two main alternators driven by the two engines and one alternator driven by the APU. The power supply
for 28 V dc equipment is obtained through the alternating current distribution buses by means of transformer-
rectifier units (TRU). The Aircraft is also equipped with two nickel-cadmium batteries.

1-3 / (1-4 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION II

INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

2-1. DESCRIPTION
2-2. GENERAL. Maintenance of the electronic systems of the aircraft requires a knowledge of the intercon-
nection between the various equipment. In order to be able to identify which part of the equipment is responsible
for a fault, the flight line technician must be aware of where, when and how the various parts of the systems are
inteconnected.

2-3. AIRCRAFT ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS. The following electronic systems are installed on the aircraft:

A. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director

B. Radio Communication Systems:

– V/UHF No. 1 and No. 2

– HF
– Public Address
– Interphone
C. Regulated Power Supply
D. Emergency Equipment:

– Emergency Locator Transmitter

– Underwater Locator Beacon
E. Indicating and Recording:

– Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

– Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR)
– Dual Slotted/Data Transfer System (DSDTR)
– Digital Map
F. Navigation systems:

– Digital Air Data System (DADS)

– Radar Altimeter
– Standby Instrument
– VOR/ILS/MB No. 1 and No. 2
– Embedded Global Positioning/ Inertial Navigation (EGI)
– Low Power Color Radar
– Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)

2-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– V/UHF Direction Finder

– TACAN No. 1 and No. 2
– Identification Friend or Foe (IFF)
– ADF
– CNI-MS
G. System Integration and Display:

– Data
– Mission Computer
– Display

2-4. DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM

2-5. The Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System (DA/FD) consists of two Automatic Flight Control Proces-
sors (AFCP) and associated servos for the pitch, roll, and yaw flight surfaces, each connected to a drum and
bracket assemblies to allow for an interface to the flight control system. The DA/FD implements a three-axis,
self-monitored autopilot and two-axis flight director. A separate selectable yaw damper function is provided for
reducing aircraft Dutch Roll effects. The flight directors for each AFCP are automatically synchronized to the
same modes (lateral and vertical)

2-6. RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

2-7. The ARC-210 Very High Frequency/Ultra High frequency (V/UHF) Radio Communication System is
one functional element of the voice communications, radio navigation, and aircraft identification and surveillance
capability, commonly referred to as the Communications Navigation Identification Identification (CNI) system.
Integration and automated functionality for these CNI system elements is provided through the CNI Management
System (CNI-MS). The CNI-MS interfaces with the voice communications system through the MIL-STD-1553B
data buses and provides automatic frequency tuning and mode control of the communication radios and radio
navigation aids.

2-8. The HF Radio Communication System provides clear, long range voice communications with HF oper-
ational capability from 2.0000 to 29.9999 MHz in 100 Hz steps. Operating modes include upper sideband (USB)
voice or data, lower sideband (LSB) voice or data, continuous wave (CW), and amplitude modulation equivalent
(AME) modes. Selective Calling (SELCAL) capability is included. Frequency selection and the configuration
of the system is controlled through the menu driven CNI Management Unit (CNI-MU) or the Communications
Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP).

2-9. The Public Address (PA) System provides one-way communications between the flight crew and pas-
sengers in the cargo compartment through five loudspeakers located throughout the cargo compartment. The
PA system enables the flight crew to broadcast radio communications from the HF or V/UHF radios to the aft
cargo compartment or to transmit voice interphone messages or instructions to personnel located in these areas
during normal or emergency situations.

2-10. The Intercommunications System (ICS) provides on-board voice interphone communication between
all crewmembers on the aircraft and also functions as the integrating system and distribution gateway for all audio
and voice communications signals being received from various aircraft equipment. The Central Switching Unit
distributes these signals to individual crewmember’s headsets based on the ICS Control Panel and ICS Monitor
Panel settings selected. The ICS provides each crewmember with the ability to interface with and control the
HF and V/UHF radios for external voice communications. The ICS functions for internal voice communications
and the Public Address system function is for internal broadcast communications.

2-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

2-11. REGULATED POWER SUPPLY

2-12. The Regulated Power Supply (RPS) system provides regulated low voltage to control panel lights. It
is divided into a left and right system that supplies the power to control panel lights on the left and right sides of
the aircraft respectively.

2-13. EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

2-14. The Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) system transmits an emergency signal on three different
frequencies when set off by an impact.

2-15. The Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) system radiates a pulsed acoustic signal when immersed in
fresh or salt water. This is to provide for underwater search operations using directional hydrophone equipment.

2-16. INDICATING AND RECORDING

2-17. The Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) system records all voice channels and cockpit ambient audio for
accident and incident investigations.

2-18. The Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) records the latest 25 hours of aircraft flight performance data.
It records and stores crash protected aircraft performance data for use during incident and accident investiga-
tions.

2-19. The Dual Slotted Data Transfer (DSDT) system interfaces with the Mission Computer (MC) to record
and store maintenance and fault data on removable memory modules, and provide Input/Output (I/O) capability
for the Flight Management System (FMS), Ground Interactive Management System (GIMS), and the Mission
Data Cartridge.

2-20. NAVIGATION

2-21. The Distributed Air Data System (DADS) provides air mass data to the flight crew and aircraft depen-
dent systems through the MIL-STD-1553B display data bus. One air data computer and one static pressure
transducer unit are paired together with applicable probes to form one channel of the DADS. The DADS operate
as two independent subsystems, DADS 1 located on the left side of the aircraft and DADS 2 located on the right
side of the aircraft. The DADS is interfaced, through the mission computer, with the CNI Management System,
the Digital Autopilot/Flight Director, Pressurization Control System, Full Authority Digital Electronic Controller,
Environmental Control System, De-Ice Timer Unit, Nacelle Interface Unit, IFF Transponder, and the Color Mul-
tifunction Display Units.

2-22. The Standby Attitude Instrument System (SAIS) is a stand alone instrument system for emergency
use. The SAIS provides a backup to the pilot and copilot primary instruments. The electronic indicator is
mounted in the instrument panel between the pilot and copilot and the slip/skid indicators are on the No. 1 and
No. 5 CMDU.

2-23. The Radar Altimeter (RA) system is a solid-state, phase modulated/pulsed system which measures
absolute altitude and distributes the data digitally to aircraft systems and displays. The radar altitude reference
set values are set from the reference set/mode select panel. The radar altimeter system communicates to the
mission computer using the MIL-STD-1553B (1553B) data bus. Two Radar Altimeters measure the altitude of
the airplane above ground level (AGL) at or below 50000 feet (15240 m).

2-24. Two VHF Navigation (VOR/ILS/MB) systems receive transmissions from the ground based Very
High Frequency Omni-Range (VOR), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Localizer (LOC), and Glideslope
(GS) systems. In addition, the No. 1 system performs the functions of a Marker Beacon (MB) receiver.
The VOR/ILS/MB system consists of two receivers, VOR/ILS antennas, a GS antenna, and a MB antenna.
Control of the VOR/ILS/MB receivers is by the Communication/ Navigation/Identification Management System

2-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

(CNI-MS) through the Mission Computer (MC), via MIL-STD- 1553B (1553B) data bus. Three independent
receivers within the VOR/ILS receivers are integrated to provide for reception of 200 VOR/LOC channels,
40 GS channels, and MB. Audio outputs are provided for station identification. The VHF navigation system
furnishes relative bearing to station, VOR/ILS guidance, marker beacon annunciators, and glideslope guidance
information to the MC for utilization by the digital flight director system and display on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD).

2-25. The Embedded Global Positioning/Inertial Navigation (EGI) system, is an all attitude navigation system
providing outputs of linear and angular acceleration, velocity, position, attitude (roll, pitch, and platform azimuth),
true and magnetic heading, altitude, body angular rates, time tags, and universal time coordinated synchronized
time pulses. There are two EGI systems, EGI No. 1 is generally controlled by the pilot and EGI No. 2 by the
copilot.

2-26. The Low Power Color Radar (LPCR) operates in the X-band with a center frequency of 9375 MHz, a
nominal peak operating power of 150 watts, and an average operating power of 11 watts or less. The slotted,
flat plate array antenna enables the radar to use active beam shaping and monopulse resolution improvement.

2-27. The Traffic Alert And Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) provides the flight crew with aural and visual
advisories to alert them of potential collision. The advisories are of varying levels and priorities. There are two
types of advisories; Traffic Advisories (TA) and Resolution Advisories (RA). The TA display alerts the flight crew
to the relative position of nearby aircraft that are, or could become, collision threats.

2-28. The equipment V/UHF Direction Finder (V/UHF DF) system is a relative bearing finder used in con-
junction with the No. 1 V/UHF communication system. The equipment provides DF capability in the frequency
range of 100.0 MHz to 399.5 MHz. The relative bearing information is displayed by the No. 1 bearing pointer on
the pilot’s and copilot’s Primary Flight Displays (PFD). The system only operates when ADF is selected on the
No. 1 V/UHF communication system and no interphone station is attempting to use V/UHF communications.
Control of the equipment V/UHF direction finder system is through the Communication/ Navigation/ Identification
Management System (CNI-MS) and the Single Avionics Management Unit (SAMU).

2-29. The advanced digital TACAN system is a polar coordinate navigation system used to determine the rel-
ative bearing and/or slant-range distance, velocity, and time-to-go to a TACAN ground station (surface beacon)
or cooperating aircraft transmitting bearing and/or distance information. The TACAN system does not produce
and transmit bearing information. Only distance information is supplied to an interrogating aircraft. Operating
range of the TACAN system is limited to line-of-sight and depends on the aircraft altitude and type of terrain. The
TACAN system utilizes the MIL-STD-1553B (1553B) data bus for interface between the TACAN receiver-trans-
mitter, mission computer, and Communication/Navigation/ Identification Management System (CNI-MS).

2-30. The Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) system provides automatic radar identification of the airplane
when interrogated by surface or airborne radar sets. The system also enables friendly airplanes to identify
themselves apart from other friendly airplanes, and provides a means of transmitting a special code signal,
known as an emergency reply. In addition to identification information, the Mode C and Mode S reply signal
reports the altitude of the airplane. All identification operations are performed using the IFF pages on each
Communication/Navigation/ Identification Management Unit (CNI-MU). IFF Mode 3/A codes also are set via
the Communication/ Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP). The Data Conversion Unit (DCU) interfaces with the Bus
Interface Unit (BIU) for receiving and transmitting messages to and from the Receiver/Transmitter (R/T) and the
Mission Computer (MC).

2-31. The Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system is a low frequency radio navigation aid that functions as
an automatic direction finder, or as a standard low and medium frequency radio receiver. As a direction finder,
the ADF provides a continuous display on the Primary Flight Display (PFD), of the relative bearing of a received
Radio Frequency (RF) signal. It also provides audio for station identification. As a standard radio receiver,
the ADF provides audio for monitoring the stations transmitting RF signals using Amplitude Modulation (AM) or
Continuous Wave (CW).

2-32. The Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System (CNI-MS) is an integrated hard-

ware and software package which provides communication, navigation, identification, and flight management
functions to the aircrew. The CNI-MS lowers the workload on the aircrew by consolidating the control and man-
agement of these individual systems into a single entity. The CNI-MS provides direct control of the following
systems:

2-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– HF communication radios.
– V/UHF communications radios.
– Embedded GPS/INS (EGI).
– VOR/ILS/MB navigation radios.
– TACAN navigation radios.
– ADF navigation radios.
– IFF transponder.

2-33. ANTENNAS. The antennas mounted on the aircraft are transmitting and/or receiving elements con-
nected to the radio communication, radio navigation and identification systems. The location of the antennas is
shown in Figure 2-1.

2-34. CIRCUIT breakers . Applicable Circuit Breaker panel locations are shown in Figure 2-2 .

2-35. SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND DISPLAY

2-36. The Data system has three Bus Adapter Units (BAU) types function as Remote Terminals (RT) con-
trolled by the MIL-STD-1553B data bus Bus Controller (BC). The BAU provide console lighting control, signal
routing, monitoring of various non-MIL-STD-1553B devices such as relays, valves, and indicators, and com-
munications with ARINC-429 components of the aircraft. The BAU monitor control panel switch positions, test
points (such as contacts and sensors), and report to the mission computer via the MIL-STD-1553B buses.

2-37. The Mission Computers (MC) manage overall control of the airplane systems and displays, store op-
erational and maintenance data, and are the primary information integration equipment for the avionics suite.
Information is collected from the airplane systems and equipment on the 1553B data buses. The data are
processed and redistributed via the same data buses. Video data to be displayed is communicated over the
Transparent Asynchronous Transmit/Receive Interface (TAXI) bus from the low power color radar to the MC. The
MC routes the video and display commands, also by TAXI bus, to the CMDU. The appropriate display symbology
and drive signals are generated by each individual display unit in response to the commands and data from the
MC.

2-38. The Display System provides the pilot and copilot with a relatively simple way to access a large amount
of information. The system consists of five identical six inch by eight inch Color Multi-Purpose Display Units
(CMDU), located in the instrument panel. Two are located in front of the pilot, two are located in front of the
copilot and one is located in the center panel. The data formats to be displayed are controlled via two Single
Avionics Management Units (SAMU). The display information is received by the CMDU from the Mission Com-
puters via the left and right display data buses, and the TAXI bus.

2-39. LOCATION, ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND COOLING FOR THE ELECTRONIC

SYSTEMS

2-40. LOCATION OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT. Almost all the components of the electronic systems are
installed in the two electronic compartments, one on the flight compartment and one in the nose. With few
exceptions, the units are mounted on suitable antivibration supports. Electrical connections to the aircraft wiring
are made with connectors and sockets, that usually engage automatically when sliding-in the unit on its bracket.
The control panels are incorporated on the pedestal, consoles and panels accessible to the crew.

2-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 2-1. Antenna Locations

2-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 2-2. Circuit Breaker Locations (sheet 1/4)

2-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 2-2. Circuit Breaker Locations (sh. 2/4)

2-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 2-2. Circuit Breaker Locations (sh. 3/4)

2-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 2-2. Circuit Breaker Locations (sh. 4/4)

2-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION III

DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM

3-1. DESCRIPTION

3-2. GENERAL

3-3. The Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System (DA/FD) consists of two Automatic Flight Control Proces-
sors (AFCP) and associated servos for the pitch, roll, and yaw flight surfaces, each connected to a drum and
bracket assemblies to allow for an interface to the flight control system. The DA/FD implements a three-axis,
self-monitored autopilot and two-axis flight director. A separate selectable yaw damper function is provided for
reducing aircraft Dutch Roll effects. The flight directors for each AFCP are automatically synchronized to the
same modes (lateral and vertical). At any given time, one side, pilot or copilot, is in control providing source data
(airspeed, altitude, CDI selection, etc.) to both the pilot and copilot AFCP. The flight director on the non-control-
ling side continues to compute guidance and send steering commands to the applicable Primary Flight Display
(PFD). Selection of the side in control may be performed manually via the PFD menu of the SAMU or automat-
ically by engagement of either autopilot. When an autopilot is engaged, the side in control is always the one
associated with the engaged autopilot. The DA/FD Control Panel, the RSWP, Heading/Course Select Panels,
and the control wheel provide switch control for the DA/FD system.

3-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

3-5. DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The DA/FD System consists of
a DA/FD Control Panel, two Reference Set/Warning Panels, two Heading Course Select Panels, two Automatic
Flight Control Processors, and three Autopilot Servos (Figure 3-1).

3-6. DA/FD CONTROL PANEL. The DA/FD Control Panel has two sets of lateral mode switches, 1 set
of vertical select switches, two CDI Source select knobs, Vertical Speed Select Knob and the corresponding
display, the Yaw Damper (YD) engage/disengage switch, and Autopilot 1 and Autopilot 2 (AP1 and AP2) en-
gage/disengage switches. Either of the two sets of lateral mode switches can be used to select the lateral mode
for both AFCP flight directors.

3-7. REFERENCE SET/WARNING PANEL. The Reference Set / Warning Panels (RSWP) have Altitude
Reference and minimums select, and the corresponding display, MIN_B / MIN_R select switch for the reference
for the minimums, SPD for Indicated airspeed select and corresponding display, and the BARO Set select and
corresponding display. Also located on these panels are the Master Warning and Master Caution Indicators/re-
set switches.

3-8. HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL. The Heading/Course Select Panels are used to set the heading
marker and course indicator arrow. The heading marker and course indicator arrow are displayed on the HSI
portion of the PFD. Depressing the switch knob sets the corresponding markers to the lubber line, provided the
Mission Computer (MC) has a valid reference from the CNI System.

3-9. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL PROCESSOR. The AFCP is the main processor for the DA/FD. It
contains the software and hardware necessary to convert pilot control panel inputs, aircraft parameters, analog
inputs and MIL-STD-1553B data into servo and steering commands to maneuver the aircraft. Each AFCP in-
cludes two MIL-STD-1750A processors running at 20 MHz and a MIL-STD-1553B interface used as a remote

3-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

terminal. The processors within each AFCP receive the same information and monitor each other for any con-
flicts.

3-10. AUTOPILOT SERVO. The rudder, aileron, and elevator servos are DC permanent magnet motors
driven by the AFCP based on crew selections from the autopilot control panel. Servo position and rate are re-
turned to the AFCP from the servos to close the servo loop and monitor servo performance. Each servomotor
has an electro-magnetic clutch, which is used to connect the servomotor to the output spline. The DC electrical
power is supplied to the high side of the clutches and the controlling AFCP asserts the return side to either
engage or disengage the clutches. Rudder, aileron, and elevator servo drum and bracket assemblies provide
the electromechanical interface between the DA/FD system and the flight control system.

3-11. DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM OPERATION

3-12. GENERAL. The DA/FD modes are used to provide flight guidance and control to maintain selected
aircraft attitude, navigation, and flight performance. The DA/FD flight director modes are determined by switches
on the DA/FD Control Panel. When the autopilot on the same side, either pilot or copilot, has been engaged,
that Flight Director is the controlling Flight Director.

3-13. FLIGHT DIRECTOR. The flight directors can be used to setup guidance cues to external reference
sources based on the mode selections made at the DA/FD Control Panel. Both flight directors are always syn-
chronized to the same modes and compute flight guidance for display on the respective PFD. The reference
sources used to compute this guidance are dependent on the side (pilot or copilot) in control. If the pilot side
is in control, the pilot selected sources are used by both flight directors to compute guidance. In this case, the
copilot flight director is displayed on the PFD using offside symbology. Similarly, if the copilot side is in con-
trol, the copilot selected sources are used by both flight directors and the pilot PFD symbology indicates that
the offside (copilot) sources are in control. Guidance inputs from these selected reference sources are routed
from the Communication Navigation Identification - Management System (CNI-MS), through the MC and to the
AFCP where they are modified based on the embedded aircraft control laws before being routed back to the
MC for display on the PFD. These cues consist of steering bars, symbology, and annunciations. The ON legend
illumination is associated with the AFCP becoming active in the selected mode rather than pressing the mode
pushbutton. Listed and described below are the selectable flight director modes at the DA/FD Control Panel
and the control wheel button for the Go-Around.

3-14. COURSE DEVIATION INDICATION Source Select. The CDI Select knob is used for selecting the
Navigation Source. This allows the VOR 1, VOR 2, INAV, TACAN 1, and TACAN 2 frequencies to be selected to
pass through to the AFCP for the flight director to capture. The frequencies and the flight plan are set using the
CNI MU. The frequency source for the Navigation pointers is selected using the Single Avionics Management
Unit (SAMU).

3-15. ALTITUDE HOLD MODE. The ALT hold switch engages the altitude hold mode of the DA/FD at the
altitude existing at the time of engagement and illuminates the ON legend. The ALT hold ON legend will also
illuminate after initiation of the altitude capture/round-out when the DA/FD is under the control of ALTITUDE
Select, indicating acquisition of the selected altitude has begun. When the APPR switch is selected and a
glideslope capture occurs, the ALT switch ON legend goes off. If either the VS or IAS switch is depressed when
the ALT hold mode is engaged, the altitude hold mode will automatically disengage and the DA/FD will transition
into the selected mode. In Flight Director only mode, deviation of more than 1000 feet from the selected altitude
deselects the altitude hold function.

3-16. ALTITUDE SELECT MODE. The Altitude Select is always armed. Once an altitude reference is se-
lected and is displayed in the ALTITUDE Display on the RSWP, the aircraft must be in the proper pitch config-
uration. This can be done in the flight director by manually putting the aircraft in a pitch up or pitch down to
correspond with the new altitude reference. An altitude capture criteria is developed based on altitude error
from selected altitude and aircraft altitude change rate. The altitude capture criteria is used to initiate the alti-
tude capture roundout. VS or IAS mode can be engaged at the same time altitude select is enabled and will
automatically disengage when entering the altitude capture roundout maneuver. When in the APPR mode, the
ALTITUDE Select Capture may be enabled until glideslope capture occurs, then the ALTITUDE Select Capture
will disengage and be locked out. When ALTITUDE Select Capture is engaged, the altitude capture mode is
armed. The initial climb/dive is manually established, then upon reaching the altitude capture point, an altitude

3-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

capture command is combined with the inner loop attitude and attitude rate to generate the command to cap-
ture the selected altitude. The capture point and altitude capture commands are based on altitude error (the
difference between selected and actual barometric altitude) and altitude rate. An integrator is used to eliminate
long-term altitude offsets. Upon reaching a predetermined ratio of altitude error and altitude rate, the pitch com-
mand control switches to the altitude hold mode.

3-17. HEADING SELECT MODE. The HDG (heading select) switch generates a command to track the head-
ing set marker and illuminates the ON legend. The heading mode is compatible with NAV and APPR modes.
However, when the navigation or localizer mode selected enters its capture phase, the HDG mode is automati-
cally disengaged. If already in the NAV or APPR mode, selecting HDG will disengage the NAV mode and initiate
transition to the HDG mode. Heading error roll commands are combined with the inner loop attitude and attitude
rate to generate the servo command to capture selected heading. During this mode, the heading command is
based on difference between selected and current heading.

3-18. NAVIGATION MODE. The NAV switch arms the lateral navigation mode (NAV Systems, VOR, local-
izer, and TACAN) of the flight director and illuminates the ON legend. If the HDG switch was selected prior to
NAV, the flight director remains in that mode until the aircraft enters the lateral course capture zone, at which
time the HDG switch disengages and the flight director commands capture of course and track. Selecting the
HDG mode when the NAV mode is selected will disengage the NAV mode. If NAV mode is engaged and APPR
switch is pressed, the NAV switch will disengage and the approach mode arms. In the NAV mode, VOR, TACAN,
or CNI-MS roll commands are combined with the inner loop attitude and attitude rate to generate the servo com-
mand to capture and track a VOR or TACAN radial. During the capture phase, the command is based on course
error and VOR or TACAN deviation. The capture point is determined based on deviation, course error, and de-
viation rate. An integrator is used to replace washout course error for cross wind conditions during track. When
over the navigation aid, the current selected course is held until exiting the zone of confusion directly over the
navigation aid antenna.
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATION. The CDI Select knob is used for selecting the Navigation Source. This
allows the VOR 1, VOR 2, INAV, TACAN 1, TACAN 2, MLS 1, and MLS 2 frequencies to be selected to pass
through to the AFCP for the flight director to capture. The frequencies and the flight plan are set using the CNI
MU. The frequency source for the Navigation pointers is selected using the SAMU.

3-19. APPROACH MODE. The APPR switch actuation causes the ON legend to illuminate, arming the ap-
proach mode in the flight director and allowing the AFCP to generate steering signals to track the glideslope
beam. If the NAV mode is engaged, actuation of the APPR switch will automatically disengage the NAV mode.
The flight director remains in localizer capture mode until the aircraft is within the glideslope capture zone, at
which time the AFCP commands glideslope capture and track, as well as localizer track. If the HDG switch was
selected prior to APPR, the flight director remains in heading select mode until the aircraft enters the glideslope
capture zone, at which time the HDG switch disengages and the flight director commands capture and track.
Once the flight director has engaged and captured in the APPR mode, attempting to select any FD mode other
than Go-Around will be ignored by the mode logic within the controlling AFCP. To deselect the APPR mode
requires that the APPR/ON switch on the DA/FD Control Panel be pressed again.

3-20. BACKCOURSE MODE. Backcourse is a non-precision supplementary approach mode used when at-
tempting to land the aircraft 180 degrees out of the normal approach pattern to a runway. The BACK switch
actuation causes the ON legend to illuminate when this approach mode is armed in the flight director allowing
the AFCP to generate steering signals to track the ILS/MLS. Any prior HDG or NAV modes engaged are au-
tomatically disengaged when the BACK mode is selected. The flight director performs localizer capture mode
only and glideslope capture is inhibited. Once the flight director has engaged and captured in the BACK mode,
attempting to select any FD mode other than HDG or Go-Around will be ignored by the mode logic within the
controlling AFCP. To deselect the BACK mode requires that the BACK switch on the DA/FD Control Panel be
pressed again.

3-21. VERTICAL SPEED HOLD/ADJUST MODE. The VS switch engages the VS hold mode and illuminates
the ON legend. At the same time, the VERTICAL SPEED display on the DAFD panel is activated and set to the
vertical speed existing at the time of engagement to the nearest 100 fpm. When engaged,the autopilot controls
pitch attitude to maintain the vertical speed at the time of engagement. To change the current vertical speed
or initiate a climb or dive from level flight, the commanded vertical speed can be adjusted in increments of 100
fpm using the VERTICAL SPEED control knob on the DAFD panel. The autopilot will initiate a pitch manuever
to capture the commanded vertical speed. The accuracy at which the autopilot can capture or maintain the new

3-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

vertical speed is dependent upon the flight crew manually setting the throttles to maintain a constant airspeed
sufficient to perform the manuever. The VS mode is compatible with ALTITUDE Select Capture, but will auto-
matically disengage upon entering the altitude capture round-out phase of ALTITUDE Select Capture. When
VS mode is not engaged, the VERTICAL SPEED display on the DAFD panel is extinguished.

3-22. INDICATED AIRSPEED MODE. The IAS switch, when actuated, places the flight director in the speed
on pitch mode and illuminates the ON legend. The flight director gives commands to the pilot for the aircraft
to maintain the airspeed selected on the RSWP and will maintain the speed by varying the pitch attitude of the
aircraft. This mode also is compatible with ALTITUDE Select Capture, but will automatically disengage upon
entering the altitude capture round-out phase of ALTITUDE Select Capture. Upon initial engagement of the SPD
mode, the reference airspeed will be synchronized to the current airspeed to prevent transients. Subsequent
adjustments to that commanded airspeed will be permitted through the RSWP. A pitch command is combined
with the inner loop attitude and attitude rate to generate the servo command to hold indicated airspeed. The
IAS hold/adjust command is based on the difference between the selected indicated airspeed and the actual
indicated airspeed.

3-23. GO AROUND. The Go-Around mode can be selected by temporarily depressing the Go-Around button
on either the pilot or copilot control wheel. When engaged, this mode will disengage any existing lateral and/or
vertical FD mode, or any engaged autopilot mode. The PFD will display a GO ARND annunciation in the upper
right corner and the Flight Director Guidance ball and pitch steering bar will display a pitch up command of 7.5
degrees. The Go-Around vertical command is limited to not less than +1.2 degrees vertical flight path angle. In
addition, lateral guidance is provided in the form of a wings level cue. The Go-Around mode can be deselected
by again depressing the Go-Around button on either the pilot or copilot control wheel or by selecting a vertical
FD mode. Once deactivated, all other DA/FD modes are now selectable.

3-24. AUTOPILOT MODES These are the most basic modes of the autopilot function whereby either pilot
enables the autopilot function to control the relative flight path of the aircraft. Input settings are primarily from
the RSWP, DA/FD Control Panel, Heading/Course Select Panels and control wheels. Aircraft performance data
from the DADS and EGI selected by each pilot at their SAMU are used by the engaged autopilot as feedback
for keeping the aircraft on course.

3-25. YAW DAMPER. The Yaw Damper is a part of the autopilot function that can be independently selected
without engaging an autopilot. The Yaw Damper (YD) mode is used to dampen the dutch roll and control side slip
effects. The YD mode is selected by depressing the YD switch onthe DA/FD Control Panel. The MC alternate
the selection of which AFCP is in control of the Yaw Damper function. If either AFCP fails to engage, the MC will
annunciate this as a failure of that LRU. Depressing the YD switch again will now route the request to the other
AFCP. Both pilot and copilot PFD will display a YD ON annunciation in the upper left corner regardless which
AFCP has engaged.

3-26. AUTOPILOT. With no flight director modes established, selecting an autopilot will result in it engaging
in one of two default autopilot only modes. They are, Pitch Attitude and Heading Hold mode or Pitch and Roll
Attitude Hold mode. These modes are based on the aircraft flight conditions at the time of autopilot engagement.
If the aircraft is in level flight conditions, with a bank angle of less than 6 degrees from wings level, the autopilot
will default into Heading Hold. If bank angle is equal to or greater than 6 degrees, the autopilot will default into
Roll Attitude Hold. For the basic autopilot only modes, either annunciation, depending on which autopilot has
been selected, will be displayed in the upper left corner the PFD. The lateral default mode can be inferred from
the orientation of the Climb/Dive Marker on the PFD, both pilot control wheels, and the corresponding roll angle
scale indication on the PFD. The YD function is always active whenever an autopilot is engaged. If the YD
mode is selected at the time of autopilot engagement, the YD annunciation will extinguish, replaced with either
annunciation depending on which autopilot has been selected. No additional mode annunciation indicates that
an autopilot only mode is established.

3-27. TOUCH CONTROL STEERING. Touch Control Steering mode provides either pilot with a means of
adjusting the aircraft pitch and roll attitudes manually through pilot control inputs without disengaging the autopi-
lot system. When the TCS button on either control wheel is depressed, the engaged autopilot will de-clutch the
pitch and roll servomotors. The TCS annunciation appears in the upper right hand portion of the pilot and copilot
PFD during the time that the TCS button is depressed and the autopilot is de-clutched. The pilot in control can
now manually fly the aircraft in pitch and roll. While the TCS button is depressed, the autopilot continuously syn-
chronizes the pitch and roll references to the current aircraft pitch and roll attitudes. The autopilot will maintain

3-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

the pitch and roll reference attitudes that the aircraft is in when the pilot releases the TCS button, provided they
meet the engagement criteria; otherwise the autopilot will disengage as soon as the TCS button is released.
If the engagement criteria are met, the autopilot will re-clutch the servos, establishing pitch attitude hold with
either heading hold or roll attitude hold based on these new pitch and roll references. When the TCS button is
depressed, the aircraft may be flown outside the autopilot engagement limits without the autopilot disengaging.

3-29. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING.Equipment failures detected by BIT are flagged to the mis-
sion computers via the 1553B Comm/Nav Bus and the CNI-SP. The mission computers generate an ACAWS
message and direct the ICS-CSU to output an advisory audio tone to the flight station headsets and cockpit
loudspeakers indicating an advisory message. An ACAWS text message is also generated and displayed on
the ACAWS display.

3-30. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS message.

P AUTOPILOT FAIL CAUTION

CP AUTOPILOT FAIL CAUTION
AUTOPILOT SVO DISABLED CAUTION

3-31. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The power required for the DA/FD system operation is 28 VDC and 115
VAC, 400 Hz single phase. The AFCP does not have a power switch. When power is applied to the aircraft, and
circuit breakers are closed, the AFCP has power. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

3CK DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

5CK DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1
7CK DA/FD 1 MONITOR 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1
4CK DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
6CK DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
8CK DA/FD 2 MONITOR 115 V ac MAIN BUS 2
15CK DA/FD SERVO 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

3-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-1. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Components (sh. 1/3)

3-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-2. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Components (sh. 2/3)

3-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-2. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Components (sh. 3/3)

3-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Schematic ( CK System) (sheet 1/7)

3-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/7)

3-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 3/7)

3-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 4/7)

3-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 5/7)

3-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 6/7)

3-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-3. Digital Autopilot/Flight Director (CK System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 7/7)

3-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

3-32. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

3-33. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

3-34. DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM

3-35. Perform DA/FD System Functional Test as follows:

Table 3-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Test Set, Pitot Static DPS-500 - Test Air Data Computers
2 Air Data Accessory Kit ADAC27J-945 - Adaptors
3 MIMS (Mobile Interactive G2204230000- - Perform Databus checks,
Maintenance System) 013-1 interrogations, and upload
/download data associ-
ated with the processors
in the Systems Integra-
tion and Displays and
Communication/Naviga-
tion/Identification - System
Processors.
4 NAV/COMM Test Set IFR-4000 Equivalent Optional for VOR

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
C. On DA/FD control panel, verify all mode ON legends are off, and ensure < AP1 and < AP2 push-
buttons are off. Press mode select switch to turn legend off, if necessary.

WARNING

Ensure that flight control surfaces remain clear during

entire autopilot operational check to prevent injury to
personnel or damage to equipment.

3-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CAUTION

Ensure gust lock remains disengaged during these proce-

dures.
D. Disengage gust lock.
E. Check flight controls for freedom of movement as follows:

1. Ailerons - Slowly rotate control wheel fully clockwise, then fully counterclockwise. Return
control wheel to neutral position.
2. Elevators - Using control wheel, slowly push control column full forward, then pull to full back.
Return control column to neutral position.
3. Rudder - Slowly push one rudder pedal fully forward then push the other rudder pedal fully
forward. Return rudder pedals to neutral position.
Verify that: Controls should move freely with no binding or grinding.
F. SERVO TESTS
G. Operate and initiate EGI System for maintenance in accordance with EGI Section in this manual.
H. AILERON SERVO

NOTE

If Functional Test is being performed on Aileron Servo Relay, per-

form IBIT for both pilot and copilot autopilot systems.

I. Ensure no AUTOPILOT FAIL or SVO DISABLE messages are displayed on ACAWS.

NOTE

During the performance of the following IBIT, the AUTOPILOT FAIL

ACAWS may or may not be displayed on the PFD. Ignore this
ACAWS message during the performance of the IBIT Testing. Us-
ing instructions on MIMS screen, at the 1 second command during
IBIT Test, engage Autopilot by immediately depressing the Pilot or
Copilot AP pushbutton. Should a FAILED message be displayed
on the MIMS, the circuit breakers for the Auto Flight Control Pro-
cessor under test are to be opened, then closed, and the IBIT Test
performed again.

J. Using MIMS, perform IBIT for the Aileron Actuator Servo as follows:

1. Pilot use IBIT 20.

2. Copilot use IBIT 25.
K. At the 1 second command displayed on the MIMS, engage Autopilot.
Verify that: MIMS displays IBIT passed.
L. If testing is complete, engage Gust Lock if applicable.
M. ELEVATOR SERVO

NOTE

If Functional Test is being performed on Elevator Servo Relay, per-

form IBIT for both pilot and copilot autopilot systems.

N. Ensure no AUTOPILOT FAIL or SVO DISABLE messages are displayed on ACAWS.

3-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

O. Start ACMP pump No. 1 In accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

NOTE

During the performance of the following IBIT, the AUTOPILOT FAIL

ACAWS may or may not be displayed on the PFD. Ignore this
ACAWS message during the performance of the IBIT Testing. Us-
ing instructions on MIMS screen, at the 1 second command during
IBIT Test, engage Autopilot by immediately depressing the Pilot or
Copilot AP pushbutton. Should a FAILED message be displayed
on the MIMS, the circuit breakers for the Auto Flight Control Pro-
cessor under test are to be opened, then closed, and the IBIT Test
performed again.

P. Using MIMS, perform IBIT for the Elevator Actuator Servo as follows:

1. Pilot use IBIT 19.

2. Copilot use IBIT 24.
Q. At the 1 second command displayed on the MIMS, engage Autopilot.
Verify that: MIMS displays IBIT passed.
R. If testing is complete, engage Gust Lock if applicable.
S. RUDDER SERVO

NOTE

If Functional Test is being performed on Rudder Servo Relay, per-

form IBIT for both pilot and copilot autopilot systems.

T. Ensure no AUTOPILOT FAIL or SVO DISABLE messages are displayed on ACAWS.

U. As required, start ACMP pump No. 1 In accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

NOTE

During the performance of the following IBIT, the AUTOPILOT FAIL

ACAWS may or may not be displayed on the PFD. Ignore this
ACAWS message during the performance of the IBIT Testing. Us-
ing instructions on MIMS screen, at the 1 second command during
IBIT Test, engage Autopilot by immediately depressing the Pilot or
Copilot AP pushbutton. Should a FAILED message be displayed
on the MIMS, the circuit breakers for the Auto Flight Control Pro-
cessor under test are to be opened, then closed, and the IBIT Test
performed again.

V. Using MIMS, perform IBIT for the Rudder Actuator Servo as follows:

1. Pilot use IBIT 21.

2. Copilot use IBIT 26.

NOTE

Apply pressure to the Right Rudder pedal at the exact time the Au-
topilot/Servomotor starts to move in order to help the servomotor
completes its full right excursion. Perform the same action for the
Left Rudder pedal when it starts to move.

W. At the 1 second command displayed on the MIMS, engage Autopilot.

X. Apply pressure to the Rudder pedal as it starts to move.

3-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: MIMS displays IBIT passed.

Y. If testing is complete, engage Gust Lock if applicable.
Z. DA/FD FUNCTIONAL TESTS

WARNING

Ensure that flight control surfaces remain clear during

entire autopilot operational check to prevent injury to
personnel or damage to equipment.

CAUTION

Ensure gust lock remains disengaged during these proce-

dures.

NOTE

This procedure applies to both the Pilot and Copilot autopilots. If

checking the Copilot autopilot, substitute Copilot for Pilot and AP2
for AP1.

AA. Verify no DA/FD system related ACAWS messages are displayed.

AB. Operate and initiate EGI System for maintenance in accordance with Paragraph 16-32.
AC. On pilot Heading/Course Selector Control Panel, rotate HDG knob to position heading marker
under lubber line on PFD.
Verify that: Heading marker follows HDG knob rotation.

CAUTION

When the autopilot is being engaged or disengaged, the

control columns should be held and both feet should be
placed on rudder pedals to prevent the control surfaces
from hitting stops.
AD. On DA/FD control panel, press < AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: Legend on < AP1 pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.
AE. On DA/FD control panel, press VS and pilot NAV pushbuttons.
Verify that: VS ON and NAV ON legends come on.
Verify that: VS and NAV ARM legends on pilot PFD comes on.
AF. On pilot control wheel, press the A/P disengage button.
Verify that: Arrow legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD Control Panel goes off.
Verify that: AP1 legend on pilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: AUTOPILOT aural warning is heard until either the hush button is pressed or the AP
DISENGAGE button is pressed a second time.
AG. TCS, HDG, AND G/A Test.

3-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AH. Set Flaps to 0 degrees.

AI. On DA/FD control panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.
Verify that: Autopilot engages, control columns, control wheels and rudder pedals resist move-
ment.
AJ. On the control wheel, press and hold the Touch Control Steering (TCS) button and rotate control
wheel to left and pull back on control column simultaneously.
Verify that: Control columns and control wheels do not resist movement.
AK. Release TCS button.
Verify that: Control columns and control wheels remain at new positions.
Verify that: TCS indication on PFD goes off.
Verify that: VS indication on PFD goes off.
AL. On the control wheel, press and hold the Touch Control Steering (TCS) button and rotate control
wheel to right, and push forward on control column simultaneously.
Verify that: Control columns and control wheels do not resist movement.
AM. Release TCS button.
Verify that: Control columns and control wheels remain at new positions.
AN. Press and hold the TCS button and return control wheels and control columns to neutral positions,
then release the TCS button.
Verify that: Control columns and control wheels remain at neutral position.
AO. On DA/FD control panel, press the HDG pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of HDG pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: HDG legend on pilot PFD comes on.
AP. On Heading/Course Select Panel, rotate HDG knob slowly clockwise 10 degrees right until HDG
bug is under lubber line.
Verify that: Control wheels rotate clockwise.
Verify that: HDG bug on PFD moves clockwise to right of current heading.
Verify that: Flight director bar on PFD moves right.
AQ. On Heading/Course Select Panel, rotate HDG knob slowly counter-clockwise 10 degrees left until
HDG bug indicates lubber line.
Verify that: Control wheels rotate counter-clockwise to left of neutral position.
Verify that: HDG bug on PFD moves counter-clockwise to left of current heading.
Verify that: Flight director bar on PFD moves left of current heading.
AR. On Heading/Course Select Panel, rotate HDG knob slowly clockwise until HDG bug indicates lub-
ber line.
Verify that: Control wheels rotate clockwise to neutral position.
Verify that: HDG bug on PFD moves clockwise to current heading.
Verify that: Flight director bar on PFD returns to center.

3-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

In the next step, the Flight director command bars command a 7.5
degree flight path climb, but PFD usually displays approximately
10 degrees.
AS. On pilot control wheel, press G/A (Go Around) button.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD control panel goes off.
Verify that: AP DSNG message illuminates on both PFD.
Verify that: GO ARND message on both PFD comes on.
Verify that: Flight director command bars command a 7.5 degree flight path climb with wings level.
Verify that: Voice message AUTOPILOT comes on.
AT. Press hush button or AP Disengage on control wheel to silence Autopilot voice message.
AU. On pilot control wheel, press G/A button.
Verify that: GO ARND message on both PFD goes off.
Verify that: Flight director command bars are removed from PFD.
AV. ALTITUDE HOLD AND TRIM TEST.
AW. Connect Pitot-Static test set as follows:

CAUTION

On ICE PROTECTION control panel, verify PITOT LH and

PITOT RH switch is OFF. Failure to do so may result in dam-
age to equipment or injury to personnel.

CAUTION

Do not apply suction to Pitot lines or pressure to Static lines.

1. Remove Static Hose Assembly, Pitot Hose Assembly and Pitot and Dual Static Adapters from
the storage case.

NOTE

Static hose is larger in diameter than Pitot hose.

2. Lay out hose assemblies to facilitate hookup.
3. Connect the hoses to the appropriate ports of the Pitot and Dual Static Adapters. Static
hoses attach to either the Static No.1(S1) or Static No.2 (S2) port.
4. Connect the Pitot Adapters to the appropriate Pitot tubes on aircraft.
5. Connect the hoses of the Adapter Kit to the Ps and Pt output connectors of test set.

NOTE

Blanking caps must be fitted on unused front or rear outputs.

6. Ensure test set power is OFF.
7. Connect power lead to front panel power connector.

3-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

8. Connect other end of power lead to appropriate power source.

NOTE

The Test Set always powers up in leak measure mode with the
controllers off. On test set, systems status light will go to green
when system is ready.
AX. Activate test set by positioning the ON/OFF switch to ON. The power-on indicator will illuminate.
Test set will go through Self Test.
AY. Adjust Pitot Static test set to a barometric altitude of 5000 ft.
AZ. On the control wheel, press and hold AP Pitch Trim pushbutton to set Pitch to zero.
BA. On DA/FD control panel press the < AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.
BB. On DA/FD control panel press the ALT pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of ALT pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: ALT HOLD legend on pilot and copilot PFD comes on.

NOTE

In the following three steps, the altitude settings on the Pitot Static
Test Set must be adjusted as follows: starting at 5000 ft., with the
control column in neutral, insert 5200 ft. at 200 ft/m - Control Col-
umn will move forward. As soon as the trim starts to move, insert
4800 ft. at 200 ft/m. Control Column moves aft. As soon as the
trim starts to move, insert 5000 ft. at 200 ft/m and Control Column
returns to neutral.
BC. Adjust Pitot Static test set to a barometric altitude of 5200 ft. with a rate of climb of 200 ft/min.
Verify that: Control columns move forward.
Verify that: Elevator moves down.
BD. Adjust Pitot Static test set to a barometric altitude of 4800 ft. with a rate of climb of 200 ft/min.
Verify that: Control columns move aft returning to neutral position.
Verify that: Elevator moves up.
BE. Adjust Pitot Static test set to a barometric altitude of 5000 ft. with a rate of climb of 200 ft/min.
Verify that: Control columns move aft.
Verify that: Elevator moves up to neutral.
BF. On the DA/FD control panel, press the ALT and < AP1 pushbuttons.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: ON legend of ALT pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: AP1 and ALT HOLD legends on pilot PFD go off.
BG. Center the control column.
BH. Adjust Pitot Static test set to local barometric altitude.
BI. Ensure NOSE trim indicator on combined trim indicator panel is set to 0.
BJ. On the DA/FD control panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton.

3-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.

Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.

NOTE

The autopilot will disengage if the control columns are moved too
rapidly or with excessive force. If the autopilot disengages during
the following steps, it should be re-engaged and control column
movement should be made slowly.

BK. Pull control column slowly aft.

Verify that: On combined trim indicator panel, NOSE trim indicator indicates nose down trim (tab
up).
BL. Push control column slowly forward of the neutral position.
Verify that: On combined trim indicator panel, NOSE trim indicator indicates nose up trim (tab
down).
BM. Position control columns to neutral position.
BN. On FCS panel, set PITCH MODE switch to EMER.
Verify that: Arrow legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD control panel goes off.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD goes off.
BO. On FCS panel, set PITCH MODE switch to NORM.
BP. Position rudder pedals, control wheels, and control columns to neutral position.
BQ. On the DA/FD control panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.
BR. On control wheel, hold pitch and roll trim thumb switch in nose up position until the following results
are obtained.
Verify that: On combined trim indicator panel, NOSE trim indicator indicates nose down trim (tab
up).
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD control panel goes off.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD goes off.
BS. Position rudder pedals, control wheels, and control columns to neutral position.
BT. On the DA/FD control panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.
BU. On control wheel, place and hold pitch and roll thumb switch in nose down position until the fol-
lowing results are obtained.
Verify that: On combined trim indicator panel, NOSE trim indicator indicates nose up trim (tab
down).
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD control panel goes off.
Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD goes off.
BV. Verify rudder pedals are in the neutral position.
BW. On the DA/FD control panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton.

3-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.

Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD comes on.

BX. Displace one rudder pedal with a constant pressure.

Verify that: Pedal will resist movement momentarily and < legend of < AP1 pushbutton on DA/FD
control panel goes off.

Verify that: < AP1 legend on pilot PFD goes off.

BY. Place all flight controls in neutral position.

BZ. Turn off all DA/FD control panel mode pushbuttons and ensure that all mode pushbutton lights are
off.

CA. Stop ACMP pump No. 1 In accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

CB. Secure EGI System for maintenance.

CC. Disconnect Pitot-Static test set as follows:

1. If display shows "LEAK MEASURE", press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to regain con-
trol.

2. Press GROUND key.

3. Select GO TO GROUND (F1) to vent pressures to ambient.

4. Turn operator switch pump to OFF.

5. Turn power switch to OFF.

6. Disconnect power lead from power source, then from the front panel power connector.

7. Disconnect the Pitot Adapters from the Pitot Probes on aircraft.

8. Disconnect remaining hoses of the Adapter Kit from the Ps and Pt output connectors of the
test set.

9. Return Static hose assembly, Pitot Hose assembly and Pitot and Static adapters to storage
case and secure test set.

10. End of Test.

3-36. DA/FD CONTROL PANEL

3-37. Perform DA/FD Control Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

B. Operate and initiate EGI System for maintenance in accordance with Paragraph 16-32.

NOTE

If a local VOR is not available, use a set up for VOR testing.

C. On COPILOT LIGHTING control panel hold TEST switch to LAMP.

3-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: All indicator lights on DA/FD control panel come on.
D. Release TEST switch.
Verify that: Lights on DA/FD control panel go off.
E. On COPILOT LIGHTING control panel, hold TEST switch to DSPL.
Verify that: All segments of digital readout on DA/FD control panel come on.
F. Release TEST switch.
Verify that: All segments of ALTITUDE digital readout on DA/FD control panel return to original
setting.
G. On the DA/FD Control Panel Pilot CDI SOURCE switch, select VOR1.
Verify that: VOR1 legend is displayed on Pilot and Copilot PFD.
H. On the DA/FD Control Panel Pilot CDI SOURCE switch, select VOR2.
Verify that: VOR1 legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: VOR2 legend is displayed on Pilot and Copilot PFD.
I. On the DA/FD Control Panel Pilot CDI SOURCE switch, select INAV.
Verify that: VOR2 legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: INAV legend is displayed on Pilot and Copilot PFD.
J. On the DA/FD Control Panel Pilot CDI SOURCE switch, select TCN1.
Verify that: INAV legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: TAC1 legend is displayed on Pilot and Copilot PFD.
K. On the DA/FD Control Panel Pilot CDI SOURCE switch, select TCN2.
Verify that: TAC1 legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: TAC2 legend is displayed on Pilot and Copilot PFD.
L. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot NAV pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend on Pilot NAV pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: NAV ARM legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
M. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot NAV pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot NAV pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: NAV ARM legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
N. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot HDG pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot HDG pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: HDG legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
O. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot HDG pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot HDG pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: HDG legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
P. On the pilot DA/FD panel, under CDI source, select VOR 1.
Q. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.

3-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

R. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the VOR 1 select key.

Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR 1 page is displayed.
S. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the PWR ON/OFF select key until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: ON is highlighted and no VOR/ILS/MB system related ACAWS messages are dis-
played.
T. On the CNI-MU , using the keypad, enter local or Test Set generated ILS frequency.
Verify that: applicable frequency is displayed adjacent to applicable pilot VOR CH/FREQ.
U. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot APPR pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot APPR pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: LOC ARM and GS ARM legends on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
V. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot APPR pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot APPR pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: LOC ARM and GS ARM legends on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
W. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot BACK pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot BACK pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: BACK ARM legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
X. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Pilot BACK pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Pilot BACK pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: BACK ARM legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
Y. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the AP1 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton comes on.
Z. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the < AP1 pushbutton again.
Verify that: < legend of < AP1 pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: AP1 legend on PDF goes off.
AA. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the YD pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of YD pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: YD DAMP legend on Pilot and CoPilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
AB. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the YD pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of YD pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: YD DAMP legend on Pilot and CoPilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
AC. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the VS pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of VS pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: VS legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
AD. Rotate VS knob to + 3500 and then —3500.
Verify that: Operates in 100 foot increments..
AE. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the VS pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of VS pushbutton goes off

3-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: VS legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.

AF. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the IAS pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of IAS pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: IAS legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD comes on.
AG. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the IAS pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of IAS pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: IAS legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
AH. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the ALT pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of ALT pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: ALT legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
AI. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the ALT pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of ALT pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: ALT HOLD legend on Pilot and Copilot PFD goes off.
AJ. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the AP2 pushbutton.
Verify that: < legend of < AP2 pushbutton comes on.
AK. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the < AP2 pushbutton again.
Verify that: < legend of < AP2 pushbutton goes off.
AL. On the DA/FD Control Panel Copilot CDI SOURCE switch, select VOR1.
Verify that: VOR1 legend is displayed on Copilot PFD.
AM. On the DA/FD Control Panel Copilot CDI SOURCE switch, select VOR2
Verify that: VOR1 legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: VOR2 legend is displayed on Copilot PFD.
AN. On the DA/FD Control Panel Copilot CDI SOURCE switch, select INAV.
Verify that: VOR2 legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: INAV legend is displayed on Copilot PFD.
AO. On the DA/FD Control Panel Copilot CDI SOURCE switch, select TCN1.
Verify that: INAV legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: TAC1 legend is displayed on Copilot PFD.
AP. On the DA/FD Control Panel Copilot CDI SOURCE switch, select TCN2.
Verify that: TAC1 legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
Verify that: TAC2 legend is displayed on Copilot PFD.
AQ. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot NAV pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot NAV pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: NAV ARM legend on Copilot PFD comes on.
AR. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot NAV pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot NAV pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: NAV ARM legend on Copilot PFD goes off.

3-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AS. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot HDG pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot HDG pushbutton comes on
Verify that: HDG legend on Copilot PFD comes on.
AT. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot HDG pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot HDG pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: HDG legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
AU. On the CNI-MU , verify the frequency is still set to local or Test Set generated ILS frequency.
AV. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot APPR pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot APPR pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: LOC ARM and GS ARM legends on Copilot PFD comes on.
AW. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot APPR pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot APPR pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: LOC ARM and GS ARM legends on Copilot PFD goes off.
AX. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot BACK pushbutton.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot BACK pushbutton comes on.
Verify that: BACK ARM legend on Copilot PFD comes on.
AY. On the DA/FD Control Panel, press the Copilot BACK pushbutton again.
Verify that: ON legend of Copilot BACK pushbutton goes off.
Verify that: BACK ARM legend on Copilot PFD goes off.
AZ. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BA. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press line select key adjacent to VOR 1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR 1 page is displayed.
BB. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE VOR 1 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until
OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VOR 1 is turned off.
BC. Secure EGI for maintenance in accordance with Paragraph 16-34.
BD. If used, Test set.
BE. End of test.

3-38. REFERENCE SET/WARNING PANEL

3-39. Perform Reference Set/Warning Panel Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11

3-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

B. On the FIRE/OVHT DET TEST Control Panel, move and hold the TEST switch at the LOOP A
OVHT position.
Verify that: MASTER WARNING light on Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel comes on.
Verify that: MASTER CAUTION light Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel comes on.
Verify that: MASTER WARNING light on CoPilot Reference Set/Warning Panel comes on.
Verify that: MASTER CAUTION light CoPilot Reference Set/Warning Panel comes on.
C. On the FIRE/OVHT DET TEST Control Panel, release the TEST switch to neutral position.
D. On either pilot or copilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, press the MASTER CAUTION and MAS-
TER WARNING pushbuttons.
Verify that: MASTER WARNING light Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel goes off.
Verify that: MASTER CAUTION light Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel goes off.
Verify that: MASTER WARNING light on CoPilot Reference Set/Warning Panel goes off.
Verify that: MASTER CAUTION light CoPilot Reference Set/Warning Panel goes off.

NOTE

This procedure applies to both the Pilot and Copilot positions. If

checking the Copilot position, substitute Copilot for Pilot where ap-
pearing below.
E. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
rotate the Altitude Reference Select Knob right or left.
Verify that: Altitude Select Indication bug and digital display on PFD moves up or down and ALT
REF Display on Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel indicates dialed-in altitude.
F. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
press the Altitude Reference Select Knob.
Verify that: Altitude Select Indication bug and digital display on PFD moves to baro-corrected alti-
tude and ALT REF Display on Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel indicates current baro corrected
displayed altitude on PFD.
G. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, press the Altitude Select pushbutton.
Verify that: MIN B comes on.
H. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
rotate the Altitude Reference Select Knob right or left.
Verify that: Baro Minimum Bar and digital display on PFD moves up or down and ALT REF Display
on Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel indicates dialed-in altitude.
I. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
press the Altitude Reference Select Knob.
Verify that: Baro Minimum indicator and digital display toggles on/off.

NOTE

If 10 seconds elapses without input, panel will revert back to ALT.

J. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, press the Altitude Select pushbutton.
Verify that: MIN R comes on.
K. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
rotate the Altitude Reference Select Knob right or left.

3-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: Altitude Indication digital display on PFD moves up or down and ALT REF Display
indicates dialed-in altitude.
L. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the ALT REF Display and Pilot PFD,
press the Altitude Reference Select Knob.
Verify that: Pressing the Altitude Reference Select Knob in the MIN R mode has no effect on
dialed-in settings or digital display.
M. On Pilot CNI/MU, press the MC INDX pushbutton.
Verify that: MC INDEX page is displayed.
N. On Pilot CNI/MU, press line select key adjacent to V SPEEDS.
Verify that: V SPEEDS page is displayed.
O. On Pilot CNI/MU, press DEL pushbutton and then press the line select key adjacent to V1. Repeat
the above process for VR and V2 as necessary.
P. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the SPD Display and Pilot PFD, rotate
the SPD Reference Select Knob right or left.
Verify that: Selected Airspeed digital display Indication and bug on PFD moves up or down and
SPD Display indicates dialed-in airspeed.

NOTE

Airspeed bug will not drop below 75 knots on PFD.

Q. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the SPD Display and Pilot PFD, press
the SPD Reference Select Knob.
Verify that: Airspeed Indication bug on PFD toggles on/off, digital display remains.
R. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the BARO SET Display and Pilot PFD,
rotate the BARO SET Reference Select Knob right or left.
Verify that: Barometric altimeter setting on PFD moves up or down and BARO SET Display indi-
cates dialed-in Barometric setting.
S. On the Pilot Reference Set/Warning Panel, while viewing the BARO SET Display and Pilot PFD,
press the BARO SET Reference Select Knob.
Verify that: Barometric altimeter setting on PFD moves to 29.92 in Hg (1013 mb).
T. End of test.

3-40. HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL

3-41. Perform Heading/Course Select Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
B. Rotate the HEADING knob to the left and then back to the right.
Verify that: Both pilot and copilot HSI heading bugs move simultaneously on both PFD.

3-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

If the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL has been

replaced, perform Step C. If the copilot HEADING/COURSE
SELECT PANEL has been replace, perform Step D.

C. On the pilot Heading/Course Select Panel, rotate the COURSE knob to the left and then back to
the right.
Verify that: Course arrow on pilot HSI moves.
D. On the copilot Heading/Course Select Panel, rotate the COURSE knob to the left and then back
to the right.
Verify that: Course arrow on copilot HSI moves left then right.
E. End of test.

3-42. TROUBLESHOOTING
3-43. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 3-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2210A01.
Pilot Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System Fault (Visual Detection) (2210A01)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Does any fault code exist?
NO Go to Step 2.

3-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Does AP1 annunciator light remain on when YES AP1 annunciator light remains on
AP1 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210900.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does AP2 annunciator light remain on when YES AP2 annunciator light remains on
AP2 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210901.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Does AP1 engage? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 5. Does AP2 engage? YES Go to Step 6.
NO AP2 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210903.
Step 6. Does pilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 7.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Pilot side control panel inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210907.
Step 7. Does copilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 8.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Copilot side control panel
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210908.
Step 8. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 9.
HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210909.
Step 9. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 10.
pilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210910.
Step 10. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 11.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210911.
Step 11. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 12.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210912.

3-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. Does course arrow on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 13.
COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on pilot HSI does
not follow pilot COURSE knob.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210913.
Step 13. Does course arrow on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 14.
copilot COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot COURSE
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210916.
Step 14. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot A/P YES Go to Step 18.
disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 16.
pilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Pilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210929.
Step 16. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210930.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210932.
NO AP1 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210931.
Step 18. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 22.
A/P disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 20.
copilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Copilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210933.
Step 20. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210934.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210936.

3-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO AP2 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210935.
Step 22. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot YES Go to Step 26.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 24.
pilot G/A button input?
NO Pilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210945.
Step 24. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210946.
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210948.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210947.
Step 26. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 30.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 28.
copilot G/A button input?
NO Copilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210949.
Step 28. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210950.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210952.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210951.
Step 30. Does AP1 remain engaged when TRIM YES Go to Step 54.
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP2 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210954.
NO Go to Step 32.

3-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 32. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 53.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP2 remain engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
down) on either control wheel? to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210957.
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 34. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 52.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
up) on either control wheel? to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210960.
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 36. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 37.
navigational systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP1
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210962.
Step 37. Does autopilot properly track all navigational YES Go to Step 43.
systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 39.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451904.
Step 39. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 40.
with AP1 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 1 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431903.
Step 40. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 41.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431911.
Step 41. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 42.
with AP1 engaged?

3-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 42. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431913.
Step 43. Does autopilot properly couple to all YES Go to Step 49.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 45.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 TACAN reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451905.
Step 45. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 46.
with AP2 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 2 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431904.
Step 46. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 47.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431912.
Step 47. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 48.
with AP2 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 48. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431914.
Step 49. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 50.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP2
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210963.
Step 50. Does autopilot switch disengage when YES Go to Step 51.
force is applied to left or right rudder pedal?
NO Autopilot rudder servo does not
control rudder. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210968.

3-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 51. Does pilot DAFD system operate properly? YES Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 2. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
NO Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 1. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
Step 52. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
up) on either control wheel? are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210961.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210959.
Step 53. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
down) on either control wheel? are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210958.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210956.
Step 54. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP1 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210953.
NO AP1 and AP2 autopilots remain
engaged when TRIM ELEV TAB
switch is placed to OFF or EMER.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210953.
Step 55. Does AP2 engage? YES AP1 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210902.
NO AP1 and AP2 will not engage.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210904.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2210A02. COPILOT DIGITAL AUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL
DETECTION (2210A02)

3-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Does any fault code exist?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does AP1 annunciator light remain on when YES AP1 annunciator light remains on
AP1 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210900.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does AP2 annunciator light remain on when YES AP2 annunciator light remains on
AP2 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210901.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Does AP1 engage? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 5. Does AP2 engage? YES Go to Step 6.
NO AP2 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210903.
Step 6. Does pilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 7.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Pilot side control panel inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210907.
Step 7. Does copilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 8.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Copilot side control panel
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210908.
Step 8. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 9.
HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210909.
Step 9. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 10.
pilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210910.

3-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 11.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210911.
Step 11. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 12.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210912.
Step 12. Does course arrow on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 13.
COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on pilot HSI does
not follow pilot COURSE knob.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210913.
Step 13. Does course arrow on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 14.
copilot COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot COURSE
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210916.
Step 14. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot A/P YES Go to Step 18.
disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 16.
pilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Pilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210929.
Step 16. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210930.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210932.
NO AP1 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210931.
Step 18. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 22.
A/P disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 20.
copilot A/P disconnect button input?

3-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Copilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210933.
Step 20. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210934.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210936.
NO AP2 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210935.
Step 22. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot YES Go to Step 26.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 24.
pilot G/A button input?
NO Pilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210945.
Step 24. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210946.
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210948.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210947.
Step 26. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 30.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 28.
copilot G/A button input?
NO Copilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210949.
Step 28. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210950.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210952.

3-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210951.
Step 30. Does AP1 remain engaged when TRIM YES Go to Step 54.
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP2 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210954.
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 53.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP2 remain engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
down) on either control wheel? to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210957.
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 34. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 52.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
up) on either control wheel? to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210960.
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 36. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 37.
navigational systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP1
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210962.
Step 37. Does autopilot properly track all navigational YES Go to Step 43.
systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 39.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451904.
Step 39. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 40.
with AP1 engaged?

3-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 1 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431903.
Step 40. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 41.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431911.
Step 41. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 42.
with AP1 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 42. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431913.
Step 43. Does autopilot properly couple to all YES Go to Step 49.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 45.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451905.
Step 45. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 46.
with AP2 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 2 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431904.
Step 46. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 47.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431912.
Step 47. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 48.
with AP2 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 48. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP2 engaged?

3-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO No. 2 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431914.
Step 49. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 50.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP2
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210963.
Step 50. Does autopilot switch disengage when YES Go to Step 51.
force is applied to left or right rudder pedal?
NO Autopilot rudder servo does not
control rudder. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210968.
Step 51. Does pilot DAFD system operate properly? YES Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 2. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
NO Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 1. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
Step 52. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
up) on either control wheel? are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210961.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210959.
Step 53. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
down) on either control wheel? are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210958.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210956.
Step 54. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP1 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210953.
NO AP1 and AP2 autopilots remain
engaged when TRIM ELEV TAB
switch is placed to OFF or EMER.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210953.
Step 55. Does AP2 engage? YES AP1 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210902.

3-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO AP1 and AP2 will not engage.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210904.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2210100. P DA/FD BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210100)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Does any fault code exist?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does AP1 annunciator light remain on when YES AP1 annunciator light remains on
AP1 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210900.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does AP2 annunciator light remain on when YES AP2 annunciator light remains on
AP2 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210901.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Does AP1 engage? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 5. Does AP2 engage? YES Go to Step 6.
NO AP2 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210903.
Step 6. Does pilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 7.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Pilot side control panel inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210907.
Step 7. Does copilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 8.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Copilot side control panel
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210908.
Step 8. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 9.
HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210909.

3-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 10.
pilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210910.
Step 10. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 11.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210911.
Step 11. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 12.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210912.
Step 12. Does course arrow on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 13.
COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on pilot HSI does
not follow pilot COURSE knob.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210913.
Step 13. Does course arrow on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 14.
copilot COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot COURSE
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210916.
Step 14. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot A/P YES Go to Step 18.
disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 16.
pilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Pilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210929.
Step 16. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210930.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210932.

3-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO AP1 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210931.
Step 18. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 22.
A/P disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 20.
copilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Copilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210933.
Step 20. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210934.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210936.
NO AP2 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210935.
Step 22. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot YES Go to Step 26.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 24.
pilot G/A button input?
NO Pilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210945.
Step 24. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210946.
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210948.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210947.
Step 26. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 30.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 28.
copilot G/A button input?

3-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Copilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210949.
Step 28. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210950.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210952.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210951.
Step 30. Does AP1 remain engaged when TRIM YES Go to Step 54.
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP2 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210954.
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 53.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP2 remain engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
down) on either control wheel? to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210957.
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 34. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 52.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
up) on either control wheel? to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210960.
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 36. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 37.
navigational systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP1
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210962.
Step 37. Does autopilot properly track all navigational YES Go to Step 43.
systems with AP1 engaged?

3-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 39.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451904.
Step 39. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 40.
with AP1 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 1 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431903.
Step 40. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 41.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431911.
Step 41. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 42.
with AP1 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 42. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431913.
Step 43. Does autopilot properly couple to all YES Go to Step 49.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 45.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451905.
Step 45. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 46.
with AP2 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 2 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431904.
Step 46. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 47.
system with AP2 engaged?

3-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO No. 2 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431912.
Step 47. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 48.
with AP2 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 48. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431914.
Step 49. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 50.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP2
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210963.
Step 50. Does autopilot switch disengage when YES Go to Step 51.
force is applied to left or right rudder pedal?
NO Autopilot rudder servo does not
control rudder. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210968.
Step 51. Does pilot DAFD system operate properly? YES Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 2. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
NO Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 1. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
Step 52. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
up) on either control wheel? are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210961.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210959.
Step 53. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
down) on either control wheel? are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210958.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210956.

3-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 54. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP1 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210953.
NO AP1 and AP2 autopilots remain
engaged when TRIM ELEV TAB
switch is placed to OFF or EMER.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210953.
Step 55. Does AP2 engage? YES AP1 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210902.
NO AP1 and AP2 will not engage.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210904.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2210110. CP DA/FD BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210110)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Does any fault code exist?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does AP1 annunciator light remain on when YES AP1 annunciator light remains on
AP1 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210900.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does AP2 annunciator light remain on when YES AP2 annunciator light remains on
AP2 disengaged? when disengaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210901.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Does AP1 engage? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 5. Does AP2 engage? YES Go to Step 6.
NO AP2 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210903.
Step 6. Does pilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 7.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Pilot side control panel inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210907.

3-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Does copilot side control panel engage and YES Go to Step 8.
disengage selected autopilot modes properly?
NO Copilot side control panel
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210908.
Step 8. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 9.
HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210909.
Step 9. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 10.
pilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow pilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210910.
Step 10. Does heading marker on pilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 11.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on pilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210911.
Step 11. Does heading marker on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 12.
copilot HEADING knob?
NO Heading marker on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot HEADING
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210912.
Step 12. Does course arrow on pilot HSI follow pilot YES Go to Step 13.
COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on pilot HSI does
not follow pilot COURSE knob.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210913.
Step 13. Does course arrow on copilot HSI follow YES Go to Step 14.
copilot COURSE knob?
NO Course arrow on copilot HSI
does not follow copilot COURSE
knob. Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210916.
Step 14. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot A/P YES Go to Step 18.
disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 16.
pilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Pilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210929.

3-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 16. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210930.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? pilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210932.
NO AP1 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210931.
Step 18. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 22.
A/P disconnect button input?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 20.
copilot A/P disconnect button input?
NO Copilot A/P disconnect button
inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210933.
Step 20. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot A/P YES AP1 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210934.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot A/P YES AP2 Does not disengage when
disconnect button input? copilot A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210936.
NO AP2 Does not disengage when
either A/P disconnect button is
pressed. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210935.
Step 22. Does autopilot respond properly to pilot YES Go to Step 26.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 24.
pilot G/A button input?
NO Pilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210945.
Step 24. Does AP1 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210946.
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Does AP1 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to pilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210948.

3-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210947.
Step 26. Does autopilot respond properly to copilot YES Go to Step 30.
G/A button input?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Does either autopilot respond properly to YES Go to Step 28.
copilot G/A button input?
NO Copilot G/A button inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210949.
Step 28. Does AP2 respond properly to copilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP1 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210950.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Does AP2 respond properly to pilot G/A YES No response to copilot G/A button
button input? with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210952.
NO No response to either G/A button
with AP2 engaged. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210951.
Step 30. Does AP1 remain engaged when TRIM YES Go to Step 54.
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP2 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210954.
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 53.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP2 remain engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
down) on either control wheel? to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210957.
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 34. Does AP1 remain engaged when ELEV YES Go to Step 52.
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab TAB thumb switches are placed
up) on either control wheel? to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210960.

3-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 36. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 37.
navigational systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP1
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210962.
Step 37. Does autopilot properly track all navigational YES Go to Step 43.
systems with AP1 engaged?
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 39.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451904.
Step 39. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 40.
with AP1 engaged?
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 1 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431903.
Step 40. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 41.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431911.
Step 41. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 42.
with AP1 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 42. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP1 engaged?
NO No. 1 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431913.
Step 43. Does autopilot properly couple to all YES Go to Step 49.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Does autopilot properly track TACAN YES Go to Step 45.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 tacan reception/trans-
mission is weak or inoperative.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
3451905.
Step 45. Does autopilot properly track VOR system YES Go to Step 46.
with AP2 engaged?

3-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Primary flight display indicates
that No. 2 VOR is valid, but
bearing indication is inoperative
or inaccurate. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431904.
Step 46. Does autopilot properly track Localizer YES Go to Step 47.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 localizer is weak or
inoperative. VOR operation
normal. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 3431912.
Step 47. Does autopilot properly track EGI system YES Go to Step 48.
with AP2 engaged?
NO EGI system fault. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 3441A01.
Step 48. Does autopilot properly track Glideslope YES No fault.
system with AP2 engaged?
NO No. 2 glideslope indication is weak
or inoperative. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 3431914.
Step 49. Does autopilot properly couple to YES Go to Step 50.
navigational systems with AP2 engaged?
NO Autopilot does not couple to
navigation system with AP2
engaged. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210963.
Step 50. Does autopilot switch disengage when YES Go to Step 51.
force is applied to left or right rudder pedal?
NO Autopilot rudder servo does not
control rudder. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210968.
Step 51. Does pilot DAFD system operate properly? YES Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 2. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
NO Repair or remove and replace
AFCP No. 1. If persists,
troubleshoot aircraft wiring.
Step 52. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose down (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
up) on either control wheel? are placed to nose down (tab
up) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210961.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose down (tab up) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210959.

3-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 53. Does AP2 remain engaged when ELEV YES AP1 and AP2 remain engaged
TAB thumb switches are placed to nose up (tab when ELEV TAB thumb switches
down) on either control wheel? are placed to nose up (tab
down) on either control wheel.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210958.
NO AP1 remains engaged when ELEV
TAB thumb switches are placed
to nose up (tab down) on either
control wheel. Troubleshoot fault
code No. 2210956.
Step 54. Does AP2 remain engaged when TRIM YES AP1 remain engaged when TRIM
ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF or EMER? ELEV TAB switch is placed to OFF
or EMER. Troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210953.
NO AP1 and AP2 autopilots remain
engaged when TRIM ELEV TAB
switch is placed to OFF or EMER.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210953.
Step 55. Does AP2 engage? YES AP1 will not engage. Troubleshoot
fault code No. 2210902.
NO AP1 and AP2 will not engage.
Troubleshoot fault code No.
2210904.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2210955. AP1 AND AP2 REMAIN ENGAGED WITH PITCH TRIM SWITCH IN OFF OR
EMERGENCY POSITION. (VISUAL DETECTION (2210955)

3-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and
AFCP No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers
:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove both AFCPs. Check AFCP plug 1CKA2
and 2CKA2 pin 42 for voltage and continuity to
ground while moving the FCS pitch switch between
NORMAL, OFF, and EMERGENCY positions. Pin 42
should be electrically open when FCS Pitch Switch is
in the NORMAL position, and grounded while in OFF
or EMERGENCY. Does circuit operate properly?
Install AFCPs
NO Repair circuit and/or troubleshoot
Q-Feel System.
Step 2. Engage AP1, place the pitch trim switch in YES Go to Step 3.
the OFF position then return to NORMAL position.
Observe results. Engage AP1 (If required), place
the pitch trim switch in the EMERGENCY position
then return to NORMAL position. Observe results.
Did AP1 disengage each time the switch was moved
from NORMAL?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
Step 3. Engage AP2, place the pitch trim switch in YES If persist, troubleshoot Q-Feel
the OFF position then return to NORMAL position. System.
Observe results. Engage AP2 (If required), place
the pitch trim switch in the EMERGENCY position
then return to NORMAL position. Observe results.
Did AP2 disengage each time the switch was moved
from NORMAL?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2210907. PILOT SIDE DA/FD CONTROL PANEL INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210907)

3-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Open circuit breakers LV
PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
(451VE) in position M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
H 11 to interrupt power to PPDU No. 1. Remove
DA/FD Control Panel. Remove plug 27CKA (J1). Is
8VC present on pin A?
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 2. Remove power to PPDU No. 2. Remove YES Go to Step 3.
5PRC. Is continuity present between 5PRC pin S
and 27CKA pinB?
NO Repair power return circuit.
Step 3. Check 27CKA pin C for continuity to chassis YES Remove and replace DA/FD
ground. Does continuity exist? Control Panel. If problem
persists, troubleshoot Data Bus
connectivity.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2210908. COPILOT SIDE DA/FD CONTROL PANEL INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210908)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to
interrupt power to PPDU No. 2. Remove DA/FD
Control Panel. Remove plug 27CKD (J4). Is 8VC
present on pin A?
NO Repair power circuit.

3-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITALAUTOPILOT/FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove power to PPDU No. 2. Remove YES Go to Step 3.
6PRC. Is continuity present between 6PRC pin S
and 27CKD pinB?
NO Repair power return circuit.
Step 3. Check 27CKD pin C for continuity to chassis YES Remove and replace DA/FD
ground. Does continuity exist? Control Panel. If problem
persists, troubleshoot Data Bus
connectivity.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2210538.
DA/FD 1 built in Test Failed. Internal Power Interrupt. (FI Message) (2210538)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Repair circuit.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power to AFCP No.
1 by opening: circuit breakers DA/FD PROCESSOR
1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 24, DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 23, and DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Inspect 1CKB1 plug for loose
pins or cFAMed wires. Are any loose pins or chafed
wires visible?
NO Remove and replace AFCP.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2210581. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. INTERNAL POWER INTERRUPT. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210581)

3-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Repair circuit.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Inspect 2CKB1 plug for loose
pins or chafed wires. Are any loose pins or chafed
wires visible?
NO Remove and replace AFCP.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2210584. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. REFERENCED 26 V ac FAILURE (26 V ac
SUPPLY AND MONITOR) (2210584)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is
continuity present betweeen plug pin and terminal?
- AFCP No. 2 2CKB1 plug pin 54 and 303VVB
terminal N. - AFCP No. 2 2CKB1 plug pin 41 and
303VVB terminal T.
NO Repair circuit.

3-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12. Remove
AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between plug pin
and terminal? - AFCP No. 2 2CKA1 plug pin 67 and
303VVB terminal R. - AFCP No. 2 2CKA1 plug pin
53 and 303VVB terminal V.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2210541. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. REFERENCED 26 V ac FAILURE (26 V ac
SUPPLY AND MONITOR) (FI MESSAGE) (2210541)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button.Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Is
continuity present between plug pin and terminal?
AFCP 1: - Plug pin 67 of 1CKA1 and 301VVE pin A.
- Plug pin 53 of 1CKA1 and 301VVE pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
plug pin and terminal? AFCP 1: - Plug pin 54 of
1CKB1 and 301VVE pin E. - Plug pin 41 of 1CKB1
and 301VVE pin F.
NO Repair circuit.

3-61
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2210542. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST. DISCRETE POWER NOT PRESENT. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210542)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power to AFCP No.
1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Close circuit breakers 3CK,
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23. Is 28 V dc
present on 1CKB1 plug pin 17?.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pins
4,5,33,34,35,38,39?.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2210585. DA/FD BUILT IN TEST. DISCRETE POWER NOT PRESENT. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210585)

3-62
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to AFCP No.
2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug
pin 17?.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pins
4,5,33,34,35,38,39?.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2210593. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION OF ELEVATOR (FI
MESSAGE) (2210593)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Is fault code 2210596 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210595 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.

3-63
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present
between1CKA1 plug pins 76 and 77?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug 1CKA1
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
position F 22. Disconnet 22CKA. Is continuity
present between 1CKA1 plug pin 76 and 22CKA pin
R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is fault code 2210596 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 7.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 plug pins 10 and 22?.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace elevator
persists?. servo.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug pin 22
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in and 22CKA pin L.
position F 22. Disconnet 22CKA. Is continuity
present between plug pin 10 and 22CKA pin N?.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2210596. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION OF ELEVATOR (FI
MESSAGE) (2210596)

3-64
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Is fault code 2210596 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210595 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present
between2CKA1 plug pins 76 and 77?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug 1CKA1
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
position F 22. Disconnect 22CKA. Is continuity
present between 2CKA1 plug pin 76 and 22CKA pin
R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is fault code 2210596 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 7.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7.
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 plug pins 10 and 22?.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Fault YES Remove and replace elevator
persists?. servo.
NO Fault fixed.

3-65
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug pin 22
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in and 22CKA pin L.
position F 22. Disconnect 22CKA. Is continuity
present between plug pin 10 and 22CKA pin N?.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2210597. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210597)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is ground present on plug
1CKB1 pin 104?.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pin 91? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from elevator servo by YES Repair circuit.
opening circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 22. Disconnect 22CKA. Is ground present on plug
pin A?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Connect plug to elevator servo. Is 19.8(+/-2) YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
ohms resistance present between plug 1CKB1 pins
91 and 104?
NO Remove and replace elevator
servo, recheck resistance. If
persists repair circuit.
Step 5. Remove power from elevator servo by YES Go to Step 6.
opening: circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 22. Disconnect 22CKA. Is ground present on plug
pin B?.
NO Remove and replace elevator
servo.

3-66
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit between socket pin
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove C2 and servo plug pin B.
relay 18CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin
C2?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is ground present on socket pin C3? YES Repair between socket pins C3
and AFCP No. 1 plug 1CKB1 pin
91.
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between socket pin
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in D3 and AFCP No. 1 plug 1CKB1
position F 22 DA/FD servo relays circuit breakers pin 104.
. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay
18CK.Is ground present on relay socket pin D3?.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is ground present on relay 18CK socket pin YES Repair circuit between relay socket
D2? pin D2 and plug 22CKA pin A.
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 2210598. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210598)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Open circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is 19.8 (+/-2) ohms resistance
present between 1CKB1 plug pins 91 and 104?.
NO Go to Step 7.

3-67
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 3.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7.
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.F.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No.2.
Step 3. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 4.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
yaw relay 17CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 4. Remove pitch relay 18CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 5.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay18CK.
Step 5. Remove roll relay 16CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 6.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
Step 6. Remove A/P trim relay 28CK. Is ground still YES Repair circuit.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 28CK.
Step 7. Is any resistance present between plug pins YES Remove and replace elevator
91 and 104? servo, recheck resistance. If
persists repair circuit.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Remove relay 18CK. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 9.
between plug 1CKB1 pins 91 and relay 18CK socket
C3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is continuity present between plug pin 104 YES Go to Step 10.
relay socket pin D3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between relay 18CK YES Go to Step 11.
pins C2 and C3?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 11. Is continuity present between relay 18CK YES Go to Step 12.
pins D2 and D3?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 12. Remove power from elevator servo by YES Go to Step 13.
opening DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
22CKA. Is continuity present between plug pin B and
relay 18CK socket pin C2?
NO Repair circuit.

3-68
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 13. Is 7.0 (+/-) 1.0 ohms resistance present YES Remove and replace elevator
between plug 22CKA pin A and relay 18CK socket servo.
D2?.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 2210603. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION ON AILERON. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210603)
Step 1. Apply External Power.Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Is fault code 2210606 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210605 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 plug pins 8 and 20?.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 4. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 6.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 plug pins 90 and 91?.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug pin 91
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in and 20CKA pin P.
position F 22. Disconnect 20CKA. Is continuity
present between plug pin 90 and 20CKA pin R?.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is fault code 2210606 active?. YES Troubleshoot active fault code.

3-69
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug 1CKA1
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in pin 20 and 20CKA pin L.
position F 22. Disconnect 20CKA. Is continuity
present between plug pin 8 and 20CKA pin N?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 2210606. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO POSITION FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210606)
Step 1.Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button.Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by
opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
plug 1CKA1 pins 90 and 91?.
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 2. Remove power to aileron servo by opening YES Go to Step 3.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is 26 V ac present between plug
pins D and E?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 3. Remove power to aileron servo by opening YES Go to Step 4.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is
ground present on servo plug 20CKA pins K and C?
NO Repair ground circuit.

3-70
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 6.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Close DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is 26
V ac present between relay socket pins C3 and D3?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between relay socket
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in pin D3 and AFCP.
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin C3 and 1CKA1 pin 53 and 1CKB1
pin 41?.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is continuity present between relay pins C2 YES Go to Step 7.
and C3?
NO Remove and replace Relay 17CK.
Step 7. Is continuity present between relay pins D2 YES Go to Step 8.
and D3?
NO Remove and replace Relay 17CK.
Step 8. Open DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead YES Go to Step 9.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is
continuity present between relay 17CK socket pin C2
and servo plug 20CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 10.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin D2 and servo plug 20CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1 Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Repair circuit between plug pin 91
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) and 20CKA pin P.
in position F 22. Disconnect 20CKA. Is continuity
present between plug pin 90 and 20CKA pin R?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 2210607. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210607)

3-71
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to AFCP No.
1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is ground present on plug
1CKB1 pin 102?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on 1CKB1 plug pin 89? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from aileron servo by opening YES Repair circuit.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is ground present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Connect plug to aileron servo. Is 18.1 (+/-2) YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
ohms resistance present between plug 1CKB1 pins
89 and 102?
NO Remove and replace aileron servo,
recheck resistance. If persists
repair circuit.
Step 5. Remove power to aileron servo by opening YES Go to Step 6.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is ground present on plug pin B?
NO Remove and replace aileron servo.
Step 6. Open DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead YES Repair circuit between socket pin
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. A2 and servo plug 20CKA pin B.
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove 16CK. Is
ground present on relay socket pin A2?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is ground present on relay 16CK socket pin YES Repair circuit between socket pin
A3? A3 and AFCP No. 1 1CKB1 plug
pin 89.
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.

3-72
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair between socket pin B3 and
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in AFCP No.1 plug 1CKB1 pin 102.
position F 22. Remove 16CK. Is ground present on
relay socket pin B3?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is ground present on relay 16CK socket pin YES Repair circuit between relay 16CK
B2? socket pin B2 and plug 20CKA pin
A.
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 2210608. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210608)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Open circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is 18.1 (+/-2) ohms resistance
present between top 1CKB1 pin 89 and 102?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is any resistance present between plug pins YES Remove and replace aileron servo,
89 and 102? recheck resistance. If persists
repair circuit.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 4.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
16CK. Is continuity present between 1CKB1 plug pin
89 and relay socket pin A3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between 1CKB1 plug YES Go to Step 5.
pin 102 and relay 16CK socket pin B3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between relay 16CK YES Go to Step 6.
pins A2 and A3?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.

3-73
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Is continuity present between relay 16CK YES Go to Step 7.
pins B2 and B3?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power from aileron servo.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is continuity present between
plug pin B and relay 16CK socket pin A2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Interrupt power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7.
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
Step 9. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 10.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
yaw relay 17CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 10. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 11.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
pitch relay 18CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 11. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 12.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove roll
relay 16CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
Step 12. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
A/P trim relay 28CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 28CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 2210613. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION ON RUDDER. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210613)

3-74
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Place AP1 button to ENGAGE. Move
rudder pedals in either direction. Is AC (26V max.)
voltage present between 509VVC terminals F and G
when rudder pedals are moved?.
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210616 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is fault code 2210615 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 6.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 pins 88 and 89?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is continuity present between plug pin 88 YES Repair circuit between plug
and 21CKA pin R? 1CKA1 and 21CKA pin P.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is fault code 2210616 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 8.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 pins 9 and 21?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 8. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
persists ?
NO Fault fixed.

3-75
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Is continuity present between plug pin 9 and YES Repair circuit between plug pin 21
21CKA pin N? and 509VVC terminal E.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 11.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to rudder servo.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is 26 V ac present on plug pins
D and E?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 12.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power from rudder servo. Is
ground present on servo plug 21CKA pins K and C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 12. Is continuity present between plug 21CKA YES Go to Step 13.
pin P and 1CKA1 pin 89?.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Is continuity present between plug 21CKA YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
pin R and 1CKA1 pin 88?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 14. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 15.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
relay 17CK. Close circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22. Is 26 V ac present on relay 17CK
socket pins C3 and D3?.
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 15. Is continuity present between relay 17CK YES Go to Step 16.
pins C2 and C3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 16. Is continuity present between relay pins D2 YES Go to Step 17.
and D3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 17. Remove power to rudder servo by opening YES Repair circuit between relay 17CK
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead socket pin D2 and plug 21CKA pin
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is D.
continuity present between relay 17CK socket pin C2
and servo plug 21CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 18. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit between relay socket
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Open pin D3 and 301VVE terminal J.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is
continuity present between relay socket pin C3 and
301VVE terminal K?
NO Repair circuit.

3-76
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 2210616. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POSITION FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210616)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power to AFCP No.
1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
plug 1CKA1 pins 88 and 89?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 10.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to rudder servo.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is 26 V ac present on plug pins
D and E?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 5.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Close circuit breaker. Is 26 V ac present on
relay 17CK socket pins C3 and D3?.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit between relay socket
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Open pin D3 and AFCP.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is
continuity present between relay socket pin C3 and
301VVE terminal K?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between relay 17CK YES Go to Step 6.
pins C2 and C3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 6. Is continuity present between relay pins D2 YES Go to Step 7.
and D3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.

3-77
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 7. Remove power to rudder servo by opening YES Go to Step 8.
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is continuity present
between relay 17CK socket pin C2 and servo plug
21CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 9.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin D2 and servo plug 21CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
persists ?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 3.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power from rudder servo. Is
ground present on servo plug 21CKA pins K and C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between plug
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in 1CKA1 and 21CKA pin P.
position F 22 to remove power from rudder servo. Is
continuity present between plug pin 88 and 21CKA
pin R?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 2210617. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210617)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is ground present on plug
1CKB1 pin 98?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pin 85? YES Go to Step 5.

3-78
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker 15 CK to remove power YES Repair circuit.
from rudder servo. Disconnect 21CKA. Is ground
present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Connect plug to rudder servo. Is 17.5 (+/- YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
2) ohms resistance present between plug pins 85
and 98?
NO Remove and replace rudder servo,
recheck resistance. If persists
repair circuit.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 6.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power from rudder servo.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is ground present on plug pin B?
NO Remove and replace rudder servo.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between socket pin
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in A2 and servo plug 21CKA pin B.
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin A2?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is ground present on relay 17CK socket pin YES Repair circuit between socket
A3? 17CK pin A3 and AFCP No. 1 plug
1CKB pin 85.
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between socket pin
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in B3 and AFCP No.1 plug pin 98.
position F 22. Remove 17CK. Is ground present on
relay socket pin B3?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is ground present on relay 17CK socket pin YES Repair circuit between relay socket
B2? pin B2 and plug 21CKA.
NO Replace relay 17CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 2210618. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210618)

3-79
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 11.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22. Remove power from AFCP No. 1.
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is 17.5 (+/-2) ohms resistance
present between top 1CKB1 pins 85 and 98?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is any resistance present between plug pins YES Remove and replace rudder servo,
85 and 98? recheck resistance. If persists
repair circuit.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 4.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Is continuity present between plug 1CKB1 pin
85 and relay socket pin A3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between 1CKB1 pin 98 YES Go to Step 5.
and relay 17CK socket pin B3?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between relay 17CK YES Go to Step 6.
pins A2 and A3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 6. Is continuity present between relay 17CK YES Go to Step 7.
pins B2 and B3?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 7. Remove power from rudder servo (15 CK). YES Go to Step 8.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is continuity present between
plug 21CKA pin B and relay 17CK socket pin A2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Is 4.7(+/-1.0) ohms resistance between plug YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
21CKA pin A and relay 17CK socket pin B2?.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is continuity present between relay 17CK YES Go to Step 10.
socket pin B2 and resistor 33CK CK86FA side with
wire attached?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between plug pin A YES Remove and replace resistor.
and resistor 33CK CK86FB side with wire attached?

3-80
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by YES Go to Step 12.
opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7.
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12.
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on 2CKB2
pin54?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
Step 12. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 13.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
yaw relay 17CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 13. Remove pitch relay 18CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 14.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 14. Remove roll relay 16CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 15.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
Step 15. Remove A/P trim relay 28CK. Is ground still YES Repair circuit.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 28CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 2210635. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION ON ELEVATOR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210635)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Is fault code 2210638 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210637 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.

3-81
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 plug pin 76 and 22CKA pin R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 5.
pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is fault code 2210638 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 7.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 plug pin 10 and 22CKA pin N?.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present between 2CKA1 pin 22 YES Go to Step 8.
and 22CKA pin L?.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace elevator
persists? servo.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 2210638. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO POSITION FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210638)

3-82
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 plug pin 76 and 22CKA pin R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 3.
pin 77 and 22CKA pin P?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 2210639. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210639)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on 2CKB1
plug pin 104?

3-83
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Install jumper to ground on plug 2CKB2 pin YES Go to Step 7.
54. Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pin 91?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect 22 CKA. Is ground present
on pin A?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug 22CKA pin B? YES Repair circuit.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Connect plug to elevator servo. Disconnect YES Go to Step 6.
external electrical power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Is 19.8 (+/-2) ohms resistance between
relay 18CK socket pins C2 and D2?
NO Remove and replace elevator
servo.
Step 6. Remove and replace relay. Fault persists? YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
18CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin C1?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
18CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin D1?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
If persists troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210597.
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 2210640. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210640)

3-84
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 8.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Open circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper to ground from
plug 2CKB2 pin 54. Is 19.8 (+/-2) ohms resistance
present between 1CKB1 plug pins 91 and 104?.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Install jumper to ground from plug 2CKB2 YES Remove and replace elevator
pin 54. Is any resistance present between plug pins servo.
91 and 104?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 4.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
relay 18CK. Is continuity present between plug
2CKB1 pins 91 and relay socket C1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between plug pin 104 YES Go to Step 5.
relay socket pin D1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Check relay for proper continuity through YES Go to Step 6.
pins C2-C1 and D2-D1 when relay is energized?
Does relay operate properly?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 6. Remove power from elevator servo by YES Go to Step 7.
opening DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
22CKA. Is continuity present between plug pin B and
relay socket pin C2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is 7 (+/-1) ohms resistance present between YES Remove and replace elevator
plug 22CKA pin A and relay 18CK socket D2?. servo.
NO Repair circuit.

3-85
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Remove ground jumper if
installed, is ground present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
Step 9. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 10.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
yaw relay 17CK. Is ground still present on 2CKB2
pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
Step 10. Remove pitch relay 18CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 11.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 18CK.
Step 11. Remove roll relay 16CK. Is ground still YES Go to Step 12.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
Step 12. Remove A/P trim relay 28CK. Is ground still YES Repair circuit.
present on 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Remove and replace relay 28CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 2210645. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION ON AILERON. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210645)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Is fault code 2210648 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210647 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 3.

3-86
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 and YES Go to Step 4.
SERVO by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove AFCP No. 2. Remove 20CKA. Is continuity
present between 2CKA1 plug pin 90 and 20CKA pin
R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 5.
pin 91 and 20CKA pin P?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is fault code 2210648 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 7.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 plug pin 8 and 20CKA pin L?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present between plug 20CKA YES Go to Step 8.
pin 20 and 820VVA terminal D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 2210648. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO POSITION FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210648)

3-87
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug 2CKA1 pins 90 and 91?.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug pin 90 YES Repair circuit between plug pin 91
and 20CKA pin R? and 20CKA pin P.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 and aileron YES Go to Step 11.
servo by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper to ground on
plug 2CKB2 pin 54. Disconnect 20CKA. Is 26 V ac
present between plug pins D and E?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 6.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Close DA/FD SERVO (15CK). Is 26 V ac
present between relay socket pins C1and D1?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between relay socket
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in pin D3 and AFCP.
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin C1 and 2CKA1 pin 53 and 2CKB1
pin 41?
NO Repair circuit.

3-88
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Is continuity present between relay pins C2 YES Go to Step 7.
and C3?
NO Remove and replace Relay 17CK.
Step 7. Is continuity present between relay pins D2 YES Go to Step 8.
and D3?
NO Remove and replace Relay 17CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 9.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin C2 and servo plug 20CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 10.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Is continuity present between relay
17CK socket pin D2 and 20CKA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1 Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 11. Remove power to aileron servo by opening YES Go to Step 6.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Is
ground present on servo plug 20CKA pins K and C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 2210649. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210649)
Step 1.Apply External Power.Ensure the following YES Go to Step 10.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position.On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on plug
2CKB1 pin 102?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin 89? YES Go to Step 9.

3-89
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit between relay 16CK
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in socket pin B2 and plug 20CKA pin
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power. A.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
16CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin B2?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on relay 16CK socket pin YES Go to Step 8.
A2?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Remove power from aileron servo by opening YES Repair circuit between plug pin A
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead and relay 16CK pin B2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is ground present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Connect plug to aileron servo. Is 18.1 (+/-.2) YES Go to Step 7.
ohms resistance between relay 16CK socket pins
A2 and B2?
NO Remove and replace aileron servo.
Step 7. Remove and replace relay. Fault persists? YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 8. Remove power to aileron servo. Disconnect YES Repair circuit.
20CKA. Is ground present on plug pin B?
NO Remove and replace aileron servo.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
16CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin A1?
NO Remove and replace Relay 16CK.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Remove and replace circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 Remove 16CK. Is ground present on
relay socket pin B1?
NO Remove and replace relay 16CK.
If persists troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210607.
END OF TEST
Fault 26 - CODE 2210650. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210650)

3-90
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power.Ensure the following YES Go to Step 4.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Open circuit
breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
external electrical power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove 16CK. Is 18.1 (+/-.2) ohms
resistance present between relay socket pins A2 and
B2?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is any resistance present between relay YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
socket pins A2 and B2?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from aileron servo by opening YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 20CKA. Is continuity present between
plug pin B and relay 16CK socket pin A2, and 6.3
ohms present between plug pin A and 16CK socket
pin B2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKB1 plug pin 89 and 16CK socket pin A1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between plug 2CKB1 YES Go to Step 6.
pin 102 and relay 16CK socket pin B1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 7.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Is 28 V dc
present on 301VVK specified pin for aileron, elevator,
or rudder for associated servo? - Aileron servo,
terminal E.
NO Go to Step 16.

3-91
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 8.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is 28 V dc
on relay socket pin X1? -Aileron servo, Relay 16CK
pin X1.
NO Repair circuit between socket pin
X1 and specified terminal. Relay
16CK, Terminal A.
Step 8. If AFCP No. 2 has been removed in prior YES Go to Step 9.
troubleshooting, install it. Place AP 2 button to
ENGAGE. Is ground present on relay socket pin X2?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 9. Is fault in system No. 2 pitch trim? YES Go to Step 11.
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
and replace Relay. Fault persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Circuit Breaker DA/FD SERVO
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power. Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is continuity F 22.
present between terminal 303VVK S and terminal 2
of circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK)?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is
continuity present between relay socket pin (+) X2
and AFCP plug pin (-) 54?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Is continuity present between diode 303VVJ YES Go to Step 14.
terminals K(-) and A(+).
NO Remove and replace diode
303VVJ
Step 14. Is continuity present between AFCP No. 2 YES Go to Step 15.
plug pin 54 and diode 303VVJ terminal K?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 15. Is continuity present between diode 303VVJ YES Repair applicable circuit between
terminal A and TB 303VVG pin E? TB 303VVG pin and relay pin X2.
TB pin b, Relay 16CK pin X2.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 16. Open circuit breaker 15CK. Is ground YES Go to Step 17.
present on terminal B?

3-92
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
NOTE
Check for ground at each servo plug until all plugs
have been checked or ground is not present.
Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 22 to remove power from aileron, rudder, and
elevator servos. Disconnect and check for ground on
each servo plug pin H. Is ground present?
NO Remove and replace servo which
eliminated ground.
Step 18. YES Repair open circuit between
NOTE applicable servo plug pin H and
relay 16CK (ail) 17CK (rudder)
Check for ground at each relay terminal X1 until all 18CK (elevator) pin X1.
terminals have been checked or until ground is not
present.
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove and check
for ground on each relay 17CK 18CK and 16CK
terminal X1. Is ground present?
NO Remove and replace relay which
eliminated ground.
Step 19. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Circuit Breaker DA/FD SERVO
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power. Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is continuity F 22.
present between terminal 303VVKS and terminal 2 of
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 27 - CODE 2210655. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. UNCOMMANDED MOTION ON RUDDER. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210655)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Place AP 2 button to ENGAGE. Move
rudder pedals in either direction. Is Ac (28V max.)
voltage present between 509VVC terminals F and G
while rudder pedals are being moved?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 2. Is fault code 2210658 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.

3-93
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is fault code 2210657 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 and YES Go to Step 5.
SERVO by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
2CKA1 pin 88 and 21CKA pin P?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between plug 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 6.
pin 89 and 21CKA pin P?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is fault code 2210658 active? YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 and YES Go to Step 8.
SERVO by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug 2CKA1 pin 9 and 21CKA pin N?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 9.
pin 21 and 21CKA pin L?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2 Fault YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 10. Interrupt power to rudder servo by opening YES Go to Step 11.
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect 21CKA.
Engage AP 2 button. Is 26V ac present between
plug pins D and E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 12.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power to rudder servo. Is
ground present on plug pins K and C?

3-94
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 12. Remove and replace AFCP No.2. Fault YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 28 - CODE 2210658. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POSITION FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210658)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 and
SERVO by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove AFCP No. 2. Disconnect 21CKA. Is
continuity present between 2CKA1 pin 88 and
21CKA pin R?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 3.
pin 89 and 21CKA pin P?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2 Fault YES Fault fixed.
persists?
NO Remove and replace rudder servo.
END OF TEST
Fault 29 - CODE 2210659. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SHORT CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210659)

3-95
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 10.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by
opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on plug
2CKB1 pin 98?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pin 85? YES Go to Step 9.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin B2?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on relay socket pin A2? YES Go to Step 8.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to remove power to rudder servo.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is ground present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Connect plug 21CKA to rudder servo. Is YES Go to Step 7.
17.5 (+/-2) ohms resistance between relay 17CK
socket pins A2 and B2?
NO Remove and replace rudder servo.
Step 7. Remove and replace relay 17CK..Problem YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 8. Remove power from rudder servo by opening YES Repair circuit.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Disconnect 21CKA. Is ground present on plug pin B?
NO Remove and replace rudder servo.

3-96
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin A1?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
If persists troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210617.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Repair circuit.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
17CK. Is ground present on relay socket pin B1?
NO Remove and replace relay 17CK.
If persists troubleshoot fault code
No. 2210617.
END OF TEST
Fault 30 - CODE 2210660. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER OPEN CIRCUIT. (FI MESSAGE) (2210660)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Open circuit
breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
external electrical power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove 17CK. Is 17.5 (+/-2) ohms
resistance present between relay 17CK socket pins
A2 and B2?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 2. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 3.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2.Is continuity present between
2CKB1 plug pin 85 and relay 17CK socket pin A1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is continuity present between plug pin 98 YES Go to Step 4.
and relay socket pin B1?
NO Repair circuit.

3-97
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Close circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 5.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Is 28 V dc
present on 301VVK specified pin for servo? - Rudder
servo, terminal C.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc on relay socket pin X1? -Rudder YES Go to Step 6.
17CK pin X1.
NO Repair circuit between socket pin
X1 and specified terminal. Relay
17CK Terminal C.
Step 6. If AFCP No. 2 has been removed in prior YES Go to Step 7.
troubleshooting, install it. Place AP 2 button to
ENGAGE. Is ground present on relay socket pin X2?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 7. Is fault in system No. 2 pitch trim? YES Troubleshoot pitch trim fault.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove
and replace Relay. Fault persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 9. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is
continuity present between relay socket pin (+) X2
and AFCP plug pin (-) 54?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Is continuity present between diode 303VVJ YES Go to Step 11.
terminals K(-) and A(+).
NO Remove and replace diode
303VVJ
Step 11. Is continuity present between AFCP No. 2 YES Go to Step 12.
2CKB2 and diode 303VVJ terminal K?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is continuity present between diode 303VVJ YES Repair applicable circuit between
terminal A and TB 303VVG pin E? TB 303VVG pin and relay pin X2.
TB pin d, Relay 17CK pin X2.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 14.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22. Is ground present on terminal B?

3-98
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Go to Step 16.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 15.
NOTE
Check for ground at each servo plug until all plugs
have been checked or ground is not present.
Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 22 to remove power from aileron, rudder, and
elevator servos. Disconnect and check for ground on
each servo plug pin H. Is ground present?
NO Remove and replace servo which
eliminated ground.
Step 15. YES Repair open circuit between
NOTE applicable servo plug pin H and
relay 16CK (ail) 17CK (rudder)
Check for ground at each relay terminal X1 until all 18CK (elevator) pin X1.
terminals have been checked or until ground is not
present.
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove and check
for ground on each relay 17CK; 18CK; and 16CK
terminal X1. Is ground present?
NO Remove and replace relay which
eliminated ground.
Step 16. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Remove and replace circuit
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on
in position F 22. Disconnect external electrical Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
power. Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. (201VE) in position F 22.
Is continuity present between terminal 303 VVK S
and terminal 2 of circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 17. Is any resistance present between relay YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
17CK socket pins A2 and B2?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. a. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Go to Step 19.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to remove power from rudder servo.
b. Disconnect 21CKA. Is continuity present between
plug pin B and relay socket pin A2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 19. Is approximately 4.7 (+/-2) ohms resistance YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
present between plug 21CKA pin A and relay socket
pin B2?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. Does resistor 33CK resistance measure YES Go to Step 21.
4.7 (+/-2) ohms?
NO Remove and replace resistor.
Step 21. Is continuity present between plug pin A YES Repair circuit between relay socket
and resistor 33CK lead wire attached? pin B2 and resistor 33CK.

3-99
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 31 - CODE 2210011. P CRS HDG PNL COMM LOST. (FD MESSAGE) (2210011)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to applicable
panel. Disconnect 25CKA, 25CKB, 25CKC.Is 7 V dc
present between plug 25CKC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Interrupt power to applicable PPDU. YES Remove and replace PPDU.
Disconnect 5PRC.Is continuity present between plug
pins? - Heading course selector panel plug 25CKC
pin A and PPDU No. 1 plug 5PRC pin V. - Heading
course selector panel plug 25CKC pin B and PPDU
No. 1 plug 5PRC pin W.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 32 - CODE 2210605. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210605)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power to AFCP No.
1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 plug pins 8 and 20?.
NO Go to Step 2.

3-100
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug 1CKA1 YES Repair circuit between plug 1CKA1
pin 8 and 20CKA pin N. pin 20 and 20CKA pin L.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 33 - CODE 2210637. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210637)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug 2CKA1pins 10 and 22?.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace elevator
persists? servo.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 3. Is continuity present between 2CKA1 pin 22 YES Repair circuit between 2CKA1 pin
and 22CKA pin L?. 10 and 22CKA pin N.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 34 - CODE 2210615. DA/FD IBIT 1 FAILED. RUDDER SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210615)

3-101
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
plug 1CKA1 pins 9 and 21?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug pin 9 and YES Repair circuit between plug pin 21
21CKA pin N? and 21CKA pin L.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace rudder servo.
persists ?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 35 - CODE 2210647. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210647)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug 2CKA1 pins 8 and 20?

3-102
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Fault YES Remove and replace aileron servo.
persists?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 3. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Repair circuit between 2CKA1 pin
pin 20 and 20CKA pin L? 8 and 20 CKA pin N.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 36 - CODE 2210657. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210657)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug 2CKA1 pins 9 and 21?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2 Fault YES Fault fixed.
persists?
NO Remove and replace aileron servo.
Step 3. Is continuity present between plug 2CKA1 YES Repair circuit between 2CKA1 pin
pin 21 and 21CKA pin L? 9 and 21CKA pin N.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 37 - 2210595. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO TACH FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE) (2210595)

3-103
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 1 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is continuity present between
1CKA1 plug pins 10 and 22?.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Fault YES Remove and replace elevator
persists? servo.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 3. Is continuity present between plug pin 10 YES Repair circuit between plug pin 22
and 22CKA pin N? and 22CKA pin L.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 38 - CODE 2210016. CP CRS HDG PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2210016)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to applicable
panel. Disconnect 26CKA, 26CKB, 26CKC.Is 7 V dc
present between plug 26CKC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Interrupt power to applicable PPDU. YES Remove and replace PPDU.
Disconnect 6PRC.Is continuity present between plug
pins? - Heading course selector panel plug 26CKC
pin A and PPDU No. 2 plug 5PRC pin V. - Heading
course selector panel plug 26CKC pin B and PPDU
No. 2 plug 5PRC pin W.

3-104
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2210519.
DA/FD 1 Built In Test Failed. Elevator Servo Position Error. (FI Message) (2210519)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210519, YES Go to Step 4.
2210520, or 2210522. Do any of the following faults
exist: 2210562, 2210563, or 2210565?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 22CKA T, N, A* - LX, S, D* - NV, R, C* - RU, P, B* -
P Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA, C2 B to
D2 A. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove Servo.
Relay 18CK, Test Relay 18CK for proper operation.
Does relay operate normally?

3-105
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a resistance of
19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Elevator
1CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Elevator Servo by opening: YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 104
and 22CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground
short exist with a minimum resistance of 7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin 1. If fault persists, Remove and
B.Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.

3-106
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 1. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2210520. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210520)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210519, YES Go to Step 4.
2210520, or 2210522. Do any of the following faults
exist : 2210562, 2210563, or 2210565?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 22CKA T, N, A* - LX, S, D* - NV, R, C* - RU, P, B*
P. Does Continuity exist at all points?

3-107
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA C2 to B
D2 A Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove Servo.
Relay 18CK, Test Relay 18CK for proper operation.
Does relay operate normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a resistance of
19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Elevator
1CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Elevator Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for continuity and
ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 104 and
22CKA pin A.Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin B. 1. If fault persists, Remove and
Does continuity exist without ground short? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.

3-108
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 1. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2210522. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO CURRENT FEEDBACK
ERROR. (FI MESSAGE) (2210522)

3-109
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210519, YES Go to Step 4.
2210520, or 2210522. Do any of the following faults
exist: 2210562, 2210563, or 2210565?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 22CKA T, N, A* - LX, S, D* -- NV, R, C* - RU, P, B*
- P. Does continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA C2 to B
D2 A Does continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove Servo.
Relay 18CK, Test Relay 18CK for proper operation.
Does relay operate normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.

3-110
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a resistance of
19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Elevator
1CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Elevator Servo by opening: YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 104
and 22CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground
short exists with a minimum resistance of 7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin B. 1. If fault persists, Remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-111
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 1. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2210562. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210562)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210562, YES Go to Step 4.
2210563, or 2210565. Do any of the following faults
exist: 2210519, 2210520, or 2210522?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 202KA T, N, A* -- LX, S, D* - NV, R, C* - RU, P, B*
- P Does continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA C2 to B
D2 A Does Continuity exist at all points?

3-112
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 18CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 2CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a
resistance of 19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove Installed Jumper,
2CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Remove and replace Elevator
Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 10.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and
ground. Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for
continuity and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1
pin 104 and 22CKA pin A. Does continuity without
ground short exist with a minimum resistance of 7
ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 54 and ground. Check for continuity and ground 2. If fault persists, remove and
shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin replace elevator servo.
B. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-113
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 2 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2210563. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210563)

3-114
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210562, YES Go to Step 4.
2210563, or 2210565. Do any of the following faults
exist : 2210519, 2210520, or 2210522 ?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 202KA T, N, A* - LX, S, D* - NV, R, C* - RU, P, B* -
P. Does continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA C2 — B
D2 — A Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 18CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.

3-115
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 2CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a
resistance of 19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove Installed Jumper,
2CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Remove and replace Elevator
Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 10.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and
ground. Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for
continuity and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1
pin 104 and 22CKA pin A. Does continuity without
ground short exist with a minimum resistance of 7
ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 54 and ground. Check for continuity and ground 2. If fault persists, Remove and
shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin replace elevator servo.
B. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-116
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 2 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2210565. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO CURRENT FEEDBACK
ERROR. (FI MESSAGE) (2210565)

3-117
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Using MIMS,
perform elevator servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and
DA/FD 2. Does IBIT generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210562, YES Go to Step 4.
2210563, or 2210565. Do any of the following faults
exist : 2210519, 2210520, or 2210522 ?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 202KA T, N, A* - LX, S, D* - NV, R, C* - RU, P, B* -
P. Does continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 22CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 18CK 22CKA C2 to B
D2 A. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 18CK and 22CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Elevator
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 18CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 18CK.

3-118
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 2CKB1 pins 104 and 91 with a
resistance of 19.8 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove Installed Jumper,
2CKB1 pins 91 and 104? Remove and replace Elevator
Servo.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 10.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and
ground. Remove Servo Plug 22CKA. Check for
continuity and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1
pin 104 and 22CKA pin A. Does continuity without
ground short exists with a minimum resistance of 7
ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Install jumper wire between plug 2CKB2 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 54 and ground. Check for continuity and ground 2. If fault persists, Remove and
shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 91 and 22CKA pin replace elevator servo.
B. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-119
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove installed jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
22CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 77 and 76? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 2 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Elevator Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
22CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 77 and 22CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 76 and 22CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 22 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 10 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace elevator servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2210904. AP1 AND AP2 WILL NOT ENGAGE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210904)

3-120
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Does DBTP 918120503031 display
Valid when pilot A/P disengage button is pressed?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Repair circuit.
the following:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Disconnect 1CKA2. Is ground present on plug pin
36?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
Step 3. Does DBTP 919120503031 display Valid YES Go to Step 4.
when copilot’s A/P switch is pressed?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Repair circuit.
the following:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12. Disconnect
2CKA2. Is ground present on plug pin 36?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2210929. PILOT A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210929)

3-121
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 6.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Press pilot or copilot A/P
disconnect button. Does DBTP 918120503031
display Valid while button is pressed?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breskers:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1. Is ground present on plug
1CKA2 pin 36 with pilot’s A/P disconnect button
pressed?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is ground present on PLUG 301VEA pin R YES Repair circuit between 301VEA
with A/P disconnect button pressed? pin R and AFCP plug 1CKA2 pin
36.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain access to pilot’s A/P disengage SW YES Repair open circuit between A/P
terminal 1 ND. While pressing A/P disengage sw, is disengage sw terminal 1 ND and
a ground present on terminal 1 ND? 301VEA pin R.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is a ground present on 2 ND? YES Remove and replace control wheel
A/P disengage switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 6. Remove and replace AFCP. Fault persists? YES Go to Step 2.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2210933. COPILOT A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210933)

3-122
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 6.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Press pilot or copilot A/P
disconnect button. Does DBTP 919120503031
display Valid while button is pressed?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace AFCP.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Is ground present on plug
2CKA2 pin 36 with A/P disconnect button pressed?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Gain access to 303VEB. Is ground present YES Repair circuit between 303VEB
on pin A with A/P disconnect button pressed? pin A and AFCP plug pin 36.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain access to copilot’s A/P disengage SW YES Repair open circuit between A/P
terminal 1 ND. While pressing A/P Disengage switch, disengage sw terminal 1 ND and
is a ground present on terminal 1 ND? 303VEB pin A.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is a ground present on 2 ND? YES Remove and replace control wheel
A/P disengage switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 6. Remove and replace AFCP. Fault persists? YES Go to Step 2.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 2210966. AUTOPILOT ELEVATOR SERVO DOES NOT CONTROL ELEVATOR. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210966)

3-123
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to AFCP No.
2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is 28 V dc present on plug 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Check servo cable tension between servo YES Go to Step 3.
and input quadrant. Is cable tension correct?
NO Repair, Remove and replace, or
rig cable as required.
Step 3. Interrupt power from servo by opening circuit YES Go to Step 4.
breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
DA/FD SERVO plug 22CKA. Is 28 V dc present on
plug pin H?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 5.
Remove electromechanical shelves 301VE and
303VE. Check applicable diode as follows: -SYSTEM
elevator : AFCP 1, Diode 301VVF L-B. -SYSTEM
elevator: AFCP 2, Diode 303VVH P-E. Does diode
test good?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 301VE, 303VE. Remove and
replace diode assy: AFCP No. 1
301VVF or AFCP No. 2 303VVH.

3-124
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 5. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Remove and replace AFCP.
No. 2. by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove applicable AFCP. Is continuity present
between 1CKB2/2CKB2 and 22CKA as
follows?-SYSTEM elevator: AFCP 1 plug pin 43 and
SERVO pin J. -SYSTEM elevator: AFCP 2 plug pin
43 and SERVO pin J.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 2210968. AUTOPILOT RUDDER SERVO DOES NOT CONTROL RUDDER. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210968)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Check DBTP919120801011.
Is DBTP919120801011= Logic 1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Check servo cable tension between servo YES Go to Step 3.
and input quadrant. Is cable tension correct?
NO Repair, Remove and replace, or
rig cable as required.
Step 3. Interrupt power from servo by opening circuit YES Go to Step 4.
breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
DA/FD SERVO (rudder) 21CKA. Is 28 V dc present
on plug pin H?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between plug pin H and
TB303VVK pin F (Rudder).

3-125
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 8.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Disconnect (Rudder) 21CKA. Is 28 V dc present on
21CKA pin H?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE and 303VE.
Check applicable diode as follows. SYSTEM rudder
: AFCP 1, Diode 301VVFM-C. -SYSTEM rudder :
AFCP 2, Diode 303VVHR-F. Does diode test good?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 301VE. Remove and replace
diode assy AFCP No. 1 301VVF.
Step 6. Is continuity present between 509VVD YES Go to Step 7.
(rudder; A,C) AFCPNo. 1 1CKB2 and AFCPNo. 2
2CKB2? -AFCP 1, rudder Plug Pin 55, term. A.
-AFCP 2, rudder Plug Pin 55, terminal C.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect 21CKA (Rudder) from servo. Is YES Remove and replace servo.
continuity present between (Rudder) 21CKA pin J
and 509VVD pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Remove and replace AFCP.
No. 2. by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove applicable AFCP. Is continuity present
between AFCP and TB509VVD as follows? SYSTEM
rudder : AFCP1 PLUG 1CKB2 PIN 55 TERMINAL
A. -SYSTEM rudder : AFCP2 PLUG 2CKB2 PIN 55
TERMINAL C.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 2210665. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. TRIM TAB UP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE) (2210665)

3-126
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove power from AFCP
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP2 to access plug 2CKB2. Is continuity
present between the following pin? SYS2 -2CKB2
pins 90 and 28CK pin C1. -2CKB2 pins 89 and 28CK
pin D1. -2CKB2 pins 16 and 28CK pin A1. -2CKB2
pins 4 and 28CK pin B1.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 2. 1. Remove power from QFEEL/RTLU ECU. YES Go to Step 3.
2. Disconnect plug 5CGA. Is continuity present
between the following test pins? -28CK pin A2 and
5CGA 63. -28CK pin B2 and 5CGA 64. -28CK pin
C2 and 5CGA 61. -28CK pin D2 and 5CGA 50.
NO Repair circuit between relay socket
pin B1 and splice.
Step 3. Does relay 28CK operate properly? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Remove and replace relay 28CK.
Step 4. Remove and replace AFCP. Problem persists YES Remove and replace
? QFEEL/RTLU.
NO FAULT FIXED.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 2210101. P DA/FD COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2210101)

3-127
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to AFCP No.
1 by opening circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug
pin 16?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 2. Is ground present on 1CKB1 plug pin 26? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is ground present on 1CKB1 plug pins YES Go to Step 4.
4,5,33,34,35,38, and 39?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between 1CKA2 Plug YES Troubleshoot Avionic Databus stub
pins 5-22, 17-18, 20-21 and "open" on plug oin 6, failure.
7, 8?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on terminal 2 of circuit YES Repair circuit.
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 2210111. CP DA/FD COMM LOST
(FD MESSAGE) (2210111)

3-128
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Interrupt power
to AFCP No. 2 by opening SYS 2 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug
pin 16?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is 28 V dc present on terminal 2 of circuit YES Repair circuit
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 3. Is ground present on 2CKB1 plug pin 26? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Is ground present on 2CKB1 plug pins YES Go to Step 5.
4,5,33,34,35, 38, and 39?
NO Repair circuit
Step 5. Is continuity present between 2CKA2 plug YES Troubleshoot Avionic Databus stub
pins 5-22, 17-18, 20-21 and "open" on plug pin 6, failure.
7, 8?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 2210523. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210523)

3-129
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Interrupt power
to AFCP No. 1 by opening SYS1 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug
pin 51?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin 38? - 1CKB1 YES Remove and replace AFCP.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 2210566. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210566)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Interrupt power
to AFCP No. 2 by opening SYS 2 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug
pin 51?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin 38? - 2CKB1 YES Remove and replace AFCP.

3-130
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 2210514. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AILERON SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210514)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Remove power
to AFCP No. 1 by opening SYS 1 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pins YES Remove and replace AFCP.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 2210518. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210518)

3-131
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Remove power
to AFCP No. 1 by opening SYS 1 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pins YES Remove and replace AFCP.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 2210557. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AILERON SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210557)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Remove power
to AFCP No. 2 by opening SYS 2 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB2 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Repair circuit.

3-132
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pins YES Remove and replace AFCP.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 2210561. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO POWER UNAVAILABLE.
(FI MESSAGE) (2210561)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Remove power
to AFCP No. 2 by opening SYS 2 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pins YES Remove and replace AFCP.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 2210902. AP1 SWITCH WILL NOT ENGAGE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210902)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Place and hold AP1 Button
in ENGAGE position. Does DBTP display ENGAGE?
- PILOT Button, DBTP 323020600011.
NO Remove and replace DA/FD
Control Panel.

3-133
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Interrupt power from AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 3.
SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKA2 plug
pin 42?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is continuity present between AFCP No. 1 YES Go to Step 4.
1CKA2 plug pins? -AFCP No. 1 Plug Pins 23 and
29, 24 and 28, 16 and 31, 19 and 30, 14 and 32.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 or No. 2 by YES Go to Step 5.
opening: circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
or
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 5. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pins YES Go to Step 6.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Are any of the following fault codes being YES Remove and replace AFCP.
troubleshot? 2210514,2210518,2210557,2210561
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 8.
SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 1CKB1 plug
pin 51?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 8. Is ground present on plug pin 38? - 1CKB1. YES Go to Step 9.
NO Repair ground circuit.

3-134
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Is fault code 2210523 or 2210566 being YES Remove and replace AFCP.
troubleshoot?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 12.
SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 115 V ac present on 1CKB1 plug
pin 53?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Interrupt power to AFCP by opening circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers as follows: breaker.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is continuity present between plug pins? -SYS No. 1:
AFCP 1CKB1 plug pin 51 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is 115 V ac present on 1CKA1 plug PIN 97? YES Go to Step 13.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 301VE. Repair circuit
between plug pin 97 and Terminal
A 301VVB.
Step 13. Is ground present on 1CKA1 plug pin 96? YES Go to Step 14.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 14. Is ground present on 1CKB1 plug pin 40? YES Remove and replace AFCP.
NO Repair ground circuit.

3-135
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 15. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by YES Remove and replace circuit
opening SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows: breaker No. 1 DA/FD
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24 Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit (201VE) in position F 23.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Is continuity present between plug pins? -SYS No. 1:
AFCP 1CKB1 plug pin 51 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 23 terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 16. a. Remove power from AFCP No. 1 by YES Remove and replace No. 1
opening SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows: DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24 (201VE) in position F 23.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Is continuity present between plug pins? SYS1
-AFCP 1CKB1 Pin 47 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) terminal 2. -AFCP 1CKB1
Pin 48 and circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1
(5CK) terminal 2. -AFCP 1CKB1 Pin 49 and circuit
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 2210539. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. EXCITATION VOLTAGE FAILURE (115 V ac
SUPPLY AND MONITOR). (FI MESSAGE) (2210539)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Interrupt power
to AFCP No. 1 by opening SYS 1 circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP. Is 115 V ac present on 1CKB1 plug
pin 53?
NO Go to Step 2.

3-136
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Remove and replace circuit
SYS 1 circuit breakers as follows: breaker.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Is continuity present between plug pins? -SYS No. 1:
AFCP 1CKB1 plug pin 51 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is 115 V ac present on 1CKA1 plug PIN 97? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 301VE. Repair circuit
between plug pin 97 and 301VVB
terminal A.
Step 4. Is ground present on 1CKA1 plug pin 96? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is ground present on 1CKB1 plug pin 40? YES Remove and replace AFCP.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 2210582. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. EXCITATION VOLTAGE FAILURE (115 V ac
SUPPLY AND MONITOR). (FI MESSAGE) (2210582)
Step 1.Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Interrupt power to AFCP No.
2 by opening SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 115 V ac present on 2CKB1 plug
pin 53?
NO Go to Step 2.

3-137
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace circuit
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows: breaker.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is continuity present between plug pins-SYS No. 2:
AFCP 2CKB1 plug pin 51 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is 115 V ac present on 2CKA1 plug PIN 97? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between plug pin 97 and 303VVD
terminal A.
Step 4. Is ground present on 2CKA1 plug pin 96? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is ground present on 2CKB1 plug pin 40? YES Remove and replace AFCP.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 2210903. AP2 SWITCH WILL NOT ENGAGE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210903)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Place and hold AP2 button
in ENGAGE position. Does DBTP display ENGAGE?
- COPILOT Button, DBTP 421020600011
NO Remove and replace DA/FD
Control Panel.
Step 2. Interrupt power from AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 3.
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKA2 plug
pin 42?
NO Repair circuit.

3-138
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Is continuity present between 2CKA2 plug YES Go to Step 4.
pins? -AFCP No. 2 Plug Pins 23 and 29, 24 and 28,
16 and 31, 19 and 30, 14 and 32.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug,
pins 47, 48, 49?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 5. Is ground present on plug 2CKB2 pins YES Go to Step 6.
33,34,35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Are any of the following fault codes being YES Remove and replace AFCP.
troubleshot? 2210514,2210518,2210557,2210561
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 8.
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 28 V dc present on 2CKB1 plug
pin 51?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 8. Is ground present on plug pin 38? - 2CKB1 YES Go to Step 9.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. Is fault code 2210523 or 2210566 being YES Remove and replace AFCP.
troubleshoot?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 12.
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP. Is 115 V ac present on 2CKB1 pin
53?
NO Go to Step 11.

3-139
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Remove and replace circuit
SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows: breaker.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is continuity present between plug pins SYS No. 2:
AFCP 2CKB1 plug pin 51 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is 115 V ac present on 2CKA1 plug PIN 97? YES Go to Step 13.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between plug pin 97 and 303VVD
terminal A.
Step 13. Is ground present on 2CKA1 plug pin 96? YES Go to Step 14.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 14. Is ground present on 2CKB1 plug pin 40? YES Remove and replace AFCP.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 15. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by YES Remove and replace circuit
opening SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows: breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8 Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit F7
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is continuity present between plug pins -SYS No. 2,
AFCP 2CKB1 plug pin 51 Plug 303VVE Pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 16. Remove power from AFCP No. 2 by YES Remove and replace DA/FD
opening SYS 2 circuit breakers as follows: PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8 (201VE) in position F 7.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7,
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is continuity present between plug pins? SYS 2
-AFCP 2CKB1 Pin 47 and circuit breaker DA/FD
PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) terminal 2. -AFCP 2CKB1 Pin
48 and circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK)
F7 terminal 2. -AFCP 2CKB1 Pin 49 and circuit
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) terminal 2.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 2210967. AUTOPILOT AILERON SERVO DOES NOT CONTROL AILERONS. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210967)

3-140
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic System Flight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged
mode by pressing applicable push button. Interrupt
power to AFCP No. 2 BY Opening circuit breakers
as follows:
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7, and
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Is 28 V dc present on plug 2CKB2 pin 54?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Check servo cable tension between servo YES Go to Step 3.
and input quadrant. Is cable tension correct?
NO Repair, remove and replace, or rig
cable as required.
Step 3. Interrupt power from servo by opening circuit YES Go to Step 4.
breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22. Disconnect
DA/FD SERVO plug 22CKA. Is 28 V dc present on
plug pin H?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Check applicable diode as follows: -SYSTEM YES Go to Step 5.
aileron: AFCP 1, Diode 301VVF K-A. -SYSTEM
aileron: AFCP 2, Diode 303VVH N-D. Does diode
test good?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 301VE, 303VE. Remove and
replace diode assy: AFCP No. 1
301VVF or AFCP No. 2 303VVH.

3-141
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Interrupt power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Remove and replace AFCP.
No. 2. by opening circuit breakers as follows:
4CK DA/FD PROCESSOR 1
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position F 22
Remove applicable AFCP.Is continuity present
between 1CKB2/2CKB2 and 20CKA as
follows?-SYSTEM aileron: AFCP 1 plug pin 42 and
SERVO pin J. -SYSTEM aileron: AFCP 2 plug pin 42
and SERVO pin J.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2210515.
DA/FD 1 Built In Test Failed. Aileron Servo Position Error. (FI Message) (2210515)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210515, YES Go to Step 13.
or 2210516. Do any of the following faults exist :
2210558, or 2210559?
NO Go to Step 4.

3-142
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 4. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 102 and 89 with a resistance of
18.1 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 5. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 6.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
20CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 91 and 90? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 7.
pin 20 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 7. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 8 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 1. If fault persists, Remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 8. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 9.
to Aileron Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
20CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 91 and 20CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 9. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 6.
pin 90 and 20CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
1CKB1 pins 102 and 89? Servo

3-143
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening YES Go to Step 12.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 20CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 102
and 20CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground
short exists with a minimum resistance of 3.3 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 12. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 89 and 20CKA pin 1. If fault persists, Remove and
B.Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check the following for continuity: 820VVA YES Go to Step 14.
to 20CKA D, E, F LN, P, R NK, L, M RG, H, J P. Does
Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 14. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 15.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 16CK to 20CKA A2 B
B2 A Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 15. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Aileron
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test Relay Servo.
16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 16CK
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2210516. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AILERON SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210516)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?

3-144
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210515, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210516. Do any of the following faults exist :
2210558, or 2210559?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 820VVA to YES Go to Step 5.
20CKA D, E, F LN, P, R NK, L, M RG, H, J P. Does
Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 16CK to 20CKA A2 B
B2 A Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Aileron
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test Relay Servo.
16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 16CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No. 1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 102 and 89 with a resistance of
18.1 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
1CKB1 pins 102 and 89? Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 20CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 102
and 20CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground
short exist with a minimum resistance of 6.3 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-145
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 89 and 20CKA pin B. 1. If fault persists, remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
20CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 91 and 90? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Aileron Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
20CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 91 and 20CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 90 and 20CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 20 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 8 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 1. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2210558. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AILERON SERVO POSITION ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210558)

3-146
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210515, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210516. Do any of the following faults exist;
2210558, or 2210559?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: YES Go to Step 5.
820VVAto20CKA D, E, F LN, P, R NK, L, M RG, H, J
P Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 16CK to 20CKA A2 B
B2 A. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Aileron
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 16CK.

3-147
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2 Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 1CKB1 pins 102 and 89 with a
resistance of 18.1 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
2CKB1 pins 102 and 89? Remove Installed Jumper. Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 20CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 102
and 20CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground
short exists with a minimum resistance of 6.3 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 89 and 20CKA pin B. 2. If fault persists, remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
20CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 91 and 90. Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Aileron Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
20CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 91 and 20CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?

3-148
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 90 and 20CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 20 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 8 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2210559. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AILERON SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210559)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210515, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210516. Do any of the following faults exist:
2210558, or 2210559?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 820VV YES Go to Step 5.
A to 20CKA D, E, F LN, P, R NK, L, M RG, H, J - P
Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 16CK 20CKA A2 B B2
A. Does Continuity exist at all points?

3-149
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Aileron
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 16CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 1CKB1 pins 102 and 89 with a
resistance of 18.1 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
2CKB1 pins 102 and 89? Remove Installed Jumper. Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening: YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 20CKA. Check for continuity and
ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 102 and
20CKA pin A.Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 6.3 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 89 and 20CKA pin 2. If fault persists, remove and
B.Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.

3-150
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20.
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
20CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 91 and 90? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12..With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Aileron Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
20CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 91 and 20CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 90 and 20CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 20 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 8 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace aileron servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2210524. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POSITION ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210524)

3-151
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210524, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210525. Do any of the following faults exist:
2210567, or 2210568?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: YES Go to Step 5.
509VVCto21CKA A, E, J - LD, H, M - NC, L, G - RB,
F, K - P. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 17CK to 21CKA A2 B
B2 A Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Rudder
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Remove and replace Relay 16CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No.1 by opening the YES Go to Step 11.
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No.1. Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 98 and 85 with a resistance of 17.5
+/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.

3-152
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
1CKB1 pins 98 and 85? Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 21CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 98 and
21CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 4.7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 85 and 21CKA pin B. 1. If fault persists, remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No.1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
circuit breaker DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
21CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 89 and 88? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Rudder Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
21CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 89 and 21CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 88 and 21CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 21 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-153
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 9 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2210525. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210525)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210524, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210525. Do any of the following faults exist:
2210567, or 2210568?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 21CKA A, E, J - L D, H, M -- N C, L, G - R B, F, K --
P Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 820VVA
and 20CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 17CK to 21CKA A2 B
B2 A. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 16CK and 20CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Rudder
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 16CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 16CK.

3-154
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No.1 by opening the YES Go to Step 11.
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
Remove AFCP No.1 Does continuity exist between
plug 1CKB1 pins 98 and 85 with a resistance of 17.5
+/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Aileron
1CKB1 pins 98 and 85? Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Aileron Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 21CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 98 and
21CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 4.7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 1CKB1 pin 85 and 21CKA pin B. 1. If fault persists, remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove power to AFCP No.1 and AFCP YES Go to Step 14.
No. 2 by opening the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
21CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 1CKA1 pins 89 and 88? Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 1 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Rudder Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
21CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 1CKA1 pin 89 and 21CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.

3-155
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 88 and 21CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 21 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 1CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 9 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2210567. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO POSITION ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210567)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210567, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210568. Do any of the following faults exist:
2210524, or 2210525?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 21CKA A, E, J - L D, H, M --N C, L, G - R B, F, K -
P. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 21CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 17CK to 21CKA A2 B
B2 A. Does continuity exist at all points?

3-156
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 17CK and 21CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Rudder
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 17CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 17CK.
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2. Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 2CKB1 pins 98 and 85 with a
resistance of 17.5 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Rudder
2CKB1 pins 98 and 85? Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Rudder Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 21CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 98 and
21CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 4.7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 85 and 21CKA pin 2. If fault persists, remove and
B.Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.

3-157
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
21CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 89 and 88. Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 2 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Rudder Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
21CKA.. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 89 and 21CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 88 and 21CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 21 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 9 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2210568. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. RUDDER SERVO RATE ERROR. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210568)

3-158
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Troubleshoot active fault code.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Using MIMS, perform Aileron
servo IBIT for both DA/FD 1 and DA/FD 2. Does IBIT
generate additional fault code?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any active DADS faults? YES Troubleshoot DADS fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. If troubleshooting fault codes 2210567, YES Go to Step 4.
or 2210568. Do any of the following faults exist :
2210524, or 2210525?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 4. Check the following for continuity: 509VVC YES Go to Step 5.
to 21CKA A, E, J - L D, H, M -N C, L, G - R B, F, K-P.
Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Repair circuit between 509VVC
and 21CKA.
Step 5. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check the
following for continuity: Relay 17CK to 21CKA A2 B
B2 A. Does Continuity exist at all points?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Repair circuit
between 17CK and 21CKA.
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace Rudder
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Check Servo.
Relay 17CK for proper operation. Does relay operate
normally?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
Relay 17CK.

3-159
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power to AFCP No. 2 by opening YES Go to Step 11.
the following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 2 Install jumper wire between
plug 2CKB2 pin 54 and ground. Does continuity
exist between plug 2CKB1 pins 98 and 85 with a
resistance of 17.5 +/- 2 ohms?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is any resistance present between plug YES Remove and replace Rudder
2CKB1 pins 98 and 85? Servo
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove power to Rudder Servo by opening YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22.
Remove Servo Plug 21CKA. Check for continuity
and ground shorts between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 98 and
21CKA pin A. Does continuity without ground short
exists with a minimum resistance of 4.7 ohms?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 10. Check for continuity and ground shorts YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
between AFCP 2CKB1 pin 85 and 21CKA pin B. 2. If fault persists, remove and
Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. Remove Installed Jumper. Remove power YES Go to Step 14.
to AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2 by opening the
following circuit breakers :
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
Remove AFCP No. 1 and AFCP No. 2. With
21CKA connected check for continuity and ground
shorts between plug 2CKA1 pins 89 and 88. Does
continuity without ground short exist?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. With AFCP No. 2 removed, remove power YES Go to Step 13.
to Rudder Servo by opening circuit breaker DA/FD
SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 22. Remove Servo Plug
21CKA. Check for continuity and shorts to ground
between AFCP 2CKA1 pin 89 and 21CKA pin P.
Does continuity without ground short exist?

3-160
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Repair Circuit.
Step 13. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 14.
pin 88 and 21CKA pin R and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 14. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Go to Step 15.
pin 21 and 22CKA pin L and check for shorts to
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 15. Check for continuity between AFCP 2CKA1 YES Remove and replace AFCP No.
pin 9 and 22CKA pin N and check for shorts to 2. If fault persists, remove and
ground. Does continuity without ground short exist? replace rudder servo.
NO Repair Circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2210945. PILOT G/A BUTTON INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210945)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Remove and replace AFCP.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Using MIMS, select appropriate DBTP.
Press (Pilot Control Wheel , Button G/A), DBTP
918120501011.Does DBTP display Valid?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU No. 1. Disconnect YES Remove and replace BIU.
1TAG.Is ground present on plug pin when Pilot
Control Wheel , G/A Button, plug pin 55 is pressed?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect 51VEA (pilot) from 51VEA Is YES Repair circuit between control
ground present on receptacle pin? -Pilot Control wheel disconnect and BIU.
Wheel, G/A Button, plug 51VEA pin 73.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain acess to G/A switch terminals. With YES Repair circuit between switch
switch pressed, is ground present on terminal 1ND? terminal 1ND and disconnect plug
pin 74.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is ground present on switch terminal 2ND? YES Remove and replace G/A switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 2210949. COPILOT G/A BUTTON INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210949)

3-161
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Remove and replace AFCP.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel, place
the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position. On
the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch to
the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel, attempt
to turn off any engaged mode by pressing applicable
push button. Using MIMS, select appropriate DBTP.
Press (Copilot Control Wheel , Button G/A), DBTP
919120501011.Does DBTP display Valid?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU No. 2. Disconnect YES Remove and replace BIU.
2TAG.Is ground present on plug pin when Copilot
Control Wheel , G/A Button, plug pin 55 is pressed?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect 52VEA (copilot) from 51VEA Is YES Repair circuit between control
ground present on receptacle pin? -Copilot Control wheel disconnect and BIU.
Wheel, G/A Button, plug 52VEA pin 74.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain acess to G/A switch terminals. With YES Repair circuit between switch
switch pressed, is ground present on terminal 1ND? terminal 1ND and disconnect plug
pin 74.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is ground present on switch terminal 2ND? YES Remove and replace G/A switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 2210961. PILOT AND COPILOT SWITCHES REMAIN ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB
THUMB SWITCHES ARE PLACED TO NOSE DOWN (TAB UP) ON EITHER CTRL WHEELS. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210961)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Fault fixed.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove and replace AFCP
No. 1. Is fault fixed ?
NO Go to QFEEL / RTLU system and
continue troubleshooting.

3-162
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 2210958. PILOT AND COPILOT SWITCHES REMAIN ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB
THUMB SWITCHES ARE PLACED TO NOSE UP (TAB DOWN) ON EITHER CTRL WHEELS. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210958)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Fault fixed.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System, and
Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is centered
on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS panel,
place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM position.
On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed Select switch
to the AUTO position. On DA/FD Control Panel,
attempt to turn off any engaged mode by pressing
applicable push button. Remove and replace AFCP
No. 1. Is fault fixed ?
NO Go to QFEEL / RTLU system and
continue troubleshooting.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 2210901. AP 2 ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT REMAINS ON WHEN DISENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210901)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Select DBTP
421020600011. Does DBTP display PRESSED?
NO Remove and replace AFCS panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 2210900. AP 1 ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT REMAINS ON WHEN DISENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210900)

3-163
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Remove and replace AFCS panel.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Ensure Elevator Trim Tab indicator is
centered on zero. Align EGI systems. On the FCS
panel, place the Elevator Pitch switch to the NORM
position. On the FCS panel, place the Airspeed
Select switch to the AUTO position. On DA/FD
Control Panel, attempt to turn off any engaged mode
by pressing applicable push button. Select DBTP
323020600011. Does DBTP display PRESSED?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2210120.
P DA/FD Fail (FD Message) (2210120)
Failure 1 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2210544. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. 115 V AC OUT OF TOLERANCE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210544)
Failure 2 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2210590. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. PROCESSOR ARITHMETIC TEST FAILURE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210590)
Failure 3 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2210588. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FULL ADDRESS RAM TEST FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210588)
Failure 4 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2210589. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FULL DATA RAM TEST FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210589)
Failure 5 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2210591. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE ELEVATOR POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210591)
Failure 6 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST

3-164
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 7 - CODE 2210592. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE ELEVATOR TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210592)
Failure 7 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2210601. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE AILERON POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210601)
Failure 8 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2210602. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE AILERON TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210602)
Failure 9 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 2210537. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. circuit breaker IT EXTERNAL POWER
OUT OF TOLERANCE. (FI MESSAGE) (2210537)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1 Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed ?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
(451VE) in position M 20.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 2210611. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE RUDDER POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210611)
Failure 10 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 2210612. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. FORCE RUDDER TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210612)
Failure 11 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 2210947. NO RESPONSE TO EITHER G/A BUTTON WITH AP 1 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210947)
Failure 12 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 2210948. NO RESPONSE TO PILOT G/A BUTTON WITH AP 1 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210948)
Failure 13 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 2210950. NO RESPONSE TO COPILOT G/A BUTTON WITH AP 1 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210950)
Failure 14 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 2210952. NO RESPONSE TO COPILOT G/A BUTTON WITH AP 2 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210952)

3-165
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Failure 15 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 2210953. AP 1 REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN TRIM ELEV TAB SWITCH IS PLACE TO
OFF OR EMER. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210953)
Failure 16 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 2210956. AP 1 SWITCH REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB THUMB SWITCHES
ARE PLACED TO NOSE UP (TAB DOWN) ON EITHER CONTROL WHEEL. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210956)
Failure 17 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 2210959. AP 1 SWITCH REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB THUMB SWITCHES
ARE PLACED TO NOSE DOWN (TAB UP) ON EITHER CONTROL WHEEL. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2210959)
Failure 18 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 2210962. AUTOPILOT DOES NOT COUPLE TO NAVIGATION SYSTEM WITH AP
1 ENGAGED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210962)
Failure 19 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 2210130. CP DA/FD FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210130)
Failure 20 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 2210630. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FULL ADDRESS RAM TEST FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210630)
Failure 21 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 2210631. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FULL DATA RAM TEST FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210631)
Failure 22 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 2210632. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED PROCESSOR ARITHMETIC TEST FAILURE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210632)
Failure 23 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 2210633. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE ELEVATOR POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210633)
Failure 24 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 26 - CODE 2210634. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE ELEVATOR TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210634)
Failure 25 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.

3-166
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 27 - CODE 2210643. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE AILERON POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210643)
Failure 26 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 28 - CODE 2210644. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE AILERON TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210644)
Failure 27 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 29 - CODE 2210653. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE RUDDER POSITION ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210653)
Failure 28 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 30 - CODE 2210654. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED FORCE RUDDER TACH ERROR. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210654)
Failure 29 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 31 - CODE 2210951. NO RESPONSE TO EITHER G/A BUTTON WITH AP 2 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210951)
Failure 30 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 32 - CODE 2210580. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED circuit breaker IT EXTERNAL POWER OUT
OF TOLERANCE. (FI MESSAGE) (2210580)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2 Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed ?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker 8CK.
END OF TEST
Fault 33 - CODE 2210587. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED 115 V AC OUT OF TOLERANCE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210587)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2 Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed ?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker DA/FD 1 MONITOR (8CK)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 12.
END OF TEST
Fault 34 - CODE 2210954. AP 2 REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN TRIM ELEV TAB SWITCH IS PLACED TO
OFF OR EMER. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210954)
Failure 31 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 35 - CODE 2210957. AP 2 REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB THUMB SWITCHES ARE
PLACED TO NOSE UP (TAB DOWN) ON EITHER CONTROL WHEEL. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210957)
Failure 32 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.

3-167
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 36 - CODE 2210960. AP 2 REMAINS ENGAGED WHEN ELEV TAB THUMB SWITCHES ARE
PLACED TO NOSE DOWN (TAB UP) ON EITHER CONTROL WHEEL. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210960)
Failure 33 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 37 - CODE 2210963. AUTOPILOT DOES NOT COUPLE TO NAVIGATION SYSTEM WITH AP
2 ENGAGED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210963)
Failure 34 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 38 - CODE 2210946. NO RESPONSE TO PILOT G/A BUTTON WITH AP 2 ENGAGED. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2210946)
Failure 35 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 39 - CODE 2210010. P CRS HDG PNL BIT FAIL. (FD MESSAGE) (2210010)
Failure 36 Remove and replace Pilot Heading And
Course Selector Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 40 - CODE 2210599. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210599)
Step 1. Remove and replace Elevator servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 41 - CODE 2210600. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR COUPLING FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210600)
Step 1. Remove and replace Elevator servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 42 - CODE 2210015. CP CRS HDG PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210015)
Failure 37 Remove and replace Copilot Heading And
Course Selector Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 43 - CODE 2210609. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210609)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 44 - CODE 2210610. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. AILERON COUPLING FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210610)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?

3-168
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 45 - CODE 2210619. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210619)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 46 - CODE 2210620. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER COUPLING FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210620)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 47 - CODE 2210641. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210641)
Step 1. Remove and replace Elevator servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 48 - CODE 2210642. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. ELEVATOR COUPLING FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210642)
Step 1. Remove and replace Elevator servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 49 - CODE 2210651. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210651)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 50 - CODE 2210652. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. AILERON COUPLING FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210652)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 51 - CODE 2210661. DA/FD 2 IBIT FAILED. RUDDER SERVO AMP FAILURE. (FI MESSAGE)
(2210661)
Step 1. Remove and replace Aileron servo. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.

3-169
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 52 - CODE 2210909. HEADING MARKER ON PILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW PILOT HEADING
KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210909)
Failure 38 Remove and replace pilot heading course
remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 53 - CODE 2210910. HEADING MARKER ON COPILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW PILOT HEADING
KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210910)
Failure 39 Remove and replace pilot heading course
remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 54 - CODE 2210913. COURSE ARROW ON PILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW PILOT COURSE
KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210913)
Failure 40 Remove and replace pilot heading course
remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 55 - CODE 2210911. HEADING MARKER ON PILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW COPILOT HEADING
KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210911)
Failure 41 Remove and replace copilot heading
course remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 56 - CODE 2210912. HEADING MARKER ON COPILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW COPILOT
HEADING KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210912)
Failure 42 Remove and replace copilot heading
course remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 57 - CODE 2210916. COURSE ARROW ON COPILOT HSI DOES NOT FOLLOW COPILOT COURSE
KNOB. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210916)
Failure 43 Remove and replace copilot heading
course remote select panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 58 - CODE 2210930. AP 2 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN PILOT A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON
IS PRESSED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210930)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 59- CODE 2210931. AP 1 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN EITHER A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON
IS PRESSED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210931)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Is fault YES Fault fixed.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST

3-170
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 60 - CODE 2210932. AP 1 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN PILOT A/P BUTTON IS PRESSED.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (2210932)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Is fault YES Fault fixed.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 61 - CODE 2210934. AP 1 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN COPILOT A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON
IS PRESSED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210934)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 1. Is fault YES Fault fixed.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 62 - CODE 2210935. AP 2 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN EITHER A/P DISCONNECT BUTTON
IS PRESSED. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2210935)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 63 - CODE 2210936. AP 2 DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN COPILOT A/P BUTTON IS PRESSED.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (2210936)
Step 1. Remove and replace AFCP No. 2. Is fault YES Fault fixed by replacing item.
fixed?
NO Remove and replace AFCS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 64 - CODE 2210506. DA/FD 1 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AFCP NO. 1 INTERNAL FAILURE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210506)
Failure 44 Remove and replace AFCP No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 65 - CODE 2210549. DA/FD 2 BUILT IN TEST FAILED. AFCP NO. 2 INTERNAL FAILURE. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210549)
Failure 45 Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 66 - CODE 2210150. PILOT A/P UNAVAILABLE (FD MESSAGE) (2210150)
Step 1. Are any fault codes active that are associated YES Troubleshoot applicable fault code.
with the following systems? EGI, Air Data System,
Trim System, Control Panels, DC and AC power.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any other faults associated with YES Troubleshoot applicable DAFD
the DAFD system? fault.
NO Go to Step 3.

3-171
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Are fault codes 2210150 and 2210160 both YES AFCP No. 1 and No. 2 normal.
present? Troubleshoot servo faults, wiring,
and data buses.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Using MIMS procedures, use the MIMS to YES Troubleshoot applicable fault
perform MBIT on all three servos (rudder, aileron, codes.
elevator). Do any faults become active?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 67 - CODE 2210160. COPILOT A/P UNAVAILABLE (FD MESSAGE) (2210160)
Step 1. Are any fault codes active that are associated YES Troubleshoot applicable fault code.
with the following systems? EGI, Air Data System,
Trim System, Control Panels, DC and AC power.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are there any other faults associated with YES Troubleshoot applicable DAFD
the DAFD system? fault.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Are fault codes 2210150 and 2210160 both YES AFCP No. 1 and No. 2 normal.
present? Troubleshoot servo faults, wiring,
and data buses.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Using MIMS procedures, use the MIMS to YES Troubleshoot applicable fault
perform MBIT on all three servos (rudder, aileron, codes.
elevator). Do any faults become active?
NO Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 68 - CODE 2210543. DA/FD 1 BIT, DISCONNECT ANNUNCIATION POWER NOT PRESENT (FI
MESSAGE) (2210543)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 YES Go to Step 3.
(3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 24. Disconnect plug 1CKB1 from AFCP
No. 1. Close circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1
(3CK). Is 28 V dc present on plug 1CKB1 pin 21?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker DA/FD YES Repair circuit.
PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 1
(3CK).
Step 3. Is ground present on plug 1CKB1 pin 5? YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 1.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 69 - CODE 2210586. DA/FD 2 BIT, DISCONNECT ANNUNCIATION POWER NOT PRESENT (FI
MESSAGE) (2210586)

3-172
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Open circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 YES Go to Step 2.
(4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 8. Disconnect plug 2CKB1 from AFCP
No. 2. Close circuit breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2
(4CK). Is 28 V dc present on plug 2CKB1 pin 21?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 2CKB1 pin 5? YES Remove and replace AFCP No. 2.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker DA/FD YES Repair circuit.
PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker DA/FD PROCESSOR 2
(4CK).
END OF TEST
Fault 70 - CODE 2210504. DA/FD 1 BIT, FLAP POSITION RATE ERROR (FI MESSAGE) (2210504)
Failure 46 Troubleshoot Flap Position Sensors - ATA
Ch. 27
END OF TEST
Fault 71 - CODE 2210547. DA/FD 2 BIT, FLAP POSITION RATE ERROR (FI MESSAGE) (2210547)
Failure 47 Troubleshoot Flap Position Sensors - ATA
Ch. 27
END OF TEST
Fault 72 - CODE 2210201. L AP SERVO DISABLED (FD MESSAGE) (2210201)
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Is "P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" or "CP
AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS message displayed?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Will AP engage properly? YES No Fault Found.
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01.
Step 3. Are any additional DA/FD input related fault YES Troubleshoot appropriate fault
codes active? codes.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Are both "P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" and YES Go to Step 5.
"CP AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS messages
displayed?
NO Go to Step 10.

3-173
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 6.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 31CK.
Is 28 V dc present on relay socket A1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 7.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 31CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 31CK socket A2 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin
85 - Relay 31CK socket X1 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 8.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test relay
31CK for proper orientation and continuity between
relay pins A1 and A2. Does relay operate properly?
NO Remove and replace relay 31CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 9.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A2 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG pin
85 - Relay 30CK socket X1 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK
and 31CK. Does ground exist on socket X2 for both
relays?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 10. Is P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS YES Go to Step 16.
message displayed?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Engage AP 1. Does "CP AUTOPILOT SVO YES Go to Step 15.
DIS" ACAWS message clear?
NO Go to Step 12.

3-174
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Go to Step 13.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A1 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 85
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Go to Step 14.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A2 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG pin
85 - Relay 30CK socket X1 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.
Step 14. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test relay
30CK for proper orientation and continuity between
relay pins A1 and A2. Does relay operate properly?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
relay 30CK.
Step 15. Mission Computer has determined that the YES Troubleshoot applicable active
DA/FD 2 is in an unknown condition. Are any other fault code.
DA/FD 2 fault codes active?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A02
Step 16. Engage AP 2. Does "P AUTOPILOT SVO YES Go to Step 17.
DIS" ACAWS message clear?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 17. Mission Computer has determined that the YES Troubleshoot applicable active
DA/FD 1 is in an unknown condition. Are any other fault code.
DA/FD 1 fault codes active?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01
Step 18. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 31CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 31CK socket A2 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 85
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 73 - CODE 2210202. R AP SERVO DISABLED (FD MESSAGE) (2210202)

3-175
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply External Power. Ensure the following YES Go to Step 3.
systems are operational and related circuit breakers
are closed: Air Data System No. 1, Air Data System
No. 2, BIU No. 1, BIU No. 2. BAU Type II No. 1. BAU
Type II No. 2, BAU Type III No. 1, BAU Type III No.
2, EGI No. 1, EGI No. 2, Normal / Emergency Trim
System, Hydraulic SystemFlight Control System,
and Flaps. Is "P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" or "CP
AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS message displayed?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Will AP engage properly? YES No Fault Found.
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01.
Step 3. Are any additional DA/FD input related fault YES Troubleshoot appropriate fault
codes active? codes.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Are both "P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" and YES Go to Step 5.
"CP AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS messages
displayed?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 6.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. d. Remove relay
31CK. Is 28 V dc present on relay socket A1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 7.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 31CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 31CK socket A2 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin
85 - Relay 31CK socket X1 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Go to Step 8.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test relay
31CK for proper orientation and continuity between
relay pins A1 and A2. Does relay operate properly?
NO Remove and replace relay 31CK.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Go to Step 9.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A2 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG pin
85 - Relay 30CK socket X1 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.

3-176
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO (15CK) YES Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK
and 31CK. Does ground exist on socket X2 for both
relays?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 10. Is P AUTOPILOT SVO DIS" ACAWS YES Go to Step 16.
message displayed?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. a. Engage AP 1. Does "CP AUTOPILOT YES Go to Step 15.
SVO DIS" ACAWS message clear?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Go to Step 13.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A1 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 85
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Go to Step 14.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 30CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 30CK socket A2 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG pin
85 - Relay 30CK socket X1 to BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG
pin 44
NO Repair circuit.
Step 14. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2.
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Test relay
30CK for proper orientation and continuity between
relay pins A1 and A2. Does relay operate properly?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 303VE. Remove and replace
relay 30CK.
Step 15. Mission Computer has determined that the YES Troubleshoot applicable active
DA/FD 2 is in an unknown condition. Are any other fault code.
DA/FD 2 fault codes active?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A02
Step 16. Engage AP 2. Does "P AUTOPILOT SVO YES Go to Step 17.
DIS" ACAWS message clear?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 17. Mission Computer has determined that the YES Troubleshoot applicable active
DA/FD 1 is in an unknown condition. Are any other fault code.
DA/FD 1 fault codes active?

3-177
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01
Step 18. Open circuit breaker DA/FD SERVO YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
(15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F 22 to interrupt power to BIU No. 1 and
No. 2. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
electromechanical shelf 303VE. Remove relay 31CK.
Does continuity exist between the following points? -
Relay 31CK socket A2 to BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 85
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 74 - CODE 2210005. P DA/FD CTL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210005)
Remove and replace DA/FD Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 75 - CODE 2210200. CP DA/FD CTL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210200)
Remove and replace DA/FD Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 76 - CODE 2210300. CP REF SET PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210300)
END OF TEST
Fault 77 - CODE 2210310. P REF SET PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2210310)
END OF TEST
Fault 78 - CODE 2210594. DA/FD 1 IBIT FAILED. YES No fault found.
AUTOPILOT SWITCH NOT ENGAGED. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210594)
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A01.
END OF TEST
Fault 79 - CODE 2210636. DA/FD 2 IBIT YES No fault found.
FAILED. AUTOPILOT SWITCH NO ENGAGED. (FI
MESSAGE) (2210636)
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2210A02.
END OF TEST

3-49. MAINTENANCE
3-50. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

3-178
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-51. Removal and Installation of the Digital Autopilot/Flight Director System components is described here.

Table 3-8. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Multimeter 34401A Equivalent Test wire connections

3-52. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL PROCESSOR

3-53. REMOVAL. Remove AFCP as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for No. 1 and No. 2 Processors. Sub-
stitute L for R and 2 for 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8

DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
C. Remove insulation pad from Avionics Rack.
D. Disconnect connector from AFCP.
E. Release the locking mechanism and carefully pull handles to unseat the AFCP.
F. Remove AFCP from mounting rack.

3-54. Install the AFCP as follows:

A. Insert AFCP into mounting rack.

B. Seat the AFCP in mounting rack and engage the locking mechanism.
C. Connect connector to AFCP.
D. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

3-179
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
E. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8

DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
F. Perform Servo Test section of DA/FD System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
G. Secure EGI for maintenance in accordance with Paragraph 16-34.
H. Stop ACMP pump No. 1 in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
I. Install insulation pad on Avionics rack.
J. If applicable, reengage gust lock on throttle quadrant.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-55. DA/FD CONTROL PANEL

3-56. REMOVAL. Remove the DA/FD Control Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
B. Remove four screws securing DA/FD control panel to instrument panel.
C. Carefully slide panel out to gain access to connectors.
D. Disconnect 6 connectors from the panel and remove panel.

3-57. INSTALLATION. Install the DA/FD Control Panel as follows:

A. Connect 6 connectors to the DA/FD control panel.

B. Carefully slide panel into mounting position.
C. Install four screws to secure panel to instrument panel.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

3-180
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Perform DA/FD Control Panel functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-37.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
G.

3-58. REFERENCE SET/WARNING PANEL

3-59. REMOVAL. Remove the Reference Set/Warning Panel as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for Pilot and Copilot panels. Substitute
L for R and 2 for 1.

A. For Pilot panel open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
B. For Copilot panel open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
C. Remove four screws securing REF/SET WARNING panel to instrument panel.
D. Carefully slide panel out to gain access to connectors.
E. Disconnect 3 connectors from the panel and remove panel.

3-60. INSTALLATION. Install the Reference Set/Warning Panel as follows:

A. Connect 3 connectors to the REF/SET WARNING panel.

B. Carefully slide panel into mounting position.
C. Install four screws to secure panel to instrument panel.
D. For Pilot panel, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
E. For Copilot panel, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
Perform Reference Set/Warning Panel Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 3-39.
Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-61. HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL

3-62. REMOVAL. Remove HDG/CRS Select Panel as follows:

3-181
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Procedures are the same for Pilot and Copilot panels. Substitute
L for R and 2 for 1.
A. For Pilot panel open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
B. For Copilot panel open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
C. Loosen four Dzus fasteners one quarter turn to release HDG/CRS Select Panel.
D. Carefully slide panel out to gain access to connectors.
E. Disconnect 2 connectors and remove panel.

3-63. INSTALLATION. Install the HDG/CRS Select Panel as follows:

A. Connect 2 connectors to the HDG/CRS Select Panel.

B. Carefully slide panel into mounting position.
C. Engage and rotate four Dzus fasteners clockwise to secure panel to center console..
D. For Pilot panel, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
E. For Copilot panel, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
F. Perform HDG/CRS Select Panel functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-41.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1manual.

3-64. AILERON/ELEVATOR/RUDDER SERVOMOTOR AND DRIVE ASSEMBLY

3-65. REMOVAL. Remove Aileron /Elevator/Rudder Servomotor and Drive Assembly as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12

3-182
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be lowered and disabled prior to

attempting to service or replace the Elevator or Rudder
Servomotor. Failure to comply may result in personnel
injury.
B. For Elevator or Rudder servomotor, ensure cargo door is lowered, then deactivate by opening and
tagging the following circuit breakers :

1. HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25
2. HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28
C. Hang locally manufactured tag over pilot & copilot control wheels stating "DO NOT MOVE FLIGHT
CONTROLS"
D. For aileron servo motor and drive assembly, open access panel 553B (Figure 3-4).

NOTE

The servo motor and drive assembly may be removed from the
drum and housing assembly without disturbing the cable rigging.

E. Disconnect connector from servomotor.

F. Remove safety wire and remove 4 screws and washers.
G. Disengage servomotor shaft from splines of pulley.

NOTE

For aileron servomotor only: in order to remove aileron servomotor

rotate it 90 clockwise and then pull it outward.

H. Remove servomotor and drive assembly.

3-66. Install the Aileron/Elevator/Rudder Servomotor and Drive Assembly as follows:

CAUTION

Be careful to avoid damaging the splines when sliding the

servo into the mount.

NOTE

For aileron servomotor only: set the aileron servomotor with the
connector plug pointing up. Then push the shaft in place and ro-
tate it 90 counterclockwise.

A. Ensure alignment is proper, then engage motor with splines of pulley. Motor must be fully seated
in pulley.
B. Secure motor and ground strap to drum and housing assembly with screws and washers.
C. Install safety wire (diameter 6mm) on screws.
D. Connect connector to servomotor.
E. Remove locally manufactured tags from pilot and copilot control wheels.

3-183
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

F. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
G. For Aileron Servo, perform Servo Test functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
H. Close access panel 553B (Figure 3-4).
I. For Elevator Servo, perform Servo Test functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
J. For Rudder Servo, perform Servo Test functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-67. AILERON/ELEVATOR/RUDDER DRUM AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY

3-68. REMOVAL. Remove Aileron/Elevator/Rudder Drum and Bracket as follows:

A. Disengage GUST LOCK.

B. Remove Servomotor in accordance with Paragraph 3-65.
C. Disconnect applicable cable control tension nuts from quadrant, see FAM.1C-27J-2-5 manual.
D. Remove nuts, flat washers, and bolts from drum and bracket assembly.
E. Position ground strap out of the way, then lift drum and bracket assembly from mount.

3-69. INSTALLATION. Install theAileron/Elevator/Rudder Drum and Bracket Assembly as follows:

A. Attach drum and bracket assembly with ground strap to mount with bolts, flat washers, and nuts.
B. Install the previously removed servomotor and drive assembly in accordance with Paragraph 3-66.
C. Rig cable and set tension in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-5 manual.
D. Remove locally manufactured tags from pilot and copilot control wheels.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24

DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (4CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 8
DA/FD PROCESSOR 2 (6CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 7
DA/FD 1 MONITOR (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 20
DA/FD 2 MONITOR (8CK) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position G 12
F. For Aileron Servo, perform functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35 steps C through G.

3-184
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

G. Close access panel 553B (Figure 3-4).

H. For Elevator Servo, perform functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35 steps C through F,
and step H.
I. Restore cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

1. HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25
2. HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28
J. For Rudder Servo, perform functional test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35 steps C through F,
and step I.
K. Restore cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

1. HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25
2. HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28
L. If appliable, engage GUST LOCK.
M. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-70. GO AROUND CONTROL SWITCH

3-71. REMOVAL. Remove the Go Around Control Switch as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.
A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. Remove the allen screw securing switch to yoke.
C. Carefully remove switch from the yoke.
D. Identify and label the four wires attached to the switch.
E. Unsolder the four wires from the switch.
F. Remove the switch from the yoke.

3-72. Install the Go Around Control Switch as follows:

A. Identify the four wires and solder the 4 wires on the switch.
B. Using a multimeter, test all wires for shorts.
C. Replace the switch carefully into the yoke paying attention to prevent wire binding.
D. Install the allen screw and secure the switch to the yoke.

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

3-185
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
F. Perform DA/FD System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-73. AUTOPILOT DISENGAGE SWITCH

3-74. REMOVAL. Remove the Autopilot Disengage Switch as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute DA/FD 2 circuit

breakers for DA/FD 1.

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD MONITOR 1 (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
B. Remove the allen screw securing switch to yoke.
C. Carefully remove switch from the yoke.
D. Identify and label the four wires attached to the switch.
E. Unsolder the four wires from the switch.
F. Remove the switch from the yoke.

3-75. Install the Autopilot Disengage Switch as follows:

A. Identify the four wires and solder the 4 wires on the switch.
B. Using a multimeter, test all wires for shorts.
C. Replace the switch carefully into the yoke paying attention to prevent wire binding.
D. Install the allen screw and secure the switch to the yoke.

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute DA/FD 2 circuit

breakers for DA/FD 1.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DA/FD MONITOR 1 (7CK) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position M 20
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (3CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 24
DA/FD PROCESSOR 1 (5CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 23
DA/FD SERVO (15CK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 22
F. Perform DA/FD System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-186
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

3-76. TOUCH CONTROL STEERING SWITCH

3-77. REMOVAL. Remove the Touch Control Steering Switch as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. Remove the allen screw securing switch to yoke.
C. Carefully remove switch from the yoke.
D. Identify and label the four wires attached to the switch.
E. Unsolder the four wires from the switch.
F. Remove the switch from the yoke.

3-78. Install the Touch Control Steering Switch as follows:

A. Identify the four wires and solder the 4 wires on the switch.
B. Using a multimeter, test all wires for shorts.
C. Replace the switch carefully into the yoke paying attention to prevent wire binding.
D. Install the allen screw and secure the switch to the yoke.

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.

E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
F. Perform DA/FD System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 3-35.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

3-187
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 3-4. Location of Access Panel 553B

3-188
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION IV

V/UHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

4-1. DESCRIPTION

4-2. GENERAL

4-3. The ARC-210 Very High Frequency/Ultra High frequency (V/UHF) radio communication system is one
functional element of the voice communications, radio navigation, and aircraft identification and surveillance
capability, commonly referred to as the Communications Navigation Identification (CNI) system. Integration
and automated functionality for these CNI system elements is provided through the CNI Management System
(CNI-MS). The CNI-MS interfaces with the voice communications system through the MIL-STD-1553B data bus
and provides automatic frequency tuning and mode control of the communication radios and radio navigation
aids. The V/UHF communication system includes the following functions and capabilities:

– Provides external aircraft-to-aircraft and aircraft-to-ground voice radio communications.

– Provides Built In Test (BIT) functions that enable the system to detect and isolate failures or mal-
functions.
– Provides wideband audio signals and processing associated with the direction finding system.

4-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

4-5. VERY HIGH FREQUENCY/ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The V/UHF sys-
tem consists of two receiver transmitters, two mounting trays, four antennas, a Radio Set Control Panel, Logic
Control Unit, two filters, two Radio Frequency (RF) switches, and a battery (Figure 4-1).

4-6. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER. The Receiver Transmitter (RT) operates in the 30 MHz to 399.985 MHz
communication frequency bands with selectable 25 kHz spacing between channels or 8.33 kHz channel spacing
for air traffic control operation between 118 MHz and 135 MHz. Frequency selection and the configuration of
the system is controlled through the menu driven CNI Management Unit [CNI-MU ] or the Communications
Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP).

4-7. MOUNTING TRAY. A vibration-dampened mounting platform to attach the V/UHF transceiver unit to
the aircraft. Provides 28 V dc power through the mounting tray to the V/UHF transceiver unit.

4-8. ANTENNA. Four fuselage-mounted, high gain tunable blade antennas provides continuous frequency
coverage from 30-400 MHz. Allows VHF, UHF and L-Band signal reception and transmission.

4-9. RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL. The Radio Set Control Panel (RSCP) provides emergency backup
control for the V/UHF radios in the event of CNI-MU or Comm-Nav 1553B data bus failure. Provides manual
operator interface to the AN/ARC-210 V/UHF radio for frequency, channel and operating mode selection, as well
as BIT function initiation and readouts, and audio volume level control. A liquid crystal display provides visual
output of ARC-210 radio system information.

4-10. LOGIC CONTROL UNIT. The Logic Control Unit (LCU) Interfaces between the radio V/UHF RT unit
and the antenna. Converts the digital radio RT output signals into proper antenna tuning drive codes. Allows

4-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

impedance matching of the antenna to the radio RT input/output signals over selected portions of the commu-
nications frequency band.

4-11. LOW PASS FILTER. The Low Pass Filter (LPF) prevents TACAN navigation radio signals from being
received or transmitted through the shared TACAN and V/UHF Comm Radio antennas, and from causing inter-
ference with the V/UHF voice communications signal processing in the V/UHF RT No. 1 or No. 2. There is one
LPF in each RT antenna lead prior to the RF transfer switch.

4-12. SINGLE POLE CROSSOVER SWITCH. Enables the pilot/copilot to switch logic control and RF trans-
mission/reception between the Upper and Lower V/UHF Antennas for V/UHF System No. 1.

4-13. DOUBLE POLE CROSSOVER SWITCH. Enables the pilot/copilot to switch logic control and RF trans-
mission/reception between the Upper and Lower V/UHF Antennas for V/UHF System No. 2.

4-14. BATTERY. The battery is used to maintain memory in the microprocessor in the V/UHF RT. The battery
is not intended to be replaced in the field.

4-15. V/UHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OPERATION

4-16. GENERAL. System provides two-way AM and FM voice radio communications utilizing the combined
V/UHF communications equipment. The radio provides short and medium-range “clear” voice transmission
and reception over VHF and UHF Guard frequencies utilizing separate dedicated Guard receivers. A “keying”
capability is also provided on all voice communications radios using any of the Press-To-Transmit (PTT) switches
or microphone buttons. Keying provides an unmodulated carrier wave signal that can be used to signal remote
unmanned control facility sites or equipment or as a means of signaling a ground or airborne homing vectoring
system. In addition, an Automatic Direction Finding (ADF) mode of operation is incorporated into the V/UHF
radio No. 1 to provide a homing navigation capability to a transmitting radio site (Figure 4-2).

4-17. Preset channels or manually tuned frequencies can be input to the V/UHF radios through the CNI-MU
or CNRP, or they can be software-uploaded. The voice communications equipment can be used under any
operational and environmental conditions and is typically used to communicate with the following organizations:

– VHF (AM) for Air traffic control facilities.

– VHF (FM) for Maritime and shipping.
– UHF (AM/FM) for Military operations and search and rescue.

4-18. There are two combination V/UHF and L-Band tunable blade antennas for each of the V/UHF radios,
one upper antenna and one lower antenna. The V/UHF No. 1 radio system shares its two antennas with TACAN
system No. 1. The V/UHF No. 2 system shares its two antennas with TACAN system No. 2. A high pass filter is
installed between each of the TACAN systems and the antenna to prevent radio voice communications signals
being transmitted or received through the shared antenna from interfering with TACAN navigation signals.

4-19. Normal operation and control of the V/UHF radios is accomplished by means of pilot-selected inputs
to either the two CNI-MU or the CNRP. Radio selection, power on/off, mode control, and the flight crew through
data inputs to these CNI systems interfaces accomplishes frequency management. Radio operating frequencies
can be set either manually or by selecting one of up to 40 permanently-stored preset radio channels. Preset
channels can be loaded or changed manually via the 1553B data bus using the CNI-MU or CNRP or by means
of the preflight data uploading using the Dual Slotted Data Transfer System.

4-20. Either one of the CNI-MU will accomplish normal tuning and control of the V/UHF communication
radios. Pressing the COMM TUNE MODE KEY on the CNI-MU , accesses the COMM TUNE INDEX menu
page. All communications radios can be tuned directly from this page. Line Select Keys prompt the operator
to other menu pages that permit detailed control of each installed radio by branching to specific COMM TUNE
menu pages.

4-21. Once the radios have been turned on and tuned to the desired frequency using the CNI-MU or CNRP,
the operator can transmit on the V/UHF radio by selecting the desired radio (VU1 or VU2) with the XMIT Select

4-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Switch on the Intercommunications System (ICS) control panel. Reception of V/UHF radio signals over each
crewmember’s headset is controlled using the monitor buttons on the ICS control panel at each crew station.
The pilot or copilot initiates a radio transmission by keying the INT/RADIO rocker switch on either the control
wheel or the ICS control panel to the RADIO position and speaking into the headset microphone. The audio
signal is routed through the Headset Interface Units (HIU) or the Modified HIU (MHIU), across the data bus,
and then to the ICS Central Switching Unit (CSU) for processing. In the V/UHF-1 system, the audio signal is
also sent from the MHIU or HIU directly to the V/UHF-1 RT and RSCP in order to provide a backup signal for
operation of the V/UHF-1 radio in the event of an ICS-CSU failure. From the ICS-CSU, the analog audio signal
is then sent to the V/UHF radio transceiver, where it is combined with an amplified and modulated RF signal for
broadcast. The combined signal is routed to the RF Transfer switch through the Low Pass Filter, and is radiated
via the selected V/UHF antenna. The LCU interfaces between the V/UHF RT and the antenna and converts the
digital radio frequency output signals into proper antenna tuning drive codes by changing the impedance of the
antenna, based on the RT frequency tune signal. The LCU provides a means to electrically tune the antenna to
a selected frequency.

4-22. The antenna select switch is found on one of the menu pages in the CNRP. The switch has 3 positions
- Upper, Lower, and Auto. Selection of the most appropriate antenna for transmission is done automatically
by the antenna logic unit when the pilot selects the AUTO setting. The pilot can manually select the desired
antenna (either upper or lower) by selecting UPPER or LOWER with the antenna select switch. Radio control
inputs entered by the flight crew into the CNI-MU are processed by the CNI-SP that generates the appropriate
data words to be sent to the selected radio via the 1553B Comm/Nav data bus. These data words are read
and interpreted by the 1553B interface circuit card assembly in the V/UHF radio RT unit and sent to the RT mi-
croprocessor for execution. Control transfer and status flag output signals are then generated by the processor
and sent back to the Interface interface circuit card for downloading onto the 1553B Comm/Nav bus. These
output signals are routed back to the CNI-SP for processing and display on the CNI-MU. As an alternative to
the CNI-MU , frequency-tuning commands can be input through the CNRP. These tuning command signals are
sent to the mission computer on the 1553B PANEL Bus and are then relayed to the selected V/UHF radio RT
via the 1553B Comm/Nav bus. The RT processes these signals to control radio functions and returns frequency
confirmation and status information back to the CNRP for display. The status of the V/UHF radio operation and
settings can be viewed using any of the displays on the CNI-MU , CNRP, RSCP or the Single Avionics Man-
agement Unit (SAMU). Audio signals for the V/UHF radio are routed through the ICS-CSU to the MHIU from
the pilot, copilot or forward loadmaster positions or the Headset Interface Unit (HIU) from the observer and aft
loadmaster positions, to permit V/UHF radio reception and transmission from any of the crew ICS stations on
the aircraft.

4-23. BACKUP VOICE COMMUNICATIONS. The RSCP is integrated into the AN/ARC-210 V/UHF-1 Radio
Set. The RSCP provides an emergency backup communications function that allows both the pilot and copilot
to receive and transmit VHF and UHF radio communications using the V/UHF No. 1 radio in the event of an
ICS-CSU failure. The RSCP also provides the flight crew with a backup means of tuning and controlling the
V/UHF No. 1 radio in the event of a dual CNI-SP, dual CNI-MU , or 1553B data bus failure. The RSCP provides
for frequency tuning and operating mode control for the V/UHF No. 1 radio, permits BIT function initiation and
provides a visual readout of internal BIT results by means of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). The RSCP is located
on the pilot’s side center console and is hard-wired directly to the V/UHF No. 1 radio. This RSCP hard-wire
connection enables the pilot, copilot, and forward loadmaster to transmit and receive V/UHF voice communica-
tions through MHIU when the backup mode is selected with the BACKUP switch. This provide emergency “Hot
Mic” interphone communications between the pilot, copilot, and forward loadmaster in the event of an ICS-CSU
failure. The RSCP can be operated using either preset frequency channels or manually set frequencies. When
the RSCP is placed in the OFF position, the LCD display on the RSCP is still functional, providing a display of
the preset channel or operating frequency currently set into the V/UHF No. 1 radio.

4-24. FILL PORT. The Fill Port panel is located at the right side of the cargo compartment and allows V/UHF
codes to be loaded remotely.

4-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-1. V/UHF Communications System Components (sh. 1/2)

4-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-1. V/UHF Communications System Components (sh. 2/2)

4-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (RA System)(sheet 1/7)

4-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 2/7)

4-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 3/7)

4-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 4/7)

4-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 5/7)

4-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 6/7)

4-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 4-2. V/UHF Communications System Schematic (sh. 7/7)

4-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

4-25. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of BIT performed by the V/UHF Com-
munication system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power
is applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the power
up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

4-26. An IBIT is also incorporated into the RSCP. The BIT results are displayed on the RSCP. The IBIT is
initiated by rotating the Operational Mode Selector Switch on the RSCP to a position other than the OFF position.

4-27. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates the following ACAWS
messages:

VUHF1/2 FAIL CAUTION

VUHF1/2 MEDIUM POWER Advisory
VUHF1/2 ANT FAIL Advisory

4-28. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

15RA VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR 28 V dc EMER BUS

17RA VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER 28 V dc EMER BUS
21RA VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT 28 V dc EMER BUS
14RA VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
16RA VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
20RA VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

4-29. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

4-30. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

4-31. V/UHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

4-32. Test equipment and special tools required for Functional Tests are listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Wattmeter, Truline Model 43 Equivalent Measure V/UHF Power
Output
2 Crystal Element 25 MHz to 60 25A Equivalent Part of Wattmeter.
MHz To test electrical circuits
3 Crystal Element 50 MHz to 125 25B Equivalent Part of Wattmeter.
MHz To test electrical circuits

4-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. - Cont’d

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION
4 Crystal Element 100 MHz to 250 25C Equivalent Part of Wattmeter.
MHz To test electrical circuits
5 Crystal Element 200 MHz to 500 25D Equivalent Part of Wattmeter.
MHz To test electrical circuits

4-33. Perform V/UHF Functional Test as follows:

A. If required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2
for V/UHF No.1 and VU 2 for VU 1.

NOTE

This operational check utilizes the ICS Panel INT/RADIO switch.

The control wheel INPH/RADIO switch may be used, if desired.

C. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.

D. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
E. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, pull VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
F. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
G. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
H. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
I. On the CNI-MU , COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding
positions are highlighted.

EMG OFF
SQL ON
MARITIME OFF

4-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

TONE OFF
MODE TR

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to equipment could result.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.
J. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until
ON is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is ON.
K. Obtain an authorized VHF and UHF frequency to communicate with the local control tower.
L. Using the Pilot CNI-MU scratchpad, enter the UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the scratchpad
M. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Frequency is entered in VU1.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed under FREQ.
N. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to SQL until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: Noise is heard in headset.
O. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to SQL until ON is high-
lighted.
Verify that: No noise is heard in headset.

NOTE

Do not transmit on Guard (emergency) frequencies of 121.5 MHz

and 243.0 MHz. unless approved.
P. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
Q. Transmission is received clearly at control tower and reply is heard clearly in headset.
R. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, press select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT until TOP
is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is selected.
S. Using the Pilot CNI-MU scratchpad, enter the VHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the scratchpad
T. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to IDENT.

4-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: Frequency is entered in VU1.

Verify that: Frequency is displayed under FREQ.
U. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
V. Transmission is received clearly at control tower and reply is heard clearly in headset.
W. Contact the control tower and request permission to conduct a radio check on the guard channels
(121.5 MHz and 243.0 MHz).
X. On the RSCP, pull out the Frequency Mode Selector knob and turn to 121.
Verify that: Guard frequency 121.5 MHz is selected.
Y. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at control tower and reply is heard clearly in headset.
Z. On the RSCP, pull out the Frequency Mode Selector knob and turn to 243.
Verify that: Guard frequency 243.0 MHz is selected.
AA. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at control tower and reply is heard clearly in headset.
AB. On Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press line select key adjacent to VU1 PWR OFF/ON
until OFF is highlighted.
AC. End of test.

4-34. LOGIC CONTROL UNIT

4-35. Perform Logic Control Unit No. 1 Functional Test as follows:

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If testing No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2 for
V/UHF No. 1 and VU 2 for VU 1.

A. For No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM select key.

4-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.

D. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
E. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is on.
F. On the CNRP, select COMM.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 and current frequency is displayed.
G. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
H. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 BOT.
Verify that: VU1 BOT antenna is selected.
I. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
J. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 TOP.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is selected.
K. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is off.
L. End of test.

4-36. V/UHF ANTENNA

4-37. Perform V/UHF antenna Functional Test as follows:

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No. 1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications antennas and can be performed using ei-
ther the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, sub-
stitute copilot for pilot. If testing No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF
No.2 for V/UHF No. 1 and VU 2 for VU 1. If testing a top antenna,
substitute top for bottom.

A. For No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.

4-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.

NOTE

This operational check utilizes the ICS Panel INT/RADIO switch.

The control wheel INPH/RADIO switch may be used, if desired.
C. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.
D. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
E. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
F. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
G. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
H. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
I. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is on.
J. On the CNI-MU , COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding
positions are highlighted.

EMG OFF
SQL ON
MARITIME OFF
TONE OFF
MODE TR

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to equipment could result.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.
K. On the CNRP, select COMM.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 and current frequency is displayed.
L. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed

4-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

M. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 BOT.

Verify that: VU1 BOT antenna is selected.
N. Obtain an authorized UHF frequency to communicate with the control tower.
O. Using the Pilot CNI-MU scratchpad, enter the UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the scratchpad
P. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Frequency is entered in VU1.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed under FREQ.

NOTE

Do not transmit on emergency frequency 121.500 MHz or 243.000

MHz without the permission of the control tower.
Q. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at control tower and reply is heard clearly in headset.
R. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is off.
S. End of test.

4-38. REMOTE RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL BIT FUNCTIONAL TEST

4-39. Perform RRSC panel BIT Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19.
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4.
MHIU FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D5.
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE).in position P 6.
B. On the RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to OFF.
C. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
D. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.

4-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.

E. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until ON is highlighted.
F. On the Pilot BACK UP ICS Panel (MHIU), position the INT BACK UP NORM switch to BACK UP.
G. On the RRSC, verify the display is active for FULL FUNCTION.
H. On the Pilot CNI-MU verify VU1 displays MANUAL.
I. On the CNRP, verify VU1 displays MANUAL.

NOTE

Radio Set Control panel BIT takes approximately 10-20 seconds

to complete.
J. On the RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TEST.
Verify that: Side arrow and decimal are displayed.
Verify that: BIT Test starts.
K. Bit Test completes.
Verify that: All LCD display segments are illuminated and BIT check complete.
L. On the Pilot BACK UP ICS Panel (MHIU), position the INT BACK UP NORM switch to NORM.
M. On the RRSC, place Operational Mode switch to OFF.
N. End of test.

4-40. REMOTE RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONAL TEST

4-41. Perform RRSC Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19.
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4.
MHIU FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D5.
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE).in position P 6.
B. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to PRST.
C. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR.
D. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN, then rotate
knob until CHAN displays 1.

4-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to CHNG PRST.

F. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on FREQ, then rotate
knob until 123.350 is displayed under FREQ.
G. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until cursor is on AM.
H. On the RRSC, press the LOAD/OFST key.
I. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN, then rotate
knob until CHAN displays 2.
J. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on FREQ, then rotate
knob until 384.800 is displayed under FREQ.
K. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until cursor is on AM.
L. On the RRSC, press the LOAD/OFST key.
M. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR.
N. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN, then rotate
knob until CHAN displays 1.
Verify that: 123.350 AM is displayed on RRSC.
O. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN, then rotate
knob until CHAN displays 2.
Verify that: 384.800 AM is displayed on RRSC.
P. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN, then rotate
knob until CHAN displays 1.
Q. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to MAN.
R. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on FREQ, then rotate
knob until 173.025 is displayed under FREQ.
Verify that: 173.025 FM is displayed on RRSC.
S. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to 243.
Verify that: 243.000 is displayed on RRSC.
T. On RRSC, position Frequency Mode switch to 121.
Verify that: 121.500 is displayed on RRSC.
U. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to MAN.
Verify that: 173.025 FM is displayed on RRSC.
V. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to PRST.
Verify that: 123.350 AM is displayed on RRSC.
W. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on FREQ, then rotate
knob until 130.875 is displayed under FREQ.
X. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR.
Y. On RRSC, pull the VOL/SQ OFF (PULL) knob.
Z. On Pilot MHIU, rotate the RAD clockwise and counter-clockwise.
Verify that: Noise is heard in headset and increases with clockwise rotation and decreases with
counter-clockwise rotation.
AA. On RRSC, push the VOL/SQ OFF (PULL) knob.

4-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: No noise is heard in the headset.

NOTE

Do not transmit on Guard (emergency) frequency 121.500 MHz or

243.000 MHz without the permission of the control tower.
AB. On the CNRP, press the COMM select key.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
AC. On the CNRP COMM 1/2 page, press the line select key adjacent to VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT page is displayed.
AD. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT page, press the line select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT until
BOT is highlighted.
AE. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required the INT RADIO switch to RADIO and
establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AF. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT page, press the line select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT until
TOP is highlighted.
AG. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required the INT RADIO switch to RADIO and
establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AH. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR+G.
AI. Using a local control tower frequency or other local procedures, request permission from the local
control tower to transmit on Guard frequency of 121.5 MHz.
AJ. On Guard frequency of 121.5 MHz, establish communication with control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AK. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR.
AL. Using a local control tower frequency or other local procedures, request permission from the local
control tower to transmit on Guard frequency of 121.5 MHz.
Verify that: No transmission is heard from the control tower.

NOTE

The following steps check 8.33 KHz spacing.

AM. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT page, verify BOT is highlighted.
AN. On RRSC, rotate Frequency Mode switch to MAN.
AO. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to TR.
AP. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on FREQ, then rotate
knob until 132.000 is displayed under FREQ.
AQ. On RRSC, press the ANCILLIARY MODE cursor pushbutton and pointer pushbutton until the
pointer is displayed adjacent to OFST.
AR. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required the INT RADIO switch to RADIO and
establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AS. On RRSC, press the LOAD/OFST key.
Verify that: 132.005 is displayed.

4-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AT. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required the INT RADIO switch to RADIO and
establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AU. On RRSC, press the LOAD/OFST key.
Verify that: 132.010 is displayed.
AV. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required the INT RADIO switch to RADIO and
establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission and control tower reply are heard clearly in headset.
AW. On RRSC, rotate Operational Mode switch to OFF.
AX. End of test.

4-42. RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL PRESET PROCEDURE

4-43. Perform RRSC Preset procedure as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19.
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4.
MHIU FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5.
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE).in position P 6.
B. On the RRSC, rotate the FREQUENCY MODE switch to PRST.
C. On the RRSC, rotate the OPERATIONAL MODE switch to TR.
D. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob to position cursor on CHAN
E. On the RRSC, rotate the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until CHAN displays 1.
F. On the RRSC, rotate the OPERATIONAL MODE switch to CHNG PRST.
G. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until cursor is on FREQ.
H. On the RRSC, rotate the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until desired frequency is displayed
under FREQ.
I. On the RRSC, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR (PUSH) knob until cursor is on AM or FM as appli-
cable.
J. On the RRSC, press the LOAD/OFST key.
Verify that: Channel and Frequency are stored.
K. End of Test

4-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

4-44. TEST OUTPUT POWER V/UHF

4-45. Perform Output Power Test as follows:

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If testing No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2 for
V/UHF No. 1 and VU 2 for VU 1.
A. Open the applicable No. 1 or No. 2 circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
B. Install the 25 MHz to 60 MHz Crystal Element in the Wattmeter.
C. Disconnect the antenna line connector from J-1 on V/UHF No. 1 RT.

NOTE

The antenna line can be connected to either end of the wattmeter.

D. Connect the Wattmeter between the Antenna Line connector and the RT.
E. Close the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
F. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to INT.
G. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
H. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set VU1 volume control to midrange.
I. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control to midrange.
J. On the Comm Nav Radio Panel (CNRP), Press COMM select key.
Verify that: COMM INDEX page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 and VU2 are off.
K. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
L. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
M. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until ON is highlighted.
N. On the CNI-MU , COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding
positions are highlighted.

EMERG OFF
SQL ON
MARITIME OFF

4-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

TONE OFF
MODE TR

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.
O. On the Pilot CNI/MU keypad enter 53.375.
Verify that: 53.375 is displayed on scratchpad.
P. On pilot CNI/MU press line select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: 53.375 is displayed on VU1 display.
Verify that: 53.375 is displayed under FREQ on COMM TUNE VU1 page.
Q. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
R. On the CNMRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 TOP.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is highlighted.
S. At the Wattmeter, turn arrow toward the RT and then toward the antenna and verify the Wattmeter
reads zero in both directions
T. On the Wattmeter, rotate crystal element until arrow points to ANTENNA connection.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to equipment could result.
U. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and hold RADIO transmit switch and observe forward power
indication on Wattmeter.
Verify that: Output power indicates between 8 watts and 12 watts.
V. On the Wattmeter, rotate crystal element until arrow points to RT connection.
Verify that: Reflected power indication does not exceed 10 percent of forward output power.
W. Release RADIO transmit switch.
X. Open the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.

4-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Y. On the Wattmeter, remove the 25 MHz to 60 MHz Crystal Element and install the 50 MHz to 125
MHz Crystal Element.
Z. Close the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AA. Repeat steps O through W for 87.975 MHz.
AB. Open the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AC. On the Wattmeter, remove the 50 MHz to 125 MHz Crystal Element and install the 100 MHz to
250 MHz Crystal Element in the Wattmeter.
AD. Close the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AE. Repeat steps O through W for 146.625 MHz.
AF. Open the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AG. On the Wattmeter, remove the 100 MHz to 250 MHz Crystal Element and install the 200 MHz to
500 MHz Crystal Element in the Wattmeter.
AH. Close the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AI. Repeat steps O through W for 315.750 MHz.
AJ. Open the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AK. On the Wattmeter, remove the 250 MHz to 500 MHz Crystal Element and stow properly.
AL. Disconnect the Wattmeter from between the antenna line connector and the RT.
AM. Reconnect the antenna line connector to the RT.
AN. Close the applicable circuit breaker:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
AO. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to PA
AP. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page press the line select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is off.

4-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AQ. End of test.

4-46. OPERATE V/UHF FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE

4-47. Operate V/UHF For Other Maintenance as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2
for V/UHF No.1 and VU 2 for VU 1.

NOTE

This procedure utilizes the ICS Panel INT/RADIO switch. The con-
trol wheel INPH/RADIO switch may be used, if desired.

B. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.

C. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
D. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, pull VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
E. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
F. On Pilot CNI-MU , press COMM select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
G. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
H. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until
ON is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is ON.
I. On the CNI-MU , COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding
positions are highlighted.

EMG OFF
SQL ON
MARITIME OFF

4-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

TONE OFF
MODE TR

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to equipment could result.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.

J. On the CNRP, press the COMM select key.

Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 and current frequency is displayed.
K. On the CNRP COMM 1/2 page, press the line select key adjacent to VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT page is displayed.
L. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT page, press the line select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT until
TOP is highlighted.
M. Obtain an authorized UHF frequency to communicate with the local control tower.
N. Using the Pilot CNI-MU scratchpad, enter the UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the scratchpad
O. On the Pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Frequency is entered in VU1.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed under FREQ.

NOTE

Do not transmit on Guard (emergency) frequencies of 121.5 MHz

and 243.0 MHz. unless approved.

P. Radio is ready, proceed with other maintenance.

4-48. SECURE V/UHF FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE

4-49. Secure V/UHF For Other Maintenance as follows:

4-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No. 2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2
for V/UHF No.1 and VU 2 for VU 1.

A. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.

Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
B. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU 1 page is displayed.
C. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until
OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is turned OFF.

4-50. TROUBLESHOOTING
4-51. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 4-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 2311913
VUHF 1 Does not Operate Properly using the Radio Set Control Panel. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
Does radio operate normally when operated in
"Normal" mode using the CNI-MU?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2311A01.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Ensure that both Pilot and Copilot MHIU’sare in
normal mode, switch pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 7.

4-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 5.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal
mode, switch co-pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Faulty Copilot MHIU.
Replace Copilots MHIU, Ensure Pilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch co-pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Disable power to RSCP by opening Circuit
Breaker 15RA (28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA
Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 6. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Swap the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Replace VUHF transceiver
(Original #1)

4-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal mode, switch
co-pilots MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 8. YES Faulty Pilot MHIU.
Replace Pilots MHIU, Ensure Copilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Disable power to RSCP by openingCircuit Breaker
15RA(28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 10. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
Restore power to 15RA, is 28VDC
present on 33RAA pin 1 when pilot
and/or copilot MHIU Backup ICS
switch is in "BACKUP"?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
Interrupt power to Take
Control relay by opening 15RA,
Gain Access to and remove
relay 27RA.
Is 28VDC present
on relay socket X1 and X3?
NO Repair Power Circuit
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
Check Relay, is continuity present across
the following while de-energized?
X1-X2
A3-A2
B3-B2
C3-C2
NO Replace Relay 27RA
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Continuity Check, Open 15RA, is
continuity present between 33RAA
Pin 1 and Relay 27RA Socket A2?
NO Repair Circuit
Step 14. YES Replace Relay 27RA
Interrupt power to Take Control relay by
opening 15RA, Gain Access to and removerelay
27RA. On relay socket X2, is opencircuit present
when pilot and/or copilotMHIU switch is in "backup"
and groundwhen both are in "normal"?

4-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Troubleshoot faulty MHIU
END OF TEST
FAULT 2 - CODE 2311A01
VUHF #1 Communication System Fault (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Replace VUHF Transceiver #1
a. Apply external electrical power. (Original)
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Troubleshoot Using Active Fault
Are any VUHF related FD Code
messages currently Active? FD Message.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 7.
Is 2 way communication possible
using VUHF 1 in Normal Mode?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is 2 way communication possible
using the "Backup" mode?
NO Transmission and or Reception
Inoperative
Troubleshoot using Fault Code
2311900

4-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Transmission Inoperative,
Is Reception Possible In Normal Mode? Reception Normal.
Troubleshoot using Fault Code
2311920
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Reception inop, Transmission
Is Transmission Possible Works
In Normal Mode? Troubleshoot Using Fault Code
2311904
NO Transmission and or Reception
Inoperative
Troubleshoot using Fault Code
2311900
Step 7. YES Transmission and or Reception
Is 2 way communication possible Garbled
using the "Backup" mode? or Unreadable.
Troubleshoot using Fault Code
2311902
NO RSCP related fault.
Troubleshoot using Fault Codes
2311912,
2311913, and 2311915.
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 2311906
VHF/UHF #1 Comm System transmission/ reception inoperative when selected to EM AM or EM FM
frequency via CNI-MU. (Visual Detection)

4-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF #1 Transceiver.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Troubleshoot using Fault Tree
2311A01
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 2311910
V/UHF #1 squelch inoperative when selected via CNI-MU. (Visual Detection)

4-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. NO Replace V/UHF #1 Transceiver.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Troubleshoot CNI Problem
Perform test from another CNI-MU, Is squelch
level adjustable?
NO Troubleshoot using Fault Tree
2311A01
END OF TEST
FAULT 5 - CODE 2311902
VHF/UHF #1 System transmission and/or reception garbled or unreadable. (Visual Detection)

4-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Apply external electrical power. Unit #1 (original).
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Interrupt power by opening 21RA (LCU 1 PWR)
to LCU #1
b. Disconnect 5RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 5RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 21RA (LCU 1
PWR)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 21RA
(LCU 1 PWR).
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is ground present on plug 5RAB pin C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
b. Disconnect plug 9RAG on
single pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 17RA.
Is 28VDC present on plug 9RAG pin A?

4-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF
COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 17RA
(VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW).
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Is ground present on plug 9RAG pin B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
a. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
21RA (LCU 1 PWR),
and 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single pole changeover
switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU #1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-9RAD Pin 1 and 5RAC Pin 1.
-9RAD Pin 2 and 5RAC Pin 2.
-9RAD Pin 3 and 5RAC Pin 3.
-9RAD Pin 4 and 5RAC Pin 4.
-9RAD Pin 5 and 5RAC Pin 5.
-9RAD Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAD Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAD Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAD Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAD Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAD Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAD Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
a. Remove power to BAU Type II #1
by opening circuit breakers 19TA (BAU II #1 PWR)
and 21TA (BAU II #1 AUX).
b. Disconnect 5TAC .
c. Disconnect 9RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
5TAC Pin 82 and 9RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
Is a ground present on plug 9RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
a. Disconnect 9RAF.
b. Disconnect 11RAC from antenna
No.1 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-9RAF Pin 1 and 11RAC Pin 1.
-9RAF Pin 2 and 11RAC Pin 2.
-9RAF Pin 3 and 11RAC Pin 3.
-9RAF Pin 4 and 11RAC Pin 4.
-9RAF Pin 5 and 11RAC Pin 5.
-9RAF Pin 6 and 11RAC Pin 6.
-9RAF Pin 7 and 11RAC Pin 7.
-9RAF Pin 8 and 11RAC Pin 8.
-9RAF Pin 9 and 11RAC Pin 9.
-9RAF Pin 10 and 11RAC Pin 10.
-9RAF Pin 11 and 11RAC Pin 11.
-9RAF Pin 12 and 11RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Disconnect 9RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 11RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
a. Disconnect 9RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 13RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 14. YES Replace single pole changeover
a. Disconnect 9RAE. switch.
b. Disconnect 13RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-9RAE Pin 1 and 13RAC Pin 1.
-9RAE Pin 2 and 13RAC Pin 2.
-9RAE Pin 3 and 13RAC Pin 3..
-9RAE Pin 4 and 13RAC Pin 4.
-9RAE Pin 5 and 13RAC Pin 5.
-9RAE Pin 6 and 13RAC Pin 6.
-9RAE Pin 7 and 13RAC Pin 7
-9RAE Pin 8 and 13RAC Pin 8.
-9RAE Pin 9 and 13RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 6 - CODE 2311900
VHF/UHF #1 System transmission and reception weak or inoperative. (Visual Detection)

4-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #1
a. Apply external electrical power. (original).
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 2.

4-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 1 minute on, 5 minutes off trans-

mitter duty cycle or transmitter may be damaged.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. On CNI-MU, turn off VHF #1 system.
f. Disconnect 31RAF from J1 on transceiver.
g. Connect in-line wattmeter, with 25 watt, 30 to
250 MHz crystal, between J1 and 31RAF .
h. Place wattmeter crystal to measure forward power.
i. Turn on VHF #1 system.
j. Tune transceiver to locally unused VHF frequency.
k. On pilot interphone station, place transmit select
switch to VU 1.
l. Hold pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and
record wattmeter indication.
Is forward power output between 8 and 15 watts?
NO Continue to troubleshoot using
fault
code procedure 2311920
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Place wattmeter crystal to measure
reflected power.
b. Hold INT/RADIO switch to RADIO
and record wattmeter indication.
Is reflected power less than 10 percent
of forward power?

4-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 21.
a. Turn off VHF #1 system using CNI-MU.
b. Remove wattmeter and connect
31RAF to transceiver.
c. Turn on VHF #1 system.
d. Tune transceiver to local ground
station VHF frequency.
e. Using pilot interphone station, make radio
check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a. Using the Copilot interphone station,
place VOL knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 1 switch and place to midrange.
c. Place transmit select switch to VU 1.
d. At pilot interphone station, set transmit select
switch to any position other than VU 1.
e. Make radio check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. YES Replace MHIU Pilot (original).
a. Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b. Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 7. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (LCU 1 PWR) Unit #1 (original).
and 20RA (LCU 2 PWR)
to interrupt power to both VHF logic control units.
b. Swap logic control units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 10.
a. Interrupt power by opening 21RA (LCU 1 PWR).
b. Disconnect 5RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 5RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 21RA (LCU 1
PWR)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 21RA
(LCU 1 PWR).
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
Is ground present on plug 5RAB pins C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
b. Disconnect plug 9RAG on
single pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
Is 28VDC present on plug
9RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF
COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 17RA
(VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW).
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Is ground present on plug 9RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 15.
a. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
21RA (LCU 1 PWR), and
17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single changeover switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU No.1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-9RAD Pin 1 and 5RAC Pin 1.
-9RAD Pin 2 and 5RAC Pin 2.
-9RAD Pin 3 and 5RAC Pin 3.
-9RAD Pin 4 and 5RAC Pin 4.
-9RAD Pin 5 and 5RAC Pin 5.
-9RAD Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAD Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAD Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAD Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAD Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAD Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAD Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
a. Remove power to BAU Type II #1 by opening
circuit breakers 19TA (BAU II #1 PWR) and 21TA
(BAU II #1 AUX).
b. Disconnect 5TAC .
c. Disconnect 9RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
5TAC Pin 82 and 9RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
Is a ground present on plug 9RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
a. Disconnect 9RAF.
b. Disconnect 11RAC from antenna
No.1 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-9RAF Pin 1 and 11RAC Pin 1.
-9RAF Pin 2 and 11RAC Pin 2.
-9RAF Pin 3 and 11RAC Pin 3.
-9RAF Pin 4 and 11RAC Pin 4.
-9RAF Pin 5 and 11RAC Pin 5.
-9RAF Pin 6 and 11RAC Pin 6.
-9RAF Pin 7 and 11RAC Pin 7.
-9RAF Pin 8 and 11RAC Pin 8.
-9RAF Pin 9 and 11RAC Pin 9.
-9RAF Pin 10 and 11RAC Pin 10.
-9RAF Pin 11 and 11RAC Pin 11.
-9RAF Pin 12 and 11RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
a. Disconnect 9RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 11RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 19. YES Go to Step 20.
a. Disconnect 9RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 13RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 20. YES Replace single pole changeover
a. Disconnect 9RAE. switch. 9RA
b. Disconnect 13RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-9RAE Pin 1 and 13RAC Pin 1.
-9RAE Pin 2 and 13RAC Pin 2.
-9RAE Pin 3 and 13RAC Pin 3..
-9RAE Pin 4 and 13RAC Pin 4.
-9RAE Pin 5 and 13RAC Pin 5.
-9RAE Pin 6 and 13RAC Pin 6.
-9RAE Pin 7 and 13RAC Pin 7
-9RAE Pin 8 and 13RAC Pin 8.
-9RAE Pin 9 and 13RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.

4-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 21. YES Go to Step 22.
NOTE
Do not transmit on emergency frequency (121.500
MHz) without prior clearance from local control tower.
a. On CNI-MU, tune VHF #1 to local control
tower VHF frequency.
b. Contact tower and request radio check on
AM emergency frequency.
c. Tune VU 1 to 121.500MHz.
d. Make radio check with tower.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
Select squelch to OFF.
Is radio noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
Using data transfer device, load frequency
hopping variable data.
Is data successfully loaded?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
a. Zeroize VHF #1 system using any CNI-MU.
Is zeroize function successful?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 25. YES Go to Step 5.
For VUHF 1 continue troubleshooting using fault
code 2311913
Is fault still present?
NO Fault Repaired
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a. Open circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1), 6TF
(CNI-SP 2),
and 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)
to interrupt power to these units.
b. Remove plugs 31RAC, 1TFE, and 2TFE.
Is continuity present between plugs
31RAC pin 10 and 1TFE pin 96?
NO Repair circuit between 31RAC and
1TFE.
Step 27. YES Go to Step 28.
Is continuity present between plugs
31RAC pin 10 and 2TFE pin 96?
NO Repair circuit between 31RAC and
2TFE.
Step 28. YES Go to Step 29.
Is continuity present between plugs
1TFE pin 96 and 2TFE pin 96?
NO Repair circuit between 1TFE and
2TFE.

4-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
a. Reconnect plugs 31RAC and 1TFE.
b. Close circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1) and
15RA (VUHF 1 PWR).
c. Wait approximately 20 seconds for
CNI-SP #1 to complete its bootup
(CNI-MU displays became active).
d. Setup to measure for pulsed ground
signal on 2TFE pin 96.
NOTE
Signal will go from high to low and stay low for 1-4
seconds before going back to high.
:
e. Select ZEROIZE page and VU 1 only on
CNI-MU. Press VERIFY to initiate this function.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 96 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #1
Step 30. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1)
b. Reconnect plug 2TFE and remove plug 1TFE.
c. Close circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) and wait 20
seconds
for CNI-SP 2 to complete its bootup.
d. Setup to measure same ground pulse on
plug 1TFE pin 96.
e. Repeat ZEROIZE of VU 1 only.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 96 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 31. YES Replace V/UHF #1 transceiver
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VUHF 2 PWR) (original).
and 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
c. Using data transfer device, load
frequency hopping variable data into
transceiver.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. YES Go to Step 33.
a. Open circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)
to remove power to V/UHF #1 transceiver.
b. Disconnect 31RAD.
Is continuity present between 31RAD
and V/UHF fill port as follows?
-31RAD pin 11and 551VVE pin A.
-31RAD pin 9 and 551VVE pin B.
-31RAD pin 8 and 551VVE pin C.
-31RAD pin 5 and 551VVE pin D.
-31RAD pin 4 and 551VVE pin E.
-31RAD pin 10 and 551VVE pin F.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 33. YES Go to Step 34.
Is ground present on plug 31RAC pin 10?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.

4-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 34. YES Replace CNI-SP #1.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1) to remove
power from unit.
b. Remove plug 1TFE.
Is ground present on 31RAC pin 10?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. YES Repair circuit.
a. Open circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) to remove
power from unit.
b. Remove plug 2TFE.
Is ground present on 31RAC pin 10?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 36. YES Go to Step 38.
a. Open circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)
to interrupt power to the unit.
b. Remove wattmeter.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 31RAF.
d. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 37. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between V/UHF
transceiver #1 and changeover switch 9RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace changeover switch (SP)
9RA.
Step 38. YES Go to Step 40.
a. Remove connector 9RAC.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 9RAC.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 39. YES Problem corrected.
Repair of replace cable between changeover
switch 9RA and top V/UHF #1 antenna 11RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace top V/UHF #1 antenna
11RA.
Step 40. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
a. Remove connector 9RAB.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 9RAB.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 41.
Step 41. YES Problem corrected.
Repair of replace cable between changeover
switch 9RA and bottom V/UHF #1 antenna 13RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace bottom V/UHF #1
antenna.
END OF TEST

4-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
FAULT 7 - CODE 2311904
VHF/UHF #1 System reception inoperative. Transmission operative. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF1 RCVR XMTR).
f. Switch No.1 and No.2 transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 38.
On CNI-MU Change VUHF 1
Selected Antenna.
Is reception on VUHF 1 now possible?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Fault is in ICS System,
Attempt to verify reception from each troubleshoot fault code
ICS Stations. 2350A01
Is reception available at any station?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 37.
Perform Reception Test in BACKUP Mode.
Is reception Possible in Backup?
NO Go to Step 5.

4-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Place Pilot and Copilot MHIUs into BACKUP.
Does the Radio Set Control Panel display
change from the last commanded frequency
to full segment display?
NO Fault is in ICS.
Troubleshoot fault code
235013A01
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a. On Radio Set Control Panel, place mode
selector knob to TEST.
b. Wait 20 seconds to allow BIT to complete.
Is any fault displayed?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 7. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (LCU 1 PWR) Unit #1 (original).
and 20RA (LCU 2 PWR)
to interrupt power to both VHF logic control units.
b. Swap logic control units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 10.
a. Interrupt power by opening 21RA (LCU 1 PWR).
b. Disconnect 5RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 5RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 21RA (LCU 1
PWR)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 21RA
(LCU 1 PWR).
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
Is ground present on plug 5RAB pins C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
b. Disconnect plug 9RAG on
single pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
Is 28VDC present on plug
9RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF
COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 17RA
(VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW).

4-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Is ground present on plug 9RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 15.
a. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
21RA (LCU 1 PWR), and
17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single changeover switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU No.1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-9RAD Pin 1 and 5RAC Pin 1.
-9RAD Pin 2 and 5RAC Pin 2.
-9RAD Pin 3 and 5RAC Pin 3.
-9RAD Pin 4 and 5RAC Pin 4.
-9RAD Pin 5 and 5RAC Pin 5.
-9RAD Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAD Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAD Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAD Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAD Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAD Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAD Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
a. Remove power to BAU Type II #1 by opening
circuit breakers 19TA (BAU II #1 PWR) and 21TA
(BAU II #1 AUX).
b. Disconnect 5TAC .
c. Disconnect 9RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
5TAC Pin 82 and 9RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
Is a ground present on plug 9RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
a. Disconnect 9RAF.
b. Disconnect 11RAC from antenna
No.1 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-9RAF Pin 1 and 11RAC Pin 1.
-9RAF Pin 2 and 11RAC Pin 2.
-9RAF Pin 3 and 11RAC Pin 3.
-9RAF Pin 4 and 11RAC Pin 4.
-9RAF Pin 5 and 11RAC Pin 5.
-9RAF Pin 6 and 11RAC Pin 6.
-9RAF Pin 7 and 11RAC Pin 7.
-9RAF Pin 8 and 11RAC Pin 8.
-9RAF Pin 9 and 11RAC Pin 9.
-9RAF Pin 10 and 11RAC Pin 10.
-9RAF Pin 11 and 11RAC Pin 11.
-9RAF Pin 12 and 11RAC Pin 12.

4-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
a. Disconnect 9RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 11RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 19. YES Go to Step 20.
a. Disconnect 9RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 13RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 20. YES Replace single pole changeover
a. Disconnect 9RAE. switch. 9RA
b. Disconnect 13RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-9RAE Pin 1 and 13RAC Pin 1.
-9RAE Pin 2 and 13RAC Pin 2.
-9RAE Pin 3 and 13RAC Pin 3..
-9RAE Pin 4 and 13RAC Pin 4.
-9RAE Pin 5 and 13RAC Pin 5.
-9RAE Pin 6 and 13RAC Pin 6.
-9RAE Pin 7 and 13RAC Pin 7
-9RAE Pin 8 and 13RAC Pin 8.
-9RAE Pin 9 and 13RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 21. YES Go to Step 35.
a. On the Radio Set Control Panel,
place VOL knob to midrange.
b. Place the frequency selector knob to MAN.
c. Use the CHAN/FREQ knob to tune
local ground station VHF frequency.
d. Using pilot interphone station, make radio
check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 31.
Ensure that both Pilot and Copilot MHIU’sare in
normal mode, switch pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 30.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal mode, switch
co-pilots MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 24.

4-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
Disable power to RSCP by openingCircuit Breaker
15RA(28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 25. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
Restore power to 15RA, is 28VDC
present on 33RAA pin 1 when pilot
and/or copilot MHIU Backup ICS
switch is in "BACKUP"?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
Interrupt power to Take
Control relay by opening 15RA,
Gain Access to and remove
relay 27RA.
Is 28VDC present
on relay socket X1 and X3?
NO Repair Power Circuit
Step 27. YES Go to Step 28.
Check Relay, is continuity present across
the following while de-energized?
X1-X2
A3-A2
B3-B2
C3-C2
NO Replace Relay 27RA
Step 28. YES Go to Step 29.
Continuity Check, Open 15RA, is
continuity present between 33RAA
Pin 1 and Relay 27RA Socket A2?
NO Repair Circuit
Step 29. YES Replace relay 27RA.
Interrupt power to Take Control relay by
opening 15RA, Gain Access to and removerelay
27RA. On relay socket X2, is opencircuit present
when pilot and/or copilotMHIU switch is in "backup"
and groundwhen both are in "normal"?
NO Troubleshoot faulty MHIU
Step 30. YES Faulty Pilot MHIU.
Replace Pilots MHIU, Ensure Copilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).

4-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 31. YES Go to Step 32.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal
mode, switch co-pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 32. YES Go to Step 33.
Disable power to RSCP by opening Circuit Breaker
15RA (28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 33. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Swap the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Replace VUHF transceiver
(Original #1)
Step 34. YES Faulty Copilot MHIU.
Replace Copilots MHIU, Ensure Pilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch co-pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).

4-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 35. YES Go to Step 36.
On the Radio Set Control Panel,
pull the VOL/SQ OFF (pull) knob.
Is radio noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace Radio Set Control Panel.
Step 36. YES V/UHF #1 system normal.
NOTE
Do not transmit on emergency frequency (121.500
MHz) without prior clearance from local control tower.
a. On Radio Set Control Panel, tune local
control tower VHF frequency.
b. Contact tower and request radio check on
emergency AM frequency.
c. Place the frequency mode selector knob
to 121 (pull).
d. Make radio check with tower.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Replace Radio Set Control Panel.
Step 37. YES Fault Undetermined, Proceed to
Disconnect Power from VUHF 1 PWR, Fault Code
and ICS CSU by opening the following breakers : 2311A01
15RA,and 32RZ
Check for Continuity Between the following Pins:
31RAC 41RAA
37..............................R
41..............................S
41RAB 1RZF
K...............................12
N...............................11
Is Continuity Present?
NO Repair Wiring
Step 38. YES Go to Step 40.
a. Interrupt power by opening 21RA (LCU 1 PWR).
b. Disconnect 5RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 5RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 39. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 21RA (LCU 1
PWR)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 21RA
(LCU 1 PWR).
Step 40. YES Go to Step 41.
Is ground present on plug 5RAB pins C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 41. YES Go to Step 43.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
b. Disconnect plug 9RAG on
single pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
Is 28VDC present on plug
9RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 42.
Step 42. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 17RA
(VHF/UHF1 ANT CHG OVER)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 17RA
(VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW).
Step 43. YES Go to Step 44.
Is ground present on plug 9RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 44. YES Go to Step 45.
a. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR
XMTR),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT), and
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single changeover switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU No.1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-9RAD Pin 1 and 5RAC Pin 1.
-9RAD Pin 2 and 5RAC Pin 2.
-9RAD Pin 3 and 5RAC Pin 3.
-9RAD Pin 4 and 5RAC Pin 4.
-9RAD Pin 5 and 5RAC Pin 5.
-9RAD Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAD Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAD Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAD Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAD Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAD Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAD Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 45. YES Go to Step 46.
a. Remove power to BAU Type II #1 by opening
circuit breakers 19TA (BAU II #1 PWR) and 21TA
(BAU II #1 AUX).
b. Disconnect 5TAC .
c. Disconnect 9RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
5TAC Pin 82 and 9RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 46. YES Go to Step 47.
Is a ground present on plug 9RAH
pin B?

4-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 47. YES Go to Step 48.
a. Disconnect 9RAF.
b. Disconnect 11RAC from antenna
No.1 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-9RAF Pin 1 and 11RAC Pin 1.
-9RAF Pin 2 and 11RAC Pin 2.
-9RAF Pin 3 and 11RAC Pin 3.
-9RAF Pin 4 and 11RAC Pin 4.
-9RAF Pin 5 and 11RAC Pin 5.
-9RAF Pin 6 and 11RAC Pin 6.
-9RAF Pin 7 and 11RAC Pin 7.
-9RAF Pin 8 and 11RAC Pin 8.
-9RAF Pin 9 and 11RAC Pin 9.
-9RAF Pin 10 and 11RAC Pin 10.
-9RAF Pin 11 and 11RAC Pin 11.
-9RAF Pin 12 and 11RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 48. YES Go to Step 49.
a. Disconnect 9RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 11RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 49. YES Go to Step 50.
a. Disconnect 9RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 13RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 50. YES Replace single pole changeover
a. Disconnect 9RAE. switch. 9RA
b. Disconnect 13RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-9RAE Pin 1 and 13RAC Pin 1.
-9RAE Pin 2 and 13RAC Pin 2.
-9RAE Pin 3 and 13RAC Pin 3..
-9RAE Pin 4 and 13RAC Pin 4.
-9RAE Pin 5 and 13RAC Pin 5.
-9RAE Pin 6 and 13RAC Pin 6.
-9RAE Pin 7 and 13RAC Pin 7
-9RAE Pin 8 and 13RAC Pin 8.
-9RAE Pin 9 and 13RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 8 - CODE 2311100
VUHF 1 ANTENNA FAULT (FD Message)

4-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and Replace the VUHF 1
a. Apply external electrical power. Transceiver (Original)
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 2311900
END OF TEST
FAULT 9 - CODE 2311080
VUHF 1 HI VSWR (FD Message)

4-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and Replace the VUHF 1
a. Apply external electrical power. Transceiver (Original)
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Attempt two-way communication with #2 VUHF.
Does maufunction change sides?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 2311900
END OF TEST
FAULT 10 - CODE 2311060
VUHF 1 MEDIUM POWER (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
Is FD Message Still Active?
NO Error caused by an overheat
condition.
Verify that proper cooling is
available to the unit.
If failure persists continue with this
procedure
as if FD were active.

4-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Verify that proper cooling is
a. Apply external electrical power. available to the unit.
b. Turn on CMDU. Replace VUHF 1 Transceiver.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 3.

4-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 10.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 1 minute on, 5 minutes off trans-

mitter duty cycle or transmitter may be damaged.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. On CNI-MU, turn off VHF #1 system.
f. Disconnect 31RAF from J6 on transceiver.
g. Connect in-line wattmeter, with 25 watt, 30 to
250 MHz crystal, between J6 and 31RAF
h. Place wattmeter crystal to measure forward power.
i. Turn on VHF #1 system.
j. Tune transceiver to locally unused VHF frequency.
k. On pilot interphone station, place transmit select
switch to VU 1.
l. On CNI-MU ensure VUHF#1 Power Setting is Set
to HIGH.
m. Hold pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and
record wattmeter indication.
Is forward power output between 8 and 15 watts?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 6.
a. Open circuit breaker 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR
XMTR)
to interrupt power to the unit.
b. Remove wattmeter.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 31RAF
d. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?

4-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between V/UHF
transceiver #1 and changeover switch 9RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace changeover switch (SP)
9RA.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 8.
a. Remove connector 9RAC.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 9RAC.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between changeover
switch 9RA and top V/UHF #1 antenna 11RAA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace top V/UHF #1 antenna
11RA.
Step 8. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #1.
a. Remove connector 9RAB.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 9RAB.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between changeover
switch 9RA and bottom V/UHF #1 antenna 13RAA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace bottom V/UHF #1
antenna.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
a. Place wattmeter crystal to measure
reflected power.
b. Hold INT/RADIO switch to RADIO
and record wattmeter indication.
Is reflected power less than 10 percent
of forward power?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 11. YES Problem corrected.
a. Turn off VHF #1 system using CNI-MU.
b. Remove wattmeter and connect 31RAF to
transceiver.
c. Turn on VHF #1 system.
d. Tune transceiver to local ground
station VHF frequency.
e. Using pilot interphone station, make radio
check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 12.

4-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Using the Pilot interphone station,
place VOL knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 1 switch and place to midrange.
c. Place transmit select switch to VU 1.
d. At pilot interphone station, set transmit select
switch to any position other than VU 1.
e. Make radio check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 13. YES Replace MHIU Pilot (original).
a. Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b. Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (LCU 1 PWR) Unit #1 (original).
and 20RA (LCU 2 PWR)
to interrupt power to both VHF logic control units.
b. Swap logic control units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 17.
a. Interrupt power by opening 21RA (LCU 1 PWR).
b. Disconnect 5RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 5RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 21RA (LCU 1
PWR)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 21RA
(LCU 1 PWR).
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
Is ground present on plug 5RAB pins C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 20.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
b. Disconnect plug 9RAG on
single pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT
SEL/SW).
Is 28VDC present on plug
9RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF
COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
terminal 2?

4-61
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace circuit breaker 17RA
(VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW).
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
Is ground present on plug 9RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 21. YES Go to Step 22.
a. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
21RA (LCU 1 PWR), and
17RA (VUHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single changeover switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU No.1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-9RAD Pin 1 and 5RAC Pin 1.
-9RAD Pin 2 and 5RAC Pin 2.
-9RAD Pin 3 and 5RAC Pin 3.
-9RAD Pin 4 and 5RAC Pin 4.
-9RAD Pin 5 and 5RAC Pin 5.
-9RAD Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAD Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAD Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAD Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAD Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAD Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAD Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
a. Remove power to BAU Type II #1 by opening
circuit breakers 19TA (BAU II #1 PWR) and 21TA
(BAU II #1 AUX).
b. Disconnect 5TAC .
c. Disconnect 9RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
5TAC Pin 82 and 9RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
Is a ground present on plug 9RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-62
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
a. Disconnect 9RAF.
b. Disconnect 11RAC from antenna
No.1 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-9RAF Pin 1 and 11RAC Pin 1.
-9RAF Pin 2 and 11RAC Pin 2.
-9RAF Pin 3 and 11RAC Pin 3.
-9RAF Pin 4 and 11RAC Pin 4.
-9RAF Pin 5 and 11RAC Pin 5.
-9RAF Pin 6 and 11RAC Pin 6.
-9RAF Pin 7 and 11RAC Pin 7.
-9RAF Pin 8 and 11RAC Pin 8.
-9RAF Pin 9 and 11RAC Pin 9.
-9RAF Pin 10 and 11RAC Pin 10.
-9RAF Pin 11 and 11RAC Pin 11.
-9RAF Pin 12 and 11RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. YES Go to Step 26.
a. Disconnect 9RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 11RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a. Disconnect 9RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 13RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 27. YES Replace single pole changeover
a. Disconnect 9RAE. switch. 9RA
b. Disconnect 13RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-9RAE Pin 1 and 13RAC Pin 1.
-9RAE Pin 2 and 13RAC Pin 2.
-9RAE Pin 3 and 13RAC Pin 3..
-9RAE Pin 4 and 13RAC Pin 4.
-9RAE Pin 5 and 13RAC Pin 5.
-9RAE Pin 6 and 13RAC Pin 6.
-9RAE Pin 7 and 13RAC Pin 7
-9RAE Pin 8 and 13RAC Pin 8.
-9RAE Pin 9 and 13RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 11 - CODE 2311040
VUHF 1 FAIL (FD Message)

4-63
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and Replace the VUHF
a. Apply external electrical power. 1 Transceiver
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Switch the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
Interrupt power to the VUHF 1 transceiver by
opening the circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR).
Disconnect 31RAC.
Is 28VDC present on plug 31RAC pins 2 and 3?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Repair Open Circuit between
Gain access to terminals of circuit breaker 15RA circuit breaker 15RA and
(VUHF 1 PWR) VUHF 1 Transceiver.
Is 28VDC present on terminal 2 of circuit breaker
15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)?
NO Replace/Repair circuit breaker
15RA (VUHF 1 PWR)
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Interrupt power to the VUHF 1 transceiver by
opening the circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR).
Disconnect 31RAC and 31RAD.
Is ground present on 31RAC pins 8, and 9, and
on plug 31RAD pin 54?
NO Repair Ground Circuit

4-64
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Interrupt power to the VUHF 1 transceiver by
opening the circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR).
Disconnect 31RAC .
Is ground present on plug 31RAC pin 4?
NO Troubleshoot Take Control Relay
Fault using
Fault Code 2311912, 2311913,
and 2311915.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Interrupt power to the VUHF 1 transceiver by
opening the circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR).
Disconnect 31RAC .
Is ground present on plug 31RAC pin 15 and is
continuity
present between pin 8 to pins 12, 22, 49, 50, 52, and
not continuous with pin 51?
NO Repair Data Bus Address Circuit
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Disconnect Plug 31RAH.
Check resistance between plug 31RAH pins
as follows:
BUS A
-Resistance of 1 Ohm between Inner and Outer
Conductor
-Infinite Resistance between inner conductor and
shield.
-Infinite Resistance between Outer Conductor and
Shield.
Are resistance measurements correct?
NO Repair Circuit, if problem persists
replace
data bus coupler.
Step 8. YES Troubleshoot CNI Data Bus Fault.
Disconnect Plug 31RAG.
Check resistance between plug 31RAG pins
as follows:
BUS B
-Resistance of 1 Ohm between Inner and Outer
Conductor
-Infinite Resistance between inner conductor and
shield.
-Infinite Resistance between Outer Conductor and
Shield.
Are resistance measurements correct?
NO Repair Circuit, if problem persists
replace
data bus coupler.
END OF TEST
FAULT 12 - CODE 2311912
VUHF 1 Does not Operate Properly using the Radio Set Control Panel. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
Does radio operate normally when operated in
"Normal" mode using the CNI-MU?

4-65
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2311A01.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Ensure that both Pilot and Copilot MHIU’sare in
normal mode, switch pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 5.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal
mode, switch co-pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Faulty Copilot MHIU.
Replace Copilots MHIU, Ensure Pilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch co-pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Disable power to RSCP by opening Circuit
Breaker 15RA (28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA
Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground

4-66
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
- ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 3
- MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 19
- MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 4
- MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
- HIU OBSER CARGO (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
- VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
- VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
- VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
- VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
- VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
- VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Swap the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Replace VUHF transceiver
(Original #1)
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal mode, switch
co-pilots MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 8. YES Faulty Pilot MHIU.
Replace Pilots MHIU, Ensure Copilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Disable power to RSCP by openingCircuit Breaker
15RA(28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground

4-67
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
Restore power to 15RA, is 28VDC
present on 33RAA pin 1 when pilot
and/or copilot MHIU Backup ICS
switch is in "BACKUP"?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
Interrupt power to Take
Control relay by opening 15RA,
Gain Access to and remove
relay 27RA.
Is 28VDC present
on relay socket X1 and X3?
NO Repair Power Circuit
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
Check Relay, is continuity present across
the following while de-energized?
X1-X2
A3-A2
B3-B2
C3-C2
NO Replace Relay 27RA
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Continuity Check, Open 15RA, is
continuity present between 33RAA
Pin 1 and Relay 27RA Socket A2?
NO Repair Circuit
Step 14. YES Replace Relay 27RA
Interrupt power to Take Control relay by
opening 15RA, Gain Access to and removerelay
27RA. On relay socket X2, is opencircuit present
when pilot and/or copilotMHIU switch is in "backup"
and groundwhen both are in "normal"?
NO Troubleshoot faulty MHIU
END OF TEST
FAULT 13 - CODE 2311915
VUHF 1 Does not Operate Properly using the Radio Set Control Panel. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
Does radio operate normally when operated in
"Normal" mode using the CNI-MU?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2311A01.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Ensure that both Pilot and Copilot MHIU’sare in
normal mode, switch pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 7.

4-68
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 5.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal
mode, switch co-pilots MHIU into
BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Faulty Copilot MHIU.
Replace Copilots MHIU, Ensure Pilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch co-pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Disable power to RSCP by opening Circuit
Breaker 15RA (28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA
Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 6. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (V/UHF 1 PWR),
17RA (V/UHF COMM 1 ANT SEL/SW),
21RA (LCU 1 PWR),
14RA (V/UHF 2 PWR),
16RA (V/UHF COMM 2 ANT SEL/SW), and
20RA (LCU 2 PWR).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Swap the #1 and #2 V/UHF transceivers.
Does malfunction change sides?
NO Replace VUHF transceiver
(Original #1)
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Return Pilot MHIU to normal mode, switch
co-pilots MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 8. YES Faulty Pilot MHIU.
Replace Pilots MHIU, Ensure Copilot Fault repaired.
MHIU in normal mode, switch pilots
MHIU into BACKUP mode.
Does RSCP power on?

4-69
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair Open Circuit between
14RZB (14) and
304VVK (A).
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Disable power to RSCP by openingCircuit Breaker
15RA(28VDC Emergency Bus).
Remove Plug 33RAA from RSCP.
Is Ground Present on 33RAA Pins 35, 3 and 14?
NO Repair Open Ground
Step 10. YES Replace VUHF Control Panel
Restore power to 15RA, is 28VDC
present on 33RAA pin 1 when pilot
and/or copilot MHIU Backup ICS
switch is in "BACKUP"?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
Interrupt power to Take
Control relay by opening 15RA,
Gain Access to and remove
relay 27RA.
Is 28VDC present
on relay socket X1 and X3?
NO Repair Power Circuit
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
Check Relay, is continuity present across
the following while de-energized?
X1-X2
A3-A2
B3-B2
C3-C2
NO Replace Relay 27RA
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Continuity Check, Open 15RA, is
continuity present between 33RAA
Pin 1 and Relay 27RA Socket A2?
NO Repair Circuit
Step 14. YES Replace Relay 27RA
Interrupt power to Take Control relay by
opening 15RA, Gain Access to and removerelay
27RA. On relay socket X2, is opencircuit present
when pilot and/or copilotMHIU switch is in "backup"
and groundwhen both are in "normal"?
NO Troubleshoot faulty MHIU
END OF TEST
FAULT 14 - CODE 2311920
V/UHF-1 Transmission Inoperative, Reception Normal (Visual Detection)

4-70
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF-1 Transceiver
a. Apply external electrical power. (Original #1)
b. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:
32RZ (ICS-CSU)
25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER, HIU AFT CARGO),
15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
17RA (VUHF ANTENNA CHANGE OVER SWITCH
#1 ),
21RA (VUHF 1 LCU PWR),
14RA (VUHF 2 PWR),
16RA (VUHF ANTENNA CHANGE OVER SWITCH
#2)
20RA (VUHF 2 LCU PWR).
c. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot,
Copilot, and Fwd Load Master ICS Control Panel
and their MHIU’s. Radio Set Control Panel V/UHF
#1 V/UHF #2
d. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VUHF 2 PWR)
and 15RA (VUHF1 PWR).
e. Move the #1 transceiver to the #2 system side.
Does fault move to the #2 system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 17.
Restore Transceivers to Original Positions.
Ensure Headset PTT works by testing it on another
ICS station with a different radio.
Attempt "Normal" transmission using VUHF 1 while
connected to each transmission capable MHIU
station.
Is "Sidetone" heard when attempting a transmission
at each MHIU (P,CP,FLM)?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 15.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the Pilots MHIU?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 12.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the CoPilots MHIU?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through Forward Load Masters MHIU?
NO Replace ICS CSU
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the pilots MHIU using the
pilots yoke PTT button?
NO Go to Step 9.

4-71
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Open circuit breaker 25RZPP3A) MHIU-P) and
32RZ(PP4)(ICS-CSU).
Remove plug 13RZB from MHIU-P AND 1RZE
from ICS-CSU.
Test continuity between:
13RZB-43 and 1RZE-90.
Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. YES Replace ICS-CSU
With circuit breaker 32RZ(PP4) (ICS-CSU) open,
open circuit breaker 8RZ(PP1) (MHIU-CP).
Remove plug 14RZB from MHIU-CP.
Test continuity between:
14RZB-43 and 1RZE-93
Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Interrupt power to the ICS CSU and
Pilots MHIU by opening Circuit
breakers 32RZ(PP4) and 25RZ(PP3A)
Remove Plug 1RZE and 13RZB.
Is ground present on 1RZE pin 90
and 13RZB pin 43 when pilots yoke
PTT is pressed?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 10. YES Replace ICS-CSU
With circuit breaker 32RZ(PP4) (ICS-CSU) open,
open circuit breaker 8RZ(PP1) (MHIU-CP).
Remove plug 14RZB.
Is ground present on 1RZE pin 93 and 14RZB
pin 43 when the copilot yoke PTT is pressed?
NO Repair Circuit.
Step 11. YES Repair Circuit
With circuit breaker 32RZ(PP4) (ICS-CSU) open,
open circuit breaker 8RZ(PP1) (MHIU-CP).
Remove plug 14RZB.
Is ground present on 1RZE pin 93 and 14RZB
pin 43 when the copilot yoke PTT is pressed?
NO Replace ICS-CSU
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through Forward Load Masters MHIU?
NO Replace ICS CSU
Step 13. YES Replace the Pilot’s MHIU
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the pilots MHIU using the
pilot Yoke PTT button?
NO Go to Step 14.

4-72
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 14. YES Replace MHIU-P
Open circuit breaker 32RZ (ICS-CSU) and
25RZ (MHIU-P).
Remove plug 1RZE from the ICS-CSU and
plug 13RZB from MHIU-P.
Is ground present on 1RZE pin 90 and 13RZB
pin 43 when the pilots yoke PTT it pressed?
NO Repair circuit wiring or replace
pilots
yoke PTT switch if necessary.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the CoPilots MHIU?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
Is sidetone heard through
Forward Load Masters MHIU?
NO Go to Step 28.

4-73
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. YES Go to Step 22.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 1 minute on, 5 minutes off trans-

mitter duty cycle or transmitter may be damaged.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:
32RZ (ICS-CSU)
25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER, HIU AFT CARGO),
15RA (VUHF 1 PWR),
17RA (VUHF ANTENNA CHANGE OVER SWITCH
#1 ),
21RA (VUHF 1 LCU PWR),
14RA (VUHF 2 PWR),
16RA (VUHF ANTENNA CHANGE OVER SWITCH
#2)
20RA (VUHF 2 LCU PWR).
c. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot,
Copilot, and Fwd Load Master ICS Control Panel
and their MHIU’s. Radio Set Control Panel V/UHF
#1 V/UHF #2
d. On CNI-MU, turn off VHF #1 system.
e. Disconnect 9RAA from J1 on Single Pole Change
Over switch #1.
f. Connect wattmeter, with 25 watt, 50-125 MHz
crystal, between J1 on Change over switch and
9RAA using adapters.
g. Place arrow on wattmeter to measure forward
power.
h. Using the CNI-MU, turn on V/UHF #1 and
verify the following select keys are in the indicated
positions: MARITIME - OFF EMERG - OFF SQL -
ON MODE - TR TONE - OFF
i. Tune transceiver to unused VHF frequency
between 50-125MHZ.
j. On the pilot ICS Control Panel, set the following
switches to: Interphone Mode to INT Transmit select
to VU1 VU1 volume control to mid range Master
volume control to mide range
k. On On the Comm Nav Radio Panel (CNRP),
select VU ANT SEL.
l. On the CNRP Antenna Select menu, select VU1
TOP.
m. Hold pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and
record wattmeter indication.
Is forward power output between 8 and 15 watts on
the
Top Antenna?
NO Go to Step 18.

4-74
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
a. On the CNRP Antenna Select menu, select VU1
Bottom.
b. Hold Pilot INT/RADIO switch to the RADIO
position and record wattmeter indication.
Is Forward Power Output between 8 and 15 watts on
Bottom Antenna?
NO Replace Single Pole Change
Over Switch #1.
Step 19. YES Go to Step 21.
a. Change arrow on wattmeter to measure Reflected
Power.
b. Hold Pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and record
wattmeter indication.
Is Reflected power less than 10 percent of
Forward power on Bottom antenna?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. YES Replace V/UHF #1 Bottom
a. Open circuit breaker 15RA (VUHF 1 PWR) antenna.
to interrupt power to the unit.
b. Remove wattmeter.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 9RAB.
d. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good between 9RAB
(Changeover switch) and 13RAA
(V/UHF #1 Bottom antenna connector)?
NO Repair or replace cable between
V/UHF-1
bottom antenna (13RAA) and the
change
over switch (9RAB)
Step 21. YES Replace Top V/UHF #1 antenna.
a. Open circuit breaker 17RA (VUHF 1 Ant Change
Over Switch #1).
b. Disconnect cable 9RAC from change over switch.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 9 RAC.
d. Set up TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Repair or Replace cable between
change over switch (9RAC) and
Top
Antenna (11RAA)
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
a. Change wattmeter arrow to measure Reflected
power.
b. Hold Pilot INT/RADIO switch to the RADIO
position and record wattmeter indication.
Is Reflected power less than 10 percent
of Forward power on Top antenna?
NO Go to Step 27.

4-75
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
a. On CNRP Antenna Select menu,
select VU1 Bottom Antenna.
b. Change Wattmeter arrow to
measure Forward Power.
c. Hold INTPH/RADIO switch to
RADIO and record wattmeter indication.
Is Forward power 8-15 watts on
Bottom Antenna?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 24. YES Problem corrected.
Change wattmeter arrow to measure
reflected power.
Is reflected power less than 10
percent of forward power on the
Bottom Antenna
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. YES Replace V/UHF #1
Interupt power and open the following circuit breakers Bottom antenna
:
32RZ - ICS-CSU
15RA - V/UHF1 POWER
17RA - Change over switch #1 Power
Remove wattmeter from 9RAA
Connect TDR test cable to 9RAB.
Setup TDR and test cable.
Dose cable check good?
NO Replace cable between
Changeover switch
(9RAB) and V/UHF #1 Bottom
antenna
(13RAA) or fix wiring.
Step 26. YES Replace V/UHF #1
Interupt power to the V/UHF1 by Bottom Antenna
opening the following circuit breakers :
32RZ - ICS-CSU
15RA - V/UHF1 POWER
17RA - Changeovwer Switch #1
Remove wattmeter from 9RAA
Connect TDR test cable to 9RAB
Setup TDR and test cable.
Is cable good between the
changeover switch (9RAB) and
the Bottom Antenna (13RAA)?
NO Replace or repair wiring
Step 27. YES Replace the Top antenna.
Interupt power to the V/UHF #1 by opening
the following circuit breakers :
32RZ - ICS-CSU
15RA - V/UHF 1 PWR
17RA - Changeover Switch #1.
Remove wattmeter from 9RAA
Connect TDR Test cable to 9RAC
Setup TDR and test cable.
Is Cable good between the Changeover
switch (9RAC) and the Top antenna (11RAA)?

4-76
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-3. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace or repair wiring
Step 28. YES Replace MHIU-FLM
Open circuit breaker 31RZ(MHIU-FLM) and
32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Remove plug 1RZA from CSU and 17RCZ
from MHIU-FLM.
Test Continuity between:
17RZC-1 and 1RZC-E.
Is continuity present?
NO Repair electrical wiring
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
Is sidetone heard through
the Forward Load Master MHIU?
NO Replace ICS-CSU
Step 30. YES Replace the CoPilot MHIU
Is sidetone heard when transmitting
through the CoPilots MHIU using the
CoPilots yoke PTT button?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. YES Replace CoPilot MHIU
Interrupt power to the ICS CSU and CoPilots MHIU
by opening Circuit breakers 32RZ(PP4) and
8RZ(PP4)
Remove Plug 1RZE and 14RZB
Is ground present on 1RZE pin 93
and 14RZB pin 43 when copilots yoke PTT is
pressed?
NO Repair circuit - Replace copilots
yoke PTT switch if necessary

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 2311030
VHF/UHF RADIO 2 FAIL (FD Message)

4-77
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. Open circuit breakers 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR
XMTR)
and 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR) .
f. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Disconnect circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2
RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to V/UHF transceiver.
b - Disconnect 2RAF.
Is 28 VDC present on plug 2RAF pins 1 and 6?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Repair open circuit
Gain access to circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2
RCVR XMTR) terminals.
Is 28VDC present on terminal 2 of
circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR)?
NO Replace circuit breaker 14RA
(VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR).
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is ground present on plug 2RAF pins 2, 3 and 4?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Disconnect 2RAB.
Is ground present on plug 2RAB pin 4?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 8.
Is continuity present on plug 2RAE pins 8, 10
and no continuity from pin 8 to pins 1, 7, and 12?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Fault Fixed.
Repair circuit.
Does fault clear?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2311A02.

4-78
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
to remove power to V/UHF transceiver.
b. Disconnect 2RAE.
c. Check resistance between plug 2RAE pins as
follows:
BUS A
- Resistance 1ohm between plug pin 53 and plug
pin 48;
- Resistance infinity between plug pin 53 and shield;
- Resistance infinity between plug pin 48 and shield.
Are resistance measurements correct?
NO Repair circuit. If problem persists,
replace Bus A data bus coupler.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Check resistance between plug 2RAE pins as
follows:
BUS B
- Resistance 1ohm between pins 50 and 55;
- Resistance infinity between pin 50 and shield;
- Resistance infinity between pin 55 and shield.
Are resistance measurements correct?
NO Repair circuit. If problem persists,
replace Bus B data bus coupler.
Step 10. YES Troubleshoot right COM/NAV data
Is continuity present between plug 2RAE pins 3 and bus failure.
36?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 13.
a - Open circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1) and 6TF
(CNI-SP 2)
to remove power to both CNI system processors.
b - Disconnect 1TFE from #1 CNI
system processor.
Is continuity present between 2RAB
pin 4 and 1TFE pin 99?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Repair circuit from 1TFE and
a - Disconnect 2TFE from #2 CNI 2RAB.
system processor.
Is continuity present between 2RAB
pin 4 and 2TFE pin 99?
NO Repair circuit from 1TFE, 2TFE,
and 2RAB.
Step 13. YES Replace both #1 and #2 CNI
a - Disconnect 2TFE from #2 CNI system processors.
system processor.
Is continuity present between 2RAB
pin 4 and 2TFE pin 99?
NO Repair circuit from 2TFE and
2RAB.
END OF TEST

4-79
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
FAULT 2 - CODE 2311911
VHF/UHF #2 squelch inoperative when selected via CNI-MU. (Visual Detection)
Failure1 Replace V/UHF #2 Transceiver.
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 2311907
VHF/UHF #2 Comm System transmission/ reception inoperative when selected to EGM AM or EGM FM
frequency via CNI-MU. (Visual Detection)
Failure2 Replace V/UHF #2 Transceiver.
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 2311905
VHF/UHF #2 System reception inoperative. Transmission operative. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF1 RCVR XMTR).
f. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 5 - CODE 2311909
VHF/UHF #2 System TONE function inoperative when selected via CNI-MIU. (Visual Detection)

4-80
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2
a. Apply external electrical power. (original).
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF1 RCVR XMTR).
f. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR),
5TF (CNI-SP 1), and 6TF (CNI-SP 2)
to remove power to V/UHF transceiver
and both CNI system processors.
b. Disconnect 2RAB.
c. Disconnect 1TFE from #1 CNI system processor.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 6 and1TFE Pin 104?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Repair circuit from 2RAB and
a. Disconnect 2TFE from #2 CNI system processor. 1TFE.
Is continuity present between plugs Replace #2 CNI system processor.
2RAB Pin 6 and 2TFE Pin 104?
NO Repair circuit between 1TFE,
2TFE, and 2RAB.
Step 4. YES Replace #1 and #2 CNI system
a. Disconnect 2TFE from #2 CNI processors.
system processor.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 6 and 2TFE Pin 104?
NO Repair circuit from 2RAB and
2TFE pin 103.
Replace #1 CNI system processor.
END OF TEST
FAULT 6 - CODE 2311903
VHF/UHF #2 System transmission and/or reception garbled or unreadable. (Visual Detection)

4-81
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Apply external electrical power. Unit #2 (original).
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (VHF/UHF 1
LOGIC C. UNIT)
and 20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
f. Swap Logic Control Units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Interrupt power by opening 20RA (VHF/UHF 2
LOGIC C. UNIT)
to LCU #2
b. Disconnect 4RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 4RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 20RA (VHF/UHF
2 LOGIC C. UNIT)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 20RA
(VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
Step 4. YES Repair ground circuit.
Is ground present on plug 4RAB pin C and B?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Open circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT
CHG OVER).
b. Disconnect plug 8RAG on
double pole crossover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 16RA.
Is 28VDC present on plug 8RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF
2 ANT CHG OVER)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 16RA
(VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER).

4-82
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Is ground present on plug 8RAG pin B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR),
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT),
and 16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 8RAK on double pole crossover
switch.
c. Disconnect plug 4RAC on LCU #2.
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-8RAk Pin 1 and 4RAC Pin 1.
-8RAk Pin 2 and 4RAC Pin 2.
-8RAk Pin 3 and 4RAC Pin 3.
-8RAk Pin 4 and 4RAC Pin 4.
-8RAk Pin 5 and 4RAC Pin 5.
-8RAk Pin 6 and 4RAC Pin 6.
-8RAk Pin 7 and 4RAC Pin 7.
-8RAk Pin 8 and 4RAC Pin 8.
-8RAk Pin 9 and 4RAC Pin 9.
-8RAk Pin 10 and 4RAC Pin 10.
-8RAk Pin 11 and 4RAC Pin 11.
-8RAk Pin 12 and 4RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
a. Remove power to BIU #2 by opening
circuit breakers 12TA (BIU #2 MAIN)
and 10TA (BIU #2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TAG .
c. Disconnect 8RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
2TAG Pin 46 and 8RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
Is a ground present on plug 8RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
a. Disconnect 8RAF.
b. Disconnect 12RAC from antenna #2 Bottom.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-8RAF Pin 1 and 12RAC Pin 1.
-8RAF Pin 2 and 12RAC Pin 2.
-8RAF Pin 3 and 12RAC Pin 3.
-8RAF Pin 4 and 12RAC Pin 4.
-8RAF Pin 5 and 12RAC Pin 5.
-8RAF Pin 6 and 12RAC Pin 6.
-8RAF Pin 7 and 12RAC Pin 7.
-8RAF Pin 8 and 12RAC Pin 8.
-8RAF Pin 9 and 12RAC Pin 9.
-8RAF Pin 10 and 12RAC Pin 10.
-8RAF Pin 11 and 12RAC Pin 11.
-8RAF Pin 12 and 12RAC Pin 12.

4-83
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Disconnect 8RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 12RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
a. Disconnect 8RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 10RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 14. YES Replace double pole crossover
a. Disconnect 8RAE. switch.
b. Disconnect 10RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-8RAE Pin 1 and 10RAC Pin 1.
-8RAE Pin 2 and 10RAC Pin 2.
-8RAE Pin 3 and 10RAC Pin 3..
-8RAE Pin 4 and 10RAC Pin 4.
-8RAE Pin 5 and 10RAC Pin 5.
-8RAE Pin 6 and 10RAC Pin 6.
-8RAE Pin 7 and 10RAC Pin 7
-8RAE Pin 8 and 10RAC Pin 8.
-8RAE Pin 9 and 10RAC Pin 9.
-8RAE Pin 10 and 10RAC Pin 10.
-8RAE Pin 11 and 10RAC Pin 11.
-8RAE Pin 12 and 10RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 7 - CODE 2311901
VHF/UHF #2 System transmission and reception weak or inoperative. (Visual Detection)

4-84
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 4.

CAUTION

Do not exceed 1 minute on, 5 minutes off trans-

mitter duty cycle or transmitter may be damaged.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Turn on CMDU.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
e. On CNI-MU, turn off VHF #2 system.
f. Disconnect 2RAA from J1 on transceiver.
g. Connect in-line wattmeter, with 25 watt, 30 to
250 MHz crystal, between J1 and 2RAA.
h. Place wattmeter crystal to measure forward power.
i. Turn on VHF #2 system from the CNI-MU.
j. Tune transceiver to locally unused VHF frequency.
k. On pilot interphone station, place transmit select
switch to VU 2.
l. Hold pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and
record wattmeter indication.
Is forward power output between 8 and 12 watts?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2
a.Disconnect circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 (original).
RCVR XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
Is fault corrected?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Fault is in ICS.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR Troubleshoot fault code 2350911.
XMTR)
and 18RZ (ICS-CSU) to remove power
to V/UHF transceiver and CSU.
b. Disconnect plug 2RAB.
c. Disconnect plug 1RZG.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 11 and 1RZG Pin 22?
NO Repair circuit.

4-85
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Place wattmeter crystal to measure
reflected power.
b. Hold INT/RADIO switch to RADIO
and record wattmeter indication.
Is reflected power less than 10 percent
of forward power?
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 22.
a. Turn off VHF #2 system using CNI-MU.
b. Remove wattmeter and connect
1RAA to transceiver.
c. Turn on VHF #2 system.
d. Tune transceiver to local ground
station VHF frequency.
e. Using pilot interphone station, make radio
check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Using the Copilot interphone station,
place VOL knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 2 switch and place to midrange.
c. Place transmit select switch to VU 2.
d. At Pilot interphone station, set transmit select
switch to any position other than VU 2.
e. Make radio check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. YES Replace MHIU Pilot (original).
a. Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT) to remove
power to these units.
b. Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 8. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (VHF/UHF 1 Unit #2 (original).
LOGIC C. UNIT)
and 20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF Logic Control Units.
b. Swap Logic Control Units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 11.
a. Interrupt power by opening 20RA (VHF/UHF 2
LOGIC C. UNIT).
b. Disconnect 4RAB.
c. Close circuit breaker 20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC
C. UNIT).
Is 28VDC present on plug 4RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 10.

4-86
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 20RA (VHF/UHF
2 LOGIC C. UNIT)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 20RA
(VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
Is ground present on plug 4RAB pins C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 14.
a. Open circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT
CHG OVER).
b. Disconnect plug 8RAG on
double pole crossover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT
CHG OVER).
Is 28VDC present on plug
8RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF
2 ANT CHG OVER)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 16RA
(VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER).
Step 14. YES Go to Step 15.
Is ground present on plug 8RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR),
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT), and
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER)
to remove power to these units.
b. Disconnect 9RAD on single changeover switch.
c. Disconnect plug 5RAC on LCU No.1
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-8RAK Pin 1 and 4RAC Pin 1.
-8RAK Pin 2 and 4RAC Pin 2.
-8RAK Pin 3 and 4RAC Pin 3.
-8RAK Pin 4 and 4RAC Pin 4.
-8RAK Pin 5 and 4RAC Pin 5.
-8RAK Pin 6 and 4RAC Pin 6.
-8RAK Pin 7 and 4RAC Pin 7.
-8RAK Pin 8 and 4RAC Pin 8.
-8RAK Pin 9 and 4RAC Pin 9.
-8RAK Pin 10 and 4RAC Pin 10.
-8RAK Pin 11 and 4RAC Pin 11.
-8RAK Pin 12 and 4RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.

4-87
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
a. Remove power to BIU #2 by opening
circuit breakers 12TA (BIU #2 MAIN) and 10TA (BIU
#2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TAG .
c. Disconnect 8RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
2TAG Pin 46 and 8RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
Is a ground present on plug 8RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
a. Disconnect 8RAE.
b. Disconnect 10RAC from antenna
No.2 Top.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-8RAE Pin 1 and 10RAC Pin 1.
-8RAE Pin 2 and 10RAC Pin 2.
-8RAE Pin 3 and 10RAC Pin 3.
-8RAE Pin 4 and 10RAC Pin 4.
-8RAE Pin 5 and 10RAC Pin 5.
-8RAE Pin 6 and 10RAC Pin 6.
-8RAE Pin 7 and 10RAC Pin 7.
-8RAE Pin 8 and 10RAC Pin 8.
-8RAE Pin 9 and 10RAC Pin 9.
-8RAE Pin 10 and 10RAC Pin 10.
-8RAE Pin 11 and 10RAC Pin 11.
-8RAE Pin 12 and 10RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 19. YES Go to Step 20.
a. Disconnect 8RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 10RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
a. Disconnect 8RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 12RAA.
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were results from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.

4-88
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 21. YES Replace double pole crossover
a. Disconnect 8RAF. switch. 8RA
b. Disconnect 12RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-8RAF Pin 1 and 12RAC Pin 1.
-8RAF Pin 2 and 12RAC Pin 2.
-8RAF Pin 3 and 12RAC Pin 3..
-8RAF Pin 4 and 12RAC Pin 4.
-8RAF Pin 5 and 12RAC Pin 5.
-8RAF Pin 6 and 12RAC Pin 6.
-8RAF Pin 7 and 12RAC Pin 7
-8RAF Pin 8 and 12RAC Pin 8.
-8RAF Pin 9 and 12RAC Pin 9.
-8RAF Pin 10 and 12RAC Pin 10.
-8RAF Pin 11 and 12RAC Pin 11.
-8RAF Pin 12 and 12RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
NOTE
Do not transmit on emergency frequency (121.500
MHz) without prior clearance from local control tower.
a. On CNI-MU, tune VHF #2 to local control
tower VHF frequency.
b. Contact tower and request radio check on
AM emergency frequency.
c. Tune VU 2 to 121.500MHz.
d. Make radio check with tower.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
Select squelch to OFF.
Is radio noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
Using data transfer device, load frequency
hopping variable data to VHF #2.
Is data successfully loaded?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 25. YES VHF #2 system normal.
a. Zeroize VHF #2 system using any CNI-MU.
Is zeroize function successful?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a. Open circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1), 6TF
(CNI-SP 2),
and 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to these units.
b. Remove plugs 1RAE, 1TFE, and 2TFE.
Is continuity present between plugs
1RAE pin 38 and 1TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1RAE and
1TFE.

4-89
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 27. YES Go to Step 28.
Is continuity present between plugs
1RAE pin 38 and 2TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1RAE and
2TFE.
Step 28. YES Go to Step 29.
Is continuity present between plugs
1TFE pin 97 and 2TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1TFE and
2TFE.
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
a. Reconnect plugs 1RAE and 1TFE.
b. Close circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1) and
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR).
c. Wait approximately 20 seconds for
CNI-SP #1 to complete its bootup
(CNI-MU displays became active).
d. Setup to measure for pulsed ground
signal on 2TFE pin 97.
:
NOTE
Signal will go from high to low and stay low for 1-4
seconds before going back to high.
e. Select ZEROIZE page and VU 1 only on
CNI-MU. Press VERIFY to initiate this function.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 97 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #1
Step 30. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1)
b. Reconnect plug 2TFE and remove plug 1TFE.
c. Close circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) and wait 20
seconds
for CNI-SP 2 to complete its bootup.
d. Setup to measure same ground pulse on
plug 1TFE pin 97.
e. Repeat ZEROIZE of VU 1 only.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 97 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 31. YES Replace V/UHF #2 transceiver
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR (original).
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
c. Using data transfer device, load
frequency hopping variable data into
transceiver.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 32.

4-90
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 32. YES Go to Step 33.
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
to remove power to V/UHF #2 transceiver.
b. Disconnect 2RAE.
Is continuity present between 2RAE
and V/UHF fill port as follows?
-2RAE pin 5 and 551VVE pin A.
-2RAE pin 11 and 551VVE pin B.
-2RAE pin 28 and 551VVE pin C.
-2RAE pin 17 and 551VVE pin E.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 33. YES Go to Step 34.
Is ground present on plug 1RAE pin 38?
NO Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
Step 34. YES Replace CNI-SP #1.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1) to remove
power from unit.
b. Remove plug 1TFE.
Is ground present on 1RAE pin 38?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. YES Repair circuit between 1TFE,
a. Open circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) to remove 2TFE,
power from unit. and 1RAE to remove ground.
b. Remove plug 2TFE.
Is ground present n 1RAE pin 38?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 36. YES Go to Step 37.
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
to interrupt power to the unit.
b. Remove wattmeter.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 2RAA.
d. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 41.
Step 37. YES Go to Step 38.
a. Remove connector 8RAC.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 8RAC.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 38. YES Replace V/UHF transceiver #2.
a. Remove connector 8RAB.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 8RAB.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 39. YES Problem corrected.
Repair of replace cable between crossover
switch 8RA and bottom V/UHF #2 antenna 10RA.
Does TDR retest pass?

4-91
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace top V/UHF #2 antenna.
Step 40. YES Problem corrected.
Repair of replace cable between crossover
switch 8RA and bottom V/UHF #2 antenna 12RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace bottom V/UHF #2
antenna 12RA.
Step 41. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between V/UHF
transceiver #2 and crossover switch 8RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace crossover switch (DP)
8RA.
END OF TEST
FAULT 8 - CODE 2311A02
VHF/UHF #2 Communication System fault (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to fault code index and
a. Apply external electrical power. troubleshoot
b. Turn on CMDU. active fault code.
c. Close the following circuit breakers :
32RZ (ICS-CSU), 25RZ (MHIU PILOT),
8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
31RZ (MHIU LH FWD CARGO),
18RZ (HIU OBSER CARGO),
15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR),
17RA (VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER),
21RA (VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT),
14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER), and
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
d. Ensure following devices are operational:
ICS-CSU CNI-MS (at least one CNI-MU) Pilot or
copilot ICS Control Panel and its MHIU Radio Set
Control Panel V/UHF #1 V/UHF #2
Is the following fault code active? 2322030 VHF
RADIO 2 FAIL
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
a. On pilot interphone station, place VOL
knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 2 switch and place to midrange.
c. On CNI-MU, turn on VHF # 2 communications
system.
d. Select TONE to ON.
Is 1 KHz tone present in pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 44.

4-92
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 6.
CAUTION:
Do not exceed 1 minute on, 5 minutes off transmitter
duty cycle or transmitter may be damaged.
a. On CNI-MU, turn off VHF #2 system.
b. Disconnect 2RAA from J1 on transceiver.
c. Connect in-line wattmeter, with 25 watt, 30 to
250 MHz crystal, between J1 and 2RAA.
d. Place wattmeter crystal to measure forward power.
e. Turn on VHF #2 system from the CNI-MU.
f. Tune transceiver to locally unused VHF frequency.
g. On pilot interphone station, place transmit
select switch to VU 2.
h. Hold pilot INT/RADIO switch to RADIO and
record wattmeter indication.
Is forward power output between 8 and 12 watts?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2
a.Disconnect circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 (original).
RCVR XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
Is fault corrected?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Fault is in ICS.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR Troubleshoot fault code 2350911.
XMTR)
and 18RZ (ICS-CSU) to remove power
to VHF Transceiver #2 and CSU.
b. Disconnect VHF/UHF RT plug 2RAB.
c. Disconnect CSU plug 1RZG.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 11 and 1RZG Pin 22?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Place wattmeter crystal to measure
reflected power.
b. Hold INT/RADIO switch to RADIO
and record wattmeter indication.
Is reflected power less than 10 percent
of forward power?
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 24.
a. Turn off VHF #2 system using the CNI-MU..
b. Remove wattmeter and connect
2RAA to transceiver.
c. Turn on VHF #2 system.
d. Tune transceiver to local ground
station VHF frequency.
e. Using pilot interphone station, make radio
check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 8.

4-93
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
a. On copilot interphone station control
panel, place VOL knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 2 switch and place to midrange.
c. Place transmit select switch to VU2.
d. At pilot interphone station, set transmit select
switch to any position other than VU 2.
e. Make radio check with ground station.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 9. YES Replace pilot MHIU (original).
a. Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT),
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT) to interrupt power
to these units.
b. Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Does fault move to the copilot station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 10. YES Replace antenna Logic Control
a. Disconnect circuit breakers 21RA (VHF/UHF 1 Unit #2 (original).
LOGIC C. UNIT)
and 20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF Logic Control Units.
b. Swap Logic Control Units.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Interrupt power by opening 20RA (VHF/UHF 2
LOGIC C. UNIT) to
LCU #2.
b. Disconnect 4RAB.
Is 28VDC present on plug 4RAB pin A?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 20RA (VHF/UHF
2 LOGIC C. UNIT)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 20RA
(VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT).
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Is ground present on plug 4RAB pin C and B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 16.
a. Open circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT
CHG OVER).
b. Disconnect plug 8RAG on
double pole changeover switch.
c. Close circuit breaker 16RA.
Is 28VDC present on plug
8RAG pin A?
NO Go to Step 15.

4-94
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. YES Repair open circuit.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker 16RA (VHF/UHF
2 ANT CHG OVER)
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 16RA
(VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER).
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
Is ground present on plug 8RAG pins B and C?
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 17. YES Go to Step 18.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR),
20RA (VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT),
16RA (VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER).
b. Disconnect 8RAK on the double pole crossover
switch.
c. Disconnect plug 4RAC on LCU #2.
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
-8RAK Pin 1 and 4RAC Pin 1.
-8RAK Pin 2 and 4RAC Pin 2.
-8RAK Pin 3 and 4RAC Pin 3.
-8RAK Pin 4 and 4RAC Pin 4.
-8RAK Pin 5 and 4RAC Pin 5.
-9RAK Pin 6 and 5RAC Pin 6.
-9RAK Pin 7 and 5RAC Pin 7.
-9RAK Pin 8 and 5RAC Pin 8.
-9RAK Pin 9 and 5RAC Pin 9.
-9RAK Pin 10 and 5RAC Pin 10.
-9RAK Pin 11 and 5RAC Pin 11.
-9RAK Pin 12 and 5RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
a. Remove power to BIU #2 by opening
circuit breakers 12TA (BIU #2 MAIN) and 10TA (BIU
#2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TAG .
c. Disconnect 8RAH.
Is continuity present between plugs
2TAG Pin 46 and 8RAH Pin A?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 19. YES Go to Step 20.
Is a ground present on plug 8RAH
pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

4-95
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
a. Disconnect 8RAF.
b. Disconnect 12RAC from antenna #2 Bottom.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
-8RAF Pin 1 and 12RAC Pin 1.
-8RAF Pin 2 and 12RAC Pin 2.
-8RAF Pin 3 and 12RAC Pin 3.
-8RAF Pin 4 and 12RAC Pin 4.
-8RAF Pin 5 and 12RAC Pin 5.
-8RAF Pin 6 and 12RAC Pin 6.
-8RAF Pin 7 and 12RAC Pin 7.
-8RAF Pin 8 and 12RAC Pin 8.
-8RAF Pin 9 and 12RAC Pin 9.
-8RAF Pin 10 and 12RAC Pin 10.
-8RAF Pin 11 and 12RAC Pin 11.
-8RAF Pin 12 and 12RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. YES Go to Step 22.
a. Disconnect 8RAC.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 12RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
a. Disconnect 8RAB.
b. Disconnect antenna plug 10RAA
c. TDR coaxial cable.
Were result from test satisfactory?
NO Repair or replace cable.
Step 23. YES Replace double pole crossover
a. Disconnect 8RAE. switch.
b. Disconnect 10RAC.
Is continuity present between the following
test points?
-8RAE Pin 1 and 10RAC Pin 1.
-8RAE Pin 2 and 10RAC Pin 2.
-8RAE Pin 3 and 10RAC Pin 3..
-8RAE Pin 4 and 10RAC Pin 4.
-8RAE Pin 5 and 10RAC Pin 5.
-8RAE Pin 6 and 10RAC Pin 6.
-8RAE Pin 7 and 10RAC Pin 7
-8RAE Pin 8 and 10RAC Pin 8.
-8RAE Pin 9 and 10RAC Pin 9.
-9RAE Pin 10 and 13RAC Pin 10.
-9RAE Pin 11 and 13RAC Pin 11.
-9RAE Pin 12 and 13RAC Pin 12.
NO Repair open circuit.

4-96
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
NOTE
Do not transmit on emergency frequencies (121.500
MHz) without prior clearance from local control tower.
a. On CNI-MU, tune VHF #2 to local control
tower VHF frequency.
b. Contact tower and request radio check on
AM emergency frequency.
c. Tune VU 2 to 121.500 MHz..
d. Make radio check with tower.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2.
Step 25. YES Go to Step 26.
Select squelch to OFF on the CNI-MU.
Is radio noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
Using data transfer device, load frequency
hopping variable data into V/UHF #2.
Is data successfully loaded?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 27. Zeroize VHF #2 system using any CNI-MU. YES VHF #2 system normal.
Is zeroize function successful?
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 28. YES Go to Step 29.
a. Open circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP 1), 6TF
(CNI-SP 2)
and 14 RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR) to
interrupt power to these units.
b. Remove plugs 1RAE, 1TFE and 2TFE.
Is continuity present between plugs 1RAE
pin 38 and 1TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1RAE and
1TFE.
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
Is continuity present between plugs 1RAE
pin 38 and 2TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1RAE and
2TFE.
Step 30. YES Go to Step 31.
Is continuity present between plugs 1TFE
pin 97 and 2TFE pin 97?
NO Repair circuit between 1TFE and
2TFE.

4-97
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 31. YES Go to Step 32.
a. Reconnect plugs 1RAE and 1TFE.
b. Close circuit breakers 5TF (CNI-SP-1) and 14 RA
(VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR).
c. Wait approximately 20 seconds
for CNI-SP 1 to complete its bootup
(CNI-MU displays became active).
d. Set up to measure for pulsed ground
signal on 2TFE pin 97.
NOTE
Signal will go from high to low and stay low for 1-4
seconds before going back to high.
e. Select ZEROIZE page and VU 1 only on
CNI-MU. Press VERIFY to initiate this function.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 97 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #1.
Step 32. YES Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1).
b. Reconnect plug 2TFE and remove plug 1TFE.
c. Close circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) and wait 20
seconds
for CNI-SP #2 to complete its bootup.
d. Setup to measure some ground pulse on plug
1TFE pin 97.
e. Repeat ZEROIZE of VU 1 only.
Did signal on 2TFE pin 97 go to ground?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 33. YES Replace V/UHF #2 Transceiver
a.Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR (original).
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to both V/UHF transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
c. Using data transfer device, load frequency
hopping variable data into transceiver.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 34. YES Go to Step 35.
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
to remove power to VHF #2 transceiver.
b. Disconnect 2RAE.
Is continuity present between 2RAE
and VHF/UHF fill port as follows?
-2RAE pin 5 and 551VVE pin A.
-2RAE pin 11 and 551VVE pin B.
-2RAE pin 28 and 551VVE pin C.
-2RAE pin 17 and 551VVE pin E.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 35. YES Go to Step 36.
Is ground present on plug 1RAE pin 38?
NO Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2.

4-98
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 36. YES Replace CNI-SP #1.
a. Open circuit breaker 5TF (CNI-SP 1) to remove
power
from unit.
b. Remove plug 1TFE .
Is ground present on 1RAE pin 38?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 37. YES Replace circuit between 1TFE,
a. Open circuit breaker 6TF (CNI-SP 2) to remove 2TFE
power and 1RAE to remove ground.
from unit.
b. Remove plug 2TFE.
Is ground present on 1RAE pin 38?
NO Replace CNI-SP #2.
Step 38. YES Go to Step 39.
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR)
to interrupt power to the unit.
b. Remove wattmeter.
c. Connect TDR test cable to 2RAA.
d. Setup TDR and test coaxial cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 43.
Step 39. YES Go to Step 41.
a. Remove connector 8RAC.
b. Connect TDR test cable to 8RAC.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 40. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between crossover
switch 8RA and bottom V/UHF #2 antenna 12RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace bottom V/UHF #2
antenna 12RA.
Step 41. YES Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2.
a. Remove connector 8RAB.
b. Connect TDR and test cable to 8RAB.
c. Setup TDR and test coax cable.
Does cable check good?
NO Go to Step 42.
Step 42. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between crossover
switch 8RA and top V/UHF #2 antenna 10RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace top V/UHF #2 antenna.
Step 43. YES Problem corrected.
Repair or replace cable between V/UHF
Transceiver #2 and cross over switch 8RA.
Does TDR retest pass?
NO Replace cross over switch (SP)
8RA.

4-99
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-4. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 44. YES Go to Step 45.
a. At the copilot’s interphone station, place
VOL knob to midrange.
b. Pull out VU 2 switch and place to midrange.
Is 1 KHz tone present in headset?
NO Go to Step 46.
Step 45. YES Replace MHIU Pilot (original).
a. Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT) to interrupt power.
b. Swap pilot and copilot MHIU.
Is tone now heard in pilot headset and not copilot?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 46. YES Replace V/UHF Transceiver #2
a. Open circuit breaker 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR (original).
XMTR)
and 15RA (VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR)
to interrupt power to both transceivers.
b. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 47.
Step 47. YES Go to Step 48.
a. Open circuit breakers 14RA (VHF/UHF 2 RCVR
XMTR),
5TF (CNI-SP 1), and 6TF (CNI-SP 2) to remove
power to VHF transceiver and both CNI
system processors.
b. Disconnect 2RAB.
c. Disconnect 1TFE from No. 1
CNI system processor.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 6 and 1TFE Pin 104?
NO Repair circuit between 1 TFE and
2RAB.
Step 48. YES Replace No. 1 and No. 2 CNI
a. Disconnect 2TFE from No. 2 CNI system
system processor. processors.
Is continuity present between plugs
2RAB Pin 6 and 2TFE Pin 104?
NO Repair circuit from 2RAB to 2TFE.
Replace No. 1 CNI system
processor.

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 2312A01
HF #1 communication system fault (Visual Detection)

4-100
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to fault code index and
troubleshoot
active fault code.
WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
Is fault code 2312010 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
HF transceiver mount blower motor operates for ap-
proximately 1 minute after system is tuned on, and
then only while microphone is keyed.
On CNI-MU, turn on HF communication system.
Does blower motor in HF transceiver mount operate?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace faulty transceiver mount.

4-101
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational,
use copilot station in lieu of pilot station in the
following procedures.
a - On pilot ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
b - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a - On CNI MU, enter frequency 2.0000
MHz for HF system.
b - Select LV mode.
c - Place transmit select switch to H1 or H2.
d - Momentarily place pilot control wheel
INT/RADIO switch to RADIO.
Does HF system tune to selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 16.
a - On CNI MU, select TEST to ON.
b - After a momentary tone is heard in headset
(approximately 12 seconds) and TEST goes
to OFF (approximately 4 more seconds),
momentarily place INT/RADIO switch to
RADIO.
Are any HF faults displayed?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 9.
a - Enter frequency of 3.7000 MHz.
b - Momentarily place INT/RADIO switch
to RADIO.
c - Repeat steps a and b for 7.4000 MHz,
17.0000 MHz, and 26.0000 MHz.
Does HF system tune to each selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna coupler.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 15.
a - Enter frequency of a predetermined HF
ground station.
b - Make HF radio check.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 10.

4-102
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 10. YES Go to Step 14.
a - At copilot ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
b - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a - Open circuit breaker 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 1RCA from HF transceiver.
Is continuity present between plugs as
follows?
- plug 1RZD pin 8 and plug 1RCA pin K.
- plug 1RZD pin 3 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 1RCA.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and
32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 14. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT) and
25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 15. YES HF system normal.
On CNI MU, select SQL to OFF.
Is squelch noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace transceiver.
Step 16. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
c - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?

4-103
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace antenna lead.
Step 18. YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot
On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO fault code 2350902 or 2350911.
switch to RADIO.
Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1), 12RC (HF 2),
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 1RCA.
Is continuity present between 1RZD
pin 14 and 1RCA pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. YES Remove faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 1RCA to HF transceiver.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and
32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 5RCA.
Is ground present on plug pin D& G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
Close circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
Is 28VDC present on 5RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 24. YES Replace CSU.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 1RCK.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
- 5RCA pin L and 1RCK pin M*.
- 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*.
- 5RCA pin F and 1RCK pin Q*.
- 5RCA pin H and 1RCK pin R*.
- 5RCA pin E and 1RCK pin P*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. YES Replace faulty transceiver mount.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 3RCD.
Is continuity present between plugs
3RCD pin F and 5RCA pin K?

4-104
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a - At another ICS Control Panel, place
VOL knob to midrange.
b - Put out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 27. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT) and
25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 28. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. YES Replace CSU.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 32RZ
(ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RCA.
c - Disconnect 1RZD.
Is continuity present between plugs as follow?
-1RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 1.
-1RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 2 .
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 2 - CODE 2312011
HF RADIO 1 FAIL (FD Message)

4-105
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
d - Disconnect 3RCD.
e - Close circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
Is ground present on plug pins D and E
of transceiver?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap HF transceiver.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to other system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is fault corrected for both HF systems?
NO Go to Step 6.

4-106
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Replace transceiver.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1). Troubleshoot left COM/NAV bus
b - Disconnect 1RCL and 1RCH. failure
Is resistance between plug pins on both data bus for HF #1.
couplers networks as follow?
-Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor.
NO Replace transceiver. Troubleshoot
left
COM/NAV bus failure for HF #1.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 1RCA.
Is continuity present between 1RCA
pin S and pin V?
NO Repair circuit
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Disconnect 1RCH and 1RCL.
Is resistance between plug pins or both
couplers networks as follow?
-Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 8. YES Replace faulty mount.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap HF transceiver mounts.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap couplers.
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. YES Repair circuit.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1). Replace mount.
b - Disconnect 5RCA and 3RCD.
Is ground present on 3RCD pin F?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Disconnect 1RCK. YES Troubleshoot left COM/NAV data
Is continuity present between plugs as follow? bus
- 5RCA pin L and 1RCK pin M*. failure for HF #1.
- 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*.
NO Repair circuit

4-107
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. YES Replace defective coupler
Is resistance between pins correct for either network.
couplers networks? Troubleshoot left COM NAV data
bus
failure for HF #1.
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B data
bus coupler networks.
Step 13. YES Replace mount
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 3RCD.
c - Close circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. YES Repair open circuit to applicable
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, and C? plug pin.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. YES Repair circuit between circuit
Is 115 VAC present at circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1) breaker 13RC (HF 1)
terminal A2, B2, and C2? terminals and plug 3RCD pins A,
B or C.
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. YES Replace circuit breaker 13RC (HF
Is 115 VAC present on terminals A1, B1, and 1).
C1 of circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1)?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 2312900
HF #1 transceiver shock mount blower motor inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-108
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2) .
d - Swap transceivers.
e - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2) .
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace faulty transceiver mount.
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 2312908
HF #1 system receive audio inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-109
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - At another ICS Control Panel, place
VOL knob to midrange.
d - Put out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.

4-110
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Replace CSU
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RCA.
c - Disconnect 1RZD.
Is continuity present between plugs as follow?
-1RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 1.
-1RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 2 .
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 5 - CODE 2312910
HF #1 squelch inoperative. Receiver audio operative (Visual Detection)
Failure1 Replace HF #1 transceiver.
END OF TEST
FAULT 6 - CODE 2312906
HF #1 system fails to tune to any frequency (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot
fault code 2350902 or 2350911.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO
switch to RADIO.
Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 2.

4-111
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1), 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 1RCA.
Is continuity present between 1RZD
pin 14 and 1RCA pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 1RCA to HF transceiver.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1) and
32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 5RCA.
Is ground present on plug pins D & G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Close circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
Is 28VDC present on 5RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. YES Replace CSU.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 1RCK.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
- 5RCA pin L and 1RCK pin M*.
- 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*.
- 5RCA pin F and 1RCK pin Q*.
- 5RCA pin H and 1RCK pin R*.
- 5RCA pin E and 1RCK pin P*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. YES Replace faulty transceiver mount.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1).
b - Disconnect 3RCD.
Is continuity present between plugs 3RCD
pin F and 5RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 7 - CODE 2312904
HF #1 system will tune to some frequencies, but fails to tune to others (Visual Detection)

4-112
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the

transceiverwhile it is operating must wear
ear plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan
noise; otherwise, damage to hearing may
occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
d - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna coupler.
END OF TEST
FAULT 8 - CODE 2312902
HF #1 system fails self-test (Visual Detection)

4-113
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
d - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap antenna couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna lead.
END OF TEST
FAULT 9 - CODE 2312912
HF #1 system transmission inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-114
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the

transceiverwhile it is operating must wear
ear plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan
noise; otherwise, damage to hearing may
occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - At copilot ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
d - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.

4-115
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-5. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a - Open circuit breaker 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 1RCA from HF transceiver.
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
- plug 1RZD pin 8 and plug 1RCA pin K.
- plug 1RZD pin 3 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit
Step 5. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 1RCA.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace CSU

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 2312A02
HF #2 communication system fault (Visual Detection)

4-116
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to fault code index and
troubleshoot
active fault code.
WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
Is fault code 2312020 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
HF transceiver mount blower motor operates for ap-
proximately 1 minute after system is tuned on, and
then only while microphone
is keyed.
On CNI-MU, turn on HF communication
system.
Does blower motor in HF transceiver mount
operate?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace faulty transceiver mount.

4-117
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational,
use copilot station in lieu of pilot station in the
following procedures.
a - On pilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
b - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF radio or background noise present in
pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a - On CNI MU, enter frequency 2.0000
MHz for HF system.
b - Select LV mode.
c - Place transmit select switch to H1 or H2.
d - Momentarily place pilot control wheel
INT/RADIO switch to RADIO.
Does HF system tune to selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 16.
a - On CNI MU, select TEST to ON.
b - After a momentary tone is heard in headset
(approximately 12 seconds) and TEST goes
to OFF (approximately 4 more seconds),
momentarily place INT/RADIO switch to
RADIO.
Are any HF faults displayed?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 9.
a - Enter frequency of 3.7000 MHz.
b - Momentarily place INT/RADIO switch
to RADIO.
c - Repeat steps a and b for 7.4000 MHz,
17.0000 MHz, and 26.0000 MHz.
Does HF system tune to each selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna coupler.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 15.
a - Enter frequency of a predetermined HF
ground station.
b - Make HF radio check.
Is two-way communication successful?
NO Go to Step 10.

4-118
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 10. YES Go to Step 14.
a - At copilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
b - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a - Open circuit breaker 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 2RCA from HF transceiver.
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
- plug 1RZD pin 48 and plug 2RCA pin K.
- plug 1RZD pin 53 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 2RCA.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 14. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 15. YES HF system normal.
On CNI MU, select SQL to OFF.
Is squelch noise present in pilot headset?
NO Replace transceiver.
Step 16. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?

4-119
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace antenna lead.
Step 18. YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot
On pilot’s ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO fault code 2350902 or 2350911.
switch to RADIO.
Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
a - Open circuit breaker 13RC (HF 1), 12RC (HF 2),
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 2RCA.
Is continuity present between
1RZD pin 14 and 2RCA pin J?
NO Repair circuit
Step 21. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 2RCA to HF transceiver.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 8RCA.
Is ground present on plug pins D & G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 23. YES Go to Step 24.
Close circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
Is 28VDC present on 8RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 24. YES Replace CSU.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 2RCK
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
- 8RCA pin L and 2RCK2 pin M*.
- 8RCA pin S and 2RCK2 pin N*.
- 8RCA pin F and 2RCK2 pin Q*.
- 8RCA pin H and 2RCK2 pin R*.
- 8RCA pin E and 2RCK2 pin P*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. YES Replace faulty transceiver mount.
a - Close circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 4RCD.
Is continuity present plugs between
4RCD pin F and 8RCA pin K?

4-120
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a - At another ICS Control Panel, place
VOL knob to midrange.
b - Put out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 27. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 28. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. YES Replace CSU
a - Open circuit breakers 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 2RCA.
c - Disconnect 1RZD.
Is continuity present between plugs as follow?
- 2RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 55.
- 2RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 54.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 2 - CODE 2312020
HF RADIO 2 FAIL (FD Message)

4-121
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
d - Disconnect 4RCD.
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
Is ground present on plug pins D and E
of transceivers?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap HF transceiver.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to other system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is fault corrected for both HF systems?
NO Go to Step 6.

4-122
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Replace transceiver.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2). Troubleshoot right COM/NAV data
b - Disconnect 2RCL and 2RCH. bus failure for
Is resistance between plug pins on both data HF #2.
bus couplers networks as follow?
-Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor.
NO Replace transceiver. Troubleshoot
right
COM/NAV data bus failure for HF
#2.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 2RCA.
Is continuity present between 2RCA
pin S and pin V?
NO Repair circuit
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Disconnect 2RCH and 2RCL
Is resistance between plug pins on both
couplers networks as follow?
-Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor.
-Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 8. YES Replace faulty mount.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
a - Swap HF transceiver mounts.
b - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap couplers.
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. YES Repair circuit.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2). Replace mount.
b - Disconnect 8RCA and 4RCD.
Is ground present on 4RCD pin F?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Disconnect 2RCK. YES Troubleshoot right COM/NAV
Is continuity present between plugs as follow? data bus failure for HF # 2.
- 8RCA pin L and 2RCK pin M*.
- 8RCA pin S and 2RCK pin N*.
NO Repair circuit

4-123
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 12. YES Replace defective coupler
Is resistance between pins correct for either network.
couplers networks? Troubleshoot right COM NAV
data bus failure for HF #2.
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B
data bus coupler networks.
Step 13. YES Replace mount.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 4RCD.
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. YES Repair open circuit to applicable
Is 115 VAC present on plug pins A, B, or C? plug pin and
spire area.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. YES Repair circuit between circuit
Is 115 VAC present on circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2) breaker 12RC (HF 2) terminals
terminal A2, B2, and C2? and plug 4RCD pins A, B or C.
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. YES Replace circuit breaker 12RC (HF
Is 115 VAC present on terminals A1, B1, and 2).
C1 of circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2) ?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 2312909
HF #2 system receive audio inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-124
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - At another ICS Control Panel, place
VOL knob to midrange.
d - Put out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present in
headset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU
Step 3. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
c - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.

4-125
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Replace CSU
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 2RCA.
c - Disconnect 1RZD.
Is continuity present between plugs as follow?
- 2RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 55.
- 2RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 54.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 2312907
HF #2 system fails to tune to any frequency (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot
fault code 2350902 or 2350911.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - On pilot’s ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO
switch to RADIO.
Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?

4-126
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1), 12RC (HF 2),
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 2RCA.
Is continuity present between 1RZD
pin 14 and 2RCA pin J?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 2RCA to HF transceiver.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 8RCA .
Is ground present on plug pins D & G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Close circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
Is 28VDC present on 8RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. YES Replace CSU.
a - Open circuit breaker 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 2RCK
Is continuity present between plugs as follows?
- 8RCA pin L and 2RCK pin M*.
- 8RCA pin S and 2RCK pin N*.
- 8RCA pin F and 2RCK pin Q*.
- 8RCA pin H and 2RCK pin R*.
- 8RCA pin E and 2RCK pin P*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. YES Replace transceiver mount
a - Open 12RC (HF 2).
b - Disconnect 4RCD.
Is continuity present between plugs 4RCD
pin F and 8RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST
FAULT 5 - CODE 2312903
HF #2 system fails self-test (Visual Detection)

4-127
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
d - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap antenna couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna lead.
END OF TEST
FAULT 6 - CODE 2312913
HF #2 system transmission inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-128
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.
WARNING

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - At copilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL
knob to midrange.
d - Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place
to midrange.
Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace faulty MHIU.
a - Open circuit breakers 8RZ (MHIU COPILOT)
and 25RZ (MHIU PILOT).
b - Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU.
Does fault move to other station?
NO Replace CSU.
Step 3. YES Replace transceiver.
a - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
b - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.

4-129
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a - Open circuit breaker 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
b - Disconnect 1RZD.
c - Disconnect 2RCA from HF transceiver.
Is continuity present between plugs
as follows?
- plug 1RZD pin 48 and plug 2RCA pin K.
- plug 1RZD pin 53 and plug 2RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit
Step 5. YES Replace faulty antenna coupler.
a - Connect 2RCA.
b - Connect 1RZD.
c - Swap antenna couplers.
d - Close circuit breakers 12RC (HF 2)
and 32RZ (ICS-CSU).
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace CSU
END OF TEST
FAULT 7 - CODE 2312901
HF #2 transceiver shock mount blower motor inoperative (Visual Detection)

4-130
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2) .
d - Swap transceivers.
e - Close circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2) .
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Replace faulty transceiver mount.
END OF TEST
FAULT 8 - CODE 2312911
HF # 2 squelch inoperative. Receiver audio operative (Visual Detection)
Failure1 Replace HF # 2 transceiver.
END OF TEST
FAULT 9 - CODE 2312905
HF #2 system will tune to some frequencies, but fails to tune to others (Visual Detection)

4-131
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 4-6. Troubleshooting of VHF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Replace faulty transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Personnel shall remain at least 15 feet from

airplane during HF transmissions. RF radi-
ation in excess of the permissible exposure
limit may occur within that area. Burns
or electrical shock can occur if personnel
contact the HF radio antenna (fuselage skin)
while the radio is operating. Do not transmit
during fuel, oxygen, or ordnance servicing.
Do not transmit while airplane is in hanger.
Keep support equipment at least 5 feet from
airplane during HF transmissions. HF radi-
ation can impart electrical charges to metal
objects which can cause electrical shock to
personnel.
a - Apply external electrical power.
b - Ensure the following devices are operational: -
ICS system - HF 1 - HF 2 - CNI-MU - BAU II #1 -
BAU II #2 - CMDUs
c - Open circuit breakers 13RC (HF 1) and 12RC
(HF 2).
d - Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Replace faulty antenna coupler.

4-53. MAINTENANCE
4-54. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

4-132
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-55. Removal and Installation of the V/UHF Communication System components is described here.

Table 4-7. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 Equivalent Measure resistance

4-56. V/UHF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER NO. 1

4-57. REMOVAL. Remove receiver transmitter No. 1 as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. Remove insulation cover from avionics rack.
C. Disconnect five connectors at the front of V/UHF receiver/transmitter.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of receiver transmitter.
E. Using handle, slide receiver out to disengage mount pins and remove.

4-58. INSTALLATION. Install the receiver/transmitter as follows:

A. Position V/UHF receiver/transmitter on mounting tray.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide receiver transmitter into mounting tray. Ensure receiver transmitter engages aft holddown
pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect five connectors at front of receiver/transmitter.
E. Install insulation cover on avionics rack.
F. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.

4-133
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
G. Perform V/UHF system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-33.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-59. REMOVE V/UHF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER NO. 2

4-60. REMOVAL. Remove receiver transmitter No. 2 as follows:

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be lowered and disabled prior

to attempting to service or replace the V/UHF Receiver
Transmitter No. 2. Failure to comply may result in per-
sonnel injury.
A. Ensure cargo door is lowered, then deactivate by opening and tagging the following circuit breakers
:

HYD ACMP1.(1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
B. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. Disconnect five connectors at the front of V/UHF receiver/transmitter.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of receiver transmitter.
E. Using handle, slide receiver out to disengage mount pins and remove.

4-61. INSTALLATION. Install the receiver/transmitter as follows:

A. Position V/UHF receiver/transmitter on mounting tray.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide receiver transmitter into mounting tray. Ensure receiver transmitter engages aft holddown
pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect five connectors at front of receiver/transmitter.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.

4-134
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
F. Perform V/UHF system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-33.
G. Restore cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

HYD ACMP1.(1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-62. REMOVE V/UHF TOP ANTENNA

4-63. REMOVAL. Remove V/UHF No. 1 top antenna as follows:

NOTE

To remove V/UHF No. 2 top antenna, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

C. Remove old sealant compound from antenna base, mounting surface, and screws with a sharp,
non-metallic scraper.
D. Remove 10 mounting screws from antenna.
E. Lift and support antenna assembly until cable connectors are accessible.
F. Disconnect three cable connectors from antenna.
G. Remove antenna and gasket, discard gasket.

4-64. INSTALLATION. Install V/UHF No. 1 top antenna as follows:

NOTE

To install V/UHF No. 2 top antenna, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

4-135
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean antenna mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth
moistened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.

NOTE

Gasket surfaces to be free of sealant.

D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.

E. Lift and support antenna and connect three electrical connectors to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket and align screw holes.
G. Install 10 screws to secure antenna to mounting surface.
H. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

4-65. Perform the following functional tests.

A. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.

4-136
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Perform V/UHF No. 1 Antenna Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37 and Paragraph
4-45.
D. Perform TACAN No. 1 Functional Test in TACAN Section
E. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in
accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-66. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.
B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of antenna base and blend
the fillet smooth.
C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
D. Allow sealant to cure 24 hours before pressurization test.

4-67. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around antenna.

4-68. V/UHF BOTTOM ANTENNA

4-69. REMOVAL. Remove V/UHF No. 1 bottom antenna as follows:

NOTE

To remove V/UHF No. 2 bottom antenna, substitute No. 2 for No.

1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. Remove old sealant compound from antenna base, mounting surface, and screws with a sharp,
non-metallic scraper.
D. Remove 10 mounting screws from antenna.

4-137
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Lower and support antenna assembly until cable connectors are accessible.
F. Disconnect three cable connectors from antenna.
G. Remove antenna and gasket, discard gasket.

4-70. INSTALLATION. Install V/UHF No. 1 bottom antenna as follows:

NOTE

To install V/UHF No. 2 bottom antenna, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean antenna mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth
moistened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.

NOTE

Gasket surfaces to be free of sealant.

D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.
E. Lift and support antenna and connect three electrical connectors to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket and align screw holes.
G. Install 10 screws to secure antenna to mounting surface.
H. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

4-71. Perform the following functional tests:

A. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.

4-138
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. Perform V/UHF No. 1 Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37 and Paragraph 4-45.
D. Perform TACAN No. 1 Functional Test in TACAN Section.
E. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in
accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-72. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.
B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of antenna base and blend
the fillet smooth.
C. Brush with sealant (STM40-107).
D. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
E. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

4-73. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around antenna.

4-74. RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL

4-75. REMOVAL. Remove the Radio Set Control Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE).in position P 6.
B. Loosen quick-release fasteners one-quarter turn counterclockwise to release RSC panel.
C. Carefully pull RSC panel from panel mounting rack and disconnect electrical plug from RSC panel.

4-76. INSTALLATION. Install the radio set control panel as follows:

A. Connect electrical plug to RSC panel.

B. Align RSC panel in panel mounting rack.
C. Engage quick-release fasteners and turn to secure RSC panel.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.

4-139
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE).in position P 6.

E. Perform Radio Set Control Panel Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 4-39, Paragraph
4-41, and Paragraph 4-43.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-77. LOGIC CONTROL UNIT

4-78. REMOVAL. Remove Logic Control Unit No. 1 as follows:

NOTE

To remove LCU No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. Remove insulation pad
D. Disconnect cables from LCU.
E. Remove screws and washers holding the unit in place and remove unit.

4-79. INSTALLATION. Install LCU as follows:

A. Position LCU and install screws and washers to secure unit in place.
B. Connect cables to unit.
C. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
D. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
E. Perform V/UHF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37.
F. Install insulation pad.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-140
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

4-80. LOW PASS FILTER

4-81. REMOVAL. Remove low pass filter No. 1 as follows:

NOTE

To remove low pass filter No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
C. Remove insulation pad.
D. Remove two screws and washers holding two clamps that hold the low pass filter in place and
remove low pass filter.
E. Disconnect coaxial cables from both ends of filter.

4-82. INSTALLATION. Install low pass filter as follows:

A. Connect coaxial cable to both ends of filter.

B. Position filter and attach two clamps with two screws and two washers then secure filter in place.
C. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
D. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
E. Perform V/UHF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37.
F. Install insulation pad.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-83. SINGLE POLE CHANGEOVER SWITCH NO. 1

4-84. REMOVAL. Remove single pole changeover switch No. 1 as follows:

4-141
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
B. Remove insulation pad.
C. Disconnect all electrical plugs from changeover switch.
D. Remove mounting screws.
E. Remove changeover switch.

4-85. INSTALLATION. Install single pole changeover switch No. 1 as follows:

A. Position changeover switch on mounting point and secure with screws.

B. Connect all electrical plugs to changeover switch.
C. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
21.
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22.
D. Perform V/UHF No. 1 functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37.
E. Install insulation pad.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-86. DOUBLE POLE CHANGEOVER SWITCH NO. 2

4-87. REMOVAL. Remove double pole changeover switch No. 2 as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
B. Remove insulation pad.
C. Disconnect all electrical plugs from changeover switch.
D. Remove mounting screws.
E. Remove changeover switch.

4-88. INSTALLATION. Install double pole changeover switch No. 2 as follows:

A. Position changeover switch on mounting point and secure with screws.

B. Connect all electrical plugs to changeover switch.
C. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5.

4-142
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4.
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 3.
D. Perform V/UHF No. 2 functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-37.
E. Install insulation pad.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

4-143 / (4-144 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION V

HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

5-1. DESCRIPTION

5-2. GENERAL

5-3. The High frequency (HF) radio communication system is one functional element of the voice commu-
nications, radio navigation, and aircraft identification and surveillance capability, commonly referred to as the
Communications Navigation Identification Identification (CNI) system. Integration and automated functionality
for these CNI system elements is provided through the CNI Management System (CNI-MS). The CNI-MS inter-
faces with the voice communications system through the MIL-STD-1553B data buses and provides automatic
frequency tuning and mode control of the communication radios and radio navigation aids. The HF system is
made up of two Transeivers, two Mounting Trays, two Antenna Couplers, and two Antennas. The transeivers
provide reception and transmission of the HF communications and are located in the aft cargo compartment im-
mediately under the vertical stabilizer. The antenna couplers automatically tune to provide the best impedance
match between the transeiver and the antenna. The couplers are installed in the immediate vicinity of the an-
tennas. The inductive loop antennas are located adjacent to the vertical stabilizer on the left and right sides of
the upper fuselage.

5-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

5-5. HIGH FREQUENCY SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The HF system consists of two transeivers, two
mounting trays, two antenna couplers, and two antennas (Figure 5-1).

5-6. TRANSEIVER. The HF Transeiver provides clear, long range voice communications with HF opera-
tional capability from 2.0000 to 29.9999 MHz in 100 Hz steps. Operating modes include Upper Sideband (USB)
voice or data, Lower Sideband (LSB) voice or data, Continuous Wave (CW), and Amplitude Modulation Equiv-
alent (AME) modes. Frequency selection and the configuration of the system is controlled through the menu
driven CNI Management Unit [CNI-MU ] or the Communications Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP).

5-7. MOUNTING TRAY. A vibration-dampened mounting platform to attach the HF transeiver unit to the
aircraft shelf. Power to the transeiver and Antenna Coupler is routed through the Mounting tray.

5-8. ANTENNA COUPLER. The Antenna Coupler provides for impedance matching between the Tran-
seiver and its antenna.

5-9. ANTENNA. Two inductive loop antennas are located on the fuselage adjacent to the left and right sides
of the vertical stabilizer.

5-10. HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OPERATION

5-11. GENERAL. (Figure 5-2) Control for the HF radio is established via the 1553B data buses using the
CNI-MU or the CNRP. The CNI-MU is used to turn the HF radio on/off, set manual and preset frequencies,
select radio operating modes and to zeroize functions. The CNRP provides an alternate, more easily accessible
means of tuning and controlling the HF radio but it cannot be used to turn the HF radio off. The status of the

5-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

HF radio operation and/or settings can be viewed using the displays on the CNI-MU , the CNRP, or the SAMU.
Audio signals for the HF radio are routed through the ICS-CSU to permit HF radio reception from any of the crew
ICS stations on the aircraft. HF radio transmissions are limited to the flight crew only. The volume and squelch
levels for the HF, V/UHF and ICS systems is preset by the ICS-CSU, however, the volume for each headset can
be individually adjusted by using the volume control knob on the ICS-Control Panel.

5-12. The CNI-MU provides the primary crew interface with the CNI-MS to control HF radio communications.
The CNI-MU allow the flight crew to turn the HF radio on/off, select the operational mode and configuration of
the radio, control frequency tuning, and set the squelch levels for the HF receiver. The CNI-MU are located in
the FWD Center Console, providing easy access to the both pilots for rapid selection and tuning of the radios
using the CNI-MU menu pages. Normal tuning and control of the HF communication radio is accomplished
either one of the CNI-MU. Pressing the COMM TUNE MODE KEY, located under the bottom left corner of the
CNI-MU display, accesses the COMM TUNE INDEX menu page. All communications radios can be tuned di-
rectly from this page. Line Select Keys prompt the operator to other menu pages that permit detailed control of
each installed radio by branching to specific COMM TUNE menu pages.

5-13. The first column of the COMM TUNE INDEX menu page lists icons for the available communications
radios; where H1 is the HF-1 radio, and H2 is the HF-2 radio. Each radio utilizes two lines on the display page.
The line directly adjacent to the Line Select Key displays the commanded radio tuning information. The line
directly below it displays the previously commanded radio tuning information. Column 2 displays the station
identifier for the preset channel and frequency displayed in Columns 3 and 4, respectively. If a frequency se-
lection has been made where no channel exists, then Column 2 for that radio will be blank. If the HF radio is
unavailable or powered off, then the HF radio icon will be displayed in small font and Column 2 displays off, also
in small font. The Line Select Keys on the left of the COMM TUNE INDEX page call up a separate COMM TUNE
page the HF.

5-14. The single CNRP is located in the center console, just forward of the throttles, to permit access by
both pilots. When the COMM function button is depressed, the COMM 1/2 radio menu page appears on the
CNRP display. Column 1 on the COMM MENU page displays the icons for the available communications radios,
VU1, VU2, H1, and H2. Column 2 displays the preset channel and frequency tuned into each of the respective
radios. In Column 3, bottom right-hand corner of the display, is the current setting and Mode status for the IFF
Transponder. If a radio is turned off, the word "OFF" appears adjacent to the radio icon. When tuning the HF
radio using the CNRP, it is not necessary to enter the decimal point in the frequency number. The frequency
number will be shown left justified on the scratchpad as each digit is entered and the decimal point will be
automatically placed after the second digit for HF frequencies. After a COMM frequency has been changed,
the previous frequency is stored in memory and can be recalled by pressing the line select key a second time.
These two frequencies are swapped between memory and the display each time the Line Select Key is pressed.
If a COMM frequency or a preset channel is inserted into a radio that is turned off, the radio is automatically
turned on and set to the appropriate frequency/channel.

5-15. FILL PORT. The Fill Port panel is located at the right side of the cargo compartment and allows HF
codes to be loaded remotely.

5-16. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of BIT performed by the HF Commu-
nication system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

5-17. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS caution
message HF 1/2 FAIL.

5-18. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses:

13RC HF 1 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1

12RC HF 2 115 V ac MAIN BUS 2

5-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-1. HF Communications System Components (sh. 1/2)

5-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-1. HF Communications System Components (sh. 2/2)

5-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-2. HF Communications System Schematic ( RC System )(sh. 1/4)

5-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-2. HF Communications System Schematic (sh. 2/4)

5-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-2. HF Communications System Schematic (sh. 3/4)

5-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 5-2. HF Communications System Schematic (sh. 4/4)

5-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

5-19. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

5-20. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

5-21. HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

5-22. Perform HF Functional Test as follows:

A. If required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both HF No.1 and HF No. 2

communications systems and can be performed using either the
pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No. 2 system, substitute HF No.2 for
HF No.1.

B. For HF No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
C. For HF No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6

NOTE

This check utilizes the control wheel INPH/RADIO switch The ICS
Panel INT/RADIO switch may be used, if desired.

D. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.

E. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to H1.
F. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set H1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
G. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
H. On the CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
I. On the COMM TUNE INDEX PAGE, press line select key adjacent to H1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE page for H1 is displayed.
J. On COMM TUNE H1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are
highlighted:

5-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

PWR ON
MOD USB
SQ 3

K. On CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to SQ DN twice.

Verify that: Squelch level is set to 1 and background noise increases.
L. Press line select switch adjacent to SQ UP twice.
Verify that: Squelch level is set to 3 and background noise decreases or is canceled.
M. Press line select switch adjacent to SQ UP two times.
Verify that: Squelch level is set to 5 and background noise in headset is canceled.
N. Press line select switch adjacent to SQ DN until background noise is present.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling operation or when

oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to the aircraft could result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if personnel phys-

ically contact the antenna when the HF radio is operat-
ing.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perimeter of the air-

craft while conducting HF radio communications. Per-
sonnel injury may occur during transmission.
O. Using CNI-MU numeric keypad enter an applicable HF frequency.
P. Press line select key adjacent to IDENT.
Q. On pilot control wheel, momentarily press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO.
Verify that: A tuning tone is heard in headset.
R. Release INTPH/RADIO switch. Background noise is heard in place of tuning tone in headset.
S. On pilot control wheel press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO for approximately 10 seconds.
Verify that: No tuning tone is heard in headset.
T. Using numeric keypad, enter frequency of 2.0 MHz.
U. On pilot control wheel, momentarily press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO.
Verify that: A tuning tone is heard in headset.
V. Release INTPH/RADIO switch. Background noise is heard in place of tuning tone in headset.
W. On pilot control wheel press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO for approximately 10 seconds.

5-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: No tuning tone is heard in headset.

X. Repeat steps N through Q, for frequencies 3.7 MHz, 7.4 MHz, 17 MHz, and 26 MHz.
Y. On CNI-MU , press line select switch until LSB is highlighted.
Z. Repeat steps R through U for each frequency listed in step X.
AA. Using an authorized HF frequency, establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmit sidetone and reply are clear.
AB. End of test.

5-23. OPERATE HF TRANSCEIVER FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE

5-24. To operate system to facilitate other maintenance, proceed as follows:

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both HF No.1 and HF No.2

communications systems and can be performed using either the
pilot or copilo controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute copi-
lot for pilot. If checking No.2 system, substitute HF No.2 for HF
No.1 and HF2 for HF1.

NOTE

This check utilizes the ICS Panel INT/RADIO switch. The control
wheel INPH/RADIO switch may be used if desired.

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
B. On pilot ICS control panel, pull H-1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
C. Place transmission selector switch to H-1.
D. Rotate master VOL control knob to mid-range.
E. On CNI-MU press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page 1/2 is displayed.
F. On COMM TUNE INDEX page, press line select key adjacent to H1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE H1 page is displayed.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling operation or when

oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to the aircraft could result.

5-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perimeter of the air-

craft while conducting HF radio communications. Per-
sonal injury may occur during transmission.

WARNING

Exhaust fan will function in transmit mode. Personnel

within five feet of a transceiver must wear ear protec-
tion due to exhaust fan noise. Damage to hearing may
result.

G. On COMM TUNE H1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are
highlighted:

PWR ON
MOD USB
SQ 3

H. Using CNI-MU numeric keypad enter an HF frequency.

I. On pilot control wheel, momentarily press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO.
Verify that: A tuning tone is heard in headset.
J. Release INTPH/RADIO switch. Background noise is heard in place of tuning tone in headset.
K. On CNI-MU press line select key adjacent SQ DN/SQ UP to adjust as necessary.
L. The HF System is ready for other maintenance requirements.

5-25. SECURE HF TRANSCEIVER AFTER OTHER MAINTENANCE

5-26. To operate system to facilitate other maintenance, proceed as follows:

A. On CNI-MU press COMM TUNE key.

Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
B. On COMM TUNE INDEX page, press H1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE page for HF 1 displayed.
C. On CNI-MU COMM TUNE H1 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR to select power OFF.

5-27. TROUBLESHOOTING
5-28. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

5-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2312A01.
HF No. 1 Communication System Fault (Visual Detection). (2312A01)

5-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to fault code index and
troubleshoot active fault code.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Is fault code 2312010 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
HF transceiver mount blower motor operates for ap-
proximately 1 minute after system is tuned on, and
then only while microphone is keyed.
On CNI-MU , turn on HF communication system.
Does blower motor in HF transceiver mount operate?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to the
opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
transceiver mount.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational, use copi-
lot station in lieu of pilot station in the following pro-
cedures.
On pilot ICS Control Panel place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF audio or background noise present
in pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 5. On CNI MU, enter frequency 2.0000 MHz YES Go to Step 6.
for HF system. Select LV mode. Place transmit
select switch to H1 or H2. Momentarily plate pilot
control wheel INT/RADIO switch to RADIO. Does HF
system tune to selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 6. On CNI MU, select TEST to ON. After a YES Go to Step 16.
momentary tone is heard in headset (approximately
12 seconds) and TEST goes to OFF (approximately
4 more seconds), momentarily place INT/RADIO
switch to RADIO. Are any HF faults displayed?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 9.
a. Enter frequency of 3.7000 MHz.
b. Momentarily place INT/RADIO switch to RADIO.
c. Repeat steps a and b for 7.4000 MHz, 17.000
MHZ, and 26.000 MHz.
Does HF system tune to each selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna coupler.
Step 9. Enter frequency of a predetermined HF YES Go to Step 15.
ground station. Make HF radio check. Is two-way
communication successful?
NO Go to Step 10.

5-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. At copilot ICS Control Panel place VOL YES Go to Step 14.
knob to midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and
place to midrange. Is HF audio or background noise
present in headset?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 13.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 1RCA from HF
transceiver. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows?
Plug 1RZD pin 8 and plug 1RCA pin K
plug 1RZD pin 3 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Connect 1RCA. Connect 1RZD. Swap YES Remove and replace faulty
antenna couplers. Close circuit breakers HF1 antenna coupler.
(13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 21 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D3. Does
fault move to the opposite system?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 14. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19.
Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU. Does fault move
to other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 15. On CNI MU, select SQL to OFF. Is squelch YES HF system normal.
noise present in pilot headset?
NO Remove and replace transceiver.
Step 16. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Remove and replace antenna lead.
Step 18. On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot fault
switch to RADIO. Does HF system successfully code 2350902 or 2350911.
tune?

5-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 21.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21,
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14, and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 1RCA. Is
continuity present between 1RZD pin 14 and 1RCA
pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. Connect 1RCA to HF transceiver. Connect YES Remove faulty antenna coupler.
1RZD. Swap antenna couplers. Close circuit
breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 23.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 5RCA. Is ground present on plug pin D
and G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 23. Close circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 24.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Is 28 V dc present on 5RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 24. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 1RCK. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows?
- 5RCA pin L and 1RCK pin M*
- 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*
- 5RCA pin F and 1RCK pin Q*
- 5RCA pin H and 1RCK pin R*
- 5RCA pin E and 1RCK pin P*
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21. transceiver mount.
Disconnect 3RCD. Is continuity present between
plugs 3RCD pin F and 5RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 26. At another ICS Control Panel, place VOL YES Go to Step 27.
knob to midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and
place to midrange. Is HF audio or background noise
present in headset?

5-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 27. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19.
Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station. Does
fault move to other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 28. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move
to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D3. Disconnect 1RCA.
Disconnect 1RZD. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows? 1RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 1,
1RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 2.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2312010. HF RADIO 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2312010)

5-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21. Disconnect
3RCD. Is 115 V ac present on plug pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
21. Is ground present on plug pins D and E of
transceiver?
NO Repair ground circuit.

5-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on YES Remove and replace faulty
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position transceiver.
P 21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap HF
transceiver. Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to
other system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is fault corrected for both HF systems? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace transceiver.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21. Troubleshoot left COM/NAV bus
Disconnect 1RCL and 1RCH. Is resistance between failure for HF No. 1.
plug pins on both data bus couplers networks as
follows?
- Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor
- Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor
- Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor
NO Remove and replace data bus
coupler network and transceiver.
Go to Mission Computer and Data
Bus section of this manual and
continue troubleshooting.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 7.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 1RCA. Is continuity present between
1RCA pin S and pin V?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect 1RCH and 1RCL. Is resistance YES Go to Step 8.
between plug pins or both couplers networks as
follows?
Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor
Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor
Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 8. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on YES Remove and replace faulty mount.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap HF
transceiver mounts. Close circuit breakers HF1
(13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14.
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap couplers.
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 10.

5-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Repair circuit. Remove and
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21. replace mount.
Disconnect 5RCA and 3RCD. Is ground present on
3RCD pin F?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Disconnect 1RCK. Is continuity present YES Troubleshoot left COM/NAV data
between plugs as follows? 5RCA pin L and 1RCK bus failure for HF No. 1.
pin M*, 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is resistance between pins correct for YES Remove and replace defective
either coupler networks? coupler network. Troubleshoot left
COM NAV data bus failure for HF
No. 1.
NO Remove and replace both channel
A and channel B data bus coupler
networks.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace mount.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 3RCD. Is 115 V ac present on plug pins
A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Is 115 V ac present on plug pins A, B, and YES Repair open circuit to applicable
C? plug pin.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Is 115 V ac present at circuit breaker HF1 YES Repair circuit between circuit
(13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
in position P 21 terminal A2, B2, and C2? Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 21 terminals and plug
3RCD pins A, B or C.
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. Is 115 V ac present on terminals A1, B1, YES Remove and replace circuit
and C1 of circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21? Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 21.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2312900. HF NO. 1 TRANSCEIVER SHOCK MOUNT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
(VISUAL DETECTION) (2312900)

5-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to the
opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
transceiver mount.
END OF TEST

5-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 4 - CODE 2312908. HF NO. 1 SYSTEM RECEIVE AUDIO INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2312908)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
At another ICS Control Panel, place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19.
Swap MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station. Does
fault move to other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move
to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D3. Disconnect 1RCA.
Disconnect 1RZD. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows? 1RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 1,
1RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 2.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2312910. HF NO. 1 SQUELCH INOPERATIVE. RECEIVER AUDIO OPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2312910)
Failure 1 Remove and replace HF No. 1 transceiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2312906. HF NO. 1 SYSTEM FAILS TO TUNE TO ANY FREQUENCY (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2312906)

5-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot fault
code 2350902 or 2350911.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO switch
to RADIO. Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 4.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21,
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14 and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 1RCA. Is
continuity present between 1RZD pin 14 and 1RCA
pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Connect 1RCA to HF transceiver. Connect YES Remove and replace faulty
1RZD. Swap antenna couplers. Close circuit breaker antenna coupler.
HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
(451VE) in position P 21 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D3. Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 6.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 5RCA. Is ground present on plug pins D
and G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 7.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Is 28 V dc present on 5RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21.
Disconnect 1RCK. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows?
- 5RCA pin L and 1RCK pin M*
- 5RCA pin S and 1RCK pin N*
- 5RCA pin F and 1RCK pin Q*
- 5RCA pin H and 1RCK pin R*
- 5RCA pin E and 1RCK pin P*
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21. transceiver mount.
Disconnect 3RCD. Is continuity present between
plugs 3RCD pin F and 5RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2312904. HF NO. 1 SYSTEM WILL TUNE TO SOME FREQUENCIES, BUT FAILS TO
TUNE TO OTHERS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2312904)

5-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers. Does
fault move to opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna coupler.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2312902. HF NO. 1 SYSTEM FAILS SELF-TEST (VISUAL DETECTION) (2312902)

5-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers. Does
fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap antenna
couplers. Does fault move to opposite system?

5-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna lead.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2312912. HF NO. 1 SYSTEM TRANSMISSION INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2312912)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if per-

sonnel physically contact the antenna when
the HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
At copilot ICS Control Panel place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-2. Troubleshooting of HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19.
Swap pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU. Does fault move
to other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 1RCA from HF
transceiver. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? Plug 1RZD pin 8 and plug 1RCA pin K, plug
1RZD pin 3 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Connect 1RCA. Connect 1RZD. Swap YES Remove and replace faulty
antenna couplers. Close circuit breakers HF1 antenna coupler.
(13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 21 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D3. Does
fault move to the opposite system?
NO Remove and replace CSU.

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2312A02.
HF No. 2 Communication System Fault (Visual Detection). (2312A02)

5-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to fault code index and
troubleshoot active fault code.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Is fault code 2312020 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
HF transceiver mount blower motor operates for ap-
proximately 1 minute after system is tuned on, and
then only while microphone is keyed.
On CNI-MU , turn on HF communication system.
Does blower motor in HF transceiver mount operate?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to the
opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
transceiver mount.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational, use copi-
lot station in lieu of pilot station in the following proce-
dures.
On pilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF radio or background noise present
in pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 5. On CNI MU, enter frequency 2.0000 MHz for YES Go to Step 6.
HF system. Select LV mode. Place transmit select
swith to H1 or H2. Momentarily plate pilot control
wheel INT/RADIO switch to RADIO. Does HF system
tune to selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 6. Are any HF faults displayed on ACAWS or YES Go to Step 16.
on CNI-MU scratchpad?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Enter frequency of 3.7000 MHz. Momentarily YES Go to Step 9.
place INT/RADIO switch to RADIO. Repeat steps for
7.4000 MHz, 17.0000 MHz, and 26.0000 MHz. Does
HF system tune to each selected frequency?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna coupler.
Step 9. Enter frequency of a predetermined HF YES Go to Step 15.
ground station. Make HF radio check. Is two-way
communication successful?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. At copilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL YES Go to Step 14.
knob to midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and
place to midrange. Is HF audio or background noise
present in headset?
NO Go to Step 11.

5-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 13.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 2RCA from HF
transceiver. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? Plug 1RZD pin 48 and plug 2RCA pin K,
plug 1RZD pin 53 and plug 1RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Connect 2RCA. Connect 1RZD. Swap YES Remove and replace faulty
antenna couplers. Close circuit breakers HF2 (12RC) antenna coupler.
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 14 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D3. Does
fault move to the opposite system?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 14. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19. Swap
pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU. Does fault move to
other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 15. On CNI MU, select SQL to OFF. Is squelch YES HF system normal.
noise present in pilot headset?
NO Remove and replace transceiver.
Step 16. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap couplers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Remove and replace antenna
lead.
Step 18. On pilot’s ICS Control Panel, hold YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
INT/RADIO switch to RADIO. Does HF system code 2350902 or 2350911.
successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 19.

5-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. Open circuit breaker HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 21.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21,
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14, and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 2RCA. Is
continuity present between 1RZD pin 14 and 2RCA
pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. Connect 2RCA to HF transceiver. Connect YES Remove and replace faulty
1RZD. Swap antenna couplers. Close circuit antenna coupler.
breakers HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14 and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 23.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 8RCA. Is ground present on plug
pins D and G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 23. Close circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 24.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Is 28 V dc present on 8RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 24. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 2RCK. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows?
- 8RCA pin L and 2RCK2 pin M*
- 8RCA pin S and 2RCK2 pin N*
- 8RCA pin F and 2RCK2 pin Q*
- 8RCA pin H and 2RCK2 pin R*
- 8RCA pin E and 2RCK2 pin P*
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. Close circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G transceiver mount.
14. Disconnect 4RCD. Is continuity present plugs
between 4RCD pin F and 8RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 26. At another ICS Control Panel, place VOL YES Go to Step 27.
knob to midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and
place to midrange. Is HF audio or background noise
present in headset?
NO Go to Step 28.

5-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 27. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19. Swap
MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station. Does fault
move to other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 28. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to
opposite system?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Open circuit breakers HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14
and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D3. Disconnect 2RCA.
Disconnect 1RZD. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows? 2RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 55,
2RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 54.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2312020. HF RADIO 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2312020)

5-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14.
Disconnect 4RCD. Is 115 V ac present on plug pins
A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
G 14. Is ground present on plug pins D and E of
transceivers?
NO Repair ground circuit.

5-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on YES Remove and replace faulty
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position transceiver.
P 21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap HF
transceiver. Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
21 and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to
other system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is fault corrected for both HF systems? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace transceiver.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position Troubleshoot right COM/NAV data
G 14. Disconnect 2RCL and 2RCH. Is resistance bus failure for HF No. 2.
between plug pins on both data bus couplers
networks as follows?
- Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor
- Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor
- Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor
NO Remove and replace data bus
coupler network and transceiver.
Go to Mission Computer and Data
Bus section of this manual and
continue troubleshooting.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 7.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 2RCA. Is continuity present between
2RCA pin S and pin V?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect 2RCH and 2RCL. Is resistance YES Go to Step 8.
between plug pins on both couplers networks as
follows?
- Resistance 1 ohm: center to inner conductor
- Resistance Infinity: center to outer conductor
- Resistance Infinity: inner to outer conductor
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 8. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty mount.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap HF transceiver
mounts. Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to
the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap couplers.
Does fault move to the opposite system?
NO Go to Step 10.

5-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Repair circuit. Remove and
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G replace mount.
14. Disconnect 8RCA and 4RCD. Is ground present
on 4RCD pin F?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Disconnect 2RCK. Is continuity present YES Troubleshoot right COM/NAV data
between plugs as follows? - 8RCA pin L and 2RCK bus failure for HF No. 2.
pin M*. - 8RCA pin S and 2RCK pin N*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is resistance between pins correct for either YES Remove and replace defective
couplers networks? coupler network. Troubleshoot
right COM NAV data bus failure for
HF No. 2.
NO Remove and replace both channel
A and channel B data bus coupler
networks.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace mount.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 4RCD. Is 115 V ac present on plug
pins A, B, and C?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Is 115 V ac present on plug pins A, B, or C? YES Repair open circuit to applicable
plug pin.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker YES Repair circuit between circuit
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear
(452VE) in position G 14 terminal A2, B2, and C2? Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14 terminals
and plug 4RCD pins A, B or C.
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. Is 115 V ac present on terminals A1, B1, YES Remove and replace circuit
and C1 of circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14? Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2312909. HF NO. 2 SYSTEM RECEIVE AUDIO INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2312909)

5-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
At another ICS Control Panel, place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19. Swap
MHIU with MHIU from copilot’s station. Does fault
move to other station?

5-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to
opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14
and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D3. Disconnect 2RCA.
Disconnect 1RZD. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows? 2RCA pin A and 1RZD pin 55,
2RCA pin C and 1RZD pin 54.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2312907. HF NO. 2 SYSTEM FAILS TO TUNE TO ANY FREQUENCY (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2312907)

5-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Fault on ICS. Troubleshoot fault
code 2350902 or 2350911.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system -
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
On pilot’s ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO switch
to RADIO. Does HF system successfully tune?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 transceiver.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 4.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21,
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14, and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 2RCA. Is
continuity present between 1RZD pin 14 and 2RCA
pin J?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Connect 2RCA to HF transceiver. Connect YES Remove and replace faulty
1RZD. Swap antenna couplers. Close circuit antenna coupler.
breakers HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14 and ICS-CSU (32RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D3. Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 6.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 8RCA. Is ground present on plug
pins D and G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Go to Step 7.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Is 28 V dc present on 8RCA pin K?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker HF2 (12RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace CSU.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
14. Disconnect 2RCK. Is continuity present between
plugs as follows?
- 8RCA pin L and 2RCK pin M*
- 8RCA pin S and 2RCK pin N*
- 8RCA pin F and 2RCK pin Q*
- 8RCA pin H and 2RCK pin R*
- 8RCA pin E and 2RCK pin P*
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Open HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit YES Remove and replace transceiver
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Disconnect mount.
4RCD. Is continuity present between plugs 4RCD
pin F and 8RCA pin K?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2312903. HF NO. 2 SYSTEM FAILS SELF-TEST (VISUAL DETECTION) (2312903)

5-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers. Does
fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace faulty
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 antenna coupler.
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap antenna
couplers. Does fault move to opposite system?

5-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna lead.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2312913. HF NO. 2 SYSTEM TRANSMISSION INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2312913)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.

WARNING

All personnel within minimum of five feet

of the transceiver while it is operating must
wear ear plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust
fan noise; otherwise, damage to hearing may
occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
At copilot’s ICS Control Panel place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out H1 or H2 switch and place to
midrange. Is HF audio or background noise present
in headset?
NO Go to Step 3.

5-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace faulty MHIU.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D19. Swap
pilot MHIU with copilot MHIU. Does fault move to
other station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear YES Remove and replace transceiver.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D3. Disconnect 1RZD. Disconnect 2RCA from HF
transceiver. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? Plug 1RZD pin 48 and plug 2RCA pin K,
plug 1RZD pin 53 and plug 2RCA pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Connect 2RCA. Connect 1RZD. Swap YES Remove and replace faulty
antenna couplers. Close circuit breakers HF2 (12RC) antenna coupler.
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 14 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D3. Does
fault move to the opposite system?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2312901. HF NO. 2 TRANSCEIVER SHOCK MOUNT BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE
(VISUAL DETECTION) (2312901)

5-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21
and HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers.
Close circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Does fault move to the
opposite system?
NO Remove and replace faulty
transceiver mount.
END OF TEST

5-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 8 - CODE 2312911. HF NO. 2 SQUELCH INOPERATIVE. RECEIVER AUDIO OPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2312911)
Failure 1 Remove and replace HF No. 2 transceiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2312905. HF NO. 2 SYSTEM WILL TUNE TO SOME FREQUENCIES, BUT FAILS TO
TUNE TO OTHERS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2312905)
Step 1. YES Remove and replace faulty
transceiver.

WARNING

All personnel within five feet of the trans-

ceiver while it is operating must wear ear
plugs or earmuffs due to exhaust fan noise;
otherwise, damage to hearing may occur.

WARNING

Do not key transmitter during fueling opera-

tion or when oxygen is being serviced. Per-
sonnel injury or damage to the aircraft could
result.

WARNING

Burns or electrical shock can occur if person-

nel physically contact the antenna when the
HF radio is operating.

WARNING

Keep all personnel outside a 25 foot perime-

ter of the aircraft while conducting HF radio
communications. Personnel injury may oc-
cur during transmission.
Apply external electrical power. Ensure the following
devices are operational:
- ICS system
- HF 1
- HF 2
- CNI-MU
- BAU II No. 1
- BAU II No. 2
- CMDU
Open circuit breakers HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21 and
HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position G 14. Swap transceivers. Does
fault move to opposite system?

5-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 5-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace faulty
antenna coupler.
END OF TEST

5-31. MAINTENANCE
5-32. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

5-33. Removal and installation of the HF Communication System is described here.

5-34. Test equipment and special tools required for maintenance listed in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 Equivalent Measure resistance

5-35. HF TRANSCEIVER

5-36. REMOVAL. Remove HF Transceiver as follows:

NOTE

To remove Transceiver No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7

5-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
C. Lower and deactivate the cargo door.
D. Disconnect 7 connectors from the front of HF transceiver.
E. Disconnect ground strap.
F. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of transceiver.

WARNING

When an item cannot be lifted with ease, use two or

more people to prevent injury.
G. Slide transceiver forward and remove from mount.

5-37. INSTALLATION. Install HF transceiver as follows:

WARNING

When an item cannot be lifted with ease, use two or

more people to prevent injury.

A. Position HF transceiver in mount.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.

B. Slide transceiver into mounting tray. Ensure transceiver engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and lock
unit into position.
D. Connect 7 connectors in front of the transceiver.
E. Connect ground strap.
F. Reactivate the cargo door.
G. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
H. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
I. Perform HF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 5-22.
J. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

5-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

5-38. HF ANTENNA COUPLER UNIT

5-39. REMOVAL. Remove HFantenna coupler unit as follows:

NOTE

To remove Coupler No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
C. Disconnect electrical plug and coax connector at the front of HF antenna coupler unit.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of antenna coupler unit.
E. Slide forward and remove antenna coupler unit.

5-40. INSTALLATION. Install HFantenna coupler unit as follows:

A. Position HF antenna coupler unit in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide antenna coupler unit into mounting tray. Ensure antenna coupler unit engages aft holddown
pins.
C. Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between the feedline shield and the antenna coupler
unit.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
D. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and lock
unit into position.
E. Connect electrical plug and coax connector to front of antenna coupler unit.
F. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
G. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7

5-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
H. Perform HF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 5-22.
I. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

5-41. HF ANTENNA COUPLER FEEDLINE

5-42. Remove HF antenna coupler feedline as follows:

NOTE

To remove feedline No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
C. On antenna feedline shield, loosen fasteners and open trap door to gain access to antenna feed-
line.
D. Remove nuts and remove antenna feedline from HF antenna stud.
E. Support feedline shield and remove fasteners from flange securing feedline shield to aircraft struc-
ture.
F. Remove antenna feedline and shield.

5-43. INSTALLATION. Install HF antenna coupler feedline as follows:

A. Support feedline shield and install fasteners to flange securing feedline shield to aircraft structure.
B. On antenna feedline shield, gain access to antenna feedline through trap door and install antenna
feedline on stud and install nuts.
C. Close antenna feedline shield trap door and secure with fasteners.
D. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
E. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
F. Perform HF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 5-22.

5-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

G. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

5-44. HF ANTENNA

5-45. REMOVAL. Remove HF antenna as follows:

NOTE

To remove Antenna No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

B. On antenna feedline shield, loosen fasteners and open trap door, to gain access to HF antenna
feed line.
C. On antenna feed line, loosen nuts, and remove feedline from stud.
D. Remove old sealant compound from antenna bases, mounting surface, and screws, with sharp,
non-metallic scraper.
E. Remove four mounting screws from each antenna mast and discard screws.
F. Supporting the antenna, lift and remove assembly from fuselage.
G. Inspect fuselage mounting surfaces for signs of corrosion.

5-46. INSTALLATION. Install HF antenna as follows:

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces.

5-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

WHEN PERFORMING SOLVENT CLEANING OPER-

ATIONS, MAINTAIN ADEQUATE VENTILATION AND
AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS. AVOID
EYE AND SKIN CONTACT. FAILURE TO COMPLY
COULD RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONNEL.

WARNING

DO NOT USE SYNTHETIC WIPING CLOTHS WITH

FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS, SUCH AS ALIPHATIC NAPH-
THA (TT-N-95).

B. Clean antenna mating surfaces on the aircraft, screw holes, and remove paint and old sealant
around antenna bases with a clean lint-free cloth moistened in aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Lift and support antenna assembly and position antenna masts and and gaskets over existing
mounting holes and align screw holes.
E. Install four new screws on each antenna mast and tighten to 35 in lb (0.40 mkg).
F. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
G. Gain access to HF antenna through trap door and position feedline on stud and install nuts.
H. On antenna feedline shield, close trap door and secure fasteners.

5-47. Perform the following functional test.

A. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF1 (13RC) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 21

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4
B. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

HF2 (12RC) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 14

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
C. Perform HF functional test in accordance with Paragraph 5-22.
D. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in
accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

5-48. CONTINUE. Continue Antenna Installation.

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna mast.

5-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B SEALANTS ARE

FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC. GOOD GENERAL VENTI-
LATION IS NORMALLY ADEQUATE. SKIN AND EYE
PROTECTION IS REQUIRED. AVOID ALL SOURCES OF
IGNITION.

B. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the an-
tenna mast and mounting surface.
C. Fill screw cavity with MIL-C-83019 sealant.
D. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
E. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization task.

5-49. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for leaks around an-
tenna.

5-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION VI

PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

6-1. DESCRIPTION

6-2. GENERAL

6-3. The Public Address (PA) System provides one-way communications between the flight crew and pas-
sengers in the cargo compartment through five loudspeakers located throughout the cargo compartment. The
PA system enables the flight crew to broadcast radio communications from the HF or V/UHF radios to the aft
cargo compartment or to transmit voice interphone messages or instructions to personnel located in these ar-
eas during normal or emergency situations. The PA system is controlled using the PA Control Menu Page on
the CNI-MU to direct external sources of audio, such as radios, to the PA and cockpit speakers, and by the ICS
Control Panels (ICS-CP) for normal operation. Microphone connections to the PA system are provided to each
crewmember through the Headset Interface Units (HIUs) and ICS headset microphone. Audio signals are am-
plified for PA system broadcasting by the PA system Power Amplifier, located in the overhead equipment rack.

6-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

6-5. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The PA System consists of the Power Amplifier and
five Loudspeakers (Figure 6-1).

6-6. POWER AMPLIFIER. Used to increase the strength of the audio signals being received from the ICS-
CSU. The amplifier is located in the overhead equipment rack in the cargo compartment.

6-7. LOUDSPEAKERS. All five speakers are mounted overhead in the cargo compartment; two are located
in the forward cargo bay, two are located in the center-aft cargo bay aft of the wings and one is located center
aft cargo bay.

6-8. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM OPERATION

6-9. GENERAL. Crew-members can broadcast voice messages through the PA system from any of the
five crewmember ICS-CP by placing the Transmit Selector switch on the ICS-CP in the PA position. The volume
level of the broadcast signal from the power amplifier is adjusted by rotating the PA GAIN knob to midrange. The
operator then depresses and holds the INT/RADIO key switch on the ICS-CP in the RADIO position and speaks
into the headset microphone. The audio signal passes through the Headset Interface Unit to the ICS-CSU for
processing and is then transferred to the PA system power amplifier for amplification and distribution to the five
loudspeakers. Each crewmember can elect to monitor the interphone or radio communications being broadcast
over the PA system through his headset by pulling out the PA push-pull monitor knob on the ICS-CP (Figure
6-2).

6-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 6-1. Public Address System Components

6-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 6-2. Public Address System Schematic ( RT System )

6-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

6-10. Selecting the “MC INDX” mode key on the CNI-MU gives the pilots access to the “MSN CMPRT IN-
DEX” page. Selecting the PA Control legend key displays the PA Control menu page. The flight crew uses this
page to:

– Select the source of the PA audio (i.e. HF radio, V/UHF-1/2 radios, ADF-1/2 audio signal or inter-
phone) for broadcast over the speakers
– Control the volume of the selected source.
– Select which speakers (i.e. the five PA speakers, the two cockpit speakers, or both) the PA output
audio signal will be routed to for broadcast.

6-11. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. Public Address equipment failures detected by BIT are
flagged to the mission computers via the 1553B Comm/Nav Bus and the CNI-SP. The mission computers gen-
erate an ACAWS message and direct the ICS-CSU to output an advisory audio tone to the flight station headsets
and cockpit loudspeakers indicating an advisory message. An ACAWS text message is also generated and dis-
played on the ACAWS display.

6-12. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message PA FAIL.

6-13. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breaker is powered by the following bus.

2RT PUBLIC ADDRESS 115 V ac MAIN BUS 2

6-14. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

6-15. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

6-16. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

6-17. Perform Public Address System Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3.

NOTE

The Volume Control knobs are two position (push-pull), rotating

switches, PULL to listen, ROTATE to control volume, and PUSH to
silence.

NOTE

The PA system may be operated from any of the ICS Control pan-
els.

6-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, rotate the VOL to midrange.

D. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the transmit select switch to PA.
E. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the interphone mode switch to VOX.
F. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, pull the PA switch into the monitor position, and rotate to
midrange.
G. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, position the VOX SENS control and the PA GAIN control to
midrange.

NOTE

Assistance is needed to hear audio in the cargo compartment.

H. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, select and hold the INT/RADIO key switch in the RADIO position
and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard from each of the five cargo compartment loudspeakers.
I. Release the INT/RADIO key switch.
J. On the pilot control wheel, select and hold the INTPH/RADIO switch in the RADIO position and
speak into the microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard from each of the five cargo compartment loudspeakers.
K. Release the INT/RADIO key switch.
L. End of Test.

6-18. TROUBLESHOOTING
6-19. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 6-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2331A01.
Public Address System Fault (Visual Detection)
(2331A01)

6-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Go to Step 9.
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
Ensure following devices are operational: -CMDU
- CSU -Pilot or copilot ICS Control Panel and its
MHIU. Using MIMS run SYSTEM 23 IBIT No. 93-
ICS. Does IBIT pass?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 2331507 active? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot active
fault code.
Step 3. Is circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) YES Go to Step 8.
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 16 tripped?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Go to Step 5.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTA. Is ground present
on plug 1RTA pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on plug pin B? YES Go to Step 6.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) If fault persists, remove and
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Disconnect replace CSU.
1RZC. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? - 1RTB pin 3 and 1R2C pin 32, 1RTB pin 31
and 1RZC pin 47, 1RTB pin 37 and 1RZC pin 40,
1RTB pin 19 and 1RZC pin 39, 1RTB pin 20 and
1RZC pin 38.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Gain access to circuit breaker PUBLIC YES Repair circuit between circuit
ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT)
Panel (452VE) in position H 16. Is 115 V ac present terminal 2 and connector 1RTA pin
on terminal 2 of circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS B.
(2RT)?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS
(2RT).
Step 8. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Repair circuit between 1RTA pin
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) B and circuit breaker PUBLIC
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTA. Is ground present ADDRESS (2RT) terminal 2. If
on plug pin B? problem persists remove and
replace circuit breaker PUBLIC
ADDRESS (2RT).
NO Remove and replace PA amplifier.

6-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. On pilot ICS Control Panel, place VOL YES Go to Step 16.
knob to midrange. Pull out PA switch and place to
midrange. Place PA GAIN knob to midrange. Place
transmission select switch to RADIO and speak into
pilot headset microphone. Hold pilot INTPH/RADIO
switch to RADIO and speak into pilot headset
microphone. Is PA audio heard on all PA speakers?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Is PA audio heard on any PA speaker? YES Go to Step 14.
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
switch to RADIO and speak into pilot headset code 2350902
microphone. Is PA audio heard on speakers?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. On copilot ICS Control Panel, place VOL YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
knob to midrange. Pull out PA switch and place code 2350900.
to midrange. Place PA GAIN knob to midrange.
Place transmit select switch to PA. Hold copilot
INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO and speak into
copilot headset microphone. Is PA audio heard on
speakers?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) If fault persists, remove and
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Disconnect replace CSU.
1RZC. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? - 1RTB pin 1 and 1RZC pin 46, 1RTB pin 2
and 1RZC pin 52.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 14. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace faulty
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) speaker.
in position H 16. Swap speaker with speaker from
another location. Does fault move to location?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Is continuity
present between plug and speaker terminals as
follows? - Speaker RH AFT CARGO Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 11, Speaker RH AFT CARGO
Black Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 10, Speaker RH
FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 23,
Speaker RH FWD CARGO Black Terminal and plug
1RTB pin 33, Speaker LH AFT CARGO Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 9, Speaker LH AFT CARGO
Black Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 8, Speaker LH
FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 6,
Speaker LH FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug
1RTB pin 5, Speaker REAR FUS Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 26, Speaker REAR FUS Black
Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 13.
NO Repair circuit

6-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 16. Hold pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO YES Public address system normal.
and speak into pilot headset microphone. Is PA
audio sidetone heard in pilot headset?
NO Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
code 2350900
END OF TEST
FAULT 2 - CODE 2331507. ICS CENTRAL SWITCHING UNIT BUILT IN TEST FAILURE DETECTS PA
SYSTEM FAULT. (FI MESSAGE)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
Ensure following devices are operational: -CMDU
-CSU -Pilot or copilot ICS Control Panel and its
MHIU. Is circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 16 tripped?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Repair circuit between 1RTA pin
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) B and circuit breaker PUBLIC
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTA. Is ground present ADDRESS (2RT) terminal 2. If
on plug pin B? problem persists remove and
replace circuit breaker PUBLIC
ADDRESS (2RT).
NO Remove and replace PA amplifier.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Go to Step 4.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTA. Is ground present
on plug 1RTA pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is 115 V ac present on plug pin B? YES Go to Step 6.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Gain access to circuit breaker PUBLIC YES Repair circuit between circuit
ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT)
Panel (452VE) in position H 16. Is 115 V ac present on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
on terminal 2 of circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS Panel (452VE) in position H 16
(2RT)? terminal 2 and connector 1RTA pin
B.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) If fault persists, remove and
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Disconnect replace CSU.
1RZC. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? - 1RTB pin 3 and 1R2C pin 32, 1RTB pin 31
and 1RZC pin 47, 1RTB pin 37 and 1RZC pin 40,
1RTB pin 19 and 1RZC pin 39, 1RTB pin 20 and
1RZC pin 38.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

6-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
FAULT 3 - CODE 2331901. NO PA AURAL TRANSMISSION TO ANY PA SPEAKERS. (VISUAL
DETECTION) )
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper code 2350902
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
Ensure following devices are operational: -CMDU
-CSU -Pilot or copilot ICS Control Panel and its
MHIU. On pilot ICS Control Panel, hold INT/RADIO
switch to RADIO and speak into pilot headset
microphone. Is PA audio heard on speakers?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. On copilot ICS Control Panel, place VOL YES Fault is in ICS. Troubleshoot fault
knob to midrange. Pull out PA switch and place code 2350900.
to midrange. Place PA GAIN knob to midrange.
Place transmit select switch to PA. Hold copilot
INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO and speak into
copilot headset microphone. Is PA audio heard on
speakers?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier.
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) If fault persists, remove and
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Disconnect replace CSU.
1RZC. Is continuity present between plugs as
follows? - 1RTB pin 1 and 1RZC pin 46, 1RTB pin 2
and 1RZC pin 52.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 2331900. NO PA AURAL TRANSMISSION TO ONE OR MORE, BUT NOT ALL, PA
SPEAKERS (VISUAL DETECTION)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Remove and replace speaker.
breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
Ensure following devices are operational: -CMDU
-CSU -Pilot or copilot ICS Control Panel and its
MHIU. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS
(2RT) to interrupt power to speakers. Swap speaker
with speaker from another location. Does fault move
to location?
NO Go to Step 2.

6-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 6-2. Troubleshooting of PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breaker PUBLIC ADDRESS YES Remove and replace PA amplifier
(2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 16. Disconnect 1RTB. Is continuity
present between plug and speaker terminals as
follows? - Speaker RH AFT CARGO Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 11, Speaker RH AFT CARGO
Black Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 10, Speaker RH
FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 23
Speaker RH FWD CARGO Black Terminal and plug
1RTB pin 33, Speaker LH AFT CARGO Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 9, Speaker LH AFT CARGO
Black Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 8, Speaker LH
FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 6,
Speaker LH FWD CARGO Red Terminal and plug
1RTB pin 5, Speaker REAR FUS Red Terminal
and plug 1RTB pin 26, Speaker REAR FUS Black
Terminal and plug 1RTB pin 13.
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST

6-21. MAINTENANCE
6-22. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

6-23. Removal and Installation of the Public Address System components is described here.

6-24. POWER AMPLIFIER

6-25. REMOVAL. Remove the Power Amplifier as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3.
B. Disconnect electrical plugs front of Power Amplifier.
C. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of amplifier.

6-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. Slide amplifier forward and remove.

6-26. INSTALLATION. Install the Power Amplifier as follows:

A. Position Power Amplifier in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide Power Amplifier into mounting tray. Ensure Power Amplifier engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect electrical plugs on Amplifier.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3.
F. Perform Public Address system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 6-17.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

6-27. LOUDSPEAKER

6-28. REMOVAL. Remove the Loudspeaker as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3.

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for all PA Loud-

speakers.
B. Remove nuts, washers, and screws that secure speaker to mount.
C. Remove speaker from mount.
D. Identify and mark speaker wires.
E. Disconnect wires from speaker.

6-29. INSTALLATION. Install the Loudspeaker as follows:

A. Identify wires and connect wires to speaker.

B. Position speaker in mount and align speaker mounting holes.
C. Install washers, screws, and nuts that secure speaker to mount.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16.
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3.

6-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Perform Public Address functional test in accordance with Paragraph 6-17.

F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

6-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION VII

INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

7-1. DESCRIPTION

7-2. GENERAL

7-3. The function of the Intercommunications System (ICS) is to provide on-board voice interphone com-
munication between all crewmembers on the aircraft and also functions as the integrating system and distribution
gateway for all audio and voice communications signals being received from various aircraft equipment. The
Central Switching Unit distributes these signals to individual crewmember’s headsets based on the ICS Control
Panel and ICS Monitor Panel settings selected. The ICS provides each crewmember with the ability to interface
with and control the HF and V/UHF radios for external voice communications. The ICS functions for internal
voice communications and the Public Address system function is for internal broadcast communications.

7-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

7-5. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The Intercommunication System consists of the

ICS-Central Switching Unit, CSU Mounting Tray, five ICS-Control Panels, three ICS-Monitor Panels, two Head-
set Interface Units , three Modified Headset Interface Units, two Cockpit Alarm Speakers, two Control Wheel
Communications Switches, two Hush Switches, and one nose wheel steering Communication Switch (Figure
7-1).

7-6. CENTRAL SWITCHING UNIT. The ICS Central Switching Unit (ICS-CSU) performs the central pro-
cessing function for the voice communications system. Processes audio and discrete input/output signals and
provides serial bus interfaces, 1553B data bus communications, and BIT functions. Transfers audio signals to
the PA power amplifier and cockpit speakers. Converts analog audio, and discrete signals into digital information
for amplification, mixing and control. The resultant digital information is then sent to the MHIU and HIU or is
reconverted into analog, audio and discrete signals for use by the external communications system equipment.

7-7. MOUNTING TRAY. A vibration-dampened mounting tray to attaches the ICS-CSU unit to the aircraft
avionics equipment rack. Provides 28 V dc power through the mounting tray to the CSU.

7-8. CONTROL PANEL. ICS Control Panels (ICS-CP) are located in three flight station locations and two
cargo compartment locations. They provide crewmembers control over the transmission and reception of voice
messages via the intercommunications system or external communications radios. An ICS-CP is installed at
every crewmember ICS communications station. The ICS-CP contains a function selector switch, a transmit
selector switch, a volume control, a VOX sensitivity control, a PA gain control, an interphone/radio key select
switch, and 11 push-pull monitor switches.

7-9. MONITOR PANEL. ICS - Monitor Panels (ICS-MP) are used to select navigation radios for monitoring
of navaid station identification signals. Also used to adjust audio volume of incoming navaid identification sig-
nals. An ICS-MP is installed adjacent to each ICS Control Panel on the flight deck. Each ICS-MP contains 10
push-pull monitor controls that allow the operator to listen to the various audio tones being transmitted from nav-
igational system radios as identifier signals. A particular communication/navigation signal is available whenever
the associated monitor control is pulled out and the tone signal is within the available audio range.

7-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7-10. HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT. The Headset Interface Unit (HIU) provides the interface connection
between the headset/microphone units at the loadmaster’s Aft Cargo station and the Observer crew station and
the ICS-CSU. Each HIU has two headset connectors.

7-11. MODIFIED HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT. Modified HIU (MHIU) provides the interface connection be-
tween the headset/microphone units at the Pilots, Copilots and loadmaster Fwd Cargo stations and the ICS-CSU.
Each MHIU has two headset connectors. The pilots MHIU also provides the interface to the ICS-CSU for the
ground crew headset connection in the nose wheel well. The Forward Cargo MHIU provides the interface to the
ICS-CSU for the ground crew headset connection at the Single Point Refueling Panel The MHIUs are HIUs that
were modified to incorporate hardwire connections between the MHIUs to provide a backup ICS “Hot Mic” com-
munications capability between the crewmembers at these stations in the event of an ICS-CSU failure. These
hardwire connections also enable the Copilot and loadmaster (at the Fwd Cargo station) to transmit and receive
radio communications over the V/UHF-1 radio when operating the V/UHF-1 system using the backup Radio Set
Control Panel.

7-12. COCKPIT ALARM SPEAKERS. Converts the audio signals from the ICS-CSU into sound waves for
the broadcast of warning tones, special alerts and voice communication audio signals from the ICS and Voice
Communications systems to the crew in the cockpit in the event of HIU failure.

7-13. SWITCHES. An INTERPHONE/RADIO switch located on the pilot and copilot control wheels provide
the means for keying the selected voice communications radio transceivers or interphone communications for
voice message transmissions. The INTERPHONE/RADIO switch located on the nose wheel steering control
provides the same functions. The HUSH Switches are located on the pilot and copilot control wheels and give
the pilots the ability to silence certain ACAWS aural warning indications.

7-14. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM OPERATION

7-15. GENERAL. The ICS CSU provides a direct interface between the communication radios and the
crewmember’s HIU/MHIU for receiving and transmitting audio voice signals. The ICS-CSU receives crew
control selection information from the ICS CP and ICS-MP via the Mission Computers. These input signals
enable the ICS-CSU to distribute incoming and outgoing radio transmission audio signals to the appropriate
radios and ICS stations per the crew-selected settings on the ICS CP and ICS-MP. Control for the radios is
established via the 1553B data buses using the CNI-MU or the CNRP. The CNI-MU permits the flight crew
to turn the radios on/off, set manual and preset frequencies, select radio operating modes and to zeroize
functions. The CNRP provides the flight crew with an alternate, more easily accessible means of tuning and
controlling the radios but it cannot be used to turn the radios off. The status of the radios operation and/or
settings can be viewed using the displays on the CNI-MU , or the CNRP.

7-16. Audio signals for the radios are routed through the ICS-CSU to permit radio reception from any of the
crew ICS stations on the aircraft. Radio transmissions are limited to the flight crew only. Audio processing in
the radios is identical for all modes of operation. The operator begins the transmission by selecting the desired
radio using the CNI-MU or CNRP, and ensuring that the system is tuned to the desired frequency. Upon keying
the Press To Transmit (PTT) microphone switch and speaking into the headset microphone, the audio is routed
through the HIU to the ICS-CSU for processing. Once processed, the audio signal is sent to the transceiver,
where the signal is summed with an amplified and modulated radio frequency for transmission. The combined
signal is now sent to the antenna and is transmitted.

7-17. Audio volume and squelch levels are set automatically for the entire ICS system by the ICS-CSU.
However, the audio volume level for each individual HIU can be adjusted by each crewmember using the volume
control knob on the ICS Control Panel. Audio signals for the V/UHF radio are routed through the ICS-CSU to
the HIU to permit V/UHF radio reception and transmission from any of the crew ICS stations on the aircraft.

7-18. Once the radios have been turned on and tuned to the desired frequency using the CNI-MU or CNRP,
the operator can transmit on the radio by selecting the desired radio with the XMIT Select Switch on the ICS-CP.
Radio signals reception over each crewmember’s headset is controlled using the monitor buttons on the ICS-CP
at each crew station. The pilot or copilot initiates a radio transmission by keying the INT/RADIO rocker switch
on either the control wheel or the ICS-CP to the RADIO position and speaking into the headset microphone.
The audio signal is routed through the HIUs, across the bus, and then to the ICS-CSU for processing. In the

7-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

V/UHF-1 system, the audio signal is also sent from the HIU directly to the V/UHF-1 Receiver/Transmitter (R/T)
and Radio Set Control (RSC) Panel in order to provide a backup signal for operation of the V/UHF-1 radio in
the event of an ICS-CSU failure. From the ICS-CSU, the analog audio signal is then sent to the V/UHF radio
transceiver, where it is combined with an amplified and modulated radio frequency signal for transmission.

7-19. The PTT switch located on each ICS-CP, is used to key the headset microphone thereby allowing that
crewmember to transmit over either the ICS system or the external communications radios, as determined by
their Transmit Select Switch setting on the ICS-CP. Each pilot is provided an additional INT/RADIO switch on the
control wheel for convenient accessibility and ease of use. Additionally, the pilot can transmit using his control
wheel switch.

7-20. The ICS also interfaces with the aircraft Advisory, Caution & Warning System (ACAWS), navigation
radios, and Ground Collision Avoidance System (GCAS) Traffic Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) to provide
audio tones and voice messages. The messages are to the flight crew to alert them to various system failures,
hazards to flight and improper Navaid identification and tuning. These alert tones and voice messages are
routed by the ICS-CSU to the appropriate crewmember headphones based on the settings selected on each
individual ICS-CP and ICS-MP. The ICS-CSU also routes these signals directly to the cockpit alarm speakers
for broadcasting to the flight crew in the event of a pilot or copilot MHIU failure.

7-22. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of BIT performed by the HF Commu-
nication system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

7-23. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates the following ACAWS
messages:

ICS FAIL Caution

P/CP HIU FAIL Advisory
P/CP ICS MON PNL FAULT Advisory
FWD/AFT CGO ICS CNTL FAULT Advisory
AFT CGO HIU FAIL Advisory
OBS ICS MON PNL FAULT Advisory

7-24. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

32RZ ICS-CSU 28 V dc ESS BUS

18RZ HIU PWR 28 V dc EMER BUS
25RZ MHIU PILOT 28 V dc EMER BUS
8RZ MHIU COPILOT 28 V dc ESS BUS
31RZ MHIU LH FWD CARGO 28 V dc ESS BUS

7-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-1. Intercommunications System Components (Sh 1/4)

7-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-1. Intercommunications System Components (Sh 2/4)

7-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-1. Intercommunications System Components (Sh 3/4)

7-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-1. Intercommunications System Components (Sh 4/4)

7-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-2. Intercommunications System Functional Block Diagram

7-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 1/8)

7-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh2/8)

7-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 3/8)

7-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 4/8)

7-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 5/8)

7-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 6/8)

7-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 7/8)

7-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 7-3. Intercommunications System Schematic (Sh 8/8)

7-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7-25. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

7-26. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

7-27. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

7-28. Test equipment and special tools required for functional tests are listed in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1. Test equipment and special tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER ALTERNATE USE

1 NAV COMM Test Set IFR-4000 Equivalent Test ICS Monitor
Panel operation

7-29. INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

7-30. Perform Intercommunication System Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
C. Connect Headsets to the following applicable MHIU and HIU:

-MHIU Pilot
-MHIU Copilot
-MHIU FWD Load Master
-HIU Observer
-HIU Aft Load Master
D. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, set transmit select switch to INT.
E. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, pull the INT volume control and rotate to midrange.
F. On the BACK-UP ICS panel (MHIU), position switch to NORM.

7-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

G. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, press and release as required INT/RADIO key switch to INT position
and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at ICS station under test and all other similarly configured
ICS stations.
H. On ICS CONTROL Panel, set the interphone mode switch to VOX.
I. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, pull the VOX/HM switch and rotate to midrange.
J. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, set VOX SENS control to midrange.
K. Speak into microphone to break VOX SENS threshold.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at ICS station under test and all other similarly configured
ICS stations.
L. Set the interphone mode switch to HOT MIC and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at ICS station under test and similarly configured ICS sta-
tions.
M. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, press and release as required, the mode switch in the CALL position
and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at all ICS stations.
N. On pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.
O. On pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
P. On pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
Q. On pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
R. On the BACK-UP ICS panel (MHIU), position switch to BACK UP.
Verify that: ACAWS message PILOT HIU FAIL on CMDU.
S. On Radio Set CONTROL Panel (RSCP), set the Frequency/Channel Control switch to MAN.
Verify that: MANUAL is displayed on the Communication Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP) and the
RSCP.
T. On the RSCP, set the Mode Switch to TR.
U. On the CNRP, select COMM.
Verify that: 1. COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 MANUAL and current frequency is displayed
V. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
W. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 TOP.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is selected.
X. On the CNI-MU , press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are highlighted.

EMG OFF
SQL ON
TONE OFF

7-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personal injury or damage
to the aircraft could result.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.
Y. Obtain an authorized UHF frequency, as appropriate, from the control tower.
Z. On the RSCP, tune the CHAN/FREQ to the authorized VHF or UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the RSCP.

NOTE

Do not transmit on guard frequency 121.500 MHz or 243.000 MHz

without the authorization of the control tower.
AA. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO position
and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at the control tower and the reply is heard clearly in
headset.
AB. End of test.

7-31. CENTRAL SWITCHING UNIT

7-32. Perform Central Switching Unit IBIT as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Using the MIMS, perform CSU IBIT (IBIT 93).
Verify that: IBIT PASSED is displayed on MIMS IBIT results panel.
D. End of test.

7-33. ICS CONTROL PANEL

7-34. Perform ICS Control Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18

NOTE

The ICS CONTROL Panel volume control knobs are two position
(push-pull), rotatable switches. PULL to monitor, ROTATE to con-
trol volume, and PUSH to silence.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both the pilot and copilot con-
trol panels and can be performed using either the pilot or copilot
controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute copilot for pilot.

NOTE

This functional test utilizes the ICS CONTROL Panel INT/RADIO

switch. The control wheel INTPH/RADIO switch may be used, if
desired.
C. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, select INT on the Function select switch.
D. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, select INT on the Transmit select switch.
E. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, pull the INT switch into the monitor position, and rotate to
midrange.
F. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.

NOTE

Assistance is needed to establish communications with the Aft

Loadmaster ICS CONTROL panel.
G. On the Aft Loadmaster ICS CONTROL Panel, select INT on the Function select switch.
H. On the Aft Loadmaster ICS CONTROL Panel, select INT on the Transmit select switch.
I. On the Aft Loadmaster ICS CONTROL panel, pull the INT switch into the monitor position, and
rotate to midrange
J. On the Aft Loadmaster ICS CONTROL Panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
K. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to INT
position and speak into the microphone.
Verify that: Communications is established between the pilot and the Aft Loadmaster ICS CON-
TROL panel.

NOTE

The PA system may be operated from any of the ICS CONTROL

panels.

7-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

L. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, rotate the VOL to midrange.

M. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the transmit select switch to PA.
N. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the Function switch to VOX.
O. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, pull the PA switch into the monitor position, and rotate to
midrange.
P. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, position the VOX SENS control and the PA GAIN control to
midrange.
Q. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, the INT/ RADIO key switch in
the INT position and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard from each of the five cargo compartment loudspeakers.
R. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the Function select switch to CALL and speak into micro-
phone.
Verify that: Audio is heard at all stations, regardless of individual panel configuration.
S. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set the Function select switch to HOT MIC.
T. Speak into the microphone.
U. Audio is heard from the pilot station and any other station.
V. VU1 AND VU2 OPERATION.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both V/UHF No.1 and V/UHF
No.2 communications systems and can be performed using either
the pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No. 2 system, substitute V/UHF No.2
for V/UHF No.1 and VU 2 for VU 1.
W. For VUHF No. 1 ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
X. For VUHF No. 2 ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
VHF/UHF 2 ANT CHG OVER (16RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4
VHF/UHF 2 LOGIC C. UNIT (20RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 4

NOTE

This functional test utilizes the ICS Panel INT/RADIO switch. The
control wheel INPH/RADIO switch may be used, if desired.
Y. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.
Z. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
AA. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
AB. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
AC. On pilot MHIU position select switch to BACKUP mode.
Verify that: A pilot MHIU ACAWS message is displayed.

7-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AD. On Radio Set Control Panel (RSCP), set the Frequency/Channel control switch to MAN.
AE. MANUAL is displayed on the Communication Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP) and the RSCP.
AF. On the RSCP, set the Mode Switch to TR.
AG. On the CNRP select COMM.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: MANUAL is highlighted.
AH. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
AI. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 TOP.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is selected.
AJ. On the CNI-MU , press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are highlighted.

EMG OFF
SQL ON
TONE OFF

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personal injury or damage
to the air could result.

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.
AK. Obtain an authorized VHF or UHF frequency, as appropriate, from the control tower.
AL. On the RSCP, tune the CHAN/FREQ to the authorized VHF or UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the RSCP.

NOTE

Do not transmit on guard frequency 121.500 MHz or 243.000 MHz

without the authorization of the control tower.
AM. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, press and release as required, INT/RADIO key switch to RADIO
position and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at the control tower and the reply is heard clearly in
headset.
AN. Repeat for VHF No. 2 and UHF No. 1 and UHF No. 2
AO. On pilot MHIU position selector switch to NORMAL.
AP. On the CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE mode key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.

7-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AQ. Press the line select key adjacent to VU 1.

Verify that: COMM TUNE VU 1 page is displayed.
AR. On CNI-MU , press line select key adjacent to PWR until OFF is highlighted.
AS. HF1 AND HF2 OPERATION.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both HF No.1 and HF No.2

communication systems and can be performed using either the
pilot or copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute
copilot for pilot. If checking No.2 system, substitute HF No.2 for
HF No.1 and H2 for H1.

NOTE

This operational check utilizes the Control Wheel INPH/RADIO

switch. The ICS CONTROL Panel INT/RADIO switch may be
used, if desired.
AT. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set the interphone mode switch to VOX.
AU. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, place transmission selector switch to H1.
AV. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, set the H1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to
mid-range.
AW. On the pilot ICS CONTROL Panel, rotate MASTER VOL control knob to mid-range.
AX. On the CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AY. On the COMM TUNE INDEX PAGE, press line select key adjacent to HF1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE page for HF1 is displayed.
AZ. On COMM TUNE H1 page, press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are
highlighted:

PWR ON
MOD USB
SQ 3

BA. Obtain an authorized HF frequency from the control tower.

BB. Using CNI-MU numeric keypad enter the authorized HF frequency.
BC. On pilot control wheel, momentarily press INTPH/RADIO control switch to RADIO.
BD. A tuning tone is heard in headset.
BE. Release INTPH/RADIO switch. Background noise is heard in place of tuning tone in headset.
BF. On CNI-MU press line select key adjacent SQ DN/SQ UP to adjust as necessary.
BG. Establish HF communications with the control tower.
BH. Repeat for HF2 as required.
BI. On the CNI-MU , press COMM TUNE mode key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BJ. Press the line select key adjacent to HF1.

7-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: COMM TUNE HF1 page is displayed.

BK. On CNI-MU , press line select key adjacent to PWR until OFF is highlighted.
BL. End of test.

7-35. ICS MONITOR PANEL

7-36. Perform ICS Monitor Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18

NOTE

The ICS MONITOR panel volume control knobs are two position
(push-pull), rotatable switches, PULL to monitor, ROTATE to con-
trol volume, and PUSH to silence.
C. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

NOTE

Nearby ramp equipment or aircraft may interfere with test results.

If the incorrect results are observed, relocate the test set to a dif-
ferent position and retest.
D. Set up Test Set as follows:

1. Position Test Set 10 to 30 feet (3 to 9.1meters) from the antenna under test. Ensure a clear
view without obstructions.
2. Connect the antenna to the antenna connector located on the front panel of the test set.
3. Press the DC power switch to turn on the test set. The DC indicator light will illuminate.
E. VOR 1 AND 2 SWITCH CHECK.
F. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
G. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
H. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VOR 1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR 1 page is displayed.
I. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE VOR 1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF until
ON is highlighted.
J. Ensure there are no VOR messages on ACAWS.
K. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE mode key.

7-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.

L. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VOR 2.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR 2 page is displayed.
M. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE VOR 2 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF until
ON is highlighted.
N. Ensure there are no VOR messages on ACAWS.
O. On test set, toggle the KEYPAD ENTRY/PRESET switch to PRESET.
Verify that: Test set is in preset mode.
P. Extend the Test Set antenna to 28 1/2 in (top three sections collapsed).
Q. On the test set, place the FUNCTION rotary switch to the VOR position.
R. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
S. On the pilot DAFD panel, under CDI source, select VOR 1.
T. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.05 MHz, then press the select key adjacent to
CH/FREQ.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR1 CH/FREQ.
U. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LO Switch to the LO position.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz, 000 Deg, and +006 dBm is displayed on the test set display.
V. On the pilot ICS control panel, rotate master VOL control to midrange.
W. On the pilot ICS monitor panel, pull the VOR 1 monitor switch/volume knob and adjust volume as
required.
X. Connect headset to Pilot MHIU.
Verify that: Audio is heard in the headset.
Y. On the pilot DAFD panel, under CDI source, select VOR 2.
Z. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.05 MHz, then press the select key adjacent to
CH/FREQ.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR2 CH/FREQ.
AA. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LO Switch to the LO position.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz, 000 Deg, and +006 dBm is displayed on the test set display.
AB. On the pilot ICS monitor panel, pull the VOR 2 monitor switch/volume knob. Adjust volume as
required.
Verify that: Audio is heard in the headset.
AC. BEACON SWITCH CHECK.
AD. On pilot CNI-MU press NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AE. On Pilot CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to VOR1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR1 page is displayed.
AF. On the pilot ICS monitor panel, pull the BCN monitor switch/volume knob. Adjust volume as re-
quired.
AG. On Pilot CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to MKR BCN LOW/HIGH until LOW is highlighted.

7-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AH. On test set, place FUNCTION switch to MB.

AI. On test set, extend test set MB antenna to its full length.
AJ. On test set, toggle the PRESET/KEYBOARD ENTRY switch to the PRESET position.
AK. On test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LO Switch to the MID position.
AL. On test set, using the RF OUTPUT LEVEL toggle switch, set the RF level at +13 dBm.
AM. On test set, using the TONES rotary switch, select 400/OM.
Verify that: A 400 Hz tone is heard from the headset.
AN. On pilot CNI-MU press NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AO. On Pilot CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to VOR1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR1 page is displayed.
AP. On NAV TUNE VOR1 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: VOR1 is turned off.
AQ. On pilot CNI-MU press NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AR. On Pilot CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to VOR2.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR2 page is displayed.
AS. On NAV TUNE VOR2 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: VOR2 is turned off.
AT. TACAN 1 AND 2 SWITCH CHECK.
AU. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 17

TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6
AV. On CNI-MU , press INDX select key.
Verify that: INDEX page is displayed.
AW. On INDEX page, press line select key adjacent to POWER UP.
Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed.
AX. On CNI-MU , using the numeric keypad, enter local latitude and longitude.
AY. On POWER UP page, press line select key adjacent to LAT/LONG.
Verify that: Latitude and longitude are entered.
AZ. On POWER UP page, press line select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: AUTONAV letters go to smaller font.
BA. Verify CMDU formats:

1. CMDU 1 is PFD.
2. CMDU 2 is NAV RADAR.

7-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

3. CMDU 3 is ENG DISPLAY.

4. CMDU 4 is NAV RADAR.
5. CMDU 5 is PFD.
BB. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BC. Press line select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC1 page is displayed.
BD. Press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until ON is highlighted.
BE. Press line select key adjacent to REC/TR-REC until TR-REC is highlighted.
BF. Press line select key adjacent to GND/AA until GND is highlighted.
BG. Press line select key adjacent to PAIRING until OFF is highlighted.

NOTE

Allow approximately 90 seconds for receiver transmitter warmup.

BH. On the CNI-MU numeric key pad, enter an unused channel.

BI. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, rotate master VOL control to midrange.
BJ. On pilot ICS MONITOR panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 knob to midrange.
BK. Connect headset to pilot MHIU
BL. On pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1, press line select key adjacent to TEST OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted.
Verify that: A steady audible tone can be heard in the headset.
BM. On pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1, press line select key adjacent to TEST OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
BN. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BO. Press line select key adjacent to TAC2.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC2 page is displayed.
BP. Press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until ON is highlighted.
BQ. Press line select key adjacent to REC/TR-REC until TR-REC is highlighted.
BR. Press line select key adjacent to GND/AA until GND is highlighted.
BS. Press line select key adjacent to PAIRING until OFF is highlighted.

NOTE

Allow approximately 90 seconds for receiver transmitter warmup.

BT. On the CNI-MU numeric key pad, enter an unused channel.

BU. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, rotate master VOL control to midrange.
BV. On pilot ICS MONITOR panel, pull and rotate TACAN-2 knob to midrange.
BW. On pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC2, press line select key adjacent to TEST OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted.

7-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: A steady audible tone can be heard in the headset.

BX. On pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC2, press line select key adjacent to TEST OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: TAC2 is off.
BY. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE select key
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BZ. Press line select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC1 page is displayed.
CA. Press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: TAC1 is off.
CB. ADF SWITCH CHECK.
CC. On CNI-MU , select NAV TUNE mode key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
CD. On CNI-MU , press line select key adjacent to ADF1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE ADF 1 page appears.
CE. Press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: ADF radio is powered on and current frequency is displayed.
CF. Verify ADF FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
CG. On CNI-MU use alphanumeric keys to select an AM broadcast station frequency.
CH. On CNI-MU press line select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Selected frequency is displayed.
CI. On CNI-MU , press line select key adjacent to ADF/ANT until ANT is highlighted.
Verify that: Audio is heard in the headset.
CJ. On CNI-MU , press line select key adjacent to PWR until OFF is highlighted.
CK. End of test.

7-37. MODIFIED HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT

7-38. Perform MHIU Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18

7-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Connect head set to pilot, copilot and forward loadmaster MHIU.

D. On the BACK UP ICS panel (MHIU), position the INT BACK UP NORM switch to NORM.
E. On the pilot Control Wheel, press and release as required, the INTPH/RADIO switch to the INTPH
position and talk into the microphone.
Verify that: Communications are established with the Copilot and Forward Loadmaster stations.
F. End of test.

7-39. MODIFIED HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT BACK UP PANEL

7-40. Perform MHIU Back Up Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Connect head set to pilot, copilot, forward loadmaster Back Up ICS panels.
D. On the BACK UP ICS panel (MHIU), position the INT BACK UP NORM switch to BACK UP.
E. On the RSCP, push the VOL/SQ OFF switch, and rotate clockwise and counter clockwise.
Verify that: Noise is heard in headset and increases with clockwise rotation and decreases with
counter-clockwise rotation.
F. On the RSCP, pull the VOL/SQ OFF switch.
Verify that: No noise is heard in headset.

NOTE

Do not transmit on guard frequency 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz.

G. On the RSCP, push the CHAN/FREQ CRSR knob to position cursor on FREQ, then select a local
VHF frequency using the CRSR (PUSH) knob.
H. On the pilot control wheel, momentarily press and release as required, the INTPH/RADIO switch
to RADIO and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Audio is heard in all three headsets.
I. On the BACK UP ICS panel (MHIU), position the INT BACK UP NORM switch to NORM.
J. End of test.

7-41. HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT

7-42. Perform HIU Functional Test as follows:

7-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Connect head set to pilot, copilot, forward loadmaster MHIU, and observer and aft loadmaster HIU
stations.
D. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, set transmit select switch to INT.
E. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, pull the INT volume control and rotate to midrange.
F. On the BACK-UP ICS panel (MHIU), position switch to NORM.
G. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, press and release as required, the INT/RADIO key switch to INT
position and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at ICS station under test and all other similarly configured
ICS stations.
H. End of test.

7-43. COCKPIT SPEAKER

7-44. Perform the Cockpit Speaker Functional Test as follows:

A. Verify the ICS-CSU (32RZ) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 is closed.
B. On the PRESSURIZATION Control Panel, press the TEST switch to CH1
Verify that: Audio is heard from the cockpit speakers.
C. Release TEST switch.
D. End of test.

7-45. INTERPHONE/RADIO SWITCH

7-46. Perform Interphone/Radio Switch Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4

7-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Connect headset to pilot and forward loadmaster MHIU.
D. On the ICS CONTROL panel set transmit select switch to INT.
E. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, pull the INT volume control and rotate to midrange.
F. On the BACK-UP ICS panel (MHIU), position switch to NORM.
G. On the pilot control wheel, press and release as required, INTPH/RADIO key switch to INT position
and speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headsets at ICS station under test and all other similarly configured
ICS stations.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both pilot and copilot Inter-
phone/Radio switches and can be performed using either the pilot
or copilot controls and control wheel. If using the copilot controls,
substitute copilot for pilot.

H. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 1 ANT CHG OVER (17RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 21
VHF/UHF 1 LOGIC C. UNIT (21RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 22
I. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set interphone mode switch to VOX.
J. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set transmit select switch to VU1.
K. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set VU1 volume control to monitor position and rotate to mid-range.
L. On pilot ICS CONTROL panel, set master VOL control knob to mid-range.
M. On RSCP, set the Frequency/Channel Control switch to MAN.
Verify that: MANUAL is displayed on the Communication Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP) and the
RSCP.
N. On the RSCP, set the Mode Switch to TR.
Verify that: TR is displayed on the RSCP.
O. On the CNRP, select COMM.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
Verify that: VU1 and current frequency is displayed.
P. On the CNRP, select VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT menu is displayed.
Q. On the CNRP ANTENNA SELECT menu, select VU1 TOP.
Verify that: VU1 TOP antenna is selected.
R. On the CNI-MU , press the following line select keys until corresponding positions are highlighted.

7-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

EMG OFF
SQL ON
TONE OFF

CAUTION

The V/UHF radio has a duty cycle of 1 minute in transmit and

5 minutes in receive when operating. Failure to observe duty
cycle can damage the radio.

WARNING

Keep personnel clear of antenna during operation. Do

not key transmitter during fueling operation or when
oxygen is being serviced. Personnel injury or damage
to the aircraft could result.
S. Obtain an authorized UHF frequency from the control tower.
T. On the RSCP, tune the CHAN/FREQ to the authorized UHF frequency.
Verify that: Frequency is displayed on the RSCP and the CNRP.

NOTE

Do not transmit on guard frequency 121.5 MHz or 243 MHz.

U. On the pilot control wheel, momentarily press and release as required, the INTPH/RADIO key
switch to RADIO position and establish communications with the control tower.
Verify that: Transmission is received clearly at the control tower and the reply is heard clearly in
headset.
V. End of test.

7-47. EXTERNAL COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES

7-48. Perform External Communication Receptacles Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Use the following table to determine the controlling station for the receptacle under test:

7-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

RECEPTACLE CONTROLLING STATION

Single Point Refueling Station MHIU FWD Load master
Nose Wheel Well HIU Observer

D. Connect headsets to controlling station and receptacle(s) under test:

NOTE

The ICS CONTROL panel volume control knobs are two position
(push-pull) rotating switches. PULL to listen, ROTATE to control
volume, and PUSH to silence.

E. On the ICS CONTROL panel, rotate VOL volume control to midrange.

F. Set transmit select switch to INT.
G. Set interphone mode switch to VOX.
H. Pull INT volume control and rotate to midrange.
I. Pull the VOX/HM switch and rotate to midrange.
J. Set VOX SENS control to midrange.
K. Speak into microphone.
Verify that: Audio is heard in headset at station under test.
L. End of test.

7-49. OPERATE ICS FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE

7-50. Operate ICS for other maintenance as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
C. Connect headset to the appropriate jack for applicable MHIU or HIU.
D. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, set transmit select switch to INT.
E. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, set the Functional select switch to INT.
F. On the ICS CONTROL Panel, pull the INT volume control and rotate to midrange.
G. On the BACK-UP ICS panel (MHIU), position the INT/BACKUP/NORM switch to NORM.
H. Proceed with applicable task.

7-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7-51. SECURE ICS AFTER OTHER MAINTENANCE

7-52. Secure ICS after other maintenance as follows:

A. On the Back-up ICS panel (MHIU), set the INT/BACKUP/NORM switch to NORM.
B. On the ICS CONTROL panel, ensure the Transmit Select switch and the Function switch are po-
sitioned to INT.

7-53. TROUBLESHOOTING
7-54. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 7-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2350000.
ICS Bit Fail (FD Message). (2350000)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Fault is in PA system. Troubleshoot
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: fault code 2331507.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Place MHIU mode select switch to NORM. Using
MIMS, run SYSTEM 23 IBIT No. 93 - ICS. Is fault
code 2331507 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace PILOT MHIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19. Swap PILOT MHIU to another interphone
station. Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace OBS HIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18. Swap OBS HIU to another interphone station.
Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 4.

7-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD YES Remove and replace FLM MHIU.
CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 5. Swap FLM MHIU to
another interphone station. Does fault move to other
interphone station?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace COPILOT
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) MHIU.
in position D 4. Swap COPILOT MHIU to another
interphone station. Does fault move to other
interphone station?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace ALM HIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18. Swap ALM HIU to another interphone station.
Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is ground present on CP MHIU plug 14RZB YES Go to Step 8.
pins 1 and 5?
NO Repair circuit. After repair, go back
to immediate previous question
and continue by selecting YES.
Step 8. Is ground present on P MHIU plug 13RZB YES Go to Step 9.
pins 1 and 5?
NO Repair circuit. After repair, go back
to immediate previous question
and continue by selecting YES.
Step 9. Is ground present on ALM HIU plug 15RZC YES Go to Step 10.
pin 5?
NO Repair circuit. After repair, go back
to immediate previous question
and continue by selecting YES.
Step 10. Is ground present on OBS HIU plug 16RZC YES Go to Step 11.
pin 5?
NO Repair circuit. After repair, go back
to immediate previous question
and continue by selecting YES.
Step 11. Is ground present on FLM MHIU plug YES Go to Step 12.
17RZB pins 1 and 5?
NO Repair circuit. After repair, go back
to immediate previous question
and continue by selecting YES.
Step 12. Is fault code 2350501 active? YES Go to Step 13.
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 13. Close circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Go to Step 15.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19. Disconnect plug 13RZB. Is 28 V dc
present on plug 13RZB pins 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 14.

7-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 14. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair circuit.
PILOT (25RZ) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 19.
Step 15. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3. Disconnect plug 13RZC from P MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following points?
- 1RZA pin C Hi to 13RZC pin 2
- 1RZA pin C Lo to 13RZC pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 16. Is fault code 2350505 active? YES Go to Step 17.
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 17. Close circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Go to Step 18.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to apply power to OBS HIU. Is 28 V dc present
on plug 16RZC pin 4?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair circuit
between plug 16RZC pin 4 and TB
304VVM pin B.
Step 18. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to ICS-CSU. Disconnect plugs
1RZA and 1RZE. Is continuity present between CSU
and OBS HIU plugs as follows?
- CSU plug 1RZA pin D-center to 16RZD pin 2
- CSU plug 1RZA pin D-inner to 16RZD pin 1
- CSU plug 1RZE pin 38 to 16RZD pin 4
NO Repair circuit.
Step 19. Is fault code 2350503 active? YES Go to Step 20.
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 20. Close circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD YES Go to Step 22.
CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 5 to apply power to FLM MHIU.
Is 28 V dc present on plug 17RZB pin 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair open circuit between plug
LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) terminal 2? 17RZB pin 2 and 4 and circuit
breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO
(31RZ) terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO
(31RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 5.

7-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 22. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZA.
Is continuity present between CSU and FLM MHIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin E-center and 17RZC Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin E-inner and 17RZC Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 23. Is fault code 2350504 active? YES Go to Step 24.
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 24. Close circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Go to Step 26.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 4 to apply power to CP MHIU. Is 28 V dc
present on plug 14RZB pins 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair circuit between circuit
COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ)
(201VE) terminal 2? terminal 2 and plug 14RZB pins 2
or 6.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 4.
Step 26. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZB.
Is continuity present between CSU and CP MHIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZB Pin C-center and 14RZC Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZB Pin C-inner and 14RZC Pin 1
NO Repair circuit
Step 27. Is fault code 2350506 active? YES Go to Step 31.
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 28. Close circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Go to Step 29.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19 to apply power to P MHIU. Is 28 V dc
present on plug 13RZB pin 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 30.
Step 29. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plugs
1RZA and 13RZC. Is continuity present between
CSU and P MHIU plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 13RZD Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 13RZD Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 30. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair open circuit between plug
PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel 13RZB pins 2 and 6 and circuit
(201VE) terminal 2? breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ)
terminal 2.

7-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 19.
Step 31. Close circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Go to Step 32.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to apply power to ALM HIU. Is 28 V dc present
on plug 15RZC pin 4?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair circuit
between plug 15RZC pin 4 and TB
304VVM pin D.
Step 32. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plugs
1RZB and 1RZE. Is continuity present between CSU
and ALM HIU plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZB Pin E-center and 15RZD Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZB Pin E-inner and 15RZD Pin 1
- CSU Plug 1RZE Pin 70 and 15RZD Pin 4
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2350001. L ICS COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350001)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Troubleshoot fault code 2350502
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No. 1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Place MHIU mode select switch to NORM. Are fault
codes 2350001 and 2350002 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Troubleshoot left panel data bus
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position failure.
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE.
Is continuity present between plug pin 119 and pins
107, 108, 109, 117, and 118?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2350002. R ICS COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350002)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Troubleshoot fault code 2350502.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Place MHIU mode select switch to NORM. Are fault
codes 2350001 and 2350002 active?
NO Go to Step 2.

7-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Troubleshoot right panel data bus
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position failure.
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE.
Is continuity present between plug pin 111 and pins
97, 98, 99, 101, and 110?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2350502. ICS SYSTEM FAILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350502)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 3.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Place MHIU mode select switch to NORM. Open
circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3 to interrupt
power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE. Is 28 V dc
present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker YES Repair circuit between terminal 2
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel and plug pin 1.
(201VE) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 3.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin 3? YES Remove and replace CSU.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2350106. P ICS CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350106)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 3.
breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and LV
PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 1. Disconnect plug 3RZC from P ICS CNTL
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) and
LV PWR 2L (9PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
3RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 1.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 5PRC
and plug 3RZC. Is continuity present between the
following pins?
- plug 5PRC pin C and plug 3RZC pin A
- plug 5PRC pin D and plug 3RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.

7-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Go to Step 4.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 3RZC from P
ICS CNTL PNL. Is a ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect plug 3RZD from P ICS CNTL YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
PNL. Is continuity present between plug 3RZD pins (LEFT PNL BUS).
B, C, E, and G?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2350111. CP ICS CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350111)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 2. Disconnect plug 4RZC from CP ICS CNTL
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) and
LV PWR 2R (10PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
4RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on YES Go to Step 3.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9 and LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 4RZC from
CP ICS CNTL PNL. Is a ground present on plug pin
C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 4RZD from CP ICS CNTL YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
PNL. Is continuity present between plug 4RZD pins (RIGHT PNL BUS).
B, C, E, and G?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers 8PR LV PWR 1LR and YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 2.
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power to
PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 6PRC and plug 4RZC.
Is continuity present between the following pins?
- plug 6PRC pin C and plug 4RZC pin A
- plug 6PRC pin D and plug 4RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 2350116. OBSERVERS ICS CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350116)

7-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and LV
PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 1. Disconnect plug 7RZC from OBS ICS CNTL
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) and
LV PWR 2L (9PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
7RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Go to Step 3.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 7RZC from
OBS ICS CNTL PNL. Is a ground present on plug
pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 7RZD from OBS ICS CNTL YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
PNL. Is continuity present between plug 7RZD pins (LEFT PNL BUS).
A, C, E, and G?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 1.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 5PRC
and plug 7RZC. Is continuity present between the
following pins?
- plug 5PRC pin D and plug 7RZC pin A
- plug 5PRC pin E and plug 7RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 2350004. ICS FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350004)
Failure 1 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2350903. UNABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT ANY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RADIO
FROM PILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350903)
Failure 2 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 2350911. UNABLE TO RECEIVE ANY NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIO AT PILOT
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION (2350911)
Failure 3 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 2350916. UNABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT ANY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RADIO
FROM COPILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350916)
Failure 4 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST

7-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 12 - CODE 2350922. UNABLE TO RECEIVE ANY NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIO AT COPILOT
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350922)
Failure 5 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 2350927. UNABLE TO RECEIVE ANY NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIO AT OBSERVER
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350927)
Failure 6 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 2350937. UNABLE TO RECEIVE ANY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RADIO FROM
FORWARD LOAD MASTER (FWD CARGO) INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350937)
Failure 7 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 2350941. UNABLE TO RECEIVE ANY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RADIO FROM AFT
CARGO INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350941)
Failure 8 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 2350945. ALL AIRPLANE AURAL WARNING INOPERATIVE IN BOTH PILOT AND
COPILOT SPEAKERS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350945)
Failure 9 Remove and replace CSU
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 2350948. NEITHER PILOT NOR COPILOT HUSH/STOP WATCH SWITCH WILL INHIBIT
CANCELABLE AURAL ALERTS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350948)
Failure 10 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 2350105. P ICS CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350105)
Failure 11 Remove and replace Pilot ICS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 2350917. ABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT SOME, BUT NOT ALL, COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM RADIO FROM COPILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350917)
Failure 12 Remove and replace Copilot ICS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 2350938. ABLE TO RECEIVE SOME, BUT NOT ALL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
RADIO FROM LH FORWARD LOADMASTER (FWD CARGO) INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2350938)
Failure 13 Remove and replace FWD CARGO ICS
control panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 2350942. ABLE TO RECEIVE SOME, BUT NOT ALL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
RADIO FROM AFT CARGO INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350942)
Failure 14 Remove and replace AFT CARGO ICS
control panel.

7-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 2350110. CP ICS CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350110)
Failure 15 Remove and replace Copilot ICS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 2350115. OBSERVERS ICS CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350115)
Failure 16 Remove and replace Observers ICS
control panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 2350125. FWD CGO ICS CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350125)
Failure 17 Remove and replace Fwd Cargo ICS
control panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 2350130. AFT CGO ICS CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350130)
Failure 18 Remove and replace Aft Cargo ICS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 26 - CODE 2350135. OBSERVER ICS MON PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350135)
Failure 19 Remove and replace Observer ICS
monitor panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 27 - CODE 2350145. P ICS MON PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350145)
Failure 20 Remove and replace Pilot ICS monitor
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 28 - CODE 2350912. ABLE TO RECEIVE SOME, BUT NOT ALL, NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIO AT
PILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350912)
Failure 21 Remove and replace Pilot ICS monitor
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 29 - CODE 2350923. ABLE TO RECEIVE SOME, BUT NOT ALL, NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIO AT
COPILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350923)
Failure 22 Remove and replace Copilot ICS monitor
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 30 - CODE 2350928. ABLE TO RECEIVE SOME, BUT NOT ALL, NAVIGATION SYSTEM RADIOS AT
OBSERVER INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350928)
Failure 23 Remove and replace Observer ICS
monitor panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 31 - CODE 2350150. CP ICS MON PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (2350150)
Failure 24 Remove and replace Copilot ICS monitor
panel.

7-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 32 - CODE 2350904. ABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT SOME, BUT NOT ALL, COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM RADIO FRM PILOT INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350904)
Failure 25 Remove and replace Pilot ICS control
panel. If fault persists, fault is in communication
system radio. Go to applicable section and continue
troubleshooting.
END OF TEST
Fault 33 - CODE 2350906. RADIO SET CONTROL PANEL FAILS BIT (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350906)
Failure 26 Remove and replace Radio Set Control
Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 34 - CODE 2350925. UNABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT ANY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RADIO
AT OBSERVER INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350925)
Failure 27 Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 35 - CODE 2350504. COPILOT MHIU FAILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350504)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Copilot
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: MHIU.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Copilot MHIU
with HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 14RZB pin 5? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Go to Step 4.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 4 to apply power to HIU. Is 28 V dc
present on 14RZB pins 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZA and
13RZC. Is continuity present between CSU and HIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 14RZC Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 14RZC Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair open circuit between plug
COPILOT (8RZ) terminal 2? pins 2 or 6 and circuit breaker
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) terminal 2?

7-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 36 - CODE 2350946. AURAL ALERT INOPERATIVE IN PILOT SPEAKER (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2350946)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Pilot speaker
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: (No. 1 speaker).
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3 to
remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZC. Gain
access to speaker contacts. Is continuity present
between 1RZC and speaker contacts as follows?
- Speaker Pilot, Contact POS and 1RZC Pin 16
- Speaker Pilot, Contact NEG and 1RZC Pin 24
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 37 - CODE 2350947. AURAL ALERT INOPERATIVE IN COPILOT SPEAKER (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2350947)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Copilot
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: speaker (No. 2 speaker).
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3 to
remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZC. Gain
access to speaker contacts. Is continuity present
between 1RZC and speaker contacts as follows?
- Speaker Copilot, Contact POS and 1RZC Pin 55
- Speaker Copilot, Contact NEG and 1RZC Pin 51
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 38 - CODE 2350949. PILOT CONTROL WHEEL HUSH/STOP WATCH SWITCH WILL NOT INHIBIT
CANCELABLE AURAL ALERTS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350949)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Does aural alert cancel when either HUSH/ STOP
WATCH switch is placed to HUSH?
NO Remove and replace CSU.

7-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BIU NO:1 MAIN YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
(11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 8 and BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
to remove power. Disconnect 1TAG (Pilot). Hold
HUSH/STOP WATCH switch to HUSH. Is ground
present on plug pin 56 while switch is held to HUSH?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Gain access to HUSH switch terminals. Is a YES Repair open circuit between
ground present on terminal 4B while switch is held to Hush switch terminal 4B and BIU
HUSH? connector pin 56.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is a ground present on terminal 1B while YES Remove and replace STOP
switch is held to HUSH? WATCH HUSH switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 39 - CODE 2350950. COPILOT CONTROL WHEEL HUSH/STOP WATCH SWITCH WILL NOT
INHIBIT CANCELABLE AURAL ALERTS (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350950)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Does aural alert cancel when either HUSH/ STOP
WATCH switch is placed to HUSH?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2.
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 9 and BIU NO:2 BACKUP (12TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
to remove power. Disconnect 2TAG (Copilot). Hold
HUSH/STOP WATCH switch to HUSH. Is ground
present on plug pin 56 while switch is held to HUSH?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Gain access to HUSH switch terminals. Is a YES Repair open circuit between
ground present on terminal 4B while switch is held to Hush switch terminal 4B and BIU
HUSH? connector pin 56.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is a ground present on terminal 1B while YES Remove and replace STOP
switch is held to HUSH? WATCH HUSH switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 40 - CODE 2350944. SINGLE POINT REFUEL STATION INTERPHONE RECEPTACLE
INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350944)

7-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO YES Repair circuit between 17RZB pin
(31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) 42 and receptacle pin 10.
in position D 5 to remove power to Fwd Cargo HIU.
Disconnect 17RZB. Is continuity present between
plug and receptacle as follows?
- Plug 17RZB Pin 53 and Recpt. Pin 1
- Plug 17RZB Pin 54 and Recpt. Pin 2
- Plug 17RZB Pin 17 and Recpt. Pin 5
- Plug 17RZB Pin 25 and Recpt. Pin 6
- Plug 17RZB Pin 48 and Recpt. Pin 8
- Plug 17RZB Pin 47 and Recpt. Pin 9
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 41 - CODE 2350936. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INTERPHONE AT LH FORWARD
LOADMASTER (FWD CARGO) INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350936)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace FWD
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: CARGO/FLM MHIU.
- CNI-MU HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 5 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Fwd
Cargo HIU with HIU from another interphone station.
Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 42 - CODE 2350924. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INTERPHONE AT OBSERVER
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350924)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace OBS HIU.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18 to
interrupt power to HIU. Swap Observers HIU with
HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 43 - CODE 2350929. EXTERNAL NOSE INTERPHONE RECEPTACLE INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION ) (2350929)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace AFT
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position CARGO/ALM HIU.
D 18 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Aft Cargo HIU
with HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.

7-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Repair circuit between 15RZB pin
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position 10 and receptacle pin 10.
D 18 to remove power to HIU. Disconnect 15RZB. Is
continuity present between plug and external nose
receptacle as follows?
- Plug 15RZB pin 1 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 1
- Plug 15RZB pin 2 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 2
- Plug 15RZB pin 5 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 5
- Plug 15RZB pin 6 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 6
- Plug 15RZB pin 8 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 8
- Plug 15RZB pin 9 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 9
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 44 - CODE 2350913. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE INTERPHONE AT COPILOT
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION ) (2350913)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Copilot
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: MHIU.
- CNI-MU HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Copilot MHIU
with HIU from Pilot interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 45 - CODE 2350900. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT/RECEIVE INTERPHONE AT PILOT INTERPHONE
STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350900)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Pilot MHIU.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19 to interrupt power to MHIU. Swap Pilot MHIU
with MHIU Copilot interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 46 - CODE 2350901. PILOT CONTROL WHEEL INTPH/RADIO SWITCH INOPERATIVE IN INTPH
POSITION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350901)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE.
Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to INTPH. Is ground
present on plug pin 78 while switch is held to INTPH?
NO Go to Step 2.

7-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Disconnect external electrical
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position power. Remove electromechanical
D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector 13RZB. Is shelf 304VE. Repair circuit from
ground present on plug pin 35 while switch is held 1RZE pin 78 to TB 304 VVC pin D.
to INTERCOM?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. On control wheel gain access to terminals YES Disconnect external electrical
of RADIO/INTERCOM switch. Is ground present on power. Remove electromechanical
terminal B4 while holding switch to INTERCOM? shelf 304VE. Repair circuit
between switch terminal B4 and
TB 304 VVC pin C.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on switch terminal B1? YES Remove and replace
RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, remove and
D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector 13RZB. Is replace Pilot’s MHIU.
ground present on plug pin 35 while switch is held
to INTCOM?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 13RZB pin 35 and
TB 304 VVC pin A.
END OF TEST
Fault 47 - CODE 2350902. PILOT CONTROL WHEEL INTPH/RADIO SWITCH INOPERATIVE IN RADIO
POSITION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350902)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 2.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE.
Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO. Is ground
present on plug pin 90 while switch is held to RADIO?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, remove and
D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector 13RZB. Is a replace Pilot’s MHIU.
ground present on plug pin 43 while switch is held
to RADIO?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 13RZB pin 43 and
TB 304 VVC pin E.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Disconnect external electrical
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position power. Remove electromechanical
D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector 13RZB. Is shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
ground present on plug pin 43 while switch is held between 1RZE pin 90 and TB
to RADIO? 304VVC pin H.
NO Go to Step 4.

7-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Gain access to Radio/INTERCOM switch YES Disconnect external electrical
terminals. Is a ground present on terminal A1 while power. Remove electromechanical
switch is held to RADIO? shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between switch terminal A1 and
TB 304 VVC pin G.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is a ground present on terminal A4 while YES Remove and replace
switch is held to RADIO? RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 48 - CODE 2350914. COPILOT CONTROL WHEEL INTPH/RADIO SWITCH INOPERATIVE IN
INTPH POSITION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350914)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 2.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect1RZE.
Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to INTPH. Is ground
present on plug pin 79 while switch is held to RADIO?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Remove and replace CSU. If
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in problem persists, remove and
position D 4. Disconnect Copilot’s HIU connector replace Copilot MHIU.
14RZB. Is a ground present on plug pin 35 while
switch is held to RADIO?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 14RZB pin 35 and
TB 304 VVN pin A.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Disconnect external electrical
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in power. Remove electromechanical
position D 4. Disconnect Copilot’s HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
14RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 35 while switch between 1RZE pin 79 and TB
is held to RADIO? 304VVN pin J.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain access to Radio/INTERCOM switch YES Disconnect external electrical
terminals. Is a ground present on terminal B4 while power. Remove electromechanical
switch is held to RADIO? shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between switch terminal B4 and
TB 304 VVN pin E.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is a ground present on terminal B1 while YES Remove and replace
switch is held to RADIO? RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 49 - CODE 2350915. COPILOT CONTROL WHEEL INTPH/RADIO SWITCH INOPERATIVE IN
RADIO POSITION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350915)

7-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 2.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect plug 1RZE.
Hold Copilot INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO. Is
ground present on plug pin 93 while switch is held
to RADIO?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, remove and
D 19. Disconnect Copilot’s HIU connector 14RZB. replace Copilot’s MHIU.
Is ground present on plug pin 43 while switch is held
to RADIO?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 14RZB pin 43 and
TB 304 VVN pin F.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Disconnect external electrical
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in power. Remove electromechanical
position D 4. Disconnect Copilot HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
14RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 43 while switch between plug 1RZE pin 93 and TB
is held to RADIO? 304 VVN pin K.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Gain access to Copilot’s wheel YES Disconnect external electrical
RADIO/INTERCOM switch terminal. Is ground power. Remove electromechanical
present on terminal A1 while switch is held to shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
RADIO? between switch terminal A1 and
TB 304 VVN pin B.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is ground present on switch terminal A4 YES Remove and replace Copilot
while switch is held to RADIO? RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 50 - CODE 2350A01. INTERCOMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2350A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
On Pilot ICS control panel, place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out INT switch, and place to
midrange. Place mode switch to INT Place transmit
select switch to INT. Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch
to INTPH and speak into Pilot headset microphone.
Does interphone operate?
NO Go to Step 56.

7-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Place PA GAIN knob to midrange. Pull out YES Go to Step 3.
PA switch and place to midrange. Place transmit
select switch to PA. Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch
to RADIO and speak into Pilot headset microphone.
Is PA audio heard clearly in all PA speakers?
NO Go to Step 49.
Step 3. On CNI MU, turn on VHF No. 1 YES Go to Step 4.
communication system. Enter local ground station
VHF communication frequency. Pull out VU 1
switch and place to midrange. Place transmit select
switch to VU 1. Make VHF radio check using Pilot
ICS Push in VU 1 switch. Repeat these steps
for all communication system radios. Is two-way
communication successful for all communication
system radios?
NO Go to Step 48.
Step 4. On CNI MU, turn on No. 1 VOR system. YES Go to Step 5.
Enter test frequency of 108.00. On Pilot ICS monitor
panel, pull out VOR-1 switch and place to midrange.
Perform operational checkout of VOR system. Push
in VOR-1 volume switch. Repeat these steps for
all navigation system radios. Is audio heard in Pilot
headset for all navigation system radios?
NO Go to Step 47.
Step 5. On Copilot ICS control panel, place VOL YES Go to Step 13.
knob to midrange. Pull out INT switch, and place to
midrange. Place mode switch to INT. Place transmit
select switch to INT. Hold Copilot INTPH/RADIO
switch to INTPH and speak into Copilot headset
microphone. Does interphone operate?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Hold Copilot ICS control panel INT/RADIO YES Go to Step 8.
switch to INT and speak into Copilot headset
microphone. Is sidetone heard clearly in Copilot
headset?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Remove and replace Copilot
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in MHIU.
position D 4 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Copilot
HIU with HIU from Pilot interphone station. Does
fault move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 8. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 9.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZE. Hold
Copilot INTPH/RADIO switch to INTPH. Is ground
present on plug pin 79 while switch is held to INTPH?
NO Go to Step 10.

7-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Remove and replace CSU. If
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in problem persists, remove and
position D 4. Disconnect Copilot’s MHIU connector replace HIU.
14RZB. Is a ground present on plug pin 35 while
switch is held to INTERCOM?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 14RZB pin 35 and
TB 304 VVP pin A.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Disconnect external electrical
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) power. Remove electromechanical
in position D 4. Disconnect Copilot’s HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
14RZB. Is a ground present on plug pin 35 while between plug 1RZE pin 79 and TB
switch is held to INTERCOM? 304 VVN pin J.
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Gain access to Copilot’s control wheel YES Disconnect external electrical
RADIO/INTERCOM switch terminals. Is a ground power. Remove electromechanical
present on switch terminal B4 while switch is held shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
to INTERCOM? between SW terminal B4 and TB
304 VVP pin E.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Is a ground present on switch terminal B1? YES Remove and replace Copilot’s
RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 13. Place PA GAIN knob to midrange. Pull out YES Go to Step 19.
PA switch, and place to midrange. Place transmit
select switch to PA. Hold Copilot INTPH/RADIO
switch to RADIO and speak into Copilot headset
microphone. Is PA audio heard clearly in PA
speakers?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 15.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZE. Hold
Copilot INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO. Is ground
present on plug pin 93 while switch is held to RADIO?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 15. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace CSU. If
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) problem persists, remove and
in position D 4. Disconnect Copilot’s HIU connector replace Copilot’s MHIU.
14RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 43 while switch
is held to RADIO?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 14RZB pin 43 and
TB 304 VVN pin F.

7-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 16. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT YES Disconnect external electrical
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) power. Remove electromechanical
in position D 4. Disconnect Copilot HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
14RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 43 while switch between plug 1RZE pin 93 and TB
is held to RADIO? 304 VVA pin K.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Gain access to Copilot’s wheel YES Disconnect external electrical
RADIO/INTERCOM switch terminal. Is ground power. Remove electromechanical
present on terminal A1 while switch is held to shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
RADIO? between switch terminal A1 and
TB 304 VVN pin G.
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Is ground present on switch terminal A4 YES Remove and replace Copilot’s
while switch is held to RADIO? RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 19. Pull out VU 1 switch and place to midrange. YES Go to Step 20.
Place transmit select switch to VU 1. Make VHF
radio check using Copilot ICS. Push in VU 1 switch.
Repeat these steps for all communication system
radios. Is two-way communication successful for all
communication system radios?
NO Go to Step 46.
Step 20. On Copilot ICS monitor panel, pull out YES Go to Step 21.
VOR-1 switch and place to midrange. Perform
operational checkout of VOR system. Push in VOR-1
switch. Repeat these steps for all navigation system
radios. Is audio heard in Copilot headset for all
navigation system radios?
NO Go to Step 45.
Step 21. Plug headset into Observer’s HIU YES Go to Step 23.
receptacle. On Observer’s ICS control panel,
place VOL knob to midrange. Pull out INT switch
and place to midrange. Place mode switch to
INT. Place transmit select switch to INT. Hold
headset push-to-talk switch and speak into headset
microphone. Does interphone operate?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace OBS HIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Observer’s HIU
with HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 23. Pull out VU 1 switch and place to midrange. YES Go to Step 24.
Place transmit select switch to VU 1. Make VHF
radio check using Observer’s ICS. Push in VU 1
switch. Repeat these steps for all communication
system radios. Is two-way communication successful
for all communication system radios?
NO Go to Step 44.

7-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 24. On Observer’s ICS monitor panel, pull YES Go to Step 25.
out VOR-1 switch and place to midrange. Perform
operational checkout of VOR system. Push in VOR-1
switch. Repeat these steps for all navigation system
radios. Is audio heard in observer headset for all
navigation system radios?
NO Go to Step 43.
Step 25. Plug headset into external nose receptacle. YES Go to Step 26.
On Aft Cargo ICS control panel, place transmit select
switch to INT. Hold headset push-to-talk switch and
speak into headset microphone. Does interphone
operate?
NO Go to Step 41.
Step 26. Plug headset into Aft Cargo HIU receptacle. YES Go to Step 27.
On Aft Cargo ICS control panel, place VOL knob to
midrange. Pull out INT switch and place to midrange.
Place mode switch to INT. Place transmit select
switch to INT. Hold headset push-to-talk switch and
speak into headset microphone. Does interphone
operate?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 27. Plug headset into Fwd Cargo HIU YES Go to Step 28.
receptacle. On Fwd Cargo ICS control panel,
place VOL knob to midrange. Pull out INT switch
and place to midrange. Place mode switch to
INT. Place transmit select switch to INT. Hold
headset push-to-talk switch and speak into headset
microphone. Does interphone operate?
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 28. Plug headset into single point refuelling YES Go to Step 30.
station receptacle. Hold headset push-to-talk
switch and speak into headset microphone. Does
interphone operate?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD YES Repair circuit between 17RZB pin
CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel 42 and receptacle pin 10.
(201VE) in position D 5 to remove power to Fwd
Cargo HIU. Disconnect 17RZB. Is continuity present
between plug and receptacle as follows?
- Plug 17RZB Pin 53 and Recpt. Pin 1
- Plug 17RZB Pin 54 and Recpt. Pin 2
- Plug 17RZB Pin 17 and Recpt. Pin 5
- Plug 17RZB Pin 25 and Recpt. Pin 6
- Plug 17RZB Pin 40 and Recpt. Pin 8
- Plug 17RZB Pin 47 and Recpt. Pin 9
NO Repair circuit.
Step 30. Perform stall aural warning test. Is aural YES Go to Step 34.
warning heard clearly in both Pilot and Copilot
speakers?
NO Go to Step 31.

7-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 31. Are aural warnings for any tests heard in YES Fault is in system where aural
Pilot and Copilot speakers? warning was tested. Troubleshoot
system.
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Do aural warnings annunciate clearly in YES Remove and replace CSU.
Pilot or Copilot speaker?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace speaker.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZC. Gain
access to speaker contacts. Is continuity present
between 1RZC and speaker contacts as follows?
- Speaker Pilot, Contact POS and 1RZC Pin 16
- Speaker Pilot, Contact NEG and 1RZC Pin 24
- Speaker Copilot, Contact POS and 1RZC Pin 55
- Speaker Copilot, Contact NEG and 1RZC Pin 51
NO Repair circuit.
Step 34. During autopilot alert, momentarily place YES ICS is normal.
Pilot HUSH/STOP WATCH switch to HUSH. Repeat
alert test and place Copilot HUSH/STOP WATCH
switch to HUSH. Does aural alert cancel when each
switch is placed to HUSH?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Does aural alert cancel when either HUSH/ YES Go to Step 36.
STOP WATCH switch is placed to HUSH?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 36. Open circuit breakers BIU NO:1 MAIN YES Remove and replace BIU.
(11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 8 and BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7 to
remove BIU 1 power (Pilot switch) or BIU NO:2 MAIN
(12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 9 and BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 8 to remove BIU 2 power (Copilot switch).
Disconnect 1TAG (Pilot) and 2TAG (Copilot). Hold
HUSH/STOP WATCH switch to HUSH. Is ground
present on plug pin 56 while switch is held to HUSH?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 37. Gain access to HUSH switch terminals. Is YES Repair open circuit between
a ground present on terminal 4B while switch is held HUSH switch terminal 4B and BIU
to HUSH? connector pin 56.
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Is a ground present on terminal 1B while YES Remove and replace STOP
switch is held to HUSH? WATCH / HUSH switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.

7-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 39. Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD YES Remove and replace FLM MHIU.
CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 5 to interrupt power
to HIU. Swap Fwd Cargo MHIU with HIU from
another interphone station. Does fault move to other
interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 40. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace ALM HIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Aft Cargo HIU
with HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
Step 41. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Remove and replace AFT CARGO
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position HIU.
D 18 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Aft Cargo HIU
with HIU from interphone station. Does fault move to
other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 42.
Step 42. Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Repair circuit between 15RZB pin
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position 10 and receptacle pin 10.
D 18 to remove power to HIU. Disconnect 15RZB. Is
continuity present between plug and external nose
receptacle as follows?
- Plug 15RZB pin 1 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 1
- Plug 15RZB pin 2 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 2
- Plug 15RZB pin 5 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 5
- Plug 15RZB pin 6 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 6
- Plug 15RZB pin 8 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 8
- Plug 15RZB pin 9 and Ext. nose recpt. pin 9
NO Repair circuit.
Step 43. Does fault affect all navigation system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?
NO Remove and replace OBS ICS
monitor panel.
Step 44. Does fault affect all communication system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?
NO Remove and replace OBS ICS
control panel.
Step 45. Does fault affect all navigation system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?
NO Remove and replace CP ICS
monitor panel.
Step 46. Does fault affect all communication system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?
NO Remove and replace CP ICS
control panel.
Step 47. Does fault affect all navigation system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?

7-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace ICS monitor
panel. If fault persists, fault
is in navigation system radio.
Troubleshoot system 34.
Step 48. Does fault affect communication system YES Remove and replace CSU.
radios?
NO Remove and replace ICS control
panel. If fault persists, fault is in
communication system radio. Go
to applicable section and continue
troubleshooting.
Step 49. Is PA radio heard clearly in any PA YES Fault is in PA system. Troubleshoot
speakers? fault code 2331900.
NO Go to Step 50.
Step 50. Hold Pilot ICS control panel INT/RADIO YES Go to Step 51.
switch to RADIO and speak into Pilot headset
microphone. Is PA audio heard in PA speakers?
NO Fault is in PA system. Troubleshoot
fault code 2331901.
Step 51. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 52.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZE.
Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to RADIO. Is ground
present on plug pin 90 while switch is held to RADIO?
NO Go to Step 53.
Step 52. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Remove and replace CSU. If
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in problem persists, remove and
position D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector replace Pilot’s MHIU.
13RZB. Is a ground present on plug pin 43 while
switch is held to RADIO?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 13RZB pin 43 and
TB 304 VVC pin 1.
Step 53. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Disconnect external electrical
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in power. Remove electromechanical
position D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
13RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 43 while switch between 1RZE pin 90 and TB
is held to RADIO? 304VVC pin H.
NO Go to Step 54.
Step 54. Gain access to RADIO/INTERCOM switch YES Disconnect external electrical
terminals. Is a ground present on terminal A1 while power. Remove electromechanical
switch is held to RADIO? shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between switch terminal A1 and
TB 304 VVC pin G.
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 55. Is a ground present on terminal A4 while YES Remove and replace Pilot
switch is held to RADIO? RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.

7-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 56. Hold Pilot ICS control panel INT/RADIO YES Go to Step 57.
switch to INT and speak into Pilot headset
microphone. Is tone heard clearly in Pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 62.
Step 57. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Go to Step 61.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZE.
Hold Pilot INTPH/RADIO switch to INTPH. Is ground
present on plug pin 78 while switch is held to INTPH?
NO Go to Step 58.
Step 58. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Disconnect external electrical
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in power. Remove electromechanical
position D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector shelf 304VE. Repair circuit from
13RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 35 while switch 1RZE pin 78 to TB 304 VVC pin D.
is held to INTERCOM?
NO Go to Step 59.
Step 59. On control wheel gain access to terminals YES Disconnect external electrical
of RADIO/INTERCOM switch. Is ground present on power. Remove electromechanical
terminal 4B while holding switch to INTERCOM? shelf 304VE. Repair circuit
between switch terminal 4B and
TB 304 VVC pin C.
NO Go to Step 60.
Step 60. Is ground present on switch terminal 1B? YES Remove and replace
RADIO/INTERCOM switch.
NO Repair open ground circuit.
Step 61. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Remove and replace CSU. If
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in problem persists, remove and
position D 19. Disconnect Pilot’s HIU connector replace Pilot’s MHIU.
13RZB. Is ground present on plug pin 35 while switch
is held to INTERCOM?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power. Remove electromechanical
shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between plug 13RZB pin 35 and
TB 304VVC pin A.
Step 62. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Remove and replace PILOT MHIU.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19 to interrupt power to MHIU. Swap Pilot
MHIU with MHIU Copilot interphone station. Does
fault move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST
Fault 51 - CODE 2350503. FWD CARGO MHIU FAILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350503)

7-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace FWD
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: CARGO MHIU.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 5 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap FWD
CARGO MHIU with HIU from another interphone
station. Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 17RZB pin 5? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO YES Go to Step 4.
(31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 5 to apply power to HIU. Is 28 V dc
present on 17RZB pin 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZA and
17RZC. Is continuity present between CSU and HIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 17RZC Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 17RZC Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair open circuit between plug
LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit pins 2 or 6 and circuit breaker
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5 terminal 2? MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 5 terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU LH FWD CARGO
(31RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 52 - CODE 2350501. PILOT MHIU FILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350501)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Pilot MHIU.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19 to interrupt power to HIU. Swap Pilot MHIU
with HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 13RZB pin 5? YES Go to Step 3.

7-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19 to apply power to HIU. Is 28 V dc present on
13RZB pin 2 and 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZA and
13RZC. Is continuity present between CSU and HIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 13RZC Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 13RZC Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker MHIU YES Repair open circuit between plug
PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel pins 2 or 6 and circuit breaker
(201VE) in position D 19 terminal 2? MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19 terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 19.
END OF TEST
Fault 53 - CODE 2350505. OBSERVER HIU FAILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350505)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace OBS HIU.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18 to
interrupt power to HIU. Swap OBS HIU with HIU from
another interphone station. Does fault move to other
interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 16RZC pin 5? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to apply power to HIU. Is 28 V dc present on
16RZC pin 4?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZA and
16RZD. Is continuity present between CSU and HIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 16RZD Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 16RZD Pin 1

7-61
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker HIU YES Disconnect external electrical
PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel power. Remove electromechanical
(201VE) in position D 18 terminal 2? shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between TB 304VVM pin A and
circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ)
terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 18.
END OF TEST
Fault 54 - CODE 2350506. AFT CARGO HIU FAILED (FI MESSAGE) (2350506)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace AFT CARGO
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: HIU.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18 to
interrupt power to HIU. Swap AFT CARGO HIU with
HIU from another interphone station. Does fault
move to other interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 15RZC pin 5? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair circuit
Step 3. Close circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 18 to apply power to HIU. Is 28 V dc present on
15RZB pin 4?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 3 to remove power to CSU. Disconnect 1RZA and
15RZD. Is continuity present between CSU and HIU
plugs as follows?
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-center and 15RZD Pin 2
- CSU Plug 1RZA Pin C-inner and 15RZD Pin 1
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker HIU YES Disconnect external electrical
PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel power. Remove electromechanical
(201VE) in position D 18 terminal 2? shelf 304VE. Repair open circuit
between TB304VVM pin A and
circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ)
terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 18.
END OF TEST

7-62
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 55 - CODE 2350926. ABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT SOME, BUT NOT ALL, COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM RADIO AT OBSERVER INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350926)
Failure 28 Remove and replace Observer ICS control
panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 56 - CODE 2350126. FWD CARGO CNTL PNL COM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350126)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 2. Disconnect plug 11RZC from FLM ICS CNTL
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) and
LV PWR 2R (10PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
11RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on YES Go to Step 3.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9 and LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 11RZC from
FLM ICS CNTL PNL. Is a ground present on plug
pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 11RZD from FLM ICS CNTL YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
PNL. Is continuity present between plug 11RZD pins (LEFT AVIONICS BUS).
C, D, F, and G?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers 8PR LV PWR 1LR and YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 2.
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power
to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 6PRC and plug
11RZC. Is continuity present between the following
pins?
- plug 6PRC pin Z and plug 11RZC pin A
- plug 6PRC pin A and plug 11RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 57 - CODE 2350131. AFT CARGO ICS CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350131)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and LV
PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 1. Disconnect plug 12RZC from ALM ICS CNTL
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) and
LV PWR 2L (9PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
12RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 4.

7-63
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Go to Step 3.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 12RZC from
ALM ICS CNTL PNL. Is a ground present on plug
pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 12RZD from ALM ICS CNTL YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
PNL. Is continuity present between plug 12RZD pins (RIGHT DISPLAY BUS).
C, D, F, and G?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 1.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 5PRC
and plug 12RZC. Is continuity present between the
following pins?
- plug 5PRC pin Z and plug 12RZC pin A
- plug 5PRC pin A* and plug 12RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 58 - CODE 2350136. OBS ICS MON PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350136)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 2. Disconnect plug 28RZC from OBS MON PNL.
Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) and LV
PWR 2R (10PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
28RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position (RIGHT PNL BUS).
M 9 and LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 28RZC from
OBS MON PNL. Is a ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers 8PR LV PWR 1LR and YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 2.
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power
to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 6PRC and plug
28RZC. Is continuity present between the following
pins?
- plug 6PRC pin D and plug 28RZC pin A
- plug 6PRC pin E and plug 28RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 59 - CODE 2350146. PILOT ICS MON PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350146)

7-64
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt power to
PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 9RZC from P MON
PNL. Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) and
LV PWR 2L (9PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
9RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position (LEFT DISPLAY BUS).
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 9RZC from
P MON PNL. Is a ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 1.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 1. Disconnect plug 5PRC
and plug 9RZC. Is continuity present between the
following pins?
- plug 5PRC pin G and plug 9RZC pin A
- plug 5PRC pin H and plug 9RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 60 - CODE 2350151. CP ICS MON PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2350151)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power to PPDU
No. 2. Disconnect plug 10RZC from CP MON PNL.
Close circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) and LV
PWR 2R (10PR). Is 7 V dc present between plug
10RZC pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on YES Troubleshoot data bus failure
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position (RIGHT DISPLAY BUS).
M 9 and LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt
power to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 10RZC from
CP MON PNL. Is a ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.

7-65
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers 8PR LV PWR 1LR and YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 2.
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to interrupt power
to PPDU No. 2. Disconnect plug 6PRC and plug
10RZC. Is continuity present between the following
pins?
- plug 6PRC pin G and plug 10RZC pin A
- plug 6PRC pin H and plug 10RZC pin B
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 61 - CODE 2350905. RADIO SET CNTL PNL COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2350905)
Failure 29 Remove and replace Radio Set Control
Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 62 - CODE 2350908. UNABLE TO RECEIVE VHF NO. 1 AT PILOT INTERPHONE STATION WHILE
USING RAD SET CNTL PNL (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350908)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Turn VOL/SQ OFF switch to midway position. Place
FREQ mode selector switch to 121 position.
NOTE
Do not transmit/operate on emergency frequency
121.5 MHz or 243.0 MHz without permission of local
tower.
Is tone heard in Pilot headset?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace Pilot MHIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19. Swap Pilot MHIU with Copilot MHIU. Is fault
corrected at Pilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to
REMOTE RAD CNTL PNL. Gain access to TB
304VVP by removing electromechanical shelf
304VE. Disconnect plug 13RZB from P MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following pins?
- TB 304VVP pin X to 13RZB pin 36
- TB 304VVP pin X to 13RZB pin 30
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on YES Remove and replace Pilot MHIU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19. Swap Pilot MHIU with Copilot MHIU. Is fault
corrected at Pilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 5.

7-66
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL. If fault
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to persists, fault is in VHF No.
REMOTE RADIO SET CNTL PNL. Disconnect plug 1 system. Troubleshoot code
3RAA from REMOTE RADIO SET CNTL PNL. 2311912.
Disconnect plug 13RZB from Pilot MHIU. Is continuity
present between the following pins? 3RAA pin 17 to
13RZB pin 14.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 63 - CODE 2350919. UNABLE TO RECEIVE VHF NO. 1 AT COPILOT INTERPHONE STATION
WHILE USING RAD SET CNTL PNL (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350919)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 4.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Turn VOL/SQ OFF switch to midway position. Place
FREQ mode selector switch to 121 position.
NOTE
Do not transmit/operate on emergency frequency
121.5 MHz or 243.0 MHz without permission of local
tower.
Is tone heard in Copilot headset?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Remove and replace Copilot
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in MHIU.
position D 4. Swap Copilot MHIU with Pilot MHIU. Is
fault corrected at Copilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to
REMOTE RADIO SET CNTL PNL. Disconnect plug
3RAA from REMOTE RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
Disconnect plug 14RZB from Copilot MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following pins? -
3RAA pin 17 to 14RZB pin 14.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) YES Remove and replace Copilot
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in MHIU.
position D 4. Swap Copilot MHIU with Pilot MHIU. Is
fault corrected at Copilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 5.

7-67
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to
REMOTE RAD CNTL PNL. Gain access to TB
304VVP by removing electromechanical shelf
304VE. Disconnect plug 14RZB from CP MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following pins?
- TB 304VVP pin S to 14RZB pin 36
- TB 304VVP pin S to 14RZB pin 30
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 64 - CODE 2350910. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT VHF NO. 1 AT PILOT INTERPHONE STATION WHILE
USING REMOTE RAD SET CNTL PNL (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350910)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Pilot MHIU.
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational:
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19. Swap Pilot MHIU with Copilot MHIU. Is fault
corrected at Pilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to
REMOTE RAD CNTL PNL. Gain access to TB
304VVP by removing electromechanical shelf
304VE. Disconnect plug 13RZB from P MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following pins?
- TB 304VVP pin X to 13RZB pin 36
- TB 304VVP pin X to 13RZB pin 30
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 65 - CODE 2350921. UNABLE TO TRANSMIT VHF NO. 1 AT COPILOT INTERPHONE STATION
WHILE USING REMOTE RAD SET CNTL PNL (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350921)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace Copilot
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: MHIU.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2
- ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4. Swap Copilot MHIU with Pilot MHIU. Is fault
corrected at Copilot interphone station?
NO Go to Step 2.

7-68
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 7-3. Troubleshooting of INTERCOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breaker VHF/UHF1 RCVR YES Remove and replace REMOTE
XMTR (15RA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel RADIO SET CNTL PNL.
(201VE) in position C 20 to remove power to
REMOTE RAD CNTL PNL. Gain access to TB
304VVP by removing electromechanical shelf
304VE. Disconnect plug 14RZB from CP MHIU. Is
continuity present between the following pins?
- TB 304VVP pin S to 14RZB pin 36
- TB 304VVP pin S to 14RZB pin 30
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 66 - CODE 2350940. UNABLE TO RECEIVE/TRANSMIT INTERPHONE AT AFT CARGO
INTERPHONE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (2350940)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace AFT CARGO
CMDU. Ensure the following devices are operational: HIU.
- CNI-MU
- HF No. 1, 2 system
- V/UHF No. 1, 2 COMM and NAV system
- TACAN No.1, 2 ADF No. 1, 2
Open circuit breaker HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18. Swap
AFT CARGO HIU with HIU from another interphone
station. Does fault move to other interphone station?
NO Remove and replace CSU.
END OF TEST

7-56. MAINTENANCE

7-58. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-59. Removal and Installation of the Intercommunication system components is described here.

7-60. CENTRAL SWITCHING UNIT

7-61. REMOVAL. Remove the Central Switching Unit as follows:

7-69
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
B. Disconnect plugs from front of CSU.
C. Loosen equipment tray holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of CSU.
D. Slide CSU inboard and remove.

7-62. INSTALLATION. Install the Central Switching Unit as follows:

A. Position CSU in mounting tray.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting tray.

Damage to equipment or mounting tray may result.
B. Slide CSU into mounting tray. Ensure CSU engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect electrical plugs.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3
HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
F. Perform CSU system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-32.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-63. ICS CONTROL PANEL

7-64. REMOVAL. Remove the ICS Control Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

7-70
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for all ICS CON-
TROL panels.

B. Loosen quick-release fasteners.

C. Pull panel from mount.
D. Disconnect plugs from back of panel.

7-65. INSTALLATION. Install the ICS CONTROL panel as follows:

A. Connect plugs to panel.

B. Position panel in mounting point.
C. Engage quick-release fasteners.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
E. Perform ICS CONTROL panel functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-34.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-66. ICS MONITOR PANEL

7-67. REMOVAL. Remove the ICS Monitor Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

7-71
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for all ICS MONI-
TOR panels.
B. Loosen quick-release fasteners.
C. Pull panel from mount.
D. Disconnect plugs from back of panel.

7-68. Install the ICS MONITOR panel as follows:

A. Connect plugs to panel.

B. Position panel in mounting point.
C. Engage quick-release fasteners.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
E. Perform ICS MONITOR panel functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-36.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-69. MODIFIED HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT

7-70. REMOVAL. Remove the Modified Headset Interface Unit as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19

MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for all Modified

Headset Interface Units.
B. Loosen quick-release fasteners.
C. Pull panel from mount.
D. Disconnect plugs from back of panel.

7-72
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7-71. INSTALLATION. Install the Modified Headset Interface Unit as follows:

A. Connect plugs to panel.

B. Position panel in mounting point.
C. Engage quick-release fasteners.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19

MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
MHIU LH FWD CARGO (31RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 5
BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6
E. Perform MHIU system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-38 and Paragraph 7-40.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-72. HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT

7-73. REMOVAL. Remove the Headset Interface Unit as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for all Headset

Interface Units.

B. Loosen quick-release fasteners.

C. Pull panel from mount.
D. Disconnect plugs from back of panel.

7-74. Install the Headset Interface Unit as follows:

A. Connect plugs to panel.

B. Position panel in mounting point.
C. Engage quick-release fasteners.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

HIU PWR (18RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 18
E. Perform HIU system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-42.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-73
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7-75. INTERPHONE/RADIO SWITCH

NOTE

Use same procedure for Pilot or Copilot switch.

7-76. REMOVAL. Remove the Interphone/Radio switch as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
B. Remove the Allen screw securing the switch.
C. Carefully remove the switch.
D. Identify and label the four wires connected to the switch.
E. Unsolder the four wires to from the switch.
F. Remove the switch.

7-77. INSTALLATION. Install the Interphone/Radio Switch as follows:

A. Identify and solder the four wires to the switch.

B. Carefully feed the wires and switch into the control wheel.
C. Install the Allen screw to secure the switch.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19
MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4
E. Perform Interphone/Radio Switch functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-30.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-78. COCKPIT SPEAKER

NOTE

Use same procedure for Pilot or Copilot Speaker.

7-79. REMOVAL. Remove the Cockpit Speaker as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
B. Remove Speaker cover plate.
C. Remove nuts, washers, screws and washers.
D. Remove Speaker from mount.

7-74
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Identify and label the wires connected to the Speaker.

F. Remove the wires from the Speaker.
G. Remove the Speaker.

7-80. INSTALLATION. Install the Cockpit Speaker as follows:

A. Identify the wires to be connected to the Speaker.

B. Attach the wires to the Speaker.
C. Position Speaker in mount and align mounting holes.
D. Install nuts, washers, screws and washers.
E. Install the Speaker cover plate.
F. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3

PUBLIC ADDRESS (2RT) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 16
G. Perform Cockpit Speaker functional test in accordance with Paragraph 7-44.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

7-75 / (7-76 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION VIII

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM

8-1. DESCRIPTION

8-2. GENERAL

8-3. The Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) system transmits an emergency signal on three different
frequencies.

8-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

8-5. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The ELT system consists of a
transmitter mounted with a warning buzzer on a panel at the top of the cargo compartment at FS 14464, blade
antenna, two connecting coaxial cables, a reset relay, and remote control switch (Figure 8-1).

8-6. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER. The transmitter and battery pack are encased in a two
piece tray with an endcap and mounts to the aircraft. The local control ON-OFF switch is integral to the ELT and
is normally kept in the OFF position. The ON position is used for momentary testing and should only be used
under controlled conditions. The ON light indicates the transmitter is transmitting.

8-7. WARNING BUZZER. The aural warning buzzer is mounted on the ELT mounting plate and buzzes
when the ELT is transmitting.

8-8. ANTENNA. The blade antenna is mounted on top center of the fuselage at FS 14584.

8-9. VHF/UHF COAXIAL CABLE. The special VHF/UHF BNC coaxial cable connects the ELT to the blade
antenna.

8-10. UHF COAXIAL CABLE. The special UHF TNC coaxial cable connects the ELT to the blade antenna.

8-11. RESET RELAY. The reset relay resets the ELT to the armed mode when the ELT ON/ARM remote
switch is returned to the armed position or BAU Type II No. 2 resets the ELT after a self-test.

8-12. ELT ON/ARM REMOTE SWITCH. The ELT ON/ARM remote switch is located on the Front Overhead
Control panel (210VE) in the cockpit. This guarded switch is normally in the ARM position with the guard in the
down position. The guard must be raised to move the switch to the ON position for testing.

8-13. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM OPERATION

8-14. GENERAL. The ELT is armed in normal operation, and is activated when the internal impact switch
senses a high g impact. Upon activation, the ELT transmits a standard swept tone on 121.5 MHz and 243 MHz.
These transmissions are to enable search teams to home in on the signal. These frequencies are transmitted
for approximately 50 to 72 hours depending on the condition of the battery. For the first 15 seconds of the trans-
mission, a satellite tracking signal at 406.025 MHz is also transmitted. After the initial 15 second transmission,
at 50 second intervals and for 520 milliseconds each, an encoded 406.025 MHz signal is transmitted giving the

8-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

serial number of the transmitter, the country code, and the manufacturer. At a satellite monitoring center, an
international data base can provide information about the aircraft operator. The satellite transmission can also
be used to compute the geographic coordinates of the location of the ELT. The satellite transmissions from the
ELT last about 24 hours, then shuts down. There is a capacitor installed between the BAU Type I, the ELT, and
ground to prevent interference from HF radio transmissions.

8-15. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The mission computers and Bus Adapter Unit (BAU) Type
I and BAU Type II provide the necessary manual interface and control, Built In Test (BIT), and failure recording
functions for the ELT system. The mission computer monitors the position of the ELT ON/ARM switch on the
overhead panel through the BAU Type I No.1 and the left panel bus. When the switch is moved to the ON posi-
tion, the mission computer commands the ELT to self test through the BAU Type II No. 2 and right avionics bus.
The self test is monitored by the mission computer and a successful test is indicated by the ACAWS advisory
message ELT TRANSMITTING on the color multifunction display unit (CMDU) and with the buzzer operating. A
test failure will display an ACAWS advisory message ELT FAIL on the CMDU and the buzzer will not activate.
When the ELT ON/ARM switch is moved to the ARM position, the mission computer stops the self test and arms
the ELT. The ELT will remain armed and operational as long as the battery and the impact switch continue to
operate.

8-16. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. Self test pass generates an ACAWS advisory message
ELT TRANSMITTING. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory message ELT FAIL.

8-17. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The 28 V dc is supplied to the ELT ON/ARM remote switch by the RH STICK-
SHAKER circuit breaker. The ELT is powered by an internal battery pack and does not receive power from the
aircraft (Figure 8-2).

8-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 8-1. Emergency Locator Transmitter Component Locations

8-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 8-2. Emergency Locator Transmitter Schematic Diagram (MV System)

8-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 8-3. Emergency Locator Transmitter Block Diagram

8-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

8-18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

8-19. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

8-20. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM

8-21. Test equipment and special tools required for functional tests are listed in Table 8-1.

Table 8-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 NAV/COMM TEST SET with ELT IFR 4000 Equivalent to test VOR/LOC/MB/GS
option Navigation systems,
VHF/UHF Communications
and ELT system.
2 Headset H10-76 Equivalent
3 External power supply
4 Headset adapter cables

8-22. Perform ELT Functional Test as follows:

CAUTION

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELT TESTING. The ELT

broadcasts on frequencies monitored by an international
emergency network. To avoid interference with operation of
that network, DO NOT activate the ELT any longer than is
necessary to perform the following tests. The tests must be
made within 5 minutes after the hour. The nearest control
tower must be informed of the tests. The ELT transmits on
the guard frequencies (121.5 MHz, 243 MHz, and 406.025
MHz).

A. Ensure the following circuit breaker are closed:

– STICK SHAKER RH CONTROL (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F10.
B. Operate V/UHF radios for other maintenance to monitor ELT transmissions.
C. Obtain clearance from control tower for transmission on guard frequencies, 121.5 MHz on VHF
and 243.0 MHz on UHF.
D. Set up test set as follows:

NOTE

Three personnel are required to perform the following steps, as

timing is critical. Good communication between personnel is es-
sential.

8-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

1. Power up test set.

2. Press ON/CLEAR key as required to display GO on the view screen.

NOTE

After initialization is complete, the first menu will appear on viewing

screen. The contrast control can be adjusted for proper illumina-
tion of the viewing screen through the rotary switch on right side
of test equipment.

E. Select GO display with left or right arrow cursor.

F. Press EXE key.
Verify that: Viewing screen displays current date.
G. When prompted by test set, press EXE key.
Verify that: The test set main menu appears (SARSAT BEACON TESTER).

WARNING

Do not allow the ELT to operate for more than 8 seconds

continuously. Inadvertent activation of ELT could result
in search and rescue personnel being deployed.

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.
H. Hold the test set approximately 6 inches above and to the left of ELT antenna.
I. Select RECV and press EXE key again.

NOTE

Viewing screen display will disappear after 120 seconds.

Verify that: Viewing screen indicates WAITING FOR SIGNAL on fourth line.
J. On CNI-MU Power Up page select AUTONAV and MASTER AVIONIC ON.
K. Connect headsets to Pilot and Copilot MHIU.
L. On Pilot ICS Control Panel, rotate Transmit Select Switch to VU1.
M. On Pilot ICS Control Panel, pull VU1 knob and adjust volume to mid range.
N. On Copilot ICS Control Panel, rotate Transmit Select Switch to VU2.
O. On Copilot ICS Control Panel, pull VU2 knob and adjust volume to mid range.
P. On Pilot CNI-MU press COMM TUNE key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
Q. On COMM TUNE INDEX page, tune VU1 to G243.0 MHz.
Verify that: VU1 is tuned to G243.0 MHz.
R. On Copilot CNI-MU press COMM TUNE key.

8-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.

S. On COMM TUNE INDEX page, tune VU2 to G121.5 MHz.
Verify that: VU2 is tuned to G121.5 MHz.
T. Monitor VHF guard on a V/UHF radio.
U. On overhead control panel, place ELT switch to ON and allow ELT to operate for 6 seconds.
Verify that: An audible tone will be heard in headsets on guard frequencies 121.5 MHz and 243.0
MHz.
Verify that: ACAWS message ELT TRANSMITTING is displayed on ESA Display.
Verify that: An audible tone will be heard at the ELT warning buzzer in the cargo compartment.
V. Place ELT switch to ARM.
Verify that: Test set will indicate S’ TEST OK on the second line of viewing screen, and a frequency
of between 406.020 and 406.030 MHz with PASS on the fourth line.
W. On overhead control panel, place ELT switch to ON for 2 seconds then back to ARM.
Verify that: ELT resets when switch is placed to ARM.
X. Verify ACAWS message ELT TRANSMITTING is no longer displayed on ESA Display.
Y. On the test set, verify the correct country code has been transmitted by pressing V, then press EXE
and browse through details of the 406 MHz received and stored messages to view the country
code.
Z. On the test set press the UP/DOWN cursor arrow keys to change page for observing the local
LATITUDE and LONGITUDE.
Verify that: LATITUDE and LONGITUDE displayed on the test set match the LATITUDE and LON-
GITUDE displayed on CNI-MU.
AA. On Pilot CNI-MU press IFF select key.
Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.
AB. On IFF 1/3 page, press select key adjacent to IFF POWER OFF/ON until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: STBY is highlighted.
AC. On IFF 1/3 page, press select key adjacent to STBY 1/2 until 1 is highlighted.
AD. On IFF 1/3 page, press MODE S ON/OUT select key until ON is highlighted.
Verify that: Mode S code is displayed.
AE. On the test set press the UP/DOWN cursor arrow keys to change page for observing the ELT
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) code (Aircraft Identification in HEX) is displayed
for aircraft under test (Table 8-2).

Table 8-2. Aircraft Identification Codes

AIRCRAFT UNDER AIRCRAFT ICAO CODE (HEX) MODE S CODE (OCTAL)

TEST
4146 14777345

Verify that: Aircraft ICAO Code is displayed on test set.

AF. On Pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, observe the MODE S code is displayed for aircraft under test (Table
8-2).
AG. On Pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press MODE S ON/OUT select key until OUT is highlighted.

8-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AH. On Pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press IFF POWER ON/OFFselect key until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: IFF is turned off.
AI. Press ON/CLEAR on test set.
AJ. Press EXE on test set.
AK. Press Q to turn the test set off.
AL. Inform control tower that ELT test is complete.
AM. Secure V/UHF radios for other maintenance.

8-23. TROUBLESHOOTING
8-24. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 8-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2562A01.
ELT fault (VISUAL DETECTION) (2562A01)

8-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 53.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE). Ensure ARM/RESET switch
is in ARM position.

CAUTION

Only a test signal, which is ignored by search and

rescue authorities, is transmitted during the first
15 seconds of ELT operation. After 15 seconds
and every 50 seconds thereafter, the ELT will
transmit a real crash signal to the satellite net-
work on 406.025 MHz. To prevent transmitting a
false crash signal, perform test within 5 minutes
of the hour and notify the tower of intentions. Do
not exceed 5 seconds of ELT operation at any
one time. This conserves battery life.
Is ELT TRANSMITTING message displayed on
ACAWS?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is there a report of ELT TRANSMITTING YES Remove and replace 8MV
message displayed on ACAWS during HF radio capacitor.
operation?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
Three sweeps of the transmitter take approximately 1
second.
Place ELT switch to ON. Does ELT TRANSMITTING
message display immediately on ACAWS?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 4. Does ELT buzzer come on during test? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 36.
Step 5. Is downward swept tone modulation heard in YES Go to Step 6.
the headset on both guard frequencies?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 6. Place ELT switch to ARM. Does ELT YES Go to Step 7.
TRANSMITTING message and buzzer go off?
NO Go to Step 15.

8-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Close circuit breaker STICK SHAKER RH YES Go to Step 8.
CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE). Place ELT switch to ON. ELT begins to
XMIT. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
6. Place ELT switch back to ARM/RESET Does ELT
TRANSMITTING message and buzzer go off?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 8. YES ELT system is normal.
NOTE
Aircraft cannot monitor 406.025 MHz on UHF radio.
Portable Test Set (ARG 5410) must be used to con-
firm ELT operation on this frequency. The 406.025
frequency operates after 15 seconds of operation and
every 50 seconds thereafter for 520 milliseconds.
Close circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Place the test set within 6 inches of the ELT antenna
and press the ON/CLEAR key twice. Press the EXE
switch key. Place ARM/RESET switch to ON. Does
406.025 MHz Portable Test Set (ARG5410) indicate
S TEST OK?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Place ARM/RESET switch to ARM. Open YES Go to Step 10.
circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect
coaxial plug 1MVC from ELT. Disconnect coaxial
plug 2MVA from ELT antenna. Is continuity present
between center conductor of each cable end?
NO Remove and replace coaxial
cable.
Step 10. Is continuity present between center YES Remove and replace coaxial
conductor and shield? cable.
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Remove and replace ELT antenna. Does YES Remove and replace ELT.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed on ELT antenna.
Step 12. Close circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace ELT Control
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) Panel.
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Place ELT switch to ON, then to ARM/RESET. Open
circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA). Is 28 V dc present on diode block
304VVD terminal K?
NO Go to Step 13.

8-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Go to Step 14.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6 and STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 10. Remove plug 210VEE from ELT Control Panel.
Close circuit breaker STICK SHAKER RH CONTR
(2CF). Is 28V dc present on plug 210VEE pin S?
NO Repair circuit between plug
210VEE pin S and circuit breaker
STICK SHAKER RH CONTR
(2CF).
Step 14. Ensure ARM/RESET switch is in ARM. YES Repair circuit between plug
Does continuity exist between plug 210VEE pins T 210VEE pin T and diode block
and S? 304VVD terminal K.
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 15. Select DBTP 324050507071. Does DBTP YES Go to Step 16.
display ELT ARMED?
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 16. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove battery from ELT. Remove
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position and replace ELT.
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Gain access to switch on face of
ELT. Momentarily place ELT switch to ON then back
to OFF. Is downward swept tone modulation heard
in headset on guard frequencies after switch is in
OFF position?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Ensure BAU II No. 2 is energized and YES Go to Step 18.
ELT switch is in ARM/RESET position. Is continuity
present between ELT plug 1MVA pins 6 (+) and 3 (-)?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 18. Place on ELT ARM/RESET switch to ON. YES Remove and replace ELT.
Is continuity present between ELT plug 1MVA pins
3 (+) and 6 (-)?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Is continuity present between pins P and R YES Go to Step 20.
of 304VVD diode block?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 20. Is continuity present between pin B3 of YES Remove and replace 304VVD
5MV relay socket and pin C of 304VVD diode block? diode block.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. Place ELT ARM/RESET switch to ON YES Go to Step 22.
position. Remove ELT test/reset relay. Place ELT
switch to ARM. Is 28 V dc present between 5MV
relay socket pins X1 and X2?

8-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 22. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 23.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Is continuity present between plug 1MVA pin 6 and
304VVD diode block pin F?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 23. Is continuity present between plug 1MVA YES Go to Step 24.
pin 3 and 304VVD diode block pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 24. Is continuity present between 304VVD YES Go to Step 25.
diode block pin M and 5MV relay socket B2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 25. Is continuity present between diode block YES Go to Step 26.
304VVD pin B and 5MV relay socket B1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 26. Is continuity present between diode block YES Remove and replace 5MV relay.
304VVD pins F (+) and M (-)?
NO Remove and replace 304VVD
diode block.
Step 27. Does ground exist on pin X2 of 5MV relay YES Go to Step 28.
socket?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 28. Is 28 V dc present at diode block 304VVD YES Repair circuit between terminal N
terminal N? and 5MV relay socket pin X1.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Is 28 V dc present at diode block 304VVD YES Remove and replace 304VVD
terminal A? diode block.
NO Go to Step 30.
Step 30. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
6. Disconnect plug 4TAC from BAU II No. 2. Is
continuity present between plug 4TAC pin 75 and
diode block 304VVD terminal A?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 31. Is downward swept tone modulation heard YES Remove and replace ELT.
on either guard frequency?
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Inspect ELT antenna for obvious damage. YES Remove and replace ELT antenna.
Is antenna damaged?
NO Go to Step 33.

8-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 33. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 34.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect coaxial plug 1MVB from ELT. Disconnect
coaxial plug 2MVB from ELT antenna. Is continuity
present between center conductor of each cable
end?
NO Remove and replace coaxial
cable.
Step 34. Is continuity present between center YES Remove and replace coaxial
conductor and shield? cable.
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Remove and replace ELT antenna. Does YES Remove and replace ELT.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed on ELT antenna.
Step 36. YES Remove and replace 3MV buzzer.
NOTE
Check voltage at buzzer during ELT test
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Gain
access to terminals of 3MV buzzer. Is greater than 6
V dc present between buzzer terminals (+) and (-)?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 37. Is any voltage present at buzzer terminals? YES Go to Step 39.
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 38. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace ELT.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is continuity present between
specified plug pins and buzzer terminals? Plug pin 2
to buzzer terminal (+). Plug pin 4 to buzzer terminal
(-).
NO Repair circuit.
Step 39. Remove ELT battery. Check for appropriate YES Remove and replace ELT.
voltage. Does battery check good?
NO Remove and replace ELT battery
pack.
Step 40. Does ELT TRANSMITTING message YES Go to Step 52.
display on ACAWS at all?
NO Go to Step 41.
Step 41. Is downward swept tone modulation heard YES Go to Step 50.
on headset on guard frequencies?
NO Go to Step 42.

8-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 42. Check DBTP 324050506061. Does DBTP YES Go to Step 43.
display TEST MODE?
NO Go to Step 45.
Step 43. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace ELT.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Place ARM/RESET switch to ON.
Is ground present on plug pin 7?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug 4TAC
from BAU II No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug pin 85 and ELT plug 1MVA pin 7?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 45. Ensure ELT switch is ON. Open circuit YES Go to Step 46.
breaker BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect plug 3TAE
from BAU I. Is ground present on plug pin 61?
NO Go to Step 48.
Step 46. Is ground present on BAU I plug 3TAE pin YES Go to Step 47.
60?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.
Step 47. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace ELT Control
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) Panel.
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect plug 210VEE from ELT Control Panel. Is
ground present on plug 210VEE pin G*?
NO Repair circuit between plug
210VEE pin G* and plug 3TAE pin
60 on BAU I.
Step 48. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 49.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect plug 210VEE from ELT Control Panel on
Overhead Panel. Is ground present on plug pin I*?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 49. Is continuity present between plug 210VEE YES Repair circuit between plug
pins H* and I*? 210VEE pin H* and BAU I plug
3TAE pin 61.
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.

8-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 50. Place ELT switch to arm. Open circuit YES Go to Step 51.
breaker BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect plug 3TAE
from BAU I. Apply ground to BAU I plug 3TAE pin
59. Does ELT TRANSMITTING message display on
ACAWS?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.
Step 51. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace ELT.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is continuity present between BAU I
plug 3TAE pin 59 and ELT plug 1MVA pin 1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 52. Place ELT switch to arm. Open circuit YES Remove and replace ELT.
breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7, and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
6. Disconnect plug 1MVA from ELT. Is continuity
present between plug 1MVA pins 5 and 8?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 53. Is downward swept tone modulation heard YES Go to Step 54.
in headset on guard frequencies?
NO Go to Step 58.
Step 54. Quickly place ELT switch to ON position, YES Go to Step 55.
then back to ARM. Is download swept tone
modulation heard in headset on guard frequencies?
NO Resetting ELT cleared problem.
Step 55. Close circuit breaker STICK SHAKER RH YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 10. Open circuit breakers 8TA
BAU II 2 PWR and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Place ELT switch to ON position, and to ARM. Does
ELT reset?
NO Go to Step 56.
Step 56. Select DBTP 324050507071. Does DBTP YES Go to Step 57.
display ELT ARMED?
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 57. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Repair circuit between BAU II plug
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position 4TAC pin 85 and ELT plug 1MVA
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit pin 7.
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Remove plug 1MVA
from ELT. Is ground present on plug 1MVA pin 7?

8-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace ELT if switch
on ELT is in OFF position.
Step 58. Close circuit breaker STICK SHAKER RH YES Go to Step 59.
CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 10. Open circuit breaker BAU I
(17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 6. Disconnect plug 3TAE from BAU I. Does
ELT TRANSMITTING message go off on ACAWS?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.
Step 59. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Go to Step 60.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is ground present on plug 1MVA
pin 1?
NO Remove and replace ELT.
Step 60. Remove capacitor 8MV between ELT plug YES Repair circuit.
1MVA pins 1 and 11. Is a ground present on ELT
plug 1MVA pin 1?
NO Remove and replace 8MV
capacitor.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2562908. ELT TRANSMITTING MESSAGE APPEARS ON ACAWS DURING HF RADIO
OPERATION. ELT NOT TRANSMITTING. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2562908)
Failure 1. Remove and replace 8MV capacitor.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2562900. UNCOMMANDED ELT TRANSMITTING MESSAGE APPEARS ON ACAWS. ELT
NOT TRANSMITTING. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2562900)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 2.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 10. Ensure
ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position. Close circuit
breaker STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF). Open
circuit breaker BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect
plug 3TAE from BAU I. Does ELT TRANSMITTING
message go off on ACAWS?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.

8-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is ground present on plug 1MVA
pin 1?
NO Remove and replace ELT.
Step 3. Remove capacitor 8MV between ELT plug YES Repair circuit.
1MVA pins 1 and 11. Is a ground present on ELT
plug 1MVA pin 1?
NO Remove and replace 8MV
capacitor.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2562902. ELT TRANSMITTING AND CANNOT BE RESET ON POWER UP (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2562902)
Step 1. Notify nearest control tower. Apply external YES Go to Step 2.
electrical power. Ensure BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. If fault codes are 2562A01, 2562903,
2562904, 2562905, and 2562906, monitor VHF and
UHF radio. If fault codes are 2562A01, 2562903,
2562904, 2562905, and 2562906, obtain clearance
from the nearest tower for transmission on VHF/UHF
frequencies (121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit
breaker STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 10. Ensure ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position.
Quickly place ELT switch to ON position, then back
to ARM. Is download swept tone modulation heard
in headset on guard frequencies?
NO Resetting ELT cleared problem.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker STICK SHAKER RH YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 10. Open circuit breakers BAU
II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX
(14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 6. Place ELT switch to ON position, and
to ARM. Does ELT reset?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Select DBTP 324050507071. Does DBTP YES Go to Step 4.
display ELT ARMED?
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear YES Repair circuit between BAU II plug
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4TAC pin 85 and ELT plug 1MVA
6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit pin 7.
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Remove plug 1MVA
from ELT. Is ground present on plug 1MVA pin 7?

8-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace ELT if switch
on ELT is in OFF position.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2562903. ELT TRANSMITTING MESSAGE DOES NOT APPEAR IMMEDIATELY
(APPEARS AFTER A DELAY) ON ACAWS AFTER PLACING ELT SWITCH ON. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2560903)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Remove and replace ELT.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 10. Ensure
ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position. Place
ELT switch to ARM. Open circuit breakers BAU I
(17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7,
and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect
plug 1MVA from ELT. Is continuity present between
plug 1MVA pins 5 and 8?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 2562904. ELT TRANSMITTING MESSAGE DOES NOT APPEAR AT ALL ACAWS WITH
ELT SWITCH IN ON POSITION. (VISUAL DETECTION) (256904)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 2.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 10. Ensure
ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position. Is downward
swept tone modulation heard on headset on guard
frequencies?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Place ELT switch to arm. Open circuit YES Go to Step 3.
breaker BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect plug 3TAE
from BAU I. Apply ground to BAU I plug 3TAE pin
59. Does ELT TRANSMITTING message display on
ACAWS?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.

8-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear YES Remove and replace ELT.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is continuity present between BAU I
plug 3TAE pin 59 and ELT plug 1MVA pin 1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Check DBTP 324050506061. Does DBTP YES Go to Step 10.
display TEST MODE?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Ensure ELT switch is ON. Open circuit YES Go to Step 8.
breaker BAU I (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect plug 3TAE
from BAU I. Is ground present on plug 3TAE pin 61?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 7.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect plug 210VEE from ELT Control Panel. Is
ground present on plug 210VEE pin I*?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present on ELT Control Panel YES Repair circuit between plug
plug 210VEE pins H* and I*? 210VEE pin H* and BAU I plug
3TAE pin 61.
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 8. Is ground present on BAU I plug 3TAE pin YES Go to Step 9.
60?
NO Remove and replace BAU I.
Step 9. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace ELT Control
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) Panel.
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect plug 210VEE from ELT Control Panel. Is
ground present on plug 210VEE pin G*?
NO Repair circuit between plug
210VEE pin G* and plug 3TAE pin
60.
Step 10. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace ELT.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Place ARM/RESET switch to ON. Is
ground present on plug 1MVA pin 7?
NO Go to Step 11.

8-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug 4TAC
from BAU II No. 2. Is continuity present between
plug pin 85 and ELT plug 1MVA pin 7?
NO Remove and replace circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - 2562905. ELT BUZZER FAILED TO COME ON. (VISUAL DETECTION) (2562905)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Remove and replace buzzer.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 10. Ensure
ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position.
NOTE
Check voltage at buzzer during ELT test.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Gain
access to terminals of buzzers. Place ELT switch to
ON. Is greater than 6 V dc present between buzzer
terminals (+) and (-)?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is any voltage present at buzzer terminals? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 3. Remove ELT battery. Check for appropriate YES Remove and replace ELT.
voltage. Does battery check good?
NO Remove and replace ELT battery
pack.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear YES Remove and replace ELT.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Is continuity present between
specified plug pins and buzzer terminals? Plug
1MVA pin 2 to buzzer terminal (+). Plug 1MVA pin
4 to buzzer terminal (-).
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

8-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 8 - 2562906. ELT NOT TRANSMITTING ON GUARD FREQUENCY(S) WITH ELT SWITCH IN ON
POSITION. ELT TRANSMITTING ACAWS DISPLAY AND BUZZER ARE ON. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(2562906)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Remove and replace ELT.
BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are operational. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, monitor VHF and UHF radio. If fault
codes are 2562A01, 2562903, 2562904, 2562905,
and 2562906, obtain clearance from the nearest
tower for transmission on VHF/UHF frequencies
(121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit breaker STICK
SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position F 10. Ensure
ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position. Place ELT
switch to ON. Is downward swept tone modulation
heard on either guard frequency?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Inspect ELT antenna for obvious damage. Is YES Remove and replace ELT antenna.
antenna damaged?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 4.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect coaxial plug 1MVB from ELT. Disconnect
coaxial plug 2MVB from ELT antenna. Is continuity
present between center conductor of each cable
end?
NO Remove and replace coaxial
cable.
Step 4. Is continuity present between center YES Remove and replace coaxial
conductor and shield? cable.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Remove and replace ELT antenna. Does YES Remove and replace ELT.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed on ELT antenna.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 2562907. ELT TRANSMITTING AND CANNOT BE RESET AFTER TEST. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (2562907)
Step 1. Notify nearest control tower. Apply external YES Go to Step 2.
electrical power. Ensure BAU I and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. If fault codes are 2562A01, 2562903,
2562904, 2562905, and 2562906, monitor VHF and
UHF radio. If fault codes are 2562A01, 2562903,
2562904, 2562905, and 2562906, obtain clearance
from the nearest tower for transmission on VHF/UHF
frequencies (121.5/243.0/406.025). Open circuit
breaker STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
F 10. Ensure ARM/RESET switch is in ARM position.
Select DBTP 324050507071. Does DBTP display
ELT ARMED?

8-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace ELT Control
Panel.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU I (17TA) on Rear YES Remove battery from ELT. Remove
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P and replace ELT.
6, BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7, and BAU II
NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 6. Disconnect plug
1MVA from ELT. Gain access to switch on face of
ELT. Momentarily place ELT switch to ON then back
to OFF. Is downward swept tone modulation heard
in headset on guard frequencies after switch is in
OFF position?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Ensure BAU II No. 2 is energized and ELT YES Go to Step 14.
switch is in ARM/RESET position. Is continuity
present between ELT plug 1MVA pins 6 (+) and 3 (-)?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Place ELT ARM/RESET switch to ON YES Go to Step 9.
position. Remove 5MV ELT Reset Relay. Place ELT
switch to ARM. Is 28 V dc present between 5MV
relay socket pins X1 and X2?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Does ground exist on pin X2 of 5MV relay YES Go to Step 6.
socket?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Is 28 V dc present at diode block 304VVD YES Repair circuit between terminal N
terminal N? and relay socket pin X1.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is 28 V dc present at diode block 304VVD YES Remove and replace 304VVD
terminal A? diode block.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
6. Disconnect plug 4TAC from BAU II No. 2. Is
continuity present between plug 4TAC pin 75 and
diode block 304VVD terminal A?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 10.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Is continuity present between plug 1MVA pin 6 and
diode block 304VVD pin F?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between plug 1MVA YES Go to Step 11.
pin 3 and diode block 304VVD pin E?
NO Repair circuit.

8-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-4. Troubleshooting of EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Is continuity present between diode block YES Go to Step 12.
304VVD pin M and 5MV relay socket B2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Is continuity present between diode block YES Go to Step 13.
304VVD pin B and 5MV relay socket B1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Is continuity present between diode block YES Remove and replace relay.
304VVD pins F (+) and M (-)?
NO Remove and replace 304VVD
diode block.
Step 14. Place ELT ARM/RESET switch to ON. Is YES Remove and replace ELT.
continuity present between ELT plug 1MVA pins 3
(+) and 6(-)?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. Is continuity present between pins P and R YES Go to Step 16.
of diode block 304VVD?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 16. Is continuity present between pin B3 of YES Remove and replace diode block
5MV relay socket and pin C of diode block 304VVD? 304VVD.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

8-26. MAINTENANCE
8-27. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

8-28. Removal and installation of the ELT system is described here.

8-29. Test equipment and special tools required for maintenance are listed in Table 8-5.

8-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 8-5. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Coaxial cable remove/install tool RT-4S - Remove/install 406 MHz
coaxial cable
2 Meter, Bonding C15292 Equivalent Check antenna bond

8-30. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER

8-31. REMOVAL. Remove ELT (Figure 8-4) as follows:

A. Open and tag STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position F 10.
B. Remove upper insulation cover between frames 26B and 29B.
C. Support lower tray and ELT.
D. Using the RT-4S coax cable removal/installation tool, connect the 406.025 MHz coaxial cable from
ELT.
E. Loosen thumbscrews and slide end cap up the wiring harness.
F. Lower forward end of lower tray, disengage slots on rear of lower tray from tabs on ELT, and remove
lower tray.
G. Disconnect aircraft harness electrical plug.
H. Using the RT-4S coax cable removal/installation tool, disconnect the 406.025 Mhz coaxial cable
from ELT.
I. Disconnect the 121.5/243 coaxial cable from ELT.
J. Lower forward end of ELT, disengage tabs on rear of ELT from slots on upper tray, and remove ELT.

8-32. INSTALLATION. Install ELT as follows:

NOTE

Call air traffic control before the ceck of G switch.

A. Check operation of g switch on replacement ELT as follows:

1. Connect electrical plug to ELT, do not connect antenna coaxial plugs.

2. Move ELT rapidly in direction of arrow and rapidly reverse direction to activate ELT.
3. Confirm buzzer near ELT sounds to indicate ELT has been activated.
4. Place switch on forward end of ELT to ON and then immediately to OFF.
5. Confirm that buzzer stops.

CAUTION

Arrow on top of ELT must point in direction of flight or g switch

will not operate.
B. Insert aft end of ELT in upper tray engaging tabs on ELT in slots in tray.
C. Raise forward end of ELT into tray.

8-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Ensure lower tray is installed with arrow pointing forward.

D. Place lower tray over ELT engaging slots on aft end of tray with tabs on ELT.
E. Connect 121.5/243 coaxial cable to ELT.
F. Slide cap over end of ELT and trays and tighten thumbscrews.
G. Using the RT-4S coax cable removal/installation tool, connect the 406 MHz coaxial cable to ELT.
H. Remove tag and close STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F10.
I. Perform ELT functional test in accordance with Paragraph 8-22.
J. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

8-33. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER BATTERY

8-34. REMOVAL. Remove ELT battery (Figure 8-4) as follows:

A. Remove ELT in accordance with Paragraph 8-31.

B. Remove screws from bottom of ELT assembly and carefully pull battery pack away from ELT asem-
bly.
C. Remove RTV compound and disconnect electrical connectors on ELT battery pack.
D. Remove ELT battery pack.

8-35. INSTALLATION. Install ELT battery as follows:

A. Connect electrical connectors to receptacles on ELT battery pack.

B. Immediately place switch on forward end of ELT to ON and then immediately to OFF.
C. Encase the electrical plug using RTV compound (RTV 157).
D. Position the battery pack on the ELT main assembly while ensuring the wires are not pinched.
E. Install and tighten screws on bottom of battery pack.
F. Install ELT in accordance with Paragraph 8-32.

8-36. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER ANTENNA

8-37. REMOVAL. Remove ELT antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position F10.

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.
B. Remove old sealant compound from antenna base, mounting surface, and screws with a sharp,
non-metallic scraper.
C. Remove 6 mounting screws from antenna.

8-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. Lift and support antenna assembly until cable connectors are accessible.
E. Disconnect the two cable connectors from antenna.
F. Remove antenna and gasket, discard gasket.

8-38. INSTALLATION. Install ELT antenna as follows:

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean antenna mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth
moistened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.
E. Lift and support antenna and connect cable connectors to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket and align screw holes.

WARNING

Sealants are toxic; therefore, rubber or polyethylene

gloves and goggles shall be worn when using these
materials. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water
before eating or smoking. If cleaner is splashed in
eyes, rinse thoroughly with fresh water for 15 minutes
and report to a medical facility.
G. Install screws (6) and alternately tighten the screws. Torque screws to 20 in/lbs to 25 in/lbs (0.225
mkg to 0.288 mkg).
H. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

8-39. Perform the following functional test.

8-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Remove tags and close the STICK SHAKER RH CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F10
B. Perform ELT functional test in accordance with Paragraph 8-22, then continue with next step.
C. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in
accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

8-40. COMPLETE. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.

B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of antenna base and blend
the fillet smooth.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).

C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
D. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

8-41. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around antenna.

8-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 8-4. Emergency Locator Transmitter Battery Pack

8-29 / (8-30 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION IX

UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON SYSTEM

9-1. DESCRIPTION

9-2. GENERAL

9-3. The Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) system radiates a pulsed acoustic signal when immersed in
fresh or salt water. This is to provide for underwater search operations using directional hydrophone equipment.
The ULB operates from the surface to a depth of about 20000 feet (6096 meters) for about 30 days. One beacon
is installed on the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and one is installed on the Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR).

9-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

9-5. UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The ULB system consists of two
identical battery operated beacon units and two mounts (Figure 9-1). The beacon contains a battery, elec-
tronic module/water switch, and a transducer in a watertight container.

9-6. UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON SYSTEM OPERATION

9-7. GENERAL. The ULB is activated when the water switch, located on the end of the waterproof cylinder,
is immersed in water. The water switch triggers a low current circuit that initiates the normal pulsing of the
oscillator circuit. The oscillator circuit is coupled to the piezoceramic transducer ring, resulting in the mechanical
motion of the metal case of the beacon. The motion of the case produces a 37.5 kHz acoustic energy pulse
transmitted through the surrounding water. Each pulse lasts 10 milliseconds and the pulses are transmitted
approximately one minute apart.

9-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 9-1. Underwater Locator Beacon Locations

9-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

9-8. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

9-9. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

9-10. UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON SYSTEM

9-11. Test equipment and special tools required for functional test is listed in Table 9-1

Table 9-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Test Set, Ultrasonic 42A12/1 Equivalent Test operation of beacon

9-12. Perform ULB Functional Test as follows:

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be disabled prior to attempting

to service or replace the ULB. Failure to comply may re-
sult in personnel injury.

A. Ensure ramp and cargo doors are closed, then deactivate by opening and tagging circuit breaker
HYD ACMP2 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.

NOTE

This test works with beacon installed or removed.

B. Set up the Ultrasonic Beacon Test set as follows:

1. On the Test Set, turn the GAIN control fully clockwise.

Verify that: A pronounced background noise can be heard from speaker.

NOTE

The TUNING control permits reception of an acoustic signal oper-

ating in the 30 kHz to 45 kHz range.

2. Set TUNING control to approximately 37kHz and rub fingers together in front of microphone.
Verify that: A rushing sound can be heard from speaker.

NOTE

If beacon under test is not mounted on recorder, it can be activated

by immersing the water switch in tap water.

C. Point Test Set microphone at the beacon under test.

D. Activate the beacon under test using a shorting tab or equivalent and adjust Test Set GAIN control
to a comfortable listening level.

9-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Hold the test set approximately 3 inches (7.5 cm) from the beacon.
Verify that: Pulsing sound will be heard through the Test Set.
F. Remove the shorting tab or equivalent, or remove beacon from water.
Verify that: Beacon stops transmitting and test set stops pulsing.
G. On Test Set, rotate GAIN switch to OFF.

WARNING

Isopropyl alcohol is flammable and toxic. Good general

ventilation is normally adequate. Skin and eye protec-
tion is required. Avoid all sources of ignition.
H. If tap water was used to activate beacon, clean contacts of water switch with a clean lint-free cloth
and isopropyl alcohol. Before contacts dry, wipe contacts clean with a clean lint-free cloth.

9-13. TROUBLESHOOTING
9-14. None

9-15. MAINTENANCE
9-16. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

9-17. Removal and installation of the ULB and battery is described here.

9-18. Test equipment and special tools required for maintenance are listed in Table 9-2.

Table 9-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Wrench, Spanner Battery 810-325 - Remove and install battery
cover
2 Vise Clamp 810-456 - Hold Beacon Case

9-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 9-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. - Cont’d

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION
3 Vise - Equivalent Hold the Vise clamp
4 Multimeter 34401A Equivalent Measure Battery Current

9-19. UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON

NOTE

One ULB is mounted on the DFDR and one ULB is mounted on

the CVR. They are mounted in identical mounts and removal pro-
cedures are the same.

9-20. Attach danger tag to external power receptacle.

9-21. Attach danger tag to battery switch.

9-22. REMOVAL. Remove ULB (Figure 9-2) as follows:

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be disabled prior to attempting

to service or replace the ULB. Failure to comply may re-
sult in personnel injury.

A. Ensure cargo door is disabled.

B. Loosen the top 2 clamping screws on the ULB mount (in front of ULB).
C. Remove the ULB from the mount.

9-23. INSTALLATION. Install ULB as follows:

A. Slide the Beacon into the mount.

CAUTION

Stamping of labels, other than the battery replacement date,

on the Beacon case may reduce acoustic radiation.
B. Rotate the ULB in the mount until the printed label and replacement date can be read
C. Secure the ULB to the mount with the 2 top clamping screws (in front of ULB).
D. Perform ULB functional test as described to Paragraph 9-9.
E. Remove danger tags from external receptacle and battery switch.

9-24. UNDERWATER LOCATOR BEACON BATTERY

NOTE

ULB must be removed from mount to perform this task.

9-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Battery replacement should be done in a maintenance shop under

clean conditions to prevent dust from contaminating O-ring and
lubricant.

9-25. Remove ULB in accordance with Paragraph 9-20.

9-26. REMOVAL. Remove the battery (Figure 9-3) from the Beacon case as follows:

WARNING

Use care when handling lithium batteries. Exposure to

the contents is considered toxic and may be harmful
if ingested, inhaled, or absorbed through the skin.
Risks of exposure to hazardous materials may occur
if the battery is mechanically, thermally, or electrically
abused. Do not electrically short the battery terminals.
Battery may explode, pyrolize, or vent if disassembled,
recharged, short circuited, or exposed to fire or exces-
sively high temperatures.

A. Using the Vise Clamp, secure the unit in a vise.

CAUTION

Break away torque is usually high, so spanner wrench

should be held firmly in contact with battery end cover to
prevent damage to wrench holes.

B. Using the ULB Spanner Wrench, remove end cover marked BATTERY ACCESS by rotating
counter-clockwise.

NOTE

When removing battery, ensure the battery pad remains in the end
cover.

C. Slide the battery out of the case.

D. Remove case from Vise Clamp.
E. Remove and discard the o-ring.

9-27. INSTALLATION. Install battery in the Beacon case as follows:

CAUTION

Foreign substances in lubricant on sealing surfaces may

damage threads or allow water leakage through the o-ring
seal. Scratches or gouges on sealing surfaces may also
cause water leakage.

A. Using a clean lint-free cloth, clean the threads and o-ring groove in the Beacon case and the
threads on the end cover.

9-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

The new o-ring and lubricant are supplied with the new battery.

B. Apply a thin coat of lubricant on the o-ring and in the o-ring groove, then install the new o-ring and
apply a thin coat of lubricant to the threads of the case.
C. Observe the marking INSERT THIS END FIRST on the battery, and slide the battery into the case.
D. Perform an OFF CURRENT TEST as follows:

1. Using a multimeter, connect the + lead to the battery terminal and the − lead to the Beacon
case.
Verify that: Battery OFF current must be less than 3 microamperes.
2. Remove multimeter and leads.
E. Seat battery pad around end cover contact spring and flush with the inside of the end cover.
F. Install the end cover on the case.
G. Using the Vise Clamp, secure the unit in a vise.
H. Using the spanner wrench, tighten the end cover until the flange contacts the Beacon case.
I. Remove unit from Vise Clamp.
J. Using a clean lint-free cloth, clean the Beacon unit of excess lubricant.

9-28. Install ULB in accordance with Paragraph 9-23.

9-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 9-2. Underwater Locator Beacon Components

9-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 9-3. Underwater Locator Beacon Battery

9-9 / (9-10 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION X

COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM

10-1. DESCRIPTION

10-2. GENERAL

10-3. The Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) system records all voice channels and cockpit ambient audio for
accident and incident investigations. The CVR is a solid state digital recorder located in the left aft cargo com-
partment. It has three input channels that receive cockpit voice and audio including pilot and copilot headset
audio and the area microphone for ambient audio in the cockpit area. A fourth channel records a Time Sync
Word from the Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR). The four signals are digitized and stored on a non-volatile
solid state memory in a crash-protected enclosure.

10-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

10-5. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The Cockpit Voice Recorder system con-
sists of a Cockpit Voice Recorder, Mount Tray, Cockpit Area (Remote) Microphone, Preamplifier, and a crash
Impact Switch. There is an Underwater Locator Beacon attached to the front panel.

10-6. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER. records for 120 minutes in solid state non-volatile memory. The CVR
is painted international orange and has reflective tape on its external surface to help in locating the recorder
under poor visibility conditions (Figure 10-1).

10-7. MOUNT TRAY. The CVR mounting tray mechanically secures the CVR in the aircraft.

10-8. COCKPIT AREA MICROPHONE. The Area Microphone is a high fidelity microphone which continu-
ously senses ambient cockpit audio. This signal is recorded on channel four of the cockpit voice recorder.

10-9. PREAMPLIFIER. The preamplifier provides power to the cockpit area microphone and amplifies the
audio sensed by the microphone.

10-10. IMPACT SWITCH. The Impact Switch removes power from the recorder when a 3g impact is sensed.

10-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 10-1. Cockpit Voice Recorder Component Locations

10-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

10-11. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM OPERATION

10-12. GENERAL. The CVR makes a solid state, digital recording of voice/audio communications transmitted
from or received by aircraft radio, interphone, flight deck communications, and voice or audio signals identifying
navigation or approach aids. To accomplish this the CVR records the: Time Synchronization data from the
DFDR on channel one, Copilot audio from the copilot MHIU microphone and headset on channel two, Pilot
audio from the pilot MHIU microphone and headset on channel three, and Cockpit area audio from the CVR
cockpit area microphone on channel four (Figure 10-2).The CVR records channels 1, 2, 3, and 4 in a high
quality mode for a maximum of 30 minutes. It also records a standard data stream combining channels 1, 2 and
3 for a minimum of 120 minutes and one data stream for the Cockpit Area Microphone (CAM) for 120 minutes.
The CVR system is operational whenever AC power is applied to the aircraft and the 28 VDC Bus 1 is powered.
It records voice/audio data via MHIUs from headset hot microphones. When the pilot or copilot makes a radio
or intercom transmission, the MHIU receives the signal and sends it to the CVR for recording on channels 3
and 2, respectively. Copilot and pilot headset audio is also recorded via their MHIUs on CVR channels 2 and
3, respectively. The CVR also continuously senses ambient cockpit audio from a non-directional high fidelity
microphone in the cockpit. The CVR preamplifier provides power to the area microphone and amplifies the
audio sensed by the microphone.The DFDR provides a time synchronization signal, which is recorded on the
CVR channel one approximately every four seconds. This data is used as a time reference for audio inputs to
the recorder. Power is removed from the CVR when the 28 VDC Bus 1 is shut down or the CVR circuit breaker
is open. The other condition for CVR power interruption is in the case of a crash. The CVR power is connected
to an impact switch for power interruption, which is set to a 3 g-force level. Recording will cease immediately
upon the switch activation (Figure 10-3).

10-13. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. Power-up begins an initial CVR BIT check. Circuitry in the
CVR provides continual operational BIT verification. The CVR will continue to operate regardless of the Mission
Computer (MC) status. Only system statusing will be lost with the loss of both MC.

10-14. ACAWS MESSAGES. A fault occurs if memory errors, corresponding to more than 5 seconds per
half-hour of recorded data, are detected. A fault is reported to the mission computer via the BAU Type II No. 2
and an ACAWS Advisory message CVR FAIL is then displayed on the CMDU.

10-15. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The 28 Vdc is supplied from the 28 Vdc Main Bus 1, through the 2RU VOICE
REC circuit breaker and through the impact switch. The CVR is on when power is applied to the aircraft.

10-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 10-2. Cockpit Voice Recorder Block Diagram

10-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 10-3. Cockpit Voice Recorder Schematic Diagram ( RU System )

10-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

10-16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

10-17. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

10-18. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM

10-19. Test equipment and special tools required for maintenance are listed in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 PORTABLE INTERFACE UNIT 17TES0043 Equivalent Test CVR operation

10-20. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER

10-21. Perform CVR Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 is
closed.

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be closed and disabled prior to

attempting to service the CVR. Failure to comply may
result in personnel injury.
B. Ensure cargo door is raised, then deactivate by opening and tagging the circuit breakers : HYD
ACMP2 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
C. Ensure that the circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
R 1 is closed.
D. Verify the following ACAWS message are not displayed:

1. CVR FAIL.
2. DFDR BIT FAIL.
3. DFDR FAIL.
4. DFDR COMM LOST on Maintenance page.
E. Verify ACAWS messages ICS related faults are not displayed.
F. On pilot and copilot ICS control panels, perform the following:

1. Set transmit select switch to INT.

2. Set interphone mode switch to VOX.
3. Rotate VOX/HM switch to midrange.
4. Rotate INT volume control to midrange.
5. Rotate VOL control to midrange.

10-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

G. Connect headset to copilot MHIU.

H. Open VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13
I. Connect headset to headphone jack of PIU, or listen trough the PIU speaker rotate PIU plug cover
on the front of CVR.
J. Connect PIU cable connector to J3 on CVR.
K. Close VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.
Verify that: ACAWS message CVR FAIL is not displayed and PIU is ON.
L. On the PIU, highlight and select MONITOR.
M. On the PIU MONITOR MENU, highlight and select HQ VOICE CH 1 ON.
Verify that: Time stamp tone is heard in PIU headset or speaker, then deselect CH1 (OFF).
N. On the PIU MONITOR MENU, highlight and select HQ VOICE CH 2 ON.
O. Connect aircraft headset to copilot MHIU and speak into headset microphone at copilot station.
Verify that: Audio from copilot headset microphone is heard in PIU headset or speaker, then de-
select CH2 (OFF).
P. Disconnect headset from copilot MHIU and connect headset to pilot MHIU.
Q. On the PIU MONITOR MENU, highlight and select HQ VOICE CH 3 ON.
R. Speak into headset microphone at pilot station.
Verify that: Audio from pilot headset microphone is heard in PIU headset or speaker, then deselect
CH3 (OFF).
S. On the PIU MONITOR MENU, highlight and select HQ CAM CH 4 ON.
T. In the cockpit, speak normally.
Verify that: Audio is heard in PIU headset or speaker, then deselect CH4 (OFF).
U. Open the VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.
V. Disconnect headset connector from headphone jack of PIU.
W. Disconnect portable interface unit (PIU) cable connector from J3 on CVR.
X. Close the VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.
Verify that: ACAWS message CVR FAIL is not displayed.
Y. Disconnect headset from pilot MHIU.
Z. Remove tags and close the circuit breaker HYD ACMP2 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker
Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
AA. End of Test.

10-22. TROUBLESHOOTING
10-23. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

10-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3130A01.
Cockpit Voice Recorder System Fault (Visual Detection). (3130A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 17.
BAU II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone
system. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13. Wait 10 seconds. Close circuit breaker VOICE
REC (2RU). Is fault code 3130000 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Connect PIU to front connector of CVR. YES Go to Step 3.
Listen for pulsed audio on channel 1. Is audio pulse
heard every 4 seconds?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 3. Transmit audio from pilot (channel 3) and YES Go to Step 4.
copilot (channel 2) headsets. Using PIU, monitor
audio on channels 2 and 3. Is transmitted audio
heard on channels 2 and 3?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 4. Transmit audio near flight station CVR YES System normal.
microphone. Using PIU, monitor audio from SQ
CAM. Is transmitted audio heard on audio pulses
heard every 4 seconds?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 7.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to interrupt power to CVR. Disconnect 3RUB
microphone preamplifier. Close circuit breaker
VOICE REC (2RU). Is 18+/-2 V dc present between
plug pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Remove and replace CVR.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to remove power to CVR. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between specified plug pins?
- Connector 3RUB pin A and CVR 1RUA pin 14.
- Connector 3RUB pin B and CVR 1RUA pin 13.
NO Repair circuit.

10-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 8.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to remove power to CVR. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between plug pins as follows?
- Connector 3RUB pin C and CVR 1RUA pin 47.
- Connector 3RUB pin D and CVR 1RUA pin 45.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Reconnect 3RUB and 1RUA. Disconnect YES Remove and replace cockpit area
3RUA from microphone preamplifier. Close circuit microphone.
breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to apply
power to CVR. Is approximately 6 V dc present
between 3RUA pins A and B?
NO Remove and replace CVR
microphone preamplifier.
Step 9. Is either CH 2 or CH 3 audio heard in PIU? YES Go to Step 10.
NO Remove and replace CVR.
Step 10. Is CH 2 audio heard in PIU? YES Go to Step 11.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 11. Open circuit breakers MHIU PILOT YES Remove and replace MHIU.
(25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 19 and MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4 to interrupt power to pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs. While speaking pilot
MHIU mic, monitor CH 3 audio with PIU. Is CH 3
audio heard?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Open circuit breakers MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Remove and replace CVR.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19 and VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to
remove power to pilot MHIU and CVR. Disconnect
13RZB from Pilot MHIU. Remove CVR. Is continuity
present between plug pins?
- Connector 13RZB pin 38 and 1RUA pin 43.
- Connector 13RZB pin 39 and 1RUA pin 41.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Open circuit breakers MHIU PILOT YES Remove and replace MHIU.
(25RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 19 and MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4 to interrupt power to pilot and copilot MHIUs.
Swap pilot and copilot MHIUs. While speaking in
copilot MHIU mic, monitor CH 2 audio with PIU. Is
CH 2 audio heard?
NO Go to Step 14.

10-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 14. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace CVR.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 4 and VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to
remove power to copilot MHIU and CVR. Disconnect
14RZB from copilot MHIU. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between plug pins?
- Connector 14RZB pin 38 and CVR 1RUA pin 37.
- Connector 14RZB pin 39 and CVR 1RUA pin 35.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 15. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) MHIU YES Go to Step 16.
COPILOT (8RZ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position R 1 and remove DFDR.
Disconnect 1MRA. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC
(2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 13 and remove CVR. Is continuity present
between specified pins?
- Connector 1MRA pin 19 and 1RUA pin 32.
- Connector 1MRA pin 20 and 1RUA pin 30.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 16. Remove and replace CVR. After replacing YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CVR, does fault persist?
NO Fault fixed after replacing CVR.
Step 17. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace BAU TYPE
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) II No. 2.
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
to remove power to BAU TYPE II No. 2. Disconnect
4TAC. Is ground present on plug pin 17?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Remove CVR. Close circuit breaker VOICE YES Go to Step 19.
REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 13 to apply power to CVR. Is
28 V dc present on plug pin 9?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 19. Is ground present on plug 1RUA pin 17? YES Go to Step 20.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 20. Is continuity present between 4TAC pin 17 YES Remove and replace CVR.
and 1RUA pin 23?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 21. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 22.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to interrupt power to CVR. Disconnect 5RUA
from impact switch. Is 28 V dc present on 5RUA pin
B?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 22. Is continuity present between 5RU pins A YES Repair circuit between 5RUA pin A
and B? and 1RUA pin 9.
NO Remove and replace Impact
Switch.

10-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 23. Remove electrical power from the aircraft. YES Remove and replace circuit
Is continuity present between circuit breaker VOICE breaker.
REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 13 terminal 2 and 5RUA pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3131920. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF TIME STAMP (CHAN 1) (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3131920)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure BAU YES Remove and replace CVR.
II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone system.
Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.
Remove CVR. Attach meter leads on 1RUA pins 30
and 32. Does meter needle deflect every 4 seconds?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove DFDR. Is continuity present YES Remove and replace DFDR.
between the following pins?
- 1MRA pin 19 and 1RUA pin 32.
- 1MRA pin 20 and 1RUA pin 30.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3131923. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF HEADSET AUDIO (CHAN 2) AND
(CHAN 3) (VISUAL DETECTION) (3131923)
Failure 1 Remove and replace CVR.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3130921. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF HEADSET AUDIO (CHAN 2) (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3130921)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Remove and replace MHIU.
breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13. Ensure BAU
II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone system.
Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 4 and MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 19 to interrupt
power to copilot and pilot MHIUs. Swap pilot and
copilot MHIUs. While speaking in copilot MHIU mic,
monitor CH 2 audio with PIU. Is CH 2 audio heard?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU COPILOT YES Remove and replace CVR.
(8RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 4 and VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to
remove power to copilot MHIU and CVR. Disconnect
14RZB from copilot MHIU. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between plug pins?
- Connector 14RZB pin 38 and CVR 1RUA pin 37.
- Connector 14RZB pin 39 and CVR 1RUA pin 35.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

10-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 5 - CODE 3130922. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF HEADSET AUDIO (CHAN 3) (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3130922)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Remove and replace MHIU.
breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13. Ensure BAU
II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone system.
Open circuit breakers MHIU PILOT (25RZ) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 19 and MHIU COPILOT (8RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 4 to interrupt
power to pilot and copilot MHIUs. Swap pilot and
copilot MHIUs. While speaking pilot MHIU mic,
monitor CH 3 audio with PIU. Is CH 3 audio heard?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers MHIU PILOT (25RZ) YES Remove and replace CVR.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 19 and VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to
remove power to pilot MHIU and CVR. Disconnect
13RZB from Pilot MHIU. Remove CVR. Is continuity
present between plug pins?
- Connector 13RZB pin 38 and CVR 1RUA pin 43.
- Connector 13RZB pin 39 and CVR 1RUA pin 41.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3130000. CVR BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3130000)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close circuit YES Remove and replace BAU TYPE
breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit II No. 2.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13. Ensure
BAU II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone
system. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
to remove power to BAU Type II No. 2. Disconnect
4TAC. Is ground present on plug pin 17?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 3.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13. Remove CVR. Close circuit breaker VOICE
REC (2RU)3. Is 28 V dc present on plug 1RUA pin 9?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pins 17? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between 4TAC pin 17 YES Remove and replace CVR.
and 1RUA pin 23?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to interrupt power to CVR. Disconnect 5RUA
from impact switch. Close circuit breaker VOICE
REC (2RU). Is 28 V dc present on 5RUA pin B?

10-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 10-3. Troubleshooting of COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Connect 5RUA to impact switch. Is continuity YES Repair circuit between 5RUA pin A
present between 5RU pins A and B? and 1RUA pin 9.
NO Remove and replace Impact
Switch.
Step 7. Remove electrical power from the aircraft. Is YES Remove and replace circuit
continuity present between circuit breaker VOICE breaker.
REC (2RU) terminal 2 and 5RUA pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3130924. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF CVR MICROPHONE (CHAN 4)
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3130924)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 3.
BAU II No. 2 is operational. Turn on interphone
system. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to interrupt power to CVR. Disconnect 3RUB
microphone preamplifier. Close circuit breaker
VOICE REC (2RU). Is 18+/-2 V dc present between
plug pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Remove and replace CVR.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to remove power to CVR. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between specified plug pins?
- Connector 3RUB pin A and CVR 1RUA pin 14.
- Connector 3RUB pin B and CVR 1RUA pin 13.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13 to remove power to CVR. Remove CVR. Is
continuity present between plug pins?
- Connector 3RUB pin C and CVR 1RUA pin 47.
- Connector 3RUB pin D and CVR 1RUA pin 45.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Reconnect 3RUB and 1RUA. Disconnect YES Remove and replace cockpit area
3RUA from microphone preamplifier. Close circuit microphone.
breaker VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13 to apply
power to CVR. Is approximately 6 V dc present
between 3RUA pins A and B?
NO Remove and replace CVR
microphone preamplifier.
END OF TEST

10-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

10-25. MAINTENANCE
10-26. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

10-27. Removal and installation of the CVR system is described here.

10-28. COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER

10-29. REMOVAL. Remove CVR as follows:

A. Open and tag VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be raised and disabled prior to

attempting to service the CVR. Failure to comply may
result in personnel injury.
B. Ensure cargo door is raised, then deactivate by opening and tagging the following circuit breakers
:

HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
C. On front of CVR, loosen hold down nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold down
hooks
D. Grasp handle and pull to remove CVR from Mount Tray.
E. Remove Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and mount (see Section “A8” in this Manual) from
CVR and hold for reinstallation on replacement CVR.

10-30. INSTALLATION. Install CVR as follows:

A. Install ULB and mount (see Section “A8” in this Manual) on CVR.
B. Place CVR in Mount Tray.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft hold down pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
C. Slide CVR into mounting position in rack and ensure CVR engages hold down pins on mounting
rack.

10-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. Engage mounting rack nut/collet assemblies on hold down hooks and lock CVR into position.
E. Remove tag and close VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13.
F. Perform CVR functional test in accordance with Paragraph 10-21.
G. Reactivate cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
H. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

10-31. AREA MICROPHONE/PREAMPLIFIER PANEL

10-32. REMOVAL. Remove Area Microphone/Preamplifier as follows:

A. Open and tag VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 13.
B. Loosen Dzus fasteners one quarter turn counterclockwise to release panel.
C. Carefully pull panel from overhead console to gain access to connector.
D. Disconnect connector from panel.
E. Loosen 4 captive screws securing cover to Area Microphone Panel and remove cover.
F. Disconnect microphone connector from preamplifier.
G. If removing microphone, remove 2 screws and washers securing microphone to panel and remove
microphone.
H. If removing preamplifier, remove 4 screws and washers securing preamplifier to panel and remove
preamplifier.

10-33. INSTALLATION. Install Area Microphone/Preamplifier as follows:

A. If installing microphone, support microphone in place and secure with 2 screws and washers.
B. If installing preamplifier, support preamplifier in place and secure with 4 screws and washers.
C. Connect microphone connector to preamplifier.
D. Align cover in place and secure to microphone panel with 4 captive screws.
E. Position Microphone Panel Assembly near overhead console and connect the connector to Panel.
F. Carefully push Microphone Panel Assembly into mounting position and engage Dzus fasteners
one quarter turn clockwise to secure panel.
G. Remove tag and close VOICE REC (2RU) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 13.
H. Perform CVR functional test in accordance with Paragraph 10-21.
I. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

10-15 / (10-16 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XI

DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM

11-1. DESCRIPTION

11-2. GENERAL

11-3. The Digital Flight Data Recorder (DFDR) records the latest 25 hours of aircraft flight performance data.
It records and stores crash protected aircraft performance data for use during incident and accident investiga-
tions. The recorder is located in the aft cargo compartment. The DFDR records parameters from various aircraft
systems and data from the aircraft mission computers and Bus Interface Units via the Right Display Bus. DFDR
BIT and fault logic is also transmitted to the mission computer via the Right Display Bus.

11-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

11-5. The DFDR is comprised of a Digital Flight Data Recorder, Mount Tray, Tri-Axis Accelerometer, two
Aileron Position Transducers, two Elevator Position Transducers, one Elevator Trim Position Transducer, one
Rudder Position Transducer, and a crash Impact Switch (Figure 11-1), (Figure 11-2). There is an Underwater
Locator Beacon attached to the front panel.

11-6. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER. The Digital Flight Data Recorder records the latest 25 hours of
aircraft flight performance data from associated systems for playback on the ground. It stores the solid state
memory data in a crash protected enclosure for use during accident and incident investigations.

11-7. MOUNT TRAY. The DFDR mounting tray mechanically secures the DFDR in the aircraft.

11-8. TRI-AXIS ACCELEROMETER. The Tri-Axis Accelerometer is dedicated to Digital Flight Data Recorder
use only. The accelerometer transmits vertical acceleration in the range from –3 g to +6 g, and longitudinal and
lateral acceleration in a range from –1 g to +1 g that produces a voltage to the BAU Type II for recording to the
DFDR.

11-9. AILERON POSITION TRANSDUCER. See FAM.1C-27J-2-9.

11-10. ELEVATOR POSITION TRANSDUCER. See FAM.1C-27J-2-9.

11-11. ELEVATOR TRIM TAB POSITION TRANSDUCER. See FAM.1C-27J-2-9.

11-12. RUDDER POSITION TRANSDUCER. See FAM.1C-27J-2-9.

11-13. IMPACT SWITCH. The Impact Switch removes power from the recorder when a 3 g impact is sensed.
This stops the recorder and prevents recording over critical data.

11-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 11-1. Digital Flight Data Recorder Component Locations

11-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 11-2. Digital Flight Data Recorder Sensor Locations

11-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

11-14. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM OPERATION

11-15. GENERAL. The DFDR operates automatically whenever the aircraft is under its own electrical power.
External power interlock prevents previously recorded flight data from being erased while the aircraft is on the
ground and external power is connected. Upon application of power to the aircraft systems, the DFDR will begin
to record data from the aircraft systems, which are designated to report parameter information. The DFDR
will continue to record for 25 hours, ceasing within 10 minutes of a crash impact. Power to the DFDR will be
interrupted if the crash impact switch that is preset for a 3-g level experiences a crash condition. When the
DFDR has reached its maximum memory capacity, it will begin to record on top of existing data. Desired data
must be removed as soon as possible to avoid being overwritten. Specific data, determined by the Operational
Flight Program (OFP) in the MC, is validated, digitized, formatted, and passed to the DFDR via the 1553B right
display data bus. This data is made available for analysis by downloading through a DFDR RS-422 interface
connector (Figure 11-3).

11-16. Acceleration is reported by a Tri-Axis Accelerometer, which is dedicated for DFDR use only and is
located along the aircraft centerline and under floor panel 240EZ. The outputs of the Tri-Axis Accelerometer go
to BAU Type II No. 2 and then to the MC (Figure 11-4).

11-17. The DFDR receives partitioned data via the MIL-STD-1553B Right Display Data Bus from the MC as
its primary data source, and the Bus Interface Unit as a secondary source. It also provides the Cockpit Voice
Recorder the Time Synchronization Signal used to synchronize flight data and cockpit voice activities during
off-aircraft data analysis and investigation. The data is contained within a non-volatile solid state memory in a
crash-protected enclosure. If both MC and BIU II No.2, which supports the Right Display Bus, fail, then there
is no DFDR recording. In the BIU Backup mode limited parameters are recorded with BIU II No. 2 on line and
several essential parameters from BIU II No. 1 are transferred to BIU II No.2 for recording. There is no DFDR
function with only BIU No. 1 on line. The DFDR is painted international orange with reflective stripes and has
an underwater acoustic beacon attached to aid in locating the device after a crash. The DFDR can be removed
and transported to another area for data reduction.

11-18. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The DFDR has an internal continuous BIT capability con-
sisting of power fault status BIT and internal fault/Printed Wire Assembly circuit card status BIT that verifies
read after write validity and recorder status. The tri-axis accelerometer has no internal BIT except for excitation
voltage monitoring associated with the BAU Type II No. 2.

11-19. ACAWS MESSAGES. If a fault occurs, a discrete bit is output and an ACAWS message DFDR FAIL
is displayed.

11-20. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The 28 V dc is supplied from the 28 V dc Main Bus 1, through the 2MR FDR
circuit breaker and through the impact switch. The DFDR is on when power is applied to the aircraft.

11-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 11-3. Digital Flight Data Recorder Block Diagram

11-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 11-4. Digital Flight Data Recorder Schematic Diagram ( MR System)

11-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

11-21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

11-22. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

11-23. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM

11-24. Test equipment and special tools required for functional tests are listed in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MIMS (Mobile Interactive G2204230000- - Perform Databus checks,
Maintenance System) 013-1 interrogations, and upload
/download data associ-
ated with the processors
in the Systems Integra-
tion and Displays and
Communication/Naviga-
tion/Identification - System
Processors.

11-25. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER

11-26. Perform DFDR Functional Test as follows:

NOTE

Crash Impact switch is also tested.

A. Ensure the FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 is closed.
B. Verify the following ACAWS messages are not displayed:

1. DFDR BIT FAIL on ACAWS.

2. DFDR FAIL on ACAWS.
3. DFDR COMM LOST on Maintenance page.
C. End of Test.

11-27. TRI-AXIS ACCELEROMETER

11-28. Perform Tri-Axis Accelerometer Functional Test as follows:

A. Jack aircraft and level in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

B. Ensure the FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 is closed.
C. Using MIMS, select and test the following Data Bus Test Points:

11-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

DBTP DEVICE RESULT

215040104151 (Vertical) BAU II MIMS vertical acceleration display
reading is 2.3 ± 0.1 V dc
215040204151 (Lateral) BAU II MIMS lateral acceleration display
reading is 2.6 ± 0.1 V dc
215040304151 (Longitudinal) BAU II MIMS longitudinal acceleration display
reading is 2.6 ± 0.1 V dc

D. End of Test.

11-29. TROUBLESHOOTING
11-30. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 11-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault1 – CODE 3130A01
Digital Flight Data Recorder System Fault (31330A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure BAU YES Go to Step 2.
II NO:2 is operational. Are fault codes 3130020,
3130021, or 3130023 active?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 2. Are fault codes 3130020 or 3130023 active? YES Remove and replace DFDR.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove DFDR. Is ground present on 1MRA1 YES Go to Step 4.
pins 12, 14, and 16?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid YES Go to Step 5.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to apply
power to DFDR. Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 5?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Is ground present on 1MRA1 plug pin 38? YES Troubleshoot RH display bus.
NO Repair circuit.

11-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 7.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1
to interrupt power to DFDR. Disconnect 3MRA from
impact switch. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR). Is
28 V dc present on 3MRA pin B?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 7. Is continuity present between impact switch YES Repair circuit between 3MRA pin
3MR pins A and B? A and 1MRA1 pin 5.
NO Remove and replace switch.
Step 8. Remove electrical power to aircraft. Is YES Remove and replace circuit
continuity present between circuit breaker FDR breaker.
(2MR) terminal 2 and 3MRA pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is problem related to downloading data from YES Remove and replace DFDR.
DFDR?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Is problem related to invalid data recorded YES Go to Step 11.
to DFDR as determined by data analysis?
NO System normal.
Step 11. Is ground present on plug 1MRA1 pin 18? YES Remove and replace DFDR.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 – CODE 3130020. DFDR BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3130020)
Failure 1 Remove and replace DFDR.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 – CODE 3130010. TRIAXIS ACCEL FAULT (FD MESSAGE) (3130010)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure YES Go to Step 10.
aircraft is level. Select all DBTP listed. Do test points
indicate proper voltage? (DBTP) 215040104151,
Vertical Acceleration, 2.3+/-0.1 V dc. (DBTP)
215040204151, Lateral Acceleration, 2.6+/-0.1 V dc.
(DBTP) 215040304151, Longitudinal Acceleration,
2.6+/-0.1 V dc.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Do all three DBTP indicate 0 V dc? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is there more than one DBTP that indicates YES Remove and replace Tri-Axis
0 V dc? Accelerometer.
NO Go to Step 4.

11-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) NO:2.
in position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
to remove power to BAU Type II NO:2. Disconnect
4TAD. Is there appropriate voltage between listed
pins? Vertical Acceleration: Pins 1 and 2, 2.3+/-0.1 V
dc. Lateral Acceleration: Pins 3 and 4, 2.6+/-0.1 V
dc. Longitudinal Acceleration: Pins 5 and 6, 2.6+/-0.1
V dc.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 6.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to
remove power to Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect
6MRA and 4TAD. Is continuity present between
following plug pins? Lateral 4TAD pin 3 and 6MRA
pin E. 4TAD pin 4 and 6MRA pin F. Longitudinal
4TAD pin 5 and 6MRA pin G. 4TAD pin 6 and 6MRA
pin H. Vertical 4TAD pin 1 and 6MRA pin C. 4TAD pin
2 and 6MRA pin D.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is there a short between the shield and any YES Repair circuit.
of the following 4TAD pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6?
NO Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 8.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to
interrupt power to Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect
6MRA. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR). Is 28 V dc
present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 8. Is ground present on plug pin B? YES Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. Remove electrical power from aircraft. Is YES Remove and replace FDR circuit
continuity present between circuit breaker FDR breaker.
(2MR) terminal 2 and pin A of 6MRA?
NO Repair circuit between FDR circuit
breaker and 6MRA pin A.
Step 10. There is an intermittent fault that causes YES Remove and replace Tri-Axis
fault code 3130010 to trigger in flight, check wiring Accelerometer.
between accelerometer and BAU II NO:2 for
problems. Is wiring good?
NO Repair wiring.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 CODE 3130524. VOLTAGE MISSING ON MULTIPLE ACCELEROMETER OUTPUTS (FI
MESSAGE) (3130524)
Failure 2 Remove and replace Tri-Axis Accelerometer
END OF TEST
Fault 5 CODE 3130023. DFDR FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3130023)

11-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Failure3 Remove and replace DFDR.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 – 3130910. DATA ANALYSIS REPORT INVALID DATA RECORDER TO DFDR (VISUAL DETECT)
(3130910)
Step 1. Is problem related to invalid data recorded to YES Go to Step 2.
DFDR as determined by data analysis?
NO System normal.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker 2MR (DR. Disconnect YES Remove and replace DFDR.
1MRA. Is ground present on plug 1MRA pin 18?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 – CODE 3130521. VOLTAGE MISSING ON ACCELEROMETER VERTICAL OUTPUT (FI
MESSAGE) (3130521)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper NO:2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7 and
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6 to remove
power to BAU Type II NO:2. Disconnect 4TAD.
Is there appropriate voltage between listed pins?
Vertical Acceleration: Pins 1 and 2, 2.3+/-0.1 V dc.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to
remove power to Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect
6MRA. Is continuity present between the following
plug pins? Vertical 4TAD pin 1 and 6MRA pin C.
4TAD pin 2 and 6MRA pin D.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is there a short between the shield and any YES Repair circuit.
of the following 4TAD pins 1 and 2?
NO Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 – CODE 3130021. DFDR COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3130021)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Ensure BAU YES Go to Step 2.
II NO:2 is operational. Open circuit breaker FDR
(2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position R 1. Remove DFDR. Is ground present on
1MRA1 pins 12, 14, and 16?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid YES Go to Step 3.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to apply
power to DFDR. Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 5?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin 38? YES Troubleshoot RH display bus.
NO Repair circuit.

11-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 5.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1
to interrupt power to DFDR. Disconnect 3MRA from
impact switch. Is 28 V dc present on 3MRA pin B?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Is continuity present between impact switch YES Repair circuit between 3MRA pin
3MR pins A and B ? A and 1MRA1 pin 5.
NO Remove and replace switch.
Step 6. Remove electric power to aircraft. Is YES Remove and replace circuit
continuity present between circuit breaker FDR breaker.
(2MR) terminal 2 and 3MRA pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 – CODE 3130520. VOLTAGE MISSING ON ACCELEROMETER VERTICAL, LATERAL, AND
LONGITUDINAL OUTPUTS (FI MESSAGE) (3130520)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to interrupt power to
Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect 6MRA. Close
circuit breaker FDR (2MR). Is 28 V dc present on
plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin B? YES Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Remove electrical power from aircraft. Is YES Remove and replace FDR circuit
continuity present between circuit breaker FDR breaker.
(2MR) terminal 2 and pin A of 6MRA?
NO Repair circuit between FDR circuit
breaker and 6MRA pin A.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 – CODE 3130522. VOLTAGE MISSING ON ACCELEROMETER LATERAL OUTPUT (FI
MESSAGE) (3130522)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper NO:2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7 and
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6 to remove
power to BAU Type II NO:2. Disconnect 4TAD.
Is there appropriate voltage between listed pins?
Lateral Acceleration: Pins 3 and 4, 2.6+/-0.1 V dc.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to
remove power to Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect
6MRA. Is continuity present between the following
plug pins? Lateral 4TAD pin 3 and 6MRA pin E. 4TAD
pin 4 and 6MRA pin F.
NO Repair circuit.

11-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Is there a short between the shield and any YES Repair circuit.
of the following 4TAD pins 3 and 4?
NO Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 – CODE 3130523. VOLTAGE MISSING ON ACCELEROMETER LONGITUDINAL OUTPUTS (FI
MESSAGE) (3130523)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper NO:2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7 and
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6 to remove
power to BAU Type II NO:2. Disconnect 4TAD.
Is there appropriate voltage between listed pins?
Longitudinal Acceleration: Pins 5 and 6, 2.6+/-0.1
V dc.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear YES Go to Step 3.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1 to
remove power to Tri-Axis Accelerometer. Disconnect
6MRA. Is continuity present between the following
plug pins? Longitudinal 4TAD pin 5 and 6MRA pin G.
4TAD pin 6 and 6MRA pin H.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is there a short between the shield and any YES Repair circuit.
of the following 4TAD pins 5 and 6?
NO Remove and replace Tri-Axis
Accelerometer.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 3130930 DATA ANALYSIS REPORTA A FAULT OF LEFT ELEVATOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER (VISUAL DETECTION) (3130930)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 1 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect left elevator flight control surface
through full range of travel and verify each test point
indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 1150604151, left elevator position at +28.3
degrees (FULL DOWN) is 16.25 V dc
- At DBTP 1150604151, left elevator position at -28.3
degrees (FULL UP) is 1.25 V dc.
Do test points indicate proper voltage readings?
NO Go to Step 2.

11-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The left elevator transducer receives power from BAU
II No. 1.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
6 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. Disconnect
5TAD from BAU II No.1.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
5TAD pins 37 and 38?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. In rear fuselage at the left elevator position YES Go to step 4.
transducer, disconnect 11CTA.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between 11CTA
pins A and C?
NO Remove and replace left elevator
position transducer.
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 11CTA pin A to 5TAD pin 38
- 11CTA pin B to 5TAD pin 19
- 11CTA pin C to 5TAD pin 37
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect left elevator flight control surface to YES Go to Step 6.
-28.3 degrees (FULL UP)
Is resistance 9288 ohms +/- 10% between plug 5TAD
pins 37 and 19?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle left elevator flight control surface YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 1.
throughout full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Replace left elevator transducer.
Step 7. In rear fuselage at the left elevtor position YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
transducer, disconnect 11CTA. Deflect left elevator between BAU II No. 1 and the left
flight control surface to -28.3 degrees (FULL UP). elevator transducer as follows:
Is resistance 9288 ohms +/- 10% between 11CTA - 5TAD pin 37 to 11CTA pin C
pins B and C? - 5TAD pin 19 to 11CTA pin B
- 5TAD pin 38 to 11CTA pin A
- 5TAD pin 38 to 5TAD pin 20
NO Remove and replace left elevator
transducer.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 3130931 DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF RIGHT ELEVATOR POSITION
TRANSDUCER (VISUAL DETECTION) (3130931)

11-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 1 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect right elevator flight control
surface through full range of travel and verify each
test point indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 215060604151, right elevator position at
+28.3 degrees (FULL DOWN) is 16.25 V dc
- At DBTP 215060605151, right elevator position at
-28.3 degrees (FULL UP) is 1.25 V dc
Do test points indicate proper voltag readings?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The right elevator transducer receives power from
BAU II No. 2.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect 4TAD from BAU II No. 2.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
4TAD pins 48 and 49?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. In rear fuselage at the right elevator position YES Go to Step 4.
transducer, disconnect 12CTA.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between 12CTA
pins A and C?
NO Replace right elevator position
transducer.
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 12CTA pin A to 4TAD pin 28
- 12CTA pin B to 4TAD pin 27
- 12CTA pin C to 4TAD pin 48
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect right elevator flight control surface to YES Go to Step 6.
-28.3 degrees (FULL UP).
Is resistance 9288 ohms +/- 10% between plug 4TAD
pins 48 and 27?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle right elevator flight control surface YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
throughout full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Remove and replace elevator
transducer.

11-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. In rear fuselage at the right elevator position YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
transducer, disconnect 12CTA. Deflect right elevator between BAU II No. 2 and the left
flight control surface to -28.3 degrees (FULL UP). elevator transducer as follows:
Is resistance 9288 ohms +- 10% between 12CTA - 4TAD pin 28 to 12CTA pin C
pins A and B? - 4TAD pin 27 to 12CTA pin B
- 4TAD pin 48 to 12CTA pin A
- 4TAD pin 49 to 4TAD pin 28
NO Remove and replace right elevator
transducer.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 3130932. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF LEFT AILERON POSITION
TRANSDUCER (VISUAL DETECTION) (3130932)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 2 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect left aileron flight control surface
through full range of travel and verify each test point
indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 115060304151, left aileron position at +20
degrees (FULL DOWN) is 14.1 V dc
- At DBTP 115060304151, left aileron position at -27
degrees (FULL UP) is 1.6 V dc
Do test points indicate proper voltage readings?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The left aileron transducer receives power from BAU
II No. 1.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. disconnect
5TAD from BAU II No. 1.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
5TAD pins 41 and 42?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. On left wing at left aileron position transducer, YES Go to Step 4.
disconnect 17circuit breaker A.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between 17circuit
breaker A pins A and C?
NO Remove and replace left aileron
position transducer.
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 17circuit breaker A pin A to 5TAD pin 51
- 17circuit breaker A pin B to 5TAD pin 27
- 17circuit breaker A pin C to 5TAD pin 42
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect left aileron flight control surface to YES Go to Step 6.
-27 degrees (FULL UP).
Is resistance 8030 ohms +/- 10% between plug 5TAD
pins 27 and 41.

11-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle left aileron flight control surface YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 1.
throughout full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Remove and replace left aileron
transducer.
Step 7. On left wing at the left aileron position YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
transducer, disconnect 17circuit breaker A. Deflect between BAU II No. 1 and the left
left aileron flight control surface to -27 degrees (FULL aileron transducer as follows:
UP). - 5TAD pin 42 to 11CTA pin C
Is resistance 8030 ohms +/- 10% between 17circuit - 5TAD pin 27 to 11CTA pin B
breaker A pins A and B? - 5TAD pin 41 to 11CTA pin A
- 5TAD pin 28 to 5TAD pin 42
NO Remove and replace left aileron
transducer.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 3130933. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF RIGHT AILERON POSITION
TRANSDUCER (VISUAL DETECTION) (3130933)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 1 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect right aileron flight control surface
through full range of travel and verify each test point
indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 215060304151, right aileron position at
+20 degrees (FULL DOWN) is 14.1 V dc
- At DBTP 215060304151, right aileron position at
-27 degrees (FULL UP) is 1.6 V dc
Do test points indicate proper voltage readings?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The right aileron transducer receives power from BAU
II No. 2.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect 4TAD from BAU II No. 2.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
4TAD pins 37 and 38?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. On right wing at right aileron position YES Go to Step 4.
transducer, disconnect 16circuit breaker A.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between 16circuit
breaker A pina A and C?
NO Remove and replace right aileron
position transducer.

11-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 16circuit breaker A pin A to 4TAD pin 38
- 16circuit breaker A pin B to 4TAD pin 19
- 16circuit breaker A pin C to 4TAD pin 37
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect right aileron flight control surface to YES Go to Step 6.
-27 degrees (FULL UP).
Is resistance 8030 ohms +/- 10% between plug 4TAD
pins 21 and 37?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle right aileron flight control surface YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
throughout full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Remove and replace right aileron
transducer.
Step 7. On right wing at right aileron position YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
transducer, disconnect 16circuit breaker A. Deflect between BAU II No. 2 and the
right aileron flight control surface to -27 degrees right aileron transducer as follows:
(FULL UP). - 4TAD pin 37 to 16circuit breaker
Is resistance 8030 ohms +- 10% between 16circuit A pin C
breaker A pins B and C? - 4TAD pin 21 to 16circuit breaker
A pin B
- 4TAD pin 38 to 16circuit breaker
A pin A
- 4TAD pin 38 to 5TAD pin 22
NO Remove and replace right aileron
transducer.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 3130934. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF RUDDER POSITION TRANSDUCER
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3130934)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 1 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect rudder flight control surface
through full range of travel and verify each test point
indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 215060204151, rudder position at +37
degrees (FULL LEFT) is 13.65 V dc
- At DBTP 215060204151, rudder position at -37
degrees (FULL RIGHT) is 3.84 V dc
Do test points indicate proper voltage readings?
NO Go to Step 2.

11-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The rudder transducer receives power from BAU II No.
2.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect 4TAD from BAU II No. 2.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
4TAD pins 39 and 40?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. On vertical stabilizer at rudder position YES Go to Step 4.
transducer, disconnect 12CCA.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between 12CCA
pins A and C?
NO Remove and replace rudder
position transducer.
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 12CCA pin A to 4TAD pin 20
- 12CCA pin B to 4TAD pin 19
- 12CCA pin C to 4TAD pin 39
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect rudder flight control surface to +37 YES Go to Step 6.
degrees (FULL LEFT).
Is resistance 2197 ohms +/- 10% between plug
12CCA pins 39 and 19?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle rudder flight control surface throughout YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Remove and replace rudder
transducer.
Step 7. On vertical stabilizer at rudder position YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
transducer, disconnect 12CCA. Deflect rudder flight between BAU II No. 2 and the
control surface -37 degrees (FULL RIGHT). rudder transducer as follows:
Is resistance 2197 ohms +/- 10% between 12CCA - 4TAD pin 39 to 11CTA pin C
pins B and C? - 4TAD pin 19 to 11CTA pin B
- 4TAD pin 20 to 11CTA pin A
- 4TAD pin 40 to 5TAD pin 20
NO Remove and replace rudder
transducer.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 3130935. DATA ANALYSIS REPORTS A FAULT OF RIGHT ELEVATOR TRIM POSITION
TRANSDUCER (VISUAL DETECTION) (3130935)

11-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace DFDR.
CMDUs. Close circuit breaker FDR (2MR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
1. Ensure BAU II No. 1 and BAU II No. 2 are
operational. Deflect right elevator trim flight control
surface through full range of travel and verify each
test point indicates proper voltage reading as follows:
- At DBTP 21504040151, right elevator trim position
at +10 degrees (FULL DOWN) is 6.09 V dc
- At DBTP 21504040151, right elevator trim position
at -10 degrees (FULL UP) is 11.4 V dc
Do test points indicate proper voltage readings?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
The right elevator trim transducer receives power from
BAU II No. 2.
Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Disconnect 4TAD from BAU II No. 2.
Is resistance 10000 ohms +/- 10% between plug
4TAD pins 50 and 51?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. On horizontal stabilizer at right elevator trim YES Go to Step 4.
position transducer, disconnect 10CTA.
Is resistance 10000 ohms+/- 10% between 10CTA
pins A and C?
NO Remove and replace right elevator
trim position transducer.
Step 4. Is continuity present between the following: YES Transducer operations normal.
- 10CTA pin A to 4TAD pin 50
- 10CTA pin B to 4TAD pin 29
- 10CTA pin C to 4TAD pin 51
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Deflect right elevator trim flight control YES Go to Step 6.
surface to -10 degrees (FULL UP).
Is resistance 3485 ohms +/- 10% between plug 4TAD
pins 29 and 50?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Cycle right elevator trim flight control surface YES Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
throughout full range of travel.
Does resistance increase and decrease smoothly
with no erratic movement or flat spots noted?
NO Remove and replace right elevator
trim transducer.

11-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 11-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. On horizontal stabilizer at right elevator trim YES Repair circuit to ensure continuity
position transducer, disconnect 10CTA. Deflect right between BAU II No. 2 and the
elevator trim flight control surface to -10 degrees right elevator trim transducer as
(FULL UP). follows:
Is resistance 3485 ohms +/- 10% between 10CTA - 4TAD pin 51 to 10CTA pin C
pins A and B? - 4TAD pin 29 to 10CTA pin B
- 4TAD pin 50 to 10CTA pin A
- 4TAD pin 51 to 4TAD pin 30
NO Remove and replace right elevator
trim transducer.
END OF TEST

11-32. MAINTENANCE
11-33. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

11-34. Removal and installation of the DFDR system is described here. Removal and installation proce-
dures for the Aileron Position Transducer, Elevator Position Transducer, Right Elevator Trim Tab Position Trans-
ducer,and Rudder Position Transducer are in FAM.1C-27J-2-9.

11-35. DIGITAL FLIGHT DATA RECORDER

11-36. REMOVAL. Remove DFDR as follows:

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be raised and disabled prior to

attempting to service or replace the DFDR. Failure to
comply may result in personnel injury.
A. Ensure cargo door is raised, then deactivate by opening and tagging the following circuit breakers
:

HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
B. Open and tag FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1.

11-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. On front of DFDR, loosen hold down nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold down
hooks
D. Grasp handle and pull to remove DFDR from Mount Tray.
E. Remove Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and mount (see Section “A8” in this Manual) from
DFDR and hold for reinstallation on replacement DFDR.

11-37. INSTALLATION. Install DFDR as follows:

A. Install ULB and mount on DFDR (see Section “A8” in this Manual).
B. Place DFDR in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft hold down pins on Mount Tray.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
C. Slide DFDR into mounting position in Tray and ensure CVR engages hold down pins on Mount
Tray.
D. Engage mounting rack nut/collet assemblies on hold down hooks and lock DFDR into position.
E. Remove tag and close FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1.
F. Perform DFDR functional test in accordance with Paragraph 11-26.
G. Restore cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

HYD ACMP1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25.
HYD ACMP2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28.
H. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

11-38. TRI-AXIAL ACCELEROMETER

11-39. REMOVAL. Remove Tri-Axial Accelerometer Figure 10-1as follows:

A. Open access panel 240EZ (Figure 11-5).

B. Open and tag FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1.
C. Disconnect the connector from the accelerometer.
D. Remove four screws and washers securing accelerometer to mount.
E. Remove accelerometer from mount.

11-40. INSTALLATION. Install Tri-Axial Accelerometer as follows:

A. Position accelerometer in mount with arrow pointing forward.

B. Install four screws and washers securing accelerometer to mount.
C. Connect the connector to accelerometer.
D. Remove tag and close FDR (2MR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 1.
E. Perform Tri-Axial Accelerometer functional test in accordance with Paragraph 11-28.
F. Close access panel 240EZ (Figure 11-5).
G. Lower aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual

11-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

H. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

11-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 11-5. Location of Access Panel 240EZ

11-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XII

DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM

12-1. DESCRIPTION

12-2. GENERAL

12-3. The Distributed Air Data System (DADS) provides air mass data to the flight crew and aircraft depen-
dent systems through the MIL-STD-1553B display data bus. One air data computer and one static pressure
transducer unit are paired together with applicable probes to form one channel of the DADS. The DADS operate
as two independent subsystems, DADS 1 located on the left side of the aircraft and DADS 2 located on the right
side of the aircraft. The DADS is interfaced, through the mission computer, with the CNI Management System,
the Digital Autopilot/Flight Director, Pressurization Control System, Full Authority Digital Electronic Controller,
Environmental Control System, De-Ice Timer Unit, Nacelle Interface Unit, IFF Transponder, and the Color Mul-
tifunction Display Units.

12-4. The DADS provides the following air mass data:

– True Air Speed

– Indicated Air Speed
– Altitude
– Calibrated Air Speed
– Altitude Rate
– Static Air Temperature
– Total Air Temperature
– Impact Pressure
– Static pressure
– Barometric Corrected Altitude

12-5. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

12-6. The Distributed Air Data System (DADS) is composed of two air data computers, two static pressure
transducer units, two pitot probes, four static ports and two total air temperature sensors (Figure 12-1). There
is one additional pitot probe and one static port on each side used by the standby instrument system.

12-7. Air Data Computer. The two ADC are mounted forward and outboard of the rudder pedals, under the
floor, on the left and right sides. The ADC is the processing unit for DADS. The ADC receives air pressure from
the pitot-static subsystem, an analog signal from the Total Air Temperature (TAT) probe, and digital data from
the SPTU through the RS-422 data bus. Output is through the MIL-STD-1553B display data bus.

12-8. Static Pressure Transducer Unit. Two SPTU are installed forward of the main instrument panel. The
SPTU receives static pressure from the static pressure ports and converts it into an electrical value, which is

12-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

transmitted via the RS422 bus to the ADC. The SPTU are cross connected to enable the ADC to average the
static pressures from both sides of the aircraft.

12-9. Two pitot probes are installed on the outside of the aircraft, with one probe on each side. Each pitot
probe, through the opening in the front of the probe, provides pitot pressure to an Air Data Computer (ADC).
The pitot system No. 1 (left/pilot) feeds the No. 1 ADC. Pitot system No. 2 (right/copilot) feeds the No. 2 ADC.
The back of the probe has a plumbing connector for the pressure line and an electrical connector for the anti-ice
heater element.

12-10. The flush mounted static pressure ports are installed two on each side of the fuselage and provide
static pressure to the ADC and Static Pressure Transducer Unit (SPTU). Static system No. 1 (left) feeds the No.
1 ADC and the No. 2 SPTU. Static system No. 2 (right) feeds the No. 2 ADC and the No. 1 SPTU.

12-11. Total Air Temperature Probe. The two TAT probes are mounted on each side of the fuselage and each
contains two variable resistance sensing elements. These elements are exposed to ambient air through a hole
in the front of the probe. As air flows over the elements, a signal that is directly proportional to the total air
temperature is developed. The signal is sent to the ADC, where it is used to calculate altitude and true airspeed.
The probe has a resistance heater which is used for anti-icing.

12-12. Pitot-Static/Total Air Temperature System Anti-Icing. Probe anti-icing is provided by AC electrical heat-
ing elements installed in each of the probes.

12-13. DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM OPERATION

12-14. GENERAL. The DADS is to provides air mass sensor data to the mission computer for display on the
Color Multipurpose Display Unit (CMDU), and for use by other systems. The ADC uses pitot and static pressure,
static pressure data from the SPTU, TAT probe sensor data, and baroset input data to calculate all output values
for use by other subsystems. The ADC processes all of its output parameters from inputs of pitot-static air
pressure and air temperature. Pitot and static pressures are routed to the ADC, and static pressure is routed
to the SPTU through the pitot-static system plumbing (Figure 12-3 and Figure 12-4). The ADC processor
senses the pitot and static pressures, the SPTU processor senses the static pressures, and the respective
processors convert the pressures to representative electrical signals. In the ADC, electrical signals received
from the SPTU are combined with signals derived from static pressure sensed on the opposite side of the aircraft
to create a cross-ship averaged value. The ADC collects temperature data from the TAT probes by reading the
resistance from the resistance element and converting the resistance to an electrical value representing total
air temperature. The pilot enters the current barometric pressure by using the baroset knob on the reference
set/mode select panel and the mission computer receives and processes the baroset value over the MIL-STD-
1553B data bus and sends it to the ADC. The ADC transmits output values of indicated airspeed (Vi), baro-
corrected altitude (Hbc), altitude rate (H), static air temperature (Ts), pressure altitude (Hp), mach number (M),
true airspeed (Vt), altimeter baroset (Pbs), impact pressure (Qc), and total air temperature (Tt), over the MIL-
STD-1553B data bus to the mission computer. The mission computers provide the interface for the ADC to all
necessary aircraft systems via the MIL-STD-1553B data busses as well as calculation of limits, warnings and
reference speeds.

12-15. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the ADC and SPTU: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power
is applied to the DADS. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.

12-16. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates the foolowing ACAWS
messages:

ADC1/2 FAIL CAUTION

ADC1/2 VVI FAIL ADVISORY
ADC1/2 ALT FAIL CAUTION
ADC1/2 AIRSPEED FAIL CAUTION
ADC SAME ADVISORY

12-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-1. Digital Air Data System Components

12-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-2. Digital Air Data System Displays

12-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-3. Digital Air Data System Functional Block Diagram

12-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-4. Digital Air Data System Diagram

12-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-5. Digital Air Data System Schematic

12-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

12-18. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breaker is powered by the following bus.

7FF ADC 1 28 V dc EMER BUS

8FF ADC 2 28 V dc ESSENTIAL BUS
9FF STPU 1 28 V dc EMER BUS

10FF STPU 2 28 V dc ESSENTIAL BUS

12-19. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

12-20. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

12-21. DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM

12-22. Perform Digital Air Data System Functional Test as follows:

Table 12-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Test Set, Pitot Static DPS-500 - Test Air Data Computers
2 Air Data Accessory Kit ADAC27J-945 - Adaptors

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both DADS 1 and DADS 2

systems. If checking DADS 2 system, substitute DADS 2 for DADS
1 and PITOT RH for PITOT LH.
B. Remove all covers from AOA Vanes, Pitot probes and Temperature probes.
C. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.
ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.
SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.

CAUTION

On ICE PROTECTION control panel, verify PITOT LH and

PITOT RH switch is OFF. Failure to do so may result in dam-
age to equipment or injury to personnel.
D. Connect Pitot-Static test set as follows:

12-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CAUTION

Do not apply suction to Pitot lines or pressure to Static lines.

1. Remove Static Hose Assembly, Pitot Hose Assembly and Pitot and Dual Static Adapters from
the storage case.

NOTE

Static hose is larger in diameter than Pitot hose.

2. Attach Pitot adapters to Pitot hoses and Static adapters to Static hoses.
3. Connect the Pitot and Static Adapters to the aircraft. When attaching the static adapters,
remove the three screws from the static sensor and attach static adapter using the three
screw holes.
4. Ensure test set power is OFF.
5. Connect power lead to front panel power connector.
6. Connect other end of power lead to appropriate power source.

NOTE

The Test Set always powers up in leak measure mode with the
controllers off. On test set, systems status light will go to green
when system is ready.

E. Activate test set by positioning the ON/OFF switch to ON.

Verify that: The power-on indicator will illuminate.
Verify that: Test set will go through Self Test and initialization.
Verify that: System STATUS light changes to steady green.
F. Verify ADC 1 or ADC 2 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
G. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key.
H. Press NEXT PAGE KEY or PREV PAGE key until INAV CTRL INDEX 3/3 page is displayed.
I. Press line select key next to applicable DADS.
Verify that: Selected DADS page is displayed on CNI-MU.
J. On applicable SAMU, press line select key next to PFD.
Verify that: PILOT/COPILOT selection is displayed.
K. Press line select key next to PILOT/COPILOT until applicable system is highlighted.
L. Press line select key next to ADC 1/ADC 2 until applicable system is highlighted.
M. Using BARO SET knob on pilot’s Reference Set/Warning Panel, set barometric altimeter setting
to 29.92 in. Hg. (1013 mb) or field elevation.
N. On test set, activate pump by positioning the PUMP ON/OFF switch to PUMP ON.
O. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. Enter 300 knots
Verify that: Pilots airspeed indicator on PFD reads 300 ± 7 knots

12-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CAUTION

Rate of climb/descent must be kept to less than 10000

feet/minute (3048 meters/min) or damage to equipment
may result.
P. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 5000 feet (1524 m).
Verify that: Pilots altimeter indicator on PFD reads 5000 ± 75 feet (1524 ±22.9 m).

NOTE

Allow values to stabilize for one minute after reaching test values.
Q. Press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to turn the controllers off.

NOTE

The values set in function keys F1, F2, & F3 can be changed by
pressing SETUP, then START TIMER.
R. Press RATE TIMER key and select the required wait and time period using function keys F1, F2,
or F3.
S. Once the time has counted down to zero, press SPEED, RATE to display the airspeed rate or ALT,
ROC to diplay the altitude rate.
Verify that: Airspeed indication shall not decrease more than 5 knots after 1 minute.
Verify that: Altimeter indication shall not decrease more than 100 feet (30.4 m) after 1 minute.
T. If display shows "LEAK MEASURE", press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to regain control.
U. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. Enter 400 knots.
Verify that: Pilots airspeed indicator on PFD reads 400 ± 7 knots.
V. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 15000 feet (4572 m).
Verify that: Pilots altimeter indicator on PFD reads 15000 ± 80 feet (4572 ± 24.4 m)
W. Allow values to stabilize for one minute after reaching test values.
X. Press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to turn the controllers off.
Y. Press RATE TIMER key and select the required wait and time period using function keys F1, F2,
or F3
Z. Once the time has counted down to zero, press SPEED, RATE to display the airspeed rate or ALT,
ROC to diplay the altitude rate.
Verify that: Airspeed indication shall not decrease more than 5 knots after 1 minute.
Verify that: Altimeter indication shall not decrease more than 100 feet (30.4 m) after 1 minute.
AA. Disconnect Pitot-Static test set as follows:

1. If display shows "LEAK MEASURE", press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to regain con-
trol.
2. Press GROUND key.
3. Select GO TO GROUND (F1) to vent pressures to ambient.
4. Turn operator switch pump to OFF.
5. Turn power switch to OFF.
6. Disconnect power lead from power source, then from the front panel power connector.

12-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

7. Disconnect the Pitot Adapters from the Pitot Probes on aircraft.

8. Disconnect remaining hoses of the Adapter Kit from the Ps and Pt output connectors of the
test set.
9. Return Static hose assembly, Pitot Hose assembly and Pitot and Static adapters to storage
case and secure test set.
AB. On CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key.
Verify that: INAV 1 CONTROL page 1/3 is displayed.
AC. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE key twice.
Verify that: INAV 1 CONTROL page 3/3 is displayed.
AD. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to DADS 1.
Verify that: Ambient temperature is displayed.

CAUTION

To avoid potential damage, do not leave PITOT heat switch

on for more than 10 seconds.
AE. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, set PITOT LH switch ON for 10 seconds.
Verify that: SAT display on CNI-MU indicates increase in temperature.
AF. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, set PITOT LH switch to OFF.
AG. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, set PITOT RH switch ON for 10 seconds.
Verify that: SAT display on CNI-MU indicates increase in temperature.
AH. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, set PITOT RH switch to OFF.
AI. After all probes are cool, install covers back on AOA Vanes, Pitot probes and Temperature probes.
AJ. End of Test.

12-23. TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE PROBE

12-24. Perform Total Air Temperature Probe Functional Test as follows:

CAUTION

Remove covers from Total Air Temperature Probes and Pitot

probes. Failure to comply may result in damage to equip-
ment.

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both DADS 1 and DADS 2

systems. If checking DADS 2 system, substitute DADS 2 for DADS
1 and PITOT RH for PITOT LH.
A. For the left side, verify that the following Circuit breakers are closed:

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

12-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.

LH PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 15.
LH PITOT HTR PWR (3HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 16.
B. For the right side, verify that the following Circuit breakers are closed:

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.

SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
RH PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 14.
RH PITOT HTR PWR (4HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 15.
C. On CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL SOLN page 1/3 is displayed.
D. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE key twice.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL INDX 3/3 page is displayed.
E. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to DADS 1.
F. DADS 1 page is displayed.
G. On DADS 1 page, SAT is displayed.
Verify that: Static air temperature is displayed.

CAUTION

To avoid potential damage, do not turn on PITOT heat switch

on for more than 10 seconds.
H. On the ICE PROTECTION Control Panel, push PITOT LH button and leave on for 10 seconds.
Verify that: SAT display on CNI-MU indicates increase in temperature.

NOTE

Aural and visual ACAWS will start. Turn off the alerts by pressing
either MASTER CAUTION lighted switch.
I. On ICE PROTECTION Control Panel, push PITOT LH BUTTON to OFF.
J. End of Test.

12-25. TURN ON DADS SYSTEM FOR OTHER MAINTENANCE

12-26. Turn on DADS system for other maintenance.

A. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.
ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.
SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
B. Verify ADC 1/2 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.

12-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, verify PITOT LH and PITOT RH switches are OFF.
D. On the pilot SAMU, press PFD select key.
Verify that: PILOT PFD page is displayed.
E. On the PILOT PFD page, press select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: ADC 1 is selected for the Air Data information.

12-27. TROUBLESHOOTING
12-28. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 12-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3412011.
ADC 1 COMM Lost (FD Message) (3412011)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. i. Open circuit
breaker ADC 1 (7FF). Disconnect 1FFA from ADC
No. 1. Is ground present on plug pin 19?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADC 1 (7FF). Is 28 V YES Go to Step 4.
dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker ADC YES Repair circuit.
1 (7FF) terminal 2?

12-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ADC 1 (7FF). Is YES Go to Step 5.
continuity present between plug pins 6 and 27?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
NOTE
If available, use TDR to check data bus couplers and
interconnecting data bus cables. If TDR is not avail-
able perform the following resistance checks.
Disconnect 1FFB and 1FFC from ADC. Is resistance
value between conductors as follows? On bus
A, 1FFB center conductor to inner conductor, the
resistance value is 1 ohm. On bus A, 1FFB center
conductor to backshell, the resistance value is
infinity. On bus A, 1FFB inner conductor to backshell,
the resistance value is infinity. On bus B, 1FFC
center conductor to inner conductor, the resistance
value is 1 ohm. On bus B, 1FFC center conductor
to backshell, the resistance value is infinity. On bus
B, 1FFC inner conductor to backshell, the resistance
value is infinity.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is fault corrected for both systems? YES Remove and replace faulty ADC,
then troubleshoot left display data
bus failure.
NO Troubleshoot left display data bus
failure.
Step 8. Are values correct for data bus A coupler YES Go to Step 9.
only?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 9. Disconnect 705VEB from LB2 Coupler YES Go to Step 10.
Box. Is continuity present between conductors as
follows? 705VEB-K center conductor to 1FFC center
conductor. 705VEB-K inner conductor to 1FFC inner
conductor. 705VEB-K backshell to 1FFC backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step and
continue troubleshooting.
Step 10. Is continuity present between backshell YES Go to Step 11.
and 705VEB center conductor and inner conductor?
NO Go to Step 12.

12-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Repair or remove and replace data
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position bus cable and ADC.
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Repair or remove and replace data
bus cable, then troubleshoot left
display data bus failure.
Step 12. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace data bus B
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position coupler network LB2 Coupler Box
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker (ADC No. 1) and remove and
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No. replace ADC.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Remove and replace data bus B
coupler network LB2 Coupler Box
(ADC No. 1), then troubleshoot left
display data bus failure.
Step 13. Are values correct for data bus B coupler YES Go to Step 14.
only?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 14. Disconnect 3THA from 3THA Coupler YES Go to Step 15.
Box. Is continuity present between conductors as
follows? 3THA – 4 center conductor to 1FFB center
conductor. 3THA - 4 inner conductor to 1FFB inner
conductor. 3THA backshell to 1FFB backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step and
continue troubleshooting.
Step 15. Is continuity present between backshell YES Go to Step 16.
and 3THA center conductor and inner conductor?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 16. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Repair or remove and replace data
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position bus cable and ADC.
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Repair or remove and replace data
bus cable, then troubleshoot left
display data bus failure.
Step 17. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace data bus A
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position coupler network, 3THA Coupler
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Box (ADC No. 1) , and remove
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No. and replace ADC.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Remove and replace data
bus A coupler network, 3THA
Coupler Box (ADC No. 1), then
troubleshoot left display data bus
failure.

12-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 18. Disconnect 705VEB from LB2 Coupler YES Go to Step 19.
Box. Disconnect 3THA-1 from 3THA Coupler Box. Is
continuity present between specified conductors as
follows? 705VEB-K center conductor to 1FFC center
conductor. 705VEB-K inner conductor to 1FFC inner
conductor. 705VEB-K backshell to 1FFC backshell.
3THA-1 center conductor to 1FFB center conductor.
3THA-1 inner conductor to 1FFB inner conductor.
3THA-1 backshell to 1FFB backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step and
continue troubleshooting.
Step 19. Is continuity present between backshell and YES Repair/remove and replace data
conductor as follows? 705VEB backshell to center bus cable as required. If short or
conductor. 705VEB backshell to inner conductor. open circuit was present on only
one data bus cable, remove and
replace opposite channel data bus
coupler network.
NO Remove and replace data bus
coupler network, LB2 Coupler Box
(ADC No. 1).
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3412014. SPTU 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3412014)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Open circuit
breaker SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 3FFA
from SPTU No. 1. Is ground present on plug pin 15?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker SPTU 1 (9FF). Is 28 V YES Go to Step 4.
dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker SPTU YES Repair circuit.
1 (9FF) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.

12-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 1FFA
from ADC.Is continuity present between SPTU plug
and ADC plug pins as follows? SPTU pin 5 to ADC
pin 13. SPTU pin 17 to ADC pin 14.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Swap SPTU No. 1 and SPTU No. 2. Close YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and SPTU 1 (9FF).
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty SPTU.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3412A01. ADC FAULT. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3412A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Distributed air data systems
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control normal.
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC
2 until applicable system is highlighted. Perform
operational checkout of applicable ADC. Were all
airspeed, altitude, and vertical velocity indications
accurate?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Were any leaks detected? YES Repair leaks from pitot static.
NO Remove and replace faulty ADC.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3412013. ADC 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3412013)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 7.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/ DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Using MIMS
monitor DBTP 529170207071 for ADC No. 1. Does
DBTP display valid?
NO Go to Step 2.

12-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Perform operational check of total air temp YES Go to Step 3.
probe heat. Does applicable total temp probe heat
up?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace total air temp
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position sensor. If problem persist remove
C 24 and SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker and replace ADC.
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 1FFA
from ADC No. 1. Disconnect 5FFA from total air
temp sensor. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? ADC pin 3 to sensor pin 3. ADC pin 4 to
sensor pin 4. ADC pin 20 to sensor pin 4.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. On ICE PROTECTION panel, place LH YES Go to Step 5.
PITOT heat switch OFF. Open circuit breaker LH
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position N 15. Disconnect 5FFA
from total air probe. Close circuit breaker LH PITOT
HTR TTS (5HP). Place LH PITOT heat switch ON. Is
115 V ac present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Is ground present on plug pin 1? YES Remove and replace total air temp
sensor.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker LH YES Repair circuit.
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position N 15 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 7. Using MIMS monitor DBTP 529170213131 YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
for ADC No. 1. Does DBTP display valid?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Perform operational check of total air temp YES Go to Step 12.
probe heat. Does applicable total temp probe heat
up?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. On ICE PROTECTION panel, place LH YES Go to Step 11.
PITOT heat switch OFF. Open circuit breaker LH
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position N 15. Disconnect 5FFA
from total air probe. Close circuit breaker LH PITOT
HTR TTS (5HP). Place LH PITOT heat switch ON. Is
115 V ac present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker LH YES Repair circuit.
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) terminal 2 ?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 11. Is ground present on plug pin 1? YES Remove and replace total air temp
sensor.

12-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 12. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace total air temp
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position sensor. If problem persist remove
C 24 and SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker and replace ADC.
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 1FFA
from ADC No. 1. Disconnect 5FFA from total air
temp sensor. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? ADC pin 3 to sensor pin 3. ADC pin 4 to
sensor pin 4. ADC pin 20 to sensor pin 4.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3412500. NO. 1 ADC FAIL (FI MESSAGE) (3412500)
Failure 1 Remove and replace ADC No. 1
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3412502. NO. 2 ADC FAIL (FI MESSAGE) (3412502)
Failure 2 Remove and replace ADC No. 2
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3412501. LH TOTAL TEMPERATURE DATA INVALID (FI MESSAGE) (3412501)
Step 1. Perform operational check of total air temp YES Go to Step 2.
probe heat. Does applicable total temp probe heat
up?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace total air temp
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position sensor. If problem persist remove
C 24 and SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker and replace ADC.
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 1FFA
from ADC No. 1. Disconnect 5FFA from total air
temp sensor. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? ADC pin 3 to sensor pin 3. ADC pin 4 to
sensor pin 4. ADC pin 20 to sensor pin 4.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. On ICE PROTECTION panel, place LH YES Go to Step 4.
PITOT heat switch OFF. Open circuit breaker LH
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position N 15. Disconnect 5FFA
from total air probe. Close circuit breaker LH PITOT
HTR TTS (5HP). Place LH PITOT heat switch ON. Is
115 V ac present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin 1? YES Remove and replace total air temp
sensor.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker LH YES Repair circuit.
PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position N 15 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
END OF TEST

12-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-3. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL AIR DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 8. - CODE 3412510. SPTU 1/ADC 1 COMMUNICATION FAILED (FI Message) (3412510)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Open circuit
breaker SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 3FFA
from SPTU No. 1.
Is ground present on plug pin 15?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker SPTU 1 (9FF) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 23.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker SPTU 1 YES Repair circuit.
(9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 23?
NO Remove and replace place circuit
breaker.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 23. Disconnect 1FFA
from ADC.
Is continuity present between SPTU plug and ADC
plug pins as follows:
- SPTU pin 5 to ADC pin 13
- SPTU pin 17 to ADC pin 14
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Swap SPTU No. 1 and SPTU No. 2. Close YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24 and SPTU 1
(9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 23.
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty SPTU.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3412511 SPTU 1 FAILED (FI Message) (3412511)
Remove and replace SPTU No. 1.
END OF TEST

12-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3412021.
ADC 2 COMM Lost (FD Message) (3412021)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Open circuit
breaker ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Disconnect 2FFA
from ADC No. 2. Is ground present on plug pin 19?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADC 2 (8FF).Is 28 V YES Go to Step 4.
dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker ADC YES Repair circuit.
2 (8FF) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ADC 2 (8FF) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 1.Is continuity present between plug pins 6 and
27?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
NOTE
If available, use TDR to check data bus couplers and
interconnecting data bus cables. If TDR is not avail-
able perform the following resistance checks.
Disconnect 2FFB and 2FFC from ADC. Is resistance
value between plug pins as follows? On bus A, 2FFB
center conductor to inner conductor, the resistance
value is 1 ohm. On bus A, 2FFB center conductor to
backshell, the resistance value is infinity. On bus A,
2FFB inner conductor to backshell, the resistance
value is infinity. On bus B, 2FFC center conductor
to inner conductor, the resistance value is 1 ohm.
On bus B, 2FFC center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity. On bus B, 2FFC inner
conductor to backshell, the resistance value is infinity.
NO Go to Step 8.

12-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF) Does fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is fault corrected for both systems? YES Remove and replace faulty ADC,
then troubleshoot right display
data bus failure.
NO Troubleshoot right display data
bus failure.
Step 8. Are values correct for data bus A coupler YES Go to Step 9.
only?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 9. Disconnect 706VEB from RB2 Coupler YES Go to Step 10.
Box. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 706VEB-K center conductor to 2FFC center
conductor. 706VEB-K inner conductor to 2FFC inner
conductor. 706VEB-K backshell to 2FFC backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step
and continue troubleshooting.
Step 10. Is continuity present between backshell and YES Go to Step 11.
706VEB center conductor and inner conductor?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 11. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Repair or remove and replace data
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position bus cable and ADC.
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Repair or remove and replace data
bus cable, then troubleshoot right
display data bus failure.
Step 12. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace data bus B
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position coupler network and RB2 Coupler
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Box (ADC No. 2) and remove and
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No. replace ADC.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Remove and replace data bus
B coupler network and RB2
Coupler Box (ADC No. 2), then
troubleshoot right display data bus
failure.
Step 13. Are values correct for data bus B coupler YES Go to Step 14.
only?
NO Go to Step 18.

12-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 14. Disconnect 4THA from 4THA Coupler Box. YES Go to Step 15.
Is continuity present between conductors as follows?
4THA- 3 center conductor to 2FFB center conductor.
4THA- 3 inner conductor to 2FFB inner conductor.
4THA- 3 backshell to 2FFB backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step
and continue troubleshooting.
Step 15. Is continuity present between backshell and YES Go to Step 16.
4THA center and inner conductors?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 16. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Repair or remove and replace data
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position bus cable and ADC.
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF). Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Repair or remove and replace data
bus cable, then troubleshoot right
display data bus failure.
Step 17. Open circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on YES Remove and replace data bus A
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position coupler network, 4THA Coupler
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Box (ADC No. 2), and remove and
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. Swap No. 1 and No. replace ADC.
2 ADC. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) and ADC
2 (8FF).Is fault corrected for both systems?
NO Remove and replace data bus
A coupler network and 4THA
Coupler Box (ADC No. 2), then
troubleshoot right display data bus
failure.
Step 18. Disconnect 706VEB from RB2 Coupler YES Go to Step 19.
Box. Disconnect 4THA-3 from 4THA Coupler Box. Is
continuity present between specified conductors as
follows? 706VEB-F center conductor to 2FFC center
conductor. 706VEB-F inner conductor to 2FFC inner
conductor. 706VEB-F backshell to 2FFC backshell.
4THA-3 center conductor to 2FFB center conductor.
4THA-3 inner conductor to 2FFB inner conductor.
4THA-3 backshell to 2FFB backshell.
NO Repair/remove and replace data
bus cable, then go to next step
and continue troubleshooting.
Step 19. Is continuity present between backshell and YES Repair/remove and replace data
conductors as follows? 706VEB backshell to center bus cable as required. If short or
conductor. 706VEB backshell to inner conductor. open circuit was present on only
one data bus cable, remove and
replace opposite channel data bus
coupler network.
NO Remove and replace both data
bus coupler networks and RB2
Coupler Box (ADC No. 2).
END OF TEST

12-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 2 - CODE 3412024. SPTU 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3412024)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Open circuit
breaker STPU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 2. Disconnect 4FFA
from SPTU No. 2. Is ground present on plug pin 15?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker STPU 2 (10FF). Is 28 V YES Go to Step 4.
dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker STPU 2 YES Repair circuit.
(10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 2 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 1 and STPU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 2. Disconnect 2FFA
from ADC.Is continuity present between SPTU plug
and ADC plug pins as follows? SPTU pin 5 to ADC
pin 13. SPTU pin 17 to ADC pin 14.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Swap SPTU No. 1 and SPTU No. 2. Close YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) and STPU 2 (10FF).
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty SPTU.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3412902. ACAWS MESSAGE AIRSPEED MISCOMPARE RECORD. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3412902)
Step 1. Perform operational checkout of applicable YES Distributed air data systems
ADC. Were all airspeed, altitude, and vertical velocity normal.
indications accurate?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Were any leaks detected? YES Repair leaks from pitot/static.
NO Remove and replace faulty ADC.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3412023. ADC 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3412023)

12-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT key
next to PFD. Press LINE SELECT key next to
pilot/copilot until applicable system is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC 1/ DADC 2
until applicable system is highlighted. Using MIMS
monitor DBTP 629170207071 for ADC No. 2. Does
DBTP display valid?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 3412503.
Step 2. Using MIMS monitor DBTP 629170213131 YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
for ADC No. 2. Does DBTP display (total temp)
valid?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Perform operational check of total air temp YES Go to Step 7.
probe heat. Does applicable total temp probe heat
up?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. On ICE PROTECTION panel, place RH YES Go to Step 6.
PITOT heat switch OFF. Open circuit breaker RH
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 14. Disconnect
6FFA from total air probe. Close circuit breaker RH
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP). Place RH PITOT heat switch
ON. Is 115 V ac present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker RH YES Repair circuit.
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 6. Is ground present on plug pin 1? YES Remove and replace total air temp
sensor.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 7. Open circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) on YES Remove and replace total air temp
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position sensor. If problem persists remove
C 1 and STPU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker and replace ADC.
Panel (201VE) in position C 2. Disconnect 2FFA
from ADC No. 2. Disconnect 6FFA from total air
temp sensor. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? ADC pin 3 to sensor pin 3. ADC pin 4 to
sensor pin 4. ADC pin 20 to sensor pin 4.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3412503. NO. 2 ADC FAIL (FI MESSAGE) (3412503)

12-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Perform operational check of total air temp YES Go to Step 2.
probe heat. Does applicable total temp probe heat
up?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) on YES Remove and replace total air temp
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position sensor. If problem persists remove
C 1 and SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker and replace ADC.
Panel (201VE) in position C 2. Disconnect 2FFA
from ADC No. 2. Disconnect 6FFA from total air
temp sensor. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? ADC pin 3 to sensor pin 3. ADC pin 4 to
sensor pin 4. ADC pin 20 to sensor pin 4.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. On ICE PROTECTION panel, place RH YES Go to Step 4.
PITOT heat switch OFF. Open circuit breaker RH
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 14. Disconnect
6FFA from total air probe. Close circuit breaker RH
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP). Place RH PITOT heat switch
ON. Is 115 V ac present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin 1? YES Remove and replace total air temp
sensor.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker RH YES Repair circuit.
PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) terminal 2 ?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3412520 SPTU 2/ADC 2 COMMUNICATION FAILED (FI Message) (3412520)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. On Ice Protection Control
Panel, ensure PITOT LH, STBY and RH are in OFF
position. Close circuit breakers ADC 1 (7FF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 24 and ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 1. On applicable SAMU,
if main menu is not displayed, press LINE SELECT
key next to main menu. Press LINE SELECT
key next to pilot/copilot until applicable system is
highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key next to DADC
1/DADC 2 until applicable system is highlighted.
Open circuit breaker SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
Disconnect 4FFA frp, SPTU No. 2.
Is ground present on plug in 15?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker SPTU 2 (10FF) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 2.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.

12-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker SPTU 2 YES Repair circuit.
(10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 2 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 1 and SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 2. Disconnect 2FFA
from ADC.
Is continuity present between SPTU plug and ADC
plug pins as follows:
- SPTU pin 5 to ADC pin 13
- SPTU pin 17 to ADC pin 14
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Swap SPTU No. 1 and SPTU No. 2. Close YES Remove and replace faulty ADC.
circuit breakers ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1 and SPTU 2
(10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 2. Does fault persist?
NO Replace faulty SPTU.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3421521 SPTU 2 FAILED (FI Message) (3412521)
Remove and replace SPTU No. 2.

Table 12-5. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3412903.
ACAWS Message Altitude Miscompare Recorded.
(Visual detection (3412903)
Step 1. Perform operational checkout of applicable YES Distributed air data systems
ADC. Were all airspeed, altitude, and vertical velocity normal.
indications accurate?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Were any leaks detected? YES Repair leaks from pitot/static.
NO Remove and replace faulty ADC.

12-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-6. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3412904.
Pilot Indicated Airspeed, Barometric Altitude, Or
Vertical Velocity Indication Invalid Or Inaccurate
(Visual Detection) (3412904)
Step 1. Perform operational checkout of applicable YES Distributed air data systems
ADC. Were all airspeed, altitude, and vertical velocity normal.
indications accurate?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Were any leaks detected? YES Repair leaks from pitot/static.
NO Remove and replace faulty ADC.

Table 12-7. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3412905.
Copilot Indicated Airspeed, Barometric Altitude, Or
Vertical Velocity Indication Invalid Or Inaccurate
(Visual Detection) (3412905)
Step 1. Perform operational checkout of applicable YES Distributed air data systems
ADC. Were all airspeed, altitude, and vertical velocity normal.
indications accurate?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Were any leaks detected? YES Repair leaks from pitot/static.
NO Remove and replace faulty ADC.

12-34. MAINTENANCE
12-35. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

12-36. Removal and Installation of the Digital Air Data System components is described here.

12-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 12-8. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

12-37. AIR DATA COMPUTER

12-38. REMOVAL. Remove Air Data Computer as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is the same for ADC 1 and ADC 2. Substitute 2 for 1,

copilot for pilot, and ADC and SPTU circuit breakers

A. For No. 1 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.
B. For No. 2 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.

SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
C. Remove pilot seat in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual
D. Open floor panel 211DZ pilot or 211GZ copilot (Figure 12-6).
E. Disconnect 3 electrical connectors.
F. Remove static line from static connector.
G. Remove pitot line from pitot connector
H. Remove four screws and washers attaching ADC to mount.
I. Remove ADC.

12-39. INSTALLATION. Install the Air Data Computer as follows:

A. Position ADC on mount and secure with four screws and washers.
B. Attach pitot line to pitot connector.
C. Attach static line to static connector.
D. Connect 3 electrical connectors to ADC.
E. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.
F. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.

12-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.

G. Perform Digital Air Data System functional test.
H. Close floor panel 211DZ or 211GZ (Figure 12-6).
I. Install pilot seat in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual
J. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

12-40. STATIC PRESSURE TRANSDUCER UNIT

12-41. REMOVAL. Remove the Static Pressure Transducer Unit as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is the same for SPTU 1 and SPTU 2. Substitute 2 for 1,

copilot for pilot, CMDU 3 and 4, and ADC and SPTU circuit break-
ers

A. Remove CMDU No. 2 in accordance with Section “Displays” of this Manual.

B. Remove CMDU No. 3 in accordance with Section “Displays” of this Manual.
C. For No. 1 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.
D. For No. 2 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.

SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
E. Disconnect the connector on SPTU.
F. Remove static line from static connector.
G. Remove 4 screws and washers holding SPTU mounting plate to mounting bracket and remove
mounting plate.
H. Remove 4 screws securing SPTU to mounting plate and remove SPTU
I. Retain mounting plate.

12-42. INSTALLATION. Install the Static Pressure Transducer Unit as follows:

A. Position the SPTU on the mounting plate and install 4 screws to secure SPTU to mounting plate.
B. Place the mounting plate on the mounting brackets, align holes, and install 4 screws and washers
to secure mounting plate.
C. Connect static line to static connector.
D. Connect electrical plug.
E. Reinstall CMDU No. 2 in accordance with Section “Displays” of this Manual.
F. Reinstall CMDU No. 3 in accordance with Section “Displays” of this Manual.
G. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

12-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23.

H. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.

SPTU 2 (10FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 2.
I. Perform Digital Air Data System functional test.
J. Install pilot seat in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

12-43. TOTAL AIR TEMPERATURE PROBE

12-44. REMOVAL. Remove Left TAT Probe as follows:

NOTE

To remove right TAT Probe, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For Left side open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.
LH PITOT HTR TTS (5HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 15.
LH PITOT HTR PWR (3HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 16.
B. For Right side open and tag the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24.

ADC 2 (8FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 1.
RH PITOT HTR TTS (6HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 14.
RH PITOT HTR PWR (4HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 15.
C. Remove old sealant compound from mounting surface and screws with a sharp, non-metallic
scraper.
D. Remove 6 screws securing probe to fuselage.
E. Sealant used may cause sensor to adhere to aircraft skin. Probe may require a slight jarring to
loosen.
F. Carefully pull probe away from fuselage enough to gain access to electrical connector, then dis-
connect the connector.
G. Remove old sealant from around fuselage with sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove gasket and
discard.

12-45. INSTALLATION. Install Total Air Temperature Probe as follows:

12-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Sealants are toxic; therefore, rubber or polyethylene

gloves and goggles shall be worn when using these
materials. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water
before eating or smoking. If cleaner is splashed in
eyes, rinse thoroughly with fresh water for 15 minutes
and report to a medical facility.

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).

B. Clean probe mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth moist-
ened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.
E. Connect electrical connector to TAT probe.
F. Position probe on gasket and align screw holes.
G. Apply sealing coumpound (MIL -S-81733) to mating surface.
H. Install screws to secure probe to mounting surface.
I. Using a Bonding Meter, measure the resistance between the probe and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

12-46. Perform the Total Air Temperature Probe functional test.

12-47. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

12-48. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the probe.

12-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.
B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of probe and blend the fillet
smooth.

C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).

D. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

12-49. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around probe.

12-50. PITOT PROBE

12-51. REMOVAL. Remove Pitot Probe as follows:

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15.

PITOT LH HEATER IND (25HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 16.

LH PITOT HTR PWR (3HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 16.

B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10.

PITOT RH HEATER IND (26HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 11.

RH PITOT HTR PWR (4HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 15.

C. For No. 1, open the following access panels (Figure 12-7):

110A (Radome)

130AM

D. For No. 2, open the following access panels (Figure 12-7):

110A (Radome)

130AN

E. Disconnect tube from back of Pitot probe.

F. Disconnect the electrical cable connector.

G. Remove 2 lock nuts holding Pitot probe to aircraft and remove it.

H. Sealant used may cause sensor to adhere to aircraft skin. Probe may require a slight jarring to
loosen.

I. Remove old sealant from around fuselage with sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove gasket and
discard.

12-52. INSTALLATION. Install Pitot Probe No. 1 as follows:

12-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Sealants are toxic; therefore, rubber or polyethylene

gloves and goggles shall be worn when using these
materials. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water
before eating or smoking. If cleaner is splashed in
eyes, rinse thoroughly with fresh water for 15 minutes
and report to a medical facility.
A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean probe mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth moist-
ened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).

C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.

D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.

E. Position probe on gasket and align attachment holes.

F. Install locknuts to secure probe to mounting surface.

G. Connect electrical connector to Pitot Probe.

H. Connect tube to back of Pitot probe.

I. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the probe and mounting surface.

Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

J. For No. 1, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15.

PITOT LH HEATER IND (25HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 16.

LH PITOT HTR PWR (3HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 16.

K. For No. 2, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10.

PITOT RH HEATER IND (26HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 11.

RH PITOT HTR PWR (4HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 15.

12-53. PERFORM.Perform Digital Air Data System functional test.

12-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

12-54. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

12-55. COMPLETE. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the probe.

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.

B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of probe and blend the fillet
smooth.

C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).

D. For No. 1, close the following access panels (Figure 12-7):

110A

130AM

E. For No. 2, close the following access panels (Figure 12-7):

110A

130AN

F. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

12-56. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around probe.

12-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-6. Location of Access Panels 211DZ and 211GZ

12-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 12-7. Location of Access Panels 110A, 130AM, and 130AN

12-37 / (12-38 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XIII

RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM

13-1. DESCRIPTION

13-2. GENERAL

13-3. The radar altimeter system is a solid-state, phase modulated/pulsed system which measures abso-
lute altitude and distributes the data digitally to aircraft systems and displays. The radar altitude reference set
values are set from the reference set/mode select panel. The radar altimeter system communicates to the mis-
sion computer using the MIL-STD-1553B (1553B) data bus. Two Radar Altimeters measure the altitude of the
airplane above ground level (AGL) at or below 50000 feet (15240 m). Each radar altimeter can be used for:

– Digital display of AGL altitude on the primary flight display.

– Alerting the pilots when the minimum descent altitude is reached on approach to landings.
– Low level airdrop missions.
– Ground Collision Avoidance System.

The radar altimeters include anti-jam enhancement and support a low probability of intercept operation while
providing the required accuracy and resolution for a precision approach.

13-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

13-5. RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. There are two radar altimeter systems per aircraft
(Figure 13-1). Each radar altimeter system consists of one receiver-transmitter, one RT mount, one receive
antenna, and one transmit antenna.

13-6. RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER. The receiver/transmitters (RT) are located under the flight deck floor.
Number 1 RT is on the left side and No. 2 RT is on the right side. The RT unit is equipped with a time delay
adjustment that can be used to calibrate the altitude display output during maintenance.

13-7. RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER MOUNT. The RT Mount is used to secure the R/T to the airplane and
provide vibration isolation.

13-8. ANTENNAS. Each antenna is a micro strip patch type and sealed with a fiberglass cover for protection.
They are mounted on the bottom of the aircraft on special mounts to permit the proper angle between them. All
four antennas are identical.

13-9. RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM OPERATION

13-10. GENERAL. The RT transmits a radio frequency signal from the aircraft to the earth surface, receives
the reflected signal and produces an indication of the absolute altitude from 0 feet to 50000 feet (0 m to 15240
m) (Figure 13-2). Radar altitude is displayed on the primary flight display as a boxed digital readout with a
white Above Ground Level (AGL) presented above the digital readout and a cyan radar altitude reference set
value displayed below the digital readout. This indication of altitude is supplied in the form of digital output

13-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

signals to altitude dependent equipment aboard the aircraft. Output data validity is indicated by the presence
of valid digital outputs to the other aircraft systems. In normal operation, the R/T unit operates in either of two
submodes: SEARCH or TRACK. When operating in the SEARCH submode, the R/T unit is actively attempting
to acquire a return signal. It does this by searching through the entire altitude range. It will continue to search
until target lock-on is achieved. The RT unit enters the TRACK submode when it is locked-on and is actively
tracking the nearest ground return signal. During the TRACK submode, the RT unit transmits continuous valid
altitude information upon data requests by the 1553B bus controller. If the RT unit loses the return signal, it
reverts back to the SEARCH submode.

13-11. PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY. Radar altitude is presented on the primary flight display as a boxed digital
readout, below and left of the altitude scale (Figure 13-2). The box size is 5 digits, with leading zeros not being
shown. A white label AGL is presented above the digital readout. Below the digital readout, a cyan colored
radar altitude reference set value is presented. When the aircraft is at or below the reference set radar altimeter
value, the digital readout changes from white to yellow. The radar altitude reference set value can be set from
the reference set/warning panel, by rotating reference set knob with the reference select pushbutton switch set
to RAD. The altitude setting is read on the ALT REF display.

13-13. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the radar altimeter system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as
the power is applied to the R/T. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the R/T has completed
the power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

13-14. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message RADALT 1/2 FAIL.

13-15. Power distribution. System is active whenever power is available. The circuit breakers are powered
by the following buses.

7SA RADALT 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

8SA RADALT 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

13-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 13-1. Radar Altimeter Components

13-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 13-2. Primary Flight Display

13-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 13-3. Radar Altimeter Functional Block Diagram

13-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 13-4. Radar Altimeter Schematic Diagram (SA System )

13-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

13-16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

13-17. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

13-18. RADAR ALTIMETER NO. 1 FUNCTIONAL TEST

WARNING

Ensure the area around the antennas is clear approxi-

mately 5 feet (1.5 meters).

NOTE

Only the applicable Radar Altimeter needs to be Functional

Tested.

13-19. Perform Radar Altimeter No. 1 Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24 is closed.
B. Verify that RADALT 1 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.

NOTE

The Radar Altimeter readout on the PFD will be displayed in white

if the Reference Set Warning Panel (RSWP) reference altitude is
below the AGL altitude. The Radar Altimetwer readout on the PFD
will be displayed in yellow if the RSWP reference altitude is above
the AGL altitude.

C. Verify the display of the Radar Altitude readout under the AGL window on the pilot’s Primary Flight
Display (PFD) and on the Nav-Radar display.
D. On Radar Altimeter No. 1, adjust the AID potentiometer using a screwdriver until 10 feet is dis-
played.
E. On the pilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, press RAD key twice to select Radar Altimeter height
as a reference altitude.
F. On the pilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, use the Altitude Reference knob to select 9.
Verify that: On the pilot and copilot’s PFD, the actual AGL readout is white.
G. On the pilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, use the Altitude Reference knob to select 11.
Verify that: On the pilot and copilot’s PFD, the AGL readout changes from white to yellow.

NOTE

The Radar Altimeter readout may alternate between − 3 (0.9 me-

ters) and − 2 feet (0.6 meters).

H. On Radar Altimeter No. 1, use a screwdriver to adjust the AID potentiometer until the correct
reading of − 3 feet (0.9 meter) is obtained.

13-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

I. Open the RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD and NAV-RADAR display, the Radar Altimeter readout changes to
XXXXX.
Verify that: RADALT 1 FAIL is displayed on ACAWS or OVERFLOW display.
J. Close the 7SA RAD ALT 1 circuit breaker.
Verify that: Radar Altimeter readout on the PFD reads same value as in step H.
Verify that: RADALT 1 FAIL message clears on ACAWS or OVERFLOW display.
K. On the copilot’s SAMU, PFD menu, select RAD ALT 1.
Verify that: The Radar Altimeter readout is present on both the pilot and copilot’s PFD and NAV-
RADAR displays.
L. End of Test.

13-20. RADAR ALTIMETER NO. 2 FUNCTIONAL TEST

13-21. Perform Radar Altimeter No. 2 Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 1 circuit
breaker is closed.
B. Open and tag the RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24.
C. On Copilot SAMU, PFD menu, select RAD ALT 2.
D. Verify that RADALT 2 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.

NOTE

The Radar Altimeter readout on the PFD will be displayed in white

if the Reference Set Warning Panel (RSWP) reference altitude is
below the AGL altitude. The Radar Altimetwer readout on the PFD
will be displayed in yellow if the RSWP reference altitude is above
the AGL altitude.

E. Verify the display of the Radar Altitude readout under the ASGL window on the copilot’s Primary
Flight Display (PFD).
F. On Radar Altimeter No. 2, adjust the AID potentiometer using a screwdriver until 10 feet is dis-
played.
G. On the copilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, press RAD key twice to select Radar Altimeter
height as a reference altitude.
H. On the copilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, use the Altitude Reference knob to select 9.
I. Verify on the pilot and copilot’s PFD, the actual AGL readout is white.
J. On the copilot’s Reference Set Warning Panel, use the Altitude Reference knob to select 11.
K. Verify on the pilot and copilot’s PFD, the AGL readout changes from white to yellow.

NOTE

The Radar Altimeter readout may alternate between − 3 (0.9 me-

ters) and − 2 feet (0.6 meters).

L. On Radar Altimeter No. 2, use a screwdriver to adjust the AID potentiometer until the correct
reading of − 3 feet (0.9 meter) is obtained.

13-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

M. Open the 8SA RAD ALT 2 circuit breaker.

Verify that: On the copilot PFD the Radar Altimeter readout changes to XXXXX.
Verify that: RADALT 2 FAIL is displayed on ACAWS display.
N. Close the 8SA RAD ALT 2 circuit breaker.
Verify that: Radar Altimeter readout on the PFD reads same value as in step L.
Verify that: RADALT 1 FAIL message clears on ACAWS or OVERFLOW display.
O. On the copilot’s SAMU, PFD menu, select RAD ALT 2.
Verify that: The Radar Altimeter readout is present on both the pilot and copilot’s PFD and NAV-
RADAR displays.
P. Remove tag and close the 7SA RAD ALT 1 circuit breaker.
Verify that: RADALT 1 FAIL message clears off ACAWS display.
Q. On the pilot’s SAMU, PFD menu, select RAD ALT 1.
Verify that: The Radar Altimeter readout is present on both the pilot and copilot’s PFD and NAV-
RADAR displays.
R. End of Test.

13-22. TROUBLESHOOTING
13-23. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 13-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 GIMS (Ground Interactive G0003100101–011–1
Maintenance System)
2 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
3 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3413011.
Rad Alt 1 Comm Lost (FD Message) (3413011)

13-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System. Close the following
circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24.
On applicable Set Reference Master Warning
panel, place Set Reference switch to RAD ALT. On
applicable Set Reference Master Warning panel,
rotate Set Reference knob to set altitude display
to 00000 feet Begin fault isolation. Open circuit
breaker RADALT 1 (7SA). Disconnect 1SAF from
receiver transmitter. Is continuity present between
the following pins of plug 1SAF? Pins 13 to 15, pins
37 to 15,. pins 38 to 15.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on 1SAF pin 26? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect 1SAA from receiver transmitter. YES Go to Step 4.
Is ground present on plug 1SAA pins 3 and 17?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Close circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24. Is 28 V dc present on 1SAA pin 2?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Remove aircraft electrical power. Open YES Repair circuit between circuit
overhead circuit breaker panel. Is there less than 1 breaker terminal 2 and plug pin 2
ohm resistance between RADALT 1 circuit breaker of 1SAA.
terminals 1 and 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 6. Remove and replace Radar Altimeter. Using YES Troubleshoot latent Avionics
MIMS, perform 1553 databus test A and B. Does Databus Fault
applicable fault code 3413011 show as failed on
maintenance log during test?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3413A01. RADAR ALTIMETER FAULT. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3413A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power to aircraft. YES Go to Step 2.
Turn on and initialize EGI 1 system. Close circuit
breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and RADALT
2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position E 1. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, place reference select panel
switch to RAD ALT. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, rotate ref set knob to set altitude
display to 00000 feet.
NOTE
RADAR ALTITUDE DISPLAY changes color from
white to yellow as indicated altitude drops below
reference altitude.
1. With aircraft weight on wheels and normal attitude,
is radar altitude readout -2 to -3 feet?

13-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Adjust receiver transmitter AID
screw No. 2 to get a readout of -2
to -3 feet.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
NOTE
Altitude readout will display XXXX during IBIT and can
be ignored.
On MIMS, initiate applicable system 34 IBIT No. 9
RADAR ALTIMETER No. 1 TEST or IBIT No. 10
RADAR ALTIMETER No. 2 TEST. Does IBIT pass?
NO Troubleshoot reported fault code.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24 or RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 1. Disconnect
1SAA / 2SAA from receiver transmitter. Is ground
present on plug pins 8 and 24?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect 1SAF / 2SAF from receiver YES Go to Step 5.
transmitter. Is ground present on plug pin 42?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24 or circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 1. Is 28
V dc present on plug 1SAF or plug 2SAF pin 10?
NO Repair open circuit between plug
1SAF pin 10 or plug 2SAF pin 10
and circuit breaker.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
NOTE
RADALT receiver transmitters must be returned to
original position due to antenna cable length adjust-
ment and GIMS serialization
Open circuit breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and
RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitter. Close circuit breakers RADALT
1 (7SA) and RADALT 2 (8SA). Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
receiver transmitter.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Remove and replace both transmit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position and receive antenna for originally
E 24 or RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit faulted system.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 1. Disconnect
1SAB or 2SAB from receiver transmitter. Disconnect
1SAC or 2SAC from receiver transmitter. Remove
transmit and receive antennas. Using TDR check
both antenna leads. Do cables check good?
NO Repair cable.
END OF TEST

13-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 3 - CODE 3413500. NO. 1 RADAR ALTIMETER ANTENNA FAULT. (FI MESSAGE) (3413500)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
RADALT receiver transmitters must be returned to
original position due to antenna cable length adjust-
ment and GIMS serialization.
Open circuit breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and
RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitter. Close circuit breakers RADALT
1 (7SA) and RADALT 2 (8SA).Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
receiver transmitter.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Remove and replace both transmit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position and receive antenna for originally
E 24. Disconnect 1SAB from receiver transmitter. faulted system.
Disconnect 1SAC from receiver transmitter. Remove
transmit and receive antennas. Using TDR check
both antenna leads. Do cables check good ?
NO Repair cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3413501. NO. 1 RADAR ALTIMETER RECEIVER TRANSMITTER. (FI MESSAGE)
(3413501)
Remove and replace No.1 Radar Altimeter Receiver
Transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3413503. N.2 RADAR ALTIMETER RECEIVER TRANSMITTER FAIL. (FI MESSAGE)
(3413503)
Remove and replace No.2 Radar Altimeter Receiver
Transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3413021. RAD ALT 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3413021)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Go to Step 2.
initialize EGI System. Close circuit breaker RADALT
2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position E 1. On applicable Set Reference Master
Warning panel, place Set Reference switch to RAD
ALT. On applicable Set Reference Master Warning
panel, rotate Set Reference knob to set altitude
display to 00000 feet. Begin fault isolation. Open
circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA). Disconnect 2SAF
from receiver transmitter. Is continuity present
between the following pins of plug 2SAF: pins 13 to
15, pins 37 to 15, pins 38 to 15.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Is ground present on 2SAF pin 26? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect 2SAA from receiver transmitter. YES Go to Step 4.
Is ground present on plug 2SAA pins 3 and 17?

13-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Close circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 1. Is 28 V dc present on 2SAA pin 2?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Remove and replace Radar Altimeter. Using YES Troubleshoot latent Avionics
MIMS, perform 1553 databus test A and B. Does Databus Fault.
applicable fault code 3413021 show as failed on
maintenance log during test?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 6. Remove aircraft electrical power. Open YES Repair circuit between circuit
overhead circuit breaker panel. Is there less than 1 breaker terminal 2 and plug pin 2
ohm resistance between RADALT 2 circuit breaker of 2SAA.
terminals 1 and 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3413010. RADALT 1 FAIL. (FD MESSAGE) (3413010)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power to aircraft. YES Go to Step 2.
Turn on and initialize EGI 1 system. Close circuit
breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and RADALT
2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position E 1. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, place reference select panel
switch to RAD ALT. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, rotate ref set knob to set altitude
display to 00000 feet.
NOTE
RADAR ALTITUDE DISPLAY changes color from
white to yellow as indicated altitude drops below
reference altitude.
With aircraft weight on wheels and normal attitude, is
radar altitude readout -2 to -3 feet?
NO Adjust receiver transmitter AID
screw No. 2 to get a readout of -2
to -3 feet.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
NOTE
Altitude readout will display XXXX during IBIT and can
be ignored.
On MIMS, initiate system 34 IBIT No. 9 RADAR
ALTIMETER No. 1 TEST. Does IBIT pass?
NO Troubleshoot reported fault code.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24. Disconnect 1SAA from receiver transmitter. Is
ground present on plug pins 8 and 24?
NO Repair ground circuit.

13-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Disconnect 1SAF from receiver transmitter. YES Go to Step 5.
Is ground present on plug pin 42?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 24. Is 28 V dc present on plug 1SAF pin 10?
NO Repair open circuit between plug
1SAF pin 10 and circuit breaker.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
NOTE
RADALT receiver transmitters must be returned to
original position due to antenna cable length adjust-
ment and GIMS serialization.
Open circuit breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and
RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitter. Close circuit breakers RADALT
1 (7SA) and RADALT 2 (8SA)1.Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
receiver transmitter.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on YES Remove and replace both transmit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position and receive antenna for originally
E 24. Disconnect 1SAB from receiver transmitter. faulted system.
Disconnect 1SAC from receiver transmitter. Remove
transmit and receive antennas. Using TDR check
both antenna leads. Do cables check good?
NO Repair cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3413020. RADALT 2 FAIL. (FD MESSAGE) (3413020)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power to aircraft. YES Go to Step 2.
Turn on and initialize EGI 1 system. Close circuit
breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and RADALT
2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position E 1. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, place reference select panel
switch to RAD ALT. On applicable reference set and
mode select panel, rotate ref set knob to set altitude
display to 00000 feet.
NOTE
RADAR ALTITUDE DISPLAY changes color from
white to yellow as indicated altitude drops below
reference altitude.
These are software-only functions and are not
troubleshoot.1. With aircraft weight on wheels and
normal attitude, is radar altitude readout -2 to -3 feet?
NO Adjust receiver transmitter AID
screw No. 2 to get a readout of -2
to -3 feet.

13-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
NOTE
Altitude readout will display XXXX during IBIT and can
be ignored.
On MIMS, initiate applicable system 34 IBIT No. 10
RADAR ALTIMETER No. 2 TEST. Does IBIT pass?
NO Troubleshoot reported fault code.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 1. Disconnect 2SAA from receiver transmitter. Is
ground present on plug pins 8 and 24?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect 2SAF from receiver transmitter. YES Go to Step 5.
Is ground present on plug pin 42?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 1. Is 28 V dc present on plug 2SAF pin 10?
NO Repair open circuit between plug
2SAF pin 10 and circuit breaker.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
NOTE
RADALT receiver transmitters must be returned to
original position due to antenna cable length adjust-
ment and GIMS serialization.
Open circuit breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and
RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitter. Close circuit breakers RADALT
1 (7SA) and RADALT 2 (8SA). Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
receiver transmitter.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on YES Remove and replace both transmit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position and receive antenna for originally
E 1. Disconnect 2SAB from receiver transmitter. faulted system.
Disconnect 2SAC from receiver transmitter. Remove
transmit and receive antennas. Using TDR check
both antenna leads. Do cables check good?
NO Repair cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3413502. NO. 2 RADAR ALTIMETER ANTENNA FAULT. (FI MESSAGE) (3413502)

13-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 13-2. Troubleshooting of RADAR ALTIMETER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
RADALT receiver transmitters must be returned to
original position due to antenna cable length adjust-
ment and GIMS serialization.
Open circuit breakers RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24 and
RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitter. Close circuit breakers RADALT
1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position E 24 and RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 1.Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
receiver transmitter.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on YES Remove and replace both transmit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position and receive antenna for originally
E 1. Disconnect 2SAB from receiver transmitter. faulted system.
Disconnect 2SAC from receiver transmitter. Remove
transmit and receive antennas. Using TDR check
both antenna leads. Do cables check good ?
NO Repair cable.

13-25. MAINTENANCE
13-26. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

13-27. Removal and Installation of the Radar Altimeter components is described here.

Table 13-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

13-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

13-28. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER NO. 1

13-29. REMOVAL. Remove the RT as follows:

A. Open and tag the circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position E 24.
B. Open access panel 130AH (Figure 13-5).
C. Disconnect four electrical connectors from RT.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from holddown
hooks on RT.
E. Slide RT aft and remove unit using handle.

13-30. INSTALLATION. Install the RT as follows:

A. Position RT in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide RT into mounting tray. Ensure RT engages holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect 4 electrical connectors to RT.
E. Remove tag and close the circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 24.
F. Perform Radar Altimeter system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 12-24.
G. Close access panel 130AH (Figure 13-5).
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

13-31. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER NO. 2

13-32. REMOVAL. Remove the RT as follows:

A. Open and tag the circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position E 1.

WARNING

URINAL CONTAMINATION. Protective clothing, includ-

ing a face shield, must be worn during servicing. Any
waste should be washed from skin immediately and
contaminated clothing should be removed. Medical
treatment should be sought if personnel receive cuts
or scratches during servicing.
B. Loosen nut connecting drain pipe to urinal discharge valve.
C. Loosen nut at bottom of drain pipeand remove drain pipe.
D. Open access panel 130AG (Figure 13-5).

13-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Disconnect four electrical connectors from RT.

F. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks on RT.
G. Slide RT aft and remove unit using handle.

13-33. INSTALLATION. Install the RT as follows:

A. Position RT in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.

B. Slide RT into mounting tray. Ensure RT engages holddown pins.

C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect 4 electrical connectors to RT.
E. Remove tag and close the circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1.
F. Perform Radar Altimeter system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 12-24.

WARNING

URINAL CONTAMINATION. Protective clothing, includ-

ing a face shield, must be worn during servicing. Any
waste should be washed from skin immediately and
contaminated clothing should be removed. Medical
treatment should be sought if personnel receive cuts
or scratches during servicing.
G. Close access panel 130AG (Figure 13-5).
H. Place drain pipe on bottom connector pipe and on the bottom of the urinal drain valve. Ensure
drain pipe is positioned correctly and lines up with the urinal discharge valve.
I. Tighten nut to connect drain pipe to the urinal discharge valve.
J. Tighten nut to connect drain pipe to the bottom drain pipe.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

13-34. RADAR ALTIMETER ANTENNA

13-35. REMOVAL. Remove antenna as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for all four antennas. Substitute No. 2 for No.
1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 24.

13-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. For No. 2, open and tag the circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 1.
C. Remove old sealant compound from antenna base, mounting surface, and screws with a sharp,
non-metallic scraper.
D. Remove 8 mounting screws from antenna.
E. Support antenna assembly until cable connectors are accessible.
F. Disconnect cable connector from antenna.
G. Remove antenna and gasket, discard gasket.

13-36. INSTALLATION. Install antenna as follows:

A. Using sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surfaces, fay-
ing surface, and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean antenna mating surfaces, mounting screws, and screw holes with a clean lint-free cloth
moistened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.

NOTE

Gasket surfaces to be free of sealant.

D. Position and align gasket on mounting surface.

E. Lift and support antenna and connect electrical connector to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket and align screw holes.
G. Install 8 screws to secure antenna to mounting surface.
H. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and mounting surface.
Verify that: Resistance should read 0.0025 Ohms or less.

13-37. Perform the following functional test.

A. For No. 1, remove tag and close the circuit breaker RADALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position E 24.
B. For No. 2, remove tag and close the circuit breaker RADALT 2 (8SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position E 1.
C. Perform Radar Altimeter Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 12-24.

13-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in
accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

13-38. COMPLETE. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.

B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of antenna base and blend
the fillet smooth.
C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
D. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

13-39. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around antenna.

13-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 13-5. Location of Radar Altimeter Access Panels 130AG and 130AH

13-21 / (13-22 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XIV

STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM

14-1. DESCRIPTION

14-2. GENERAL

14-3. The Standby Attitude Instrument System (SAIS) is a stand alone instrument system for emergency
use. The SAIS provides a backup to the pilot and copilot primary instruments. The electronic indicator is
mounted in the instrument panel between the pilot and copilot and the slip/skid indicators are on the No. 1 and
No. 5 CMDU.

14-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

14-5. GENERAL. The SAIS is composed of a Standby Electronic Indicator, Detachable Configuration Mod-
ule, Air Data Computer, Pitot Probe, two Static Ports, Magnetometer and two Inclinometers (Figure 14-1).

14-6. Standby Electronic Indicator. The Standby Electronic Indicator contains an active liquid crystal display,
a BARO rotational adjustment knob that doubles as a menu control switch, Menu (M) push-button switch, an
internal three axis inertial sensor cluster for attitude displays, and the computational circuitry. A light sensor for
automatic dimming is included. The liquid crystal display provides a visual display of critical flight data, including
airspeed, heading, altitude, and attitude. The BARO switch is used to set the barometric pressure to local
conditions. The Menu (M) switch is used to enable the various menus for control and display.

14-7. Detachable Configuration Module. The Detachable Configuration Module (DCM) is connected to J2
of the electronic indicator and is attached to the cable for J1 by a lanyard. The DCM contains a non- volatile
memory to store the codes that describe the specific hardware and software configuration of that aircraft. The
DCM remains with the aircraft until it fails and is not changed with the electronic indicator.

14-8. Air Data Computer. The Air Data Computer (ADC) is mounted forward of the center console and under
the main instrument panel. The ADC receives pitot pressure from the pitot probe and static pressure from static
pressure transducers. The airspeed and altitude output is through the ARINC 429 bus to the electronic display.

14-9. Pitot Probe. The pitot probe is located below the pilots pitot probe on the lower left side of the fuselage.
Pitot pressure is provided to the ADC for airspeed development. The probe is heated to prevent ice build up.

14-10. Static ports. The static ports are located below the pilot and copilot side windows in a group with the
DADS static ports. Static pressure is provided to the ADC for altitude development.

14-11. Magnetometer. The magnetometer is installed in the vertical stabilizer and provides magnetic heading
information and attitude information to the the electronic indicator using an RS-422 data bus. The three axis
magnetic transducer is aligned to magnetic north.

14-12. Inclinometer. There is an inclinometer installed at the top of the No. 1 and the No. 5 CMDU to provide
a slip/skid indication to the pilots.

14-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

14-13. STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM OPERATION

14-14. GENERAL. The SAI system operates completely independent of the avionics sensors for airspeed,
attitude, heading and and pitch and roll. The SAIS provides standby flight data to the flight crew through an
electronic indicator. The following information is displayed:

– Indicated Air Speed

– Altitude
– Attitude
– Magnetic heading
– Slip/Skid indicators on the No. 1 and No. 5 CMDU

14-15. An additional function of the standby instrument system is to output airspeed, heading, altitude, pitch,
and roll via an ARINC 429 interface to BAU Type III No. 1, then through the left 1553B avionics bus to the mission
computer. The mission computer can then poll the primary instruments of the pilot and copilot for a comparison,
then identify a miscompare if applicable.

14-16. The Standby Electronic Indicator displays and settings are accessed through the M switch located on
the face of the instrument at the bottom center. Pressing the switch will open a menu at the bottom of the display
area. Rotating the BARO knob will scroll through the menu items by moving the highlight indicator caret. Menu
items with submenus are indicated by three dots at the end of the item. When the desired item is highlighted,
momentarily pressing the BARO knob selects that item. Rotating the BARO knob will change the settings and
then momentarily pressing the BARO knob selects that setting and returns the display to normal. The following
menu items are available:

– FAST ERECT
– SET BRIGHTNESS OFFSET
– SET HEADING
– BARO TYPE

14-17. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the SFI: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is applied
to the SFI and results in a blank screen for approximately 15 seconds. If a failure is detected, the ID screen will
appear with an error message. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. If a failure is not detected, the ID screen will appear momentarily, followed by the ATT FAIL display and
the ALIGNMENT IN PROGRESS message. Within approximately three minutes, the alignment will be complete
and a normal screen will be displayed. circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and
the ADC has completed the power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete
output will be sent to the ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting
functional performance.

14-18. The ACAWS will display the following advisory messages for an SFI fault:

STBY INST FAULT

STBY INST NO COMM

14-19. Power distribution. No on-off switch exists for system control. System is active whenever power is
available. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses:

6FA ADC 28 V dc EMER BUS

7FA MAGNETO METER 28 V dc EMER BUS
5FA STBY IND 28 V dc EMER BUS

14-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 14-1. Standby Attitude Instrument System Components

14-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 14-2. Standby Attitude Instrument System Diagram

14-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 14-3. Standby Attitude Instrument System Schematic Diagram

14-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

14-20. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

14-21. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

14-22. STANDBY ATTITUDE INDICATOR SYSTEM

14-23. Perform Standby Attitude Indicator System Functional Test as follows:

Table 14-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Test Set, Pitot Static DPS-500 - Test Air Data Computers
2 Air Data Accessory Kit ADAC27J-945 - Adaptors
3 MAG-3000 570-8552-01 - To calibrate the standby
flight instrument systems
after replacement of the
magnetometer

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, verify PITOT LH, PITOT STBY, and PITOT RH switches are
OFF.
C. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15
PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10
PITOT STBY HEATER CONTR (19HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B
13
D. Connect Pitot-Static test set as follows:

CAUTION

Do not apply suction to Pitot lines or pressure to Static lines.

1. Remove Static Hose Assembly, Pitot Hose Assembly and Pitot and Dual Static Adapters from
the storage case.

NOTE

Static hose is larger in diameter than Pitot hose.

2. Lay out hose assemblies to facilitate hookup.

3. Connect the hoses to the appropriate ports of the Pitot and Dual Static Adapters. Static
hoses attach to either the Static No.5(S5) or Static No.6(S6) port.
4. Connect the Pitot Adapter to the No. 3 Pitot tube on aircraft.
5. Connect the hoses of the Adapter Kit to the Ps and Pt output connectors of test set.

14-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Blanking caps must be fitted on unused front or rear outputs.

6. Ensure test set power is OFF.

7. Connect power lead to front panel power connector.
8. Connect other end of power lead to appropriate power source.

NOTE

The Test Set always powers up in leak measure mode with the
controllers off. On test set, systems status light will go to green
when system is ready.

E. Activate test set by positioning the ON/OFF switch to ON. The power-on indicator will illuminate.
Test set will go through Self Test.
F. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21

NOTE

The aircraft or Standby Electronic Indicator should not be placed

in motion or be in motion during the indicator alignment.

NOTE

Whenever power is applied to the aircraft, power is applied to the

Standby Electronic Indicator.

G. After power is applied to the Standby Electronic Indicator, the following occurs:
Verify that: The Standby Electronic Indicator will initiate a self test and the display will be blank for
about fifteen to twenty seconds.
Verify that: Sensor alignment mode will reach normal operation mode within three minutes.
Verify that: The Attitude fail screen will display the additional message "Alignment" displayed below
the aircraft symbol
Verify that: A counter will appear below the message which shows the number of seconds remain-
ing in the alignment process.
H. When the self test is complete, the indicator will display the following:

1. An identification screen displaying "BF Goodrich Avionics System, Inc.

2. Indicator software identification numbers.
3. Software copyright notice.
4. Total number of operating hours.
5. Result of the power-on self test.
I. When the sensors are aligned, the Standby Electronic Indicator will enter the normal operational
mode and display the following:

14-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

1. Pitch and roll attitude data.

2. Lateral acceleration.
3. Heading.
4. Air data.
J. Verify no SAI ACAWS messages are displayed.
K. On the Standby Electronic Indicator, press the lighted "M" pushbutton.
Verify that: The MENU format is displayed on the indicator with the following options:

1. FAST ERECT
2. SET BRIGHTNESS OFFSET
3. BARO TYPE
L. To select a desired function, rotate BARO knob to the desired function then press BARO knob.
M. Using BARO SET knob on pilot’s Reference Set/Warning Panel, set barometric altimeter setting
to 29.92 in. Hg. (1013 mb) or field elevation.
N. On the Pitot Static test set, activate pump by positioning the PUMP ON/OFF switch to PUMP ON.

NOTE

Allow values to stabilize for one minute after reaching test values

NOTE

The values set in function keys F1, F2, and F3 are different val-
ues and are set by the operator as determined by the Wait and
Time period desired. Function keys F1, F2 and F3 values can be
changed by pressing SETUP, then START TIMER.
O. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. Enter 300 knots.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 300 ± 2 knots.

CAUTION

Rate of climb/descent must be kept to less than 5000

feet/minute until within 500 feet of the test point, then the
rate shall be gradually reduced until the test pressure is
approximated.
P. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 15000 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 15000 ± 20 feet.
Q. Press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to turn the controllers off.
R. Press RATE TIMER key and select the required wait and time period using function keys F1, F2,
or F3.
S. Once the time has counted down to zero, press SPEED, RATE to display the airspeed rate or ALT,
ROC to display the altitude rate.
Verify that: Airspeed indication shall not decrease more than 5 knots after 1 minute.
Verify that: Altimeter indication shall not decrease more than 100 feet after 1 minute.
T. If display shows "LEAK MEASURE", press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to regain control.

14-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

U. On the Reference Set/Warning panel, using the BARO setting knob, adjust barometric counter to
read 29.92 in Hg (1013 mb).
V. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude and enter 0 feet.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0 ± 20 feet.
W. On the Standby Altitude Indicator, adjust barometric setting to read a value of 28.00 in Hg (948
mb).
Verify that: Altitude value reads −1830 ± 25 feet.
X. On the Standby Altitude Indicator, adjust barometric setting to read a value of 29.00 in Hg (982
mb).
Verify that: Altitude value reads −846 ± 9 feet.
Y. On the Standby Altitude Indicator, adjust barometric setting to read a value of 30.50 in Hg (1032
mb).
Verify that: Altitude value reads 531 ± 25 feet.
Z. On the Standby Altitude Indicator, adjust barometric setting to read a value of 30.99 in Hg (1049.4
mb).
Verify that: Altitude value reads 974 ± 25 feet.
AA. On the Standby Altitude Indicator, adjust barometric setting to read a value of 29.92 in Hg (1013
mb).
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0 ± 20 feet.

NOTE

For the following test values, allow values to stabilize for one
minute after reaching test values
AB. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. enter 60 knots.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 60 ±2 knots.
AC. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter –1000 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads —1000 ± 40 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 60 ±2 knots.
AD. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 0 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0 ± 20 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 60 ±2 knots.
AE. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 500 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 500 ± 20 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 60 knots.
AF. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 1500 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 1500 ± 25 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 60 ± 2 knots.
AG. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 4000 feet (1219 meters) altitude. On test set,
press SPEED key to select airspeed. enter 100 knots.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 4000 ± 35 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 100 ±3.5 knots.

14-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AH. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 10000 feet altitude. On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 140 knots.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 10000 ± 80 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 140 ± 3.5 knots.
AI. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 18341 feet altitude. On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 200 knots.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 18341 ± 120 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 200 ± 3.5 knots.
AJ. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 35000 feet altitude. On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 260 knots.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 35000 ± 180 feet.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 260 ± 4.5 knots.
AK. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 18341 feet altitude. On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 240 knots.
Verify that: VMO in kts on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 260 ± 4.5 kts.
Verify that: MACH number on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0.51.
AL. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 28000 feet (altitude. On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 210 knots.
Verify that: VMO in kts on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 212.6 ± 4.5 kts.
Verify that: MACH number on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0.55.
AM. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 35000 feet altitude On test set, press SPEED
key to select airspeed. Enter 220 knots.
Verify that: VMO in kts on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 181 ± 4.5 kts.
Verify that: MACH number on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 0.66.
AN. Using the BARO setting knob, adjust barometric counter to read 29.92 in Hg (1013 mb).
AO. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. Enter 0 knots.
AP. Remove and secure Pitot-Static Test Set
AQ. Remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15
PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10
PITOT STBY HEATER CONTR (19HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B
13
AR. End of Test.

14-24. AIR DATA COMPUTER

14-25. Perform Air Data Computer Functional Test as follows:

A. Set up DPS-500 Test Set in accordance with Paragraph 14-23.

B. Verify the circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
is closed.

14-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. On ICE PROTECTION Control Panel, verify PITOT STBY switch is OFF.

D. Using BARO SET knob on pilot’s Reference Set/Warning Panel, set barometric altimeter setting
to 29.92 in. Hg. (1013 mb) or field elevation
E. Adjust the Pitot Static Test Set to provide a vertical velocity of between 1000 and 3000 feet per
minute.
F. Stop the Test Set at the following altitudes and observe that the indicator altitude reads as indicated
below:

TEST SET INDICATOR

10000 feet 10000 ± 20 feet
20000 feet 20000 ± 30 feet
30000 feet 30000 ± 40 feet

G. Adjust the Test Set to increase the airspeed rate of change and observe that the indicator reads
the corresponding airspeed within ± 2.0 kts.
H. Adjust the Test Set pressure to provide a descending vertical velocity between 1000 and 3000 feet
per minute to field elevation.
Verify that: Indicator reads the same as the test set.
I. Set the Test Set pressure for field elevation and an airspeed of 0 kts before disconnecting Test Set.
J. End of Test.

14-26. DETACHABLE CONFIGURATION MODULE

14-27. Perform Detachable Configuration Module Functional Test as follows:

A. Perform steps H through L of Paragraph 14-23 Standby Attitude Indicator System Functional Test.
B. End of Test.

14-28. PITOT PROBE

14-29. Perform Pitot Probe Functional Test as follows:

A. On ICE PROTECTION control panel, verify PITOT LH, PITOT STBY, and PITOT RH switches are
OFF.
B. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15
PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10
PITOT STBY HEATER CONTR (19HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B
13
C. On the Pitot Static test set, activate pump by positioning the PUMP ON/OFF switch to PUMP ON.

NOTE

Allow values to stabilize for one minute after reaching test values

14-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

The values set in function keys F1, F2, and F3 are different val-
ues and are set by the operator as determined by the Wait and
Time period desired. Function keys F1, F2 and F3 values can be
changed by pressing SETUP, then START TIMER.

D. On test set, press SPEED key to select airspeed. Enter 300 knots.
Verify that: Airspeed indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 300 ± 2 knots.

CAUTION

Rate of climb/descent must be kept to less than 5000

feet/minute until within 500 feet of the test point, then the
rate shall be gradually reduced until the test pressure is
approximated.
E. On test set, press ALT key to select altitude. Enter 15000 feet altitude.
Verify that: Altitude indicator on Standby Electronic Indicator reads 15000 ± 20 feet.
F. Press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to turn the controllers off.
G. Press RATE TIMER key and select the required wait and time period using function keys F1, F2,
or F3.
H. Once the time has counted down to zero, press SPEED, RATE to display the airspeed rate or ALT,
ROC to display the altitude rate.
Verify that: Airspeed indication shall not decrease more than 5 knots after 1 minute.
Verify that: Altimeter indication shall not decrease more than 100 feet after 1 minute.
I. If display shows "LEAK MEASURE", press LEAK MEASURE/CONTROL key to regain control.
J. On the Pitot Static test set, press GROUND key then select GO TO GROUND (F1).
K. On the Pitot Static test set, Turn Operator Switch Pump to OFF, Then turn POWER switch to OFF.
L. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key.
Verify that: INAV 1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
M. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE select key until INAV1 CTRL INDX 3/3 page is displayed.
N. On the pilot CNI-MU , press key adjacent to DADS1.
Verify that: Ambient temperature is displayed.

CAUTION

To avoid potential damage, do not leave PITOT heat switch

on for more than 10 seconds.
O. Remove tag and close the PITOT LH HEATER CONTR (1HP) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 15.
P. On the ICE PROTECTION Control Panel, set PITOT LH switch ON for 10 seconds.
Q. On the ICE PROTECTION Control Panel, set PITOT LH switch OFF.
R. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

PITOT RH HEATER CONTR (2HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 10

14-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

PITOT STBY HEATER CONTR (19HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B
13
S. End of Test.

14-30. INCLINOMETER

14-31. Perform Inclinometer Functional Test as follows:

A. Verify the inclinometer indicator is approximately centered and compares to other inclinometer.
B. End of Test.

14-32. CALIBRATE MAGNETOMETER

14-33. Perform Magnetometer calibration as follows:

NOTE

The calibration procedures will be performed on the ground with

the aid of a compass rose.

NOTE

The MAGNETOMETER aircraft calibration must be performed in

a similar ambient magnetic field on the ground as will exist when
the aircraft is in-flight.

NOTE

Avoid being in the proximity of objects that may alter the magnetic
field around the MAGNETOMETER.
A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21

NOTE

The Electronic Indicator must be at the correct panel angle during

calibration.
B. Set up MAG-3000 (JT-147A) Test Set as follows:

1. Remove JT-147A harness from storage area and connect P3 connector to J3 on front panel
of JT-147A.

NOTE

The detachable configuration module (DCM) is attached to the ca-

ble by a lanyard and stays with the aircraft. The DCM is removed
only when defective.

14-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Access to the back of the Standby Electronic Indicator may be

made from under the pilots instrument panel.

2. Disconnect cable plug P1 from J1 on back of Standby Electronic Indicator and connect P1
of the JT-147A harness to J1.
3. Connect J1 of the JT-147A harness to cable plug P1.
4. Disconnect detachable configuration module (DCM) connector plug P2 from J2 on back of
Standby Electronic Indicator and connect P2 of the JT-147A harness to J2.
5. Connect J2 of the JT-147A harness to DCM plug P2.
C. Open Access Panel 322B for access to Magnetometer (Figure 14-5).
D. Install the Test Set Magnetometer Attitude Transmitter (MAT-3000) with the arrow pointing forward
in place of the aircraft permanent magnetometer using same non-ferrous screws.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21

NOTE

When power is applied to the Standby Electronic Indicator, wait

approximately 3 minutes for the Alignment In Progress message
to disappear from the the Standby Electronic Indicator display.

F. On the Standby Electronic Indicator menu, select Fast Erect and wait approximately 3 seconds,
then momentarily depress the Data Entry Button on the JT-147A.
Verify that: The Attitude Compensation data is written to the Detachable Configuration Module.
G. When prompted by the message on the JT-147A to remove power, open and tag the MAGNETO
METER (7FA) circuit breaker.
H. Remove the Test Set Magnetometer Attitude Transmitter from the aircraft.
I. Install the permanent Magnetometer Attitude Transmitter in the aircraft with the arrow pointing
forward using same non-ferrous screws.
J. Close Access Panel 322B (Figure 14-5).
K. Remove tag and close the MAGNETO METER (7FA) circuit breaker.

NOTE

The Electronic Indicator heading display will be flagged during cal-

ibration.

NOTE

When power is applied to the Standby Electronic Indicator, it will

take approximately 3 minutes for the Alignment In Progress mes-
sage to disappear from the the Standby Electronic Indicator dis-
play.

14-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

The following terms are being defined to limit confusion of their

meaning during the heading calibration procedure.
– MAGNETIC HEADING: Any one of the four cardinal or the four
inter-cardinal headings located on a compass rose.
– ACTUAL AIRCRAFT HEADING: Direction of the longitudinal
axis of the airframe.
– MISALIGNMENT: The difference between the magnetic and
actual aircraft heading.

L. On the compass rose, align the aircraft to the North cardinal heading.

NOTE

Up to 5 degrees of aircraft misalignment may be compensated for

via the JT-147A.

M. Use the Inc/Dec switch, as required, to make the aircraft heading displayed on the JT-147A agree
with the actual aircraft heading.
N. Fast Erect the Standby Instrument System, wait approximately 3 seconds, and then momentarily
depress the Data Entry Button on the JT-147A.
O. Using the EGI heading, compare the Standby Electronic Indicator heading and the EGI heading.
Verify that: Heading should match.

NOTE

The headings may be sequenced in any order. If an error is made,

data for a heading may be re-entered. Only the last data entered
for each heading will be saved.

P. Repeat steps L through O for the remaining cardinal headings.

NOTE

Access to the expected results screen on the test set will only be
available if data has been entered for each of the four cardinal
headings

Q. After data has been entered for each of the four Cardinal headings, depress the Display Select
Button on the JT-147A twice to go to the JT-147A Expected Results screen.
R. Momentarily depress the Data Entry Button on the JT-147A and wait while the heading calibration
data is being written to the Detachable Configuration Module.
S. When prompted by the message on the JT-147A to remove power, open and tag the following
circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
T. Disconnect P1 of the JT-147A harness from J1 on back of Standby Electronic Indicator and
JT-147A harness connector J1 from cable plug P1.
U. Connect aircraft plug P1 to J1 on back of Standby Electronic Indicator.

14-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

V. Disconnect P2 of the JT-147A harness from J2 on back of Standby Electronic Indicator and
JT-147A harness connector J2 from DCM plug P2.
W. Connect cable plug P2 to J2 on back of Standby Electronic Indicator.
X. Ensure the Standby Electronic Indicator is fully installed in the instrument panel.
Y. Disconnect connector P3 from J3 on front panel of JT-147A.
Z. Replace JT-147A harness to storage area in test set and secure test set.
AA. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
AB. End of Test.

14-34. TROUBLESHOOTING
14-35. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 14-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3421020.
Standby Inst Power Loss (FD Message) (3421020)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Standby Electronic Indicator is
following circuit breakers : normal.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Is there power to the Standby Electronic Indicator?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA) on YES Go to Step 3.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 20 tripped open?

14-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA)
is normal.
Step 3. Remove electrical power from aircraft. Open YES Repair wiring.
and tag battery selector switch. Access terminal 2
from circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20.
Remove the Standby Electronic Indicator from the
center instrument panel. Disconnect plug 1FAA.
Check for short between 1FAA pin E and ground. Is
a short indicated?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Check for a short between circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
STBY INSTR (5FA) terminal 2 to ground. Is a short breaker STBY INSTR (5FA).
indicated?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3421900. DETACHABLE CONFIGURATION MODULE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3421900)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES The Detachable Configuration
following circuit breakers : Module is operating normally.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
After the standby electronic indicator completes the
self-test and the sensors are aligned, the Indicator
enters the normal mode of operation and displays
Pitch and Roll attitude data, Lateral acceleration,
Heading and Altitude information. Does the Indicator
display the above information?
NO Remove and replace the
Detachable Configuration Module
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3421901. MAGNETOMETER CALIBRATION REQUIRED (VISUAL DETECTION) (3421901)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Magnetometer is operating
following circuit breakers : normally.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Observe the standby electronic indicator heading
and compare the heading with the EGI heading
indication. Does the Indicator heading match the
EGI heading indication within +/-2 degrees?
NO Calibrate Magnetometer.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3421500. SYSTEM TEST FAILURE (FI MESSAGE) (3421500)

14-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Standby Electronic Indicator
following circuit breakers : operates normally.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
After self-test, dose the Standby Electronic Indicator
screen display the following: an identification for
the vendor, software ID number, software copyright
notice, number of operating hours and, self test
passed?
NO Remove and replace the Standby
Electronic Indicator
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3421902. STANDBY ELECTRONIC INDICATOR FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3421902)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Go to Step 2.
following circuit breakers :
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Does the Standby Electronic Indicator power up?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 2. After power is applied, did the Standby YES Go to Step 3.
Electronic Indicator display ATT FAIL and
ALIGNMENT IN PROGRESS?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
Step 3. After power is applied, did the Standby YES Go to Step 4.
Electronic Indicator display ALIGNMENT IN
PROGRESS?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
Step 4. After the self-test is complete, does the YES Go to Step 5.
Standby Electronic Indicator display: Vendor
Identification, Software ID Number, Software
Copyright Notice, Number of Operating Hours and
Self-test results?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
Step 5. When the sensors are aligned and the YES Go to Step 6.
self-test is complete, the Standby Electronic Indicator
will enter the normal operating mode and display
the Pitch and Roll Attitude, Lateral Acceleration,
Heading and Altitude and Speed information. Does
the Indicator display this information?
NO Go to Step 12.

14-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. On the Standby Electronic Indicator, press YES Go to Step 7.
the M button on the bottom of the indicator. The
following menu items should be displayed: 1. FAST
ERECT 2. SET BRIGHTNESS OFFSET 3. BARO
TYPE Does the menu appear when the M button
is pressed?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
Step 7. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is in YES Indicator Lighting is normal
the normal mode, is the display illuminated?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. On the Standby Electronic Indicator, press YES Indicator Lighting is normal
the M button. The menu is displayed. Using
the BARO knob, rotate until SET BRIGHTNESS
OFFSET menu item is highlighted. Press the BARO
button. Rotate the BARO button. The lighting should
go brighter to dimmer. Does the lighting change?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Open and tag the following circuit breakers : YES BAU I output good.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Remove the Standby Electronic Indicator from the
center equipment panel. Disconnect connector
1FAA from the Standby Electronic Indicator. Remove
tag and close circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6.
Measure the voltage at 1FAA pin B. Does the meter
read + 5 V dc?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Open and tag circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA). YES Go to Step 11.
Disconnect connector 3TAC from BAU 1 Measure
resistance between 1FAA pin B and ground. Does
meter read infinity?
NO Repair circuit
Step 11. Measure resistance between 1FAA pin B YES Remove and replace Standby
and 3TAC pin G. Does meter read zero ohms? Electronic Indicator
NO Repair circuit
Step 12. To check the Pitch and Roll on the Standby YES Go to Step 13.
Electronic Indicator, remove the Indicator as follows:
Remove the Indicator from the center Instrument
panel. With the power on, and holding the Indicator
tilt the Indicator to the left and then to the right.
Result: The horizon on the Indicator should tilt to the
right and then to the left. Does the horizon on the
Indicator move when the Indicator is tilted?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator

14-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. With the Standby Electronic Indicator YES Go to Step 14.
removed from the center instrument panel, tilt the
indicator up and then down. The horizon display
should go up and then down. Does the horizon move
when the indicator is tilted?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator
Step 14. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is YES Troubleshoot reported fault codes
in the normal mode, is there a large X through the as follows: AIR DATA COMPUTER
display? No. 3 Go to Fault Code 3421501.
PITOT TUBE No. 3 Go to Fault
Code 3421502. STANDBY
INSTRUMENTS WIRING Go to
Fault Code 3421904.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is YES Go to Step 6.
in the normal mode, is the heading displayed on
the indicator?
NO Troubleshoot reported fault codes
as follows: MAGNETOMETER Go
to Fault Tree 3421903. STANDBY
INSTRUMENTS WIRING Go to
Fault Tree 3421904
Step 16. Is circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA) on YES Go to Step 17.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 20 tripped open?
NO Circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA)
is normal.
Step 17. Remove electrical power from aircraft. YES Repair Standby Instruments
Open and tag battery selector switch. Remove Wiring
terminal 2 from circuit breaker STBY INSTR (5FA).
Remove the Standby Electronic Indicator from the
center instrument panel. Disconnect plug 1FAA.
Measure between 1FAA pin E and ground. Does
meter measure infinity?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Measure for a short between circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
STBY INSTR (5FA) pin 2 to ground. Does meter breaker STBY INSTR (5FA).
measure infinity?
NO Remove and replace Standby
Electronic Indicator.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3421501. AIR DATA COMPUTER (ADC) NO. 3 FAULT (FI MESSAGE) (3421501)

14-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES ADC No. 3 is good
following circuit breakers :
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Test operate the ADC No. 3. Does the air speed and
altitude indicate correct on the Standby Electronic
Indicator?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. During the test of ADC No. 3, does the Leak YES Go to Step 4.
Measurement test indicate good?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Perform a Standby Pitot Tube leak test. YES Repair/remove and replace Pitot
Does the Pitot Tube leak? Tube
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. During the test operate of ADC No. 3 did YES No fault found on the ADC No. 3
the air speed and altitude indicate correct on the
Standby Electronic Indicator?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is the circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Go to Step 13.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22 No. 3 tripped open?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Gain access to ADC No. 3. Disconnect YES Go to Step 7.
connector 3FAA from ADC No. 3. Measure
resistance from 3FAA Pin 1 to 6FA wire, Pin A. Does
meter read zero ohms?
NO Repair ADC No. 3 power wire.
Step 7. During the test operate of ADC No. 3, does YES ADC No. 3 is good
the air speed and altitude indicate correct on the
Standby Electronic Indicator?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Gain access to ADC No. 3. Disconnect YES Go to Step 9.
connector 3FAA from ADC No. 3. Gain access to the
Standby Electronic Indicator. Disconnect connector
1FAA from Indicator.. Measure resistance from
3FAA Pin 6 to ground. Result: Meter reads infinity
Does meter read infinity?
NO Repair ADC No. 3 signal wire.
Step 9. Measure resistance from 3FAA pin 7 to YES Go to Step 10.
ground. Result: meter reads infinity Does meter
read infinity?
NO Repair ADC No. 3 signal wire.
Step 10. Measure resistance from 3FAA Pin 6 to YES Go to Step 11.
1FAA Pin I. Does meter read zero ohms?
NO Repair ADC No. 3 signal wire.

14-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Measure resistance from 3FAA Pin 7 to YES Go to Step 12.
1FAA Pin T. Does meter read zero ohms?
NO Repair ADC No. 3 signal wire.
Step 12. Reconnect connector 1FAA to Indicator YES Air Speed and Altitude systems
Reconnect connector 3FAA to ADC No. 3. Apply are normal.
external electrical power to the aircraft. Test operate
the ADC No. 3 Does the air speed and altitude
indicate correct on the Standby Electronic Indicator?
NO Remove and replace ADC No. 3
Step 13. Remove external power from the aircraft. YES Circuit breaker 6FA is good.
Gain access to the overhead circuit breaker panel
201VE. Disconnect wire from ADC (6FA) Pin 2.
Measure resistance from 6FA Pin 2 to ground.
Result: Meter reads infinity Does meter read infinity?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker 6FA
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3421903. MAGNETOMETER FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3421903)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Magnetometer is normal
following circuit breakers :
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
With the Standby Electronic Indicator in the normal
operating mode, compare the indicator heading with
the EGI heading. Result: headings are equal within
+/- 2 degrees. Are headings the same?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Calibrate the Magnetometer. Upon YES Magnetometer is normal
completion of calibration, does the Indicator heading
match the EGI heading within +/-2 degrees?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open and tag circuit breaker MAGNETO YES Voltage test passed
METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 21. Gain access to the
magnetometer and disconnect connector 4FAA.
Remove tag and close circuit breaker 7FA Using
a meter, measure the voltage on connector 4FAA
pin 6. Result: Meter should read 28 V dc Does the
meter read 28 V dc?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is circuit breaker MAGNETO METER (7FA) YES Go to Step 5.
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 21 tripped open?
NO Circuit breaker MAGNETO METER
(7FA) normal.

14-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Remove external electrical power from the YES Go to Step 6.
aircraft. Gain access to the rear panel of the circuit
breaker panel 201VE. Disconnect wire from circuit
breaker MAGNETO METER (7FA) pin 2. Measure
resistance between 7FA, pin 2 and ground. Does
meter read infinity?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker MAGNETO METER (7FA).
Step 6. Measure resistance between 201VE pin 2 YES Go to Step 7.
wire to ground. Does meter read infinity?
NO Repair circuit
Step 7. Remove Standby Electronic Indicator from YES Go to Step 8.
the center equipment panel. Disconnect connector
1FAA. Measure resistance between connector 1FAA
pin W and ground. Does meter read infinity?
NO Repair Circuit
Step 8. Disconnect connector 4FAA from YES Remove and replace
magnetometer. Read resistance between connector Magnetometer
4FAA pin 1 and 1FAA pin W. Does meter read zero
ohms?
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3421A01. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3421A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Go to Step 2.
following circuit breakers :
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20
ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 22
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21
Open and then close circuit breaker STBY INSTR
(5FA). Is power applied to the Standby Electronic
Indicator?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421020
Step 2. After Standby Electronic Indicator completed YES Troubleshoot Failed Self Test
self-test, did the display screen indicate any as follows: -CONFIGURATION
message errors? REQUIRED, Go to Fault Tree
3421900. MAGNETOMETER
CALIBRATION REQUIRED, Go
to Fault Tree 3421901. SYSTEM
TEST FAILURE, Go to Fault Tree
3421500.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Did the Standby Electronic Indicator start YES Go to Step 4.
the sensor alignment, ATT FAIL and ALIGNMENT IN
PROGRESS displayed?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421902
Step 4. Did Standby Electronic Indicator display ATT YES Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421902
FAIL and ALIGNMENT FAILURE?

14-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. After self-test is complete, does the Standby YES Go to Step 6.
Electronic Indicator screen display the following: a
vendor identification, Software ID number, Software
Copyright Notice, Number or Operating Hours and
self-test results?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421902
Step 6. When the sensors are aligned, the Standby YES Go to Step 7.
Electronic Indicator will enter the normal operating
mode and display the Pitch and Roll Attitude,
Lateral Acceleration, Heading and Altitude and
speed information. Does the Indicator display this
information?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421902
Step 7. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is YES Troubleshoot the following as
in the normal mode, is there a large ’X’ through the directed: AIR DATA COMPUTER
display? No. 3, Go To Fault Code 3421501.
PITOT TUBE No. 3, Go To Fault
Code 3421502.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is in YES Go to Step 9.
the normal mode, is the heading displayed?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421903.
Step 9. When the Standby Electronic Indicator is YES Go to Step 10.
in the normal mode, is the Pitch and Roll display in
the center and level?
NO Troubleshoot Fault Code 3421902
Step 10. Observing the Pilot Inclinometer, is the YES Go to Step 11.
bubble centered on the tube?
NO Remove and replace the Pilot
Inclinometer
Step 11. Observing the Copilot Inclinometer, is the YES Go to Step 12.
bubble centered on the tube?
NO Remove and replace the Copilot
Inclinometer
Step 12. Are there any other problems observed that YES Troubleshoot other fault codes as
have not been addressed? follows: STANDBY ELECTRONIC
INDICATOR Go to fault tree
3421902, DETACHABLE
CONFIGURATION MODULE
Go to fault tree 3421900,
MAGNETOMETER Go to fault tree
3421903, AIR DATA COMPUTER
No. 3 Go to fault tree 3421501,
PITOT TUBE No. 3 Go to
fault tree 3421502, STANDBY
INSTRUMENTS WIRING Go to
fault tree 3421904
NO Standby Instruments System is
normal.

14-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 9- CODE 3421502. STBY INST AIR FAULT (FI MESSAGE) (3421502)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open YES Go to Step 2.
STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 20, and ADC (6FA) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22. Disconnect 3FFA from air data computer.
Is ground present on plug pin 2, 5, 8 and 11?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 1.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on Overhead YES Repair power wire to ADC.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
tripped?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on ADC (6FA) on YES Repair power wire to ADC.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22, terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Remove and replace ADC. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, remove and
D 22. disconnect 1FAA on STBY INSTR. For the replace STBY INSTR.
following wires between ADC and sTBY INSTR:
- ADC pin 6 to STBY INSTR pin 1*
- ADC pin 7 to STBY INSTR pin T
Is continuity present, wires free from shorts to shield
or each other and shield properly grounded?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 10. CODE 3421503. STBY INST MAG HDG FAULT (FI Message) (3421503)
Step ‘1. Apply external electrical power. Open YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breakers STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20,
and MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21. Disconnect
4FAA from magnetometer.
Is ground present on plug pins 4, 5, and 7?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker MAGNETO METER YES Go to Step 5.
(7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 21. Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 6?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is circuit breaker MAGNETO METER (7FA) YES Repair power wire to
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in magnetometer.
position D 21

14-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker YES Repair power wire to
MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit magnetometer.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 21 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker MAGNETO METER YES Remove and replace
(7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) magnetometer. If problem persists,
in position D 21. disconnect 1FAA from air data replace standby instrument.
computer. For the following wires between standby
instrument and magnetometer:
- standby instrument pin W to magnetometer pin Y.
- standby instrument pin K* to magnetometer pin Z.
Is continuity present, wires free from shorts to shield
or each other and shield properly grounded?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 11. CODE 3421504. STBY INST PITCH/ROLL FAULT (FI Message) (3421504)
Remove and replace Standby Electronic Indicator
END OF TEST
Fault 12. CODE 3421021. STBY INST FAULT (FD Message) (3421021
Step 1. Does fault appear to be related to air data YES Troubleshoot fault code 3421500.
information?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be related to heading YES Troubleshoot fault code 3421502.
information?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does fault appear to be related to the STBY YES Remove and replace Standby
INSTR? Electronic Indicator.
NO Remove and replace detach
config. mdl.
END OF TEST
Fault 13. CODE 3421500. STBY INST AIR/ALT FAULT (FI Message) (3421500)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20 and ADC
(6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 22.
Is ground present of plug pin 2, 5, 8, and 11?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.

14-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Is circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on Overhead YES Repair power wire to ADC.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
tripped?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker ADC YES Repair power wire to ADC.
(6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 22 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Remove and replace ADC. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, replace STBY
D 22. Disconnect 1FAA on STBY INSTR. For the INSTR.
following wires between ADC and STBY INST:
- ADC pin 6 to STBY INSTR pin I*
- ADC pin 7 to STBY INSTR pin T
Is continuity present, wires free from shorts to shield
or each other and shields properly grounded?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 14. CODE 3421501. STBY INST ALT FAULT (FI Message) (3421501)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open circuit YES Go to Step 2.
breakers STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20 and ADC
(6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 22. Disconnect 3FFA from air data
computer.
Is ground present on plug pin 2, 5, 8. and 11?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 22.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on Overhead YES Repair power wire to ADC.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
tripped?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker ADC YES Repair power wire to ADC.
(6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 22 terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker ADC (6FA) on YES Remove and replace ADC. If
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position problem persists, remove and
D 22. disconnect 1FAA on STBY INSTR. For the replace STBY INSTR.
following wires between ADC and sTBY INSTR:
- ADC pin 6 to STBY INSTR pin 1*
- ADC pin 7 to STBY INSTR pin T
Is continuity present , wires free from shorts to shield
or each other and shield properly grounded?

14-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 14-4. Troubleshooting of STANDBY ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST

14-37. MAINTENANCE
14-38. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-39. Removal and Installation of the Standby Attitude Indicator System components is described here.

14-40. STANDBY ELECTRONIC INDICATOR

14-41. REMOVAL. Remove the Standby Electronic Indicator as follows:

A. Open and tag the STBY INSTR (5FA) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 20.
B. Loosen 2 clamp screws (left lower - right upper) holding indicator in panel and pull indicator from
panel.

NOTE

The Detachable Configuration Module (DCM) has an attached lan-

yard and is attached to the Standby Electronic Indicator cable. The
DCM stays with the aircraft when the Standby Electronic Indicator
is removed. The DCM is removed only when defective.
C. Disconnect connector from Standby Electronic Indicator.
D. Disconnect the Detachable Configuration Module from the Standby Electronic Indicator.
E. Remove the Standby Electronic Indicator.

14-42. INSTALLATION. Install the Standby Electronic Indicator as follows:

A. Connect the Detachable Configuration Module to the Standby Electronic Indicator.

B. Connect the connector to the Standby Electronic Indicator.
C. Place the Standby Electronic Indicator in the instrument panel and tighten 2 clamp screws (left
lower - right upper).
D. Remove tag and close the STBY INSTR (5FA) circuit breaker.

14-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Perform Standby Electronic Indicator Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 14-23.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-43. AIR DATA COMPUTER NO. 3

14-44. REMOVAL. Remove the Air Data Computer as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
B. Remove Pilot’s seat.
C. Move Pilot’s right rudder pedal to gain access to front of center console.
D. Remove coaxial plug from ADC.
E. Remove static line from static connector.
F. Remove pitot line from pitot connector.
G. Remove two bolts attaching ADC to mount and remove ADC.

14-45. INSTALLATION. Install the Air Data Computer as follows:

A. Place ADC on mount and secure with two bolts.

B. Connect coaxial connector to ADC.
C. Attach static line to static connector.
D. Attach pitot line to pitot connector.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
F. Perform Air Data Computer Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 14-25.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-46. PITOT PROBE NO. 3

14-47. REMOVAL. Remove the Pitot Probe as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
PITOT STBY HTR PWR (7HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 12
B. Open access panel 110A (Radome) (Figure 14-4).
C. Open access panel 130AM.
D. Remove safety wire from electrical plug.
E. Disconnect electrical connector from the Pitot Probe.

14-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

F. Loosen B nut on Pitot tube and disengage Pitot tube from Pitot Probe.
G. Remove nuts holding Pitot probe to aircraft.
H. Remove Pitot probe.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.
I. Remove old sealant from fuselage surface with sharp, non-metallic scraper and clean cloth moist-
ened with approved solvent.

14-48. INSTALLATION. Install the Pitot Probe as follows:

WARNING

Sealants are toxic; therefore, rubber or polyethylene

gloves and goggles shall be worn when using these
materials. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water
before eating or smoking. If cleaner is splashed in
eyes, rinse thoroughly with fresh water for 15 minutes
and report to a medical facility.
A. Using a sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean Pitot probe mounting surface on aircraft, Pitot probe, and Pitot mounting bolts with a clean
lint-free cloth moistened in cleaning solution.
C. Apply corrosive inhibit sealant to fuselage mating surface.
D. Align Pitot Probe with mating surface and install Pitot Probe.
E. Secure Pitot Probe with nuts.
F. Engage Pitot tube to Pitot Probe and tighten B nut.
G. Connect electrical connector to Pitot Probe.
H. Replace safety wire on electrical connector.
I. Perform Pitot Probe No. 3 Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 14-27.

14-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

J. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the Pitot Probe.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.
K. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the Pitot
Probe and aircraft.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.
L. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
M. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
PITOT STBY HTR PWR (7HP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 12
N. Close access panel 130AM (Figure 14-4).
O. Close access panel 110A.
P. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.
Q. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-49. DETACHABLE CONFIGURATION MODULE

14-50. REMOVAL. Remove the Detachable Configuration Module as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
B. Remove Standby Electronic Indicator in accordance with Paragraph 14-41.
C. Disconnect the Detachable Configuration Module from the back of the Standby Electronic Indica-
tor.
D. Remove detachable configuration module lanyard from attachment point on cable.

14-51. INSTALLATION. Install the Detachable Configuration Module as follows:

A. Attach detachable configuration module lanyard to attachment point on cable.

B. Connect the Detachable Configuration Module on the back of the Standby Electronic Indicator.

14-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Install Standby Electronic Indicator in accordance with Paragraph 14-42.

D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

STBY INSTR (5FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 20

ADC (6FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 22
E. Perform Standby Electronic Indicator Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 14-23.
F. Perform Magnetometer Calibration in accordance with Paragraph 14-33.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-52. MAGNETOMETER

14-53. REMOVAL. Remove the Magnetometer as follows:

A. Open and tag MAGNETO METER (7FA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 21
B. Open access panel 322B (Figure 14-5).
C. Remove connector plug from Magnetometer.
D. Remove the three non-ferrous mounting screws holding Magnetometer to mount.
E. Remove Magnetometer.

14-54. Install the Magnetometer as follows:

A. Position magnetometer on mount with arrow pointing forward.

B. Install the three non-ferrous mounting screws.
C. Connect the connector plug to the Magnetometer.
D. Remove tags and close the MAGNETO METER (7FA) circuit breaker.
E. Perform Magnetometer Calibration in accordance with Paragraph 14-33.
F. Close access panel 322B (Figure 14-5).
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-55. INCLINOMETER

14-56. REMOVAL. Remove the Inclinometer as follows:

A. On applicable Color Multifunction Display Unit (CMDU), remove 2 screws holding the Inclinometer
to the CMDU.
B. Remove inclinometer from CMDU.

14-57. Install the Inclinometer as follows:

A. Locate inclinometer on applicable CMDU.

B. Secure with 2 screws.
C. Perform Inclinometer Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 14-31.
D. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

14-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 14-4. Location of Access Panels 110A and 130AM

14-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 14-5. Location of Access Panel 322B

14-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XV

VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

15-1. DESCRIPTION

15-2. GENERAL

15-3. Two VHF Navigation (VOR/ILS/MB) systems receive transmissions from the ground based Very High
Frequency Omni-Range (VOR), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Localizer (LOC), and Glideslope (GS) sys-
tems. In addition, the No. 1 system performs the functions of a Marker Beacon (MB) receiver. The VOR/ILS/MB
system consists of two Receivers, two VOR/ILS Antennas, a GS Antenna, and a MB Antenna. Control of
the VOR/ILS/MB receivers is by the Communication/ Navigation/Identification Management System (CNI-MS)
through the Mission Computer (MC), via MIL-STD- 1553B (1553B) data bus. Three independent receivers within
the VOR/ILS Receivers are integrated to provide for reception of 200 VOR/LOC channels, 40 GS channels, and
MB. Audio outputs are provided for station identification. The VHF Navigation System furnishes relative bearing
to station, VOR/ILS guidance, marker beacon annunciators, and glideslope guidance information to the MC for
utilization by the Digital Flight Director System and display on the Primary Flight Display (PFD).

15-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

15-5. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS (Figure 15-1). The VHF navigation systems consists
of two Receivers, two Receiver Mounts, one VOR LOC two part Antenna, a Marker Beacon Antenna, and a
Glideslope Antenna.

15-6. VOR/ILS/MB RECEIVER. The VOR No. 1 receiver is mounted on the upper left bulkhead inside the
radome and the VOR No. 2 receiver is mounted on the upper right bulkhead inside the radome. Each receiver
has three separate sections for VOR/LOC reception, GS reception, and MB reception.

– VOR/LOC Reception. The VOR section provides bearing to ground station, using 160 channels
from 108.00 to 117.95 MHz, with 50 KHz channel spacing. The LOC section provides left/right
deviation from runway centerline, using 40 channels using 108.10 to 111.95 MHz, with 50 KHz
channel spacing. The outputs are LOC deviation, TO/FROM indication, relative VOR-to-station,
and VOR/LOC audio identification.
– GS Reception. The GS receiver section has 40 channels, spaced 150 KHz apart in the 329.15
to 335.00 MHz frequency band. The 40 GS channels are paired with 40 LOC channels. The GS
receiver section provides a deviation output, which represents the position of the airplane relative
to the center of the glideslope antenna pattern to indicate glideslope deviation (up or down).
– MB Reception. The MB receiver section receives and processes 75 MHz marker beacon signals.
Outer, middle and inner marker annunciators are output to the MC for display on the PFD. An
audio output is provided to monitor the 400, 1330, and 3000 Hz coded tone modulation of the MB
signals.

15-7. RECEIVER MOUNT. The Receiver Mount is used to secure the receiver to the airplane.

15-8. VOR/LOC ANTENNA. The VOR/LOC Antenna is installed in the upper portion of the vertical stabilizer.
The antenna consists of two blade antennas installed on the left and right sides of the vertical stabilizer, and

15-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

connected together by a tee adapter. Both receivers can be operated simultaneously, on the same or different
frequencies, with the one combined antenna.

15-9. MARKER BEACON ANTENNA. The marker beacon antenna is located on the bottom of the fuselage.
Antenna patterns permit MB reception in a cone of about 150 degrees wide fore and aft and 100 degrees wide
laterally. There is a null zone of approximately 15 degrees directly below the antenna so that a cone of silence
exists as the airplane passes directly over the ground station.

15-10. GLIDESLOPE ANTENNA. The glideslope antenna is installed inside the nose radome and centered
on the lower bulkhead. A single antenna is used for both VOR/ILS receivers.

15-11. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM OPERATION

15-12. GENERAL. The VOR/ILS receivers furnish, through the MC, relative bearing to station, VOR/LOC
course guidance, MB annunciators, and GS vertical guidance information for display on the Color Multipurpose
Display Units (CMDU). Bearing information is also compared to the Heading-Course Select Panel setting. The
resultant course deviation is calculated in the mission computer; the CMDU displays this lateral deviation on a
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) to a maximum of 10 degrees. A CDI To/From indicator indicates where the
selected course will take the aircraft toward or away from the selected ground station (Figure 15-3).

15-13. PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY. The VHF Navigation information is displayed on the PFD as the glides-
lope pointer and scale, the marker beacon OM, MM, and IM indicators, the lubber line and course pointer bar,
course deviation indicator, to/from indicator, CDI displacement scale, and navigation source data (Figure 15-2).

15-14. The VOR/ILS navigation receiver frequency tuning is accomplished through the two CNI-MU and the
CNRP panels located on the center console. For ILS approach navigation, the 40 GS channels are automatically
tuned when the 40 paired LOC channels are tuned.

15-15. Tuning for the VOR/ILS receiver can be selected in the paired mode or independently. The paired
mode of operation automatically tunes the TACAN transceiver to the DME channel associated with a VOR/DME
or VORTAC ground station. This allows the DME portion of a VOR/DME or VORTAC station to be used. In the
paired mode the No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver is paired with the No. 1 TACAN transceiver, and the No. 2 VOR/ILS
receiver is paired with the No. 2 TACAN transceiver. When paired, tuning of either the VOR or the TACAN per-
forms the tuning operation for both. While the paired mode of VOR and TACAN operation is normally selected,
deselecting the paired mode places the VOR and TACAN into remote tuning and permits the two radios to be
tuned independently. After frequency selection, the NAV functions are selected for display using the Single
Avionics Management Unit (SAMU). Audio outputs from each NAV radio unit goes to the ICS Central Switch-
ing Unit and the volume is controlled through the ICS Monitor Panel. Headset Interface Units allow the use of
headsets for audio monitoring. The received audio allows the pilot to identify which station is tuned.

15-16. The MB subsystem determines when the airplane has reached three key points in a VOR/ILS ap-
proach: the Outer Marker (OM), Middle Marker (MM), and the Inner Marker (IM), all of which have the same
carrier frequency of 75 MHz. While the MB carrier frequency is always the same, each MB is modulated to
produce different auditory tones to identify the three different MB types. Audio output is provided by the receiver
to monitor the OM (400 Hz), MM (1330 Hz), and IM (3000 Hz) coded tone modulation of the MB signals. OM,
MM and IM annunciator signals are provided to the mission computer for display on the pilot and copilot PFD.
Although the No. 1 and No. 2 VOR/ILS receivers are identical, only the MB receiver in the No. 1 VOR/ILS
receiver is used for navigation.

15-17. The ILS subsystem provides flight path steering commands to a chosen landing area. The pilot re-
ceives both localizer and glideslope guidance cues for steering the aircraft along the runway approach path. ILS
frequency selection is made with the CNI-MU or CNRP. The VOR and LOC functions share the same frequency
band and are intermeshed in an alternating odd/even arrangement. The GS receiver is automatically tuned with
the LOC in frequency pairs. LOC CDI and GS vertical deviation display selection is made with the SAMU, and
is selected simultaneously when LOC is chosen for the CDI NAV source. Audio for station identification and
monitoring are selected by the ICS Monitor Panel (Figure 15-4).

15-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-1. VHF Navigation System Components

15-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-2. Primary Flight Display

15-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-3. VHF Navigation Functional Block Diagram

15-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-4. VHF Navigation System Schematic Diagram ( RS System )(sh. 1/2)

15-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-4. VHF Navigation System Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

15-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

15-18. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by the
VHF Navigation system, Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the
power is applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed
the power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

15-19. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message VOR/ILS (1 or 2) FAIL.

15-20. POWER DISTRIBUTION. VOR 1 and VOR 2 receivers are toggled ON and OFF by pressing the ap-
propriate CNI/MU line select key on the NAV TUNE VOR 1 or NAV TUNE VOR 2 page. The appropriate mission
computer and BAU Type II energize the VOR 1 or VOR 2 power relay to apply 28 V dc from the circuit breaker
to the receiver. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

3RS VOR 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

4RS VOR 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

15-21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

15-22. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

15-23. VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

15-24. Perform VHF Navigation System Functional Test as follows:

15-25. Special tools or test equipment required for Functional Tests are listed in Table 15-1

Table 15-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 NAV/COMM Test Set IFR-4000 Equivalent Test systems

NOTE

This completeVHF Navigation System Functional Test may be en-

tered at several points depending on which LRU was changed.

NOTE

The following Functional Tests are applicable to both VOR 1 and

VOR 2 systems and can be performed using either the pilot or
copilot controls. If using the copilot controls, substitute copilot for
pilot. If checking VOR 2, substitute VOR 2 for VOR 1.

15-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

15-26. VOR Test.

NOTE

To hear VOR tones on the test set, position MB/NAV ID switch to

NAV ID

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
C. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
D. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VOR 1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR 1 page is displayed.
E. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE VOR 1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR ON/OFF until
ON is highlighted.
F. Ensure there are no VOR messages on ACAWS.
G. On the pilot SAMU, press the PTRS key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV SELECT menu is displayed.
H. On the pilot SAMU PILOT NAV SELECT page, press the select key adjacent to PNTR 1.
Verify that: PILOT PNTR1 menu is displayed.
I. On the pilot SAMU, PILOT PNTR1 menu, press the select key adjacent to VOR1.
Verify that: VOR 1 is highlighted.

NOTE

Using the Test set. When using the antenna to antenna option for
testing, the correct antenna length is required for specific frequen-
cies. The following list indicates the correct antenna length to use:

– For MB, use fully extended.

– For VOR, LOC, and ILS, use with top three sections retracted.
– For GS, use with top five sections retracted.

NOTE

Nearby ramp equipment or aircraft may interfere with test results.

If the incorrect results are observed, relocate the test set to a dif-
ferent position and retest.

J. Position Test Set 10 to 30 feet (3 to 9.1meters) from the antenna under test. Ensure a clear view
without obstructions.
K. Connect the antenna to the antenna connector located on the front panel of the test set.
L. Press the DC power switch to turn on the test set. The DC indicator light will illuminate.

15-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

If conducting the following tests with the aircraft au-

topilot engaged, any variation of the aircraft controls
may move the associated control surfaces. Use caution
to ensure that all personnel and ground support equip-
ment are clear of the control surfaces.

M. On test set, toggle the KEYPAD ENTRY/PRESET switch to PRESET.

Verify that: Test set is in preset mode.
N. Extend the antenna to 28 1/2 in (top three sections collapsed).
O. On the test set, place the FUNCTION rotary switch to the VOR position.
P. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
Q. On the pilot DAFD panel, under CDI SOURCE, select VOR 1.
R. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.05 MHz, then press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR1 IDENT.
S. On the pilot ICS monitor panel, pull the VOR 1 monitor switch/volume knob. Adjust volume as
required.
T. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LOW switch to the MID position.
Verify that: 108.05 MHz, 000 degrees, +006 dBm is displayed on the test set display.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 000 deg ± 2 degrees.
U. On the test set, toggle the RF OUTPUT LEVEL switch and reduce the preset power to −47dBm.
V. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 45 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 045 ± 2 degrees.
W. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 90 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 090 ± 2 degrees.
X. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 135 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 135 ± 2 degrees.
Y. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 180 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 180 ± 2 degrees.
Z. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 225degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 225 ± 2 degrees.
AA. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 270 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 270 ± 2 degrees.
AB. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 315 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 315 ± 2 degrees.
AC. On the test set, turn the ILS/VOR rotary switch to 000 degrees.
Verify that: On pilot PFD, VOR1 pointer indicates 000 ± 2 degrees.
AD. On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, verify the deviation bar is centered.

15-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AE. On the test set, toggle the ILS/VOR VAR switch and vary the bearing with the VOR deviation bar
centered.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation Bar tracks smoothly left and right of the
center position as the ILS/VOR VAR switch is varied on the test set.
AF. On the test set, return the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
AG. On the test set, using the DELETE switch, delete the 30 Hz component.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation bar deflects full scale from the center.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the warning flag appears.
AH. On the test set, release the toggle switch.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the deviation bar returns to the center position.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the warning flag disappears.
AI. On the test set, toggle the PRESET/KEYPAD switch to the KEYPAD position.
AJ. Verify the FUNCTION switch is in the VOR position.
AK. On the test set, 108.05 MHz, 000 degrees, − 47dBm is displayed and a flashing UNDERSCORE
BAR is displayed under the first entry position in the frequency position.
AL. On the test set, use the key pad and enter frequency 108.00 MHz.
AM. On the test set, press the ENT button.
Verify that: On the test set display, frequency 108.00 MHz is displayed.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the warning flag appears.
AN. Verify the FUNCTION switch is in the VOR position.
AO. On the test set, 108.00 MHz, 000 degrees, − 47dBm is displayed and a flashing UNDERSCORE-
BAR will be displayed under the first entry position in the frequency position.
AP. On the test set, use the key pad and enter frequency 108.05 MHz.
AQ. On the test set, press the ENT button.
Verify that: On the test set display, frequency 108.05 MHz is displayed.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the warning flag disappears.

15-27. ILS Test.

A. To enter Functional Test at this point, first perform steps A through Q of Paragraph 15-26.
B. On the test set, verify the antenna is extended with top three sections retracted.
C. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.1 MHz, then press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: 108.01 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR1 IDENT.
D. On the test set, place the FUNCTION switch to ILS.
E. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LOW switch to the LO position.
F. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
Verify that: On the test set, the display shows:

0.000 OC 108.1 MHz.

0.006 OC 000 dBm.

15-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation bar is centered and the course is at 000
degrees.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, no flags are present.
G. On the test set, toggle the ILS/VOR VAR switch UP.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation bar deflects UP.
H. On the test set, toggle the ILS/VOR VAR switch DOWN.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation bar deflects DOWN.
I. On the test set, toggle the ILS/VOR VAR switch until the deviation bar is centered.
J. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.

15-28. Localizer Test.

A. To enter Functional Test at this point, first perform steps A through Q of Paragraph 15-26.
B. On the test set, extend the antenna and leave top three sections retracted.
C. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.1 MHz then press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: 108.1 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR1 IDENT.
D. On the test set, place the FUNCTION switch to LOC.
E. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LOW switch to the LO position
F. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
Verify that: On the test set, the display shows:

108.1 MHz.
0.000 OC +006 dBm.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation pointer is centered.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, no flags are present.
G. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to U1/R1.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates a one-dot deflection
RIGHT.
H. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to U2/R2.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates a two-dot deflection
RIGHT.
I. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to D1/L1.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates a one-dot deflection
LEFT.
J. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to D2/L2.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates a two-dot deflection
LEFT.
K. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to OC.
L. On the test set, press and hold the DELETE 90/30 - 150/9960 toggle switch to 90 and wait for the
red flag to appear on the Pilot PFD.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates full LEFT deflection

15-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: The red flag should be visible.

M. On the test set, press and hold the DELETE 90/30 - 150/9960 toggle switch to 150 and wait for
the red flag to appear on the Pilot PFD
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the LOC deviation bar indicates full RIGHT deflection
Verify that: The red flag should be visible.
N. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
Verify that: On Pilot PFD, verify CRS flag is out of view except for local stations.

15-29. Glideslope Test.

A. To enter Functional Test at this point, first perform steps A through Q of Paragraph 15-26.
B. On the test set, extend the antenna but leave the top five sections retracted.
C. On the CNI-MU , use the keypad to enter 108.1 MHz, then press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: 108.1 MHz is displayed adjacent to VOR1 IDENT.
D. On the test set, place the FUNCTION switch to GS.
E. On the test set, toggle the FREQ HI/MID/LOW switch to the LO position.
F. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.
Verify that: On the test set, the display shows:

108.1 MHz/334.70 MHz.

0.000 OC 000 dBm.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the Deviation pointer is centered and on course.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, no flags are present.
G. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to U1/R1.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates a one-dot deflection
UP.
H. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to U2/R2.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates a two-dot deflection
UP.
I. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to D1/L1.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates a one-dot deflection
DOWN.
J. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR switch to D2/L2.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates a two-dot deflection
DOWN.
K. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to OC.
L. On the test set, momentarily toggle the DELETE 90/30 - 150/9960 switch to 90.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates full UP deflection.
Verify that: A flag should be visible.
M. On the test set, momentarily toggle the DELETE 90/30 - 150/9960 switch to 150.

15-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the GS deviation pointer indicates full DOWN deflec-
tion.
Verify that: A flag should be visible.
N. On the test set, place the ILS/VOR rotary switch to the OC position.

15-30. MB Test.

NOTE

To hear MB tones on the test set, position MB/NAV ID switch to

MB. Then on the Pilot ICS Monitor Panel, pull the BCN monitor
switch/volume knob and adjust volume as required.

A. To enter Functional Test at this point, first perform steps A through Q of Paragraph 15-26.
B. On the test set, place the FUNCTION switch to MB.
C. On the test set, extend the antenna to full length.
D. On the test set, toggle the PRESET/KEYBOARD ENTRY switch to the PRESET position.
E. On the test set, toggle the FREQ LO/MID/HI switch to the MID position.
F. On the test set, using the RF OUTPUT LEVEL toggle switch, set the RF output level to +13 dBm.
G. On the test set, using the TONES rotary switch, select 400/OM.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the WHITE Marker lamp for the OUTER MB illuminates.
Verify that: A 400 Hz tone is heard from the speaker or headset.
H. On the test set, using the TONES rotary switch, select 1300/MM.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the WHITE Marker lamp for the MIDDLE MB illumi-
nates.
Verify that: A 1300 Hz tone is heard from the speaker or headset.
I. On the test set, using the TONES rotary switch, select 3000/MM.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD VOR1 display, the WHITE Marker lamp for the INNER MB illuminates.
Verify that: A 3000 Hz tone is heard from the speaker or headset.
J. On the test set, return the ILS/VOR rotary switch to OC.

15-31. TROUBLESHOOTING
15-32. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 15-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

15-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools. - Cont’d

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3431A01.
VOR/ILS System Fault (Visual Detection). (3431A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 31.
circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15 and VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 8. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune
key. On CNI-MU , press line select key to select
VOR 1. On CNI-MU , press line select key next
to PWR ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using
numeric key pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz
on scratch pad, then press line select key next to
IDENT. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune key. On
CNI-MU (ICDU), press line select key to select VOR
2. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR
ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using numeric key
pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz on scratch
pad, then press line select key next to IDENT. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panel, rotate
course knob until course arrow on CMDU points to
0 degrees. On pilot/copilot Heading Course Select
Panel, rotate heading knob until heading marker
on PDF is aligned on lubber line. On SAMU main
menu, press line select key next to NAV SELECT.
On SAMU NAV SELECT menu, press line select key
next to pilot/copilot until DESIRE pilot or copilot is
highlighted. On SAMU press line select key next to
PNTR 1 or PNTR 2. Setup VOR/ILS/MB Test Set for
VOR operation with VOR bearing selector switch set
to 0. Is CRS warning indication displayed in center
of either pilot or copilot CMDU?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. On CNI-MU , press line select key next YES Go to Step 3.
to TEST OFF/ON until ON is highlighted. Are the
following results displayed on CMDU? 1. VOR
bearing indicates 315 degrees. 2. TO-FROM arrow
indicates TO. 3. Course deviation bar swings left. 4.
No VOR/ILS FAIL ACAWS messages are displayed.
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS No.
1 receiver.

15-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. On YES Go to Step 4.
CNI-MU , press line key next to VOR 2. On CNI-MU ,
press and hold line select key next to TEST OFF/ON
until ON is highlighted. Are the following results
displayed on CMDU? 1. VOR bearing indicates
315 degrees. 2. TO-FROM arrow indicates TO. 3.
Course deviation bar swings left 4. No VOR/ILS FAIL
ACAWS messages are displayed.
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS No.
2 receiver.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 8.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational, use copi-
lot station in lieu of pilot station in the following proce-
dures.
On pilot ICS control panel, rotate master VOL control
to midrange. On pilot monitor panel, pull VOR 1
switch to out position and rotate to midrange. Place
ramp test set TONE switch to 1020 Hz. Is audio
heard in headset?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. On another monitor panel, pull VOR 1 switch YES Fault is in interphone system.
to out position and rotate to midrange. Is audio
heard in headset?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Go to Step 7.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace No. 1
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 7. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Remove and replace CSU.
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 3
Disconnect 1RSA and 2RSA from VOR/ILS
receivers. Disconnect 1RZC from CSU. Is continuity
present between following plug pins?
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 5
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 1
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 22
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 14
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Push in pilot VOR 1 switch. Pull pilot monitor YES Go to Step 10.
panel VOR 2 switch to out position and rotate to
midrange. Is audio heard in headset?
NO Go to Step 9.

15-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. On another monitor panel, pull VOR 2 switch YES Fault is in interphone system.
to out position and rotate to midrange. Is audio
heard in headset?
NO Remove and replace No. 2
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 10. Rotate ATTEN knobs until CRS warning YES Go to Step 14.
indication appears on either pilot or copilot CMDU.
Do ATTEN controls read approximately 18 db or
more?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Continue rotating ATTEN knobs until YES Go to Step 13.
opposite CRS warning indication appears. Do
ATTEN controls read approximately 18 db or more?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Remove VOR/LOC antenna. Disconnect YES Remove and replace 5RS Tee
5RSC from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using TDR check Adapter. If problem persists,
antenna cable at connector 5RSC. Does cable check remove and replace VOR/LOC
good? antenna.
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
Step 13. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) YES Remove and replace faulty
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in VOR/ILS receiver. If problem
position D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit persists, remove and replace 5RS
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Disconnect Tee Adapter.
1RSC/2RSC from VOR/ILS receiver. Disconnect
5RSA or 5RSB from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using TDR
check antenna cable. Does cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
Step 14. Rotate ATTEN knobs to 0 db. Rotate YES Go to Step 15.
bearing selector switch to each bearing. (45, 90,
135, 180, 225, 270, 315). Do both No. 1 and No. 2
bearing pointers on pilot and copilot CMDU indicate
bearing selector position?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 15. Set up Ramp Test Set for usage. On YES Remove and replace faulty
CNI-MU using numeric key pad, enter a frequency VOR/ILS receiver.
of 108.10 on scratch pad, then press line select
key adjacent to IDENT. Is CRS warning indication
displayed on either pilot or copilot CMDU?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. Rotate ATTEN knobs until CRS warning YES Go to Step 17.
indication appears. Do ATTEN controls read
approximately 18 db or more?
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS
receiver.

15-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. Rotate pilot and copilot COURSE set knobs YES Go to Step 18.
until course arrows align with airplane heading.
Rotate LOC signal selector knob to L2, R2, then
OC. Do pilot and copilot CDIs deflect left, right, then
center respectively?
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS
receiver.
Step 18. Set up ramp test set for glideslope usage. YES Go to Step 29.
Is GS warning indication displayed on either pilot or
copilot CMDU?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. Rotate ATTEN knobs until GS warning YES Go to Step 20.
indication appears. Do ATTEN knobs read
approximately 18 db or more?
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS
receiver.
Step 20. Rotate GS signal selector knob to +2, -2, YES Go to Step 21.
then OC. Do pilot and copilot glideslope pointers
deflect two dots up, two dots down, and center
respectively?
NO Remove and replace VOR/ILS
receiver.
Step 21. Set up Ramp Test Set for marker beacon YES Go to Step 25.
usage. On pilot CNI-MU , press line select key
adjacent to MKR BIN LOW/HIGH until LOW is
highlighted. Momentarily place MB switch to 400,
1300, then 3000. Do OM, MM, and IM marker
beacon indications appear on CMDU center upper
half of flight path indicator, with actuation of test
switch?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. On pilot monitor panel, pull MKR BCN YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
switch to out position and rotate to midrange. receiver.
Momentarily place MB switch to 400, 1300, then
3000. Is 400 Hz tone, 1300 Hz tone, and 3000 Hz
tone heard clearly in headset?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Go to Step 24.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 24. Remove marker beacon antenna. YES Remove and replace marker
Disconnect 1RSB from No.1 VOR/ILS receiver. beacon antenna.
Using TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check
good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
antenna cable.

15-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 25. On pilot monitor panel, pull MKR BCN YES VOR/ILS normal.
switch to out position and rotate to midrange.
Momentarily place MB switch to 400, 1300, then
3000. Is 400 Hz tone, 1300 Hz tone, and 3000 Hz
tone heard clearly in headset?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 26. On another monitor panel pull MRK YES Fault is in interphone system. GO
BCN switch to out position and rotate to midrange. TO 2350.
Momentarily place MB switch to 400, 1300, then
3000. Is 400 Hz, 1300 Hz, and 3000 Hz tone heard
clearly in headset?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Go to Step 28.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 28. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3. Disconnect
1RSA from VOR/ILS receiver. Disconnect 1RZC
from CSU. Is continuity present between the
following pins?
- plug 1RSA pin DD and plug 1RZC pin 13
- plug 1RSA pin EE and plug 1RZC pin 12
NO Repair circuit.
Step 29. Is GS warning displayed on both pilot and YES Remove and replace glideslope
copilot CMDU? antenna.
NO Go to Step 30.
Step 30. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver.
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Disconnect 1RSD
and 2RSD from VOR/ILS receiver. Disconnect 8RSA
and 8RSB from glideslope antenna. Using TDR
check antenna cable. Does cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
Step 31. Is CRS warning indication displayed in YES Go to Step 12.
center of both pilot and copilot CMDU?
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Remove and replace faulty
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position VOR/ILS receiver. If problem
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker persists, remove and replace 5RS
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Disconnect 1RSC Tee Adapter.
and 2RSC from VOR/ILS receivers. Disconnect
5RSA and 5RSB from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using TDR
check antenna cables. Does cable check good?

15-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3431902. BOTH NO. 1 AND NO. 2 VOR/LOC AUDIO AND INDICATION WEAK OR
INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3431902)
Step 1. Remove VOR/LOC antenna. Disconnect YES Remove and replace 5RS Tee
5RSC from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using TDR check Adapter. If persists, remove and
antenna cable at connector 5RSC. Does cable check replace VOR/LOC antenna.
good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3431909. NO. 1 VOR/LOC AUDIO INOPERATIVE. ALL INDICATIONS NORMAL (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3431909)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15 and VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 8. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune
key. On CNI-MU , press line select key to select
VOR 1. On CNI-MU , press line select key next
to PWR ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using
numeric key pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz
on scratch pad, then press line select key next to
IDENT. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune key. On
CNI-MU (ICDU), press line select key to select VOR
2. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR
ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using numeric key
pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz on scratch
pad, then press line select key next to IDENT. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panel, rotate
course knob until course arrow on CMDU points to
0 degrees. On pilot/copilot Heading Course Select
Panel, rotate heading knob until heading marker
on PDF is aligned on lubber line. On SAMU main
menu, press line select key next to NAV SELECT.
On SAMU NAV SELECT menu, press line select key
next to pilot/copilot until DESIRE pilot or copilot is
highlighted. On SAMU press line select key next to
PNTR 1 or PNTR 2. Setup VOR/ILS/MB Test Set
for VOR operation with VOR bearing selector switch
set to 0. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.

15-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Remove and replace CSU.
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 3
Disconnect 1RSA and 2RSA from VOR/ILS
receivers. Disconnect 1RZC from CSU. Is continuity
present between following plug pins?
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 5
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 1
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 22
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 14
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3431910. NO. 2 VOR/LOC AUDIO INOPERATIVE. ALL INDICATIONS NORMAL (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3431910)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15 and VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 8. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune
key. On CNI-MU , press line select key to select
VOR 1. On CNI-MU , press line select key next
to PWR ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using
numeric key pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz
on scratch pad, then press line select key next to
IDENT. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune key. On
CNI-MU (ICDU), press line select key to select VOR
2. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR
ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using numeric key
pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz on scratch
pad, then press line select key next to IDENT. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panel, rotate
course knob until course arrow on CMDU points to
0 degrees. On pilot/copilot Heading Course Select
Panel, rotate heading knob until heading marker
on PDF is aligned on lubber line. On SAMU main
menu, press line select key next to NAV SELECT.
On SAMU NAV SELECT menu, press line select key
next to pilot/copilot until DESIRE pilot or copilot is
highlighted. On SAMU press line select key next to
PNTR 1 or PNTR 2. Setup VOR/ILS/MB Test Set
for VOR operation with VOR bearing selector switch
set to 0. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.

15-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Remove and replace CSU.
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8
ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 3
Disconnect 1RSA and 2RSA from VOR/ILS
receivers. Disconnect 1RZC from CSU. Is continuity
present between following plug pins?
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 5
- System 1: plug 1RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 1
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin T and plug 1RZC pin 22
- System 2: plug 2RSA pin U and plug 1RZC pin 14
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3431913. NO. 1 GLIDESLOPE INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3431913)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver.
D 15. Disconnect 1RSD from VOR/ILS receiver.
Disconnect 8RSA from glideslope antenna. Using
TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3431914. NO. 2 GLIDESLOPE INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3431914)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver.
D 8. Disconnect 2RSD from VOR/ILS receiver.
Disconnect 8RSB from glideslope antenna. Using
TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3431918. MARKER BEACON AUDIO AND INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3431918)

15-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15 and VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 8. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune
key. On CNI-MU , press line select key to select
VOR 1. On CNI-MU , press line select key next
to PWR ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using
numeric key pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz
on scratch pad, then press line select key next to
IDENT. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV tune key. On
CNI-MU (ICDU), press line select key to select VOR
2. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR
ON/OFF until ON is highlighted. Using numeric key
pad enter a frequency of 108.00 MHz on scratch
pad, then press line select key next to IDENT. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panel, rotate
course knob until course arrow on CMDU points to
0 degrees. On pilot/copilot Heading Course Select
Panel, rotate heading knob until heading marker
on PDF is aligned on lubber line. On SAMU main
menu, press line select key next to NAV SELECT.
On SAMU NAV SELECT menu, press line select key
next to pilot/copilot until DESIRE pilot or copilot is
highlighted. On SAMU press line select key next to
PNTR 1 or PNTR 2. Setup VOR/ILS/MB Test Set
for VOR operation with VOR bearing selector switch
set to 0. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 2. Remove marker beacon antenna. YES Remove and replace marker
Disconnect 1RSB from No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver. beacon antenna.
Using TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check
good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
antenna cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3431000. VOR/ILS 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3431000)
Step 1. Is circuit breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead YES Go to Step 12.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15
tripped open?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On YES Go to Step 3.
CNI-MU press line select key to select VOR 1. On
CNI-MU press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breaker VOR 1
(3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 15. Disconnect 1RSE from VOR/ILS
receiver. Is continuity present between plug 1RSE
pins 7-10, 8-10, 15-10 as follows?
NO Repair circuit.

15-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Disconnect 1RSA from VOR/ILS receiver. Is YES Go to Step 4.
ground present on plug pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Close circuit breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On CNI-MU
press line select key to select VOR 1. On CNI-MU
press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF until ON
is highlighted. Is 28 V dc present on plug 1RSA pin
D?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. Remove and replace VOR/ILS receiver. YES Troubleshoot CNI bus. If problem
Does problem persist? persist, troubleshoot Flight
Management System.
NO Fault fixed
Step 6. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. On YES Go to Step 7.
CNI-MU , press line select key to select VOR 1. On
CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breakers as
follows:
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 4
Disconnect 5TAC plug from BAU II No. 1. Close
circuit breakers as follows:
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA)
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA)
VOR 1 (3RS)
Is 28 V dc present in 5TAC pin 71?
NO Remove and replace BAU II No. 1.
Step 7. Remove power from aircraft. Open Overhead YES Go to Step 8.
circuit breaker panel. At circuit breaker VOR 1
(3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 15, is there continuity between circuit
breaker terminals 1 and 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 8. Remove 302VE shelf from avionic rack. Is a YES Go to Step 9.
ground present on the plug 302VEE pin B*?
NO Repair ground.
Step 9. Is there continuity between plug 1RSA pin YES Go to Step 10.
D and shelf plug 302VEC pin T*?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 10. Is there continuity between circuit breaker YES Go to Step 11.
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15 terminal 2 and 302VEA
pin M*?
NO Repair open circuit.

15-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Remove 9RS relay from socket. Is there YES Remove and replace relay.
continuity between the following pins?
- 5TAC pin 71 and 9RS pin X1
- 302VEC* pin B* and 9RS pin X2
- 302VEC* pin T* and 9RS pin A1
- 302VEC* pin M* and 9RS pin A2
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 12. Disconnect 1RSA from VOR 1. Reset YES Go to Step 13.
circuit breaker. Does circuit breaker trip open?
NO Remove and replace VOR 1. If
fault persists remove and replace
circuit breaker.
Step 13. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On YES Repair short to ground between
CNI-MU press line select key to select VOR 1. On 1RSA pin D and relay 9RS pin A1.
CNI-MU press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breaker VOR 1
(3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 15. Is ground present on 1RSA pin D?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Remove power from aircraft. Open YES Go to Step 15.
overhead Circuit Breaker Panel. Disconnect wire
from circuit breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15
terminal 2. Is a ground present on disconnected
wire?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 15. Disconnect plug 302VEA from shelf 302VE. YES Repair short to ground between
Is a ground present on disconnected wire from circuit circuit breaker terminal 2 and
breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker 302VEA pin M*.
Panel (201VE) in position D 15?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. Remove Shelf 302VE. Remove relay 9RS. YES Repair short to ground.
Is a ground present between 9RS pin A2 and shelf
chassis?
NO Remove and replace relay.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3431010. VOR/ILS 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3431010)
Step 1. Is circuit breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead YES Go to Step 2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8 tripped
open?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 2. Disconnect 2RSA from VOR 2. Reset circuit YES Go to Step 3.
breaker. Does circuit breaker trip open?
NO Remove and replace VOR 2. If
fault persists remove and replace
circuit breaker.

15-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On YES Repair short to ground between
CNI-MU press line select key to select VOR 2. On 2RSA pin D and relay 10RS pin
CNI-MU press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF A1.
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breaker VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 8. Is ground present on 2RSA pin D?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Remove power from aircraft. Open overhead YES Go to Step 5.
Circuit Breaker Panel. Disconnect wire from circuit
breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8 terminal 2. Is a ground
present on disconnected wire?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 5. Disconnect plug 304VEB from shelf 304VE. YES Repair short to ground between
Is a ground present on disconnected wire from circuit circuit breaker terminal 2 and
breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker 304VEB pin X.
Panel (201VE) in position D 8?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove shelf 304VE. Remove relay 10RS. YES Repair short to ground.
Is a ground present between 10RS pin A2 and shelf
chassis?
NO Remove and replace relay.
Step 7. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On YES Go to Step 8.
CNI-MU press line select key to select VOR 2. On
CNI-MU press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breaker VOR 2
(4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 8. Disconnect 2RSE from VOR/ILS
receiver. Is continuity present between plug 2RSE
pins 7-10, 8-10, 15-10 as follows?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 2RSA from VOR/ILS receiver. Is YES Go to Step 9.
ground present on plug pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. Close circuit breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on YES Go to Step 10.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 8. On CNI-MU press NAV TUNE key. On CNI-MU
press line select key to select VOR 2. On CNI-MU
press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF until ON
is highlighted. Is 28 V dc present on plug 2RSA pin
D?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 10. Remove and replace VOR/ILS receiver. YES Troubleshoot CNI bus. If problem
Does problem persist? persist, troubleshoot Flight
Management System.
NO Fault fixed.

15-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. On YES Go to Step 12.
CNI-MU , press line select key to select VOR 2. On
CNI-MU , press line select key next to PWR ON/OFF
until OFF is highlighted. Open circuit breakers as
follows:
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
Disconnect 4TAC plug from BAU II No. 2. Close
circuit breakers as follows:
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA)
VOR 2 (4RS)
Is 28 V dc present in 4TAC pin 71?
NO Remove and replace BAU II No. 2.
Step 12. Remove power from aircraft. Open YES Go to Step 13.
Overhead circuit breaker Panel. At circuit breaker
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8, is there continuity between
circuit breaker terminals 1 and 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 13. Remove 304VE shelf from avionic rack. Is YES Go to Step 14.
a ground present on the plug 304VEB pin U?
NO Repair ground.
Step 14. Is there continuity between plug 2RSA pin YES Go to Step 15.
D and shelf plug 302VEB pin C*?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 15. Is there continuity between circuit breaker YES Go to Step 16.
VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 8 terminal 2 and 304VEB pin
X?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 16. Remove 10RS relay from socket. Is there YES Remove and replace relay.
continuity between the following pins?
- 4TAC pin 71 and 10RS pin X1
- 304VEB pin U and 10RS pin X2
- 304VEB pin C* and 10RS pin A1
- 304VEB pin X and 10RS pin A2
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 3431901. NO. 2 VOR/LOC AUDIO AND INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3431901)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker VOR 2 (4RS) on YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver. If problem persists,
D 8. Disconnect 2RSC from VOR/ILS receiver. remove and replace 5RS Tee
Disconnect 5RSB from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using Adapter.
TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check good?

15-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 3431903. PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY INDICATES THAT NO. 1 VOR IS VALID, BUT
BEARING INDICATION IS INOPERATIVE OR INACCURATE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3431903)
Failure 1 Remove and replace faulty VOR/ILS
receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 3431904. PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY INDICATES THAT NO. 2 VOR IS VALID, BUT
BEARING INDICATION IS INOPERATIVE OR INACCURATE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3431904)
Failure 2 Remove and replace faulty VOR/ILS
receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 3431911. NO. 1 LOCALIZER WEAK OR INOPERATIVE. VOR OPERATION NORMAL
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3431911)
Failure 3 Remove and replace faulty VOR/ILS
receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 3431912. NO. 2 LOCALIZER WEAK OR INOPERATIVE. VOR OPERATION NORMAL
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3431912)
Failure 4 Remove and replace faulty VOR/ILS
receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 3431915. BOTH NO. 1 AND NO. 2 GLIDESLOPE INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE
(VISUAL DETECTION ) (3431915)
Failure 5 Remove and replace glideslope antenna.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 3431919. MARKER BEACON AUDIO INOPERATIVE. ALL INDICATIONS NORMAL
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3431919)
Step 1. Open circuit breakers VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Go to Step 2.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 15 and VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 8. Swap No. 1 and No.
2 VOR/ILS receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty
VOR/ILS receiver.
Step 2. Remove marker beacon antenna. YES Remove and replace marker
Disconnect 1RSB from No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver. beacon antenna.
Using TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check
good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
antenna cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 3431900. NO. 1 VOR/LOC AUDIO AND INDICATION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION ) (3431900)

15-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 15-3. Troubleshooting of VHF NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Open circuit breaker VOR 1 (3RS) on YES Remove and replace VOR/ILS
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver. If problem persists,
D 15. Disconnect 1RSC from VOR/ILS receiver. remove and replace 5RS Tee
Disconnect 5RSA from 5RS Tee Adapter. Using Adapter.
TDR check antenna cable. Does cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable.
END OF TEST

15-34. MAINTENANCE
15-35. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

15-36. Removal and Installation of the VHF Navigation System components is described here.

Table 15-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

15-37. VOR/ILS RECEIVER

15-38. REMOVAL. Remove the VOR/ILS Receiver as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is the same for VOR/ILS Receiver No. 1and VOR/ILS

Receiver No. 2. Substitute 2 for 1.
A. Open Access Panel 110A (Radome) (Figure 15-5).
B. Open Access Panel 130AL for No. 1 or 130AI for No. 2.
C. For No. 1, open and tag VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D
15.

15-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. For No. 2, open and tag VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
E. Disconnect the five connectors on front of VOR/ILS receiver.
F. Loosen two hold down nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down hooks of Re-
ceiver.
G. Remove unit by sliding out of mounting tray.

15-39. INSTALLATION. Install the VOR/ILS Receiver as follows:

A. Position VOR/ILS Receiver in mounting tray.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide Receiver into mounting tray. Ensure Receiver engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect the 5 connectors on front of VOR/ILS Receiver.
E. For No.1, remove tag and close the VOR 1 (3RS) circuit breaker.
F. For No.2, remove tag and close the VOR 2 (4RS) circuit breaker.
G. Perform complete VHF Navigation System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 15-24.
H. Close Access Panel 130AL for No. 1 or 130AI for No. 2 (Figure 15-5).
I. Close Access Panel 110A.
J. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

15-40. VOR/LOC ANTENNA

15-41. REMOVAL. Remove the VOR/LOC antenna as follows:

NOTE

The VOR/LOC antenna consists of two separate antennas, Left

and Right, connected to a T-connector. When either antenna re-
quires replacement, both antennas will be replaced.
A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.
B. Remove sealant compound from base of VOR/LOC LH antenna base with a sharp, non-metallic
scraper.
C. Remove 8 screws that secure VOR/LOC LH antenna to LH mounting plate.

15-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. Lift and support VOR/LOC LH antenna until cable T-connector is accessible.

E. Disconnect cable from T-connector and remove LH antenna.
F. Inspect fuselage mounting surface for signs of corrosion.
G. Remove sealant compound from base of VOR/LOC RH antenna base with a sharp, non-metallic
scraper.
H. Remove 8 screws that secure VOR/LOC RH antenna to RH mounting plate.
I. Lift and support VOR/LOC RH antenna until cable T-connector is accessible.
J. Disconnect cable from T-connector and remove RH antenna.
K. Inspect fuselage mounting surface for signs of corrosion.

15-42. INSTALLATION. Install the VOR/LOC Antenna as follows:

A. Using a sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any old sealant from left and right hand mounting
surfaces.

WARNING

Wear rubber gloves, chemical or splash proof goggles,

and water resistant boots during cleaning operations
using cleaning compounds. Wet weather clothing is
not required except during cold weather. If cleaner is
splashed in eyes, rinse thoroughly with fresh water
for 15 minutes and report to medical facility. Remove
clothing saturated with cleaning solution immediately
and flush exposed skin areas with fresh water.
B. Clean mating surfaces on VOR/LOC LH antenna, screws, and fastener holes with clean lint-free
cloth moistened in Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.

WARNING

Sealants are toxic, therefore, rubber or polyethylene

gloves and chemical splash-proof goggles shall be
worn when using these materials. Wash hands thor-
oughly with soap and water before eating or smoking.
D. Apply a 0.010 to 0.015 in (0.254 to 0.381 mm) thickness of electrically conductive, corrosion in-
hibitive sealing compound (MIL-S-81733 TY2) to LH mounting surface.
E. Connect antenna cable to T connector
F. Position antenna on LH mounting surface.
G. Install 8 screws that secure VOR/LOC LH antenna to the mounting surface.
H. Remove excess sealant with a clean lint-free cloth dampened with aliphatic naphtha, and wipe
with a clean cloth.
I. Install bolts and washers that secure antenna to mounting ring.
J. Torque bolts and washers that secure antenna to mounting ring to 95-115 in lb (1.094-1.325 Kgm)
K. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna and the aircraft.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.

15-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

L. Repeat steps A through I for RH antenna.

M. Perform VOR Paragraph 15-26 and LOC Paragraph 15-28 Functional Tests.
N. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.
O. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the an-
tenna and mounting surface.
P. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
Q. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.

15-43. GS ANTENNA

15-44. REMOVAL. Remove the GS Antenna as follows:

A. Open Access Panel 110A (Figure 15-5).

B. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
C. Support antenna and remove 6 screws.
D. Remove antenna from mounting surface until cables are accessible.
E. Disconnect 2 cables from antenna.

15-45. INSTALLATION. Install the GS Antenna as follows:

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
A. Clean antenna and contact surface thoroughly using a clean rag moistened with aliphatic naphtha
(TT-N-95).

15-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Inspect antenna mounting surface for corrosion.

C. Connect two antenna cables to antenna.
D. Position antenna on mount and install 6 mounting screws.
E. Using a bonding meter, measure the resistance between the aircraft and the antenna.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
F. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
G. Perform GS Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 15-29.
H. Close Access Panel 110A (Figure 15-5).
I. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

15-46. MARKER BEACON ANTENNA

15-47. REMOVAL. Remove the Marker Beacon Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 15

VOR 2 (4RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 8
B. Remove sealant from edge of antenna with sharp non-metallic scraper.
C. Support antenna and remove 24 screws.
D. Remove antenna from mounting surface until coaxial cables are accessible.
E. Disconnect coaxial cables from antenna.
F. Remove antenna from fuselage.
G. Remove RF gasket from mounting surface.
H. Inspect fuselage mounting surface for signs of corrosion.

15-48. INSTALLATION. Install the Marker Beacon Antenna as follows:

A. Using a sharp non-metallic scraper, remove old sealant from antenna mounting surface, screw
holes, and fuselage mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

15-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).

B. Clean antenna and contact surface thoroughly using a clean rag moistened with aliphatic naphtha
(TT-N-95).
C. Position and align gasket against antenna mounting surface.
D. Connect coaxial cables to antenna.
E. Position antenna on gasket and Install 24 screws. Torque to 25 in lbs (0.288 MKG)
F. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the aircraft and the antenna.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
G. Perform the functional test in accordance with Paragraph 15-30.
H. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the antenna.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.

I. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the an-
tenna and mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

J. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
K. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.

15-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 15-5. Location of Access Panels

15-35 / (15-36 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XVI

EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INERTIAL

NAVIGATION SYSTEM

16-1. DESCRIPTION

16-2. GENERAL

16-3. The embedded global positioning/inertial navigation (EGI) system, is an all attitude navigation system
providing outputs of linear and angular acceleration, velocity, position, attitude (roll, pitch, and platform azimuth),
true and magnetic heading, altitude, body angular rates, time tags, and universal time coordinated synchronized
time pulses. There are two EGI systems, EGI No. 1 is generally controlled by the pilot and EGI No. 2 by the
copilot.

16-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

16-5. EGI SYSTEM COMPONENTS. Each EGI system consists of an EGI computer/receiver with mount, a
fixed reception pattern antenna (FRPA), and an EGI RF (Radio Frequency) filter assembly (Figure 16-1).

16-6. EGI RECEIVER. The EGI Receiver consists of an inertial sensor assembly (ISA), System Processor
(SP), GPS embedded module (GEM), and power supply.

A. Inertial Sensor Assembly. The Inertial Sensor Assembly (ISA) contains a precision machined sen-
sor block which provides mountings for three mutually orthogonal digital ring laser gyros, and three
mutually orthogonal precision accelerometers. The ISA provides the inertial electronics necessary
to acquire, digitize, accumulate, and temperature compensate the accelerometer and gyro output
signals. The ISA transmits accelerometer, gyro, and compensation data to the System Processor
and the System Processor transmits mode commands and calibration data to the ISA.
B. System Processor. The System Processor (SP) circuit card assembly stores and executes the
Operational Flight Program (OFP). Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEP-
ROM) is used for OFP storage, and static Random Access Memory (RAM) is used for real-time
operation data storage. The OFP processes the data from the gyros and accelerometers and
communicates with the GPS module via a Dual Port RAM interface. The outputs from the OFP
include a pure Inertial solution, a pure GPS solution, and a Blended solution.
C. GPS embedded module. The GEM acquires, tracks, and navigates using GPS satellite signals
from an external antenna and RF filter assembly. The GEM provides a minimum of five L1/L2
P(Y)-code satellite tracking channels, provides secure storage for the crypto variables, and utilizes
a hard-wired zeroize discrete to erase these variables.
D. Power Supply. The EGI power supply is a compact, self-contained DC-DC converter. The EGI
power supply receives 28 V dc prime power and 28 V dc backup power. The power supply is
designed to operate with the supply voltage down to 10 V dc for 30 seconds. If 28 V dc prime
power is removed, the EGI will operate on the 28 V dc secondary power for 10 seconds, at which
time, the EGI will perform an automatic shutdown, which is completed in 10 seconds. The 10
second shut down feature will be disabled if a software disable discrete is received. A 3.5 volt
lithium-thionyl chloride battery is used as backup power for the 10 second shut down, and to hold
up the non-volatile RAM while primary power is not applied to the system. Mounting and circuitry

16-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

are provided for installation of a second battery for use in changing the primary battery without
loss of data.

16-7. MOUNT. The two EGI are installed on mounts under the cargo floor and are located precisely by bore-
sight procedures.

16-8. FIXED RECEPTION PATTERN ANTENNA. The Fixed Reception Pattern Antenna (FRPA) is a passive
antenna unit which requires no power, adjustment, or control to function. The FRPA is designed to receive
signals from the GPS satellites and to couple through the RF filter assembly to the EGI computer/receiver.

16-9. RF FILTER. The EGI RF Filter is between the antenna and the EGI. It is used to filter radio frequency
noise to reduce loading of the EGI computer.

16-10. EGI SYSTEM OPERATION

16-11. The EGI operates using both operator commanded and automatic modes.. The EGI accepts and pro-
cesses the turn-on and mode commands, initialization data, and pressure altitude data from the MIL-STD-1553B
(1553B) data bus. The EGI responds to the 1553B data bus controller, and provides the navigational outputs
required by other systems. The EGI accepts radio frequency global positioning system (GPS) satellite trans-
missions and provides these signals as inputs to the GEM. The GEM tracks up to five satellites simultaneously.
The GEM supports the GPS and blended EGI navigation solutions. See Table 16-1.

16-12. The inertial navigation system (INS) part of the EGI provides navigation and position data to the flight
crew and mission computers using the 1553B data bus (Figure 16-2). The system is unaffected by weather and
is accurate worldwide. The only required input is airspeed and pressure altitude from the air data computer. The
system is aligned on the ground to an earth based local level reference point using local latitude and longitude.
This alignment also uses the spin of the earth and gravity to determine north and up references.

Table 16-1. EGI Operating Modes

POWER UP INITIALIZE (INIT) ALIGNMENT NAVIGATION POWER DOWN

(ALIGN) (NAV)
ON Initial BIT (IBIT) Gyro Compass INS/GPS Store History Data
(GC)
Data Load via serial Stored Heading INS Only OFF
bus (SH)
Best Available True GPS Only
Heading (BATH)
In Flight Align NAV Alignment
(IFA/Update)
GPS Aided
Alignment

16-13. INITIALIZATION. Following power ON, the system auto-transitions to the power up initialization (INIT)
mode. While in INIT mode, all navigation outputs are set to zero, null, or invalid as appropriate. All mode
command input messages are received and processed. The system responds to all multiplexer data requests.
The following functions are enabled during INIT mode:

– Initial BIT (IBIT) sets faults as required.

– Performance monitor and initialization testing.
– Coordinate systems transformations.
– Load almanac data.
– Load ephemeris data.

16-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– Maintain time estimate.

16-14. ALIGNMENT. The EGI maintains, and makes available for output, the current align events record and
the current time in align record. Both records are updated at each ALIGN-TO-NAV transition. Aircraft mission
requirements will provide the information as to whether auto-transition to this mode will be implemented. The
EGI permits auto-transition from INIT to ALIGN mode.

– Gyrocompass (GC). This is the primary inertial alignment mode. In this mode, present position is
entered through the communication/navigation/identification management system (CNI-MS), via
the 1553B data bus, and a GC alignment is performed in azimuth to determine the true heading
of the aircraft. During alignment, the EGI computes and makes available, via the 1553B data bus,
an alignment status indication. The system provides a NAV ready indication via the 1553B data
bus when the system can provide GC performance. An interruption of the GC alignment due to
aircraft movement prolongs the alignment period by no more than the period of suspension plus
twenty seconds.
– Stored Heading (SH). The EGI will implement a fast inertial alignment mode. In this mode, the
system will level to local vertical and initializes position and heading to the value at the last shut-
down. Specified performance in this mode requires that a complete GC alignment be successfully
completed on the power down (OFF) and the platform not be moved prior to the next alignment.
The EGI stores this value for this application. Navigation performance is better than 1.0 nm/hr
circular error probable (CEP) or less after a SH align. SH is completed in 30 seconds or less. If
the EGI determines that the aircraft has been moved, it transitions to the GC align mode. Failure
to meet the prerequisites for SH will cause the EGI to revert to the GC alignment mode.
– Best Available True Heading (BATH). The BATH alignment mode provides a quick reaction, de-
graded performance alignment, using a manually entered true heading. Entry of a heading via
INS 1/2 ALIGN page(s) causes the EGI to level to stored, entered or GPS present position and
use the entered value for heading. The BATH alignment mode can only be entered via one of the
two following methods:

• When the prerequisites for the SH alignment mode have been satisfied, insertion of true head-
ing causes the EGI to perform a BATH alignment.

• When the prerequisites for the SH alignment mode have not been satisfied, selection of the SH
alignment mode results in the EGI initiating a BATH alignment. The true heading is requested
via the CNI-MU and must be entered with a “T” following the heading. The “T” is to indicate
true heading).
– In Flight Align (IFA/Update). The EGI, in conjunction with external sensor information, is capable
of performing an inflight alignment having no ground alignment, a partial ground alignment, or
a complete gyro compass alignment. This same mode will provide the capability for performing
aided navigation with automatic update. IFA or realignments can be performed when the aircraft
is in motion or stationary. Unless deselected, the IFA will complete when the Kalman filter projects
a free inertial accuracy equivalent or better than that achieved with a normal GC align. Following
a 30 second coarse alignment on the ground, the EGI will complete an IFA within 5 minutes, pro-
vided there has been continuous GPS coverage with a horizontal dilution of precision (HDOP) of
3.5 or better. Without the benefit of a coarse alignment, the system will complete the IFA within
10 minutes, provided there has been continuous GPS coverage with an HDOP of 3.5 or better. In
the EGI, all three navigation functions (GPS/INS, GPS only, and INS only) will be available simul-
taneously after an IFA.

16-15. NAVIGATION. The EGI performs all functions necessary to produce a best estimate of position, ve-
locity, acceleration, time, attitude, heading, and body axis angular rates while operating in this mode (Figure
16-3) . The EGI uses all available sensor inputs including inertial, GPS, and pressure altitude, as well as other
external sensors (TACAN, position fixes, etc.), which may be available from the mission computer or sensors to
produce an optimal estimate of the aircraft state. In the EGI, all three independent solutions (GPS/INS, GPS
only, and INS Only INS) are available simultaneously for output at all times. The EGI maintains, and makes
available for output, the current NAV events record and the current time in NAV record. Both records are reset
at each ALIGN-TO-NAV transition. All NAV events are stored as they occur. Record of time in the NAV mode
includes the OVERFLY and AIR ALIGN update modes.

– INS/GPS navigation solution is determined by using both INS and GPS combined using the output
of the Kalman Filter.

16-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– INS Only, navigation solution is determined by using INS and pressure altitude.
– GPS Only, navigation solution is determined by using GPS.
– NAV Alignment is an in flight navigation alignment.

16-16. REMOTE FILL PORT. The Remote Fill Port panel is located in the cargo compartment on the right
side. The EGI part of the Remote Fill Port panel contains two fill ports used to load crypto variable key code
data into EGI No. 1 and No. 2. Data may be loaded with or without power applied to the aircraft.

16-17. INTERFACE. The EGI interfaces through the 1553 Bus with the other systems in the navigational suite
(Figure 16-3).
The CNI-MS provides EGI command and control, and receives and processes EGI navigation data for computing
the Lateral Guidance of the aircraft. The flight management function stores pre-flight planning, enroute flight
plans and takeoff data to assist the flight crew in mission planning and guidance as part of the integration with
the navigation function. The CNI-System Processor performs bus control functions, communication/navigation
functions, and calculates guidance parameters to be used by the flight director and the displays. The automatic
selection of functional modes of the Integrated Navigation (INAV) is based on the Figure of Merit (FOM) and
Estimated Horizontal Error (EHE) from the EGI and associated sensors. The EGI No. 1 and No. 2 zeroize relays
are controlled by the CNI-SP and when the GPS zeroize function is executed, via the CNI-MU , the CNI-SP
closes the zeroize relays, applying 5 V dc return signal to EGI zeroize input, zeroizing the crypto variable key
code data. The CNI-Management Units provide the crew member interface through keypads and displays.

The CMDU uses EGI velocity, roll, pitch, and acceleration information to control the flight path ladder, attitude
indicator, waterline symbol, and the Y movement of the guidance cue.

The DA/FD system uses EGI attitude, attitude rate, velocity, and acceleration for lateral steering commands that
are used for flight control and guidance.

The Mission computer as the central processing element of the integrated avionics suite, routes the EGI data to
the CMDU and DA/FD, and plays a central role in the synchronization of the various systems that use EGI data.
Two mission computers and two Bus Interface Units (BIU) provide critical path redundancy. The BIU provide a
backup processing capability if both mission computers fail.

The Low Power Color Radar uses EGI attitude for antenna stabilization; monopulse ground map, velocity and
acceleration for cursor placement, and heading for map orientation.

The DADS provides the EGI with air data that includes pressure altitude and true airspeed (TAS). The pressure
altitude is used to damp the INS vertical channel, while the TAS is used in calculating winds.

16-18. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the EGI system, Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

16-19. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates ACAWS messages

EGI 1/2 FAIL CAUTION

INU 1/2 FAIL CAUTION
EGI 1/2 FOM DEGRADED ADVISORY
GPS 1/2 FOM DEGRADED ADVISORY

16-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-1. EGI System Components

16-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-2. EGI System Functional Block Diagram

16-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-3. INS GPS Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1/3)

16-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-3. INS GPS Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2/3)

16-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-3. INS GPS Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3/3)

16-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

16-20. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

11FN EGI 1 PRI PWR 28 V dc EMER BUS

15FN EGI 1 SEC PWR 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
12FN EGI 2 PRI PWR 28 V dc ESS BUS
16FN EGI 2 SEC PWR 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

16-21. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

16-22. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

16-23. EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM

16-24. Perform EGI Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Turn on DADS for other maintenance.
C. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
D. Verify the pilot and copilots CMDU formats are displayed as follows:

CMDU 1 - PFD
CMDU 2 - NAV RADAR
CMDU 3 - ESA
CMDU 4 - NAV RADAR
CMDU 5 - PFD
E. On the pilot SAMU, select PFD.
F. On the pilot SAMU, PILOT PFD page, press the following line select keys:

1. BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

2. MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
3. ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 1 is highlighted.
4. ADC 1/2 until ADC 1 is highlighted.
G. On the copilot SAMU, select PFD.

16-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

H. On the copilot SAMU, COPILOT PFD page, press the following line select keys:

1. BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

2. MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
3. ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 2 is highlighted.
4. ADC 1/2 until ADC 2 is highlighted.
I. Verify that the pilot and copilot SAMU are displaying the information selected.
J. On the pilot CNI-MU , press INDX key.
Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.
K. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 1/2 page, select POWER UP.
Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed
L. On the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad, enter the date and press DATE select key.
Verify that: Date is displayed on the POWER UP page.
M. If required, on the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad enter the GMT and press the TIME key.
Verify that: GMT is displayed on the pilot POWER UP page.
N. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to LAST/REF until REF is
highlighted.
O. On the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad, enter the local Latitude and Longitude and then press
the select key adjacent to ALIGN POS.
Verify that: Latitude and Longitude are displayed on the POWER UP page.
P. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to NAV CTRL.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
Q. On the copilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to NAV CTRL.
Verify that: INAV2 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
R. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to NEXT PAGE until INAV 1 CTRL INDX 3/3
page is displayed.
S. On the copilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to NEXT PAGE until INAV 2 CTRL INDX
3/3 page is displayed.
T. On the pilot CNI-MU INAV1 CTRL INDX page, press the select key adjacent to INS1.
Verify that: INS1 STATUS 1/2 page is displayed.
U. On the copilot CNI-MU INAV2 CTRL INDX page, press the select key adjacent to INS2.
Verify that: INS2 STATUS 1/2 page is displayed.
V. On the pilot CNI-MU INS1 STATUS page, press the select key adjacent to ALIGN.
Verify that: INS1 ALIGN page is displayed.
W. On the copilot CNI-MU INS2 STATUS page, press the select key adjacent to ALIGN.
Verify that: INS2 ALIGN page is displayed.
X. On the pilot CNI-MU INS1 ALIGN page, press the select key adjacent to NAV.
Verify that: On the pilot CNI-MU , verify that NAV captions become smaller.
Y. On the copilot CNI-MU INS2 ALIGN page, press the select key adjacent to NAV.

16-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: On the copilot CNI-MU , verify that NAV captions become smaller.
Z. After approximately 80 seconds from the alignment, verify the following:

1. On the pilot INS1 ALIGN display, the DEGRADED message appears above NAV captions
on the CNI-MU.
2. On the pilot INS1 ALIGN display, the INS STATUS indicates 8.0.
3. On the copilot INS2 ALIGN display, the DEGRADED message appears above NAV captions
on the CNI-MU.
4. On the copilot INS2 ALIGN display, the INS STATUS indicates 8.0.
AA. After approximately 4 minutes, the INS STATUS indication on the pilot and copilot CNI-MU changes
from 8.0 to 0.8.
AB. On the pilot and copilot CNI-MU , verify the following:

1. NAV caption is in reverse color.

2. EGI 1 FAIL and EGI 2 FAIL are not displayed.
AC. On CMDU 3 (ESA), verify the following cautions are not present:

1. INU 1 FAIL.
2. ATTITUDE.
3. INU 2 FAIL.
4. ATTITUDE.
AD. On the pilot and copilot CNI-MU , compare the LAT/LONG coordinates displayed are the same
and that the LAT/LONG coordinates displayed are in accordance with the inserted position.
AE. On the CMDU’s, verify there are no INS or EGI failure messages.
AF. On the pilot CNI-MU INS1 ALIGN page, press the select key adjacent to INS1.
Verify that: INS1 STATUS page 1/2 is displayed.
AG. On the copilot CNI-MU INS2 ALIGN page, press the select key adjacent to INS2.
Verify that: INS2 STATUS page 1/2 is displayed.
AH. On the pilot CNI-MU , verify that the GSPD, ALT and HDG data match the GSPD, ALT, and HDG
data on the pilot CMDU.
AI. On the copilot CNI-MU , verify that the GSPD, ALT and HDG data match the GSPD, ALT, and HDG
data on the copilot CMDU.
AJ. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE to select the INS1 STATUS page 2/2.
AK. On the pilot CNI-MU INS1 STATUS page, verify the following:

1. VZ Display is less then 5 FPM.

2. VX, VY Display is less then 5 FPM.
3. PITCH, ROLL and AZ DATA Display matches the pilots CMDU.
AL. On the copilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE to select the INS2 STATUS page 2/2.
AM. On the copilot CNI-MU INS1 STATUS page, verify the following:

1. VZ Display is less then 5 FPM.

2. VX, VY Display is less then 5 FPM.

16-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

3. PITCH, ROLL and AZ DATA Display matches the copilots CMDU.

AN. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the INDX key.
Verify that: INDEX page 1/2 is displayed.
AO. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE select key.
AP. On the pilot CNI-MU INDX page 2/2, press the select key adjacent to SYS CONTROL.
Verify that: SYSTEM CONTROL page is displayed.
AQ. On the copilot CNI-MU , press the INDX key.
Verify that: INDEX page 1/2 is displayed.
AR. On the copilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE select key.
AS. On the pilot CNI-MU INDX page 2/2, press the select key adjacent to SYS CONTROL.
Verify that: SYSTEM CONTROL page is displayed.
AT. On the pilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL page, press the select key adjacent to SP1.
Verify that: On the pilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL display, the MU SOURCE changes from SP
1 to SP 2.
AU. On the pilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL page, press the select key adjacent to SP2.
Verify that: On the copilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL display, the MU SOURCE changes from
SP 2 to SP 1.
AV. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL select key.
Verify that: INAV2 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
AW. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE until INAV2 CTRL INDX 3/3 page is displayed.
AX. On pilot CNI-MU INAV2 CTRL INDX 3/3 page, press select key adjacent to INS1.
Verify that: INS1 STATUS page is displayed.
AY. On the copilot CNI-MU , press select key adjacent to INDX.
Verify that: INDEX page 1/2 is displayed.
AZ. On the copilot CNI-MU , press NEXT select key.
Verify that: INDEX page 2/2 is displayed.
BA. On the copilot CNI-MU INDEX page 2/2, press select key adjacent to SYS CONTROL.
Verify that: SYSTEM CONTROL page is displayed.
BB. On the copilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL page, press select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE until
TRUE is highlighted.
Verify that: On the pilot CNI-MU INS1 STATUS page 1/2, the HDG information changes from M to
T heading.
BC. On the pilot SAMU PFD page, perform the following:

1. Press the select key adjacent to BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

Verify that: BARO IN is displayed.
Verify that: On pilot CMDU PFD page BARO IN/MB indicates IN Hg.
2. Press the select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
Verify that: On pilot CMDU PFD page MAG/TRUE/GRID indicates MAG HEADING.

16-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

3. Press the select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 2 is highlighted.
Verify that: INU 2 is highlighted.
Verify that: On pilot CMDU PFD page INU 2 is displayed.
4. Press the select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 2 is highlighted.
Verify that: ADC 2 is displayed.
Verify that: On pilot CMDU PFD ADC 2 is displayed.
BD. Verify ACAWS caution message PFD ATTITUDE SAME and ADC SAME is displayed.
BE. On the pilot SAMU PFD page, perform the following:

1. Press the select key adjacent to BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

Verify that: BARO IN is displayed.
2. Press the select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
3. Press the select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: INU 1 is displayed.
4. Press the select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: ADC 1 is displayed.
BF. Verify ACAWS caution message PFD ATTITUDE SAME and ADC SAME is cleared.
BG. On the copilot SAMU PFD page, perform the following:

1. Press the select key adjacent to BARO IN/MB until MB is highlighted.

Verify that: BARO MB is displayed.
Verify that: On copilot CMDU PFD page BARO IN/MB indicates MB.
2. Press the select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
Verify that: On copilot CMDU PFD page MAG/TRUE/GRID indicates MAG.
3. Press the select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: INU 1 is displayed.
Verify that: On copilot CMDU PFD page INU 1 is displayed.
4. Press the select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: ADC 1 is displayed.
Verify that: On copilot CMDU PFD ADC 1 is displayed.
BH. Verify ACAWS caution message PFD ATTITUDE SAME and ADC SAME is displayed.
BI. On the copilot SAMU PFD page, perform the following:

1. Press the select key adjacent to BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

Verify that: BARO IN is displayed.
2. Press the select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
3. Press the select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2 until INU 2 is highlighted.
Verify that: INU 2 is displayed.
4. Press the select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 2 is highlighted.

16-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: ADC 2 is displayed.

BJ. Verify ACAWS caution message PFD ATTITUDE SAME and ADC SAME is cleared.
BK. Verify pilot CMDU 1 PFD page and copilot CMDU 5 PFD page display above selected information.
BL. On the pilot CNI-MU , press INDX select key.
Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.
BM. On the pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT select key.
Verify that: INDEX 2/2 page is displayed.
BN. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 2/2 page, press select key adjacent to SYS CONTROL.
Verify that: SYSTEM CONTROL page is displayed.
BO. On pilot CNI-MU SYSTEM CONTROL page, press select key adjacent to SP1/SP2 until SP1 is
highlighted.
BP. End of Test.

16-25. GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM

16-26. Perform GPS Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11

NOTE

GPS acquisition processing is determined by the type and quan-

tity of initialization data. When a GPS is replaced, it may or may
not contain valid almanac data. This almanac data may be down-
loaded, or received from GPS satellite. The entry of position, time,
and date information, aid the GPS acquisition process when no
GPS almanac data is available. GPS acquisition processing also
requires that the airplane be positioned in a location where GPS
satellite information can be received. Optimum location is outside
any enclosure. Present position data shall consist of the latitude
and the longitude of current airplane position. Entry format shall
be the latitude first (N for North or S for south, and four digits for
degrees, and next two digits for minutes), followed by longitude (E
for East or W for west, leading zero, four digits for degrees, and
next two digits for minutes).

NOTE

When power is applied to the airplane, the POWER UP page is

displayed on the pilot and copilot CNI-MU.
B. On pilot CNI-MU , verify GPS position data is displayed. If GPS data is not displayed, use numeric
key pad, to enter present Latitude and Longitude on the scratchpad, then press line select key
adjacent to Longitude W
Verify that: Entered position is displayed below ALIGN POS.

16-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Verify correct date is displayed. If correct date is not displayed, use numeric key pad to enter date
and press line select key adjacent to date.
Verify that: Entered date is displayed below DATE.

NOTE

When time is entered, enter only hour and minutes. Do not enter
seconds.

D. On pilot CNI-MU , verify correct time is displayed. If correct time is not displayed, use the numeric
key pad to enter current time on scratchpad, then press line select key adjacent to TIME.
Verify that: Entered time is displayed below TIME.
E. On pilot CNI-MU , press select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: AUTONAV changes from large font to small font.
Verify that: GPS aligns to entered position.
F. After approximately 80 seconds, verify no GPS FAIL ACAWS messages are displayed on CNI-MU.
G. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
H. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE key twice.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL INDX 3/3 page is displayed.
I. On pilot CNI-MU , press select key adjacent to INS1.
Verify that: INS1 STATUS page is displayed.
J. On the CNI-MU INS1 STATUS page, verify that Present Position, GTRK, GSPD, ALT, and HDG is
displayed.
K. On pilot SAMU, press select key adjacent to MISC.
Verify that: MISCELLANEOUS page is displayed.
L. On pilot SAMU MISCELLANEOUS page, press select key adjacent to EGI.
Verify that: EGI page is displayed.
M. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to EGI 1 ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VERIFY is displayed under EGI 1 ON/OFF.
N. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to EGI 2 ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VERIFY is displayed under EGI 2 ON/OFF.
O. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to VERIFY under EGI 1 ON/OFF.
Verify that: VERIFY is highlighted until EGI 1 responds and normal shutdown of EGI 1 is per-
formed.
Verify that: VERIFY returns to normal video when EGI 1 responds.
P. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to VERIFY under EGI 2 ON/OFF.
Verify that: VERIFY is highlighted until EGI 2 responds and normal shutdown of EGI 2 is per-
formed.
Verify that: VERIFY returns to normal video when EGI 2 responds.
Q. End of Test.

16-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

16-27. DATA LOADING PROCEDURE

16-28. Perform Data Loading as follows:

NOTE

Ensure local security handling procedures are complied with dur-

ing this procedure. Crypto variable key code data is loaded to the
associated EGI, HF, or V/UHF equipment via the remote data fill
port using a Data Transfer Device.

A. Remove protective connector cap from the remote data fill port panel connector for the receiver to
be loaded.
B. Connect the Data Transfer Device (DTD) fill cable to the remote data fill port.
C. On the DTD, set ADDRESS switch to position containing crypto variable key code.
D. On the DTD, set MODE switch to ON position for five seconds, then set to OFF position.
Verify that: Check light on DTD flashes momentarily indicating data transfer has occurred.
E. Disconnect DTD fill cable from remote data fill port panel connector, and reconnect protective
connector cap.

16-29. ZEROIZE PROCEDURE

16-30. Perform Zeroize procedure as follows:

A. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the INDX select key.

Verify that: INDX page 1/2 is displayed.
B. On the pilot CNI-MU INDX page 1/2, press the select key adjacent to ZEROIZE.
Verify that: ZEROIZE page is displayed.
C. On the pilot CNI-MU ZEROIZE page, select desired equipment to zeroize.
Verify that: Selected equipment is highlighted.
D. On the pilot CNI-MU ZEROIZE page, press select key adjacent to VERIFY.
Verify that: Selected equipment is zeroized.

16-31. OPERATE AND INITIALIZE EGI SYSTEM FOR MAINTENANCE

16-32. Perform procedure as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
B. On the pilot CNI-MU , press INDX key.

16-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.

C. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 1/2 page, select POWER UP.
Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed
D. On the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad, enter the date and press DATE select key.
Verify that: Date is displayed on the POWER UP page.
E. If required, on the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad enter the GMT and press the TIME key.
Verify that: GMT is displayed on the pilot POWER UP page.
F. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to LAST/REF until REF is
highlighted.
G. On the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad, enter the local Latitude and Longitude and then press
the ALIGN POS select key.
Verify that: Latitude and Longitude are displayed on the POWER UP page.
H. On pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press line select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: AUTONAV changes from large font to small font.
Verify that: EGI 1 and EGI 2 start the alignment process.

NOTE

EGI takes approximately four minutes to align.

I. After approximately 80 seconds, verify no EGI or GPS fail messages are shown on ACAWS display.

NOTE

The following steps are written for pilot position to check PFD dis-
play with ATT REF INU 1/2 selected. If checks are performed from
copilot position, replace pilot with copilot.
J. On pilot SAMU, press line select key adjacent to PFD.
Verify that: Pilot PFD page is displayed.
K. Press line select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
L. On pilot SAMU PFD page, press line select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2 until 1 is highlighted.
M. On flight path director indicator, waterline marker, dive marker, pitch ladder, and climb and roll
pointer, are aligned to inputs from selected INU.
N. Perform maintenance task as required.

16-33. SECURE EGI SYSTEM FOR MAINTENANCE

16-34. Perform procedure as follows:

A. On pilot SAMU, press select key adjacent to MISC.

Verify that: MISCELLANEOUS page is displayed.
B. On pilot SAMU MISCELLANEOUS page, press select key adjacent to EGI.
Verify that: EGI page is displayed.
C. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to EGI 1 ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.

16-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: VERIFY is displayed under EGI 1 ON/OFF.

D. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to EGI 2 ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: VERIFY is displayed under EGI 2 ON/OFF.
E. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to VERIFY under EGI 1 ON/OFF.
Verify that: VERIFY is highlighted until EGI 1 responds and normal shutdown of EGI 1 is per-
formed.
Verify that: VERIFY returns to normal video when EGI 1 responds.
F. On pilot SAMU EGI page, press select key adjacent to VERIFY under EGI 2 ON/OFF.
Verify that: VERIFY is highlighted until EGI 2 responds and normal shutdown of EGI 2 is per-
formed.
Verify that: VERIFY returns to normal video when EGI 2 responds.
G. End of Task.

16-35. TROUBLESHOOTING
16-36. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 16-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/IN-

ERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3441502.
No. 1 EGI Battery Fail. (FI Detect) (3441502)
Failure 1 Remove and replace No. 1 EGI battery.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3441501. NO. 1 GPS DATA NOT VALID. (FI DETECT) (3441501)

16-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from EGI 1 by opening the following circuit
breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10. Disconnect
3FNB from RF FILTER. Disconnect 1FNF from EGI
receiver. Using TDR check coaxial cable. Does
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable as required.
Step 2. Disconnect 3FNA from RF filter. Disconnect YES Remove and replace RF filter.
5FNA from EGI receiver. Using TDR check coaxial If problem persists, remove and
cable. Does cable check good? replace EGI antenna.
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable as required.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 CODE 3441A01. EGI SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECT) (3441A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 4.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. On
pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key, then PREV
PAGE. Press line select key next to GPS 1. Connect
KYK-13 data loader to receptacle 551VEC of EGI
remote fill panel. Rotate address switch to desired
setting. Place mode switch to ON. On pilot CNI-MU ,
press line select key 4R. On pilot CNI-MU is KEYED
GOOD displayed next to line select key 4R within
approximately 5 seconds?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. To interrupt power to EGI 1 open the YES Remove and replace EGI receiver.
following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 12, EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10. Disconnect
1FNE from receiver. Is continuity present between fill
panel receptacle and plug pin as follows? 551VEC
Pin A and 1FNE Pin 1. 551VEC Pin B and 1FNE Pin
2. 551VEC Pin C and 1FNE Pin 3. 551VEC Pin D
and 1FNE Pin 4. 551VEC Pin E and 1FNE Pin 5.
551VEC Pin F and 1FNE Pin 6.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect 551VEB from EGI remote fill YES Remove and replace EGI remote
panel. Is continuity present between plug pins as fill panel.
follows? 551VEB Pin 1 and 1FNE Pin 1. 551VEB
Pin 3 and 1FNE Pin 2. 551VEB Pin 5 and 1FNE Pin
3. 551VEB Pin 2 and 1FNE Pin 4. 551VEB Pin 4
and 1FNE Pin 5. 551VEB Pin 6 and 1FNE Pin 6.
NO Repair circuit.

16-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Place KYK-13 data loader mode switch to YES Go to Step 12.
OFF. On pilot CNI-MU , press INDX key. Press line
select key next to ZEROIZE. Press line select key
next to GPS, then press VERIFY key. Does GPS
display go from large font, to inverse large font, then
to small font?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. To interrupt power to EGIs open the following YES Go to Step 6.
circuit breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Swap 9FN and
10FN relays. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and Replace relay
Step 6. To interrupt power to EGIs open the following YES Go to Step 7.
circuit breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Remove 9FN relay
for system 1 and 10FN relay for system 2. Is 28 V dc
present on each relay socket, pin X1?
NO Repair circuit between relay socket
pin X1 and 113VVC pin C for 9FN
and/or 112VVC pin F for 10FN.
Step 7. To interrupt power to EGIs open the following YES Go to Step 8.
circuit breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Disconnect 1FNB and 2FNB from EGI receivers. Is
continuity present between relay socket pin B1 and
1FNB and 2FNB pin 46?
NO Repair circuit.

16-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Is continuity present between each relay YES Go to Step 9.
socket pin B2 and 1FNB and 2FNB pin 17?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker 5TF CNI-SP 1. YES Go to Step 11.
Disconnect 1TFE from CNI-SP No. 1. Is continuity
present between relay 9FN socket pin X2 and 1TFE
plug pin 94?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker 6TF CNI-SP 2. YES Repair circuit between CNI-SP
Disconnect 2TFE from CNI-SP No. 2. Is continuity No.1 plug and 302VVB pin L, and
present between relay 9FN socket pin X2 and 2TFE remove and replace CNI-SP No.2.
plug pin 94?
NO Repair circuit between relay 9FN
socket pin X2 and 302VVB pin J.
Step 11. Open circuit breaker 6TF CNI-SP 2. YES Remove and replace both CNI-SP
Disconnect 2TFE from CNI-SP No. 2. Is continuity No. 1 and No. 2.
present between relay 9FN socket pin X2 and 2TFE
plug pin 94?
NO Repair circuit between CNI-SP
No.2 plug and 302VVB pin K and
remove and replace CNI-SP No.1.
Step 12. On pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key, YES Go to Step 13.
then PREV PAGE. Press line select key next to
GPS 2. Connect KYK-13 data loader to receptacle
551VED of EGI remote fill port panel. Rotate address
switch to desired setting. Place mode switch to ON.
Is KEYED GOOD displayed next to line select key
4R within approximately 5 seconds?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 13. Place KYK-13 data loader mode switch to YES EGI system No. 1 and No. 2
OFF. On pilot CNI-MU , press INDX key. Press line operation normal.
select key next to ZEROIZE. Press line select key
next to GPS, then press VERIFY key. Does GPS
display go from large font, to inverse large font, then
to small font?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 14. To interrupt power to EGI system No. 2: YES Remove and replace EGI receiver.
Open circuit breaker EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11.
Disconnect 2FNE from EGI receiver. Is continuity
present between receptacle and plug pins as
follows? 551VED Pin A and 2FNE Pin 1. 551VED
Pin B and 2FNE Pin 2. 551VED Pin C and 2FNE Pin
3. 551VED Pin D and 2FNE Pin 4. 551VED Pin E
and 2FNE Pin 5. 551VED Pin F and 2FNE Pin 6.
NO Go to Step 15.

16-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. Disconnect 551VEB from EGI remote fill YES Remove and replace EGI 551-VE
panel. Is continuity present between plug pins as remote fill panel.
follows? 551VEB Pin 7 and 2FNE Pin 1. 551VEB
Pin 9 and 2FNE Pin 2. 551VEB Pin 11 and 2FNE Pin
3. 551VEB Pin 8 and 2FNE Pin 4. 551VEB Pin 10
and 2FNE Pin 5. 551VEB Pin 12 and 2FNE Pin 6.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3441011. EGI 1 COMM LOST (FD DETECT) (3441011)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from both EGIs by opening the following circuit
breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Troubleshoot generic data bus
systems? failure.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from EGI 1 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR
(11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 10. Disconnect 1FNA from receivers. Is ground
present on plug pins G, H, M, and N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present on plug pins C and D? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on 1FNA pins A and B? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power to EGI 1 by opening the YES Remove and replace Circuit
following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Breaker.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10.
Disconnect 1FNA. Is continuity present between plug
pins? Circuit breaker 11FN terminal 2 and 1FNA pin
A, circuit breaker 11FN terminal 2 and 1FNA pin B.
NO Repair circuit.

16-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Remove power from EGI 1 by opening YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
the following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR fault.
(11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 10. Disconnect 1FNB from receiver. Is continuity
present between plug pins? 1FNB pin 2 to 54. 1FNB
pin 5 to 54. 1FNB pin 18 to 3. 1FNB pin 20 to 54.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Remove power to BIU 1 and 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Swap relay 7FN and
8FN. Close the circuit breakers listed above. Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty relay.
Step 9. Remove power to BIU 1 by opening circuit YES Repair open circuit between BIU
breakers BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 37 and 7FN
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7 and pin X2.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8. Disconnect external
electrical power. Remove the electromechanical
shelf 302VE. Remove relay 7FN. Is ground present
at relay receptacle pin X2?
NO Repair open ground.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3441010. EGI 1 BIT FAIL (FD DETECT) (3441010)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Remove and replace EGI 1 battery.
initialize EGI System for maintenance. Is Fault Code
3441502 active?
NO Go to Step 2.

16-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove power from both EGIs by opening YES Troubleshoot fault code 3441501.
the following circuit breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Close circuit breakers as
follows:
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Does fault persist?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove battery from EGI 1 receiver. On YES Remove and replace EGI battery.
pilot CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key, then PREV
PAGE. Press line select key next to GPS1. Connect
KYK-13 data loader to receptacle 551VEC of EGI
remote fill panel. Rotate address switch to desired
setting. Place mode switch to ON. On pilot CNI-MU ,
press line select key 4R. On pilot CNI-MU , is KEYED
GOOD displayed next to line select key 4R?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3441013. EGI 1 TO CNI FAIL (FD DETECT) (3441013)
Failure 2 Remove and replace No. 1 EGI receiver.
Fault 4 - CODE 3441014. EGI 1 TO MC FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3441014)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from both EGIs by opening the following circuit
breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Troubleshoot generic data bus
systems? failure.
NO Go to Step 3.

16-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from EGI 1 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR
(11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 10. Disconnect 1FNA from receivers. Is ground
present on plug pins G, H, M, and N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present on plug pins C and D? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on 1FNA pins A and B? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power to EGI 1 by opening the YES Remove and replace Circuit
following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Breaker.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10.
Disconnect 1FNA. Is continuity present between plug
pins? Circuit breaker 11FN terminal 2 and 1FNA pin
A, circuit breaker 11FN terminal 2 and 1FNA pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Remove power from EGI 1 by opening YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
the following circuit breakers : EGI 1 PRI PWR fault.
(11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 12 and EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 10. Disconnect 1FNB from receiver. Is continuity
present between plug pins? 1FNB pin 2 to 54. 1FNB
pin 5 to 54. 1FNB pin 18 to 3. 1FNB pin 20 to 54.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Remove power to BIU 1 and 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Swap relay 7FN and
8FN. Close the circuit breakers listed above. Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty relay.

16-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-3. Troubleshooting of EMBEDDED GLOBAL POSITIONING/INER-

TIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. Remove power to BIU 1 by opening circuit YES Repair open circuit between BIU
breakers BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid No. 1 plug 1TAG pin 37 and 7FN
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7 and pin X2.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8. Disconnect external
electrical power. Remove the electromechanical
shelf 302VE. Remove relay 7FN. Is ground present
at relay receptacle pin X2?
NO Repair open ground.
END OF TEST
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - 3441500. NO. 1 EGI RECEIVER FAIL. (FI DETECT) (3441500)
Failure 3 Remove and replace No. 1 EGI receiver.
END OF TEST

Table 16-4. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3441505.
No. 2 EGI Battery Fail. (FI Detect) (3441505)
Failure 1 Remove and replace No.2 EGI battery.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3441504. NO. 2 GPS DATA NOT VALID. (FI DETECT) (3441504)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from EGI 2 by opening the following circuit
breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9 and
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11. Disconnect
4FNB from RF FILTER. Disconnect 2FNF from EGI
receiver. Using TDR check coaxial cable. Does
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable as required.
Step 2. Disconnect 4FNA from RF filter. Disconnect YES Remove and replace RF filter.
6FNA from EGI receiver. Using TDR check coaxial If problem persists, remove and
cable. Does cable check good? replace EGI antenna.
NO Repair or remove and replace
cable as required.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3441021. EGI 2 COMM LOST (FD DETECT) (3441021)

16-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from both EGIs by opening the following circuit
breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Troubleshoot generic data bus
systems? failure.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR
(12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 11. Disconnect 2FNA from receivers. Is ground
present on plug pins G, H, M, and N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present on plug pins C and D? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on 2FNA pins A and B? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening the YES Remove and replace circuit
following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on breaker.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11.
Disconnect 2FNA. Is continuity present between plug
pins? Circuit breaker 12FN terminal 2 and 2FNA pin
A. Circuit breaker 12FN terminal 2 and 2FNA pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
the following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR fault.
(12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 11. Disconnect 2FNB from receiver. Is continuity
present between plug pins? 2FNB pin 2 to 54. 2FNB
pin 5 to 54. 2FNB pin 1 to 73. 2FNB pin 20 to 54.
NO Repair circuit.

16-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. Remove power from BIU 1 and 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Swap relay 7FN and
8FN. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty relay.
Step 9. Remove power to BIU 2 by opening the YES Repair open circuit between BIU
following circuit breakers : BIU NO:2 BACKUP No. 2 plug 2TAG pin 37 and 8FN
(10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) pin X2.
in position G 8, BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
9. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove the
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Remove relay 8FN.
Is ground present at relay receptacle pin X2?
NO Repair open ground.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3441020. EGI 2 BIT FAIL (FD DETECT) (3441020)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Remove and replace EGI 2 battery.
initialize EGI System for maintenance. Is fault code
3441505 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from both EGIs by opening YES Troubleshoot fault code 3441504.
the following circuit breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Close circuit breakers as
follows:
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Does fault persist?
NO Go to Step 3.

16-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove battery from EGI receiver. On pilot YES Remove and replace EGI battery.
CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key, then PREV PAGE.
Press line select key next to GPS2. Connect KYK-13
data loader to receptacle 551VED of EGI remote
fill panel. Rotate address switch to desired setting.
Place mode switch to ON. On pilot CNI-MU , press
line select key 4R. On pilot CNI-MU , is KEYED
GOOD displayed next to line select key 4R?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3441023. EGI 2 TO CNI FAIL (FD DETECT) (3441023)
Failure 2 Remove and replace No.2 EGI receiver.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3441024. EGI 2 TO MC FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3441024)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI System for maintenance. Remove
power from both EGIs by opening the following circuit
breakers :
EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 1 SEC PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
Swap EGI receivers. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace EGI receiver.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Troubleshoot generic data bus
systems? failure.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening YES Go to Step 4.
the following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR
(12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 11. Disconnect 2FNA from receivers. Is ground
present on plug pins G, H, M, and N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present on plug pins C and D? YES Go to Step 5.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 5. Is 28 V dc present on 2FNA pins A and B? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 6.

16-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 16-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening the YES Remove and replace circuit
following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on breaker.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11.
Disconnect 2FNA. Is continuity present between plug
pins? Circuit breaker 12FN terminal 2 and 2FNA pin
A. Circuit breaker 12FN terminal 2 and 2FNA pin B.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Remove power from EGI 2 by opening YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
the following circuit breakers : EGI 2 PRI PWR fault.
(12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 9 and EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 11. Disconnect 2FNB from receiver. Is continuity
present between plug pins? 2FNB pin 2 to 54. 2FNB
pin 5 to 54. 2FNB pin 1 to 73. 2FNB pin 20 to 54.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Remove power from BIU 1 and 2 by opening YES Go to Step 9.
the following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
Disconnect external electrical power. Remove
the electromechanical shelf 302VE and
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Swap relay 7FN and
8FN. Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty relay.
Step 9. Remove power to BIU 2 by opening the YES Repair open circuit between BIU
following circuit breakers : BIU NO:2 BACKUP No. 2 plug 2TAG pin 37 and 8FN
(10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) pin X2.
in position G 8, BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
9. Disconnect external electrical power. Remove the
electromechanical shelf 402VE. Remove relay 8FN.
Is ground present at relay receptacle pin X2?
NO Repair open ground.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3441503. NO. 2 EGI RECEIVER FAIL. (FI DETECT) (3441503)
Failure 3 Remove and replace No.2 EGI receiver.
END OF TEST

16-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

16-39. MAINTENANCE

16-41. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

16-42. Removal and Installation of the Embedded Global Positioning/Inertial Navigation System components
is described here.

Table 16-5. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 - To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

16-43. EGI RECEIVER

16-44. REMOVAL. Remove the EGI Receiver as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for EGI Receiver No. 1 and EGI Receiver No.
2. Substitute No. 2 for No. 1
A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
C. Open Access Panel 240DZ for EGI No. 1 or Access Panel 240EZ for EGI No. 2 (Figure 16-4).
D. Disconnect 5 connectors from front of EGI receiver.
E. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks.
F. Remove ground strap from EGI mount.
G. Lift EGI receiver, turn 90 degrees inboard, tilt receiver down and then lift up and remove receiver.

16-45. INSTALLATION. Install the EGI Receiver as follows:

16-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Position EGI receiver in mounting rack by turning receiver 90 degrees, tilting receiver down and
place in mount

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide Power Amplifier into mounting tray. Ensure Power Amplifier engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect 5 electrical connectors to front of EGI receiver.
E. Connect ground strap to EGI mounting tray.
F. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
G. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
H. Perform EGI System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-24.
I. Perform GPS Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-26.
J. Close Access Panel 240DZ for EGI No. 1 or Access Panel 240EZ for EGI No. 2.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

16-46. FRPA ANTENNA

16-47. REMOVAL. Remove the FRPA Antenna as follows:

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for both antennas.

Substitute No. 2 for No. 1.
A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

16-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Remove sealant from edge of antenna with sharp non-metallic Scraper.

NOTE

There are two different size screws securing the antenna. When
removing the screws, note the position of the screws to ensure
correct replacement.

D. Support antenna and remove the 4 screws.

E. Remove antenna from mounting surface until coaxial cable is accessible.
F. Disconnect coaxial cable from antenna.
G. Remove gasket and inspect fuselage mounting surface for signs of corrosion.

16-48. Install the Antenna as follows:

A. Using a sharp non-metallic scraper, remove old gasket material and sealant from antenna and
fuselage mounting surface and screw holes.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean antenna and contact surfaces thoroughly using a clean rag moistened with Aliphatic Naph-
tha (TT-N-95).
C. Wipe all surfaces dry using a clean, dry rag.
D. Position and align gasket against antenna mounting surface.
E. Connect coaxial cable to antenna and position antenna on gasket.

NOTE

There are two different size screws that secure the antenna to the
aircraft. Ensure the correct screw is installed in the correct screw
hole as noted in the removal procedure.

F. Install the 4 screws and tighten.

G. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the aircraft and the antenna.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.

16-49. Perform EGI System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-24.

16-50. Perform GPS Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-26.

16-51. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

16-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

16-52. COMPLETE. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the probe.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.
B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733 CL B) completely around perimeter of probe and blend the fillet
smooth.
C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
D. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours before pressurization test.

16-53. PRESSURE TEST. Pressure test fuselage in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and check for
leaks around probe.

16-54. EGI RF FILTER

16-55. REMOVAL. Remove the EGI RF Filter as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for EGI RF Filter No. 1 and EGI RF Filter No.
2. Substitute No. 2 for No. 1
A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12
EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
C. Disconnect 2 connectors from filter unit
D. Remove 4 screws holding filter unit to mount.
E. Remove filter unit.

16-56. INSTALLATION. Install the EGI RF Filter as follows:

A. Position filter unit on mount.

B. Install 4 screws to hold filter unit to mount.
C. Connect 2 electrical connectors to filter unit.
D. For No. 1, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

EGI 1 PRI PWR (11FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 12

16-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

EGI 1 SEC PWR (15FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 10
E. For No. 2, remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

EGI 2 PRI PWR (12FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 9
EGI 2 SEC PWR (16FN) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 11
F. Perform EGI System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-24.
G. Perform GPS Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 16-26.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

16-57. EGI BATTERY

16-58. REMOVAL. Remove the EGI Battery as follows:

WARNING

Care shall be used when handling lithium-thionyl chlo-

ride batteries. Exposure to the contents of these batter-
ies is considered toxic and may be harmful if ingested,
inhaled, or absorbed through the skin. Risks of expo-
sure to hazardous materials may occur if the battery
is mechanically, thermally, or electrically abused. Care
must be used to install correctly (Observe proper po-
larity), and not to electrically short the terminals. Bat-
teries may explode, pyrolize, or vent if disassembled,
recharged, short circuited, or exposed to fire or high
temperatures.

CAUTION

The batteries utilized in the EGI receiver contain internal

fuses that will open if the batteries are not properly installed.
Batteries shall be installed as a shown on the battery cover,
positive terminal to the right as viewed from the front of the
EGI receiver. Failure to comply will result in damage to bat-
tery.

CAUTION

Removing the battery without a good battery installed in the

optional battery position, will cause the EGI receiver to lose
power to non-volatile RAM, crypto variables, and the low
power time source. This effectively zeroizes the unit.

NOTE

The Lithium Batteries may be replaced with external power ap-

plied or with no power applied using the optional battery position.
This procedure removes and replaces the battery with no external
power applied.

16-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Procedure is same for EGI Battery No. 1 and EGI Battery No. 2.
Substitute No. 2 for No. 1

A. Remove EGI Receiver in accordance with Paragraph 16-44.

B. Loosen captive screws securing battery cover to receiver and remove battery cover.
C. Inspect battery cover gasket for damage or deformity. Replace as required.
D. Install a known good battery in the optional battery position of the EGI receiver observing correct
polarity.
E. Remove main battery and inspect battery holder contacts for signs of corrosion or dirt.

16-59. INSTALLATION. Install the EGI Battery as follows:

NOTE

The Lithium Batteries may be replaced with external power ap-

plied or with no power applied using the optional battery position.
This procedure removes and replaces the battery with no external
power applied.

A. Replace main battery with a new battery observing correct polarity.

B. Remove battery from optional battery position.
C. Secure battery cover with captive screws.
D. Install EGI Receiver in accordance with Paragraph 16-45.
E. Verify no EGI FAIL messages are shown on ACAWS display.
F. Close Access Panel 240DZ for EGI No. 1 or Access Panel 240EZ for EGI No. 2 Figure 16-4.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

16-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 16-4. EGI Receiver Access Panels

16-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XVII

LOW POWER COLOR RADAR

17-1. DESCRIPTION

17-2. GENERAL

17-3. The Low Power Color Radar (LPCR) operates in the X-band with a center frequency of 9375 MHz, a
nominal peak operating power of 150 watts, and an average operating power of 11 watts or less. The slotted,
flat plate array antenna enables the radar to use active beam shaping and monopulse resolution improvement.

17-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

17-5. LOW POWER COLOR RADAR SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The LPCR system consists of a Receiver
Transmitter Processor and Mount, an Antenna, a Radar Control panel, and a Cursor Control panel (Figure
17-1).

17-6. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER PROCESSOR. The Receiver Transmitter Processor (RTP) is a highly in-
tegrated line replaceable unit (LRU) that contains a modular, wired chassis and backplane unit with all solid
state, line replaceable modules (LRM). The waveguide-to-coaxial transfer couplings, the duplexer, and the re-
ceiver protectors are considered part of the wired chassis and are not line replaceable. The RTP contains the
transmitter, receivers, processors, power supplies, synchronizer interface, bus transceiver, and display drivers.
Two waveguides connect between the RTP and the antenna.

17-7. RTP MOUNT. The RTP Mount assembly contains the RTP and provides power, heat, and cooling air
to the RTP.

17-8. ANTENNA. The antenna is a slotted array configuration and is powered and controlled by the RTP. An
electric motor drives the antenna array in azimuth and elevation.

17-9. RADAR CONTROL PANEL. The Radar Control panel is located on the center console, forward of the
throttle quadrant. It is accessible by both the pilot and copilot.

17-10. CURSOR CONTROL PANEL. The Cursor Control panel, located aft and to the right of the throttle
quadrant on the center console, controls some display functions. These include the selection of range (RNG)
scales, the expand function (ZOOM), and the antenna TILT control.

17-11. LOW POWER COLOR RADAR SYSTEM OPERATION

17-12. GENERAL. The LPCR provides enhanced ground mapping, weather avoidance and windshear de-
tection. Ground mapping modes use real beam monopulse ground mapping and monopulse stabilized doppler
beam sharpening. Weather avoidance modes can detect weather through intervening weather, turbulence de-
tection, and low altitude horizontal windshear detection. Additional capabilities are skin paint mode, beacon
mode, precision position update, and flight plan display detection (Figure 17-4). The LPCR system interfaces
with the Communication/Navigation /Identification Management System (CNI-MS) and Embedded Global Posi-
tioning/Inertial Navigation (EGI) system using the MIL-STD-1553B data bus to provide precision position update

17-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

and flight plan displays. The EGI also provides attitude data for antenna stabilization. All information is displayed
in color on the selected color multipurpose display unit (CMDU). Displayed data is used to warn of weather dis-
turbances, present terrain display, and aid in navigation. The radar makes use of active radar mode interleaving
to provide increased versatility. This enables the pilot to engage weather mode, while at the same time the
copilot may be using ground mapping mode. The LCPR supports Integrated Precision Radar Approach (IPRA)
mode which measures aircraft position relative to a ground placed X-band radar beacon transponder. IPRA
functions similar to a microwave landing system.

17-13. All inputs to the radar are made by discrete switches. The function and interaction of each switch is
controlled by a radar software operating system. An operational mode is engaged by pressing one of six buttons.
The six modes are: MAP (doppler beam sharpened ground mapping), MGM (monopulse ground mapping), WX
(weather), WS (windshear), SP (skin paint), and BCN (radar beacon). MAP, MGM, WX, and SP may operate
with BCN overlaid on them. BCN can operate as an independent mode as well. Additionally, it is possible to
overlay flight plan information on MAP, MGM, WX, BCN, and SP. It is also possible to operate the flight plan
overlay while the radar is in standby. Flight plan is a selection made from a Single Avionics Management Unit
(SAMU). From an operating mode, STANDBY operation is entered by disengaging all operating modes (Figure
17-5).

17-14. SYSTEM OPERATION. Radar video is presented on the primary flight display as a function of mode
selection with overlays. Both video and overlays are in color.

17-15. GROUND MAP. By engaging one of the two ground mapping modes of operation, the LPCR can be
used to ground map terrain features and conduct radar navigation, update the navigation system; and conduct
aerial delivery and airborne radar approaches. One of the mapping modes is the Monopulse Ground Mapping
(MGM) mode; the other MAP includes the Monopulse Stabilized Doppler Beam Sharpening (MSDBS) capability.
The monopulse ground mapping improves the azimuth resolution over that which is obtained with real beam
ground mapping. The MSDBS mode generates maps with significantly higher azimuth resolution than that of
MGM. The doppler beam sharpening improves the azimuth resolution such that it matches the radar range
resolution at 2/3 of the selected range scale in unexpanded maps. Nominal scan rates are 67 to 12 degs/sec for
centered and 33 to 6 degs/sec for Offset (OFS) PPI DBS and 60 degs/sec for MGM. Sector operation is entered
from the radar control panel by continuously pressing the SCTR button to obtain the desired sector. For mapping
operations 135 degrees, 60 degrees, 30 degrees, and 15 degrees sectors are available. To further enhance
radar scope interpretation, the LPCR has zoom capability, by pressing the ZOOM switch on the cursor controller
panel, to expand the map about the cursor at a 2:1 or 4:1 ratio. This increases the range and resolution such
that at the cursor range, the azimuth and range resolution match. MAP/MGM may be engaged and controlled
from the panel by selecting the appropriate radar channel via the PSEL switch.

17-16. MANUAL CURSOR. To use radar manual cursor, the system must have completed its power-up BIT,
and the appropriate CNI-MU position be selected with the CNI-MU & TILT switch. This ensures the proper
CNI-MS interface is established for control and input of the radar data. The DISPLAY rotary switch must be
placed to a position such that a corresponding CMDU is cursor capable. Pressing the MAP or MGM mode switch
causes the LPCR to enter a ground mapping mode of operation. For general mapping operations, the MAN
cursor function is enabled by the mauual cursor enable switch on the CCP. The MAN cursor is also the default
cursor mode. The radar cursor is stabilized to the airplane and is initialized on the presentation, approximately
at the midpoint of the range scale on centerline. It will remain at this position (pushbroom operation) unless the
cursor control is used to move the cursor. By slewing the cursor thumb tracker, the cursor may be moved to a
desired bearing and range. Once placed, the cursor will remain displaced at a constant bearing and range from
the origin. The cursor bearing and range latitude and longitude will appear at the bottom of the selected display.
MAN cursor is used only to present a random bearing and range. To perform radar updates or insert targets
into the navigation system, either CMPR cursor or GRND cursor operation must be selected.

17-17. GROUND CURSOR. To use ground cursor, a CMDU must be selected on the cursor control panel. By
pressing the ground cursor enable button on the cursor controller, and manipulating the thumb tracker switch,
the cursor may be moved to a target of interest. By engaging the expand function of the radar, either a 2X or
4X expanded picture of the radar area around the cursor may be obtained. Once laid on the target with no
further switch manipulations made, the cursor will remain on the target until it is moved again. The location
of the cursor is given in latitude and longitude at the bottom of the selected CMDU. These coordinates can be
transferred into a selected CNI-MU scratchpad by pressing the insert/update key on the cursor control grip. From
the scratchpad, they can be entered as a mark point; added to the flight plan; or designated a direct to point.

17-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

17-18. COMPUTER AND QUICK CURSOR. Pressing the computer/quick cursor enable switch to its first
break selects the computer positioned cursor. Once the switch is actuated, the selected CNI-MU scratch pad is
first checked for a designated location. If a location has been entered, that is the location of the cursor. If the
scratch pad is empty, the cursor will be located over the last cursor position. Pressing the computer/quick cursor
enable switch to its second break selects the computer positioned quick cursor. The quick cursor allows cursor
movement to have an immediate effect on the navigation solution that is being used for airplane guidance when
the INSERT/UPDATE switch is depressed. Quick cursor is used during airborne radar approaches (ARA) and
during airdrops. Once the switch is actuated, the selected CNI-MU scratch pad is first checked for a designated
location. If a location has been entered, that is the location of the cursor. If the scratch pad is empty, the cursor
will be located over the steerpoint or over the last cursor position. For both the computer and the quick cursor,
if OAP are selected via the cursor target select switch, repeated trigger action cycles through 10 OAP. Cursor
range and bearing latitude and longitude is presented at the bottom of the selected CMDU. When the cursor
is refined via the thumb tracker, position deltas are created that are not integrated into the navigation solution
but are in storage awaiting further action. Pressing the insert/update switch causes the update page to appear
on the selected CNI-MU and causes CURSOR to be selected as the source of update. Solution deltas may be
selectively accepted.

17-19. PRECISION POSITION MEASUREMENT. Precision position measurement is available only in ground
mapping modes. The accuracy of the data provided by the radar is carefully controlled when precision position
measurement is in effect. In MGM, precision data will usually be available when the map is expanded or the
cursor is in the outer half of an unexpanded map, the depression angle to the ground cursor is less than 5
degrees, and airplane bank is less than 5 degrees. Precision measurement mode (PRCN) allows precision
data in DBS and MGM geometries. PRCN measures height of the ground as well as velocity errors. PRCN
is selected by pressing the PRCN switch. PRCN should be selected when the PRCN REQUIRED message is
displayed on the CMDU. PRCN functions when the cursor is within 50 nm of the airplane, within the field of view
of the antenna, and airplane ground speed is greater than 100 feet/sec.

17-20. RADAR NAVIGATION (OVERT). After start-up BIT is complete, either MAP or MGM mode of opera-
tion may be engaged. Airplane progress can be monitored without cursor operations; however greater utility is
gained if ground, computer, or quick cursor is selected. The cursor will appear on any CMDU that has a radar
mode selected on the full channel. Manipulating the thumb tracker switch moves the cursor to any desired range
and bearing on the display. The cursor does not stabilize on a target and should be used only to assess a target
for tracking cursor modes. If the GRND cursor enable switch is pressed, the ground cursor is enabled which
allows the cursor to be placed over a target using the thumb tracker switch. The cursor is now stabilized on the
target and will track the target until moved or the target leaves the display. Position coordinates from this mode
can be entered into the CNI-MS by pressing the insert/update switch. These coordinates can now be used as
a direct-to-point. The coordinates generated may also be stored as a reference point, for use at a later time,
by entering them in a CNI-MS scratchpad. Engaging the computer and quick cursor enable switch causes the
cursor to slew to one of ten OAP. If the cursor is not precisely on the target, the cursor may be moved by manip-
ulating the thumb tracker switch. Cycling between OAP can be accomplished if desired. The deltas generated
in CMPR and QUICK modes may be used to update the navigation solution.

17-21. RADAR NAVIGATION (COVERT). After ensuring start-up BIT is complete, the system readiness to
conduct a radar fix/update will be confirmed by assessing the threat environment in which it is currently operat-
ing. Once this is accomplished, the operator may engage MGM or MAP and select FRZ with the FRZ function
switch. When FRZ is activated, the radar will complete the sweep it is currently conducting, then freeze the
display and stop transmitting. From this point, cursor operations may be conducted in the same manner as
described earlier, except that the radar picture is stationary and cursor operations may be conducted at the op-
erators leisure. Manual, ground, computer, and quick cursor are all operational in FRZ operation. If the cursor
placement is not correct, the cursor may be more accurately placed with the thumb tracker. The update/insert
functions can then be performed as previously described. Pressing FRZ a second time unfreezes the radar and
returns it to the operating mode engaged. This snapshot capability greatly reduces the emission time of the
LPCR, thus reducing the probability of detection.

17-22. AERIAL DELIVERY AND LANDING ZONE (LZ) APPROACH. Aerial deliveries and LZ approach re-
quire no special radar procedures. Radar updates can be maded using the standard methods available enroute.
One technique is to use the quick cursor so that cursor position has an immediate effect, after the INSERT/UP-
DATE switch is depressed, on the navigation solution that is being used for airplane guidance. Cursor Reset

17-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

will clear all updates; i.e., none are permanent. Updates to the navigation solution can then be made before
changing the cursor target. Another technique is to orient the radar display with the drop zone axis straight up.

17-23. WEATHER AVOIDANCE (WX) OPERATION. Weather avoidance is entered, once start-up BIT is com-
plete, by engaging WX mode. If the radar is in standby, WS, MAP, MGM, SP, or BCN mode when weather mode
is engaged, this mode is disengaged and only the weather avoidance mode is operational. The following range
scales may be selected: 1.5, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, or 320 nm. Sector selections are the same as mapping
mode. Weather and turbulence data are displayed if the selected range scale is forty nm or less. When the
80 nm range mark is selected, weather and turbulence data are displayed for the first 50 nm. Weather data is
displayed beyond 50 nm. Only weather data is displayed for the 160 nm and 320 nm ranges. Rain will be color
coded using ARINC rain rate protocol. These colors, in increasing intensity, are black, green, yellow, red, and
magenta. The presence of turbulence is indicated via a white fill in the turbulent region. Used in conjunction with
the navigation (FP) overlay, the cursor may be used to define airplane routing around weather cells determined
to be hazardous to the airplane. By laying the cursor clear of the storm cell and activating the insert/update
switch, the navigation system may be updated to proceed directly to the cursor position. By laying the cursor
on the next desired point or a location on the preplanned route of flight, the desired routing may be reentered.
In addition to the flight plan overlay, the BCN mode may be engaged while operating in the weather mode. This
technique would be desirable when conducting airplane rendezvous in weather conditions and the airplanes are
equipped with radar beacons. Both flight plan and BCN overlays may be used simultaneously with the weather
display. WX may be engaged and controlled from the radar control panel by selecting the appropriate position
via the PSEL switch.

17-24. WINDSHEAR (WS) OPERATION. Windshear mode is initialized, once start-up BIT is complete, by
engaging WS mode switch. All other radar modes are disengaged on that channel, including Freeze mode. The
flight plan overlay, which may be used during WS operations, will not be disengaged. Several parameters are
set to a fixed value: tilt is fixed for a two bar scan pattern, gain is fixed, sector is 30, expand is 1:1, range is 10
nm, beam is pencil, video display is offset, and the display orientation is airplane heading up. These parameters
cannot be altered in this mode. Use of the windshear mode is warranted any time weather conditions, actual or
predicted, include the potential for windshear phenomena to occur. The windshear mode is a coherent pulse
doppler function designed to present low altitude windshear warnings when a potential short durationweather
disturbance, such as a micro burst is present. The presentation indicates the total hazard factor which has
been measured and calculated by the radar. These hazard factors are presented as blue, green, black, yellow,
red, and magenta. Flight plan may be overlaid on windshear to ensure that critical separation is maintained.
Additionally, weather data is simulta-neously available for the 10 mile range of the windshear mode, with the
weather intensity as an underlay to the windshear in four shades of gray (the four ARINC rain rate regions). In
addition to the display color depictions, three levels of alerts are generated:

– WINDSHEAR ADVISORY is an alert which requires aircrew awareness and may require crew
action. Generally a hazard at longer range.
– WINDSHEAR CAUTION is an alert which requires immediate aircrew awareness and subsequent
corrective action. Generally, a hazard at closer ranges or an exceptionally strong and increasing
windshear.
– WINDSHEAR WARNING is a flashing alert which requires immediate corrective action by the
aircrew. Generally, a hazardous area.

17-25. SKIN PAINT OPERATION. The skin paint mode detects and displays medium-sized airborne targets
out to a range of 20 nm. If the radar is operating in a range greater than 20 nm when skin paint is engaged, the
range scale defaults to 20 nm. The display format for skin paint is an offset sector PPI. The sector size selections
are 15, 30, and 60 degrees. Antenna beam shape is always pencil. The target symbol is a filled square with a
direction indicator that points toward or away from the center of the display. The direction indicator provides the
ability to tell if the target is extending from or closing on the airplane, while the length of the indicator is related to
the radial velocity of the target. The size of the square is related to the radar cross section (RCS) of the target.
The target must pass an RCS threshold in order to be displayed. The gain control varies this threshold and
can provide decluttering in dense target environments. A one frame history function decrements the symbol
intensity for skin paint targets and keeps them on display for one additional scan. Skin paint is engaged by
pressing the SP switch. If the radar is operating in any other mode when skin paint is engaged that mode is
disengaged and only skin paint mode is active on that channel. The antenna tilt and cursor position may be
adjusted to search/track the desired azimuth/elevation segments.

17-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

When operating in skin paint mode, beacon mode may be engaged for overlay. Engaging beacon does not
change any of the operating parameters already selected. The flight plan overlay may also be engaged, how-
ever, it must be engaged via a SAMU. Engaging/disengaging the flight plan overlay will not alter any of the
parameters already established for skin paint. Beacon and flight plan overlays may operate simultaneously on
skin paint. Skin paint is useful for detecting/tracking airborne targets of interest (TOI), conducting rendezvous,
conducting specific airplane rendezvous in conjunction with beacon operation, and providing limited instrument
meteorological condition formation capability.

17-26. BEACON. The beacon mode provides the capability to interrogate and display responses from ground
beacon and air beacon transponders at ranges up to 40 nm. These beacons are interrogated at 9375 MHz
and they respond at 9310 MHz. The interrogation pulses are 2.36 microseconds in duration. Beacon mode is
engaged by pressing the beacon switch on the radar control panel. On the full channel, if the radar is in standby
or windshear mode when beacon is engaged these modes are disengaged and only beacon mode is active. If
the radar is operating in MAP, MGM, WX, or SP mode when beacon is engaged the beacon data is an overlay.
The beacon symbols are arcs whose azimuth is a function of the angular width over which the beacon was
triggered. This mechanism provides a visual feedback that enables adjustment of the antenna tilt to center the
beacon in the elevation pattern of the beam. Adjustment of the gain control varies the azimuth extent of the
beacon symbol such that lowering the gain provides a method to precisely locate the azimuth center of the
beacon return.

When beacon is engaged as the primary operating mode, the valid range scales are 1.5, 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40
nm, with the range scales defaulting to 40 nm if the previous operating mode range scale was greater than 40
nm. When the beacon mode is engaged as an overlay, the range scale selected for the primary operating mode
is not altered. Beam shape defaults to pencil, however, the beam switch is active and the antenna beam shape
may be alternated between fan and pencil by selecting beam on the radar control panel and pressing the rocker
switch. Sector selections are 135 degrees, 60 degrees, 30 degrees, and 15 degrees.

When beacon is engaged as an overlay, only three controls affect the beacon presentation. These are TILT,
GAIN, and PEN. To alter the underlay, beacon must be disengaged. The flight plan overlay must be selected
via the appropriate AMU. The intensity level of the flight plan may be adjusted by using the controls on the radar
control panel. Flight plan may be disengaged without affecting the beacon operation.

17-27. INTEGRATED PRECISION RADAR APPROACH (IPRA) The LCPR supports IPRA mode which mea-
sures aircraft position relative to a ground placed X-band radar beacon transponder. It performs similar to a
microwave landing system. The LPCR searches for beacon returns based on the estimated location of the air-
craft and the estimated location of the runway point of intercept (RPI). No video is produced in IPRA mode. IPRA
can operate simultaneously with monopulse ground mapping, weather mode, windshear mode, skin paint mode
or beacon mode. This allows monitoring other radar modes while flying an IPRA approach. No LCPR mode is
able to bump the system out of IPRA mode. IPRA must be deselected via the CNI-MU IPRA pages. The freeze
function of the LCPR, which normally stops antenna scan and stops all LCPR emissions, is disabled when IPRA
is active. Selecting IPRA mode while freeze is on will cause freeze to toggle off. Using the SAMU, the IPRA
flight plan overlay can be superimposed upon the nav radar display and the digital map display. IPRA may also
be selected via the SAMU to drive the course deviation indicator (CDI) on either or both primary flight displays.
Engaging the autopilot with APPR selected on the reference set/mode select panel and IPRA selected as the
CDI source via the AMU enables IPRA to provide lateral and vertical guidance to the autopilot (Figure 17-6).

17-28. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built -In Test (BIT) performed by
the LPCR system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power
is applied to the RTP and the system performs a start-up BIT, system calibration, and end-to-end test of all
components except the discrete switches. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be
sent to the ACAWS. When the power up sequence is completed, the radar is placed in standby mode and all
parameters are set to default values. During normal operation, the radar performs an automatic circuit breaker
IT during antenna scan turnaround times. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete
output will be sent to the ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting
functional performance.

17-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-1. Low Power Color Radar Components (sh. 1/2)

17-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-1. Low Power Color Radar Components (sh. 2/2)

17-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-2. Radar Control Panel

17-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-3. Cursor Control Panel

17-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-4. Low power Color Radar Typical Display

17-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-5. Low power Color Radar Functional Block Diagram

17-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram ( SQ System )(sheet 1/5)

17-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/5)

17-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram (sh. 3/5)

17-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram (sh. 4/5)

17-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-6. Low Power Color Radar Schematic Diagram (sh. 5/5)

17-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

17-29. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message

RADAR FAIL CAUTION

RADAR DEGRADED CAUTION
RADAR OVERHEAT CAUTION
RCP FAIL ADVISORY
RCP FAULT ADVISORY
CURSOR FAIL ADVISORY
CURSOR FAULT ADVISORY

17-30. Power distribution. Power-up of the LPCR is accomplished by selecting the ON or TEST position with
the rotary switch on the radar control panel. After completing power-up IBIT, the LPCR remains in standby
mode until an operational mode is selected. The LPCR power is supplied through circuit breakers powered by
the following buses:

6SQ RADAR HTR FANS 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1 / 3 PH

7SQ RADAR ANT 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1
8SQ RADAR MOUNT 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

17-31. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

17-32. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

17-33. LOW POWER COLOR RADAR

17-34. Perform Low Power Color Radar Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

17-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

If the ambient temperature is less than 32 deg F (0 deg C), the

Radar Transmitter Mount (RTM) heaters will come on when aircraft
power is applied. If the ambient temperature is between 5 deg F
and 32 deg F (-15 deg and 0 deg C), allow a 5 minute warm-up
period after the aircraft power has been turned on before powering
the LPCR. If the ambient temperature is lower that 5 deg F (-15
deg C), allow a warm up time of 15 minutes after the aircraft power
has been turned on before powering the LPCR.

C. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
D. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page, press select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: CDMU 2 page is displayed.
E. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 2 screen, press the select key adjacent to NAV RADAR.
Verify that: NAV RADAR is displayed on CMDU 2.
F. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
G. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page, press select key adjacent to CMDU 4.
Verify that: CDMU 4 page is displayed.
H. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 4 page, press the select key adjacent to NAV RADAR.
Verify that: NAV RADAR is displayed on CMDU 4.
I. On the pilot SAMU, press the select key adjacent to NAV.
Verify that: PILOT NAV RADAR page is displayed on CMDU 2
J. On the PILOT NAV RADAR page, press the select key adjacent to FULL 2/PART 4 until FULL is
displayed on CMDU 2 and PART is displayed on CMDU 4.

NOTE

The cursor information block will not have cursor coordinates dis-
played.

K. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, verify the present position. If the present position is in-
correct, enter the aircraft present Latitude and Longitude on the key pad and press the select key
adjacent to indicated position. CORRECT DATE
L. On the pilot CNI-MU , insert date then press the select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: AUTONAV indication changes from large to small font.
M. On the CNI-MU , enter and activate the last stored flight plan.

WARNING

Tests involving the radiation of R-F energy by the Radar

antenna must not be made with 25 feet (7.6 meters) of
personnel and fueling operations.

17-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CAUTION

If the Radar is in any mode other than OFF or STANDBY,

R-F energy is being radiated. Tests involving the radiation
of R-F energy by the radar antenna must not be made while
the radar antenna is directed toward close by large metal
objects such as hangars, doors, or the inside of a hangar.

N. On the Radar Control Panel (RCP), rotate the MASTER switch to the ON position.
Verify that: TST is displayed in the lower left corner of the NAV-RADAR display on the CMDU
approximately 30 seconds after the Master switch is turned on.
Verify that: The Radar enters the STANDBY mode.
Verify that: The Receiver-Transmitter Processor (RTP) software part number and color bar will
appear when the Radar enters STANDBY.
O. On the pilot SAMU, press the NAV select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV RADAR menu is displayed.
P. On the pilot SAMU PILOT NAV RADAR menu, press line select key adjacent to FULL/PART until
FULL is highlighted.
Q. On the pilot SAMU PILOT NAV RADAR menu, press line select key adjacent to RANGE.
Verify that: FULL NAV RANGE menu is displayed.
R. Verify that the FULL NAV RANGE menu displays the following range select keys: 1.5(0.3), 3.0(0.6),
5.0(1), 10(2), 20(4), 40(8), 80(16), 160(32)/320(64).
S. On the RCP, press the WX select key.
Verify that: The weather image appears on the CMDU (only PARTIAL).
Verify that: The WX button illuminates.
Verify that: PEN is displayed in the lower left corner of the CMDU display.
Verify that: WX appears in the lower left corner of the CMDU display.
T. On the RCP, turn the INTENSITY switch to RM.
U. On the RCP, adjust the INTENSITY rocker switch in the INCR and DECR directions.
Verify that: On CMDU 2, the range mark intensity will vary in brightness.
V. On the RCP, turn the INTENSITY switch to CUR.
W. On the RCP, adjust the INTENSITY rocker switch in the INCR and DECR directions.
Verify that: On CMDU 2, the CUR pop-up window is displayed.
Verify that: The cursor brightness will vary.
X. On the RCP, turn the INTENSITY switch to SYM.
Y. On the RCP, adjust the INTENSITY rocker switch in the INCR and DECR directions.
Verify that: On CMDU 2, the SYM pop-up window is displayed.
Verify that: On CMDU 2, the symbology brightness will vary.
Z. On the pilot SAMU, FULL NAV RANGE page, press the select key adjacent to 1.5 (0.3).
Verify that: The CMDU NAV RADAR display is now at 1.5 nautical miles (nm) with range rings
spaced at 0.3 nm.
AA. On the Cursor Control panel, CNI MU & TILT switch, place the switch to P.

17-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

The tilt angle will be displayed in the lower left of the CMDU display
and displays the angle (in degrees) relative to the horizon. The
value shown in the tilt pop-up window is the off-set to the optimum
value.

AB. On the Cursor Control Grip, push the TILT switch forward then aft.
Verify that: The TILT pop-up window appears on the CMDU display.
Verify that: The TILT can be adjusted from +10 to -15 degrees.
AC. On the Cursor Control Grip, using the Cursor Control/Ground Cursor Enable switch, move the
cursor to approximately 45 degrees to the right of center.
AD. On the RCP, press the SCTR select key.
Verify that: The Sector width pop-up window on the CMDU display lights up.
Verify that: The SCTR button lights up
AE. On the RCP, using the SCTR switch, select the sector size of 15 degrees.
Verify that: The CMDU display displays the new sector centered around the cursor.
AF. On the Cursor Control panel, press the RESET switch.
Verify that: The cursor moves to the top center of the CMDU display.
AG. On the RCP, press the OFS selector key.
Verify that: The OFS button lights up.
Verify that: The display origin is moved to the bottom of the CMDU display at a sector with of 15
degrees.
AH. On the RCP, press the OFS select key.
Verify that: The offset mode is canceled.
Verify that: The OFS button light extinguishes.
AI. On the RCP, press the SCTR select key and select the 90 degree sector.
Verify that: The SCTR button light extinguishes.

NOTE

The FRZ mode can only be selected on the full channel (when the
Radar Control Panel’s PSEL button light is not lit). Freeze can also
be deselected by selecting another radar mode.

AJ. On the RCP, press the FRZ select key.

Verify that: The CMDU display is frozen and the current scan is complete.
Verify that: The FRZ button lights up.
Verify that: The FRZ message is displayed.
Verify that: An ownership bug (circle with a short line attached) is displayed on the CMDU.
AK. On the RCP, press the FRZ select key.
Verify that: The FRZ message is not displayed.
Verify that: The ownership bug disappears.
Verify that: The Radar resumes updating.

17-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: The FRZ button light extinguishes.

AL. On the RCP GAIN rocker switch, adjust switch until ground return targets are visible on the CMDU.
AM. On the RCP, turn the INTENSITY switch to VID.
AN. On the RCP, adjust the INTENSITY rocker switch in the INCR and DECR directions.
Verify that: The targets brightness on the CMDU vary.
Verify that: The VIDEO pop-up window appears on the CMDU when adjusting the intensity.

NOTE

The cursor range and bearing is provided next to the cursor mode
at the bottom center of the CMDU.

AO. Using the Cursor Control Grip, move the cursor to 0.6 nm directly in front of the aircraft.
AP. On the Cursor Control panel, press the ZOOM INCR toggle switch.
Verify that: The display transitions to the 2X ZOOM.
Verify that: A near range ring at 0.3 nm a range ring at 0.6 nm, and a far range ring at 1.2 nm is
displayed.
AQ. On the Cursor Control panel, press the ZOOM DECR toggle switch.
Verify that: The display returns to the format prior to entering ZOOM.
AR. On the RCP, press the WS select key.
Verify that: The pilot CMDU mode annunciations change to WS.
Verify that: The WS button lights.
Verify that: The WX light extinguishes.
Verify that: The sector is 30 degrees.
Verify that: The offset Precision Position Indicator (PPI) presentation is centered.

NOTE

The Skin Paint mode is an air-to-air mode for detecting and dis-
playing medium sized airborne targets out to a range of 20 nm.
The target symbol is a filled square with a direction indicator that
points toward or away from the aircraft position on the display. The
direction indicator provides the ability to tell if the target is head-on
or tail aspect, while the length of the indicator is related to the ra-
dial velocity of the target.

AS. On the Cursor Control Panel, press the RESET button.

Verify that: The cursor moves to the top center of the display.
AT. On the RCP, press the SP select key.
Verify that: The CMDU mode annunciations change to SP.
Verify that: The SP button lights up.
Verify that: The WS button light extinguishes.
Verify that: The display is an offset PPI presentation.
Verify that: The sector width is 30 degrees and is centered about the cursor.

17-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

If the radar automatically selects the pencil beam, the CMDU will
annunciate PEN at the bottom of the page and the PEN button
light will come on.
AU. On the RCP, press the MAP select key.
Verify that: The CMDU annunciates MGM mode.
Verify that: The MAP button lights up.
Verify that: The SP button light extinguishes.
AV. Verify the following:

1. The radar is in MAN CURSOR mode. If the radar is not in MAN CURSOR mode, press the
tilt button on the Cursor Control panel
2. The PSEL button is not illuminated.
3. The cursor is visible.

NOTE

The Radar precision mode is not available for airspeeds less than
100 knots.
AW. On the RCP, press the PCRN button.
Verify that: The MODE LOCKOUT ACAWS message appears on the pilot CMDU in the special
alert regions.
AX. On the Cursor Control panel, position the Master Display Selection switch to CMDU 2.

NOTE

If required in the next step, adjust the range scale to see the cursor.
AY. On the Cursor Control panel Grip, squeeze the trigger.
Verify that: The word CMPR CURSOR appears in the cursor mode position on the CMDU.
AZ. On the RCP, press the MGM select key.
Verify that: Radar enters the Ground Stabilized Cursor mode.
Verify that: The word GND CURSOR appears near the bottom center of the CMDU.
BA. On the Cursor Control panel Grip, squeeze the trigger all the way to the second detent.
Verify that: The word QUIK CURSOR appears in the cursor mode position on the CMDU.
BB. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV CTRL select key.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
BC. On the INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 PAGE, press the select key adjacent to UPDATE.
Verify that: The POSITION UPDATE page is displayed.
BD. Using the Cursor Control panel Grip, move the cursor off the target and then press the UPDATE
button located on the underside of the Cursor Control Grip
Verify that: The Deltas (other than zero) appear below the INAV page on the pilot’s CNI-MU.
BE. On the POSITION UPDATE page, press the select key adjacent to CURSOR TGT.
Verify that: CURSOR TARGET page is displayed.

17-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BF. On the RCP, press the PSEL pushbutton.

Verify that: The PSEL button light comes on.
BG. On the RCP, press the MGM pushbutton.
Verify that: CMDU 2 annunciates the MGM mode.
Verify that: The MGM button lights up.
BH. On the RCP, press the MGM pushbutton.
Verify that: MGM button light extinguishes.
BI. On the RCP, press the PSEL pushbutton.
Verify that: The PSEL button light extinguishes.
BJ. On the RCP, press the line select key adjacent to BCN.
Verify that: CMDU 2 annunciates BCN mode.
Verify that: The BCN button lights up.
BK. On the pilot control wheel, press the cursor control to the left, right, up and down.
Verify that: On CMDU 2 NAV RADAR display, the cursor’s movement is consistent with the oper-
ators action.
BL. On the RCP, press the BCN pushbutton.
BM. On the pilot ICS CONTROL panel, rotate the VOL to midrange.
Verify that: CMDU 2 does not annunciate the BCN mode.
Verify that: The BCN button light extinguishes.

NOTE

For the following tests to be performed, no Warning messages

or intermittent Caution messages are to be present which would
cause the ESA page to automatically be displayed in place of the
Nav-Radar display.

BN. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8

CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7
BO. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
BP. On the pilot SAMU, press the select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: The CMDU 2 page is displayed.
BQ. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 2 page, press the select key adjacent to NAV RADAR.
Verify that: The pilot NAV RADAR page displays range of 1.5 nm with range rings spaced at 0.3
nm.
BR. On the RCP press the WX key.
Verify that: CMDU 2 has the following displays:

1. Radar return (TAXI video).

2. LPCR mode, tilt, beamshape.

17-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BS. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8

CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7
BT. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
BU. On the pilot SAMU, press the select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: The CMDU 2 has the following displays:

1. NAV RADAR display range of 1.5 nm with range rings spaced at 0.3 nm.
2. Radar return (TAXI video).
3. LPCR mode, tilt, beamshape.
BV. On the RCP, press the WX select key.
Verify that: CMDU 2 has the following displays:

1. The WX button light extinguishes.

2. The Radar returns (TAXI video) are not displayed.
3. The LPCR mode indicates SBY.
BW. On the RCP, turn the MASTER rotary switch to the OFF position.
Verify that: Radar is turned off.
BX. End of Test.

17-35. RADAR INVERTER

17-36. Perform the test as follows:

A. Connect the external power plug to the aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
B. On Electrical System Control Panel set the BATT switch to ON and AC EXT push button.
C. Wait for the complete avionics power-up.
D. On Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) insert the circuit breaker RADAR AC/DC INV (13 SQ)
in position M 24.
E. On pilot CNI-MU scratch pad type the data and press “2R” select key.
F. On Pilot CNI MU press the “5L” select key until the caption “REF” is highlighted.
G. On the Pilot CNI MU press the “5L” AUTO NAV select key and wait for a full EGIs alignment.
H. On the Pilot Samu press “ DISP ” key “ CMDU 2 ” select key and “ NAV RADAR “select key.
I. On the Pilot Samu press “ DISP ” key “ CMDU 3 ” select key and “ ESA “select key.
J. On the Pilot Samu press “ DISP ” key “ CMDU 4 ” select key and “ ACAWS OVERFLOW “select
key.

17-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

TESTS INVOLVING THE RADIATION OF R-F ENERGY BY

THE RADAR ANTENNA MUST NOT BE MADE WITHIN
7.2 METERS OF PERSONNEL AND FUELING

CAUTION

If the radar is in any mode other than OFF or STANDBY,

R-F energy is being radiated. Tests involving the radiation of
R-F energy by the radar antenna must not be made while the
radar antenna is directed toward closeby large metal objects
such as hangars, doors, or the inside of a hangar

NOTE

If ACAWS message RADAR FAIL or RADAR DEGRADED

appears, disconnect the radar control tests and troubleshoot to
isolate the failure. If an ACAWS message RADAR OVERHEAT
appears, power down the LPCR and verify threephase power
is supplied to the RTP mount and adequate inlet air. If ACAWS
message CMDU 2 VIDEO LOST, CMDU 3 VIDEO LOST, or
CMDU 4 VIDEO LOST appears, disconnect the radar control
tests and verify that the TAXI video wires are not faulty. If
ACAWS message RADAR CTRL PNL FAIL appears, disconnect
the radar control tests and inspect 1553B cables and power
input. If ACAWS message RADAR CNTL PNL FAULT appears,
disconnect the radar control tests and troubleshoot the RCP to
isolate the failure.If NAV Message RADAR STAB LOST appears,
discontinue radar control tests and troubleshoot loss EGI/INS
data to the LPCR.

K. Switch the RCP MASTER switch to the ON position and verify the following:

– TST is displayed in the lower left corner of the Nav-Radar Displays approximately 30 seconds
after the Master Switch is turned ON.
– Radar enters standby mode (SBY) after the test is complete.
– RTP software part number and color bar will appear when the radar enters SBY.

L. On the RCP, press the WX button and verify that:

– the weather image appears on CMDU 2

– the WX button illuminates
– the mode annunciation WX appears in the lower left corner of the display.

M. Start the APU. Refer FAM.1C-27J-2-3 manual.

N. On the EPGS control panel press the APU pushbutton to put in-line the APU electrical generator
and verify that the OFF legend extinguishes.
O. On EPGS deselect AC EXT push button.

17-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

P. Verify that the LPCR still work in WX mode without interruption of functionality and relevant ACAWS
indication.
Q. Start the ENGINES 1 and 2. Refer FAM.1C-27J-2-3 manual.
R. On the EPGS control panel press the GEN 1 pushbutton to put in-line the ENGINE 1 electrical
generator and verify that the OFF legend extinguishes.
S. On EPGS control panel deselect APU push button.
T. Verify that the LPCR still work in WX mode without interruption of functionality and relevant ACAWS
indication.
U. On the EPGS control panel press the GEN 2 pushbutton to put in-line the ENGINE 2 electrical
generator and verify that the OFF legend extinguishes.
V. Verify that the LPCR still work in WX mode without interruption of functionality and relevant ACAWS
indication.
W. On the EPGS control panel deselect the GEN 1 pushbutton to put out-line the ENGINE 1 electrical
generator and verify that the OFF legend is illuminated.
X. Verify that the LPCR still work in WX mode without interruption of functionality and relevant ACAWS
indication.
Y. On the EPGS control panel press the APU pushbutton to put in-line the APU electrical generator
and verify that the OFF legend extinguishes.
Z. On EPGS deselect the GEN 2 pushbutton. to put out-line the ENGINE 2 electrical generator and
verify that the OFF legend is illuminated.
AA. Verify that the LPCR still work in WX mode without interruption of functionality and relevant ACAWS
indication.
AB. On the Pilot Samu press “ DISP ” key “ CMDU 4 ” select key and “ MAINTENANCE “ select key.
AC. Verify that no maintenance message are displayed relevant to LPCR.
AD. Switch the RCP MASTER switch to the OFF position.
AE. Shoot down the ENGINES 1 and 2. Refer FAM.1C-27J-2-3 manual.
AF. On the EPGS control pane press the AC EXT pushbutton.
AG. On EPGS deselect the APU pushbutton. to put out-line the APU electrical generator and verify
that the OFF legend is illuminated.
AH. Shoot down the APU. Refer FAM.1C-27J-2-3 manual.
AI. Switch off the aircraft power.
AJ. End of Test.

17-37. LPCR RTP MOUNT

17-38. Perform the LPCR RTP Mount Functional Test as follows:

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10

17-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10

NOTE

If the ambient temperature is less than 32 deg F (0 deg C), the

Radar Transmitter Mount (RTM) heaters will come on when aircraft
power is applied. If the ambient temperature is between 5 deg F
and 32 deg F (-15 deg and 0 deg C), allow a 5 minute warm-up
period after the aircraft power has been turned on before powering
the LPCR. If the ambient temperature is lower that 5 deg F (-15
deg C), allow a warm up time of 15 minutes after the aircraft power
has been turned on before powering the LPCR.

B. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT screen is displayed.
C. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT screen, press select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: CMDU 2 screen is displayed.
D. On the pilot SAMU, press the select key adjacent to NAV.
Verify that: PILOT NAV RADAR is displayed on CMDU 2.
E. On the PILOT NAV RADAR screen, press the select key adjacent to FULL 4/PART 2 until FULL is
displayed on CMDU 2.

NOTE

The cursor information block will not have cursor coordinates dis-
played.

F. On the Radar Control Panel (RCP), switch the MASTER switch to the ON position.
Verify that: TST is displayed in the lower left corner of the NAV-RADAR display on CMDU 2 ap-
proximately 30 seconds after the Master switch is turned on.
Verify that: The Radar enters the STANDBY mode.
Verify that: The Receiver-Transmitter Processor (RTP) software part number and color bar will
appear when the Radar enters STANDBY.
G. On the Radar Control Panel (RCP), switch the MASTER switch to the OFF position.
Verify that: The Radar is turned off.
H. End of Test.

17-39. TROUBLESHOOTING
17-40. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

17-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3442011.
LPCR COMM LOST (FD Message) (3442011)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open the YES Fault fixed after replacement of
following circuit breakers : RTP.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Remove and replace RTP. Is fault corrected?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 3.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQA from RTP mount. Is ground
present on plug pins A, D, L and G?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker RADAR MOUNT YES Go to Step 5.
(8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 15. Is 28 V dc present on plug pin F?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker RADAR YES Repair circuit between circuit
MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel breaker RADAR MOUNT (8SQ)
(451VE) in position P 15 terminal 2? and connector 2SQA pin F.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker RADAR MOUNT (8SQ).
Step 5. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 6.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Connect 2SQA to RTP mount. Disconnect 1SQA
from RTP. Is 28 V dc present between plug pins F
and G?

17-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Go to Step 10.
Step 6. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 7.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Connect 1SQA. Disconnect 1SQB. Close the
following circuit breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ)
RADAR ANT (7SQ)
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ)
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin W?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 7. Is continuity present between plug pins as YES Go to Step 8.
follows? 1SQB pin K to N. 1SQB pin R to N. 1SQB
pin I* to N. 1SQB pin J* to N.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace RTP.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQC. Is resistance between
pins/backshell and pins as follows? Bus A – 1SQC
pin J to H, 1 ohm. Bus A – 1SQC pin J to backshell,
infinity. Bus A – 1SQC pin H to backshell, infinity.
Bus B – 1SQC pin L to J*, 1 ohm. Bus B : 1SQC
pin L to backshell, infinity. Bus B : 1SQC pin J*, to
backshell, infinity.
NO Remove and replace Display Data
Bus Network.
Step 9. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between
1SQB pin W and 1TAG pin 29?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace mount.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQB. Is continuity present between
plug pins as follows? Plug 2SQB pin F and plug
1SQA pin F. Plug 2SQB pin G and plug 1SQA pin G.

17-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3442500.LPCR SYSTEM STATUS FAULT. (FI MESSAGE) (3442500)
Step 1. Recorded on MIMS initiate 34 IBIT No. 11 - YES Troubleshoot fault code 3442501
LPCR. Is fault code 3442501 active? prior to troubleshooting fault code
3442500.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Record first four fault code in order listed YES Go to Step 3.
from IBIT. In order listed remove and replace LRU
listed in fault code index, then perform IBIT No. 11
- LPCR to determine if fault has been corrected. If
fault persists, repeat these steps until all four original
LRU have been replaced. Does fault persist?
NO Fault has been corrected.
Step 3. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 4.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQA from RTP mount. Is ground
present on plug pin D?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Close the following circuit breakers YES Go to Step 5.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Is 115 V ac present on plug pin C?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 5. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 6.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQD from RTP. Disconnect 3SQA from
antenna. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SQD pin A and 3SQA pin A, 1SQD pin
C and 3SQA pin C, 1SQD pin D and 3SQA pin D,
1SQD pin E and 3SQA pin E, 1SQD pin F and 3SQA
pin F, 1SQD pin G and 3SQA pin G, 1SQD pin H and
3SQA pin H, 1SQD pin J and 3SQA pin J, 1SQD pin
K and 3SQA pin K, 1SQD pin N and 3SQA pin N,
1SQD pin P and 3SQA pin P, 1SQD pin S and 3SQA
pin S, 1SQD pin T and 3SQA pin T, 1SQD pin U and
3SQA pin U, 1SQD pin V and 3SQA pin V, 1SQD
pin Y and 3SQA pin Y, 1SQD pin Z and 3SQA pin Z
1SQD pin BB and 3SQA pin BB, 1SQD pin CC and
3SQA pin CC, 1SQD pin FF and 3SQA pin FF.

17-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is continuity present between plug pins as YES Go to Step 7.
follows? 1SQD pin GG and 3SQA pin GG, 1SQD pin
HH and 3SQA pin HH, 1SQD pin LL and 3SQA pin
LL, 1SQD pin MM and 3SQA pin MM, 1SQD pin NN
and 3SQA pin NN, 1SQD pin A* and 3SQA pin A*,
1SQD pin B* and 3SQA pin B*, 1SQD pin C* and
3SQA pin C*, 1SQD pin E* and 3SQA pin E*, 1SQD
pin F* and 3SQA pin F*, 1SQD pin G* and 3SQA pin
G*, 1SQD pin H* and 3SQA pin H*, 1SQD pin I* and
3SQA pin I*, 1SQD pin M* and 3SQA pin M*, 1SQD
pin N* and 3SQA pin N*, 1SQD pin Q* and 3SQA pin
Q*, 1SQD pin R* and 3SQA pin R*, 1SQD pin U* and
3SQA pin U*, 1SQD pin V* and 3SQA pin V*, 1SQD
pin X* and 3SQA pin X*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Disconnect 1SQB from RTP. Is ground YES Go to Step 8.
present on plug pin A?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 1TAG from BIU No. 1. Is YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
continuity present between 1SQB pin C* and 1TAG
pin 64?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker YES Repair circuit.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3442501. RTP OVERTEMP CONDITION. (FI MESSAGE) (3442501)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close the YES Go to Step 2.
following circuit breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On Radar Control Panel ensure MASTER switch is
selected to ON. Is circuit breaker RADAR HTR FAN
(6SQ) 3 phase circuit breaker tripped open?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker RADAR HTR FAN YES Go to Step 3.
(6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 18 to interrupt power. Attempt to reset
circuit breaker RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
3 phase circuit breaker. Does circuit breaker remain
closed?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.

17-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open the following circuit breakers YES Repair circuit between plug pins
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker as follows: 2SQA pin H and 6SQ
Panel (451VE) in position P 18 RADAR HEATER FAN terminal
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker A2. 2SQA pin J and 6SQ RADAR
Panel (451VE) in position P 16 HEATER FAN terminal B2. 2QSA
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker pin K and 6SQ RADAR HEATER
Panel (451VE) in position P 15 FAN terminal C2.
Disconnect 2SQA from RTP mount. Is ground
present on plug pins H, J, or K?
NO Remove and replace RTP mount.
Step 4. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 5.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQA from RTP mount. Is 115 V ac
present on plug pins H, J, and K?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 5. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 6.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Is ground present on 2SQA pin L?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Disconnect 2SQB from RTP mount. YES Remove and replace RTP.
Disconnect 1SQA from RTP. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? 2SQB pin L and 1SQA
pin L, 2SQB pin E and 1SQA pin E, 2SQB pin N and
1SQA pin N, 2SQB pin P and 1SQA pin P, 2SQB pin
R and 1SQA pin R, 2SQB pin S and 1SQA pin S.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker breaker.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect circuit breaker RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ).
Is continuity present between plug pins as follows?
Terminal A2 and 2SQA pin H, Terminal B2 and 2SQA
pin J, Terminal C2 and 2SQA pin K.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3442A01. LPCR SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442A01)

17-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Go to Step 2.
initialize EGI System. Close the following circuit
breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On Radar Control Panel ensure MASTER switch is
selected to ON.
NOTE
Allow approximately two minutes for system to
warm-up before proceeding.
Do both CMDU display the following power-up
indications? TST (displayed lower left) changing to
STBY after time in.
NO Go to Step 38.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.

CAUTION

All personnel should avoid prolonged exposure

in radar antenna radiating area. Do not point
energy beam toward inhabited structures or
other personnel grouping. Do not operate radar
system during airplane servicing. Remove all
power aerospace ground equipment from imme-
diate area within 15 feet.
From the SAMU, select DISP key. Select CMDU.
From CMDU page 1, select LSK NAV-RADAR. From
the NAV RADAR display menu, select LSK RANGE.
From NAV RANGE menu, select LSK 1.5. On
CNI-MU , toggle MAP OFF/ON line select key to ON.
If no returns are displayed on CMDU after warm-up,
slew GAIN INCR line select key, and select a greater
range. Are correct returns present and clear for local
ramp area?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Does CMDU indicate radar returns at long YES Remove and replace RTP.
range (outer portion of display) but no returns in
center (near own aircraft position)?
NO Remove and replace radar
antenna. If fault persists, remove
and replace RTP.
Step 4. On CNI-MU , toggle MASTER OFF/ ON line YES Go to Step 5.
select key to OFF. Toggle PNL OFF/ON line select
key to OFF. On copilot lighting panel, place TEST
switch to LAMP. Do all Radar Control Panel switch
lights come on?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.

17-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. On Radar Control Panel, rotate MASTER YES Go to Step 6.
switch to TEST. Does CMDU 2 display power-up
indications after warm up period?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 6. On Radar Control Panel, rotate MASTER YES Go to Step 7.
switch to ON. Ensure PSEL switch light is off. Press
MAP, WX, SP, MGM, WS, then BCN MODE switches
once. Does each switch light come on when switch
is pressed, then go off when next switch is pressed?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 7. Verify BCN switch annunciation is on. Press YES Go to Step 8.
GAIN rocker switch to INCR and DECR positions.
Does pop-up tape window in bottom center of CMDU
indicate increase and decrease in gain?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 8. Press OFS, FRZ, then PEN function switch YES Go to Step 9.
on, then off. Do OFS, FRZ, and PEN switch lights
come on then go off?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 9. Press SCTR switch. Does pop-up window in YES Go to Step 10.
bottom center of CMDU indicate sector value?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 10. On Radar Control Panel, press PSEL YES Go to Step 11.
switch. Does PSEL switch light come on?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 11. Press PSEL switch off (light off). Press YES Go to Step 12.
MGM MODE switch. Press PRCN switch. Does
‘MODE LOCKOUT‘ message appear in upper right
of CMDU for approximately five seconds?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 12. Rotate INTENSITY switch to RM. Press YES Go to Step 13.
INTENSITY rocker switch to INCR and DECR
positions. Does intensity of range marks increase
and decrease?
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 13. On Cursor Control Panel, rotate DISPLAY YES Go to Step 14.
switch to position 2. On Radar Control Panel, rotate
INTENSITY switch to CUR, SYM, then VID. For each
switch position press INTENSITY rocker switch to
INCR or DECR position. Does pop-up tape window
appear in bottom center of CMDU 2 for each switch
position?

17-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace Radar
Control Panel.
Step 14. On Cursor Control Panel, press RNG rocker YES Go to Step 15.
switch to INCR and DECR. Do range marks change
with switch depressions?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 15. On Cursor Control Panel, press ZOOM YES Go to Step 16.
rocker switch to INCR. Does display change to a
patched display format?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 16. Press ZOOM rocker switch to DECR. Does YES Go to Step 17.
display change back to centered display format?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 17. Place CNI-MU & TILT switch to P position. YES Go to Step 19.
Press antenna tilt switch forward and aft while
observing tilt indication in lower left of CMDU 2.
Does tilt indication change with switch actuation?
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Using MIMS, select DBTP 504030413151. YES Remove and replace Cursor
Does DBTP display P? Control Panel handgrip assembly.
If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 19. Press cursor slew switch forward, aft, left YES Go to Step 21.
and right to move cursor on CMDU 2. Does cursor
respond to cursor slew switch commands?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. Press pilot yoke cursor slew switch forward, YES Remove and replace Cursor
aft, left and right to move cursor on CMDU 2. Does Control Panel handgrip assembly.
cursor respond to pilot yoke cursor slew switch If fault persists, remove and
commands? replace Cursor Control Panel.
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 21. On SAMU CMDU POS submenu, press YES Go to Step 23.
line select key to select CMDU 1. On Cursor Control
Panel, rotate DISPLAY switch to position 1. Press
pilot yoke cursor slew switch forward, aft, left and
right to move cursor on CMDU 1. Does cursor
respond to pilot yoke cursor slew switch commands?
NO Go to Step 22.

17-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 22. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1. If
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker fault persists, remove and replace
Panel (451VE) in position P 8 control wheel Cursor Control
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Switch.
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 51VEA from bulkhead. Disconnect 1TAF
from BIU No. 1. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? System Pilot: 51VEA pin 1 and
1TAF pin 46. 51VEA pin 2 and 1TAF pin 42. 51VEA
pin 3 and 1TAF pin 52. 51VEA pin 4 and 1TAF pin 43.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 23. Press down on pilot yoke cursor slew YES Go to Step 25.
switch. Is ‘GND CURSOR‘ and coordinates of cursor
displayed in bottom center of CMDU?
NO Go to Step 24.
Step 24. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace BIU. If fault
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker persists, remove and replace
Panel (451VE) in position P 8 control wheel Cursor Control
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Switch.
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 51VEA Pilot from bulkhead. Disconnect
1TAG from BIU. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? System Pilot: 51VEA pin 20 and
1TAG pin 61. 51VEA pin 19 and 1TAG pin 62.
NO Repair circuit
Step 25. Press down on antenna tilt switch. Is MAN YES Go to Step 26.
CURSOR displayed in bottom center of CMDU?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel handgrip assembly.
If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
Step 26. Press cursor slew switch down. Is GND YES Go to Step 27.
CURSOR and coordinates of cursor displayed in
bottom center of CMDU?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel handgrip assembly.
If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
Step 27. On CNI-MU , press NAV CTRL key. Press YES Go to Step 28.
line select key next to UPDATE. Press line select key
next to CURSOR TARGET. If two or more cursor
targets are present on CURSOR TARGET page, go
to the last step. Enter identifier for known waypoint in
CNI-MU scratchpad using numeric key pad. Press
line select key next to dashes to accept target entry.
Repeat the previous steps for another target. On
Cursor Control Panel, toggle cursor target select
switch forward. Does each target change to inverse
video?

17-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel handgrip assembly.
If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
Step 28. Is HUD installed? YES Go to Step 37.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. On Cursor Control Panel, press YES Go to Step 30.
computer/quick cursor enable switch to first detent.
Verify CMPTR CURSOR is displayed in bottom
center of display. Press computer/quick cursor
enable switch to second detent. Verify QUICK
CURSOR is displayed in bottom center of display.
Does computer/quick cursor enable switch operate
correctly?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel handgrip assembly.
If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
Step 30. Press RESET switch. Does cursor move YES Go to Step 31.
to center of CMDU?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 31. From SAMU POS submenu, press line YES Go to Step 34.
select key to select CMDU 4 then CMDU 3. Was
radar data displayed on CMDU 4 then CMDU 3
respectively?
NO Go to Step 32.
Step 32. Was radar data displayed on either CMDU? YES Fault is in applicable CMDU,
troubleshoot fault.
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace RTP. If fault
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker persists, remove and replace No.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18 2 Mission Computer.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQE.
Open circuit breakers MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
3 and MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2 to remove
power from No. 2 Mission Computer. Disconnect
2TBE. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SQE pin T Hi and 2TBE pin 7 Hi. 1SQE
pin T Lo and 2TBE pin 7 Lo.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 34. On Cursor Control Panel, rotate DISPLAY YES Go to Step 36.
switch to position 3. Press copilot yoke cursor slew
switch forward, aft, left and right to move cursor on
CMDU 3. Does cursor respond to copilot yoke cursor
slew switch commands?

17-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2. If
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit fault persists, remove and replace
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9 control wheel Cursor Control
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Switch.
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
SYNC REF 2 (24TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 10
Disconnect 52VEA from bulkhead. Disconnect 2TAG
from BIU No. 2. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? System Copilot: 52VEA pin 1 and
2TAF pin 46. 52VEA pin 2 and 2TAF pin 42. 52VEA
pin 3 and 2TAF pin 52. 52VEA pin 4 and 2TAF pin 43.
NO Repair circuit
Step 36. From SAMU POS submenu, press line YES LPCR system operates normally.
select key to select CMDU 4. Rotate DISPLAY switch
to position 4. Press copilot yoke cursor slew switch
forward, aft, left and right to move navigate cursor
on CMDU 4. Does cursor respond to cursor slew
switch commands?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
Step 37. Turn on and initialize HUD. Is cursor YES Go to Step 29.
displayed on pilot HUD ?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel handgrip assembly.
Step 38. Does either CMDU display power-up YES Fault is in CMDU. Troubleshoot
indications? applicable fault code.
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 39. On CNI-MU , toggle line select key next YES Fault is in CMDU.
to MASTER OFF/ON to OFF. Toggle line select key
next to PNL OFF/ON to OFF. On Radar Control
Panel, rotate MASTER switch to ON. Does CMDU
display power-up indications?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 40. Rotate MASTER switch to OFF. Gain YES Go to Step 41.
access to radar antenna. Rotate MASTER switch to
ON. Is radar antenna scanning?
NO Remove and replace RTP.

17-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 41. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace RTP. If fault
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker persists, remove and replace No.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18 1 Mission Computer.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Open circuit breakers MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11 and
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 10 to remove power
from No. 1 Mission Computer. Disconnect 1SQE
from RTP. Disconnect 1TBE from No. 1 Mission
Computer. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? 1SQE pin S Hi and 1TBE pin 7 Hi. 1SQE
pin S Lo and 1TBE pin 7 Lo.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3442014. LPCR L VPS FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3442014)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open the YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 1TAG. Is ground present on plug pin 64?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 3.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQB. Is continuity present between
1TAG pin 64 and 1SQB pin C*?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect 1SQA. Close the following circuit YES Remove and replace RTP.
breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Is 115 V ac present between plug pins C and D?
NO Go to Step 4.

17-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 5.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQA. Is ground present on plug pin D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Close the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 6.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Is 115 V ac present on 2SQA pin C?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace RTP mount.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQB. Is continuity present between
plug pins as follows? 2SQB pin C and 1SQA pin C.
2SQB pin D and 1SQA pin D.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker YES Repair circuit.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker RADAR ANT (7SQ).
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3442216. RADAR CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3442216)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
and initialize EGI System. On Radar Control Panel,
ensure MASTER switch is selected to ON. Open the
following circuit breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On Radar Control Panel, Disconnect 10SQC. Is 8 V
dc present between plug pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.

17-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1R (8PR) on YES Remove and replace PPDU No. 2.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9and LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10 to remove
power from PPDU No. 2. Disconnect 6PRC from
PPDU No. 2. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? 10SQC pin A and 6PRC pin L. 10SQC
pin B and 6PRC pin M.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3442215. RADAR CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3442215)
Failure 1 Remove and replace Cursor CNTL Grip. YES Fault fixed.
Does fault clear?
NO Replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3442904. COPILOT LIGHTING PANEL TEST SWITCH DOES NOT TEST RADAR
CONTROL PANEL SWITCH ANNUNCIATORS WHEN PLACED TO LAMP. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442904)
Failure 2 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3442905. LPCR SYSTEM IS NOT OPERATIONAL WITH RADAR CONTROL PANEL
MASTER SWITCH IN TEST. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442905)
Failure 3 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 3442906. RADAR MODES ARE SELECTABLE USING CNI-MU , BUT ARE NOT
SELECTABLE USING RADAR CONTROL PANEL. VISUAL DETECTION) (3442906)
Failure 4 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 3442907. GAIN IS ADJUSTABLE USING CNI-MU , BUT IS NOT SELECTABLE USING
RADAR CONTROL PANEL. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442907)
Failure 5 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 3442908. RADAR FUNCTION IS SELECTABLE USING CNI-MU , BUT IS NOT
SELECTABLE USING RADAR CONTROL PANEL. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442908)
Failure 6 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 3442910. RADAR CONTROL PANEL PRCN SWITCH INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442910)
Failure 7 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 3442911. UNABLE TO ADJUST INTENSITY OF RANGE MARKS, CURSOR,
SYMBOLOGY, AND/OR VIDEO USING RADAR CONTROL PANEL INTENSITY SWITCHES. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442911)
Failure 8 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.

17-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 3442909. RADAR CONTROL PANEL PSEL SWITCH INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442909)
Failure 9 Remove and replace Radar Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 3442901. NO RADAR RETURNS ARE DISPLAYED IN ANY TRANSMIT MODE. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442901)
Failure 10 Remove and replace antenna. If fault
persists, remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 3442902. NO RADAR RETURNS ARE DISPLAYED IN CENTER (NEAR OWN
AIRPLANE POSITION) OF DISPLAY BUT ARE DISPLAYED IN OUTER PORTION OF DISPLAY. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442902)
Failure 11 Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 3442903. RADAR DISPLAYS SMEARED VIDEO IN FLIGHT. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442903)
Failure 12 Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 3442912. RADAR RANGE IS SELECTABLE USING SAMU, BUT IS NOT SELECTABLE
USING CURSOR CONTROL PANEL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442912)
Failure 13 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 3442913. PRESSING CURSOR CONTROL PANEL ZOOM ROCKER SWITCH TO INCR
DOES NOT CHANGE DISPLAY TO A PATCHED FORMAT. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442913)
Failure 14 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 3442914. PRESSING CURSOR CONTROL PANEL ZOOM ROCKER SWITCH TO DECR
DOES NOT CHANGE DISPLAY TO A CENTERED FORMAT. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442914)
Failure 15 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 3442920. PRESSING HANDGRIP CURSOR SLEW SWITCH DOES NOT INITIATE
GROUND CURSOR MODE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442920)
Failure 16 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
handgrip assembly. If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 3442924. TARGET SELECT FUNCTION INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442924)
Failure 17 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
handgrip assembly. If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 3442925. PRESSING HANDGRIP ANTENNA TILT SWITCH DOES NOT INITIATE
MANUAL CURSOR MODE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442925)

17-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Failure 18 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
handgrip assembly. If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 3442928. UNABLE TO SELECT COMPUTER CURSOR MODE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442928)
Failure 19 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
handgrip assembly. If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 26 - CODE 3442929. (UNABLE TO SELECT QUICK CURSOR MODE (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442929)
Failure 20 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
handgrip assembly. If fault persists, remove and
replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 27 - CODE 3442930. CURSOR CONTROL PANEL RESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442930)
Failure 21 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 28 - CODE 3442927. UNABLE TO DISPLAY CURSOR ON COPILOT HUD COMBINER (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442927)
Failure 22 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 29 - CODE 3442926. UNABLE TO DISPLAY CURSOR ON COPILOT HUD COMBINER (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442926)
Failure 23 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 30 - CODE 3442916. UNABLE TO SLEW CURSOR USING CURSOR CONTROL HAND GRIP,
PILOT CURSOR SLEW SWITCH, OR COPILOT CURSOR SLEW SWITCH WITH DISPLAY SWITCH IN
POSITION 1, 2, 3, AND/OR 4. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442916)
Failure 24 Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel
END OF TEST
Fault 31 - CODE 3442010. LPCR BIT FAIL. (FD MESSAGE) (3442010)
Step 1. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 2.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQD from RTP. Disconnect 3SQA from
antenna. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? Plug 1SQD pin M and plug 3SQA pin M.
Plug 1SQD pin K* and plug 3SQA pin K*.
NO Repair circuit.

17-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
a. Perform IBIT test using MIMS.
b. Record first four fault code in order listed from IBIT.
c. In order listed remove and replace LRU listed in
fault code index, then perform IBIT No. 11 - LPCR to
determine if fault has been corrected.
d. If fault persists, repeat the previous steps until all
four original LRU have been replaced. Does fault
persist?
NO Fault has been corrected.
Step 3. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 4.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 2SQA from RTP mount. Is ground
present on plug pin D?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Close the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 6.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Is 115 V ac present on plug pin C?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker YES Repair circuit.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 6. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Go to Step 7.
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQD from RTP. Disconnect 3SQA from
antenna. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SQD pin A and 3SQA pin A. 1SQD pin
C and 3SQA pin C. 1SQD pin D and 3SQA pin D.
1SQD pin E and 3SQA pin E. 1SQD pin F and 3SQA
pin F. 1SQD pin G and 3SQA pin G. 1SQD pin H and
3SQA pin H. 1SQD pin J and 3SQA pin J. 1SQD pin
K and 3SQA pin K. 1SQD pin N and 3SQA pin N.
1SQD pin P and 3SQA pin P. 1SQD pin S and 3SQA
pin S. 1SQD pin T and 3SQA pin T. 1SQD pin U and
3SQA pin U. 1SQD pin V and 3SQA pin V. 1SQD
pin Y and 3SQA pin Y. 1SQD pin Z and 3SQA pin Z.
1SQD pin BB and 3SQA pin BB. 1SQD pin CC and
3SQA pin CC. 1SQD pin FF and 3SQA pin FF.

17-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present between plug pins as YES Go to Step 8.
follows? 1SQD pin GG and 3SQA pin GG. 1SQD pin
HH and 3SQA pin HH. 1SQD pin LL and 3SQA pin
LL. 1SQD pin MM and 3SQA pin MM. 1SQD pin NN
and 3SQA pin NN. 1SQD pin A* and 3SQA pin A*.
1SQD pin B* and 3SQA pin B*. 1SQD pin C* and
3SQA pin C*. 1SQD pin E* and 3SQA pin E*. 1SQD
pin F* and 3SQA pin F*. 1SQD pin G* and 3SQA pin
G*. 1SQD pin H* and 3SQA pin H*. 1SQD pin I* and
3SQA pin I*. 1SQD pin M* and 3SQA pin M*. 1SQD
pin N* and 3SQA pin N*. 1SQD pin Q* and 3SQA
pin Q*. 1SQD pin R* and 3SQA pin R*. 1SQD pin U*
and 3SQA pin U*. 1SQD pin V* and 3SQA pin V*.
1SQD pin X* and 3SQA pin X*.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 1SQB from RTP. Is ground YES Go to Step 9.
present on plug pin A?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. Disconnect 1TAG from BIU No. 1. Is YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
continuity present between 1SQB pin C* and 1TAG
pin 64?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 32 - CODE 3442933. RADAR DISPLAY INOPERATIVE ON BOTH CMDU 3 AND CMDU 4. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442933)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace RTP. If fault
and initialize EGI System. On Radar Control Panel, persists, remove and replace No.
ensure MASTER switch is selected to ON. Open the 2 Mission Computer.
following circuit breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Disconnect 1SQE. Open circuit breakers MC 2 MAIN
(4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G 3 and MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
2 to remove power from No. 2 Mission Computer.
Disconnect 2TBE No. 2. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? 1SQE pin T Hi and
2TBE pin 7 Hi. 1SQE pin T Lo and 2TBE pin 7 Lo.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 33 - CODE 3442918. PILOT YOKE CURSOR SLEW SWITCH FAILS TO COMMAND CURSOR
MOVEMENT. ALL OTHER CURSOR SLEW SWITCHES OPERATE NORMAL. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442918)

17-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace BIU No.
and initialize EGI System. On Radar Control Panel, 1. If fault persists, remove and
ensure MASTER switch is selected to ON. Open the replace pilot’s control wheel
following circuit breakers : Cursor Control Switch.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 51VEA from bulkhead. Disconnect 1TAF
from BIU No. 1. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? System Pilot: 51VEA pin 1 and
1TAF pin 46. 51VEA pin 2 and 1TAF pin 42.51VEA
pin 3, and 1TAF pin 52.51VEA pin 4 and 1TAF pin 43.
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST
Fault 34 - CODE 3442919. COPILOT YOKE CURSOR SLEW SWITCH FAILS TO COMMAND CURSOR
MOVEMENT. ALL OTHER CURSOR SLEW SWITCHES OPERATE NORMAL. (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3442919)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2. If
and initialize EGI System. On Radar Control Panel, fault persists, remove and replace
ensure MASTER switch is selected to ON. Open the copilot’s control wheel Cursor
following circuit breakers : Control Switch.
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
SYNC REF 2 (24TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 10
Disconnect 52VEA from bulkhead. Disconnect 2TAG
from BIU No. 2. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? System Copilot: 52VEA pin 1 and
1TAF pin 46. 52VEA pin 2 and 1TAF pin 42. -52VEA
pin 3 and 1TAF pin 52. 52VEA pin 4 and 1TAF pin 43.
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST
Fault 35 - CODE 3442931. PRESSING PILOT YOKE CURSOR SLEW SWITCH DOES NOT INITIATE
GROUND CURSOR MODE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442931)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace BIU No.
and initialize EGI System. On Radar Control Panel, 1. If fault persists, remove and
ensure MASTER switch is selected to ON. Open the replace pilot’s control wheel
following circuit breakers : Cursor Control Switch.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 51VEA from bulkhead. Disconnect 1TAG
from BIU. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? System Pilot: 51VEA pin 20 and 1TAG pin
61. 51VEA pin 19 and 1TAG pin 62.
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST

17-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 36 - CODE 3442917. HANDGRIP CURSOR SLEW SWITCH FAILS TO COMMAND CURSOR
MOVEMENT. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442917)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Remove and replace Cursor
initialize EGI System. Close the following circuit Control Panel handgrip assembly.
breakers : If fault persists, remove and
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker replace Cursor Control Panel.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On Radar Control Panel ensure MASTER switch is
selected to ON. Press pilot yoke cursor slew switch
forward, aft, left and right to move cursor on CMDU
2. Does cursor respond to pilot yoke cursor slew
switch commands?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 37 - CODE 3442915. ANTENNA TILT FUNCTION INOPERATIVE. (VISUAL DETECTION) (3442915)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Remove and replace Cursor
initialize EGI System. Close the following circuit Control Panel handgrip assembly.
breakers : If fault persists, remove and
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker replace Cursor Control Panel.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On Radar Control Panel ensure MASTER switch
is selected to ON. Using MIMS, select DBTP
504030413151. Does DBTP display P?
NO Remove and replace Cursor
Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 38 - CODE 3442900. RADAR DISPLAY INOPERATIVE ON BOTH CMDU 1 AND CMDU 2. (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3442900)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Fault is in CNI-MU.
initialize EGI System. Close the following circuit
breakers :
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
On CNI-MU , toggle line select key next to MASTER
OFF/ON to OFF. Toggle line select key next to
PNL OFF/ON to OFF. On Radar Control Panel,
rotate MASTER switch to ON. Does CMDU display
power-up indications?
NO Go to Step 2.

17-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Rotate MASTER switch to OFF. Gain access YES Go to Step 3.
to radar antenna. Rotate MASTER switch to ON. Is
radar antenna scanning?
NO Remove and replace RTP.
Step 3. Open the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace RTP. If fault
RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker persists, remove and replace No.
Panel (451VE) in position P 18 1 Mission Computer.
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 15
Open circuit breakers : MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
11 and MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10 to remove
power from No. 1 Mission Computer. Disconnect
1SQE from RTP. Disconnect 1TBE from No. 1
Mission Computer. Is continuity present between
plug pins as follows? 1SQE pin S HI and 1TBE pin 7
HI. 1SQE pin S LO and 1TBE pin 7 LO.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 39 - CODE 3442013. LPCR FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3442013)
Failure 25. Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 40 - CODE 3442000. CURSOR CTRL PNL BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3442000)
Failure 26. Remove and replace Cursor Control Panel.
END OF TEST
Fault 41- CODE 3440001. CURSOR CTRL PNL COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3442001)
Step 1. YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 11SQC. Is 8 V dc present between
plug pins A and B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Remove and replace PDDU No. 1.
a.Open circuit breakers LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position U
10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 to remove
power from PDDU No.
b. Disconnect 5PRC from PDDU No. 1. Is continuity
present between plug pins as follows:
- 11SQC pin A and 5PRC pin L
- 11SQC pin B and 5PRC pin M
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 42 - CODE 3442602. SEVERE FAILURE OF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER/PROCESSER. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442602)
Remove and replace RTP.

17-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 43 - CODE 3442603. SEVERE FAILURE OF MISSION COMPUTER (No. 1)(No. 2) 1553B
INTERFACE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442603)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 44 - CODE 3442605. SEVERE FAILURE OF ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442605)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 45 - CODE 3442606. SEVERE FAILURE OF RECEIVER MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442606)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 46 - CODE 3442607. SEVERE FAILURE OF RECEIVER MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442607)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 47 - CODE 3442608. SEVERE FAILURE OF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER/PROCESSER. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442608)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 48 - CODE 3442610. SEVERE FAILURE OF EXCITER REFERENCE SOURCE MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442610)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 49 - CODE 3442611. SEVERE FAILURE OF LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442611)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 50- CODE 3442612. SEVERE FAILURE OF ANTENNA PROCESSOR INTERFACE MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442612)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 51- CODE 3442613. SEVERE FAILURE OF SYNCHRONIZER MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442613)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 52- CODE 3442614. SEVERE FAILURE OF 1553/AUX MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442614)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 53 - CODE 3442615. SEVERE FAILURE OF GENERAL PURPOSE PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442615)
Remove and replace RTP.

17-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 54 - CODE 3442616. SEVERE FAILURE OF FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442616)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 55 - CODE 3442617. SEVERE FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442617)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 56 - CODE 3442618. SEVERE FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442618)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 57 - CODE 3442619. SEVERE FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442619)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 58 - CODE 3442620. SEVERE FAILURE OF INPUT BUFFER/PULSE COMPUTER UNIT MODULE.
(FI MESSAGE) (3442620)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 59 - CODE 3442621. SEVERE FAILURE OF GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442621)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 60 - CODE 3442622. SEVERE FAILURE OF GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442622)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 61 - CODE 3442623. SEVERE FAILURE OF DIGITAL TAXI VIDEO MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442623)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 62 - CODE 3442702. RTP FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442702)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 63 - CODE 3442703. MISSION COMPUTER (No.1)(No. 2) 1553b INTERFACE FAILURE.
MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442703)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 64 - CODE 3442705. ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442705)

17-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 65 - CODE 3442706. RECEIVER MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442706)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 66 - CODE 3442707. TRANSMITTER MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442707)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 67 - CODE 3442708. RECEIVER MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442708)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 68 - CODE 3442709. EXCITER REFERENCE SOURCE MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442709)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 69 - CODE 3442710. EXCITER UPCONVERTER MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQRIED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442710)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 70 - CODE 3442711. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442711)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 71 - CODE 3442712. ANTENNA PROCESSOR INTERFACE MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442712)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 72 - CODE 3442713. SYNCHRONIZER MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED.
(FI MESSAGE) (3442713)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 73 - CODE 3442714. 1553/AUX MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442714)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 74 - CODE 3442715. GENERAL PURPOSE PROCESS MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442715)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST

17-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 75 - CODE 3442716. FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442716)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 76 - CODE 3442717. DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442717)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 77 - CODE 3442718. DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442718)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 78 - CODE 3442719. DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442719)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 79 - CODE 3442720. INPUT BUFFER/PULSE COMPUTER UNIT MODULE FAILURE MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442720)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 80 - CODE 3442721. GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442721)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 81 - CODE 3442722. GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442722)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 82 - CODE 3442723. DIGITAL TAXI VIDEO MODULE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442723)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 83 - CODE 3442802. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF RECEIVER TRANSMITTER/PRO-
CESSOR. (FI MESSAGE) (3442802)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 84 - CODE 3442803. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF MISSION COMPUTER (No. 1) No. 2)
1553B INTERFACE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442803)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 85 - CODE 3442805. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442805)

17-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 86 - CODE 3442806. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF RECEIVER MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442806)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 87 - CODE 3442807. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF TRANSMITTER MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442807)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 88 - CODE 3442808. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF RECEIVER MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442808)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 89 - CODE 3442809. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF EXCITER REFERENCE SOURCE
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442809)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 90 - CODE 3442810. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF EXCITER UPCONVERTER MODULE.
(FI MESSAGE) (3442810)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 91 - CODE 3442811. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442811)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 92 - CODE 3442812. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF ANTENNA PROCESSOR INTERFACE
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442812)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 93 - CODE 3442813. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF SYNCHRONIZER MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442813)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 94 - CODE 3442814. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF 1553/AUX MODULE. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442814)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 95 - CODE 3442815. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF GENERAL PURPOSE PROCESS
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442815)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST

17-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 96 - CODE 3442816. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF FAST FOURIER TRANSFORM
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442816)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 97 - CODE 3442817. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442817)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 98 - CODE 3442818. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442818)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 99 - CODE 3442819. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF DUAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442819)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 100 - CODE 3442820. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF INPUT BUFFER/PULSE COMPUTER
UNIT MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442820)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 101 - CODE 3442821. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442821)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 102 - CODE 3442822. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF GRAPHIC SYSTEM PROCESSOR
MODULE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442822)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 103 - CODE 3442823. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF DIGITAL TAXI VIDEO MOUDLE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442823)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 104 - CODE 3442609. SEVERE FAILURE OF EXCITER REFERENCE SOURCE MODULE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442609)
Remove and replace RTP.
END OF TEST
Fault 105 - CODE 3442600. SEVERE FAILURE OF RTP MOUNT. (FI MESSAGE) (3442600)
Remove and replace RTP mount.
END OF TEST
Fault 106 - CODE 3442601. SEVERE FAILURE OF ANTENNA. (FI MESSAGE) (3442601)
Remove and replace antenna.

17-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 17-2. Troubleshooting of LOW POWER COLOR RADAR - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 107 - CODE 3442604. SEVERE FAILURE OF CHECK SUM/DEL WG & RTP CAL CABLE. (FI
MESSAGE) (3442604)
Remove and replace cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 108 - CODE 3442701. ANTENNA FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442701)
Remove and replace antenna.
END OF TEST
Fault 109 - CODE 3442704. CHECK SUB WG & RTP CAL CABLE FAILURE. MAINTENANCE ACTION
REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442704)
Remove and replace cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 110 - CODE 3442804. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF CHECK SUM WG & RTP CAL
CABLE. (FI MESSAGE) (3442804)
Remove and replace cable.
END OF TEST
Fault 111 - CODE 3442801. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF ANTENNA. (FI MESSAGE) (3442801)
Remove and replace antenna.
END OF TEST
Fault 112 - CODE 3442700. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER PROCESSOR MOUNT FAILURE. MAINTENANCE
ACTION REQUIRED. (FI MESSAGE) (3442700)
Remove and replace mount.
END OF TEST
Fault 113 - CODE 3442800. DEGRADED OPERATION FAILURE OF RTP MOUNT. (FI MESSAGE)
(3442800)
Remove and replace mount.
END OF TEST

17-42. MAINTENANCE
17-43. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

17-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-44. Removal and Installation of the Low Power Color Radar components is described here.

Table 17-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Multimeter 34401A - Measure resistance
2 Pin, Shoulder, Headless 586R812H01 - Secure Antenna
3 Fixture, Handling, Antenna G0003442001 - To fix the antenna

17-45. RECEIVER TRANSMITTER PROCESSOR

17-46. REMOVAL. Remove the RTP as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. Open Access Panel 120A (Figure 17-7).
C. Open Access Panel 120B.
D. Open Access Panel 110A (Radome).
E. Open Access Panel 130AI.
F. Open Access Panel 130AL.
G. Open Access Panel 130AM.
H. Open Access Panel 130AN.

CAUTION

Use extreme care when handling wave guides. System in-

tegrity could be affected.

I. Loosen captive fasteners and disconnect waveguides from RTP.

J. Remove waveguide seals and discard.
K. Disconnect the 6 connectors.
L. Disconnect grounding strap from ground lug.

17-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

The LPCR RTP weighs approximately 66 pounds (30 kg).

Use two people to support the unit during removal. In-
jury to personnel or damage to equipment may occur.

CAUTION

The RTP should not be placed or rested on RTP mount in

any manner except properly engaged. Failure to properly
handle RTP may damage components.
M. Remove 6 screws holding RTP to RTP mount.
N. Remove ball-lock pins from trolley mechanism, attach trolley to lift handles of processor using
ball-lock pins.
O. Lift processor straight up from mount.
P. Slide processor outboard and remove.

17-47. INSTALLATION. Install the RTP as follows:

WARNING

The LPCR RTP weighs approximately 66 pounds (30 kg).

Use two people to lift and support the unit during instal-
lation. Injury to personnel or damage to equipment may
occur.

CAUTION

The RTP should not be placed or rested on RTP mount in

any manner except when properly engaged. Failure to prop-
erly handle RTP may damage components.
A. Inspect EMI/air seal on RTP mounting plate for serviceability and security.
B. Extend slider mechanism, release ball-lock pins, and attach to lift handles of RTP.
C. Slide RTP inboard, position RTP on mount and engage RTP in mount.
D. Release RTP from slider mechanism, stow ball-lock pins, and stow slider mechanism.
E. Install 6 screws securing RTP to mount.
F. Torque screws to 90 inch-pounds (1.0368 mkg).
G. Connect grounding strap to ground lug.
H. Connect 6 connectors to RTP.
I. Install new waveguide seals, connect waveguides, and tighten captive screws.
J. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16

17-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
K. Close Access Panel 130AI (Figure 17-7).
L. Close Access Panel 130AL.
M. Close Access Panel 130AM.
N. Close Access Panel 130AN.
O. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
P. Close Access Panel 110A (Radome).
Q. Close Access Panel 120B.
R. Close Access Panel 120A.
S. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-48. RADAR CONTROL PANEL

17-49. REMOVAL. Remove the Radar Control Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. On Radar Control Panel, loosen 6 Dzus fasteners.
C. Pull Radar Control Panel upward until connectors are accessible.
D. Disconnect 3 connectors and remove Radar Control Panel.

17-50. INSTALLATION. Install the Radar Control Panel as follows:

A. Connect 3 connectors to Radar Control Panel.

B. Position Radar Control Panel in mount and tighten 6 Dzus fasteners.
C. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
D. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
E. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

17-51. CURSOR CONTROL PANEL

17-52. REMOVAL. Remove the Cursor Control Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
LVPS 1 LH (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
B. On Cursor Control Panel, loosen 4 Dzus fasteners.
C. Pull Cursor Control Panel upward until connectors are accessible.
D. Disconnect connectors and remove Cursor Control Panel.

17-53. INSTALLATION. Install the Cursor Control Panel as follows:

A. Connect connectors to Cursor Control Panel.

B. Position Cursor Control Panel in mount and tighten 4 Dzus fasteners.
C. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
LVPS 1 LH (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M10
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
D. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
E. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-54. CURSOR CONTROL GRIP

17-55. REMOVAL. Remove the Cursor Control Grip as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15

17-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
LVPS 1 LH (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M10
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
B. Remove 2 screws from front of Control Grip.
C. Remove 2 screws securing Control Grip to Control panel.
D. Lift Control Grip from panel until connector is accessible.
E. Disconnect connector and remove Control Grip.

17-56. INSTALLATION. Install the Cursor Control Grip as follows:

A. Connect connector to Control Grip.

B. Position the Control Grip on the Cursor Control Panel.
C. Install 2 screws securing Control Grip to Control panel.
D. Install 2 screws to front of Control Grip.
E. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
LVPS 1 LH (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M10
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
F. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-57. LPCR ANTENNA

17-58. REMOVAL. Remove Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. Open Access Panel 110A (Radome) (Figure 17-7).

17-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Open Access Panel 130AI.

D. Open Access Panel 130AL.
E. Open Access Panel 130AM.
F. Open Access Panel 130AN.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rapidly rotate antenna array by hand. Slow

movement of antenna array is acceptable. When rotating
antenna base, be sure to rotate no faster than one degree
per second. The antenna assembly should only be handled
when mounted in the antenna handling fixture. Several ar-
eas of antenna and yoke are marked with a caution no-lift
tag. Failure to comply may result in damage to array or gear
drive train.
G. Disconnect connector.
H. Loosen 4 nuts, washers, and screws, and disconnect waveguides from antenna.
I. Remove seals from waveguides and inspect. Discard if not reusable.
J. Remove screws and disconnect grounding straps.
K. Attach antenna handling fixture to antenna assembly and secure captive screws.

WARNING

The antenna weights 67 lb (30 kg). Two persons should

support unit during removal. Failure to comply may re-
sult in injury to personnel and damage to antenna as-
sembly.
L. Remove bolts and washers that secure antenna.

CAUTION

The azimuth and elevation stow pins must be installed for

handling and shipping. Failure to comply will result in dam-
age to Antenna.
M. Install elevation/azimuth stow pins to secure base unit to yoke and antenna array to yoke.
N. Raise antenna alignment hooks from locator pins.
O. Remove antenna.

17-59. INSTALLATION. Install Antenna as follows:

A. Ensure antenna handling fixture is installed.

WARNING

The antenna weights 67 lb (30 kg). Two persons should

support unit during installation. Failure to comply may
result in injury to personnel and damage to antenna as-
sembly.

17-61
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Raise antenna and engage alignment hooks, then lower antenna onto locator pins.
C. Install screws, washers, and nuts to secure antenna.

CAUTION

The azimuth and elevation stow pins must be removed prior

to operation. Failure to comply will result in damage to unit.
D. Remove azimuth and elevation stow pins.
E. Remove antenna handling fixture from antenna.
F. Connect grounding straps with screws.
G. Install waveguide seals, and using Loctite 241 (per MIL-S-46163 TYPE I GRADE J), install screws
to connect waveguides to antenna.
H. Connect the connector.
I. Install bolts and washers that secure antenna to mounting ring.
J. Torque bolts and washers that secure antenna to mounting ring to 95-115 in lb (1.094-1.325 Kgm)
K. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
L. Close Access Panel 130AN (Figure 17-7).
M. Close Access Panel 130AM.
N. Close Access Panel 130AL.
O. Close Access Panel 130AI.
P. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
Q. Close Access Panel 110A (Radome).
R. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-60. RTP MOUNT

17-61. REMOVAL. Remove the RTP Mount as follows:

A. Remove RTP in accordance with Paragraph 17-46

B. Loosen hose clamp and remove hose from air plenum on RTP mount.
C. Remove screws, washers and air plenum from RTP mount.
D. Disconnect connectors from RTP mount.
E. Remove the upper mounting bolt from each of four shock mounts.
F. Lift and remove RTP mount from bulkhead frame.

17-62. INSTALLATION. Install the RTP Mount as follows:

17-62
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Inspect shock mounts and replace if required.

B. Position RTP mount in bulkhead frame.
C. Install the upper mounting bolt in each shock mount and torque each bolt to 33 ± 2 inch-pounds
(0.38016 ± 0.023 mkg).
D. Place air plenum on RTP mount and install screws.
E. Reconnect air hose to air plenum.
F. Install hose clamp on air hose and tighten.
G. Reconnect connectors to RTP mount.
H. Install RTP in accordance with Paragraph 17-47
I. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

RADAR HTR FAN (6SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 18
RADAR ANT (7SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 16
RADAR MOUNT (8SQ) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 15
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
J. Perform LPCR RTP Mount functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-38
K. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
L. Close Access Panel 120B (Figure 17-7).
M. Close Access Panel 120A.
N. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-63. CURSOR CONTROL SWITCH

17-64. REMOVAL. Remove the Cursor Control Switch as follows:

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.
A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
B. Remove the allen screw securing switch to yoke.
C. Carefully remove switch from the yoke.
D. Identify and label the four wires attached to the switch.
E. Unsolder the four wires from the switch.
F. Remove the switch from the yoke.

17-65. Install the Cursor Control Switch as follows:

A. Identify the four wires and solder the 4 wires on the switch.

17-63
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Replace the switch carefully into the yoke paying attention to prevent wire binding.
C. Install the allen screw and secure the switch to the yoke.

NOTE

Procedure is same for Copilot switch. Substitute BIU 2 circuit

breakers for BIU 1.

D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
E. Perform Low Power Color Radar functional test in accordance with Paragraph 17-34.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

17-64
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 17-7. LPCR Access Panels

17-65 / (17-66 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XVIII

TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM

18-1. DESCRIPTION

18-2. GENERAL

18-3. The Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) provides the flight crew with aural and visual
advisories to alert them of potential collision. The advisories are of varying levels and priorities. There are two
types of advisories; Traffic Advisories (TA) and Resolution Advisories (RA). The TA display alerts the flight crew
to the relative position of nearby aircraft that are, or could become, collision threats. TA threat alerts are issued
when the TCAS processor predicts the intruder aircraft is passing within approximately 40 seconds from the
closest point of approach and may result in a near miss or collision. TA presentations do not contain suggested
maneuvering information. The RA displays provide indications to the flight crew recommending either a vertical
maneuver to increase separation relative to the intruding aircraft, or a warning not to perform any change in
condition. RA advisories are classified as corrective or preventive. RA threat alerts are issued when the TCAS
processor predicts the intruder aircraft is passing within approximately 25 seconds from the closest point of
approach and is likely to result in a near-miss or collision. A TCAS warning indication is shown whenever an
RA condition exists. The TCAS display characters are color specific and conform to NVIS compatibility. TCAS
incorporates the use of an Identification Friend Or Foe (IFF) transponder system to provide the interrogation
transmit/receive response signal interface to the TCAS processor. The TCAS cannot provide any indication of
potential traffic conflict with an aircraft not equipped with an operating Air Traffic Control (ATC) transponder. The
detection and tracking of an intruder aircraft is performed by the top and bottom TCAS directional antennas. A
TA is generated for aircraft with an operating Mode S, Mode C, or Mode 3/A transponder. The TCAS can only
generate vertical maneuvering RA for intruder aircraft equipped with an operating Mode C or Mode S transpon-
der, which provides altitude information. TCAS only generates TA for nonaltitude reporting aircraft. Controls
located on the Communication / Navigation / Identification Management Units (CNI-MU ) provide TCAS control
functions. The Single Avionics Management Unit (SAMU) provides control of the overlay functions of TCAS
information on the Color Multifunction Display Units (CMDU).

18-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

18-5. The TCAS consists of an TCAS Processor, a Processor Mount, and Upper and Lower Directional
Antennas (Figure 18-1).

18-6. TCAS PROCESSOR. The TCAS Processor is the master control unit in the TCAS system. It consists
of a combined computerized control system and L-band receiver/transmitter. The TCAS Processor provides
intruder aircraft surveillance and tracking, generates RA for intruder aircraft with altitude reporting transponders,
and coordinates RA with TCAS equipped intruders. It determines if a climb or descent is necessary to maintain
vertical separation. It also generates TA to determine potential conflicts and provide timely advisories to the
flight crew. Operation of the TCAS is controlled by TCAS software resident in the computer control memory.

18-7. PROCESSOR MOUNT. Provides a physical attachment point between the Processor and aircraft and
mounts the cooling fan.

18-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

18-8. DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA. The Directional Antenna allows bearings of intruder aircraft to be deter-
mined by providing the means for the TCAS processor to transmit interrogations and receive reply receptions on
one of four antenna beams. By selecting the beam, the TCAS processor electronically points the antenna in a
surveillance direction during TCAS transmit and receive operations. Full bearing coverage is achieved by a top
and a bottom directional antenna system. The directional antennas contain an array of four passive, steerable,
radiating elements mounted at 0 degrees, 90 degrees, 180 degrees and 270 degrees in relation to the vertical
axis of the antenna. Received signal phasing is determined by the direction from which the RF energy is re-
ceived. The directional antennas are passive devices and do not require any input power. When the landing
gear is down, the bottom antenna becomes omni-directional and does not provide bearing. Intruder bearing is
still available from the top antenna (Figure 18-2).

18-9. TCAS OPERATION

18-10. GENERAL. TCAS identifies nearby aircraft with altitude reporting transponders and provides verti-
cal guidance to preserve altitude separation. This independent means of providing separation is intended as
a backup to the ground-based air traffic control (ATC) system and to supplement the see and avoid concept.
Aircraft using transponders that do not have altitude reporting capabilities will be identified, but vertical sepa-
ration will not be provided. TCAS detects the presence of nearby intruder aircraft equipped with transponders
that reply to ATC Radar Beacon Systems (ATCRBS), Mode S, Mode C, or Mode 3/A interrogations. The TCAS
provides aural and visual advisories to the flight crew, who can then respond with appropriate evasive maneu-
vers to ensure adequate separation between aircraft when own aircraft TCAS processor determines an intruder
aircraft is likely to penetrate the protected airspace. TCAS will change to TA ONLY mode automatically for a
Ground Collision Avoidance System (GCAS) alert or a Low Power Color Radar (LPCR) windshear alert. TCAS
automatically reverts to the previously selected mode when a GCAS or windshear alert condition no longer ex-
ists. The normal boundary limits for TCAS detection is approximately 40 nm (74 km) forward, 15 nm (27.7 km)
either side and 12 nm (22.2 km) aft to a relative altitude separation of 8700 feet (2651.8 m) around own aircraft
(Figure 18-3).

18-11. AURAL AND VISUAL ANNUNCIATIONS. TCAS messages generated are visually annunciated on the
CMDU, and aurally annunciated via the Intercommunication System (ICS). After a TA or RA has been declared,
the intruder position is displayed on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI), and
is retained until all TA and RA have been cleared. The highest five priority intruders, regardless of type, will be
displayed. The active TCAS mode is visually displayed on the PFD and NAV and radar displays when TCAS
overlays are selected (Figure 18-4), (Figure 18-5), and (Figure 18-6).

18-12. TCAS CONTROL. The primary control for the TCAS is through the CNI-MU.

18-13. TRAFFIC ADVISORY. A TA is displayed for all potential threat intruders as determined by the TCAS
processor. The display assists the flight crew in visually locating intruding aircraft. The issuance of a TA causes
a visual indication of the intruders relative range, altitude and bearing to be displayed on the PFD. The TCAS
processor causes the aircraft ICS to announce TRAFFIC TRAFFIC message at the time a TA is issued. This
voice message is not repeated for the same intruder. The actual time of the display and message depends upon
ownship altitude and sensitivity level. This will occur only if there is no current RA active. If a TA occurs during an
RA, the TA is announced after the RA is cleared. TA information given to the pilot pertaining to another aircraft
in the immediate vicinity contains no suggested maneuver.

18-14. Resolution Advisory (RA). A RA is split into two subcategories, depending upon the intruder altitude
and airspeed. The Corrective Advisory (aural and visual), advises the flight crew to perform a vertical maneuver
that would increase vertical separation at the Closest Point Of Approach (CPA) to to avoid conflicts with other
aircraft. The Preventive Advisory (aural and visual), advises the flight crew to continue the current maneuver
and warns against maneuvers that could reduce vertical separation of CPA to prevent conflicts with other air-
craft. Climb, for example, is corrective if the aircraft is level. In a multi-aircraft encounter, both corrective and
preventive conditions may exist simultaneously. In this case, the corrective advisory will have aural annunciation
precedence and both conditions may be visually presented. A RA directs only vertical avoidance.

18-15. TCAS MODE MESSAGES. TCAS mode messages, associated with the four normal modes and two
failure modes, are annunciated on the NAV display, radar display, and the PFD as full time annunciations. The
full time annunciations are TCAS TEST, TCAS STBY, TA ONLY, and TCAS TA/RA (or TCAS FAIL and NO TCAS).

18-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

One of these modes will be annunciated at all times. TCAS operates all the standard TCAS functions while it is
operating.

– TCAS TEST. A functional self-test of TCAS is initiated by pressing the IFF mode test on the IFF
page of the CNI-MU. TCAS TEST is displayed as the TCAS mode on the PFD for the length of the
test. The test displays representative TCAS alerts and performs an initiated background check of
the system. A successful test returns TCAS back into the mode it was in prior to going into TEST.
A failed test generates an annunciation of TCAS FAIL, or other status, to ACAWS for display on
the PFD. TCAS uses the weight on wheels status to inhibit the test mode inflight.
– TCAS STBY. This is the TCAS power-up mode. All TCAS broadcast, surveillance, and tracking
operations are disabled. TCAS traffic display is blanked except for a TCAS STBY mode annunci-
ation.
– TA ONLY. This mode assists the flight crew in visually locating an intruder. The display symbology
represents the range, bearing, and relative or absolute altitude (if selected). The information con-
tains no suggested maneuver. The TA, proximity, and non-threat category aircraft are displayed,
and no RA are annunciated.
– TCAS TA/RA. This mode displays TA and RA information. The RA information indicates the action
the flight crew should take (and/or avoid taking) to minimize the risk of collision.
– NO TCAS. An indication that TCAS data is not provided to the mission computer. Normally asso-
ciated with the TCAS power OFF condition. Can represent a fault condition when a TCAS FAIL
ACAWS message exists.
– TCAS FAIL. An indication that the TCAS system is powered but is not functional due to an asso-
ciated subsystem condition or failure. Will be accompanied by appropriate ACAWS and fault log
message.

18-16. The CNI-MU also controls an ABOVE, NORM, and BELOW altitude range function, flight level (FL)
selection and mode S identification selection.

– ABOVE, NORM, and BELOW. This function selects altitude display limits for non-threat and prox-
imity category intruders on the traffic display. Selection of ABOVE displays non-threat intruders
from 8700 ft (2651.8 m) above own aircraft to 2700 ft (823 m) below own aircraft. The NORM func-
tion displays non-threat intruders up to 2700 ft (823 m) above aircraft and down to 2700 ft (823
m) below own aircraft. Selection of BELOW displays non-threat intruders from 8700 ft (2651.8 m)
below own aircraft to 2700 ft (823 m) above own aircraft.
– FL FUNCTION. This is an on/off switch that allows all TCAS intruders to be displayed in absolute
flight levels.
– MODE S. This entry allows the flight crew to change their Mode S code for specific military oper-
ations.

18-17. TCAS AURAL MESSAGES. The following are aural TCAS messages. The number of times each
message will sound for each alert appears in parentheses. The aural messages are inhibited when any one of
the advisory inhibit discrete inputs of the TCAS processor is active, as a result of own aircraft windshear, ground
collision avoidance system (GCAS), or other external warning systems.

– Traffic Advisory.

• TRAFFIC (2). Signifies traffic alert in progress.

– Resolution Advisories.

• MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED (2) - A red ribbon restricts a region of the VVI for the PFD,
current vertical speed is permitted.

• CLIMB (3) - Climb at a rate shown on the RA indicator, nominally 1500 FPM.

• DESCEND (3) - Descend at the rate shown on the RA indicator, nominally 1500 FPM.

• CLIMB CROSSING CLIMB (2) - Same as climb except that it further indicates momentarily
passing co-altitude with conflicting traffic.

18-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

• DESCEND CROSSING DESCEND (2) - Same as descend except that it further indicates
momentarily passing co-altitude with conflicting traffic.

• REDUCE CLIMB (2) - Reduce climb to that shown on RA indicator.

• REDUCE DESCENT (2) - Reduce descent to that shown on the RA indicator.

• INCREASE CLIMB (2) - Follows a climb advisory. The vertical speed should be increased to
that shown on the RA indicator, nominally 2500 FPM.

• INCREASE DESCENT (2) - Follows a descend advisory. The vertical speed should be in-
creased to that shown on the RA, nominally 2500 FPM.

• CLIMB, CLIMB, NOW (2) - Follows a descend advisory when it has been determined that a
reversal of vertical speed is needed to provide adequate separation.

• DESCEND, DESCEND, NOW (2) - Follows a climb advisory when it has been determined that
a reversal of vertical speed is needed to provide adequate separation.

• CLEAR OF CONFLICT (1) - The encounter has ended, range has started to increase.

18-18. TCAS TEXT MESSAGES displayed on the CMDU.

– TCAS TEST - The flight crew initiated a functional test of TCAS.

– TCAS FAIL - When the functional self-test fails or the BIT monitoring the system detects a primary
system failure, this annunciation is displayed. When a TCAS FAIL condition is detected, TCAS
halts all surveillance and tracking functions.
– TCAS STBY - The TCAS is either manually selected or defaulted to the STBY mode. The message
is annunciated as long as TCAS is in this mode.
– TA ONLY - TA information only will be displayed. The message is annunciated as long as TCAS
is in this mode.
– TCAS TA/RA - Both TA and RA are annunciated, with RA given priority over TA. The message is
annunciated as long as TCAS is in this mode.
– RA NOT DSPL or TA NOT DSPL - This message is displayed whenever a target cannot be dis-
played on the screen, due to display orientation. A space block is provided next to the mode
messages. The color is the same as the alert being annunciated. The target symbol will not be
drawn on the boundary (bottom of displays) unless the display is in center position and useful
bearing information can be displayed. If the range is changed to enable the symbol to be shown,
the message is removed.
– NO BRNG - The no bearing advisory is required when directional information cannot be derived.
The color of the text corresponds to the level of the threat. The data tag is displayed in the space
block above the NO BRNG message until clear of threat or bearing information is received. The
NO BRNG message is placed in the same place as NOT DSPL and takes priority over ABOVE or
BELOW. The associated data tag is placed above the NO BRNG message and takes priority over
the FL message.
– ABOVE - This message is displayed, after being selected by the flight crew, in the same place as
the NOT DSPL message on the overlays, with BEHIND and NO BRNG having priority.
– BELOW - This message is displayed, after being selected by the flight crew, in the same place as
the NOT DSPL message on the overlays, with NOT DSPL and NO BRNG having priority.
– FL - This message is displayed, after being selected by the flight crew, in the same place as the
NO BRNG data tag with the NO BRNG data tag having priority.

18-19. TRAFFIC DISPLAYS. The threat traffic displays provide visual acquisition of threat aircraft by showing
relative horizontal positions of intruding aircraft. The displays are oriented with the forward direction of own
aircraft pointing toward the top of the display. Intruder positions in the horizontal plane are marked by distinctive
symbols; squares, circles, and diamonds. Overlapping position symbols are also displayed. Up to 30 intruders
can be displayed on the PFD NAV format overlay. The PFD HSI displays the five nearest intruders when a TA
or RA is present (Figure 18-7).

18-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

18-20. DATA TAG. If the intruding aircraft is transmitting altitude information, a data tag is presented along
with the symbol. The data tag includes altitude separation or, if selected, Flight Level (FL) data. The data tag is
the same color as the intruder symbol. It consists of two digits, indicating the altitude difference in hundreds of
feet. For an intruder above own aircraft, the digits are placed above the symbol and preceded by a plus (+) sign.
For an intruder below, the digits are placed below the symbol and preceded by a minus (-) sign. The co-altitude
digits, 00, indicate the data tag for an intruder located within plus or minus 100 feet (30.5 m) of own aircraft.
These co-altitude digits are placed above or below the intruder symbol, depending on the direction from which
the intruder approached co-altitude. The data tag for TCAS is the Mode 3/A code for the associated intruder.
The TCAS data tag is to the left of the intruder symbol. A vertical arrow to the right of the intruder symbol is
displayed if the vertical speed of the intruder is equal to or greater than 500 FPM, with the arrow pointing up for
climb and down for descending traffic.

18-21. FL FUNCTION. An intruder symbol on the PFD is accompanied by textual data adjacent to the symbol
that indicates the intruder’s relative altitude. Textual data is also displayed in the corner of the display for own
aircraft. The FL function on/off switch on the CNI-MU allows the intruder’s FL, in multiples of 1000 feet (305
m), to be displayed next to its position marker. Selecting the FL switch on the CNI-MU replaces the intruder’s
altitude indication with its FL, provided the intruder’s altitude is at least 18000 feet (5486.4 m). If its altitude is
less the 18000 feet, (5486.4 m) the intruder’s FL is displayed when valid barometric corrections are available.
While in the FL display, TA and RA are displayed in relative altitude. Once the TA or RA concludes, the display
reverts back to the previously selected FL mode. The flight level of intruders requires three digits. In this case,
three digits will be displayed with no + or − displayed.

18-22. TA AND RA. TA and RA are determined as a function of the threat logic in TCAS. The target symbol
for an RA is a solid red square with a data tag, and the target symbol for a TA is a solid yellow circle with a data
tag.

18-23. PROXIMITY TRAFFIC. Proximity traffic is defined to be any aircraft within six nm (11.1 km) and within
1200 feet (365.8 m) vertically. The target symbol for proximity traffic is a solid white diamond with a data tag.

18-24. NON-THREAT TRAFFIC. Non-threat traffic is defined as any other traffic within the range of the dis-
play. The target symbol for the other traffic shall be an open white diamond outlined with a data tag.

18-25. TCAS MESSAGES AND ADVISORIES. TCAS messages and advisories may be inhibited automati-
cally by the TCAS processor during certain phases of flight. The DESCEND command is inhibited below 700 ft
(213.3 m) above ground level (AGL). The INCREASE DESCENT command is inhibited below 1450 ft (442 m)
AGL. All RA and aural traffic advisories are inhibited below 900 ft (274.3 m) AGL.

18-26. HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI). The PFD HSI is a part time display area for TCAS.
TCAS information is displayed on a part time basis and only for TA and RA. An outer ring comprises the outside
of the HSI ticks and represents six nm. A two nm ring is made up of curved dashed segments drawn to scale with
the outer ring. The color of the ring is white. The target symbol occludes a portion of the HSI display to ensure
the TA or RA is clearly identified. A maximum of five targets are displayed, with RA taking priority over TA, in
order of priority as provided by the TCAS processor. If the threat aircraft is off scale, it is displayed by placing
half of the appropriate symbol, with full data tag, at the edge of the display in the direction of the measured
bearing to the target. The data tag remains in relative position to the center of the target symbol. The target
symbol and data tag may be clipped as they contact the outer edge of the HSI. The target symbol is clipped to
no less than half the target symbol size.

18-27. VERTICAL VELOCITY INDICATOR (VVI). The PFD displays TCAS alerts using a tape VVI that is
presented only for an RA. Once the RA is over, the tape VVI for TCAS is removed from the displays. The tape
VVI on the PFD is color, with prohibited vertical flight path in red, and the fly to area in green.

18-28. OFF-SCALE DISPLAY. The NAV/RADAR displays display off-scale TA and RA aircraft whenever the
threat aircraft exceed the viewing range of the display. The target symbol is displayed by placing half of the
appropriate symbol, with a full data tag, at the edge of the display area, in the direction of the measured bearing
of the target. The target symbol and data tag may be clipped as it contacts the edge of the viewing range of the
NAV or radar display. The data tag remains in relative position to the center of the target symbol. The symbol
tracks the edge of the viewing range of the display as long as usable bearing can be displayed. When usable
bearing can no longer be displayed, a TA NOT DSPL or RA NOT DSPL message is annunciated on that display.
If two symbols overlap, the highest priority symbol wil be displayed on top.

18-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-1. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Components

18-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-2. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Functional Block Diagram

18-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-3. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Operating Pattern

18-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-4. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Primary Flight Display

18-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-5. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System NAV Display With TCAS Overlay

18-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-6. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Radar Display With TCAS Overlay

18-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-7. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Display Symbols

18-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-8. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Schematic (SB System) (sheet 1/2)

18-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 18-8. Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Schematic (sh. 2/2)

18-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

18-29. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. A powerup BIT is conducted to test all TCAS internal and
external interfaces. If no failures are detected, the system advances to the flight operation state. If a failure is
detected, a TCAS FAIL message is sent to the Mission Computer (MC) for generation of an Advisory Caution
And Warning System (ACAWS) message, and the results of the test are stored in non-volatile memory in the
MC to be included in the maintenance data downloaded to the Portable Maintenance Aid (MIMS). The flight
operation state is the normal operating state for TCAS. In this state, the TCAS performs the warning and con-
tinuous BIT functions. Continuous BIT is performed as a background function and automatically tests, detects,
isolates, and records intermittent and steady-state failures.

18-30. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message PA FAIL.If a failure is detected, ACAWS displays a TCAS FAIL message on the PFD.

18-31. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breaker is powered by the following bus.

4SB TCAS 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1

18-32. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

18-33. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

18-34. Perform Traffic Alert And Collision Avoidance System Functional Test as follows:

Table 18-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Air Data Accessory Kit ADAC27J-945 - Adaptors
2 Test Set, Pitot Static DPS-500 - Test air data
3 Radar Altimeter Simulator ES125219-1 Equivalent Provide altitude
4 TCAS/IFF Transponder Test Set IFF-701TI - Test transponder
5 Load, Dummy (2 each) TB-6MN Equivalent Load transmitter
6 Adapter, Connector (2 each) N-TCN2 Equivalent Adapt Dummy Load

18-35. INITIAL SETUP

18-36. Proceed as follows:

A. Install 2 dummy loads (minimum 25 watts) on the IFF antenna ports (located on the front of the
IFF).
B. Connect the external power probes (28 VDC and 115 VAC) to the aircraft.
C. Power up the aircraft and cool the aircraft avionic equipment.
D. Power up the Avionics.
E. From the Pilot SAMU, press the PFD select key (Primary Flight Display) page. From the PFD page
make the following selections:

18-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

- Push soft key (1L)

- BARO IN Push soft key (2L)
- TRUE Push soft key (1R)
- INU 1 Push soft key (3R)
- ADC 1. Push soft key (4R)
- RAD ALT 1
F. From the Co Pilot SAMU, select the PFD select key (Primary Flight Display) page. From the PFD
page, make the following selections:

- Push soft key (1L)

- BARO IN Push soft key (2L)
- TRUE Push soft key (1R)
- INU 2 Push soft key (3R)
- ADC 2 Push soft key (4R)
- RAD ALT 2
G. On Reference Set Warning panel, adjust the Pilot BARO Set knob for 29.92 in/Hg.
H. On Reference Set Warning panel, adjust the Co Pilot BARO Set knob for 29.92 in/Hg.
I. On Pilot SAMU press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 1” soft key and press the “PFD” soft key.
J. On Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 2” soft key and press the “NAV RADAR” soft
key.
K. On Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 3” soft key and press the “ESA” soft key.
L. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 4” soft key and press the “NAV RADAR”
soft key.
M. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 5” soft key and press the “PFD” soft key.
N. On Pilot and Co Pilot CMDUs, verify that the following formats are displayed:
CMDU 1 PFD

CMDU 2 NAV RADAR

CMDU 3 ESA

CMDU 4 NAV RADAR

CMDU 5 PFD
O. On Pilot SAMU, press the “NAV” select key, press the “RANGE” (1R) soft key and press 5 (1) (3L)
soft key for 5 mile range.
P. On Pilot SAMU, press the “NAV” select key, press the “OVERLAYS” (2R) soft key and press soft
key (3R ) until TCAS is highlighted.
Q. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “NAV” select key, press the “RANGE” (1R) soft key and press 5 (1)
(3L) soft key for 5 mile range.
R. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “NAV” select key, press the “OVERLAYS” (2R) soft key and press
soft key (3R) until TCAS is highlighted.
S. Verify that both CNI-MUs display the POWER UP page. If not, on Pilot and Co Pilot CNI-MU,
depress the “INDX” select key and on the INDEX 1/2 page, select “POWER UP” soft key.
T. On Pilot/Co Pilot CNI-MU, press the (5L) soft key until the caption “REF” is highlighted.

18-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

It is acceptable to deviate from the alignment position listed below.

U. On POWER UP page on either CNI-MU, enter current date in format xxyyyzz, insert the INU’s
ALIGN POS (Alignment Position), Then Depress the “4L” key to insert the local Latitude and Lon-
gitude. Verify the ALIGN POS displays is corrispondent.

NOTE

For date input, xx = day (numeric), yyy = month (letter), zz = year

(numeric).
V. On Pilot CNI-MU, press the “NAV CTRL” select key and verify that the “INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3”
page is displayed.
W. On Co Pilot CNI-MU, press the “NAV CTRL” select key, then verify that the “INAV2 CTRL SOLN
1/3” page is displayed.
X. On Pilot and Co Pilot CNI-MUs, press the “NEXT PAGE” select key until the “INAVx CTRL INDX
3/3” page is displayed (x is 1 for the Pilot or 2 for the Co Pilot).
Y. On Pilot CNI-MU, press the “INS1” soft key and verify that the “INS 1 STATUS 1/2” page is dis-
played.
Z. On Co Pilot CNI-MU, press the “INS2” soft key and verify that the “INS 2 STATUS 1/2” page is
displayed.
AA. On Pilot and Co Pilot CNI-MUs, press the “ALIGN” soft key and verify that the “INSx ALIGN” page
is displayed (x is 1 for the Pilot or 2 for the Co Pilot).
AB. On Pilot and Co Pilot CNI-MUs, press the “NAV ” soft key and verify that NAV captions became
small font.
AC. After about 80 seconds from the alignment, verify that a “DEGRADED” message appears above
“NAV” captions on the CNI-MUs.
AD. Verify also that the INS Status appear at 8.0.
AE. Verify after approximately 4 minutes the previous message disappears and the INS Status is 0.8.
AF. Disengage 7SA circuit breaker (RALT #1). Connect the Shop Aid Pn: ES/25219-1 Altimeter Sim-
ulator, to J7 on the RALT #1 R/T. Reengage 7SA circuit breaker .
AG. On the Altimeter Simulator, set the “ENABLE / DISABLE” switch to “ENABLE”. Verify the RALT on
the Pilot PFD is valid.
AH. On Pilot CNI-MU press the ” NAV CTRL” select key, then press “EGI1” soft key.

18-37. TCAS SELF TEST

18-38. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

Throughout the test procedure, audio announcements will be

made by the TCAS system over the interphone system. Set and
adjust the interphone to a comfortable level.

The following systems must be ON and operational to run self test:

PFD, Radar Altimeters, Pilot selected EGI, Pilot selected DADS,
BIU #1, BIU #2, IFF.

Minimize the amount of time the IFF and TCAS systems are ra-
diating by placing the IFF and TCAS modes to STBY when not
actively testing.

18-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. On Pilot or Co Pilot CNI-MU, press the IFF select key. The IFF 1/3 page is displayed.
B. Verify the correct Mode S code is displayed.
C. Press the POWER (1R) soft key to highlight ON.
D. Press or verify the MODE S (2L) soft key to highlight ON.
E. Press or verify the MODE C (4L) soft key to highlight ON.
F. Press the MODE 3 line soft key to highlight ON. Enter code 5555 or code assigned by local tower
using the numeric keys and then press the CODE/IDENT (6L) soft key to set the Mode 3 code.
G. On the CNI-MU, press the NEXT PAGE select key. The IFF 2/3 page is displayed. Ensure all other
IFF modes (Mode 1, 2, and 4) are set to OUT.
H. On the CNI-MU, press the PREV PAGE select key. Press the STBY/TA/RA (3R) soft key to highlight
STBY.
I. Verify the PFDs and NAV displays indicate TCAS STBY.
J. Press the STBY/ON (2R) soft key to highlight ON.

NOTE

Mode Test may have to be pressed multiple times for the observer
to verify all relevant TCAS displays are satisfied.

K. Press the MODE TEST 6R soft key. During self test, the label changes to TESTING. On the PFD
the ver tical velocity indicator (VVI) illuminates to display a red bar from +2,000 to +3,000 fpm, a
green bar from 0 to +300 fpm and a red bar from 0 to -3,000 fpm.
L. TCAS TEST (green) is displayed on the PFDs and the NAV Display.
M. On the NAV display , a Resolution Advisory symbol (red square) is displayed at 90o relative bear-
ing, range of 2 nm, 1000 feet below and flying level. (Intruder altitude is displayed relative to our
own a/c altitude and is in hundreds of feet. A (+) indicates the intruder is above our own a/c, a (-)
is below, an up arrow indicates the intruder is climbing and a down arrow indicates the intruder is
descending.)
N. On the PFDs, observe the same Resolution Advisory is displayed inside the HSI compass.
O. On the NAV display, a Traffic Advisory symbol (yellow circle) is displayed at 270o relative bearing,
range of 2 nm, 200 feet below and climbing.
P. On the PFDs, observe the same Traffic Advisory symbol is displayed inside the HSI compass.
Q. On the NAV display, a Proximity Traffic symbol (solid white diamond) is displayed at 30o relative
bearing, range of 3.6 nm, 200 feet above and descending.
R. On the PFDs, observe the same Proximity Traffic symbol is displayed inside the HSI compass.
S. A Non-threat Traffic symbol (open white diamond) is displayed at a 330o relative bearing, range of
3.6 nm, 1000 feet above and flying level.
T. On the PFDs, observe the same Traffic symbol is displayed inside the HSI compass.
U. At the conclusion of self test, an audible "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" is heard over the headset.

18-39. INHIBIT TESTS

18-40. Proceed as follows:

18-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

TACANS 1 and 2 shall be in “TR-REC” mode for the duration of the

test. Once all testing is completed, return the TACANs to “OFF” or
“REC” mode.

A. Simulate the “AIR condition” mode of the aircraft, following the indication listed in the Table 18-3

NOTE

Verify that circuit breakers 25GB and 26GB are engaged. The
AIR MODE TEST SWITCH allows simulating the AIR or GROUND
condition and it is located in the AVIONIC RACK Verify there is no
airspeed simulation.

Table 18-2. Simulate the “Flight/ Ground” mode condition of the aircraft

Aircraft on Jack Aircraft Aircraft on Wheels Air

Air Condition FLT EXT PWR Air Condition FLT EXT PWR
(switch) ENABLE (switch) ENABLE
WEIGHT ON WEIGHT ON
WHEELS MOD WHEELS MOD
(switch) NORMAL (switch) FLT
Gnd Condition FLT EXT PWR Gnd Condition FLT EXT PWR
(switch) NORMAL (switch) NORMAL
GND input to Test WEIGHT ON
Points WHEELS MOD
(switch) NORMAL

B. Using the Altimeter Simulator, set the “ENABLE/DISABLE” switch to “ENABLE”. Uisng the
“UP/DOWN” switch, adjust the altitude to 1200 feet.
C. Ensure the aft cargo ramp, aft cargo door, right and left paratroop doors are closed.
D. On an CNI-MU, press the IFF select key. The IFF 1/3 page is displayed. Press the STBY/ON
(2R) soft key to highlight “ON”. Press the MODE TEST (6R) soft key. MODE TEST changes to
TESTING. Verify the TCAS Self Test displays do appear on the PFDs and NAV display.
E. Press the STBY/TA/RA soft key (3R) to highlight TA/RA.
F. Verify the TCAS mode displayed on the Pilot PFD and the NAV display is TA/RA.
G. Disengage the circuit breakers 7FG, 9FG, 6FG and 8FG for CMDUs 1, 2, 4, and 5.
H. On Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP”select key, “CMDU 3” soft key and press the “NAV RADAR” soft
key.
I. Verify “TCAS FAIL” is displayed on CMDU #3.
J. On Pilot SAMU press the “DISP” key, “CMDU 3” soft key and press the “PFD” soft key.
K. Verify TCAS “TA/RA” is displayed on CMDU #3.
L. Reengage the circuit breakers 7FG, 9FG, 6FG and 8FG for CMDUs 1, 2, 4, and 5.
M. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 4” soft key and press the “NAV RADAR”
soft key.
N. On Co Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 5” soft key and press the “PFD” soft key.
O. On Pilot SAMU press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 1” soft key and verify that the “PFD” soft key
only is displayed.

18-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

P. On Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 2” soft key and press the “NAV RADAR” soft
key.
Q. On Pilot SAMU, press the “DISP” select key, “CMDU 3” soft key and press the “ESA” soft key.
R. Open the aft cargo ramp. Observe that the TCAS mode changes from TA/RA to TA ONLY on the
PFDs and the NAV displays.
S. Close the aft cargo ramp. Observe the TCAS mode is TA/RA.
T. Open the left paratroop door. Observe that the TCAS mode changes from TA/RA to TA on the
PFDs and the NAV display.
U. Close the left paratroop door. Observe the TCAS mode is TA/RA.
V. Open the right paratroop door. Observe that the TCAS mode changes from TA/RA to TA on the
PFD and the NAV displays.
W. Close the right paratroop door. Observe the TCAS mode is TA/RA.

18-41. AIR / GND MODE VERIFICATION

18-42. Proceed as follows:

A. Simulate the “AIR condition” mode of the aircraft, following the indication listed in the Table 18-3:

Table 18-3. Simulate the “Flight/ Ground” mode condition of the aircraft

Aircraft on Jack Aircraft Aircraft on Wheels Air

Air Condition FLT EXT PWR Air Condition FLT EXT PWR
(switch) ENABLE (switch) ENABLE
WEIGHT ON WEIGHT ON
WHEELS MOD WHEELS MOD
(switch) NORMAL (switch) FLT
Gnd Condition FLT EXT PWR Gnd Condition FLT EXT PWR
(switch) NORMAL (switch) NORMAL
GND input to Test WEIGHT ON
Points WHEELS MOD
(switch) NORMAL

B. Verify “TCAS FAIL” is not displayed on the “PFD”, “NAV RADAR”, and ESA displays.

NOTE

This paraghaph is valid if TCAS processor P/N 940-0330-001 is

installed, if it is different the “TCAS FAIL “ is present on displays.

C. Simulate the “AIR” mode condition of the aircraft based on the table

18-43. TCAS TRAFFIC DISPLAY

18-44. Proceed as follows:

A. Ensure the a/c remains in “ AIR” mode.

B. Simulate all landing gears in the “UP” position.
C. Ensure the aft cargo ramp, aft cargo door, right and left paratroop doors are closed.
D. Ensure the Radar Altitude Simulation is set to 3000 ft.

18-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Ensure the TCAS mode is TA/RA.

F. On the Pilot SAMU, press the “NAV” key, press the “RANGE” line soft key (1R). Then, press 10
(2) line soft key (4L) for 10 mile range.
G. Locate the Test Set facing the TCAS bottom antenna, with a relative bearing of approximately 180o
and a range of approximately 4 feet (The testset setup shall be consistent with this distance). The
test set shall be in a position that the it doesn’t interfere with the top antenna.

NOTE

Do not connect the plate antenna and coax prior to performing self
test.

H. On the test set, press the POWER key.

I. Connect the plate antenna and coax to the antenna input on Test Set.
J. On the test set, press key “SETUP” until SETUP TCAS page is displayed.
K. On SETUP TCAS page set the following:

RF PORT = *
UUT ADDRESS = AUTO
DIR CABLE LOSS = **
ANT BABLE LOSS = ***
SQUITTERS = ON
ALT REPORTING = ON

* DIRECT CONNECT (if Antenna Coupler is used) - ANTENNA (if Antenna Test Set is used)
** Value is annotated on test set antenna
*** Value is annotated on antenna cable.
L. Configure the Test Set scenario as follows. Press TCAS key, verify that the TCAS page is dis-
played, then set the following:

TCAS TYPE = TCAS II

INTRUDE TYPE: ATCRBS
RANGE START = 10.00 nm
STOP = 0.35nm
RANGE RATE = +450 Kts
ALT START = PFD altitude + 100 ft
STOP = PFD altitude + 100 ft
ALT RATE = 0 ft/min
CONVERGE = OFF
UUT ALT = 0 ft
ALT DETECT = OFF

NOTE

The Test Set will simulate an approaching aircraft. It may be nec-

essary to rerun the simulation to verify the functions

18-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

M. Press the RUN/STOP key to initiate the test scenario.

NOTE

The antenna push button switch can be used the same as the
RUN/STOP key..
N. Verify the Nav display shows a non-threat Traffic symbol (open white diamond) with a relative
altitude tag of +01 and a relative bearing of 180o
O. Verify the non-threat Traffic symbol changes to a Proximity Traffic symbol (filled white diamond)
at a range of approximately 6nm.
P. Verify the Proximity Traffic symbol changes to a Traffic Advisory (filled yellow circle) at a range
of approximately 3 nm. Observe the same symbol is visible on PFDs (in the HSI). An audible
"TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC" is heard over the headset.
Q. At a range of approximately 2 nm, verify the Traffic Advisory symbol on both the Nav display and the
PFDs changes to a Resolution Advisory (solid red square). The vertical velocity indicator displays
a descend command. An audible "DESCEND, DESCEND" is heard over the headset.
R. On the test set , press RUN/STOP.

18-45. TCAS BEARING (TOP ANTENNA)

18-46. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

The following test will require the IFR-6000 Test Set be moved
around the aircraft upper TCAS antennas, using a portable stand
to elevate the test set to the same height as the a/c antenna ; or the
use of Antenna Coupler placed on TCAS top antenna with bearing
0.
A. Ensure the A/C remains in “AIR” mode and landing gears are in the “Down” position.
B. Ensure the Radar Altitude Simulation is set to 3000 ft.
C. Ensure the TCAS mode is TA ONLY.
D. Locate the Test Set facing the TCAS top antenna, at a relative bearing of 0o and a range of ap-
proximately 4 ft (The testset setup shall be consistent with this distance).
E. Configure the Test Set scenario as follows: Press TCAS key, verify that the TCAS page is dis-
played, then set the following:

TCAS TYPE = TCAS II

INTRUDE TYPE: MODE S
RANGE START = 8.00 nm
STOP = 0.35nm
RANGE RATE = 0 Kts
ALT START = PFD altitude
STOP = PFD altitude
ALT RATE = 0 ft/min
CONVERGE = OFF

18-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

UUT ALT = 0 ft
ALT DETECT = OFF
F. Press the RUN TEST key to initiate the scenario.
G. While the scenario is running, manually move the test set antenna around the upper TCAS an-
tenna. Monitor the position and track of the simulated intruder on the NAV display.Ensure the
displayed target corresponds to bearing of the test set antenna in each quadrant. With use of
Antenna Coupler turn the phase knob to obtain the new simulated intruder bearing. Ensure the
displayed target corresponds to bearing of the test set antenna in each quadrant.
H. On Test Set press the RUN/STOP key.

18-47. TCAS LANDING GEAR INPUT TEST

18-48. Proceed as follows:

A. Locate the Test Set directly under the airplane to block the directional antenna from the the TCAS
top antenna or use the antenna couplers.
B. Configure the Test Set scenario as follows. Press TCAS key, verify that the TCAS page is dis-
played, then set the following:

TCAS TYPE = TCAS II

INTRUDE TYPE: ATCRBS
RANGE START = 10.00 nm
STOP = 0.35nm
RANGE RATE = +450 Kts
ALT START = PFD altitude
STOP = PFD altitude + 100 ft
ALT RATE = 0 ft/min
CONVERGE = OFF
UUT ALT = 0 ft
ALT DETECT = OFF

C. Set the TCAS in TA/RA mode then press the RUN TEST key to initiate the test scenario.
D. Verify the intruder symbol appears on the NAV RADAR display.
E. Simulate all landing gears in the “DOWN” position.
F. Verify the intruder symbol on the NAV RADAR displays disappears within 10 seconds.
G. Allow the simulated intruder range displayed on the TCAS testset to run to zero.
H. At approximately 3 nmi range, verify yellow “TA XXX 01”, “NO BRNG” is displayed on PFD and
NAV RADAR displays (XXX is simulated intruder range).
I. At approximately 2 nmi range, verify red “RA XXX 01”, “NO BRNG” is displayed on PFD and NAV
RADAR displays (XXX is simulated intruder range).
J. Simulate all landing gears in the “UP” position.
K. Verify the intruder symbol on the NAV RADAR displays reappears

18-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

L. Using the Pilot CNI-MU on IFF page 1/3, press “STBY/ON” 2R soft key to highlight “STBY”.
M. On Test Set press the RUN/STOP key.

18-49. ACAWS & MAINTENANCE TESTS

18-50. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

The R symbol means "Fault Recovered" on Maintenance format

A. On the pilot SAMU press the DISP key, CMDU 2 soft key and ACAWS OVERFLOW soft key; verify
that ACAWS OVERFLOW format is displayed on CMDU 2.
B. On the copilot SAMU press the DISP select key, CMDU 4 soft key and MANTENANCE soft key;
verify that MANTENANCE format is displayed on CMDU 4.
C. Ensure that in ESA format (on CMDU 3) and in ACAWS OVERFLOW format (on CMDU2) no TCAS
fail or related messages are displayed:

On the pilot SAMU press the ACAW select key. On SAMU ACAWS page press “STORE” 3L soft
key, then press the 4R soft key and verify on CMDUs that all Advisory messages are highlighted.
On SAMU ACAWS page press the 4R and verify that all Advisory message are deleted from CM-
DUs.
On SAMU ACAWS page press the 3R soft key and verify on CMDUs that all Caution essages
are highlighted. On SAMU ACAWS page press the 3R and verify that all Cautions message are
deleted from CMDUs.

D. Ensure that in MANTENANCE format on CMDU 4 no TCAS Mantenance messages are displayed:

On the Pilot SAMU press the MISC select key. On SAMU MISCELLANEOUS page press the 2R
soft key
On SAMU MAINTENANCE page press “CLEAR “ 2L soft key ; the “ALL ESSAGE” 2R soft key and
the “VERIFY”3R soft key; verify that all maintenance message are deleted from CMDU.
E. On Pilot CNI-MU IFF page 1/3, press “STBY/1/2” 2R soft key to highlight “1”. then disengage the
circuit breakers 7SA and 8SA on Overhead circuit breaker Panel.
F. Verify that “TCAS FAULT” is displayed on ESA page.
G. Verify that the following Maintenance message is displayed : "3443014 TCAS RAD ALT FAIL " on
Maintenance page.
H. Re-engage the circuit breakers 7SA and 8SA on Overhead circuit breaker Panel.
I. Verify that “ TCAS FAULT ” clears on ESA page. Verify that the following Maintenance message
is displayed : " 3443014 TCAS RAD ALT FAIL R " on Maintenance page.
J. On Power Shileld C.B. PNL disengage the circuit breaker 4SB.
K. Verify that “TCAS FAIL” is displayed on ESA page.
L. Verify that the following Maintenance message is displayed : "3443012 TCAS COMM LOST " on
Maintenance page.
M. On Power Shileld C.B. PNL re engage the circuit breaker “TCAS”.
N. Verify that “ TCAS FAIL ” clears on ESA page. Verify that the following Maintenance message is
displayed: "3443012 TCAS COMM LOST R" on Maintenance page.

18-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

O. On Pilot CNI-MU press the IFF power “OFF/ON” 1L soft key to “OFF”.
P. Verify “NO TCAS” is displayed on the “NAV” and “PFD” displays.
Q. Remove the dummy plugs from the IFF antenna ports.

18-51. FINAL OPERATION

18-52. Proceed as follows:

A. Disengage RAD/ALT 1 and remove the altimeter simulation box. Restore the RALT’s J7 connector.
B. Restore disturbed aircraft systems to normal.

18-53. TROUBLESHOOTING
18-54. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 18-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1- CODE 3443012. TCAS COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3443012)

18-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Remove power from TCAS processor by opening
circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3. Remove
TCAS processor. Is continuity present between
1SBA3 pin 7 and 103VNB pin D (AC return)?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 3.
circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between
TCAS plug 1SBA5 and BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG as
follows? 1SBA5 pin C7 - 1TAG pin 15, - 1SBA5 pin
D7 - 1TAG pin 24.
NO Repair ground circuit.

18-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Apply power to TCAS processor, by closing YES Go to Step 4.
circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3. Is 115 V ac
present on 1SBA3 pin 1?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 4. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 5. Is 115 V ac present on circuit breaker TCAS YES Go to Step 6.
(4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position R 3 terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker TCAS (4SB).
Step 6. Disconnect external power. Remove 302VE YES Go to Step 7.
Avionics shelf. With 115 V ac applied to shelf
connector, is 115 V ac present on 302VEE pin GG?
NO Repair open circuit between
302VEE pin GG and circuit
breaker TCAS (4SB).
Step 7. Is ground present on 302VEE pin L? YES Go to Step 8.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 8. Is continuity present between the following: YES Remove and replace relay 5SB. If
302VEE pin GG to relay 5SB socket B2? 302VEE fault persists, remove and replace
pin P to relay 5SB socket B1? 302VEE pin L to relay BAU II No. 1.
5SB socket X2? BAU II No. 1 plug 5TAC pin 73 to
relay 5SB socket X1?
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2- CODE 3443014. TCAS RAD ALT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3443014)

18-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 6.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Are any of the following fault codes active? -
3413010, RADAR ALT 1 FAIL, - 3413011, RADAR
ALT 1 COMM LOST.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. On CNI-MU , press IFF select key. Toggle YES Go to Step 3.
POWER line select key to ON. Toggle STBY/1 line
select key to 1. Toggle MODE S and MODE C
line select keys to ON. On SAMU, press select key
No. 1 then No. 2 radar altimeter for pilot PFD. Did
fault code 3443014 become active for either radar
altimeter selection?
NO Troubleshoot Radar Altimeter
system.
Step 3. Remove power to TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 4.
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between 1SBA6 pins K6 and K7?
NO Repair circuit.

18-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Remove power from BIU No. 1 by opening YES Go to Step 5.
circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9. Disconnect 1TAG.
Is continuity present between plug pins as follows?
1SBA5 pin H13, 1TAG pin 18, – 1SBA5 pin J13,
1TAG pin 19.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
Step 6. Troubleshoot fault code. Does fault code YES Go to Step 2.
3443014 remain active after clearing fault codes?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 3- CODE 3443015. TCAS ATT/HDG FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3443015)

18-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Are any of the following fault codes active? -
3441010, EGI 1 BUILT-IN-TEST FAIL, - 3441011,
EGI 1 COMM LOST, - 3441013, EGI 1 FAIL, -
3441020, EGI 2 BUILT-IN-TEST FAIL, - 3441021,
EGI 2 COMM LOST, - 3441023, EGI 2 FAIL.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. On CNI-MU , press IFF select key. Toggle YES Go to Step 3.
POWER line select key to ON. Toggle STBY/1 line
select key to 1. Toggle MODE S and MODE C
line select keys to ON. On pilot SAMU, press PFD
line select key. Toggle ATT REF 1/2 line select key
to select 1, then 2 for pilot PFD. Does fault code
3443015 become active for either attitude reference
selection?
NO Fault is in EGI. Go to EGI section
of this manual.

18-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 4.
opening TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position R 3, and BIU No. 1 by
opening the following circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Remove TCAS processor. Disconnect 1TAG from
BIU No. 1. Is continuity present between plug pins
as follows? 1 SBA5 pin A7 - 1TAG pin 20. 1 SBA5
pin B7 - 1TAG pin 21.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
Step 5. Troubleshoot fault code. Is fault code YES Go to Step 2.
3443015 still active after clearing fault codes ?
NO Fault Fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 4- CODE 3443016. TCAS XPNDR FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3443016)

18-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will
be displayed). Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and
codes entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Are any of the following fault codes active? 3453011,
IFF COMM LOST. - 3453013, IFF FAIL. - 3453019,
IFF MODE S FAIL. - 3453021, IFF ANT FAIL.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Go to Step 3.
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Disconnect 1SKA
from IFF receiver transmitter. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? 1SBA5 pin F14 -
1SKA pin 28, - 1SBA5 pin G14 - 1SKA pin 29, -
1SBA5 pin J15 - 1SKA pin 13, - 1SBA5 pin K15 -
1SKA pin 14.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace IFF receiver
fault persist? transmitter.
NO Fault fixed.
Step 4. Troubleshoot fault code. Is fault code YES Go to Step 2.
3443016 still active after clearing fault codes ?

18-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Fault fixed by troubleshooting fault
code.
END OF TEST
Fault 5- CODE 3443017. TCAS XPNDR ALT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3443017)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Are any of the following fault codes active? 3443016,
TCAS XPNDR. - 3453010, IFF ALT FAIL. - 3453011,
IFF COMM LOST. - 3453013, IFF FAIL. - 3453018,
IFF MODE C FAIL.
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 2. Troubleshoot fault code. Is fault code YES Remove and replace TCAS
3443017 still active after clearing fault codes ? processor.
NO Fault fixed by troubleshooting fault
code.
END OF TEST
Fault 6- CODE 3443A01. TCAS SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443A01)

18-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Gain access to TCAS processor. Is TCAS processor
fan operating normally?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor mount.
Step 2. Is TCAS STBY displayed in TCAS message YES Go to Step 3.
area of CMDU PFD?
NO Go to Step 50.
Step 3. Toggle WOW Switch to NORMAL. Monitor YES Go to Step 4.
known good interphone station. On CNI-MU , press
MODE TEST line select key. Approximately six
seconds after MODE TEST is initiated, is ’TCAS
SYSTEM TEST OK’ aural annunciation present and
clear in headset?
NO Go to Step 42.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers 1CF STICK YES Go to Step 5.
SHAKER LH CONTR and 2CF STICK SHAKER RH
CONTR.Toggle WOW Switch to FLIGHT. On CNI-MU
press MODE TEST line select key. Did TCAS system
self-test initiate?

18-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 5. Close cargo ramp/door LH paratroop door, YES Go to Step 6.
and RH paratroop door. Ensure GCAS system is off.
Using radar altimeter test set simulate pilot radar
altimeter indication of 3000 ft. On CNI-MU (ICDU),
toggle STBY/TA/ RA line select key to TA/RA. Open
RH paratroop door. Does TCAS mode indication on
CMDU change from ’TA/RA’ to ’TA ONLY’?
NO Go to Step 40.
Step 6. Did crew report that audio level of TCAS YES Go to Step 39.
aural alerts are low?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Close RH paratroop door, and ensure TCAS none Go to Step 8.
mode indication on CMDU NAV display displays
’TA/RA’. Verify landing gear are down. Using SAMU,
set range to 10nm TCAS-701Ti - INITIAL SETUP
NOTE
The test set uses 4 Set-up Menus for TCAS: Set-Up
No. 1 - Test Calculations and Memory Store and Re-
call. Set-Up No. 2 - Operation Limits for Range and
Altitude. Set-Up No. 3 - RS-232 Communication Pa-
rameters Set-Up No. 4 - Mode S Reply Data. Prior to
performing any test, the Set-up menus must be con-
figured to the required parameters for the test being
conducted.
NOTE
The IFF-701 test set can be operated by external or
battery power. If using the battery, ensure the battery
is charged prior to conducting any tests. When ex-
ecuting the self-test function, the display will indicate
whether the battery is usable or in need of recharging.
To conserve battery power, if possible, use an exter-
nal power source.
Remove Test Set cover, and remove cable and
antenna from test set cover. Connect Test Set to
power source. Turn ON test set and allow test
set to initialize and perform a power-up self test.
RESULT 1 - SELF-TEST screen is displayed. On
the test set, press the RUN/STOP key. RESULT
1 - Test Set initializes and performs a Self Test.
RESULT 2 - When self-test is complete, the Test Set
displays PASSED/FAILED. On the test set, press
the FCTN SEL key. RESULT 1 - Switch to XPDR
MODE is displayed. If SWITCH TO XPDR MODE
is not displayed, follow screen directions using the
RUN/STOP key and FCTN SEL key until SWITCH
TO XPDR MODE is displayed. On the test set, press
the FCTN SEL key. RESULT 1 - SWITCH TO INTG
MODE is displayed. If SWITCH TO INTG MODE
is not displayed, follow screen directions using
the RUN/STOP key and the FCTN SEL key until
SWITCH TO INTG MODE is displayed.

18-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. RESULT 2 - When SWITCH TO INTG MODE none Go to Step 9.
is displayed, the test set is in the TCAS MODE.
7. Press the SET UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS
SET-UP No. 1 MENU is displayed. MODE S TEST
CONFIGURE TCAS SET-UP No. 1 MENU -Test
Calculations and Memory Store and Recall: On the
test set, press the AUTO TEST key. RESULT 1 -
TCAS AUTO TEST menu is displayed. 2. On the
test set, using the SELECT key, position the flashing
cursor adjacent to INTRUDER TYPE and press the
SLEW key until MODE S is highlighted. On the
test set, press the SET-UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS
SET-UP menu No. 1 is displayed.
NOTE
Enter information using the SLEW keys to change
VALUES and the SELECT keys to change param-
eters. Flashing cursor box indicates parameter se-
lected.
Verify Test Set is in the TCAS mode. INTRUDER
TYPE: Verify MODE S is displayed. Unit Under Test
(UUT) DIST: HORIZ = Enter 4 feet (Distance to UUT
Antenna from Test Set Antenna) UUT DIST: VERT
= Enter 3 feet (Height to UUT Antenna from Test
Set Antenna). STORE: Enter 2 9. RECALL: Enter
2. GAIN_1030= Enter value annotated on test set
antenna1. LOSS= Enter value annotated on test
set antenna cable. Press RUN/STOP key to save
entered information.
NOTE
When the RUN/STOP key is pressed, data is stored.
A period displayed to the right of the storage number
indicates the desired action has occurred.
Press SET-UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS SET-UP No.
2 menu is displayed. CONFIGURE SET-UP No. 2
MENU -Operation Limits for Range and Altitude.
NOTE
Enter information using the SLEW keys to change
VALUES and the SELECT keys to change param-
eters. Flashing cursor box indicates parameter se-
lected.
ALT REPORTING: Set to ON.

18-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 9. SQUITTERS: ON is indicated. (If none Go to Step 10.
SQUITTERS ON is not displayed, press the AUTO
TEST key and reset INTRUDER TYPE to display
MODE S and then press SET-UP key to return to
SET-UP No. 2 menu.). RANGE MAX: Set to 10 nm.
RANGE MIN: Set to 0nm 5. ALT MAX: Enter 13,000
feet. ALT MIN: Enter 0 feet. Press SET-UP key.
RESULT 1 - TCAS SET-UP No. 3 menu is displayed.
CONFIGURE SET-UP No. 3 MENU - RS-232
Communication Parameters. Use default setting for
menu No. 3. (If changes are required to Menu No.
3, Use the SELECT and SLEW keys to change the
Parameter and values and then press the RUN/STOP
key to save the information). CONFIGURE SET-UP
No. 4 MENU - Mode S Reply Data. Use default
setting for menu No. 4. (If changes are required to
Menu No. 4, Use the SELECT and SLEW keys to
change the Parameter and values). ATCRBS MODE
TEST: CONFIGURE TCAS SET-UP No. 1 MENU
-Test Calculations and Memory Store and Recall. On
the test set, press the AUTO TEST key. RESULT
1 - TCAS AUTO TEST menu is displayed. On the
test set, using the SELECT key, position the flashing
cursor adjacent to INTRUDER TYPE and press the
SLEW key until ATCRBS is highlighted. On the
test set, press the SET-UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS
SET-UP menu No. 1 is displayed.
NOTE
Enter information using the SLEW keys to change
VALUES and the SELECT keys to change param-
eters. Flashing cursor box indicates parameter se-
lected.
Verify Test Set is in the TCAS mode. INTRUDER
TYPE: Verify ATCRBS is displayed. UUT DIST:
HORIZ = Enter 4 feet (Distance to UUT Antenna from
Test Set Antenna) 7. UUT DIST: VERT = Enter 3
feet (Height to UUT Antenna from Test Set Antenna).
STORE: Enter 3. RECALL: Enter 3. GAIN_1030=
Enter value annotated on test set antenna. LOSS=
Enter value annotated on test set antenna cable.
Press RUN/STOP key to save entered information.

18-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. none Go to Step 11.
NOTE
When the RUN/STOP key is pressed, data is stored.
A period displayed to the right of the storage number
indicates the desired action has occurred.
Press SET-UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS SET-UP No.
2 menu is displayed. CONFIGURE SET-UP No. 2
MENU -Operation Limits for Range and Altitude.
NOTE
Enter information using the SLEW keys to change
VALUES and the SELECT keys to change param-
eters. Flashing cursor box indicates parameter se-
lected.
ALT REPORTING: Set to ON. SQUITTERS: BLANK
(Should be blank for ATCRBS mode). RANGE MAX:
Set to 15 nm. RANGE MIN: Set to 0 nm. ALT MAX:
Enter 13,000 feet. ALT MIN: Enter 0 feet. Press
SET-UP key. RESULT 1 - TCAS SET-UP No. 3
menu is displayed. CONFIGURE SET-UP No. 3
MENU - RS-232 Communication Parameters.. Use
default setting for menu No. 3. (If changes are
required to Menu No. 3, Use the SELECT and SLEW
keys to change the Parameter and values and then
press the RUN/STOP key to save the information).
CONFIGURE SET-UP No. 4 MENU - Mode S Reply
Data. Use default setting for menu No. 4. (If changes
are required to Menu No. 4, Use the SELECT and
SLEW keys to change the Parameter and values).
DISCONNECT/STOW TEST SET. Turn OFF the test
set. Disconnect antenna cable from the Flat Antenna
and the test box. Stow cable and antenna in test set
cover. Close test set cover. Disconnect the dummy
loads from the Top and Bottom antenna connectors
on the IFF Receiver/Transmitter. Reconnect the Top
and Bottom Antenna cables to the Top and Bottom
antenna connectors on the IFF Receiver/Transmitter.

18-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Configure the as follows: Verify the test set YES Go to Step 12.
is in MODE S Press the AUTO TEST key. Result:
AUTO TEST menu is displayed
NOTE
The (+) sign in front of the value indicates the flight
towards the UUT. The (-) sign in front of the value
indicates the flight away from the UUT
On the test set AUTO TEST menu, enter the
following: INTRUDER TYPE / ATCRBS. RANGE
/ 10nm. RANGE RATE / +450 kts. ALT / PFD
ALTITUDE +100 ft. ALT RATE / 0ft/min. Configure
the REPLY TEST for ATCRBS mode as follows:
- Press the MON/REPLY key to display ATCRBS
REPLY TEST SCREEN. - On the ATCRBS menu,
enter the following: - % REPLY / 100 - TIME / 2 times
are displayed. The first time indicates when the UUT
and the simulates occupying the same airspace.
This time is dependent on the values in the RANGE
and RANGE RATE fields. The second time displays
the total running time of the AUTO TEST or REPLY
TEST operation. - RANGE / 15 nm. - RANGE RATE
/ 0 kts - ALTITUDE / 13000 ft - ALT RATE / 0ft/min.
Aim test set directional antenna at aircraft top TCAS
antenna. Is simulated intruder displayed on the
CMDU NAV display approaching own aircraft?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 12. Allow simulated intruder to run to YES Go to Step 13.
zero range. Do both of the following occur near
zero range. Audio alert ’climb’ is heard. Traffic
advisory displayed (filled yellow circle) at a range of
approximate 3nm.
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.

18-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. On CNI-MU , toggle TCAS STBY/TA/RA YES Go to Step 17.
line select key to STBY. Connect E-TCAS/IFF TEST
BOX and set switches to simulate landing gear
up. Position test set directional antenna directly
under aircraft to block it from top antenna. Toggle
TCAS STBY/TA/RA line select key to select TA/RA.
Configure the as follows: Verify the test set is in
MODE S. Press the AUTO TEST key. Result: AUTO
TEST menu is displayed.
NOTE
The (+) sign in front of the value indicates the flight
towards the UUT. The (-) sign in front of the value
indicates the flight away from the UUT
On the test set AUTO TEST menu, enter the
following: INTRUDER TYPE / ATCRBS. RANGE
/ 10nm 3. RANGE RATE / +450 kts. ALT / PFD
ALTITUDE +100 ft 5. ALT RATE / 0ft/min. Configure
the REPLY TEST for ATCRBS mode as follows:
- Press the MON/REPLY key to display ATCRBS
REPLY TEST SCREEN. - On the ATCRBS menu,
enter the following: - % REPLY / 100 - TIME / 2 times
are displayed. The first time indicates when the UUT
and the simulates occupying the same airspace.
This time is dependent on the values in the RANGE
and RANGE RATE fields. The second time displays
the total running time of the AUTO TEST or REPLY
TEST operation. - RANGE / 15 nm. - RANGE RATE
/ 0 kts - ALTITUDE / 13000 ft - ALT RATE / 0 ft/min.
Aim test set at aircraft bottom TCAS antenna. Is
simulated intruder displayed on CMDU NAV display?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Go to Step 15.
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA5 pin F13?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 15. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening YES Repair circuit between 1SBA5 pin
circuit breakers as follows: F13 and 1TAG pin 50.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 1TAG. Is ground present on 1SBA5 pin
F13?
NO Remove and replace BIU 1. If fault
persists, troubleshoot landing gear
system.
Step 16. Disconnect antenna cables from applicable YES Remove and replace TCAS
antenna. Connect TDR and check all cables. Do processor. If fault persists, remove
cables check good? and replace antenna.
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.

18-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. Place test set directional antenna face YES Go to Step 18.
down on ramp. Press INTERROGATE switch, ensure
aircraft altitude is displayed on test set. Aim test set
directional antenna at aircraft bottom TCAS antenna.
While simulated intruder is displayed on CMDU,
simulate landing gear down. Does the following
occur on CMDU? Simulated intruder disappears.
’NO BEARING’ TA and RA message is displayed as
simulated intruder runs into zero zone?
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 18. YES Go to Step 19.
NOTE
Local air traffic may affect the outcome of the follow-
ing step. If fault occurs repeat step to ensure fault is
genuine.
Fully retract flaps. Using pitot static test set, set
aircraft altitude to 10,000 feet above field elevation.
Acquire aircraft reference altitude. Configure the
as follows: Verify the test set is in MODE S. Press
the AUTO TEST key. Result: AUTO TEST menu is
displayed.
NOTE
The (+) sign in front of the value indicates the flight
towards the UUT. The (-) sign in front of the value
indicates the flight away from the UUT.
On the test set AUTO TEST menu, enter the
following: INTRUDER TYPE / ATCRBS 2. RANGE
/ 10nm 3. RANGE RATE / +450 kts. ALT / PFD
ALTITUDE +100 ft. ALT RATE / 0ft/min Configure the
REPLY TEST for ATCRBS mode as follows: - Press
the MON/REPLY key to display ATCRBS REPLY
TEST SCREEN. - On the ATCRBS menu, enter the
following: - % REPLY / 100 - TIME / 2 times are
displayed. The first time indicates when the UUT
and the simulates occupying the same airspace.
This time is dependent on the values in the RANGE
and RANGE RATE fields. The second time displays
the total running time of the AUTO TEST or REPLY
TEST operation. - RANGE / 15 nm. - RANGE RATE
/ 0 kts - ALTITUDE / 13000 ft - ALT RATE / 0ft/min.
Aim directional antenna at aircraft bottom TCAS
antenna.. After intruder appears on CMDU NAV
display, decrease aircraft altitude by 100 feet. Do
both of the following occur? Audio alert is heard and
Traffic advisory (filled yellow circle) is at a range of
approximately 3nm.
NO Go to Step 32.

18-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. YES Go to Step 20.
NOTE
Local air traffic may affect the outcome of the follow-
ing step. If fault occurs repeat step to ensure fault is
genuine.
Lower flaps to greater than 50 degrees. Place
directional antenna face down on ramp and press
INTERROGATE switch, ensure aircraft altitude is
displayed on test set. Aim directional antenna at
aircraft bottom TCAS antenna. After intruder appears
on CMDU NAV display, decrease aircraft altitude by
100 feet. Does VSI on CMDU PFD indicate 1500
ft/min climb command followed by an audio alert?
NO Go to Step 24.
Step 20. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Go to Step 21.
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA6 pin E5?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 21. Is ground present on 1SBA6 pin F5? YES Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening YES Go to Step 23.
circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between
1SBA6 pin F5 and 1TAG pin 46 ?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 23. Remove and replace BIU 1. Does Fault YES Go to Flap Position System.
persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
Step 24. On radar altimeter test set, decrease radar YES Go to Step 25.
altimeter indication to 850 feet. Does TCAS MODE
change to TA ONLY on CMDU?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 25. Increase radar altimeter indication to YES Go to Step 26.
1200 feet. Does TCAS MODE change to TA/RA on
CMDU?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.

18-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 26.Increase radar altimeter indication to YES Go to Step 28.
5000 feet. Increase aircraft altitude to 25,900 feet.
Configure the as follows: Verify the test set is in
MODE S. Press the AUTO TEST key. Result: AUTO
TEST menu is displayed.
NOTE
The (+) sign in front of the value indicates the flight
towards the UUT. The (-) sign in front of the value
indicates the flight away from the UUT
On the test set AUTO TEST menu, enter the
following: INTRUDER TYPE / ATCRBS 2. RANGE
/ 10nm 3. RANGE RATE / +450 kts 4. ALT / PFD
ALTITUDE +100 ft 5. ALT RATE / 0ft/min. Configure
the REPLY TEST for ATCRBS mode as follows:
- Press the MON/REPLY key to display ATCRBS
REPLY TEST SCREEN. - On the ATCRBS menu,
enter the following: - % REPLY / 100 - TIME / 2 times
are displayed. The first time indicates when the UUT
and the simulates occupying the same airspace.
This time is dependent on the values in the RANGE
and RANGE RATE fields. The second time displays
the total running time of the AUTO TEST or REPLY
TEST operation. - RANGE / 15 nm. - RANGE RATE
/ 0 kts - ALTITUDE / 13000 ft - ALT RATE / 0ft/min
Aim directional antenna at aircraft bottom TCAS
antenna. Do both of the following occur? 1. Audio
alert is heard 2. Traffic advisory (filled yellow circle)
is at a range of approximately 3 nm.
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? - 1SBA5 pins E6 to
K6, - 1SBA5 pins G6 to K6, - 1SBA5 pins H6 to K6.
NO Repair circuit.

18-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 28. Increase aircraft altitude to 27,000 feet. YES Go to Step 31.
Acquire aircraft reference altitude. Configure the
as follows: Verify the test set is in MODE S. Press
the AUTO TEST key. Result: AUTO TEST menu is
displayed
NOTE
The (+) sign in front of the value indicates the flight
towards the UUT. The (-) sign in front of the value
indicates the flight away from the UUT
On the test set AUTO TEST menu, enter the
following: INTRUDER TYPE / ATCRBS 2. RANGE
/ 10nm 3. RANGE RATE / +450 kts 4. ALT / PFD
ALTITUDE +100 ft 5. ALT RATE / 0ft/min. Configure
the REPLY TEST for ATCRBS mode as follows:
- Press the MON/REPLY key to display ATCRBS
REPLY TEST SCREEN. - On the ATCRBS menu,
enter the following: - % REPLY / 100 - TIME / 2 times
are displayed. The first time indicates when the UUT
and the simulates occupying the same airspace.
This time is dependent on the values in the RANGE
and RANGE RATE fields. The second time displays
the total running time of the AUTO TEST or REPLY
TEST operation. - RANGE / 15 nm. - RANGE RATE
/ 0 kts - ALTITUDE / 13000 ft - ALT RATE / 0ft/min Do
both of the following occur? 1. Audio alert is heard 2.
Traffic advisory (filled yellow circle) is at a range of
approximately 3 nm.
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present
between 1SBA6 pin F5?
NO Go to Step 30.
Step 30. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening YES Remove and replace BIU 1. If fault
circuit breakers as follows: persists, troubleshoot flap position
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker system.
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows? 1SBA6 pin F5 and 1TAG pin 46?
NO Repair circuit
Step 31. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? 1SBA5 pins E6 to K6,
- 1SBA5 pins G6 to K6, - 1SBA5 pins H6 to K6.
NO Repair circuit.

18-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 32. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA6 pin F5?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. Remove power from BIU No. 1 by opening YES Remove and replace BIU 1. If fault
circuit breakers as follows: persists, troubleshoot flap position
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker system.
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between
1SBA6 pin F5 and 1TAG pin 46?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 34. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA5 pin F13?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening YES Go to Step 36.
circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between
1SBA5 pin F13 and 1TAG pin 58?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 36. Remove and replace BIU 1. Does fault YES Go to Landing Gear System.
persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
Step 37. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Go to Step 38.
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Remove TCAS top
antenna. Using TDR check all four top antenna
coaxial cables. Do cables check good?
NO Remove and replace all four top
antenna cables as a set.
Step 38. Remove and replace antenna. Does fault YES Remove and replace TCAS
persist ? processor.
NO Fault fixed.

18-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 39. Remove power from TCAS processor. YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between 1SBA6 pins C7 and K7?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 40. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 41.
opening the following:
circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3, and BIU 1
circuit breakers :
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9. Remove TCAS
processor. Disconnect 1TAG from BIU 1. Is continuity
present between 1SBA6 pin B5 and 1TAG pin 47?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 41. Remove and replace TCAS processor. YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
Does fault persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
Step 42. Is TCAS STBY still displayed in TCAS YES Go to Step 43.
message display area of CMDU?
NO Go to Step 45.
Step 43. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is an open present
between 1SBA5 pin K5 and ground?
NO Go to Step 44.
Step 44. Remove power from BIU 1.Disconnect YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
1TAG. Is continuity present between 1SBA5 pin K5
and 1TAG pin 48 ?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 45. Was ’TCAS SYSTEM FAIL’ aural YES Troubleshoot fault code 3443013.
annunciation heard in headset?
NO Go to Step 46.
Step 46. Was TCAS audio present, but too loud or YES Go to Step 49.
distorted?
NO Go to Step 47.
Step 47. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 48.
opening TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position R 3. Remove TCAS
processor. Remove power from the CSU by opening
circuit breaker 32RZ ICS-CSU. Disconnect 1RZC
from CSU. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? - 1SBA5 pin F3 / 1RZC pin 54, - 1SBA5 pin
G3 / 1RZC pin 53.

18-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 48. Remove and replace TCAS processor. YES Remove and replace CSU.
Does fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 49. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker 4SB. Remove TCAS processor.
processor. Is continuity present between 1SBA6
pins? Plug pins C8 TO K7. Plug pins B8 TO K7.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 50. On pilot SAMU press CMDU POS line YES Fault code is in CMDU No. 1.
select key. Press CMDU 2 line select key. Is TCAS Troubleshoot fault code 4630A01.
STBY displayed in TCAS message area of CMDU
No. 2?
NO Go to Step 51.
Step 51. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 52.
opening
circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3 and BIU 1
circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Remove TCAS processor. Disconnect 1TAG from
BIU 1. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SBA5 pin C7 - 1TAG pin 15. - 1SBA5 pin
D7 - 1TAG pin 24.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 52. Remove and replace TCAS processor. YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
Does fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 7- CODE 3443907. TCAS AUDIO TOO LOUD OR DISTORTED ON GROUND (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3443907)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Remove and replace TCAS
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid processor.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between 1SBA6 pins? - 1SBA6 pins C8 TO K7. -
1SBA6 pins B8 TO K7.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3443906. TCAS AUDIO INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443906)

18-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1.Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 2.
opening TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position R 3. Remove TCAS
processor. Remove power to the CSU by opening
circuit breaker 32RZ ICS-CSU. Disconnect 1RZC
from CSU. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SBA5 pin F3 / 1RZC pin 54, - 1SBA5 pin
G3 / 1RZC pin 53.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace CSU.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3443905. UNABLE TO INITIATE TCAS MODE TEST ON GROUND (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3443905)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor YES Remove and replace TCAS
by opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear processor.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3. Remove TCAS processor. Is an open present
between 1SBA5 pin K5 and ground?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU 1. Disconnect YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
1TAG. Is continuity present between 1SBA5 pin K5
and 1TAG pin 48?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 3443900. TCAS TA/RA MODE AUDIO NOT INHIBITED BY OTHER PRIORITY SYSTEM
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3443900)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 2.
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3 and
BIU 1 circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Remove TCAS processor. Disconnect 1TAG from
BIU No.1. Is continuity present between 1SBA pin
B5 1TAG pin 47?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 3443901. IN-FLIGHT TCAS AUDIO LEVEL TOO LOW (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443901)

18-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Remove and replace TCAS
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid processor.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between 1SBA6 pins C7 and K7?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 3443911. THE DISPLAYED POSITION OF TCAS INTRUDERS BECOMES ERRATIC
WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN AND LOCKED (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443911)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Remove and replace TCAS
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid processor.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA5 pin F13?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening circuit YES Go to Step 3.
breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9. Disconnect 1TAG.
Is continuity present between 1SBA5 pin F13 and
1TAG pin 51?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace BIU 1. Does fault YES Go to Landing Gear System.
persist?
NO Fault Fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 3443910. THE DISPLAYED POSITION OF TCAS INTRUDERS APPROACHING FROM
BELOW OWN AIRcraft ERRATIC WITH LANDING GEAR UP AND LOCKED (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3443910)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 3.
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is ground present on
1SBA5 pin F13?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Disconnect antenna cables from applicable YES Remove and replace TCAS
antenna. Connect TDR and check all cables. Do processor. If fault persists, remove
cables check good? and replace antenna.
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.

18-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening circuit YES Repair circuit between 1SBA5 pin
breakers as follows: F13 and 1TAG pin 50.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is ground present on 1SBA5 pin
F13?
NO Remove and replace BIU 1. If fault
persists, troubleshoot landing gear
system.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 3443902. TCAS SYSTEM ’CLIMB’ AND ’INCREASE CLIMB’ AURAL ALERTS
ANNOUNCED AT INCORRECT FLIGHT CONDITIONS (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443902)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Remove and replace TCAS
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid processor.
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between plug pins as follows? 1SBA5 pins E6 to K6,
- 1SBA5 pins G6 to K6, - 1SBA5 pins H6 to K6.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 3443903. TCAS FUNCTION INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443903)
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 2.
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.
Remove TCAS processor. Is continuity present
between 1SBA6 pins D4 and K7?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Remove power from BIU 1 by opening circuit YES Remove and replace TCAS
breakers as follows: processor.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Disconnect 1TAG. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows ? 1SBA5 pin A6, 1TAG pin 18, -
1SBA5 pin B6, 1TAG pin 19, - 1SBA5 pin D14, 1TAG
pin 20, - 1SBA5 pin E14, 1TAG pin 21.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 3443904. TCAS DATA NOT DISPLAYED ON CMDU ALTHOUGH TCAS TEST
ANNOUNCES ’TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK’ (VISUAL DETECTION) (3443904)

18-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Remove power from TCAS processor by YES Go to Step 2.
opening circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3 and
BIU 1 circuit breakers as follows:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Remove TCAS processor. Disconnect 1TAG from
BIU 1. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows? 1SBA5 pin C7 - 1TAG pin 15. - 1SBA5 pin
D7 - 1TAG pin 24.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 3443013. TCAS SYSTEM FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3443013)

18-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Troubleshoot applicable fault code.
NOTE If fault code 3443013 remains
active after clearing other fault
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating codes, go to step 2.
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system: Select IFF mode select key
(IFF 1/3 page will be displayed) Check POWER
ON is highlighted Check EMER OFF Set MODE S,
MODE C, and MODE 3 to ON. MODE C and MODE
3 may also be verified by checking that 3 and C
are displayed on the COMM or NAV pages of the
CNRP. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch
pad and depress CODE/IDENT. Assigned MODE 3
may also be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV
pages. Press STBY/ON select key to desired IFF
mode: STBY or ON. Press STBY/TA/RA select key
to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, or TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels is activated by the WOW switch on the Avion-
ics shelf.
Press ABV/BLW/NORM select key to desired altitude
search select: ABV (+8700 ft to -2700 ft), BLW
(+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM (+/-2700 ft). Press
FLT LVL OFF/ON select key to ON or OFF as
desired. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed) Ensure MODE 1 and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
Are any of the following fault codes active? 3443014,
TCAS RAD ALT, 3443015, TCAS ATT/HDG LOST ,
3443016, TCAS XPNDR, 3443017, TCAS XPNDR
ALT.
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 3443013 currently active? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers STICK SHAKER LH YES Go to Step 15.
CONTR (1CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 19 and STICK SHAKER RH
CONTR (2CF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position F 10. Set WOW Switch to
FLIGHT position. Using radar altimeter test set,
simulate pilot radar altimeter indication of 1300 ft. Is
fault code 3443013 active?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is TCAS processor mount fan operating YES Go to Step 5.
normally?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor and mount.

18-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. On CNI-MU , toggle line select key next YES Go to Step 6.
to TCAS STBY/TA/RA to TA/RA. On front panel of
TCAS processor, press PUSH-TO-TEST. Is ’RD’
displayed in LED display on processor front panel?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 6. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace BIU 1.
fault persist?
NO Fault fixed.
Step 7. Is ’SP’ display in LED display on processor YES Troubleshoot fault 9370905.
front panel?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is ’T1’, ’T2’, ’T3’, or ’T4’ displayed in LED YES Go to Step 9.
display on processor front panel?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 9. Ensure that no foreign objects are located YES Go to Step 12.
near applicable antenna. Ensure no standing water
is present on top antenna. On front panel of TCAS
processor, press PUSH-TO-TEST. Is ’T1’, ’T2’, ’T3’,
or ’T4’ displayed in LED display on processor front
panel?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Is ’B1’, ’B2’, ’B3’, or ’B4’ displayed in LED YES Go to Step 11.
display on processor front panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 11. Ensure that no foreign objects are located YES Go to Step 12.
near applicable antenna. On front panel of TCAS
processor, press PUSH-TO-TEST. Is ’B1’, ’B2’, ’B3’,
or ’B4’ displayed in LED display on processor front
panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 12. Open circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear YES Go to Step 13.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3 to
remove power from TCAS processor. Remove TCAS
processor. Check antenna cables for proper spring
action within TCAS processor mount receptacles
1SBA1 and 1SBA2. Do all top and bottom antenna
cables have proper spring action?
NO Repair or remove and replace
mount receptacle.
Step 13. Disconnect antenna cables from applicable YES Go to Step 14.
antenna. Connect TDR and check all cables. Do
cables check good?
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.
Step 14. Remove and replace TCAS processor. YES Remove and replace top and
Does fault persist? bottom antennas.

18-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Fault fixed.
Step 15. Remove power from TCAS processor and YES Repair circuit.
BIU 1 by opening circuit breakers as follows:
TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
(451VE) in position R 3
11TA BIU 1 MAIN
9TA BIU 1 BACKUP
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9.
Connect TDR and check all cables. Do cables check
good?
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.
Fault 18 - CODE 3443019. TCAS UPPER ANT FAIL (FD DETECT) (3443019)

18-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system:
a. Select IFF mode select key (IFF 1/3 page will be
displayed)
b. Check POWER ON is highlighted
c. Check EMER OFF
d. Verify MODE S, MODE C, and MODE 3 are ON.
MODE C and MODE 3 may also be verified by
checking that 3 and C are displayed on the COMM
or NAV pages of the CNRP.
e. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch pad
and depress LSK L6. Assigned MODE 3 may also
be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV pages.
f. Toggle to desired IFF mode: STBY or ON.
g. Toggle to desired TCAS mode: STBY, TA, TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels.
h. Toggle to desired Press ABV/BLW/NORM select
key to desired altitude search select: ABV (+8700
ft to -2700 ft), BLW (+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM
(+/-2700 ft).
i. Toggle FLT LVL status: ON or OFF as desired.
j. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed)
k. Ensure MODE 1,2, and 4are ON and codes
entered as appropriate.
l. Select code DAY A or B as appropriate (for mode 4
use).
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
m. Begin fault isolation.
n. Is ’T1’, ’T2’, ’T3’, or ’T4’ displayed in LED display
on processor front panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 2. Ensure that no foreign objects are located YES Go to Step 3.
near applicable antenna. Ensure no standing water
is present on top antenna. On front panel of TCAS
processor, press PUSH-TO-TEST. Is ’T1’, ’T2’, ’T3’,
or ’T4’ displayed in LED display on processor front
panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.

18-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear YES Go to Step 4.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3 to
remove power from TCAS processor. Remove TCAS
processor. Check antenna cables for proper spring
action within TCAS processor mount receptacles.
Do all top antenna cables have proper spring action?
NO Remove and replace mount
receptacle.
Step 4. Disconnect antenna cables from top antenna. YES Go to Step 5.
Connect TDR and check all cables. Do cables check
good?
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.
Step 5. Remove TCAS processor. Does fault YES Replace top antenna.
persist?
NO Fault fixed.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 3443018. TCAS ANTENNA FAIL (FD DETECT) (3443018)

18-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Contact local air traffic control tower before radiating
IFF or TCAS. After power is applied to the aircraft,
the CNI-MU will automatically display the POWER UP
page and the operator selects the MASTER AV ON
line select key. MASTER AV ON automatically selects
the IFF to ON and places it in STBY mode.
Use the following procedures to activate the
IFF/TCAS system:
a. Select IFF mode select key (IFF 1/3 page will be
displayed)
b. Check POWER ON is highlighted.
c. Check EMER OFF.
d. Verify MODE S, MODE C, and MODE 3 are ON.
MODE C and MODE 3 may also be verified by
checking that 3 and C are displayed on the COMM
or NAV pages of the CNRP.
e. Enter assigned MODE 3 code in the scratch pad
and depress LSK L6. Assigned MODE 3 may also
be entered on the CNRP COMM or NAV pages.
f. Toggle to desired IFF mode: STBY or ON.
g. Toggle to desired TCAS moce: STBY, TA, or
TA/RA.
NOTE
TCAS will not enter TA or TA/RA mode until weight off
wheels.
h. Toggle to altitude search select: ABV (+8700 ft
to -2700 ft), BLW (+2700 ft to -8700ft) or NORM
(+/-2700 ft).
i. Toggle FLT LVL ON or OFF as desired.
j. Press NEXT PAGE key (IFF 2/3 page will be
displayed)
k. Ensure MODE 1, 2, and 2 are ON and codes
entered as appropriate
l. Select code DAY A or B as appropriate (for mode 4
use).
NOTE
TCAS is only operational when the IFF is transmitting.
m. Begin fault isolation.
Is ’B1’, ’B2’, ’B3’, or ’B4’ displayed in LED display
on processor front panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.
Step 2. Ensure that no foreign objects are located YES Go to Step 3.
near applicable antenna. Ensure no standing water
is present on top antenna. On front panel of TCAS
processor, press PUSH-TO-TEST. Is ’B1’, ’B2’, ’B3’,
or ’B4’ displayed in LED display on processor front
panel?
NO Remove and replace TCAS
processor.

18-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 18-5. Troubleshooting of TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION

AVOIDANCE SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breaker TCAS (4SB) on Rear YES Go to Step 4.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R
3 to remove power from TCAS processor. Check
antenna cables for proper spring action within TCAS
processor mount receptacles. Do all bottom antenna
cables have proper spring action?
NO Repair or remove and replace
mount receptacle.
Step 4. Disconnect antenna cables from bottom YES Go to Step 5.
antenna. Connect TDR and check all cables. Do
cables check good?
NO Remove and replace all four
antenna cables.
Step 5. Remove and replace TCAS processor. Does YES Remove and replace bottom
fault persist? antenna.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST

18-57. MAINTENANCE
18-58. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

18-59. Removal and Installation of the Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System components is described
here.

Table 18-6. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 Equivalent Measure resistance

18-60. TCAS PROCESSOR

18-61. REMOVAL. Remove the TCAS Processor as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

18-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.

BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5.
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
B. Remove the insulation pad from the Avionics Rack.
C. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of Processor.
D. Remove Processor.

18-62. INSTALLATION. Install the TCAS Processor as follows:

A. Position TCAS Processor in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.

B. Slide Processor into mounting tray. Ensure Processor engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

TCAS (4SB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position R 3.

BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5.
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
E. Perform TCAS functional test in accordance with Paragraph 18-34.
F. Replace insulation pad on Avionics rack.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

18-63. TCAS ANTENNA

18-64. REMOVAL. Remove the TCAS Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the TCAS (4SB) circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in posi-
tion R 3.

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

18-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Removal and installation procedure is the same for both TCAS

Antennas.
B. Remove sealant from perimeter of antenna base, adapter and fuselage with sharp non-metallic
scraper.
C. Remove 4 screws that secure antenna to adapter plate.
D. Lift and support antenna clear of adapter until cable connectors are accessible.
E. Disconnect four cable connectors from the TCAS antenna.
F. Remove antenna.
G. Remove and discard old gasket from mounting surface and inspect fuselage mounting surface for
signs of corrosion.

18-65. INSTALLATION. Install the TCAS Antenna as follows:

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

A. Clean antenna mounting surface using a sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove old gasket material
and old sealant from antenna mounting surface, screw holes, and fuselage mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean mating surface on antenna, adapter, mounting surface, screw holes, and screws with a
clean lint-free cloth moistened with aliphatic naphtha.
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Apply a 0.010 to 0.015 inch (0.25 to 0.38 mm) thickness of electrically conductive, corrosion
inhibitive sealing compound to adapter surface and position and align gasket against antenna
adapter surface.
E. Connect coaxial cables to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket.
G. Install 4 screws and torque to 30 ± 6 inch lbs (0.34 ± 0.07 mkg).
H. Remove excess sealant with a clean lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha and wipe
clean.
I. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna base and the aircraft.

18-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.

J. Remove tag and close the TCAS (4SB) circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position R 3.
K. Perform TCAS Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 18-45 for lower antenna or upper
antenna.
L. Aircraft power is no longer required. As required, disconnect external electrical power in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
M. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the mounting surface.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.

N. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the
mounting surface and the Antenna.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

O. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
P. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.
Q. Perform fuselage pressurization test in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

18-61 / (18-62 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XIX

V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

19-1. DESCRIPTION

19-2. GENERAL

19-3. The equipment V/UHF Direction Finder (V/UHF DF) system is a relative bearing finder used in con-
junction with the No. 1 V/UHF communication system. The equipment provides DF capability in the frequency
range of 100.0 MHz to 399.5 MHz. The relative bearing information is displayed by the No. 1 bearing pointer on
the pilot’s and copilot’s primary flight displays (PFD). The system operates only when ADF is selected on the
No. 1 V/UHF communication system and no interphone station is attempting to use V/UHF communications.
Control of the equipment V/UHF direction finder system is through the Communication/ Navigation/ Identification
Management System (CNI-MS) and the Single Avionics Management Unit (SAMU).

19-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

19-5. The equipment system consists of an Antenna/Receiver unit (Figure 19-1).

19-6. ANTENNA/RECEIVER. The Antenna/Receiver is a flush mounted self-contained unit composed of

two functionally detached sections: a solid state antenna with an associated preamplifier, and an audio pro-
cessing section containing a master clock, antenna switching control, and power supply.

19-7. V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM OPERATION

19-8. GENERAL. The antenna section of Antenna/Receiver receives an incoming V/UHF signal and ampli-
tude modulates it. Direction is displayed on the PFD. Solid state rotation of the antenna translates the spatial
angle of the incoming RF signal into a phase difference between the antenna RF modulated output and a refer-
ence signal which is synchronous with the antenna rotation. This phase difference is a function of the relative
bearing of the incoming signal. The antenna RF output is fed to a preamplifier, and from there it is fed to the
V/UHF Comm No. 1 receiver-transmitter. In the V/UHF receiver-transmitter the signal is demodulated and the
low frequency audio signal is returned to the audio section of the DF Antenna/Receiver. The audio section
processes the demodulated low frequency signal and compares it to a reference signal synchronous with the
antenna position. The result of this comparison is applied to a standard servo loop to drive antenna rotation until
the antenna reference signal and the processed demodulated bearing signal null each other out. The resultant
change in position of the antenna represents the bearing of the incoming V/UHF signal compared to the airplane
line of flight. This bearing signal is supplied to the Bus Interface Unit (BIU), for transfer to the Mission Computer
via a MIL-STD-1553B data bus (Figure 19-2).

19-9. The Antenna/Receiver frequency tuning is accomplished through the two CNI-MU and the CNRP panel
located on the center console.

19-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 19-1. V/UHF Automatic Direction Finder System Components

19-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 19-2. V/UHF Automatic Direction Finder System Schematic Diagram ( RJ System )

19-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

19-10. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. Direction Finder equipment failures detected by BIT are
flagged to the Mission Computers via the 1553B Comm/Nav Bus and the CNI-SP. The Mission Computers gen-
erate an ACAWS message and direct the ICS-CSU to output an advisory audio tone to the flight station headsets
and cockpit loudspeakers indicating an advisory message. An ACAWS text message is also generated and dis-
played on the ACAWS display.

19-11. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message VHF DF FAIL.

19-12. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The main DC bus supplies 28 V dc power to the Antenna/Receiver through
the DF circuit breaker. A 26 V ac synchro reference voltage is supplied by BIU No. 1. The DF circuit breaker is
powered by the following bus:

6RJ DF 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

19-13. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

19-14. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

19-15. V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

19-16. Perform V/UHF Direction Finder System Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the DF (6RJ) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 9 is
closed.

NOTE

Bearings observed during ground tests are affected by surround-

ing objects and may not be completely accurate.
C. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed on CNI-MU (ICDU).
D. On the pilot CNI-MU Press line select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
E. On the COMM TUNE VU1 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until ON is high-
lighted.

NOTE

Use local procedures or obtain an authorized UHF frequency to

communicate with the control tower.
F. On the pilot CNI-MU , use the alphanumeric keys to enter a local UHF frequency to communicate
with the tower.
G. On the CNI-MU , press the IDENT key to enter frequency.

19-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: UHF frequency is entered in Transceiver.

H. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the select key adjacent to TR/TR+G/DF until
DF is highlighted.
Verify that: V/UHF-1 is in the DF mode.
Verify that: The No. 1 bearing pointer source is V/UHF-DF.
I. Establish communications with the local control tower and request a long count.
J. During the long count from the tower, the pilot No. 1 bearing pointer has the following results:
Verify that: Moves to indicate the bearing to the transmitting station.
Verify that: Pointer rotates smoothly and assumes a definite bearing relative to the transmitting
station.
K. Secure communications with the tower.
L. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed on CNI-MU (ICDU).
M. On the pilot CNI-MU Press line select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
N. On the COMM TUNE VU1 page, press line select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: VHF-1 is turned OFF.
O. End of Test.

19-17. TROUBLESHOOTING
19-18. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 19-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3451A01.
DFE Direction Finder System Fault (Visual Detection). (3451A01)

19-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Direction finder system operation
CMDUs. Close circuit breakers as follows: normal.
DF (6RJ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE} in position D 9
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
VOR 1 (3RS) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 15
On SAMU main menu, press line select key next
to NAV SELECT, press line select key next to
PILOT/COPILOT until PILOT is highlighted, press
line select key to PNTR 1. On POINTER 1 menu,
press line select key next to VOR 1, press COMM
TUNE key, press line select key next to U1, press line
select key next to PWR until ON is highlighted. Use
alphanumeric keys to enter a local station frequency.
NOTE
Bearings observed during ground tests may be af-
fected by surrounding objects and should be consid-
ered approximate.
Establish communication with local station and
request long count radio check. During long count,
press line select key next to ADF/MN/GD/BTH until
ADF is highlighted. Does DF Bearing Pointer No. 1
on CMDU move to indicate bearing to transmitting
station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 3.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9. Gain
access to Antenna Direction Finder and disconnect
1RJA. Is ground present on plug pin N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers as follows to remove YES Go to Step 4.
power from BIU No. 1:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 1TAH. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows?
- 1RJA pin A and 1TAH pin 11
- 1RJA pin B and 1TAH pin 3
- 1RJA pin C and 1TAH pin 1
- 1RJA pin P and 1TAH pin 2
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Close circuit breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on YES Go to Step 6.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
9. Is 26 V ac present on 1RJA pin A?
NO Go to Step 5.

19-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 5. Is 26 V ac present on circuit breaker SYNC YES Repair open circuit between circuit
REF 1 (23TA) terminal 2? breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA)
terminal 2 and 1RJA pin A.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA).
Step 6. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Go to Step 7.
DF (6RJ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE} in position D 9
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
Swap No. 1 and No. 2 V/UHF receiver transmitters.
Close circuit breakers as follows:
DF (6RJ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE} in position D 9
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty V/UHF
receiver transmitter.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 8.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9 to
remove power from Antenna Direction Finder. Gain
access to Antenna Direction Finder and disconnect
1RJA. Is ground present on plug pins L and X?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Close circuit breaker DF (6RJ) to apply YES Go to Step 10.
power to Antenna Direction Finder. Is 28 V dc
present on plug pin M?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker DF YES Repair circuit between 1RJA pin
(6RJ) terminal 2? M and circuit breaker DF (6RJ)
terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker 6RJ DF.
Step 10. Open circuit breakers DF (6RJ) on YES Go to Step 11.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position
D 9 and VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 20. Disconnect 1RJA and 1RAB. Is continuity
present between 1RJA pin K and 1RAB pin 31?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Disconnect 1RJB from Antenna Direction YES Remove and replace Antenna
Finder. Disconnect 1RAC. Using TDR check coaxial Direction Finder. If problem
cable. Does coaxial cable check good? persists, remove and replace
V/UHF 1 transceiver.
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
END OF TEST

19-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 2 - CODE 3451901. BEARING POINT DO NOT INDICATE CORRECT BEARING OF RECEIVED UHF
COMMUNICATION STATION WITH UHF MODE SELECTED TO ADF (VISUAL DETECTION) (3451901)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9. Gain
access to Antenna Direction Finder and disconnect
1RJA. Is ground present on plug pin N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers as follows to remove YES Go to Step 3.
power from BIU No. 1:
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 9
Disconnect 1TAH. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows?
- 1RJA pin A and 1TAH pin 11
- 1RJA pin B and 1TAH pin 3
- 1RJA pin C and 1TAH pin 1
- 1RJA pin P and 1TAH pin 2
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Close circuit breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on YES Go to Step 4.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P
9. Is 26 V ac present on 1RJA pin A?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 4. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Go to Step 5.
DF (6RJ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE} in position D 9
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
Swap No. 1 and No. 2 V/UHF receiver transmitters.
Close circuit breakers as follows:
DF (6RJ) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE} in position D 9
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20
VHF/UHF 2 RCVR XMTR (14RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 5
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty V/UHF
receiver transmitter.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 6.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9 to
remove power from Antenna Direction Finder. Gain
access to Antenna Direction Finder and disconnect
1RJA. Is ground present on plug pins L and X?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 7.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9 to
apply power to Antenna Direction Finder. Is 28 V dc
present on plug pin M?

19-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 19-2. Troubleshooting of V/UHF DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 7. Open circuit breakers DF (6RJ) on Overhead YES Go to Step 8.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE} in position D 9 and
VHF/UHF 1 RCVR XMTR (15RA) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 20.
Disconnect 1RJA and 1RAB. Is continuity present
between 1RJA pin K and 1RAB pin 31?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 1RJB from Antenna Direction YES Remove and replace Antenna
Finder. Disconnect 1RAC. Using TDR check coaxial Direction Finder. If problem
cable. Does coaxial cable check good? persists, remove and replace
V/UHF 1 transceiver.
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 9. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker DF YES Repair circuit between 1RJA pin
(6RJ) terminal 2? M and circuit breaker DF (6RJ)
terminal 2.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker DF (6RJ).
Step 10. Is 26 V ac present on circuit breaker SYNC YES Repair open circuit between circuit
REF 1 (23TA) terminal 2? breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA)
terminal 2 and 1RJA pin A.
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker SYNC REF 1 (23TA).
END OF TEST

19-20. MAINTENANCE
19-21. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

19-22. Removal and Installation of the V/UHF Direction Finder System components is described here.

19-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 19-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 - Measure resistance

19-23. ANTENNA/RECEIVER UNIT

19-24. REMOVAL. Remove the Antenna/Receiver as follows:

A. Open and tag the DF (6RJ) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 9.
B. Remove Antenna/Receiver cover as follows:

1. Loosen 6 screws around edge of cover by turning one quarter turn counterclockwise.
2. Remove Antenna/Receiver cover.
C. Remove screws and washers that secure Antenna/Receiver to the mount.
D. Lower Antenna/Receiver to gain access to the cable connector on the antenna.
E. Disconnect cable connector and remove Antenna/Receiver.
F. Inspect fuselage surface for signs of corrosion.

19-25. INSTALLATION. Install the Antenna/Receiver as follows:

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

A. Clean mating surfaces of Antenna/Receiver and mounting spacer thoroughly using a clean lint-free
rag moistened with cleaning solution (TT-N-95).
B. Connect cable connector to Antenna/Receiver.
C. Position and align Antenna/Receiver on mounting surface.
D. Install screws and washers to secure Antenna/Receiver.
E. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the Antenna/Receiver and the
mount, and the mount and the aircraft.
Verify that: Reading should be 0.0025 Ohms or less.
F. Remove tag and close the DF (6RJ) circuit breaker.
G. Perform the V/UHF DF Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 19-16
H. Align cover and install 6 screws around edge of cover.
I. Tighten screws by turning clockwise until flush with aircraft skin.
J. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

19-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XX

TACAN SYSTEM

20-1. DESCRIPTION

20-2. GENERAL

20-3. The advanced digital TACAN system is a polar coordinate navigation system used to determine the rel-
ative bearing and/or slant-range distance, velocity, and time-to-go to a TACAN ground station (surface beacon)
or cooperating aircraft transmitting bearing and/or distance information. The TACAN system does not produce
and transmit bearing information. Only distance information is supplied to an interrogating aircraft. Operating
range of the TACAN system is limited to line-of-sight and depends on the aircraft altitude and type of terrain. The
TACAN system utilizes the MIL-STD-1553B (1553B) data bus for interface between the TACAN receiver-trans-
mitter, mission computer, and Communication/Navigation/ Identification Management System (CNI-MS).

20-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

20-5. The TACAN systems consist of two TACAN Receiver-Transmitters (R/T) and shares four communica-
tions antennas with V/UHF No. 1 and V/UHF No. 2 (Figure 20-1).

20-6. RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER. The R/T are located under the radome on the bulkhead. The R/T is
controlled from the CNI-MU (ICDU). The system operates on a selected channel from 252 TACAN channels
available. The 252 channels are equally divided into 126 X channels and 126 Y channels, with both X and Y
channels spaced 1 MHz apart. The transmitter section transmits interrogation pulses in the frequency ranges
of 1,025 to 1,150 MHz. The receiver section operates in the frequency range of 962 to 1,213 MHz. The receiver
section receives surface beacon pulses and prepares the information to be sent to the Mission Computer (MC)
for distribution to the digital flight director system and the Primary Flight Display (PFD) horizontal situation indi-
cator for use by the flight crew for navigation guidance.

20-7. Antennas. The antennas are combination type V/UHF/TACAN antennas.

20-8. TACAN SYSTEM OPERATION

20-9. GENERAL. The AN/ARN-153 TACAN system operates in the following modes: Receive (REC), Trans-
mit-Receive (T/R), Air-to-Air Transmit-Receive (A/A T/R), Air-to-Air Receive (A/A REC), and self-test.

20-10. Receive (REC) Mode. In the REC mode, the TACAN system measures the fundamental bearing of
a selected TACAN surface beacon. The fundamental bearing is the angle to the surface beacon referenced to
magnetic north. The continuously transmitted bearing signal from the surface beacon is received by the airborne
TACAN antenna and supplied to the TACAN system). Relative bearing of the surface beacon is calculated in the
CNI-MS from this TACAN fundamental bearing and the aircraft heading from the embedded global positioning
system. Course information is added to the bearing information and the CNI-MS calculates course deviation and
TO-FROM information. The absolute bearing, course deviation, distance, and TO-FROM information is sent to
the mission computer for display on the PFD HSI for use by the flight crew.
TACAN Surface Beacon Channel. The flight crew selects the desired TACAN surface beacon channel and the
receive (REC) mode on the CNI-MU (ICDU). The CNI-MU produces a control word which contains channel,

20-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

mode, and data transmission control information. The control word is applied via the 1553B data bus to the
R/T. The control word tunes the R/T to the correct frequency for the selected surface beacon channel. When
two antennas are used, it is possible that a usable signal can only be obtained from one of the two antennas.
The control word mode information places the R/T in the receive mode. In the receive mode, the R/T does not
interrogate the surface beacon but receives the continuously transmitted bearing signal. The 962 to 1213 MHz
signal is received on either antenna 1 or 2 and supplied to the R/T. The specific frequency in the 962 to 1213
MHz frequency range depends on the channel selected. Antenna scanning is software inhibited in air-to-ground
modes and only the lower antenna is used.

Bearing Signal. The R/T processes the incoming signal to calculate the aircraft bearing with respect to the
selected TACAN surface beacon. The digital bearing information is interfaced with aircraft magnetic bearing
inputs from the embedded global positioning system to generate relative bearing. This information is sent, via
1553B data bus, to the mission computer for display on the PFD HSI. The PFD HSI displays relative bearing to
the surface beacon, deviation from selected course, and whether the selected course is toward or away from
the surface beacon. When the aircraft is flying a heading equal to the relative bearing and selected course, the
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) is centered and the TO-FROM arrow indicates that the aircraft is flying to the
surface beacon. When the aircraft is flying a heading equal to the course, and the relative bearing is 180 degrees
from the heading, the CDI will be centered and the TO-FROM arrow indicates the aircraft is flying directly away
from the beacon. Bearing data to selected station is digitally displayed on the PFD HSI.

Station Identification Signal. At approximately 30 second intervals, the surface beacon is interrupted and re-
placed with a 1350 Hz station identification signal. The signal is a 3 or 4 letter code group that is decoded by the
processor inside the R/T to generate the aural identification signal. The identification signal is supplied to the
Intercommunication System (ICS). The flight crew adjusts the volume control for the desired audio level. When
signals from more than one station are being received the processor garbles the identification signal, making
it unintelligible. This alerts the flight crew that the information displayed by the navigation instruments may be
from a station other than selected and should be cross-checked against other flight information available in the
cockpit or totally disregarded.

20-11. Transmit-Receive Mode. In the T/R mode, the TACAN system measures fundamental bearing and
calculates relative bearing, slant-range distance, velocity, and time-to-station to the selected TACAN surface
beacon. The TACAN system interrogates the surface beacon and the surface beacon inserts a distance reply
pulse pair into the transmitted surface beacon signal. The signal is received by the airborne TACAN antenna
and supplied to the R/T for processing and generation of distance and bearing, and to the CNI-SP to calculate
course deviation. The bearing-to-station, distance and course deviation are sent from the CNI-SP to the mission
computer for display on the HSI.
Frequency Selection. The flight crew selects the desired TACAN station frequency (channel) and T/R mode on
the CNI-MU or CNBP. The CNI-SP sends to the TACAN R/T, via the 1553B data bus, the control word which
contains channel, mode, and transmission control information. In T/R mode, both the receiver and transmitter
circuits are enabled. However, the transmitter is inhibited unless a valid TACAN signal is being received from
the surface beacon.

Control Word. The input/output control circuits receives the 1553B data bus control word and supplies the se-
lected control information to the processor assembly. The processor decodes the word and supplies tuning and
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) signals to the transmitter and receiver circuits. The control word mode informa-
tion places the receiver in the T/R mode. In T/R mode, both the transmitter and receiver circuits are enabled,
however the transmitter is inhibited unless a valid TACAN signal is being received from the surface beacon.
Antenna scanning (for signal strength) is software inhibited in air-to-ground modes and only the lower antenna
is used.

Bearing Signal. Processing of the bearing information is the same as described in REC mode operation,
Paragraph 20-10.

Distance Information. Calculation of distance information begins by transmitting an interrogation pulse to the
surface beacon. At transmit time, the processor generates a Power Amplifier (PA) trigger pulse pair to turn the
transmitter circuits on. The transmitter is tuned to the correct frequency and produces a 1025 to 1150 MHz
interrogation pulse pair that is supplied to the T/R switch. The exact frequency of the pulse pair depends on
which TACAN channel has been selected. Interrogation pulse pairs are generated at nominal 64 Pulse Pairs
Per Second (pp/s) when the R/T is in the search mode and a nominal 12 pp/s when the R/T is in the track mode.

Suppression Pulse. Along with the interrogation pulse pairs, a suppression pulse is supplied to the T/R switch.
The suppression pulse enables the T/R switch to pass the interrogation pulse to the antenna circuits and blocks
the interrogation pulses from entering the receiver. The receiver operates at very low power levels. High power
interrogation pulses will cause damage to the receiver.

20-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Antenna Circuit. The antenna circuits radiate interrogation pulses to the surface beacon. After the surface
beacon receives the interrogation pulse a 50 microsecond delay occurs before a distance reply is generated.
The surface beacon inserts the distance reply into the distance/bearing signals transmitted back to the TACAN
system. The TACAN antenna receives the 962 to 1213 MHz signal from the surface and supplies it via the T/R
switch to the receiver circuits. The receiver converts the distance reply into a video signal that is supplied to the
processor.

Processor. The processor decodes the distance reply pulses and calculates slant-range distance, aircraft veloc-
ity, and time-to-station to the selected surface beacon. Slant-range distance, velocity, and time-to-station words
are output from the processor. Slant range distance, aircraft velocity, and time-to-station words are combined
with bearing word information and sent, via 1553B data bus, to the CNI-SP which supplies the data to the mis-
sion computer for display on the PFD HSI.

T/R Audio Identification. Processing of the bearing information is the same as described in REC mode operation,
Paragraph 20-10.

20-12. Air-to-Air Transmit-Receive (A/A T/R) Mode. In all TACAN systems there is the possibility of interfer-
ence from IFF transponder, and DME signals when operating in the air-to-air modes. This is minimized when
the Y channels are used in air-to-air modes and channels 1 through 11, 58 through 74, and 121 through 126 are
avoided. In A/A T/R mode, the TACAN system receives information from a cooperating aircraft (airborne beacon)
equipped to transmit bearing and distance signals. When the AGC in the R/T is disabled, bearing information
becomes unreliable and only distance information is available. If the cooperating aircraft is not equipped with
bearing producing and transmitting equipment, only distance information is received in A/A T/R mode. Before
beginning operation, the cooperating aircraft must be contacted to establish transmit/receive frequencies with a
63 channel separation. This separation simulates the normal spacing between frequencies when a surface bea-
con is used. While in A/A T/R mode, the TACAN system can transmit range replies to at least five interrogating
aircraft. The TACAN operates as described for the T/R mode, except that the transmitter is enabled, operating
whether or not a valid TACAN signal is being received from the airborne beacon and antenna scanning is en-
abled. When two antennas are used, it is possible that a usable signal can only be obtained from one of the two
antennas. The R/T scans both antennas until a usable beacon signal is received, then scanning stops and the
antenna with the usable signal is used to receive the beacon signal. The flight crew selects A/A T/R from the
CNI-MU or CNBP, and the control word is supplied to the processor from the CNI-SP via the 1553B data bus.
The processor decodes the control word and supplies tuning, AGC, suppression signals to the transmitter and
receiver circuits, and the T/R switch. In A/A T/R, both the transmitter and receiver are enabled to interrogate
and receive information from an aircraft transmitting distance and bearing information. The TACAN system also
responds by generating distance replies when receiving interrogations from other aircraft. The distance replies
are similar to those generated by a surface beacon, except that only a single reply pulse is generated.

20-13. Air-to-Air Receive Mode. The TACAN system operates as described for REC mode of operation,
except the bearing information is received from a cooperating aircraft (airborne beacon) transmitting bearing
information and antenna scanning is enabled. The R/T scans both antennas until a usable beacon signal is
received, then scanning stops and the antenna with the usable signal is used to receive the beacon signal.
The cooperating aircraft must be contacted to establish operating channels with a 63-channel separation. The
separation simulates the normal spacing between transmit and receive frequencies when a surface beacon is
used. The flight crew selects the desired TACAN surface beacon channel and the receive (A/A REC) mode on
the CNI-MU or CNBP. The CNI-SP produces a control word which contains channel, mode, and transmission
control information. The control word is applied via the 1553B data bus to the R/T (Figure 20-2).

20-14. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by the
TACAN system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

20-15. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message TACAN 1/2 FAIL.

20-16. POWER DISTRIBUTION. (Figure 20-2) Power to the TACAN 1/2 system is controlled by the CNI/MU,
controlling the BAU Type II No. 1/2 output to the coil of the TACAN 1/2 power relay. When the relay is energized,

20-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

28 V dc from the TACAN 1/2 circuit breaker powers the TACAN 1/2 receiver-transmitter. The TACAN 1 and
TACAN 2 circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

7RV TACAN 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

8RV TACAN 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

20-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 20-1. TACAN System Components

20-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 20-2. TACAN System Schematic Diagram (RV System)(sheet 1/2)

20-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 20-2. TACAN System Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

20-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

20-17. POWER DISTRIBUTION. Power to the TACAN 1/2 system is controlled by the CNI/MU, controlling the
BAU Type II No. 1/2 output to the coil of the TACAN 1/2 power relay. When the relay is energized, 28 V dc from
the TACAN 1/2 circuit breaker powers the TACAN 1/2 receiver-transmitter. The TACAN 1 and TACAN 2 circuit
breakers are powered by the following buses.

7RV TACAN 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

8RV TACAN 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

20-18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

20-19. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

20-20. TACAN SYSTEM

20-21. Perform TACAN System Functional Test as follows:

Table 20-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Test Set, NAV — Tacan MTS-100m3 Equivalent To verify TACAN
frequencies and operability
at certain times

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 17

TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6

NOTE

This procedure is for TACAN No. 1 using the pilot position. The op-
erational test for TACAN No. 1 and No. 2 are identical. If perform-
ing an operational checkout of TACAN No. 2, TAC2 and TACAN 2
should be substituted when applicable.

C. Verify the CMDU are in the following format:

CMDU 1 - PFD
CMDU 2 - NAV RADAR
CMDU 3 - ENGINE DISPLAY
D. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the INDX select key.
Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.
E. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 1/2 page, select POWER UP.

20-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed.

F. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter the date.
G. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to DATE.
Verify that: DATE is entered.
H. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to LAST/REF until REF is
highlighted.
Verify that: REF is highlighted.
I. On the pilot CNI-MU , using the key pad, enter the Latitude and Longitude and then press the
ALIGN POS select key.
Verify that: Latitude and Longitude are displayed on the POWER UP page.
J. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: EGI Alignment starts.
Verify that: INAV goes to AUTO mode.

NOTE

The EGI alignment takes approximately 4 minutes.

K. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.

Verify that: The NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
L. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: The NAV TUNE TAC1 page is displayed.
M. On the NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until ON is high-
lighted.
Verify that: TAC1 is powered up.
N. On the pilot SAMU, press the PTRS select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV SELECT screen is displayed.
O. On the PILOT NAV SELECT menu, press the select key adjacent to PNTR 1.
Verify that: PILOT POINTER 1 menu is displayed.
P. On the PILOT POINTER 1 menu, press select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: T1 is selected as navigation source for POINTER 1.
Q. TACAN Range Bearing tests.
R. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: The NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
S. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: The NAV TUNE TAC1 page is displayed.
T. On the NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press select key adjacent to REC/TR-REC until TR-REC is high-
lighted.
U. On the pilot CNI-MU keypad, enter an unused channel.
V. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Channel is entered.

20-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

W. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to GND/AA until GND
is highlighted.
X. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to PAIRING OFF/ON
until OFF is highlighted.
Y. On the AUTOPILOT control panel, CDI SOURCE, select TCN1.
Z. On the pilot ICS MONITOR PANEL, pull TACAN 1 knob.
AA. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, set a course of 180 degrees as observed on
the CMDU1, Lower Left Label 1.
AB. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to TEST OFF/ON until
ON is highlighted.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN 1 bearing pointer indicates 180 ± 5 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 distance indicator is 0.0 nm.
Verify that: CMDU 1 CDI is centered.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TO/FROM pointer indicates TO.
Verify that: A series of audible tones are heard at the pilot’s intercom.
AC. When the test is complete, verify that OFF is highlighted under the TEST caption.
AD. Position the TACAN test set in view of the TACAN 1 Bottom antenna. Ensure that the test set is
shielded from the TACAN Top antenna.
AE. On the TACAN test set, select the following:

1. MODE selector to T/R and 31X, 91X.

2. BEARING/RANGE to 0 — 0.
3. MOD to ON.
4. RANGE ONLY/NORM/INVERSE switch to NORM.
AF. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad enter 31X.
AG. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: CHAN 31X is displayed on NAV TUNE TAC1 page.
AH. On CMDU 1, verify that the bearing pointer is 0 degrees and the distance indicator is 000.0 nm.
AI. On CMDU 2, verify that TAC1 pointer is 0, BRG is 0, channel is 31X, and distance is 000.0 nm.
AJ. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, adjust the COURSE select knob until the CDI
is centered and the TO/FROM pointer indicates TO.
AK. On CMDU 1, verify that the course is 0 degrees.
AL. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, set the COURSE to 350 degrees.
Verify that: On CMDU 1, the CDI deflects two dots right of course.
Verify that: On CMDU 1, the TO/FROM pointer indicates TO.
AM. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, set the COURSE to 10 degrees.
Verify that: On CMDU 1, the CDI deflects two dots left of course.
Verify that: On CMDU 1, the TO/FROM pointer indicates TO.
AN. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, adjust the COURSE select knob until the CDI
is centered and the TO/FROM pointer indicates FROM.

20-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: CMDU 1 course is 180 degrees.

AO. On the pilot HEADING/COURSE SELECT PANEL, set the COURSE to 0 degrees.
AP. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 5 – 45.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 45 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 5 nm.
AQ. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 68 – 90.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 90 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 68 nm.
AR. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 125 – 135.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 135 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 125 nm.
AS. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 194 – 180.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 180 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 194 nm.
AT. Locate the TACAN test set in view of the TACAN 1 Top antenna. Ensure that the test set is shielded
from the TACAN 1 Bottom antenna.
AU. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 5 – 45.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 45 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 5 nm.
AV. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 68 – 90.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 90 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 68 nm.
AW. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 125 – 135.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 135 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 125 nm.
AX. On the TACAN test set, select BEARING/RANGE to 194 – 180.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 BEARING pointer is 180 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 and CMDU 2, TACAN 1 RANGE is 194 nm.
AY. AIR TO AIR Mode test.
AZ. On the WOW box located in the Avionics Rack, place the AIR MODE switch to AIR.
BA. On the TACAN test set, select the following:

1. MODE/CHANNEL selector to AA and 29X, 93X.

2. BEARING/RANGE to 68 — 90.
3. MOD to ON.
BB. Position the TACAN test set near the TACAN No. 1 Bottom antenna.
BC. On the CNRP key pad, enter 29X.
Verify that: CMDU 1 displays CHANNEL 29X.

20-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC1 page displays CHANNEL 29X.

Verify that: Pilot CNI-MU displays CHANNEL 29X.
BD. On the CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the GND/AA select key until AA is highlighted.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 bearing pointer indicates 90 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 Range indicator displays 68 nm.
BE. On the TACAN test set, select the following:

1. MODE/CHANNEL selector to AA and 29Y, 93Y.

2. BEARING/RANGE to 125 — 135.
3. MOD to ON.
BF. On the CNRP key pad, enter 29Y.
Verify that: CMDU 1 displays CHANNEL 29Y.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC1 page displays CHANNEL 29Y.
Verify that: Pilot CNI-MU displays CHANNEL 29Y.
BG. On the CNI-MU NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the GND/AA select key until AA is highlighted.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 bearing pointer indicates 135 degrees.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 Range indicator displays 125 nm.
BH. Position the TACAN test set near the TACAN No. 1 Top antenna.
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 bearing pointer indicates 135 degrees
Verify that: CMDU 1 TACAN No 1 Range indicator displays 125 nm.
BI. On the WOW box, position the AIR MODE switch to the NML position.
BJ. End of Test.

20-22. TROUBLESHOOTING
20-23. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 20-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

20-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3452010.
TACAN 1 Fail (FD Message). (3452010)
Step 1. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Remove and replace faulty TACAN
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver transmitter.
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 receiver transmitters. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Go to Step 3.
TACAN systems?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17. Disconnect 1RVF from receiver transmitter. Is
resistance between conductors as follows?
- On bus A, 1RVF, center to inner conductor, the
resistance value is 1 ohm
- On bus A, 1RVF, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
- On bus A, 1RVF, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter from originally faulted
system and data bus A coupler
network, 3TCA.
Step 4. Disconnect 1RVG from receiver transmitter. YES Remove and replace receiver
Is resistance between conductors as follows? transmitter from originally faulted
- On bus B, 1RVG, center to inner conductor, the system, then troubleshoot
resistance value is 1 ohm COM/NAV data bus fault.
- On bus B, 1RVG, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
- On bus B, 1RVG, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter from originally faulted
system and data bus B coupler
network, 17CA.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17. Disconnect 1RVC from TACAN 1. Is ground
present on plug pins 3, 4, and 93?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 7.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17. Is 28 V dc present on 1RVC pins 1 and 2?
NO Go to Step 11.

20-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 7. Open circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 8.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17. Is continuity present between 1RVC pins as
follows?
- Plug pin 33 to 32
- Plug pin 35 to 32
- Plug pin 46 to 32
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 1RVF and 1RVG from receiver YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
transmitter. Is resistance between conductors as fault.
follows?
- On bus A, 1RVF, center to inner conductor, the
resistance value is 1 ohm.
- On bus A, 1RVF, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
- On bus A, 1RVF, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
- On bus B, 1RVG, center to inner conductor, the
resistance value is 1 ohm.
- On bus B, 1RVG, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
- On bus B, 1RVG, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Are values correct for data bus A coupler YES Remove and replace data bus
only? B coupler network 17TCA then
troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
fault.
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Are values correct for data bus B coupler YES Remove and replace data bus
only? A coupler network 3TCA then
troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
fault.
NO Remove and replace data bus A
and B coupler network 3TCA and
17CA.
Step 11. Is 28 V dc present on either pin 1 or 2? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 12. Is 28 V dc present on pin 1? YES Go to Step 14.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Remove power to aircraft. Remove 302VE YES Remove and replace relay 15RV.
Avionics Rack. Is continuity present between the
following: relay 15RV pin B2 to TACAN plug 1RVC
pin 1. relay 15RV pin B1 to TB 302VVB pin R*.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 14. Remove power to aircraft. Remove 302VE YES Remove and replace relay 15RV.
Avionics Rack. Is continuity present between the
following: relay 15RV pin A2 to TACAN plug 1RVC
pin 2. relay 15RV pin A1 to TB 302VVB pin T*.
NO Repair open circuit.

20-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker TACAN YES Go to Step 16.
1 (7RV) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 17.
Step 16. Remove power to aircraft. Remove 302VE YES Go to Step 17.
Avionics Rack. Close circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 17. Is 28 V dc present on 302VEA pin H*?
NO Repair open circuit between
302VEA pin H* and circuit breaker
TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 17 terminal 2.
Step 17. Is ground present on 302VEE pin N? YES Go to Step 18.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 18. Is continuity present between the following: YES Remove and replace relay 15RV.
- 302VEA pin H* to TB 302VVB pin S* If problem persists, remove and
- 302VEE pin N to relay 15RV pin X2 replace BAU II No. 1.
- BAU II No. 1 plug 5TAC pin 78 to relay 15RV pin X1
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3452A01. TACAN SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452A01)

20-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. Perform preparation for
operational checkout of TACAN system.
NOTE
PREPARATION PROCEDURES FOR TACAN NO. 1
AND NO. 2 ARE IDENTICAL.
On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. Press LINE
SELECT key to TAC 1 or TAC 2. Press LINE
SELECT key next to PWR until ON is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to REC/TR-REC until
TR-REC is highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key
next to GND/AA until GND is highlighted. Press
LINE SELECT next to pairing ON/OFF until OFF is
highlighted.
NOTE
ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 90 SECONDS FOR RE-
CEIVER/TRANSMITTER WARM-UP.
Use numeric keys to enter channel 31X on scratch
pad, then press LINE SELECT next to IDENT. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panels, rotate
course knob to set a 180 degree course. Set up
interphone system to receive TACAN signals as
follows: On pilot ICS Monitor Panel, rotate MASTER
VOL control to midrange. On pilot ICS Monitor
Panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 or TACAN-2 knob
to midrange. Connect headset to interphone cord.
On CNI-MU , toggle line select key next to TEST
OFF/ON until ON is highlighted. Do the following
indications all display on CMDU? 1. Bearing pointer
indicates 180 (+-5) degrees. 2. CDI is centered.
3. Distance indicator displays 000.0. 4. TO/FROM
pointer indicates TO.
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver transmitter.
Step 2. Is series of tones heard in pilot headset YES Go to Step 4.
during test?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is the fault associated with TACAN 1? YES Troubleshoot fault code 3451902.
NO Troubleshoot fault code 3451903.
Step 4. Are the following indications displayed YES Go to Step 6.
correctly on CMDU? 1. Bearing pointer indicates 0
degrees. 2. CDI is centered. 3. Distance indicator
displays 000.0. 4. TO/FROM pointer indicates TO.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is failure associated with TACAN 1? YES Troubleshoot fault code 3451904.
NO Troubleshoot fault code 3451905.
Step 6. On pilot or copilot heading course select YES Go to Step 7.
panel, rotate COURSE knob to 350 degrees, then
to 10 degrees. Does CDI deflect 2 dots right, then
2 dots left?
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver.

20-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 7. On pilot or copilot heading course select YES Go to Step 8.
panel, rotate COURSE knob until CDI is centered
and TO/FROM pointer indicates FROM. Does course
indicate 180 degrees?
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver.
Step 8. On pilot or copilot heading course select YES Go to Step 9.
panel, rotate COURSE knob to set course arrow to 0
degrees. On test set, set RANGE/BEARING switch
to: Range 0 miles and bearing 0 degrees. Range 5
miles and bearing 45 degrees. Range 68 miles and
bearing 90 degrees. Range 125 miles and bearing
135 degrees. Range 194 miles and bearing 180
degrees. Range 283 miles and bearing 225 degrees.
Range 297 miles and bearing 270 degrees. Range
389 miles and bearing 315 degrees Does CMDU
TACAN bearing pointer and distance indicators,
indicate the same as test set?
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver.
Step 9. Place test set approximately 20 feet from YES Go to Step 10.
and in line-of-sight with TACAN top antenna. On
test set, set RANGE/BEARING switch to: Range 0
miles and bearing 0 degrees. Range 5 miles and
bearing 45 degrees. Range 68 miles and bearing 90
degrees. Range 125 miles and bearing 135 degrees.
Range 194 miles and bearing 180 degrees. Range
283 miles and bearing 225 degrees. Range 297
miles and bearing 270 degrees. Range 389 miles
and bearing 315 degrees. Does CMDU distance
indicators, indicate the same as test set?
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver.
Step 10. On test set, set MODE/CHANNEL switch to YES TACAN system operation normal.
OFF.
NOTE
For air-to-air mode, establish channel pairs with 63
channel separation. If the test set is operating on
channel 29X, the TACAN under test must be tuned
to channel 93X.
On CNI-MU , press line select key next to GND/AA
until AA is highlighted. On numeric key pad, enter
channel number 92X on scratch pad, press line
select key 1L until 92X is highlighted. Place test
set approximately 20 feet from and in line-of-sight
with TACAN bottom antenna. Set MODE/CHANNEL
switch to A/A-29X. Set MOD switch to ON. Set
RANGE ONLY/INVERSE/NORM switch to NORM.
Does CNI-MU (ICDU) display CHAN on NAV-TUNE
TAC1 menu, TACAN bearing pointer indicates 90
degrees, distance indicator displays 68.0 nmi, and
tone is heard in headset?
NO Remove and replace TACAN
receiver.
END OF TEST

20-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 3 - CODE 3452900. NO. 1 TACAN TEST INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452900)
Failure 1 Remove and replace No. 1 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3452906. No. 1 TACAN INDICATED BEARING INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. ALL OTHER
TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452906)
Failure 2 Remove and replace No. 1 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3452908. CDI DOES NOT CENTER WHEN COURSE AND NO. 1 TACAN BEARING
ARE EQUAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452908)
Failure 3 Remove and replace No. 1 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3452910. NO. 1 TACAN TO-FROM INDICATION INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. ALL
OTHER TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452910)
Failure 4 Remove and replace No. 1 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3452912. NO. 1 TACAN DISTANCE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. AL OTHER
TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452912)
Failure 5 Remove and replace No. 1 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3452902. NO. 1 TACAN AUDIO INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452902)

20-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Fault in interphone system,
and initialize EGI system. Perform preparation for troubleshoot fault.
operational checkout of TACAN system.
NOTE
PREPARATION PROCEDURES FOR TACAN NO. 1
AND NO. 2 ARE IDENTICAL.
On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. Press LINE
SELECT key to TAC 1 or TAC 2. Press LINE
SELECT key next to PWR until ON is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to REC/TR-REC until
TR-REC is highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key
next to GND/AA until GND is highlighted. Press
LINE SELECT next to pairing ON/OFF until OFF is
highlighted.
NOTE
ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 90 SECONDS FOR RE-
CEIVER/TRANSMITTER WARM-UP.
Use numeric keys to enter channel 31X on scratch
pad, then press LINE SELECT next to ident. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panels, rotate
course knob to set a 180 degree course. Set up
interphone system to receive TACAN signals as
follows: On pilot ICS Monitor Panel, rotate MASTER
VOL control to midrange. On pilot ICS Monitor
Panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 or TACAN-2 knob
to midrange. Connect headset to interphone cord.
On any other ICS Monitor Panel, pull out and rotate
TACAN-1 switch to midrange. On CNI-MU , toggle
line select key next to TEST OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted. Is series of tones heard at station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 3.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 receiver transmitters. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter.
Step 3. Open TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit YES Go to Step 4.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 17. Disconnect
1RVC from receiver transmitter. Is ground present
on plug pin 17?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Open ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit YES Remove and replace CSU.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3 circuit breaker.
Disconnect 1RZC from CSU. Is continuity present
between plug pins? 1RVC pin 13 and 1RZC pin 35.
1RVC pin 14 and 1RZC pin 28.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3452904. NO. 1 TACAN RECEPTION/TRANSMISSION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3452904)

20-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. Perform preparation for
operational checkout of TACAN system.
NOTE
PREPARATION PROCEDURES FOR TACAN NO. 1
AND NO. 2 ARE IDENTICAL.
On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. Press LINE
SELECT key to TAC 1 or TAC 2. Press LINE
SELECT key next to PWR until ON is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to REC/TR-REC until
TR-REC is highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key
next to GND/AA until GND is highlighted. Press
LINE SELECT next to pairing ON/OFF until OFF is
highlighted.
NOTE
ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 90 SECONDS FOR RE-
CEIVER/TRANSMITTER WARM-UP.
Use numeric keys to enter channel 31X on scratch
pad, then press LINE SELECT next to ident. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panels, rotate
course knob to set a 180 degree course. Set up
interphone system to receive TACAN signals as
follows: On pilot ICS Monitor Panel, rotate MASTER
VOL control to midrange. On pilot ICS Monitor
Panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 or TACAN-2 knob
to midrange. Connect headset to interphone cord.
Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 17 and
TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 6. Swap No. 1 and No. 2
receiver transmitters.Close TACAN 1 (7RV) and
TACAN 2 (8RV). Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty TACAN
receiver transmitter.
Step 2. If disconnected, connect 1RVC to TACAN YES Go to Step 3.
transceiver. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No. 1
and No. 2 bottom antenna filter units. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty bottom
antenna filter unit.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 top antenna filter units. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV)6.
Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty top
antenna filter unit.

20-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-3. Troubleshooting of TACAN SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Disconnect
1RVB from TACAN transceiver. Disconnect 5RVA
from bottom antenna filter unit. Using TDR check
coaxial cable. Does coaxial cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 5. Disconnect 1RVA from TACAN transceiver. YES Go to Step 6.
Disconnect 3RVA from top antenna filter unit. Using
TDR check coaxial cable. Does coaxial cable check
good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 6. Disconnect 5RVB from bottom antenna filter YES Go to Step 7.
unit. Disconnect 13RAB from bottom antenna. Using
TDR check coaxial cable and antenna. Does coaxial
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 7. Disconnect 3RVB from top antenna filter YES Remove and replace TACAN
unit. Disconnect 11RAB from top antenna. Using bottom antenna. If fault persists,
TDR check coaxial cable and antenna. Does coaxial remove and replace top antenna.
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
END OF TEST

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3452020.
TACAN 2 Fail (FD Detection). (3452020)
Step 1. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Remove and replace faulty TACAN
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position receiver transmitter.
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 receiver transmitters. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault move to opposite system?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault corrected for both No. 1 and No. 2 YES Go to Step 3.
TACAN systems?
NO Go to Step 5.

20-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 6. Disconnect 2RVF from receiver transmitter. Is
resistance between conductors as follows?
- On bus A, 2RVF, center to inner conductor, the
resistance value is 1 ohm
- On bus A, 2RVF, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
- On bus A, 2RVF, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter from originally faulted
system and data bus A coupler
network, 4TCA.
Step 4. Disconnect 2RVG from receiver transmitter. YES Remove and replace receiver
Is resistance between conductors as follows? transmitter from originally faulted
- On bus B, 2RVG, center to inner conductor, the system, then troubleshoot
resistance value is 1 ohm. COM/NAV data bus fault.
- On bus B, 2RVG, center conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
- On bus B, 2RVG, inner conductor to backshell, the
resistance value is infinity.
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter from originally faulted
system and data bus B coupler
network 16Tcircuit breaker circuit
breaker.
Step 5. Open circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on YES Go to Step 6.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 6. Disconnect 2RVC from TACAN 2. Is ground
present on plug pins 3, 4, and 93?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Close circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on YES Go to Step 7.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 6. Is 28 V dc present on 2RVC pins 1 and 2?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on YES Go to Step 8.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 6. Is continuity present between 2RVC pins as
follows?
- Plug pin 33 to 32.
- Plug pin 35 to 32.
- Plug pin 46 to 32.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Disconnect 2RVF and 2RVG from receiver YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
transmitter. Is resistance between plug pins as fault.
follows? On bus A, 2RVF center to inner conductor,
the resistance value is 1 ohm. On bus A, 2RVF
center conductor to backshell, the resistance value is
infinity. On bus A, 2RVF inner conductor to backshell,
the resistance value is infinity. On bus B, 2RVG
center to inner conductor, the resistance value is 1
ohm. On bus B, 2RVG center conductor to backshell,
the resistance value is infinity. On bus B, 2RVG inner
conductor to backshell, the resistance value is infinity.

20-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Are values correct for data bus A coupler YES Remove and replace data bus B
only? coupler network 16Tcircuit breaker
circuit breaker, then troubleshoot
COM/NAV data bus fault.
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Are values correct for data bus B coupler YES Remove and replace data bus
only? A coupler network 4TCA, then
troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
fault.
NO Remove and replace data bus A
and B coupler network 4TCA and
16Tcircuit breaker circuit breaker.
Step 11. Is 28 V dc present on either pin 1 or 2? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 12. Is 28 V dc present on pin 1? YES Go to Step 13.
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 13. Remove power to 304VE Avionics Rack. YES Remove and replace relay 14RV.
Remove 304VE Avionics Rack. Is continuity present
between the following: relay 14RV pin A2 to TACAN
plug 2RVC pin 2. relay 14RV pin A1 to TB 304VVK
pin B.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 14. Remove power to aircraft. Remove 304VE YES Remove and replace relay 14RV.
Avionics Rack. Is continuity present between the
following: relay 14RV pin B2 to TACAN plug 2RVC
pin 1. relay 14RV pin B1 to TB 304VVK pin F.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 15. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker TACAN YES Go to Step 16.
2 (8RV) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker TACAN 2 (8RV.
Step 16. Remove power to aircraft. Remove 304VE YES Go to Step 17.
Avionics Rack. Close circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 6. Is 28 V dc present on 304VEB pin Y?
NO Repair open circuit between
304VEB pin Y and circuit breaker
TACAN 2 (8RV) terminal 2.
Step 17. Is ground present on 304VEB pin V? YES Go to Step 18.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 18. Is continuity present between the following: YES Remove and replace relay 14RV.
- 304VEB pin Y to TB 304VVK pin K. If problem persists, remove and
- 304VEE pin V to relay 14RV pin X2. replace BAU II No. 2.
- BAU II No. 2 plug 4TAC pin 78 to relay 14RV pin X1.
NO Repair open circuit.
END OF TEST

20-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 2 - CODE 3452901. NO. 2 TACAN TEST INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452901)
Failure 1 Remove and replace No. 2 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3452907. NO. 2 TACAN INDICATED BEARING INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. ALL OTHER
TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452907)
Failure 2 Remove and replace No. 2 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3452909. CDI DOES NOT CENTER WHEN COURSE AND NO. 2 TACAN BEARING
ARE EQUAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452909)
Failure 3 Remove and replace No. 2 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3452911. NO. 2 TACAN TO-FROM INDICATION INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. ALL
OTHER TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452911)
Failure 4 Remove and replace No. 2 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3452913. NO. 2 TACAN DISTANCE DISPLAY INOPERATIVE/INACCURATE. ALL OTHER
TACAN FUNCTIONS NORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452913)
Failure 5 Remove and replace No. 2 TACAN receiver
transmitter
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3452903. NO. 2 TACAN AUDIO INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (3452903)

20-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Fault in interphone system,
and initialize EGI system. Perform preparation for troubleshoot fault.
operational checkout of TACAN system.
NOTE
PREPARATION PROCEDURES FOR TACAN NO. 1
AND NO. 2 ARE IDENTICAL.
On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. Press LINE
SELECT key to TAC 1 or TAC 2. Press LINE
SELECT key next to PWR until ON is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to REC/TR-REC until
TR-REC is highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key
next to GND/AA until GND is highlighted. Press
LINE SELECT next to pairing ON/OFF until OFF is
highlighted.
NOTE
ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 90 SECONDS FOR RE-
CEIVER/TRANSMITTER WARM-UP.
Use numeric keys to enter channel 31X on scratch
pad, then press LINE SELECT next to ident. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panels, rotate
course knob to set a 180 degree course. Set up
interphone system to receive TACAN signals as
follows: On pilot ICS Monitor Panel, rotate MASTER
VOL control to midrange. On pilot ICS Monitor
Panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 or TACAN-2 knob
to midrange. Connect headset to interphone cord.
On any other ICS Monitor Panel, pull out and rotate
TACAN-2 switch to midrange. On CNI-MU , toggle
line select key next to TEST OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted. Is series of tones heard at station?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 3.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 receiver transmitters. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace receiver
transmitter.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers TACAN 2 (8RV) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 6. Disconnect 2RVC from receiver transmitter. Is
ground present on plug pin 17?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Open ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit YES Remove and replace CSU.
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3 circuit breaker.
Disconnect 1RZC from CSU. Is continuity present
between plug pins? 2RVC pin 13 and 1RZC pin 17.
2RVC pin 14 and 1RZC pin 10.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3452905. NO. 2 TACAN RECEPTION/TRANSMISSION WEAK OR INOPERATIVE (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3452905)

20-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
and initialize EGI system. Perform preparation for
operational checkout of TACAN system.
NOTE
PREPARATION PROCEDURES FOR TACAN NO. 1
AND NO. 2 ARE IDENTICAL.
On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key. Press LINE
SELECT key to TAC 1 or TAC 2. Press LINE
SELECT key next to PWR until ON is highlighted.
Press LINE SELECT key next to REC/TR-REC until
TR-REC is highlighted. Press LINE SELECT key
next to GND/AA until GND is highlighted. Press
LINE SELECT next to pairing ON/OFF until OFF is
highlighted.
NOTE
ALLOW APPROXIMATELY 90 SECONDS FOR RE-
CEIVER/TRANSMITTER WARM-UP.
Use numeric keys to enter channel 31X on scratch
pad, then press LINE SELECT next to ident. On
pilot or copilot Heading Course Select Panels, rotate
course knob to set a 180 degree course. Set up
interphone system to receive TACAN signals as
follows: On pilot ICS Monitor Panel, rotate MASTER
VOL control to midrange. On pilot ICS Monitor
Panel, pull and rotate TACAN-1 or TACAN-2 knob
to midrange. Connect headset to interphone cord.
Open TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 17 and TACAN 2
(8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 6. Swap No. 1 and No. 2 receiver
transmitters.Close TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2
(8RV). Does fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty TACAN
receiver transmitter.
Step 2. If disconnected, connect 2RVC to TACAN YES Go to Step 3.
transceiver. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No. 1
and No. 2 bottom antenna filter units. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty bottom
antenna filter unit.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Swap No.
1 and No. 2 top antenna filter units. Close circuit
breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) and TACAN 2 (8RV). Does
fault persist?
NO Remove and replace faulty top
antenna filter unit.

20-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 20-4. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. Open circuit breakers TACAN 1 (7RV) on YES Go to Step 5.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 17 and TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 6. Disconnect
2RVB from TACAN receiver transmitter. Disconnect
6RVA from bottom antenna filter unit. Using TDR
check coaxial cable. Does coaxial cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 5. Disconnect 2RVA from TACAN receiver YES Go to Step 6.
transmitter. Disconnect 4RVA from top antenna filter
unit. Using TDR check coaxial cable. Does coaxial
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 6. Disconnect 6RVB from bottom antenna filter YES Go to Step 7.
unit. Disconnect 12RAB from bottom antenna. Using
TDR check coaxial cable and antenna. Does coaxial
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
Step 7. Disconnect 4RVB from top antenna filter YES Remove and replace TACAN
unit. Disconnect 10RAB from top antenna. Using bottom antenna. If fault persists,
TDR check coaxial cable and antenna. Does coaxial remove and replace top antenna.
cable check good?
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
END OF TEST

20-26. MAINTENANCE
20-27. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

20-28. Removal and Installation of the TACAN System components is described here.

20-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

20-29. TACAN RECEIVER/TRANSMITTER

20-30. REMOVAL. Remove the TACAN R/T as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for TACAN No. 1 and TACAN No. 2.
Substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1 open and tag the circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 17.
B. For No. 2 open and tag the circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 6.
C. Open Access Panel 110A (Radome) (Figure 20-3).
D. Open Access Panel 130AM for No. 1.
E. Open Access Panel 130AN for No. 1.
F. Disconnect the six connectors on front of TACAN R/T.
G. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of R/T.
H. Using handle, remove unit by sliding out of mount.

20-31. INSTALLATION. Install the TACAN R/T as follows:

A. Position R/T in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide R/T into mounting tray. Ensure unit engages holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect six connectors on front of R/T.
E. For No. 1 remove tag and close the circuit breaker TACAN 1 (7RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 17.
F. For No. 2 remove tag and close the circuit breaker TACAN 2 (8RV) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 6.
G. Perform TACAN system functional test in accordance with Paragraph 20-21.
H. Close Access Panel 130AM for No. 1 (Figure 20-3).
I. Close Access Panel 130AN for No. 2.
J. Close Access Panel 110A.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

20-32. HIGH PASS FILTER / TOP

20-33. REMOVAL. Remove top high pass filter No. 1 as follows:

20-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

To remove top high pass filter No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the TACAN 1 (7RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 17.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the TACAN 2 (8RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 6.
C. Remove insulation pad.
D. Remove screws and washers holding the high pass filter on the mount and remove high pass filter.
E. Disconnect coaxial cables from both ends of filter.

20-34. INSTALLATION. Install low pass filter as follows:

A. Connect coaxial cables to both ends of filter.

B. Position filter and install screws and washers to secure filter in place.
C. For No. 1 remove tag and close the TACAN 1 (7RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 17.
D. For No. 2 remove tag and close the TACAN 2 (8RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 6.
E. Perform TACAN functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-33.
F. Install insulation pad.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

20-35. HIGH PASS FILTER / BOTTOM

20-36. REMOVAL. Remove bottom high pass filter No. 1 as follows:

NOTE

To remove bottom high pass filter No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No.
1.

A. For No. 1, open and tag the TACAN 1 (7RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 17.
B. For No. 2, open and tag the TACAN 2 (8RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 6.
C. For No. 1, open access panel 230BZ (Figure 20-4).
D. For No. 2, open access panel 240DZ.
E. Remove screws and washers holding the high pass filter on the mount and remove high pass filter.
F. Disconnect coaxial cables from both ends of filter.

20-37. INSTALLATION. Install low pass filter as follows:

A. Connect coaxial cables to both ends of filter.

B. Position filter and install screws and washers to secure filter in place.
C. For No. 1 remove tag and close the TACAN 1 (7RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 17.

20-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

D. For No. 2 remove tag and close the TACAN 2 (8RV) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position D 6.
E. Perform TACAN functional test in accordance with Paragraph 4-33.
F. For No. 1, close access panel 230BZ (Figure 20-4).
G. For No. 2, close access panel 240DZ.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

20-38. ANTENNA

20-39. Remove and install the antenna using procedures in V/UHF Radio Section of this manual.

20-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 20-3. TACAN Radome Access Panels

20-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 20-4. TACAN Cargo Floor Access Panels

20-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXI

IDENTIFICATION FRIEND OR FOE SYSTEM

21-1. DESCRIPTION

21-2. GENERAL

21-3. The Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) system provides automatic radar identification of the airplane
when interrogated by surface or airborne radar sets. The system also enables friendly airplanes to identify
themselves apart from other friendly airplanes, and provides a means of transmitting a special code signal,
known as an emergency reply. In addition to identification information, the Mode C and Mode S reply signal
reports the altitude of the airplane. All identification operations are performed via the IFF pages on each Com-
munication/Navigation/ Identification Management Unit (CNI-MU ). IFF Mode 3/A codes also are set via the
Communication/ Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP). The Data Conversion Unit (DCU) interfaces with the Bus In-
terface Unit (BIU) for receiving and transmitting messages to and from the Receiver-Transmitter (R/T) and the
Mission Computer (MC).

21-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

21-5. The IFF system consists of an IFF receiver-transmitter (transponder), mounting tray, data conversion
unit and one each top and bottom antennas (Figure 21-1).

21-6. TRANSPONDER. The transponder is located under the cockpit floor on the left side. The construction
of the transponder utilizes plug-in modules to facilitate maintenance. The front of the transponder contains a
zeroize pushbutton switch, a battery cover plate, one fuse holder, two status indicators, two cable connectors,
two antenna connectors, fill/pass green LED, a fill connector, and a carrying handle. The R/T status indicator
reflects a fault within the transponder and the ANT status indicator indicates an antenna failure due to high
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR).

21-7. TRANSPONDER MOUNT. Provides a physical attachment point between the R/T and aircraft.

21-8. DATA CONVERSION UNIT. The DCU is located on shelf 302VE in the avionics rack. The DCU inter-
faces with the BIU for receiving and transmitting message conversion. Messages are received through the BIU
in RS-232 format, and converted to RS-485 format for transmitting to the transponder. The DCU also, receives
RS-485 formatted information from the transponder and converts the information to RS-232 format for the BIU,
which transmits that information to the Mission Computer via a MIL-STD- 1553B (1553B) data bus.

21-9. ANTENNAS. The lower slot type L - Band antenna. is flush mounted on the bottom of the wheel well
fairing. The upper blade type antenna is mounted on the upper fuselage centeline.

21-10. IFF SYSTEM OPERATION.

21-11. GENERAL. The IFF system operates in the following modes: 1, 2, 3/A, C, 4, S and TEST. The system
can transmit a coded reply in response to an interrogation if the signals contain the proper characteristics for the
mode selected. An interrogation signal consists of a pair of pulses spaced at accurate intervals (Figure 21-2).

21-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Mode 1 interrogation is a pair of pulses spaced 3 microseconds apart. A Mode 2 interrogation is a pair of pulses
spaced 5 microseconds apart. Mode 3/A interrogation pulses are spaced 8 microseconds apart. Mode C pulses
are spaced 21 microseconds apart. Test is a pair of pulses spaced 6.5 microseconds apart.

If the correct Mode interrogations are received, the system will respond with a selected coded reply. All modes
reply codes are selected on the CNI-MU. In Mode C and Mode S, a generated code reply pulse containing
pressure altitude information is also transmitted.

Mode 4 Interrogation. Mode 4 interrogation is characterized by four pulses, each 0.5 microseconds wide, oc-
curing in multiples of 2.0 microsecond intervals from the leading edge of the first pulse. Following these four
pulses is an interrogation code pulse train of up to 32 more pulses.

Mode S Interrogation. Mode S interrogation is characterized by a two-pulse preamble, where each pulse is
0.8 microseconds wide spaced at a 2 microsecond interval. Following the preamble is either 56 or 112 bits of
differential phase shift keyed (DPSK) data. When this preamble is decoded by the transponder, it suppresses
decoding of Mode 1, 2, 3/A, and C for 35 microseconds.

21-12. Operation in these modes permit functional communication with ground stations and other aircraft
(Figure 20-2). All identification operations are performed via the IFF pages on each CNI-MU (ICDU). The MC
controls the IFF transponder, so IFF commands from the CNI-MU are relayed via the CNI-SP to the MC, which
directs the operation and relay IFF information back to the CNI-MU and CNRP for display. Pressing the IFF key
accesses the IFF pages, where detailed control of the IFF is available. With power ON, the IFF system is oper-
ating in normal operating conditions. Received signals consisting of pairs of pulses spaced to form a code, are
sent from the two system antennas to the transponder. If the signal is valid, the transponder generates a coded
reply which is transmitted back through the same circuit. With EMER selected, the transponder generates an
emergency code in Modes 1 and 2 which shows up as a special reply on the surface radar presentation, facil-
itating immediate identification of the transmitting airplane. The Mode 3/A emergency code will be transmitted
automatically in the emergency mode (Figure 21-3).
IDENT Provisions. The system has provisions whereby the position of the airplane being interrogated can be
obtained. This feature is used when a group of airplanes are being interrogated in the same area, and it is
desired to single out one particular airplane within the group.

IDENT Reply. The IDENT reply can be made in Mode 1, 2, or 3/A and appears as two short dashes on the
interrogating radar. For Mode 1, the reply consists of two complete Mode 1 pulse trains with a 4.35 microseconds
delay between trains. For Modes 2 and 3/A, the reply consists of a pulse train selected code followed by a single
pulse spaced 4.35 microseconds after the last framing pulse of the regular code pulse train. When IDENT
Mode of operation is selected on the CNI-MU , the system automatically transmits the reply for approximately
18 seconds.

Emergency Reply Provisions. When EMER is selected on the CNI-MU , an emergency reply is available. Emer-
gency operation results in four short dashes on the interrogating radar indicator to indicate an airplane in distress,
and singles out the airplane in emergency condition within the group of airplanes. The emergency reply consists
of a pulse train of the selected code followed by three sets of framing pulses for Modes 1 or 2, and a pulse train
of code 7700, followed by three sets of framing pulses for Mode 3/A.

Mode 4 Operation. The Mode 4 interrogation signal consists of four synchronized pulses, followed by a va-
cant pulse position, followed by as many as 32 pulses. The spacing of the Mode 4 interrogation pulses is 2
microseconds from the leading edge of any pulse to the leading edge of the subsequent pulse. The Mode 4
interrogation signal is decoded by the transponder and applied to a Mode 4 recognition circuit. When Mode 4
coincidence exists, the Mode 4 recognition circuit generates a signal which in turn is used to generate a Mode
4 reply. M4 REPLY appears on the CNI-MU IFF page in inverse video for 5 seconds when a valid Mode 4 reply
is given. M4 CAUTION appears in reverse video on CNI-MU IFF page when there is a failure to reply to a Mode
4 interrogation. Mode 4 codes can be loaded into the IFF on the front panel of the transponder.

Mode 4 Zeroize. The Mode 4 codes held in the IFF transponder can be zeroized, on demand by the operator,
by pushing the ZEROIZE line select key on the CNI-MU IFF page 1. The zeroize function is routed through
the BAU Type II No 2. The codes will zeroize automatically if all of the following conditions have been met; IFF
system is powered, weight off wheels is achieved, weight on wheels has been achieved, and power is removed
from the system. The zeroize can be prevented if the REFUEL HOLD line select key on the CNI-MU IFF page is
pressed prior to power removal. The Mode 4 codes can be zeroized manually by pressing the ZEROIZE switch
on the front of the transponder, or automatically if the battery is removed from the transponder.

Mode S Interface. The Mode S is available only when TCAS is installed.

21-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 21-1. IFF System Components

21-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 21-2. IFF Transponder

21-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 21-3. IFF System Schematic Diagram (SK System) (sheet 1/2)

21-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 21-3. IFF System Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

21-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

21-13. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the IFF system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

21-14. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message IFF 1/2 FAIL.

21-15. POWER DISTRIBUTION. Power to the IFF system is controlled by the CNI/MU, controlling the BAU
Type II No. 1 output to the coil of the IFF power relay. When the relay is energized, 28 V dc from the IFF circuit
breaker powers the transponder, the DCU, and the coil of the landing gear relay. The IFF circuit breaker is
powered by the following bus:

9SK IFF 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

21-16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

21-17. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

21-18. IFF SYSTEM

21-19. Perform IFF System Functional Test as follows:

Table 21-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 TCAS/IFF Transponder Test Set IFF-701TI Equivalent Test transponder
2 Load, Dummy (2 each) TB-6MN Equivalent Load transmitter
3 Adapter, Connector 79825 Equivalent Adapter for Dummy Load

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27j-2-1 manual.

B. Set up TCAS/IFF Test Set as follows:

NOTE

The test set uses 2 Set-up Menus, Set-Up NO:1 - Test Opera-
tion, and Set-Up NO:2 - Configuration/ Memory operation. Prior
to performing any test, the Set-up menus must be configured to
the required parameters for the test be conducted.

C. Connect the Antenna cable to the Flat Antenna connector and the ANTENNA/SIM-701 connector
on test set.
D. Turn on the test set and allow to initialize and perform power-up self test.
Verify that: Self Test screen is displayed.

21-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. On the test set, press the Run/Stop key.

Verify that: Test set initializes and performs a Self Test.
Verify that: When Self Test is complete, PASSED/FAILED is diplayed on screen.
F. On the Test Set press the FCTN SEL key.
Verify that: MODE SWITCHING screen is displayed.

NOTE

If Switch to XPDR MODE is not displayed in the following step,

follow screen directions using the RUN/STOP key and FCTN SEL
key until Switch to XPDR MODE is displayed.
G. Switch to XPDR MODE is displayed.
H. Press RUN/STOP key to switch to XPDR mode.
I. Press SETUP key.
Verify that: SETUP NO:1 MENU is displayed.

NOTE

Setup menus are not accessable in 1st Line (1ST/L) mode of op-
eration. On the SETUP NO:1 MENU, in the PWR UP field, verify
PWR UP = 2ND/L is displayed. If 1ST/L is displayed, re-power up
the test set. During POWER UP, press and hold the SETUP and
UP ARROW SEL keys. The SETUP NO:1 menu PWRUP field
should display 2ND/L.
J. Configure Set-Up Menu No. 1 TEST OPERATION as follows:

NOTE

Enter information using SLEW key to change values and SELECT

key to change parameters. Flashing cursor box indicates param-
eter selected to change.
1. Press the SETUP key until Setup No.1 Menu is displayed.
2. For RANGE - Set horizontal distance from the Flat Antenna to the IFF antenna(s) under test
to approximately 6 feet (1.8 meters).
3. For HEIGHT - Set the Vertical distance from the Flat Antenna to the IFF antenna(s) under
test to approximately 2 feet (0.6 meters).
4. PWR UP - indicates 2ND/L.
5. For SELECTED - Select Upper to test the Upper IFF antenna, or Lower to test the Lower IFF
antenna.
6. For GAIN 1030 - enter value annoted on Test Set Flat Antenna.
7. For GAIN 1090 - enter value annoted on Test Set Flat Antenna.
8. For LOSS - enter value annoted on Test Set Antenna cable.
9. Press RUN/STOP key to save the entered information.
10. Press SETUP key to exit SETUP NO:1 MENU.
Verify that: SETUP NO:2 MENU is displayed.
K. Configure Set-Up Menu No. 2 CONFIGURATION/MEMORY OPERATION as follows:

21-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Enter information using SLEW key to change values and SELECT

key to change parameters. Flashing cursor box indicates param-
eter selected to change.
1. For ERP UNITS - Set to dBm.
2. For STORE - Enter 1.
3. For RECALL - Enter 1.
4. For DIVERSITY - Set to ON.
5. For CONFIG - Set configuration data for applicable type of transponder to be tested. Use
SLEW keys to select from configuration files stored in the.
6. For CODE SOURCE - Only used for Mode 4 operation.
7. For INTERR - Set to BURST.
8. Press RUN/STOP key to save settings.
L. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:

1. IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19

2. ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24
3. SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23
4. RAD ALT 1 (7SA) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 24
M. On the CMDU 3 ESA, verify that no IFF ACAWS messages are displayed.
N. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the IFF select key
Verify that: The IFF 1/3 page is displayed.
O. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to IFF POWER OFF/ON until ON
is highlighted.
Verify that: IFF is ON.
Verify that: STBY is highlighted.
P. On the pilot SAMU, press the PFD select key.
Verify that: Pilot PFD page is displayed.
Q. On the pilot PFD page, press the select key adjacent to ADC 1/2 until ADC 1 is highlighted.
Verify that: ADC 1 is selected as the source for airspeed and altitude data.
R. Self test.

NOTE

Prior to performing the following steps, contact the local Air Traffic
Control tower to get authorization to transmit on IFF. IFF transmis-
sions shall be kept to a minimum.
S. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the following select keys:

1. EMER OFF/ON until OFF is highlighted.

2. MODE S ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.
3. CODE (MODE S) - Verify the MODE S address is correct for this aircraft (8 DIGIT OCTAL).
4. MODE C ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.

21-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

5. MODE 3 ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.

6. CODE/IDENT - Assigned code from the Air Traffic Control agency is displayed (4 DIGIT OC-
TAL).

7. STBY/ON until ON is highlighted.

8. STBY/TA/RA until TA is highlighted.

T. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NEXT PAGE select key.

Verify that: IFF 2/3 page is displayed.

U. On the pilot IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE 1 ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.

V. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter 73.

W. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to CODE under MODE 1.

Verify that: 73 is displayed under the MODE 1 CODE.

X. On the pilot IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE 2 ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.

Y. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter 7300.

Z. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to CODE under MODE 2.

Verify that: 7300 is displayed under the MODE 2 CODE.

AA. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MIC IDENT OFF/ON until OFF
is highlighted.

AB. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE 4 OUT/ON until OUT
is highlighted.

AC. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the PREV PAGE select key.

Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.

AD. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE TEST.

Verify that: During self test, the label changes to TESTING. When testing is complete, MODE
TEST is displayed and an audio tone will be heard in headset.

AE. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until STBY is high-
lighted.

AF. Mode 3/A test.

AG. Open Access Panel 130AD in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

NOTE

Only one antenna is tested at a time, In order to isolate either an-

tenna during testing, disconnect the antenna not being tested and
connect a dummy load the the connector on the IFF

NOTE

Adapters for the dummy loads may be required.

AH. Disconnect the bottom IFF Antenna from the IFF BOTTOM connector, and connect a dummy load
to the IFF BOTTOM connector.

21-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

Position the test set in front of the airplane where the antenna un-
der test is in the line of sight of the test set. For optimum perfor-
mance, buildings, vehicles and other aircraft should be located at
right angles to or behind the test set antenna.
AI. Position the test set 5 to 10 feet from the IFF Top antenna.
AJ. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to MODE 3 ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.
AK. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE 3/A Code and altitude is displayed in the ATCRB
REPLY TEST section.
AL. Verify the code displayed on the test set is the same as the code set on the pilot CNI-MU for MODE
3/A.
AM. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to MODE 3 ON/OUT until OUT is highlighted.
AN. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
Verify that: The test set does not receive a MODE 3/A reply from the IFF transponder.
AO. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button.
Verify that: The IFF interrogation is complete.
AP. On the IFF Transponder remove the dummy load and reconnect the BOTTOM antenna.
AQ. Disconnect the TOP IFF Antenna from the IFF TOP connector, and connect the dummy load to
the IFF TOP connector.
AR. Position the test set in view of the IFF Bottom antenna.
AS. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to MODE 3 ON/OUT until ON is highlighted.
AT. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE 3/A Code and altitude is displayed in the ATCRB
REPLY TEST section.
AU. Verify the code displayed on the test set is the same as the code set on the pilot CNI-MU for MODE
3/A.
AV. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
Verify that: The test set does not receive a MODE 3/A reply from the IFF transponder.
AW. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button.
Verify that: The IFF interrogation is complete.
AX. On the IFF Transponder remove the dummy load and reconnect the TOP antenna.
AY. IDENTITY TEST.

NOTE

When the IDENT function is being tested, the Identifier Pulse func-
tion is active for 15 to 30 seconds after the initiating action.
AZ. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
BA. On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to CODE/IDENT until IDENT is
highlighted.
Verify that: On the test set, observe that IDENT appears for 15 to 30 seconds.
Verify that: ID is displayed adjacent to the MODE 3 CODE on the test set.
BB. On the COMM NAV RADIO PANEL (CNRP), press the IDENT button.
Verify that: The IDENT indication is displayed for about 20 seconds.

21-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: On the test set, ID appears adjacent to the MODE 3 Code for about 20 seconds.
Verify that: On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, IDENT is displayed.
BC. On pilot CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE select key.
Verify that: IFF 2/3 page is displayed.
BD. On pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page press select key adjacent to MIC IDENT OFF/ON until ON is high-
lighted.
BE. On a control wheel momentarily press the RADIO switch to key the IFF.
Verify that: On the Test Set the ID appears adjacent to the MODE 3 Code for 15 to 30 seconds.
Verify that: On the CNRP, IDENT is displayed.
Verify that: On the pilot CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, IDENT is displayed.
BF. On pilot CNI-MU IFF 2/3 page press select key adjacent to MIC IDENT OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
BG. MODE C ALTITUDE TEST WITH ADC NO. 1.
BH. On the pilot PFD page, verify that ADC 1 is selected.
BI. On the pilot REF SET/MODE SELECT panel, set the BARO SET knob to 29.92 in Hg (1013 mbar).
BJ. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE 3C Code and altitude appears in the ATCRB
REPLY TEST section of the display.
Verify that: The test set displays the CMDU 1 PFD altitude ± 50 feet.
BK. On the REF SET/MODE SELECT panel, adjust the BARO SET knob until the altitude displayed
on the pilot PFD is at least 200 feet different from the previous altitude value.
Verify that: On the test set, the IFF REPLY ALTITUDE display is the altitude noted in step BI above.
BL. On the pilot REF SET/MODE SELECT panel, set the BARO SET knob to 29.92 in Hg (1013 mbar).
BM. Open the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23
Verify that: The following FAIL messages appear on the CMDU 3 ESA page:

IFF ALT FAIL

Q-FEEL/TLU AD FAIL
ADC 1 FAIL
P AUTOPILOT UNAVAIL
CP AUTOPILOT UNAVAIL
TCAS FAIL
GCAS FAIL
BN. Close the following circuit breakers :

ADC 1 (7FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 24

SPTU 1 (9FF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 23
Verify that: FAIL messages from previous steps clear off the CMDU 3 ESA page.
BO. On the CNI-MU , press the PREV PAGE select key.

21-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.

BP. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE C ON/OUT until OUT is
highlighted.
BQ. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
BR. On the test set, the MODE C reply does not have any altitude data.
BS. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE C ON/OUT until ON is
highlighted.
BT. MODE S TEST.
BU. On the pilot REF SET/MODE SELECT panel, set the BARO SET knob to 29.92 in Hg (1013 mbar).
BV. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE S ALL CALL TEST is displayed.
Verify that: On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, the MODE S code and the TEST SET MODE S code
are the same.
Verify that: The MODE S code is the same code for the airplane.
BW. On the test set, press the SEL button until the test set displays PFD altitude ± 50 feet.
BX. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE C ON/OUT until OUT is
highlighted.
BY. On the test set, select ATCRBS page.
Verify that: The test set displays a MODE S reply without any altitude data.
BZ. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE C ON/OUT until ON is
highlighted.

NOTE

The Weight on Wheels (WOW) switch allows simulating the AIR

or GROUND condition and it is located in the Avionics Rack. The
FLIGHT/NORMAL switch is located above the Electrical Rack.

CA. Verify there is no airspeed simulation.

CB. On the FLIGHT/NORMAL switch, set to FLIGHT.
CC. On the WOW switch, place the AIR MODE switch to NML.
CD. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE S UF11 TEST is displayed, then press RUN.
Verify that: The MODE S reply indicates ON GROUND (CA=4).
Verify that: On CMDU 3 an ACAWS message AIR GROUND SIMULATION is displayed.
CE. On the WOW switch, place the AIR MODE switch to FLIGHT.
CF. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE S UFII TEST is displayed.
Verify that: The MODE S reply indicates IN AIR (CA=5).
CG. On the test set, press the SEL button until MODE S UFO TEST is displayed.
Verify that: The MODE S reply for MAX TRUE AIRSPEED is greater than 300 and less than or
equal to 600 kts (RI=C).
CH. On the WOW switch, place the AIR MODE switch to NML.
CI. On the FLIGHT/NORMAL switch, set to NORMAL.
CJ. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE S ON/OUT until OUT is
highlighted.

21-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: On the test set, the test set does not receive any MODE S ALL CALL replies.
CK. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to MODE S ON/OUT until ON is
highlighted.
CL. EMERGENCY TEST.

NOTE

Prior to performing the following steps, contact the local Air Traffic
Control tower to get authorization to transmit on IFF. IFF transmis-
sions shall be kept to a minimum.

CM. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
CN. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to EMER.
Verify that: The EMER OFF/ON indication automatically change to ON.
CO. On the test set, press the SEL button until ATCRB REPLY TEST page appears.
Verify that: Code 7700 is displayed on the test set.
Verify that: EM appears in the display.

NOTE

When the Emergency Mode is turned ON, all IFF modes are com-
manded to ON.

CP. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to EMER OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
CQ. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until STBY is highlighted.
CR. MODE 1-2 TEST.

NOTE

The IFF operates in the DIVERSITY mode at all times. To ensure

only the TOP antenna is being tested, disconnect the BOTTOM
antenna at the IFF and install a dummy load on the IFF BOTTOM
antenna connector.

CS. Position the test set 5 to 10 feet from the IFF TOP antenna.
CT. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until ON is highlighted.
CU. On the test set, press the SEL button until 1, 2 REPLY TEST page is displayed.

NOTE

If the Test Set displays NO REPLY FROM XPDR, either the

transponder failed, is turned off, or test set was too far from
transponder antenna.

CV. On the CNI-MU , press the NEXT PAGE select key.

Verify that: IFF 2/3 page is displayed.
CW. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
Verify that: The code displayed on the test set is 7300 and the code displayed on the CNI-MU is
73 for MODE 1.
CX. On the CNI-MU , press the PREV PAGE select key.

21-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.

CY. On the test set, press the SEL button until 1, 2 REPLY TEST page is displayed.
CZ. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until STBY is highlighted.
DA. On the test set, press the SEL button until 1, 2 REPLY TEST page is displayed.
DB. On the CNI-MU , press the NEXT PAGE select key.
Verify that: IFF 2/3 page is displayed.
DC. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF.
Verify that: On the test set, there is no reply from the IFF.
DD. On the CNI-MU , press the PREV PAGE select key.
Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.
DE. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until ON is highlighted.
DF. On the test set, press the RUN/STOP button to interrogate the IFF
Verify that: The code displayed on the test set is the same as the code set on the CNI-MU for
MODE 2.
DG. On IFF transponder remove dummy load and reconnect BOTTOM antenna.
DH. IFF CNRP CONTROL TEST.
DI. On the CNRP, press the NAV select key.
Verify that: The NAV page is displayed.

NOTE

Note the displayed IFF MODE 3 Code. It will be referred to later

in this procedure.

DJ. On the CNRP NAV page, verify that the IFF MODE 3 Code (XXXX) and 3C is displayed on the
screen.
DK. On the CNRP key pad, enter 7700.
DL. On the CNRP, Press the IFF CODE/3C select key.
Verify that: 7700 AND C3 are displayed on the NAV screen.
DM. On the test set, verify that the code is 7700 (EM).
DN. On the CNRP key pad, enter the previous IFF MODE 3 code that was displayed in step DH above.
DO. On the CNRP, Press the IFF CODE/3C select key.
Verify that: The previous IFF MODE 3 Code is displayed.
DP. On the CNI-MU , press the IFF select key.
Verify that: The IFF 1/3 page is displayed
DQ. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until ON is highlighted
and STBY is in inverse video.
DR. Open the 9SK IFF circuit breaker.
Verify that: IFF FAIL message is displayed on ESA page.
DS. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to STBY/ON until ON is highlighted.
DT. Close the 9SK IFFcircuit breaker.

21-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: IFF FAIL message is clears off the ESA page.
DU. On the CNI-MU IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to POWER OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: IFF is turned off.
DV. Close Access Panel 130AD in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual
DW. End Test.

21-20. TROUBLESHOOTING
21-21. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 21-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3453010.
IFF ALT Fail (FD Message) (345010)
Step 1. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Remove and replace IFF receiver
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel transmitter.
(201VE) in position C 19
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8.
Disconnect 1SKA from IFF receiver transmitter.
Disconnect 1TAG from BIU NO:1. Is continuity
present between the following? 1TAG pin 22 and
1SKA pin 60, 1TAG pin 23 and 1SKA pin 59.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3453011. IFF COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3453011)

21-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1 YES Remove and replace IFF receiver
NOTE transmitter.
Do not transmit IFF without prior clearance from local
control tower and request mode 1, 2, and 3A codes
for maintenance.
If troubleshooting any fault code except 3453021 or
3453041, set up Test Set. Apply external electrical
power. Turn on and initialize EGI No. 1.Close circuit
breakers as follows:
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 4
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6
On CNI-MU , press IFF key. On CNI-MU , press
LINE SELECT keys to set the following functions:
POWER to OFF position, STBY 1/2 to applicable
system, EMER to OFF position, MODE S to ON
position, MODE C to ON position, MODE 3 to ON
position, TCAS to STBY position, ABV/BLW/NOR to
NORM position. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE
key. On CNI-MU , press LINE SELECT keys to set
the following functions: MODE 1 to ON position,
MODE 2 to ON position, MIC IDENT to OUT position,
DAY A/B to A position. Is fuse on front panel of IFF
receiver transmitter open?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on Overhead YES Go to Step 3.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19.
Disconnect 1SKA from IFF receiver transmitter. Is
ground present on plug pin 35?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on Overhead YES Go to Step 8.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19.
Disconnect 1SKA from receiver transmitter. Close
circuit breaker IFF (9SK). Is 28 V dc present on plug
pin 24?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker IFF YES Go to Step 5.
(9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 19 terminal 1?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker IFF (9SK).

21-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Remove power to 302VE Avionics Rack. YES Go to Step 6.
Remove 302VE Avionics Rack. Close circuit breaker
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19. Is 28 V dc present on
302VEA pin N*?
NO Repair open circuit between
302VEA pin N* and circuit breaker
IFF (9SK) terminal 2.
Step 6. Is ground present on 302VEA pin C*? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present between the following? YES Remove and replace relay 13SK.
302VEE pin C* to relay 13SK socket X2. 302VEA If problem persists, remove and
pin N* to relay 13SK socket A1. BAU II NO:1 plug replace BAU II NO:1.
5TA pin 74 to relay 13SK socket X1. 302VEC pin
R to relay 13SK socket A2. 302VEC pin R to IFF
plug 1SKA pin 24.
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 8. Is ground present on plug pins 22 and 23? YES Go to Step 9.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on Overhead YES Go to Step 10.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19.
Disconnect 3SKA from Data Conversion Unit. Close
circuit breaker IFF (9SK). Is 28 V dc present on plug
pin M?
NO Repair circuit between TB302VVB
pin A* and plug 3SKA pin M.
Step 10. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on Overhead YES Go to Step 11.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19. Is
ground present on 3SKA pin N?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 11. Is continuity present between the following? YES Go to Step 12.
3SKA pin H and 1SKA pin 73 - 3SKA pin J and 1SKA
pin 34
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Go to Step 13.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8
SYNC REF 1 (23TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position 9
Disconnect 1TAG from BIU NO:1. Is continuity
present between the following? 3SKA pin B and
1TAG pin 10 -3SKA pin C and 1TAG pin 9 -3SKA pin
D and 1TAG pin 7 3SKA pin E and 1TAG pin 12.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 13. Is continuity present between 3SKA pins YES Go to Step 14.
F and G?
NO Repair circuit.

21-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 14. Remove and replace Data Conversion Unit YES Go to Step 15.
(DCU). Is the fault still present?
NO Fault fixed with replacement of
DCU.
Step 15. Remove and replace IFF receiver YES Remove and replace BIU NO:1.
transmitter (REC). Is the fault still present?
NO Fault fixed with replacement of IFF
receiver transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3453021. IFF ANT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453021)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Do not transmit IFF without prior clearance from local
control tower and request mode 1, 2, and 3A codes
for maintenance.
If troubleshooting any fault code except 3453021 or
3453041, set up Test Set. Apply external electrical
power. Turn on and initialize EGI No. 1. Close circuit
breakers as follows:
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 4
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6
On CNI-MU , press IFF key. On CNI-MU , press
LINE SELECT keys to set the following functions:
POWER to OFF position - STBY 1/2 to applicable
system, EMER to OFF position, MODE S to ON
position, MODE C to ON position, MODE 3 to ON
position, TCAS to STBY position, ABV/BLW/NOR to
NORM position. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE
key. On CNI-MU , press LINE SELECT keys to set
the following functions: MODE 1 to ON position,
MODE 2 to ON position, MIC IDENT to OUT position,
DAY A/B to A position. Disconnect 1SKD from IFF
receiver transmitter. Connect TB-6MN dummy load
to plug 1SKD of IFF receiver transmitter. On CNI-MU
, press line select key next to POWER until ON is
highlighted. Does fault code clear?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Remove top IFF antenna. Using TDR check YES Remove and replace top IFF
coaxial cable. Does coaxial cable check good? antenna.
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.

21-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. On CNI-MU , press line select key next to YES Go to Step 4.
POWER until OFF is highlighted. Remove TB-6MN
dummy load and connect top antenna coaxial cable
to IFF receiver transmitter. Disconnect 1SKC from
IFF receiver transmitter. Connect TB-6MN dummy
load to plug 1SKC of IFF receiver transmitter. On
CNI-MU , press line select key next to POWER until
ON is highlighted. Does fault code clear?
NO Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
Step 4. Remove bottom IFF antenna. Using TDR YES Remove and replace bottom IFF
check coaxial cable. Does coaxial cable check good? antenna.
NO Repair or remove and replace
coaxial cable as required.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3453A01. IFF SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3453A01)
Step 1 YES Go to Step 3.
NOTE
Do not transmit IFF without prior clearance from local
control tower and request mode 1, 2, and 3A codes
for maintenance.
If troubleshooting any fault code except 3453021 or
3453041, set up Test Set. Apply external electrical
power. Turn on and initialize EGI No. 1. Close circuit
breakers as follows:
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 4
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6.
On CNI-MU , press IFF key. On CNI-MU , press LINE
SELECT keys to set the following functions: POWER
to OFF position, STBY 1/2 to applicable system,
EMER to OFF position, MODE S to ON position,
MODE C to ON position, MODE 3 to ON position,
TCAS to STBY position, ABV/BLW/NOR to NORM
position. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE key.
On CNI-MU , press LINE SELECT keys to set the
following functions: MODE 1 to ON position, MODE
2 to ON position, MIC IDENT to OUT position, DAY
A/B to A position. Is aircraft transmitting IFF mode
S while on the ground?
NO Go to Step 2.

21-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Remove and replace BAU II NO:2.
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel If fault persists, problem is in
(201VE) in position C 19 landing gear system; troubleshoot
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker applicable fault code.
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6. Disconnect 4TAC. Is continuity
present between 1SKA pin 10 and BAU II NO:2 plug
4TAC pin 83?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on Overhead YES Remove and replace IFF receiver
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 19. transmitter.
Disconnect 1SKA from receiver transmitter. Close
circuit breaker IFF (9SK). Is ground present on plug
pin 10?
NO Go to Step 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3453013. IFF FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453013)
Failure 1 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3453014. IFF MODE 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453014)
Failure 2 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3453015. IFF MODE 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453015)
Failure 3 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3453016.IFF MODE 3 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453016)
Failure 4 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 3453018. IFF MODE C FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453018)
Failure 5 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 3453019. IFF MODE S FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3453019)
Failure 6 Remove and replace IFF receiver
transmitter.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 3453921. IFF MODE S CONTINUE TO TRANSMIT WHILE AIRPLANE IS ON GROUND.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3453921)

21-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 21-3. Troubleshooting of IFF System - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1 YES Remove and replace IFF receiver
NOTE transmitter.
Do not transmit IFF without prior clearance from local
control tower and request mode 1, 2, and 3A codes
for maintenance.
If troubleshooting any fault code except 3453021 or
3453041, set up Test Set. Apply external electrical
power. Turn on and initialize EGI No. 1. Close circuit
breakers as follows:
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 7
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 8
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA} on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position P 4
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6.
On CNI-MU , press IFF key. On CNI-MU , press LINE
SELECT keys to set the following functions: POWER
to OFF position, STBY 1/2 to applicable system,
EMER to OFF position, MODE S to ON position,
MODE C to ON position, MODE 3 to ON position,
TCAS to STBY position, ABV/BLW/NOR to NORM
position. On CNI-MU , press NEXT PAGE key.
On CNI-MU , press LINE SELECT keys to set the
following functions: MODE 1 to ON position, MODE
2 to ON position, MIC IDENT to OUT position, DAY
A/B to A position. Open circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 19. Disconnect 1SKA from receiver transmitter.
Close circuit breaker IFF (9SK). Is ground present
on plug pin 10?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers as follows: YES Go to Step 3.
IFF (9SK) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 19
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA} on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel in position G 6
Disconnect 4TAC. Is continuity present between
1SKA pin 10 and BAU II NO:2 plug 4TAC pin 83?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove and replace BAU II NO:2. Is fault YES Go to System Landing Gear.
still present?
NO Fault fixed with replacement of
BAU II NO:2.
END OF TEST

21-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

21-22. MAINTENANCE
21-23. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

21-24. Removal and Installation of the IFF System components is described here.

Table 21-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

21-25. IFF TRANSPONDER

21-26. REMOVAL. Remove the Transponder as follows:

A. Open and tag the circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 19.
B. Open Access Panel 130AH (Figure 21-4).
C. Disconnect 4 connectors on front of Transponder.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of Transponder.
E. Slide Transponder from the rack and remove.

21-27. INSTALLATION. Install the IFF Transponder as follows:

A. Position Transponder in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide Transponder into mounting tray. Ensure Power Amplifier engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect 4 connectors to Transponder.
E. Remove tag and close circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 19.

21-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

F. Perform IFF System Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 21-19.

G. Close Access Panel 130AH (Figure 21-4)
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27j-2-1 manual.

21-28. DATA CONVERTER UNIT

21-29. REMOVAL. Remove the Data Converter Unit as follows:

A. Remove insulation pad from Avionics rack.

B. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual and attach
tag to the external electrical power receptacle.
C. On the Electrical System Control Panel (202VE), set BATT selector switch to OFF and attach tag.
D. Open Access Panel 220HZ (Figure 21-4).
E. Remove shelf 302VE.
F. Disconnect connector from Data Conversion Unit.
G. Remove 4 screws that secure Data Conversion Unit.
H. Remove Data Conversion Unit from shelf.

21-30. Install the Data Converter Unit as follows:

A. Position Data Conversion Unit on shelf.

B. Install 4 screws that secure Data Conversion Unit.
C. Connect connector to the Data Conversion Unit.
D. Install shelf 302VE.
E. On the Electrical System Control Panel (202VE), remove tag.
F. Remove tag from the external electrical power receptacle.
G. Connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
H. Set BATT selector switch to ON.
I. Perform Shelf 302VE Functional Test in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-8 manual.
J. Close access panel 220HZ (Figure 21-4).
K. Install insulation pad on Avionics rack.
L. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

21-31. IFF TOP ANTENNA

21-32. REMOVAL. Remove the top IFF Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 19.

21-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.
B. Remove sealant from perimeter of antenna base, adapter and fuselage with sharp non-metallic
scraper.
C. Remove 6 screws that secure antenna to adapter.
D. Lift and support antenna clear of adapter until cable connector is accessible.
E. Disconnect cable connector from the IFF antenna.
F. Remove antenna.
G. Remove and discard old gasket from mounting surface and inspect fuselage mounting surface for
signs of corrosion.

21-33. INSTALLATION. Install the top IFF Antenna as follows:

WARNING

Fall protection is required when working from mainte-

nance stands or on top of the aircraft.

A. Clean antenna mounting surface using a sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove old gasket material
and old sealant from antenna mounting surface, screw holes, and fuselage mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean mating surface on antenna, adapter, mounting surface, screw holes, and screws with a
clean lint-free cloth moistened with aliphatic naphtha.
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Apply a 0.010 to 0.015 inch (0.25 to 0.38 mm) thickness of electrically conductive, corrosion
inhibitive sealing compound to adapter surface and position and align gasket against antenna
adapter surface.
E. Connect coaxial cable to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket.
G. Install and tighten 6 screws.
H. Remove excess sealant with a clean lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha and wipe
clean.

21-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

I. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna base and the aircraft.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
J. Remove tag and close the circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 19.
K. Perform IFF Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 21-19.
L. Aircraft power is no longer required. As required, disconnect external electrical power in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
M. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the mounting surface.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.
N. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the
mounting surface and the Antenna.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.
O. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
P. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.
Q. Perform fuselage pressurization test in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

21-34. IFF BOTTOM ANTENNA

21-35. REMOVAL. Remove the bottom IFF Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 19.
B. Remove sealant from perimeter of antenna base, adapter and fuselage with sharp non-metallic
scraper.

NOTE

There are 12 screws securing the IFF protection plate and antenna
to the fuselage. Note the locations of removed screws as four of
the screws a different size.
C. Remove 12 screws that secure the protection plate and antenna to the fuselage.
D. Lower and support antenna clear of adapter until cable connector is accessible.
E. Disconnect cable connector from the IFF antenna.

21-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

F. Remove antenna.
G. Remove and discard old gasket from mounting surface and inspect fuselage mounting surface for
signs of corrosion.

21-36. INSTALLATION. Install the bottom IFF Antenna as follows:

A. Clean antenna mounting surface using a sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove old gasket material
and old sealant from antenna mounting surface, screw holes, and fuselage mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).

B. Clean mating surface on antenna, adapter, mounting surface, screw holes, and screws with a
clean lint-free cloth moistened with TT-N-95.
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Apply a 0.010 to 0.015 inch (0.25 to 0.38 mm) thickness of electrically conductive, corrosion in-
hibitive sealing compound (MIL-S-733) to gasket and position and align gasket against antenna
adapter surface.
E. Connect coaxial cable to antenna.
F. Position antenna on gasket.
G. Install and tighten 12 screws using noted locations from removal process.
H. Remove excess sealant with a clean lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha and wipe
clean.
I. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna base and the aircraft.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
J. Remove tag and close the circuit breaker IFF (9SK) on the Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position C 19.
K. Perform IFF Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 21-19.
L. Aircraft power is no longer required. As required, disconnect external electrical power in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
M. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the mounting surface.

21-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.

N. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the
mounting surface and the Antenna.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

O. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
P. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.

21-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 21-4. Location of Access Panels 130AH, and 220HZ

21-29 / (21-30 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXII

AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

22-1. DESCRIPTION

22-2. GENERAL

22-3. The Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system is a low frequency radio navigation aid that functions as
an automatic direction finder, or as a standard low and medium frequency radio receiver. As a direction finder,
the ADF provides a continuous display on the Primary Flight Display (PFD), of the relative bearing of a received
Radio Frequency (RF) signal. It also provides audio for station identification. As a standard radio receiver,
the ADF provides audio for monitoring the stations transmitting RF signals using Amplitude Modulation (AM) or
Continuous Wave (CW). The ADF is also capable of providing aural outputs of received signals. Control of the
ADF system is through the Communication/Navigation/ Identification Management System (CNI-MS) and the
Single Avionics Management Unit (SAMU).

22-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

22-5. The ADF system consists of one receiver. and one antenna (Figure 22-1).

22-6. RECEIVER. The receiver has an operating range of 100 to 2199.5 KHz with tuning increments of 0.5
KHz. The receiver outputs are sent to the Mission Computer (MC) for display on the PFD Horizontal Situation
Indicator (HSI) and to the Intercommunication System (ICS) Central Switching Unit (CSU) for aural presentation,
if selected. The inputs to and outputs from the receiver are via MIL-STD-1553B (1553B) comm/nav data bus.
The receiver contains five subassemblies as follows: interconnect assembly, tuner circuit card, synthesizer/in-
strumentation circuit card, instrument driver/power supply circuit card, and 1553B remote terminal circuit card.

– Interconnect Assembly. This assembly electrically connects the four other cards and the main
connector on the receiver.
– Tuner Circuit Card. The tuner circuit card is a dual conversion receiver operating in the frequency
range of 100 to 2199.5 KHz. The tuner circuit card contains the frequency translation, coherent
detector, lock detector, and audio output circuits.
– Synthesizer/Instrumentation Circuit Card. This card contains the frequency synthesizer for devel-
oping injection signals for the RF tuner card, serial data input circuits that convert serial control
data to parallel data, and instrumentation circuits that detect the relative amplitude of the signals
from the two loop antennas.
– Instrument Driver/Power Supply Circuit Card. This circuit card provides all the necessary voltages
required for operation of the receiver and the B+ and B− voltages for the antenna.
– Remote Terminal Circuit Card. The 1553B remote terminal circuit card provides for remote control
of the receiver via a MIL-STD-1553 data bus. The received serial control data from bus A or
bus B is decoded from Manchester biphase code to transistor-transistor-logic (TTL) for use by
the synthesizer/instrument circuit card. ADF bearing and frequency/mode control monitor data is
encoded from TTL serial data to Manchester biphase code for transmission via the 1553B data
bus back to the CNI-SP and MC.
ANTENNA. The antenna is located on the bottom of the aircraft on the centerline. The antenna contains one
sense antenna and two loop antennas. The loop antennas are physically mounted 90 degrees apart. One

22-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

antenna is oriented to receive maximum signal when the aircraft is headed directly toward (zero degrees) or
away (180 degrees) from the ground transmitter and minimum signal strength when heading 90 degrees and
270 degrees relative to ground transmitter. The signal strength is proportional to the cosine function of the rela-
tive angle between aircraft heading (longitudinal axis) and ground transmitter bearing. The other loop antenna
signal strength is maximum at 90 degrees and 270 degrees and minimum at 0 degrees and 180 degrees (sine
function). To determine the correct bearing angle, the sine and cosine signals must be combined with a signal
that is not affected by relative bearing. This signal is obtained from the sense antenna. The sense antenna is
omnidirectional. The ADF RF field pattern in the vicinity of the aircraft is distorted by the outline of the aircraft
and the location of the antenna. This distortion results in radio bearing error if it is not corrected (quadrantal
error correction). The method of providing quadrantal error correction designed for the system is to control the
relative amplitudes of the sine modulate and cosine modulate signal supplied to the ADF antenna by the ADF
receiver. The ADF quadrantal error correction is achieved by aircraft connector strapping.

22-7. ADF SYSTEM OPERATION

22-8. GENERAL. The ADF system has two functional modes of operation; antenna (ANT) mode and ADF
mode. In ANT mode, the system functions as an aural receiver, providing only an aural output of the received
signal. In ADF mode, the system functions as an automatic direction finder that provides relative bearing to the
station, and an aural output of the received signal. A TONE submode of operation may be selected in either
ANT or ADF mode of operation. In TONE submode, the receiver provides a 1,000 Hz aural output tone when a
signal is received, to identify keyed CW signals.

22-9. OPERATION. The CNI/MU or the CNRP can be used to control the ADF radio. Audio signals or radio
stations can be monitored through the ICS MON panel by pulling the ADF monitor switch.

22-10. On the CNI/MU panel, the NAV TUNE INDEX page allows access to the navigation radios. Pressing
the ADF line select key opens the NAV TUNE ADF page showing the current frequency tuned. Data base
frequencies can be selected using the scratchpad.

22-11. The CNRP panel provides an alternate way to tune the ADF radio by pressing the NAV mode select
key and entering a new frequency.

22-12. The SAMU enables pilots to manipulate and interface the ADF information on the CMDU PFD and
other displays.

22-13. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built In Test (BIT) performed by
the ADF system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the power is
applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the ACAWS.
The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed the
power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

22-14. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message ADF FAIL.

22-15. POWER DISTRIBUTION. Power to the ADFsystem is controlled by the CNI/MU, controlling the BAU
Type II No. 1 output to the coil of the ADF power relay. When the relay is energized, 28 V dc from the ADF(5RP)
circuit breaker powers the ADF receiver. The ADF circuit breaker is powered by the following bus.

5RP ADF 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

22-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 22-1. ADF System Components

22-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 22-2. ADF System Schematic Diagram ( RP System )

22-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

22-16. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

22-17. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

22-18. AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

22-19. Perform Automatic Direction Finder System Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Ensure ADF (5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 12 is closed.
C. On the pilot SAMU, press the NAV select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV RADAR page is displayed.
D. On the PILOT NAV RADAR page, press the select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is
highlighted.
E. On the pilot SAMU, press the PTRS select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV SELECT page is displayed.
F. On the PILOT NAV SELECT page, press the select key adjacent to PNTR 1.
Verify that: PILOT POINTER 1 page is displayed.
G. On the PILOT POINTER 1 page, press the select key adjacent to ADF 1.
Verify that: ADF 1 is the source for the pilot POINTER 1.
H. On pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: The NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
I. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to ADF 1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE ADF 1 page is displayed.
J. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF 1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until
ON is highlighted.
Verify that: ADF 1 is powered on.
K. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF 1 page, press the select key adjacent to ANT/ADF until ADF
is highlighted.
L. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter a local radio station frequency.
M. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: The entered frequency is displayed on the bottom right corner of CMDU 1 and on the
NAV TUNE ADF1 page under IDENT.
N. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the INDX select key.
Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.
O. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 1/2 page, press the select key adjacent to POWER UP.
Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed.
P. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter the local Latitude and Longitude.

22-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Q. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the select key adjacent to Latitude and Longitude.
Verify that: Local Latitude and Longitude is displayed on the POWER UP page.
R. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: Alignment process starts for the EGI.
Verify that: Upon completion of alignment process, EGI is placed in the NAV mode.
S. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV CTRL select key.
Verify that: INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page is displayed.
T. On the pilot CNI-MU INAV1 CTRL SOLN 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to INS1/RAD.
Verify that: INS1 STATUS is displayed.
U. On the CMDU, verify that there are no INS or EGI failures.
V. On the pilot PFD, verify that the relative bearing of the selected ADF radio station is indicated by
POINTER 1.
W. On the pilot ICS Monitor panel, pull out the ADF1 switch.
Verify that: Audio is heard in the headset.
X. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
Y. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to ADF1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE ADF1 page is displayed.
Z. On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the line select key adjacent to TONE OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD, the pointer rotates smoothly and rotates 90 degrees from the last
bearing.
Verify that: A 1000 Hz audio tone is heard in the headset.
AA. On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to TONE OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
AB. On the pilot PFD, the pointer returns to the direction of the local radio station.
AC. On the pilot CNI-MU key pad, enter an unused frequency.
AD. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to IDENT.
Verify that: Frequency is entered and displayed on the NAV TUNE ADF1 page.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD, the pointer disappears from the Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI).
AE. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to EMG until LO is
highlighted.
Verify that: On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, EMGL is displayed under IDENT.
Verify that: On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, R 500.0 is displayed under FREQ.
Verify that: Frequency 500.0 is displayed on the pilot PFD.
AF. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to EMG until HI is
highlighted.
Verify that: On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, EMGH is displayed under IDENT.
Verify that: On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, R 2182.0 is displayed under FREQ.

22-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: Frequency 2182.0 is displayed on the pilot PFD.

AG. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to EMG until OFF is
highlighted.
AH. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to ANT/ADF until ANT
is highlighted.
Verify that: On the pilot PFD, the pointer disappears.
Verify that: Audio is still heard on the headset.
AI. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to ANT/ADF until ADF
is highlighted.
Verify that: On the Pilot PFD, the pointer reappears.
AJ. On the CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to TONE OFF/ON until ON
is highlighted.
Verify that: A 1020 Hz audio tone is heard in the headset.
AK. On the CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to TONE OFF/ON until OFF
is highlighted.
Verify that: The 1020 Hz audio tone is no longer heard in the headset.
AL. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the line select key adjacent to POWER OFF/ON
until OFF is highlighted.
AM. End of Test.

22-20. TROUBLESHOOTING
22-21. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 22-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3454010.
ADF Fail (FD Message) (3454010)

22-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power.Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key, then
press line select key next to ADF. Use alphanumeric
keys to enter 190 KHz frequency. Press line select
key next to IDENT. Open circuit breaker ADF (5RP)
on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position D 12. Disconnect 1RPA from ADF receiver.
Is ground present on pins E and Z*?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker ADF (5RP) on YES Go to Step 9.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 12. Is 28 V dc present on plug pin D?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker ADF YES Go to Step 4.
(5RP) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace circuit
breaker ADF (5RP).
Step 4. Remove power to 302VE Avionics Rack. YES Go to Step 5.
Remove 302VE Avionics Rack. Close circuit breaker
ADF (5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position D 12. Is 28 V dc present on
302VEA pin K*?
NO Repair open circuit between
302VEA pin K* and circuit breaker
ADF (5RP) terminal 2
Step 5. Is ground present on 302VEE pin P? YES Go to Step 6.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 6. Is continuity present between the following: YES Go to step 7.
302VEA pin V to ADF Receiver plug 1RPA pin D, 302
VEA pin K* to relay 7RP pin A2, 302 VEA pin V to
relay 7RP pin A1, 302 VEA pin P to relay 7RP pin X2,
BAU II No. 1 plug 5TAC pin 72 to relay 7RP pin X1?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 7. Remove and replace ADF Receiver. Does YES Fault fixed.
fault clear?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Remove and replace ADF Antenna. Does YES Fault fixed.
fault clear?
NO Remove and replace relay 7RP.
If problem persists, remove and
replace BAU II No. 1.
Step 9. Open circuit breaker ADF (5RP) on Overhead YES Go to Step 10.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 12. Is
continuity present between plug pins as follows: plug
1RPA pins BB to HH, plug 1RPA pins EE to HH, plug
1RPA pins GG to HH?
NO Repair circuit.

22-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Disconnect 1RPB and 1RPC from ADF YES Troubleshoot COM/NAV data bus
receiver. Is resistance between plug pins as follows: fault.
BUS A, 1RPB center to inner conductor (1 ohm),
BUS A, 1RPB center conductor to backshell (infinity),
BUS A, 1RPB inner conductor to backshell (infinity),
-BUS B, 1RPC center to inner conductor (1 ohm),
BUS B, 1RPC center conductor to backshell (infinity),
BUS B, 1RPC inner conductor to backshell (infinity)?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. Are values correct for data bus A coupler YES Remove and replace data bus
only? B coupler network 25Tcircuit
breaker, then troubleshoot
COM/NAV data bus fault.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. Are values correct for data bus B coupler YES Remove and replace data bus
only? A coupler network 13Tcircuit
breaker, then troubleshoot
COM/NAV data bus fault.
NO Remove and replace data bus A
and B coupler networks 25Tcircuit
breaker/13Tcircuit breaker.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3454A01. DFA DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (3454A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Go to Step 2.
initialize EGI System. Close circuit breaker ADF
(5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 12. Connect headset to ICS. On
SAMU main menu, press line select key next to NAV
SELECT. On NAV SELECT menu, press line select
key next to PNTR 1. On POINTER 1 menu, press
line select key next to ADF.
NOTE
If pilot interphone station is not operational, copilot
station can be used throughout following procedure.
On pilot ICS Monitor Control Panel, pull out ADF 1
switch and rotate to midrange. On CNI-MU press
line select key next to TEST OFF/ON until ON is
highlighted. Did pilot’s CMDU No. 1 bearing pointer
slew 90 degrees and is a 400 Hz tone heard in
headset?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 2. On CNI-MU , press NAV TUNE key, press YES Go to Step 3.
line select key next to ADF, use alphanumeric keys
to enter a desired frequency from each frequency
band one at a time. Press line select key next to
IDENT. Is ADF audio and bearing indication good for
each station frequency selected within each band?
- 190.0 to 279.5 KHz, 280.0 to 399.5 KHz, 400.0 to
599.5 KHz, 600.0 to 899.5 KHz, 900.0 to 1399.5
KHz, 1400.0 to 1750.0 KHz.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 3. On CNI-MU , press and hold line select key YES Direction Finder operation normal.
next to TONE. Is beat tone heard in headset ?

22-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace receiver.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker ADF (5RP) on Overhead YES Go to Step 5.
Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 12.
Disconnect 1RPA. Is ground present on plug pin Y?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between plug pins: P YES Go to Step 6.
to M*, R to M*, S to M*?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Remove ADF antenna. Is ground present YES Repair shorted triaxial cable.
on 3RPA pin A or B?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is continuity present between 1RPA pin A YES Go to Step 8.
and 3RPA pin A?
NO Repair shorted triaxial cable.
Step 8. Check for continuity between: plug 1RPA pin YES Go to Step 9.
B and 3RPA pin B, plug 1RPA pin B and 3RPA pin H,
plug 1RPA pin B and 3RPA pin J, plug 1RPA pin B
and 3RPA pin K. Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is ground present on 3RPA pin E? YES Go to Step 10.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between plug pins YES Remove and replace antenna.
as follows: plug 1RPA pin P* and plug 3RPA pin C,
plug 1RPA pin W and plug 3RPA pin D, plug 1RPA
pin V and plug 3RPA pin F, plug 1RPA pin X and
plug 3RPA pin G?
NO Remove and replace circuit.
Step 11. Is fault associated only with audio? YES Go to Step 12.
NO System operates normal.
Step 12. Enter an AM broadcast frequency. On all YES Go to Step 13.
other ICS Monitor Control Panels, pull out and rotate
ADF switch to midrange. Is ADF audio heard at each
station?
NO Fault in interphone system,
troubleshoot fault.
Step 13. Open circuit breaker ADF (5RP) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 12. Disconnect 1RPA from ADF receiver. Open
circuit breaker 32RZ ICS-CSU. Disconnect 1RZC
from CSU. Is continuity present between plug pins as
follows: 1RPA pin H to 1RZC pin 41, 1RPA pin D* to
1RZC pin 42?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 3454902. NO. 1 ADF AUDIO INOPERATIVE. ADF BEARING INDICATION NORMAL.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3454902)

22-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Go to Step 2.
initialize EGI System. Close circuit breaker ADF
(5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 12. Connect headset to ICS. On
SAMU main menu, press line select key next to NAV
SELECT. On NAV SELECT menu, press line select
key next to PNTR 1. On POINTER 1 menu, press
line select key next to ADF. Enter an AM broadcast
frequency. On all other ICS Monitor Control Panels,
pull out and rotate ADF switch to midrange. Is ADF
audio heard at each station?
NO Fault in interphone system,
troubleshoot fault.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker ADF (5RP) on YES Remove and replace CSU.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
D 12. Disconnect 1RPA from ADF receiver. Open
circuit breaker ICS-CSU (32RZ) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 3. Disconnect
1RZC from CSU. Is continuity present between plug
pins as follows: 1RPA pin H to 1RZC pin 41, 1RPA
pin D* to 1RZC pin 42?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3454900. NO. 1 ADF AUDIO INOPERATIVE. ADF BEARING INDICATION NORMAL.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3454900)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on and YES Go to Step 2.
initialize EGI System. Close circuit breaker ADF
(5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE)
in position D 12. Connect headset to ICS. On
SAMU main menu, press line select key next to NAV
SELECT. On NAV SELECT menu, press line select
key next to PNTR 1. On POINTER 1 menu, press
line select key next to ADF. Open circuit breaker ADF
(5RP). Disconnect 1RPA. Is ground present on plug
pin Y?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug pins: P YES Go to Step 3.
to M*, R to M*, S to M*?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Remove ADF antenna. Is ground present YES Repair shorted triaxial cable.
on 3RPA pin A or B?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is continuity present between 1RPA pin A YES Go to Step 5.
and 3RPA pin A?
NO Repair shorted triaxial cable.
Step 5. Check for continuity between: plug 1RPA pin YES Go to Step 6.
B and 3RPA pin B, plug 1RPA pin B and 3RPA pin H,
plug 1RPA pin B and 3RPA pin J, plug 1RPA pin B
and 3RPA pin K. Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is ground present on 3RPA pin E? YES Go to Step 7.

22-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 22-2. Troubleshooting of AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. Is continuity present between plug pins as YES Remove and replace antenna.
follows: plug 1RPA pin P* and plug 3RPA pin C, plug
1RPA pin W and plug 3RPA pin D, plug 1RPA pin
V and plug 3RPA pin F, plug 1RPA pin X and plug
3RPA pin G?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3454904. NO. 1 ADF BEAT FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR TONE INOPERATIVE. ADF
AUDIO NORMAL WHILE RECEIVING BROADCAST/RANGE STATION (VISUAL DETECTION) (3454904)
Failure 1 Remove and replace ADF receiver.
END OF TEST

22-23. MAINTENANCE
22-24. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

22-25. Removal and Installation of the Automatic Direction Finder System components is described here.

Table 22-3. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

22-26. ADF RECEIVER

22-27. REMOVAL. Remove the Receiver as follows:

22-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

Upper cargo door must be lowered and disabled prior

to attempting to replace the ADF Receiver. Failure to
comply may result in personnel injury.

A. Ensure cargo door is lowered, then deactivate by opening and tagging the following circuit breakers
:

HYD ACMP 1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25
HYD ACMP 2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28
B. Open and tag the ADF (5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 12.
C. Disconnect the three connectors from front of Receiver.
D. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assembly and disengage collet from hold-down hook
of Receiver.
E. Using top handle, remove unit by sliding out of mount.

22-28. INSTALLATION. Install the Receiver as follows:

A. Position Receiver in mounting rack.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.

B. Slide Receiver into mounting tray. Ensure Receiver engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet equipment holddown hook and tighten to lock unit into
position.
D. Connect the 3 connectors to the front of Receiver.
E. Remove tag and close the ADF (5RP) circuit breaker.
F. Perform ADF system functional test.
G. Activate the cargo door by removing tags and closing the following circuit breakers :

HYD ACMP 1 (1DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 25
HYD ACMP 2 (2DE) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position V 28
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

22-29. ADF ANTENNA

22-30. REMOVAL. Remove the ADF Antenna as follows:

A. Open and tag the ADF (5RP) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position D 12.
B. Remove sealant from perimeter of antenna base, adapter and fuselage with sharp non-metallic
scraper.

22-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

There are two different screw sizes that secure the antenna to the
adapter. When removing the screws, note where the screws were
removed from.
C. Remove 4 screws that secure antenna to adapter.
D. Lift and support antenna clear of adapter until cable connectors are accessible.
E. Support antenna and lower until cable connector is accessible.
F. Disconnect cable connector from the antenna.
G. Remove antenna.
H. Remove and discard old gasket from mounting surface and inspect fuselage mounting surface for
signs of corrosion.

22-31. INSTALLATION. Install the ADF Antenna as follows:

A. Clean antenna mounting surface using a sharp non-metallic scraper. Remove old gasket material
and old sealant from antenna mounting surface, screw holes, and fuselage mounting surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).
B. Clean mating surface on antenna, adapter, mounting surface, screw holes, and screws with a
clean lint-free cloth moistened with aliphatic naphtha.
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Apply a 0.010 to 0.015 inch (0.25 to 0.38 mm) thickness of electrically conductive, corrosion
inhibitive sealing compound to adapter surface and position and align gasket against antenna
adapter surface.
E. Support antenna and connect cable connector to antenna.

NOTE

Replace screws in correct screw holes. Refer to notes from re-

moval procedure for screw locations.
F. Install four screws that secure antenna to antenna adapter and torque to 25 to 30 in-lbs (.288
to.346 mkg).
G. Remove excess sealant with a clean lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha and wipe
clean.
H. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the antenna base and the aircraft.
Verify that: Meter should read 0.0025 ohms or less.
I. Remove tag and close the ADF (5RP) circuit breaker.

22-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

J. Perform ADF Functional Test in accordance with this section.

K. Aircraft power is no longer required. As required, disconnect external electrical power in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
L. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the mounting surface.

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 CLASS B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is required.
Avoid all sources of ignition.

M. Fillet seal gap with corrosive inhibit sealant (MIL-S-81733) and smooth surfaces between the
mounting surface and the Antenna.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
may result in injury to personnel.

N. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
O. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.
P. Perform fuselage pressurization test in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

22-15 / (22-16 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXIII

COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICATION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

23-1. DESCRIPTION

23-2. GENERAL

23-3. The Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System (CNI-MS) is an integrated hard-

ware and software package which provides communication, navigation, identification, and flight management
functions to the aircrew. The CNI-MS lowers the workload on the aircrew by consolidating the control and man-
agement of these individual systems into a single entity. The CNI-MS provides control of the following systems:

– HF communication radios.
– V/UHF communications radios.
– Embedded GPS/INS (EGI).
– VOR/ILS/MB navigation radios.
– TACAN navigation radios.
– ADF navigation radios.
– IFF transponder.

23-4. The CNI-MS also has the capability to replicate the control functions of numerous systems that have
retained their individual control panels. Control of these system functions is via mission computer generated
soft panels which are displayed on the CNI Management Units (CNI-MU). The CNI-MU is capable of replicating
the control unit functions of the following systems:

– Aerial delivery
– Air conditioning.
– Lighting.
– Auxiliary power unit (APU).
– Bleed air control.
– Control boost.
– Electrical.
– Engine start.
– Fuel management.
– Hydraulic.
– Landing gear and lights.
– Oil cooler flaps.

23-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– Pressurization.
– Propeller control.
– Radar control.

23-5. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

23-6. The CNI-MS system consists of two System Processors (SP) and two Management Units (MU) (Figure
23-1).

23-7. System Processor. The CNI-SP uses a dual redundant MIL-STD-1553B data bus as the primary in-
terface for communications with the mission computers and systems on the Comm/Nav 1553B data bus. The
CNI-SP acts as bus controller for the left and right side Comm/Nav 1553B data buses. SP No. 1 (pilot) is initial-
ized as the bus controller on the left 1553B data bus and SP No. 2 (copilot) is initialized as the bus controller on
the right 1553B data bus. In the event of an SP failure, the remaining operational SP will assume the duties as
bus controller for the affected side. The CNI-SP will operate in one of three modes: dual, independent, or single.

23-8. CNI Management Unit. Two CNI-MU provide the crew interface to the CNI-MS via a keyboard, mode
select keys, line select keys, and a thin film electro-luminance (TFEL) flat panel display. The CNI-MU are remote
terminals on the left and right Comm/Nav 1553B data buses. They perform no calculations or operations on
their own; they merely display what they are commanded to display, and pass along key - press information.
The CNI-MU is sunlight readable and NVIS compatible, and can be operated by the crew with gloved hands.
The CNI-MU can display up to 14 lines of data, each with up to 24 characters per line.

23-9. COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

OPERATION

23-10. GENERAL. The primary control function of the CNI-MS can be broken into three categories; commu-
nication radio management, navigation radio management, and flight management (Figure 23-2).

23-11. Communication Radio Management. The communication radios can be selected and tuned via the
CNI-MS.
The COMM TUNE INDEX and the COMM TUNE pages on the CNI-MU (ICDU) provide the control panel func-
tions for the following radios:

– V/UHF 1 and 2.
– HF 1 and 2.

23-12. Navigation Radio Management. The navigation radios can be selected and tuned via the CNI-MS.
The NAV TUNE INDEX and the NAV TUNE pages on the CNI-MU (ICDU) provide the control panel functions
for the following navigation radios:

– TACAN 1 and 2.
– VOR/ILS.
– V/UHF Direction Finder.
– ADF.

Navigation System Management. The CNI-MS is also responsible for managing those navigation systems that
are not radio systems. Control of the Integrated Navigation (INAV) system, Inertial Navigation System (INS),
global positioning system (GPS), and the Distributed Air Data System (DADS) is performed via the CNI-MU.

23-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

23-13. Navigation Database and Custom Database Management. The navigation data base management
function includes a world wide navigation data base. The world wide data contains information such as airports,
runways, navigation aids, and airport reference points.
Custom Data. The custom data area contains the following four data types:

– Custom Waypoints - Custom waypoints may be defined by one of three methods: position, bearing
and range from a referenced waypoint, or by the intersection of bearings from two referenced
waypoints.
– Flight Plans - Flight plans specify an origin, destination, and route of flight.
– NAVAID Inhibit - Inhibited navaids are navaids that are not to be used by the SP for navigation
purposes.
– Ballistic Data - Contains parachute ballistic data used for computed aerial release points (CARP).

Performance. The performance function estimates the aircraft vertical profile and fuel consumption using a
combination of stored flight manual data and pilot entered data. This function includes the computation of air-
craft fuel consumption, gross weight, time and distance projections. Flight path predictions are computed by
the CNI-SP from the origin to the destination. As the flight progresses, the flight path predictions are updated
periodically to account for winds, route modifications, fuel updates, and actual time of arrival at the waypoints.

Guidance. The guidance function provides fully automatic guidance commands for the lateral axis. These
modes may be used separately or together to provide guidance commands to the autopilot and/or flight director.
Lateral guidance includes route leg sequencing and leg updating. Guidance functions compare aircraft present
position with the desired flight path and generates steering commands for the autopilot/flight director.

23-14. Functional Description. Each CNI-MU is used to provide operator inputs and to display information
pertaining to the various functions performed in the SP. Communication, navigation, and flight management
parameters are the primary display data. The two CNI-MU are redundant to each other, and each CNI-MU
can be serviced by either SP. The pilot and copilot may make selections from any CNI-MU at any time, call up
different pages on their CNI-MU without affecting what appears on the other, and override the default operation.
Synchronization of data between CNI-MU is handled by the SP. The systems are interconnected in such a way
as to allow access and control of nearly all flight management parameters, as long as one SP and one CNI-MU
are available.
CNI-MU Operation. On power up, the POWER UP page is displayed on the CNI-MU. The top left corner cell of
each page display is reserved for an indicator of which SP is supplying the CNI-MU display data. A 1 indicates
SP No. 1 and a 2 indicates SP No. 2. The indicator is displayed in small font inverse video if the source SP is
the Nav Master and normal video if it is the Nav Slave. If the SP does not contain a navigation data base, the
message NO NAV DB is displayed in the scratchpad.

A. Line Select Keys. Line select keys provide the means for data transfer to and from the scratchpad,
between separate display pages, and to select and initiate various functions. The line select keys
are arranged six on each side of the CNI-MU display and are numbered from one to six. Line
select keys on the left side of the display are defined as 1L through 6L and line select keys on
the right side of the display are defined as 1R through 6R. The line select keys are used to select
various functions associated with that line select key. Functions include but are not limited to:

1. Data Entry - Data from the scratchpad can be placed into the data field associated with a
line select key. This is accomplished by pressing the line select key adjacent to the line in
which the data is to be inserted. Lines that accept data entry are usually marked with solicit
dashes or box prompts, showing that data entry is possible and indicating input format.
2. Data Downselect - A data field associated with a line select key will be transferred to the
scratchpad area, if the scratchpad area is empty, by pressing the line select key.
3. Page Branching - Selection of a line select key associated with a data field in a page name
form normally will result in a branch to a sub menu page, or return to a main menu page.
4. Function Execution - If a data field associated with a line select key contains a function name,
its availability will be indicated by it’s font. Large font indicates the function is available, and
small font indicates the function is not available. Selection when the function is available will
result in that function being performed.

23-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

5. Mode Switching - A control mode switch can be associated with a line select key. A switch
may have a number of possible combinations. Selection increments the switch position in a
circular fashion with the selection moving from left to right. Typically the active switch mode
is displayed in large font, inverse video, while the inactive modes are displayed in small font.
6. Momentary switch - A line select key may serve to control a mode by providing a momentary
switch. Pressing the line select key and holding it down causes a change in states. When
the line select key is released, the switch returns to it’s original state.
B. Scratchpad. The bottom line of the display is designated as the scratchpad. The scratchpad is
used for data entry, messages, the delete function, and data transfer. Display of caution messages
is given first priority, followed by advisory messages, delete function, and then entries from the
alphanumeric keyboard or line select keys. Alphanumeric keys are used to enter characters into
the scratchpad. Entries appear in the scratchpad in a large font and are left justified. Alphanumeric
keys do not make entries to other lines of the display. Messages in the scratchpad area appear
in a large, inverse font, and are right justified. Messages and an operator input may appear in
the scratchpad area simultaneously. However, if the message is long enough it may overwrite the
operator input. All numeric entries are assumed to be positive numbers. If a negative number is
desired, the minus (−) key must be depressed before entering the number.

CNI-MU Paging. The CNI-MS allows the operator to control numerous individual systems via a series of CNI-MU
pages. The pages are accessed through a system of indexes that are organized according to the basic category
of the system. The V/UHF and HF radios are accessed via the COMM TUNE INDEX. The ADF, VOR, INS, GPS
and other navigational systems are accessed via the NAV TUNE INDEX. The remaining systems under CNI-MU
control are accessed in a similar fashion via the respective index grouping. The following is a list of CNI-MU
indexes.

A. COMM TUNE Index.

B. NAV TUNE Index
C. INAV Control Solution (NAV CTRL key).
D. INDEX (INDX key).
E. MISSION (MSN key).
F. TAKE OFF and LANDING DATA (TOLD key).
G. MISSION COMPUTER INDEX (MC INDX key).
H. COORDINATED AIRCRAFT POSITIONING SYSTEM (CAPS key).
I. NAVIGATION WAYPOINT MANAGEMENT (LEGS key).
J. MARK POSITION (MARK key).

23-15. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message.

23-16. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The CNI—MS circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

5TF CNI-SP 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1

6TF CNI-SP2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2
7TF CNI-MU 1 28 V dc MAIN BUS 1
8TF CNI-MU 2 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

23-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 23-1. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Components

23-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 23-2. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Schematic Diagram (TF System)(sheet 1/2)

23-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 23-2. Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

23-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

23-17. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

23-18. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

Table 23-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 PBA 2000
2 Air Data Test Set ADAC27J-945 Equivalent To connect the air data
pressure generators to the
aircraft and to allow the
system functional test
3 Pitot pipe adaptors MPS31C Functional and Calibration
checks of aircraft
4 Static pipe adaptors

23-19. INITIAL SETUP

23-20. Proceed as follows:

A. Connect the external power probes (28 VDC and 115 VAC) to the aircraft. To power up the aircraft.
B. After power up, verify that both CNI-MUs momentarily (approx. 20 seconds) display the "SOFT-
WARE VERSION" page and then go to the POWER UP page. Power UP page should be the
default.
C. On both CNI-MU verify the correct software Data base Part Number and Data base availability.
D. On the MAIN INSTRUMENT PANEL, verify that CMDU 1 displays the PFD format, CMDU 3 dis-
plays the ESA format, and CMDU 5 displays the PFD format. Otherwise select them in accordance
with the following steps.
E. On Pilot SAMU, select DISP and verify that the “PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT” is displayed, and then
select CMDU 1.
F. Verify that PFD format is displayed on CMDU 1.
G. On the Pilot’s SAMU, select DISP and then select CMDU 3.
H. Select ESA format for CMDU 3.
I. On Co Pilot SAMU, select DISP and then select CMDU 5.
J. Select PFD format for CMDU 5.
K. On Pilot SAMU, select DISP and then select CMDU 2.
L. Select NAV RADAR format for CMDU 2.
M. On Co Pilot SAMU, select DISP and then select CMDU 4.
N. Select NAV RADAR format for CMDU 4.
O. On CNI-MU’s POWER UP page scratchpad, enter the TIME , then press the “ 3R “ key.
P. On CNI-MU’s POWER UP page scratchpad, enter the DATE , then press the “ 2R “ key.

23-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Q. On CNI-MU’s POWER UP page scratchpad, enter the INU’s ALIGN POS (Alignment Position).
Then depress the “4L” key to insert the local Latitude and Longitude.

NOTE

Steps F thru O are required only if no GPS reception is available.

23-21. SAMU LIGHTING TRIM TEST

23-22. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

To perform the lighting test for RRSC the panel must be set to TR
with ICS back-up mode selected. At the end of test, set the ICS in
normal mode and the RRSC in off condition.

To perform the lighting test all 1553 Panels set the COPILOT
LIGHTING PANEL as follows: SIDE AND INST PANEL knob full
CW; CTR CONS full CW.
To perform the lighting test all 1553 Panels set the PILOT LIGHT-
ING PANEL as follows: SIDE AND INST PANEL knob full CW. At
the end of test set turn previous knobs in full CCW.

A. On Co Pilot SAMU press the MISC select key.

B. On Co Pilot press the 1553 LTG TRIM soft key.
C. Select the CMDU # 2 or CMDU # 4 on SAMU by pressing the adjacent line soft key.
D. Verify that, on selected display, the INTERIOR LIGHTING TRIM format will appear.
E. Select the page # 1on the previous format.

NOTE

If the first page doesn’t appear at once then, on SAMU, press the
line select key adjacent to PREV PAGE.

On COPILOT LIGHTING panel use the TEST switch to light the

Annunciator (LAMP) or the Display (DISP) when required in the
next steps.

F. Highlight EDGE LIGHTin AUTOPILOT/ FLIGHT DIRECTOR section on the selected CMDU by
pressing, on SAMU, DN or UP key if it is not just highlighted.
G. Verify that, depressing the line select key adjacent to DECREASE legend on SAMU, the trim value
of the selected highlighted channel decreases.
H. Verify that, depressing the line select key adjacent to INCREASE legend on SAMU, the trim value
of the selected highlighted channel increases.
I. Establish 70% of brightness for EDGE LIGHT.
J. Press, on Co Pilot SAMU, the DN key.
K. Verify that the legend CP GREEN ANNUNCIATORS is highlighted.
L. Verify that, depressing the line soft key adjacent to DECREASE legend on SAMU, the trim value
of the selected highlighted channel decreases, and the brightness level changes accordingly.

23-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

M. Verify that, depressing the line soft key adjacent to INCREASE legend on SAMU, the trim value of
the selected highlighted channel increases, and the brightness level changes accordingly.
N. Establish 70% of brightness for CP GREEN ANNUNCIATORS.
O. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP GREEN ANNUNCIATORS with P GREEN ANNUNCIATOR.
P. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P GREEN ANNUNCIATORS with CP GREEN ANNUNCIATOR
LEGENDS.
Q. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP GREEN ANNUNCIATORS LEGEND with P GREEN AN-
NUNCIATOR LEGENDS.
R. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P GREEN ANNUNCIATOR LEGENDS with READOUT.
S. Repeat steps from J to N replacing READOUT with EDGE LIGHT, #1 / P INCLINOMETER in
CMDUS section.
T. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, #1 / P INCLINOMETER with EDGE LIGHT, #2.
U. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, #2 with EDGE LIGHT, #3.
V. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, #3 with EDGE LIGHT, #4.
W. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, #4 with EDGE LIGHT, #5 / CP INCLINOMETER.
X. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, #5 / CP INCLINOMETER with CP EDGE LIGHT
in CNI-MUS section.
Y. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP EDGE LIGHT with CP ANNUNCIATOR.
Z. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP ANNUNCIATOR with P EDGE LIGHT.
AA. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P EDGE LIGHT with P ANNUNCIATOR.
AB. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P ANNUNCIATOR with EDGE LIGHT in the section
COMM/NAV/ RADIO.
AC. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, in the section COMM/NAV/RADIO with EDGE
LIGHT in the section CURSOR CONTROL PNL.
AD. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT, in the section CURSOR CONTROL PNL, with
ANNUNCIATOR in the section DEFENSIVE SYSTEMS PNL.
AE. Repeat steps from J to N replacing ANNUNCIATOR in the section with EDGE LIGHT.
AF. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT in the section DEFENSIVE SYSTEMS PNL with
CP EDGE LIGHT, in the section HEADING/COURSE PNLS.
AG. Verify that , on selected CMDU, there is the second page of INTERIOR LIGHTING TRIM menu.
AH. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP EDGE LIGHT with P EDGE LIGHT.
AI. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P EDGE LIGHT in the section HEADING/COURSE PNLS with
C P EDGE LIGHT in the section HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT.
AJ. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP EDGE LIGHT, in the section HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT,
with FORWARD CARGO EDGE LIGHT.
AK. Repeat steps from J to N replacing FORWARD CARGO EDGE LIGHT, in the section HEADSET
INTERFACE UNIT, with P EDGE LIGHT.
AL. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P EDGE LIGHT in the section HEADSET INTERFACE UNIT
with AFT CARGO CONTROL EDGE LIGHT in the sections ICS PNLS.
AM. Repeat steps from J to N replacing AFT CARGO CONTROL EDGE LIGHT with CP CONTROL
EDGE LIGHT.
AN. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP CONTROL EDGE LIGHT with CP MONITOR EDGE LIGHT.

23-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AO. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP MONITOR EDGE LIGHT with FORWARD CARGO CON-
TROL EDGE LIGHT.
AP. Repeat steps from J to N replacing FORWARD CARGO CONTROL EDGE LIGHT with
OBSERVER CONTROL EDGE LIGHT.
AQ. Repeat steps from J to N replacing OBSERVER CONTROL EDGE LIGHT with OBSERVER MON-
ITOR EDGE LIGHT.
AR. Repeat steps from J to N replacing OBSERVER CONTROL EDGE LIGHTwith P CONTROL EDGE
LIGHT.
AS. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P CONTROL EDGE LIGHT with P MONITOR EDGE LIGHT.
AT. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P MONITOR EDGE LIGHT with EDGE LIGHT in section
RADAR PNL.
AU. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT with GREEN ANNUNCIATORS.
AV. Repeat steps from J to N replacing GREEN ANNUNCIATORS with CP EDGE LIGHT in REF SET
/ WARNING PNL section.
AW. Verify that , on selected CMDU, there is the third page of INTERIOR LIGHTING TRIM menu.
AX. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP EDGE LIGHT with CP GREEN ANNUNCIATORS.
AY. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP GREEN ANNUNCIATOR with CP READOUT.
AZ. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP READOUT with CP RED ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER
WARNING).
BA. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP RED ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER WARNING) with CP YEL-
LOW ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER CAUTION).
BB. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP YELLOW ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER CAUTION) with P
EDGE LIGHT.
BC. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P EDGE LIGHT with P GREEN ANNUNCIATORS.
BD. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P GREEN ANNUNCIATORS with P READOUT.
BE. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P READOUT with P RED ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER WARN-
ING).
BF. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P RED ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER WARNING) with P YELLOW
ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER CAUTION).
BG. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P YELLOW ANNUNCIATOR (MASTER CAUTION) with EDGE
LIGHTof REMOTE RADIO SET CONTROL.
BH. Repeat steps from J to N replacing EDGE LIGHT with CP EDGE LIGHT of SAMUS area.
BI. Repeat steps from J to N replacing CP EDGE LIGHT with P EDGE LIGHT.
BJ. Repeat steps from J to N replacing P EDGE LIGHT with EDGE LIGHTof with EDGE LIGHT of
STANDBY INSTRUMENT area.
BK. On Co Pilot SAMU PRESS 1R to select OFF for 1553 Lighting Trim page on CMDU.

23-23. CHECK OF CNI / SAMU

23-24. Proceed as follows:

A. Acting the rockerswitch on CNI-MU#1 (Pilot) verify that brightness of CNI-MU #1 increases up to
themaximum when the control (BRT) is pressed up and that it decreases up to extinguish when
the control (BRT) is pressed down.
B. Repeat previous step for CNI-MU #2 (Co Pilot).

23-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Acting on the local control located on SAMU#1, verify that the brightness of SAMU #1 is adjusted
in a restricted range (-5% up to +5% of starting brightness).
D. Repeat previous step for SAMU.

23-25. CNI LIGHTING CONTROL

23-26. Proceed as follows:

NOTE

To perform the lighting test for RRSC the panel must be set to
on with ICS back-up mode selected. After the test live the ICS in
normal mode and the RRSC in off condition.

A. On Pilot CNI-MU press the select key MC INDEX.

B. On MC INDEX page press the P LIGHT 1R soft key.
C. Verify that the PILOT LIGHTING PAGE is displayed on Pilot CNI-MU.
D. Verify that on the fifth line in the right side of CNI-MU display the ON legend is highlighted.If not
press the 5R soft key.
E. On CNI-MU press MSTR MODE 1L soft key and verify the legend goes in inverse video normal
font.
F. Verify that NORM is in large font on the first line of Pilot CNI-MU display.
G. On CNI-MU press NEXT PAGE select key to go in PILOT LIGHTING 2/2 page.
H. On CNI-MU press the DISPLAY MSTR 1L soft key and verify the legend goes in inverse video
normal font.
I. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent INCR legend.
J. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #1, #2, #3 change coherently with the selected mode.
K. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to DECR legend.
L. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #1, #2, #3 changes coherently with the selected mode.
M. Fix the brightness to 70%.
N. On CNI-MU press the SD& INSTR PNL 2L soft key and verify the legend goes in inverse video
normal font.
O. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to DECR legend.
P. Verify that the brightness of elements of the following table, in Pilot zone, changes coherently with
the selected mode.

LEFT SIDE CONSOLE

1 Pilot Ref Set Pnl
2 Pilot Headset Interface Unit
3 Pilot Ics Cp
4 Pilot Ics Monitor

Q. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent INCR legend.

R. Verify that the brightness of the elements of pilot zone, in the previous table changes coherently
with the selected mode.

23-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

S. Fix the brightness to 70%.

T. On CNI-MU press the PREV PAGE select key.
U. On CNI-MU press NVIS 1R soft key and verify that MSTR MODE NVIS is displayed.
V. On CNI-MU press NEXT PAGE select key to go to second page. On CNI-MU press the line soft
key adjacent to MSTR MODE.
W. On CNI-MU press the DISPLAY MSTR 1L soft key and verify the legend goes in inverse video
normal font.
X. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent INCR legend.
Y. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #1, #2, #3 change coherently with the selected mode.
Z. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to DECR legend.
AA. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #1, #2, #3 changes coherently with the selected mode.
AB. Fix the brightness to 70%.
AC. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to SD& INSTR PNL legend.
AD. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to DECR legend.
AE. Verify that the brightness of elements of the following table, in pilot zone, changes coherently with
the selected mode.

LEFT SIDE CONSOLE

1 Pilot Ref Set Pnl
2 Pilot Headset Interface Unit
3 Pilot Ics Cp
4 Pilot Ics Monitor

AF. Press the line select key adjacent INCR legend.

AG. Verify that the brightness of elements of the previous table, in pilot zone changes coherently with
the selected mode.
AH. Fix the brightness to 70%.
AI. On CNI-MU press PREV PAGE select key and NORM 2R select key.
AJ. On CNI-MU press MC INDEX select key then press CP LIGHTS soft key.
AK. On CNI-MU verify that the ON option is highlighted on the fifth line in the right side of display. If
not press the line select key adjacent to it.
AL. On CNI-MU press theDISPLAY MSTR 1L soft key and verify the legend goes in inverse video
normal font.
AM. Press the line soft key adjacent INCR legend.
AN. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #4, #5, Co Pilot SAMU and CNRP change coherently with the
selected mode.
AO. On CNI-MU press the line soft key adjacent to DECR legend.
AP. Verify that the brightness of CMDU #4, #5, Co Pilot SAMU and CNRP changes coherently with
the selected mode.
AQ. Fix the brightness to 70%.
AR. On CNI-MU press the line select key adjacent to CTR CNSL legend.
AS. On CNI-MU press the line select key adjacent to DECR legend.

23-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AT. Verify that the brightness of elements of the following table, in CO PILOT zone, changes coherently
with the selected mode.

CENTRAL CONSOLE
1 Single Avionics Management Unit
2 Com/Nav/Identif Management Unit
3 Heading/Course Set Pnl
4 Observer Ics CP
5 Communication/Navigation CP
6 Observer Ics Monitor Control Panel
7 Radar CP
8 Single Avionics Management Unit
9 Com/Nav/Identif Management Unit
10 Heading/Course Set
11 Cursor CP
12 Dass Master CP
13 Remote Radio Set Control

AU. On CNI-MU press the line select key adjacent INCR legend.
AV. Verify that the brightness of elements of the previous table changes coherently with the selected
mode.
AW. Fix the brightness to 70%.
AX. On CNI-MU press SD& INSTR PNL 2R soft key.
AY. On CNI-MU press the line select key adjacent to DECR legend.
AZ. Verify that the brightness of the following elements,of CO PILOT zone, changes coherently with
the selected mode.

RIGHT SIDE CONSOLE

1 Data Transfer Unit
2 Co Pilot Ref. Set Pnl
3 Co Pilot Headset Interface Unit
4 Co Pilot Ics CP
5 Co Pilot Ics CP

BA. On CNI-MU press the line select key adjacent INCR legend.
BB. Verify that the brightness of elements of the previous table of CO PILOT zone changes coherently
with the selected mode.
BC. Fix the brightness to 70%.
BD. On CNI-MU press DISPLAY TEST 5L soft key and verify that the Digital read out of Ref Set Warn-
ing Panels and DA/FD Control Panel display 8. The 8 shall be displayed as long as the ‘5L’ key is
Depressed.
BE. On CNI-MU press LAMP TEST 6L soft key and verify that the all avionics panel annunciators are
light The annunciators shall be light as long as the ‘6L’ key is depressed.

23-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BF. On CNI-MU press The line soft key adjacent to MC INDEX and verify that the MC INDEX page is
displayed.
BG. On CNI-MU MC INDEX Page press P LIGHTS 1R soft key.
BH. Verify that the first page of PILOT LIGHTING submenu is present. If not, press PREV PAGE on
CNI-MU.
BI. On Pilot Lighting page press T-STORM 3R soft key and verify that TSTORM is in large font.display.
BJ. Verify that the brightness of CNI-MU commanded elements is maximum.
BK. On CNI-MU operate to set the brightness commands in NORMAL condition.
BL. On CNI-MU press the 5R soft key for OFF indication in normal font reverse video. On Pilot CNI-MU
press MC INDEX 6R soft key and verify that the MC INDEX page is displayed.
BM. On CNI-MU MC INDEX Page press CP LIGHTS 2R soft key.
BN. Verify that the CO PILOT LIGHTING submenu is present.
BO. On CNI-MU press the 5R soft key for OFF indication in normal font reverse video.

23-27. CNI-SP #1 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION

23-28. Proceed as follows:

A. Power-off CNI-SP #2 (Circuit breaker 6TF).Verify on both CNI-MUs that SINGLE OPERATION and
“SP #2 FAIL” is annunciated in the scratchpad. Verify “CNI SP2 FAIL” and “CNI MSG” messages
also appear on ESA page.
B. Verify on both CNI-MUs that the MSG annunciator is illuminated.
C. Verify that both CNI-MUs are now indicating SP #1 as the source of communication (“1”n upper
left-hand corner indicates SP #2 has failed). Clear the "SINGLE OPERATION” and "SP #2 FAIL”
annunciation via either CNI-MU with the CLR key.
D. Power-on CNI-SP #2 and wait 120 seconds max. Then clear CWA messages. On the CNI- MU
scratchpad, verify “CNI-SP2 FAIL” and “CNI MSG” messages clear off ESA page.
E. Verify “2” appears in the upper left corner on the Co pilot CNI-MU display.

23-29. CNI-SP #2 INSTALLATION VERIFICATION.

23-30. Proceed as follows:

A. Power-off CNI-SP #1 (Circuit breaker 5TF).

B. Verify on both CNI-MUs that “SINGLE OPERATION” and “SP #1 FAIL” is annunciated in the
cratchpad.
C. Verify “CNI SP1 FAIL” and “CNI MSG” appear on ESA display.
D. Verify on both CNI-MUs that the MSG annunciator is illuminated.
E. Verify that both CNI-MUs are now indicating SP #2 as the source of communication (“2” in upper
left- hand corner indicates SP #1 has failed). Clear the "SINGLE OPERATION" and “SP #1 FAIL”
annunciation via either CNI-MU with the CLR key.
F. Power-off CNI-SP #2 (at this point, both SP #1 and SP #2 should be off). “CNI SP2 FAIL” message
will not be displayed on the ESA page.

23-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

23-31. PILOT’S CNI-MU INSTALLATION VERIFICATION.

23-32. Proceed as follows:

A. Power-on both CNI-SPs. Verify “CNI SP1 FAIL” clears off ESA page.
B. Press “CLR” key to clear all CWA messages in the scratch pad and verify the “MSG” light extin-
guishes.
C. On CNI-MU insert DATA and TIME than on CNI-MU’s POWER UP page insert the INU’s ALIGN
POS (Alignment Position). Depress the “4L” key by inserting a latitude and longitude as described
to Paragraph 23-20. Verify the alignment position is displayed on both CNI-MUs.
D. Monitor any CMDU for ACAWS messages that may appear and resolve before proceeding. Also,
check any CNI-MU for CWA messages.

NOTE

ACAWS (ADVISORY, CAUTION AND WARNING SYSTEM)

messages will be displayed on the selected CMDU during testing.
They will be displayed in WARNING, CAUTION and ADVISORY
priority order. The MSG annunciator of each CNI-MU should
light when any CNI-MU CWA message appears in the CNI-MU
scratchpad.

E. On the Pilot’s CNI-MU, press the INDX select key and then select Power Up 1L soft key.
F. Verify the Power Up page is displayed.
G. Verify line 1R on the CNI-MU displays the System Processor (SP) software ID number.
H. Verify line 4R displays “MSTR AV ON” in large fonts.
I. Press 4R soft key to select “MSTR AV ON” and verify it is then displayed in small font.
J. Press 4R soft key again and verify the small font can not be changed.
K. Press the NAV TUNE select key and verify “NAV TUNE INDEX” page is displayed. Also, verify
VOR 1, VOR 2, TACAN 1, TACAN 2, and ADF radios are “ON”.
L. On the Pilot’s CNI-MU, press the INDX select key and then press Power Up 1L soft key.
M. Verify the latest ALIGN POSITION.

NOTE

It should take approximately 4 minutes for the EGIs to align them-

selves.

N. On the Pilot’s CNI-MU insert date (enter time if required). Press 5R soft key to select “AUTONAV”
and verify it is displayed in small font.
O. Press 5R soft key again and verify the small font can not be changed.
P. Press the NAV TUNE select key and verify the “NAV TUNE INDEX” page is displayed. Press soft
keys 1L - 5L to branch to the respective “NAV TUNE” page. Verify the correct page is displayed
after each selection. Verify all NAV Radios are turned ON.
Q. Press the soft key “NAV TUNE INDEX” to return to the “NAV TUNE INDEX” page each time be-
tween branching.
R. Press the CLR key to clear any CWA messages.
S. Press the NAV CTRL select key on both CNI-MUs and verify the INAV CTRL SOLN page 1/3 is
displayed. INAV 1 for pilot’s CNI-MU; INAV 2 for copilot’s CNI-MU.
T. Press NEXT PAGE on both CNI-MU.

23-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

U. Verify the CNI-MU displays INAV CTRL SENSORS 2/3 (INAV1 for the Pilot’s CNI-MU; INAV2 for
Copilot’s CNI-MU).

NOTE

Select line 1L - 4L on the pilot’s CNI-MU and 1R - 4R on the copi-

lot’s CNI-MU list are the possible navigation source. If the navi-
gation source is displayed in large font, it is available for usePress
INS 1, TACAN 1, and VOR 1 on the CNI-MU1 as INAV1 control
sensors, if required.

V. On Pilot CNI-MU verify the INS 1, TACAN 1, and VOR 1 are displayed in large font, inverse video.
W. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press NAV.
X. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press RANGE 1R soft key.
Y. On the Pilot’s SAMU, select 80 3R soft key.
Z. On the Pilot’s SAMU, select NAV and than press Overlays 2R soft key.
AA. On the Pilot’s SAMU press NAV AIDS 1L soft key, then press FLIGHT PLAN 3L soft key and verify
NAV AIDS and FLT PLN are shown in inverse video.
AB. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press NAV.
AC. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press 3L soft key until MAG is in inverse video.
AD. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press CENTER/OFFSET 2L soft key and verify CENTER is selected.
AE. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press NAV, then press RANGE 1R soft key.
AF. On the Copilot’s SAMU, select 80 3R soft key.
AG. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press NAV select key and then press Overlays 2R soft key.
AH. On the Copilot’s SAMU press NAV AIDS 1L soft key, then press FLIGHT PLAN 3L soft key and
verify NAV AIDS and FLT PLN are shown in inverse video.
AI. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press NAV select key.
AJ. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press 3L soft key until MAG is in inverse video.
AK. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press CENTER/OFFSET 2L soft key and verify CENTER is selected.
AL. Verify the NAV-Radar displays are populated with navaids and airports around 80 nautical miles
radius.
AM. Press PTRS select key on both SAMU’s, then press the following: PILOT SAMU: PNTR1 (1L)
*INAV1 (3L) Press PTRS PNTR2 (2L) *INAV1 (3L) CO-PILOT SAMU:PNTR1 (1L) *INAV2 (3R)
Press PTRS PNTR2 (2L) *INAV2 (3R)
AN. Select CDI Source as INAV on Pilot and Copilot DAFD Control Panel.
AO. Verify the displays 1 and 5 display the Primary Flight Display (HSI & ADI).
AP. Verify CMDUs 2 and 4 display Nav-Radar with plan overlays (NAV AIDS only).
AQ. Verify on the Primary Flight Displays (right hand bottom corner) the navigation data source driving
pointer 1 and 2 are INAV1 or INAV2 displayed as I1 or I2. Also, verify I1 or I2 are displayed on the
NAV-Radar pages.
AR. On both CNI-MUs, press the LEGS select key and verify the LEGS 1 page 2 is displayed and the
DSPY light on the left side of CNI-MU key pad is illuminated.
AS. On the Pilot’s CNI-MU, press 6R soft key to select ROUTE 1.
AT. Verify “RTE 1” page 1/1 is displayed.
AU. Enter “LIMF” on the key pad and press 1L soft key to enter LIMF into "ORIGIN".

23-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AV. Enter “LIMF” on the key pad and press 1R soft key to enter LIMF into "DEST".
AW. On all CNI-MUs press NEXT or PREV select keys if necessary to visualize the next or previous
RTE 1 or LEGS pages.

NOTE

On both CNI-MU press NEXT PAGE if necessary to visualize legs

list

AX. By means of the alpha key pad, enter 02 PIN in the scratchpad and press the1L soft key.

NOTE

A page may show-up asking to input LAT/LONG and elevation,

and press 2L. The page will appear if the waypoint is not currently
in the NAV database.To enter the next leg press 6L

AY. In the scratchpad, input 04 CNO and press 2L soft key. Provide LAT/LONG.
AZ. In the scratchpad, input 05 MON and press 3L soft key. Provide LAT/LONG.
BA. In the scratchpad, input 03 SAL and press 4L soft key. Provide LAT/LONG.
BB. On CNI-MU press next page select key ,then in the scratchpad input 02 PIN and press 1L soft key.
BC. In the scratchpad, input LIMF and press 2L soft key.
BD. Press “ACTIVATE” 6R soft key; on the Pilot’s CNI-MU. Verify “EXEC” (green) illuminates on both
CNI-MUs.
BE. Press “EXEC” select key on Pilot’s CNI-MU. Verify the “EXEC” (green) extinguishes on both CNI-
MUs.
BF. Verify the flight plan consisted of LIMF, (For example 02 PIN, 04 CNO, 05 MON, 03 SAL, 02 PIN
and LIMF is displayed on the NAV-Radar pages.
BG. On the NAV-Radar pages (top left corner), verify displayed 02 PIN (next waypoint in the ROUTE)
and the Bearing/Distance information.
BH. Press LEGS key on the CNI-MU.
BI. Verify the following destinations on the ”ACT LEG 1” pages 2/4 and 3/4. 02 PIN 04 CNO 05 MON
03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
BJ. Press DIR/INTC on the CNI-MU.
BK. Connect the air data Test set to pitot for static and dinamic pressure.Simulate a velocity of 150 Kts.
BL. Enter 04 CNO and then press 6L soft key.
BM. Verify the CNI-MU “MOD LEGS 1” page displays: 04 CNO 05 MON 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
BN. Press EXEC select key on the CNI-MU.

NOTE

“EXEC” should illuminate, then extinguish after a few seconds.

BO. Verify the CNI-MU displays the following on the “ACT LEGS 1” page 2/4 and verify: 04 CNO 05
MON 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
BP. On the NAV-Radar pages (top left corner) verify displayed 04 CNO (next waypoint in the ROUTE)
and the Range/Bearing information. Verify below pointers (INAV 1 or INAV 2) on PFD and NAV-
Radar pages, display “04 CNO”.

23-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

NOTE

For waypoint “CUNE” Range/Bearing value, that depend from INU

drift, should be approximately: 186 degrees 47.6 NM

BQ. Press DIR/INTC on the CNI-MU

BR. Enter “05 MON ” and then press 6L soft key.
BS. Verify the CNI-MU “MOD LEGS 1” page displays: 05 MON 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
BT. Press EXEC select key on the CNI-MU.

NOTE

“EXEC” should illuminate, then extinguish after a few seconds.

BU. Verify the CNI-MU displays the following on the “ACT LEGS 1” page 2/3 : 05 MON 03 SAL 02 PIN
LIMF
BV. On the NAV-Radar pages (top left corner) verify displayed 05 MON (next waypoint in the ROUTE)
and the Range/Bearing information. Verify below pointers (INAV 1 or INAV 2) on PFD and NAV-
Radar pages, display “05 MON”.
BW. Press DIR/INTC on the CNI-MU.
BX. Enter “03 SAL” and then press 6L soft key.
BY. Verify the CNI-MU “MOD LEGS 1” page displays: 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
BZ. Press EXEC on the CNI-MU.

NOTE

“EXEC” should illuminate, then extinguish after a few seconds.

CA. Verify the CNI-MU displays the following on the “ACT LEGS 1” page 2/3 : 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
CB. On the NAV-Radar pages (top left corner) verify displayed “03 SAL” (next waypoint in the ROUTE)
and the Range/Bearing information. Verify below pointers (INAV 1 or INAV 2) on PFD and NAV-
Radar pages, display “03 SAL”.
CC. Press DIR/INTC select key on the CNI-MU.
CD. Enter “02 PIN ” and then press 6L soft key.
CE. Verify the CNI-MU “MOD LEGS 1” page displays: 02 PIN LIMF
CF. Press EXEC on the CNI-MU.

NOTE

“EXEC” should illuminate, then extinguish after a few seconds.

CG. Verify the CNI-MU displays the following on the “ACT LEGS 1” page 2/3 : 02 PIN LIMF
CH. On the NAV-Radar pages (top left corner) verify displayed “02 PIN” (next waypoint in the ROUTE)
and the Range/Bearing information. Verify below pointers (INAV 1 or INAV 2) on PFD and NAV-
Radar pages, display “02PIN”.
CI. On Pilot CNI-MU, press line soft key 6R to select ROUTE 1.
CJ. In the scratchpad, input 04 CNO and press 3L soft key.
CK. In the scratchpad, input 05 MON and press 4L soft key.

23-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CL. Press “NEXT PAGE” select key.

CM. In the scratchpad, input 03 SAL and press 1L soft key.
CN. In the scratchpad, input 02 PIN and press 2L soft key.
CO. In the scratchpad, input LIMF and press 3L soft key.
CP. Verify MOD RTE1 page 3/4 appears on the CNI-MU and the EXEC light is turned on (green).
CQ. Press EXEC on the CNI-MU and verify the following is displayed on the ACT RTE 1 page 2/4 and
3/4 of the CNI-MU: 02 PIN LIMF 04 CNO 05 MON 03 SAL 02 PIN LIMF
CR. On CNI-MU press the INDX mode key and verify that the INDEX page 1/2 is displayed.
CS. Select the “NEXT PAGE” mode key and verify that page 2/2 of the “INDEX” page is displayed.
Select the “PREV PAGE” mode key and verify that page 1/2 of the “INDEX” page is displayed.
CT. On the pilot’s CNI-MU, press ZEROIZE, 6L soft key. Verify “ROUTES” is in large font.
CU. Press ROUTES, 1L soft key. “ROUTES” and “VERIFY” shall changed to inverse video.
CV. Press VERIFY 6R soft key. Verify “ROUTES” and “VERIFY” are no longer inverse video and be-
comes small font.
CW. Verify flight plan clears “NAV-RADAR” pages.
CX. Press the “COMM TUNE” select key and verify the “COMM TUNE INDEX” page is displayed.
CY. Press each line select key to branch to the respective COMM TUNE pages. Verify the correct
page is displayed after each selection.
CZ. Press COMM TUNE select key to return in COMM TUNE INDEX page.
DA. On both CNI-MUs, press the INDX select key. Press 1L soft key for POWER UP. Verify all remain-
ing alpha/numeric keys function by entering data into the CNI-MU scratchpad (display line 14), and
also test the CLR key by clearing the test data from the CNI-MU scratchpad.
DB. On both CNI-MUs, press the displayed lighting rocker switch up and down. Observe the display
lighting changes.
DC. On Pilot’s SAMU, press the PTRS select key and PNTR 1, 1L soft key.
DD. On PILOT POINTER 1 page press TAC 1, 2L soft key.
DE. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press the PTRS select key and PNTR 2, 2L soft key.
DF. On the “PILOT POINTER 2” page select VOR 1, 1L soft key.
DG. By means of the CNI-MU tune the following navigation stations: TAC 1 VOR 1
DH. On the Pilot’s PFD format, verify that on the lower right-hand corner the icons for bearings pointers
1 and 2 are displayed. Below the icons T1 and V1 are displayed the type “X”.
DI. On the Navigation-Radar Display Format, verify that on the lower right-hand corner the icons for
bearings pointers 1 and 2 are displayed. Below the icons T1 and V1 are displayed the type “X”.
DJ. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press the “PTRS” key and select PNTR 1, 1L soft key.
DK. On the “COPILOT POINTER 1” page select TAC 2, 2R soft key.
DL. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press the “PTRS” key and select PNTR 2, 2L soft key.
DM. On the “COPILOT POINTER 2” page select VOR 2 1R soft key.
DN. By means of the CNI-MU tune the following navigation stations: TAC 2 VOR 2
DO. On the Copilot’s PFD format, verify that on the lower right-hand corner the icons for bearings
pointers 1 and 2 are displayed. Below the icons T2 and V2 are displayed the type “X”.

23-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

DP. On the Navigation-Radar Display Format, verify that on the lower right-hand corner the icons for
bearings pointers 1 and 2 are displayed. Below the icons T2 and V2 are displayed the type “X”.

23-33. DATA BUS FUNCTIONAL TEST

23-34. Proceed as follows:

A. Engage the circuit breakers for FADECs, NIUs, RADAR ALTs , LPCR and set it to ST-BY , IFF and
set it to ST-BY, TCAS and DITU; turn ON the HF and V/UHF radios.
B. Connect the Bus Analyzer to Display Bus 1553 test port Right Display Bus. Reset the Bus Ana-
lyzer Set the Bus Analyzer to BM function. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on the
Right Display Bus (channel A and B):

RT 2 MC # 1
RT 3 DSDTS
RT 7 CMDU # 4
RT 8 CMDU # 5
RT 12 ICS Monitor Panel # 2 (Copilot)
RT 16 BIU #2
RT 19 ICS Control Panel # 4 (Aft Cargo )
RT 21 DFDR
RT 29 DADS #2

NOTE

Verify the aircraft is in a safe environment (i.e. not in the hangar

and not exposed to personnel). Turn the MASTER rotary switch to
the ON position on the RCP. At the conclusion of the 1553 checks,
return the switch to OFF. The aircraft can be returned to the hangar
after the following step is completed.
C. Connect the Bus Analyzer to Display Bus 1553 test port Left Display Bus (channel A and B). Set
the Bus Analyzer to BM. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on Left Display Bus:

RT 2 MC # 2
RT 4 Cursor control panel
RT 7 CMDU # 1
RT 8 CMDU #2
RT 9 CMDU # 3
RT12 ICS Monitor Panel # 1
RT 16 BIU # 1
RT 18 LPCR
RT 29 DADS # 1.
D. Disconnect the Bus Analyzer from Display Bus test port.
E. Connect the Bus Analyzer to the Avionic Bus 1553 test port Right Bus. Reset the Bus Analyzer.
Set the Bus Analyzer to BM. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on the Right Avionics
Bus (channel A and B):

23-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

RT 2 MC # 1
RT 6 EGI #2
RT 11 BAU # 2 (Type III)
RT 14 DA/FD # 2
RT 15 BAU # 2 (Type II)
RT 16 BIU # 2
RT 17 Radar Altimeter #2
RT 18 Propeller De-ice Timer Unit
RT 23 NIU # 2
RT 24 FADEC B # 1
RT 25 FADEC B # 2

F. Connect the Bus Analyzer to the Avionic Bus 1553 test port Left Bus. Set the Bus Analyzer on
BM. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on the Left Avionics Bus (channel A and B):

RT 2 MC # 2
RT 6 EGI # 1
RT 11 BAU # 1(Type III)
RT 14 DA/FD # 1
RT 15 BAU #1(Type II)
RT 16 BIU #1 RT 17 Radar Altimeter # 1
RT 18 Propeller De-ice Time Unit
RT 19 ICS Control Panel # 5 ( Fwd Cargo )
RT 22 NIU # 1
RT 24 FADEC A # 1
RT 25 FADEC A # 2

G. Disconnect the Bus Analyzer from Avionics Bus test port

H. Connect the Bus Analyzer to the Panel Bus Right test port. Reset the Bus Analyzer. Set the Bus
Analyzer to BM function. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on the Right Panel Bus
(channel A and B):

RT 2 MC # 1
RT 4 Lighting Control Panel (Copilot)
RT 6 Radar Control Panel
RT 8 ICS CSU
RT 9 ICS Control Panel # 2 (Copilot)
RT 12 ICS Monitor Panel # 3 Observer
RT 13 SAMU # 2

23-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

RT 16 BIU # 2
RT 19 Comm/Nav/Radio Panel
RT 20 Reference Set Warning Panel # 2
RT 21 AP-Mode Cont.Pnl
RT 22 HDGCRS Select Panel # 2(Copilot).

I. Connect the Bus Analyzer to the Panel Bus Left test port. Set the Bus Analyzer to BM. Verify the
presence of “transactions/responses” on Left Panel Bus (channel A and B):

RT 2 MC # 2
RT 4 Lighting Control Panel (Pilot)
RT 8 ICS CSU
RT 9 ICS Control Panel # 1 (Pilot)
RT 10 ICS Control Panel # 3 ( Oberver )
RT 11 Lighting Control Panel (FWD Cargo)
RT 13 SAMU # 1 (Left Pilot)
RT 16 BIU # 1
RT 20 Reference Set Warning Panel # 1 (Pilot)
RT 22 HDGCRS Select Panel # 1 (Pilot)
RT 23 AP-Mode Cont. Pnl
RT 24 BAU # 1(Type I)

J. Disconnect the Bus Analyzer from Panel Bus test port. Connect the Bus Analyser to the Comm/Nav
Bus Right test port. Reset the Bus Analyser. Set the Bus Analyser to BM. Verify the presence of
“transactions/responses” on the Right Comm/Nav Bus (channel A and B):

RT 1 CNI-SP # 1
RT 4 CNI-MU # 2
RT 6 EGI # 2
RT 11 V/UHF # 2
RT 15 HF # 2
RT 16 MC # 1
RT 17 MC # 2
RT19 VHF Nav # 2
RT 21 TACAN # 2

K. Connect the Bus Analyser to the Comm/Nav Bus Left test port. Set the Bus Analyzer to BM. Verify
the presence of “transactions/responses” on the Left Comm/Nav Bus (channel A and B):

RT 2 CNI SP # 2

23-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

RT 4 CNI-MU # 1
RT 6 EGI # 1
RT 8 V/UHF# 1
RT 15 HF # 1
RT 16 MC # 1
RT 17 MC # 2
RT 19 VHF Nav # 1
RT 21 TACAN # 1
RT 22 ADF # 1

L. Disconnect the Bus Analyzer from Comm/Nav Bus test port.

M. Connect the Bus Analyzer to the IPC test port. Reset the Bus Analyzer. Set the Bus Analyzer to
BM. Verify the presence of “transactions/responses” on the IPC Bus (channel A and B):

RT 17 MC # 2
RT 18 BIU # 1
RT 19 BIU # 2

N. Disconnect the Bus Analyzer from the IPC Bus test port.

23-35. FINAL OPERATIONS

23-36. Proceed as follows:

A. Turn off the LPCR

B. Set to OFF the IFF and TCAS
C. Pull out the Radar ALT circuit breakers
D. Turn off the HF radios
E. Switch-off the external power supply
F. Switch-off all WSTGE

23-37. TROUBLESHOOTING
23-38. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

23-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 23-6. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 23-7. Troubleshooting of COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFI-

CATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 4830A01.
CNI-MU Fault (Visual Detection) (4830A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Remove and replace CNI-MU.
CMDU. Close circuit breakers CNI-MU 1 (7TF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 22 and CNI-MU 2 (8TF) on Overhead Circuit
Breaker Panel (201VE) in position E 3. Is CNI-MU
display faulty?
NO System normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 4620010. CNI-MU 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4620010)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 3.
CMDU. Open circuit breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 22. Disconnect plug 3TFA. Is 28 V dc present on
plug 3TFA pin 1?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug 3TFA pin YES Remove and replace circuit
1 and circuit breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF) terminal 2? breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF).
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug 3TFA pin 2? YES Go to Step 4.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF) on YES Fault is in CNI data bus. Go to
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position fault codes 4622A02, 4622A03.
E 22. Disconnect plug 3TFB. Is continuity present
between the following plug 3TFB pins? - A, B, D, E,
F, G.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 4830016. CNI-SP 1 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4830016)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 3.
CMDU. Open circuit breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 23. Disconnect plug 1TFB. Is 28 V dc present on
plug pins 1, 2, 3, and 8?

23-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 23-7. Troubleshooting of COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICA-

TION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between plug 1TFB YES Remove and replace circuit
pins 1, 2, 3, 8 and circuit breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF) breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF).
terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug 1TFB pins 9, 10, YES Go to Step 4.
11, and 12?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Open circuit breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF) on YES Troubleshoot CNI data bus with
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position fault codes 4622A02, 4622A03.
E 23. Disconnect plug 1TFC. Is continuity present
between the following plug 1TFC pins? - A, C, D, E,
H, L, M, N, R, S, U.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 4620020. CNI-MU 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4620020)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Open circuit breaker CNI-SP 2 (6TF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 2. Disconnect plug 4TFA. Is 28 V dc present on
plug 4TFA pin 1?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 4TFA pin 2? YES Go to Step 3.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CNI-SP 2 (6TF) on YES Fault is in CNI data bus. Go to
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position fault codes 4622A02, 4622A03.
E 2. Disconnect plug 4TFB. Is continuity present
between the following plug 4TFB pins? - A, B, D, E,
F, G
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between plug 4TFA pin YES Remove and replace circuit
1 and circuit breaker CNI-SP 2 (6TF) terminal 2? breaker CNI-SP 2 (8TF).
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 4830026. CNI-SP 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4830026)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Open circuit breaker CNI-MU 2 (8TF) on
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
E 3. Disconnect plug 2TFB. Is 28 V dc present on
plug pins 1, 2, 3, and 8?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug 2TFB pins 9, 10, YES Go to Step 3.
11, and 12?
NO Repair ground circuit.

23-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 23-7. Troubleshooting of COMMUNICATION/NAVIGATION/IDENTIFICA-

TION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Cont’d
ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CNI-MU 2 (8TF) on YES Troubleshoot CNI data bus with
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position fault codes 4622A02, 4622A03.
E 3. Disconnect plug 2TFC. Is continuity present
between the following plug 2TFC pins? - A, C, D, G,
H, J, M, N, R, S, U.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is continuity present between plug 2TFB YES Remove and replace circuit
pins 1, 2, 3, 8 and circuit breaker CNI-MU 2 (8TF) breaker CNI-MU 2 (8TF).
terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 4830040. CNI-SP 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4830040)
Failure 1 Remove and replace CNI-SP 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 4830050. CNI-SP 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4830050)
Failure 2 Remove and replace CNI-SP 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 4830900. CNI-MU 1 DISPLAY FAULTY (VISUAL DETECTION) (4830900)
Failure 3 Remove and replace CNI-MU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 4830901. CNI-MU 2 DISPLAY FAULTY (VISUAL DETECTION) (4830901)
Failure 4 Remove and replace CNI-MU 2.
END OF TEST

23-39. MAINTENANCE
23-40. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

23-41. Removal and Installation of the Communication/Navigation/Identification Management System com-

ponents is described here.

23-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

23-42. CNI-MU

23-43. REMOVAL. Remove the CNI-MU as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for CNI-MU No. 1 and CNI-MU No. 2.
Substitute No. 2 for No. 1.
A. For No.1 open and tag the circuit breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 22.
B. For No. 2 open and tag the circuit breaker CNI-MU 2 (6TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 3.
C. Loosen 6 Dzus fastners.
D. Pull the CNI-MU upward until connectors are accessible.
E. Disconnect 2 connectors from back of CNI-MU.
F. Remove CNI-MU.

23-44. INSTALLATION. Install the CNI-MU as follows:

A. Connect 2 connectors to back of CNI-MU.

B. Position the CNI-MU in mount.
C. Tighten 6 Dzus fastners.
D. For No.1 remove tag and close the circuit breaker CNI-MU 1 (7TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position E 22.
E. For No.2 remove tag and close the circuit breaker CNI-MU 2 (6TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker
Panel (201VE) in position E 3.
F. Perform CNI-MU functional test.
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

23-45. SYSTEM PROCESSOR NO. 1

23-46. REMOVAL. Remove System Processor No. 1 as follows:

A. Remove insulation pad from Avionics rack.

B. Remove BAU II No. 1 in accordance with procedures in Paragraph 24-34 of this manual.
C. Remove BIU No. 1 in accordance with procedures in Paragraph 25-51 of this manual.
D. Open and tag the circuit breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position E 23.
E. Disconnect 3 connectors from front of CNI-SP.
F. Remove cable bracket on side left and right of CNI-SP.
G. Remove 4 screws holding CNI-SP on mounting plate.
H. Remove CNI-SP.

23-47. INSTALLATION. Install the System Processor as follows:

A.

23-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Position CNI-SP on mounting plate and align screw holes.

C. Install cable bracket on side left and right of CNI-SP.
D. Install 4 screws to hold CNI-SP on mounting plate.
E. Connect 3 connectors to front of CNI-SP.
F. Remove tag and close the circuit breaker CNI-SP 1 (5TF) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position E 23.
G. Install and perform Functional Test BIU No. 1 in accordance with procedures in Section C4 of this
manual.
H. Install and perform Functional Test BAU II No. 1 in accordance with procedures in Section C3 of
this manual.
I. Perform CNI-SP functional test.
J. Replace insulation pad on Avionics rack.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

23-48. SYSTEM PROCESSOR NO. 2

23-49. REMOVAL. Remove System Processor No. 2 as follows:

A. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Attach Danger Tag to external power receptacle.
C. Attach Danger Tag to Battery Switch.
D. Remove Observer Seat.
E. Remove insulation pad from Electrical rack.
F. Open access panel 220MZ (Figure 23-3).
G. Remove Shelf 403VE from Electrical Rack.
H. Disconnect 3 connectors from front of CNI-SP.
I. Remove 4 screws holding CNI-SP on mounting plate.
J. Remove CNI-SP.

23-50. INSTALLATION. Install the System Processor as follows:

A. Position CNI-SP on mounting plate and align screw holes.

B. Install 4 screws to hold CNI-SP on mounting plate.
C. Connect 3 connectors to front of CNI-SP.
D. Install Shelf 403VE in Electrical Rack.
E. Remove Danger Tag from external power receptacle.
F. Remove Danger Tag from Battery Switch.
G. Connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
H. Perform Functional Test on Shelf 403VE in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-8 manual.
I. Close access panel 220MZ (Figure 23-3).
J. Replace insulation pad on Electrical rack.

23-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

K. Replace Observer Seat.

L. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

23-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 23-3. Access Panel 220MZ Location

23-31 / (23-32 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXIV

DATA SYSTEM

24-1. DESCRIPTION

24-2. GENERAL

24-3. Three Bus Adapter Unit (BAU) types function as Remote Terminals (RT), controlled by the MIL-STD-
1553B data bus Bus Controller (BC). The BAU provide console lighting control, signal routing, the monitoring of
various non-MIL-STD-1553B devices such as relays, valves, and indicators, and communications with ARINC-
429 components of the aircraft. The BAU monitor the control panel switch positions and test points (such as
contacts and sensors), and report to the mission computer via the MIL-STD-1553B buses. The BAU also act
as a data acquisition interface to provide BIT failure data to the Fault Detection System (FDS).

24-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

24-5. BUS ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENTS. The DATA System consists of one Type I BAU, two Type II
BAU, and two Type III BAU (Figure 24-1).

24-6. TYPE I BUS ADAPTER UNIT. The Type I BAU (BAU I) provides the drive current for console panel
edge lighting and annunciator lamps, and monitors discrete inputs representing the open or ground state of
non-MIL-STD-1553B control panel switches. The BAU I is an RT controlled by commands received from the
mission computer or BIU.

24-7. TYPE II BUS ADAPTER UNIT. The Type II BAU (BAU II) are controlled by commands received from
the BC of the MIL-STD-1553B bus to which it is connected. BAU II No. 1 is connected to the left avionics bus
and BAU II No. 2 is connected to the right avionics bus.

24-8. TYPE III BUS ADAPTER UNIT. The Type III BAU (BAU III) are controlled by commands received from
the BC of the MIL-STD-1553B bus to which it is connected. BAU III No. 1 is connected to the left avionics bus
and BAU III No. 2 is connected to the right avionics bus.

24-9. DATA SYSTEM OPERATION

24-10. GENERAL. The BAU are the 1553 data bus interface between the Mission Computers and the aircraft
equipment and control panels ().

24-11. The BAU I provides non-1553B control panels with power for edge lighting and to illuminate annunci-
ator lamps. The BAU I is controlled by the Mission Computer because it does not have internal firmware.

24-12. The BAU II receives inputs from flight station control panels representing switch position information,
and provides power for illuminating and dimming lamps on flight station control panels. The BAU II converts non-
1553B data bus discretes, and analog and synchro transmitter signals into digital equivalents for transmission
on the 1553B data buses. Analog outputs primarily drive the external aircraft lights used for formation flying
and navigation.The BAU II controls airplane external lighting and various airplane functions that are operated by

24-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

switch positions. The discrete outputs drive relays to control functions such as door and ramp unlocks, antenna
selections, landing gear horn, and various shutoff valves.

24-13. The BAU III serves as an interface between the MIL-STD-1553B based avionics architecture and the
various ARINC-429 based controllers within the aircraft. Each BAU III has programmable ARINC-429 trans-
ceiver memory mapped to a specific MIL-STD-1553B subaddress accessible to the Mission Computer. The
Mission Computer transmits a series of initialization messages to the BAU III which instruct it how to configure
each ARINC-429 port. All data conversions between the 20-bit MIL-STD-1553B and 32-bit ARINC protocols
are performed within the BAU III.

24-14. DATA BUSES. The MIL-STD-1553B data bus is a bi-directional communication path using the MIL-
STD-1553B serial data transmission protocol. The MIL-STD-1553B bus has two channels, designated channel
A and channel B. All units connected to the MIL-STD-1553B buses are connected to both channels and either
channel may be used for communications. This redundant configuration provides a backup bus so there is no
degradation in system performance should a single channel fail. Each major equipment group has left and
right bus pairs with the left bus controlled by mission computer No. 1, and the right bus controlled by mission
computer No. 2. Data transfer over the MIL-STD-1553B buses is managed by one of the units on the bus that
is designated as the BC.
The BC determines which channel of a bus to use for communications. The avionic systems architecture is di-
vided into left and right sections, with MIL-STD-1553B buses serving each section. Generally, the left section of
each bus serves equipment located on the left (pilot) side of the aircraft, and the right section serves equipment
located on the right (copilot) side of the aircraft.

The BC issues commands that control the operations of equipment attached to the MIL-STD-1553B bus. The
BC also provides data processing and data storage for the systems on the bus. The mission computers are the
primary BC for the display, panel, and avionics MIL-STD-1553B buses. Mission computer No. 1 is the BC for
the left avionics, panel and display buses. Mission computer No. 2 is the BC for the right avionics, panel, and
display buses. In the event either mission computer fails, the other mission computer automatically reconfigures
as the BC and takes control of both left and right buses. This ensures no degradation of data processing when a
mission computer fails. When both mission computers fail, the BIUs assume joint control of the MIL-STD-1553B
buses. BIU No.1 becomes the BC for the left buses, and BIU No. 2 becomes the BC for the right buses.

The IPC MIL-STD-1553B bus is used to transfer data between the four primary components of the Data System;
the two MC, and the two BIU. A Remote Terminal (RT) provides data acquisition for the BC, and some data
storage for the systems on the bus Under normal circumstances, mission computer No. 1 is the BC for the IPC
bus, mission computer No. 2 is the BBC, and the BIUs are Remote Terminals (RT). If MC No. 1 fails, MC No. 2
reconfigures to become the BC on the IPC bus. If both MC fail, BIU No.1 assumes the IPC bus BC functions.
The BCs for the left and right comm/nav MIL-STD-1553B buses are the CNI-SPs. The mission computers are
RT on the comm/nav buses. The BIUs do not communicate with the comm/nav buses.

Both mission computers function only as an RT on the comm/nav bus. As an RT, the mission computer performs
some data processing and data storage as directed by the BC, and provides the interface between the comm/nav
bus and systems on the other MIL-STD-1553B buses.

24-15. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The mission computers generate an ACAWS message
and direct the ICS-CSU to output an advisory audio tone to the flight station headsets and cockpit loudspeakers
indicating an advisory message. An ACAWS text message is also generated and displayed on the ACAWS
display.

24-16. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message BAU FAIL.

24-17. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses: Figure 24-2

17TA BAU TYPE I 28 V dc EMER BUS

19TA BAU TYPE II No. 1 PWR 28 V dc EMER BUS
21TA BAU TYPE II No. 1 AUX 28 V dc EMER BUS
8TA BAU TYPE II No. 2 PWR 28 V dc ESS BUS
14TA BAU TYPE II No. 2 AUX 28 V dc ESS BUS

24-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

13TA BAU TYPE III No. 1 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1

15TA BAU TYPE III No. 1 BACKUP 28 V dc EMER BUS
16TA BAU TYPE III No. 2 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1
18TA BAU TYPE III No. 2 BACKUP 28 V dc ESS BUS

24-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-1. Bus Adapter Unit Components (sh. 1/2)

24-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-1. Bus Adapter Unit Components (sh. 2/2)

24-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (TA System) (sheet 1/8)
24-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 2/8)

24-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 3/8)

24-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 4/8)

24-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 5/8)

24-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. /8Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh.6/8)

24-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 7/8)

24-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 24-2. Bus Interface Unit Schematic (sh. 8/8)

24-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

24-18. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

24-19. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

24-20. DATA SYSTEM

24-21. BUS ADAPTER UNIT TYPE I. Perform Data System Bus Adapter Unit Type I Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

NOTE

The BAU Type I operational check is performed by cycling the

power circuit breaker and allowing the BAU to re-initialize and per-
form power-up BIT. Observe maintenance log for any BAU faults.
A failure of the BAU Type I will display an ACAWS fail message
on the CMDU. Disregard ACAWS fail message during power-up
cycle.

B. Open and then close the BAU 1 (17TA) circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 6.
Verify that: No BAU Type I failure ACAWS messages are present on the CMDU.
C. End of Test

24-22. BUS ADAPTER UNIT TYPE II. Perform Data System Bus Adapter Unit Type II Functional Test as
follows:

NOTE

The BAU Type II operational check is performed by cycling the

power circuit breaker and allowing the BAU to re-initialize and per-
form power-up BIT. Observe maintenance log for any BAU faults.
A failure of the BAU Type II will display an ACAWS fail message
on the CMDU. Disregard ACAWS fail message during power-up
cycle.

A. To test BAU II No. 1, open and then close the following circuit breakers :

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5.
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
Verify that: No BAU Type II failure ACAWS messages are present on the CMDU.
B. To test BAU II No. 2, open and then close the following circuit breakers :

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7.
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Verify that: BAU Type II failure ACAWS messages are present on the CMDU.
C. End of Test

24-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

24-23. BUS ADAPTER UNIT TYPE III. Perform Data System Bus Adapter Unit Type III Functional Test as
follows:

NOTE

The BAU Type III operational check is performed by cycling the

power circuit breaker and allowing the BAU to re-initialize and per-
form power-up BIT. Observe maintenance log for any BAU faults.
A failure of the BAU Type III will display an ACAWS fail message
on the CMDU. Disregard ACAWS fail message during power-up
cycle.

A. To test BAU III No. 1, open and then close the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:1 MAIN (13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 3.
BAU III NO: BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2.
Verify that: No BAU Type III failure ACAWS messages are present on the CMDU.
B. To test BAU III No. 2, open and then close the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:2 MAIN (16TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 5.
BAU III NO:2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4.
Verify that: No BAU Type III failure ACAWS messages are present on the CMDU.
C. End of Test

24-24. TROUBLESHOOTING
24-25. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in :

Table 24-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MIMS (Mobile Interactive G2204230000- - Perform Databus checks,
Maintenance System) 013-1 interrogations, and upload
/download data associ-
ated with the processors
in the Systems Integra-
tion and Displays and
Communication/Naviga-
tion/Identification - System
Processors.
2 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
3 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

24-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 4610A01.
BAU II No. 1 Fault (Visual Detection). (4610A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Establish communications. Close circuit
breakers as follows:
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 4
BAU III NO:1 MAIN (13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 3
BAU III NO:1 BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
BAU III NO:2 MAIN (16TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 5
BAU III NO:2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4
Is fault code 4610211 active?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Go to Step 3.
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
Disconnect 5TAE. Close circuit breakers BAU II NO:1
PWR (19TA) and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA). Is 28 V
dc present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Go to Step 4.
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. Is
ground present on plug pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect 5TAD. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 5.
between plug pins 82 and 90?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Disconnect plug 5TAA (Bus A) and 5TAB YES Go to Step 6.
(Bus B). Disconnect plug 703VEC (Bus A) and
707VEC (Bus B). Is continuity present between the
following pins for both Bus A and B?
- 5TAA pin A and 703VEC pin M (inner conductor)
- 5TAA pin B and 703VEC pin M (middle conductor)
- 5TAA backshell and 703VEC backshell
- 5TAB pin A and 707VEC pin K (inner conductor)
- 5TAB pin B and 707VEC pin K (middle conductor)
- 5TAB backshell and 707VEC backshell
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate cable.

24-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Is continuity present between pins A or B to YES Repair/remove and replace
backshell for each cable? appropriate cable.
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate Data Bus Coupler
(5TDB Bus A) / (15TDB Bus B).
Step 7. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Remove and replace circuit
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in breaker BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA).
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. Is
continuity present between 5TAE pin A and circuit
breaker BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 9.
CMDU. Establish communications. Perform system
46 IBIT No. 63 - BAU Type II No. 1 test. Does test
pass?
NO Remove and replace BAU Type II
No. 1
Step 9. Is any combination of the following failures YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
present? Navigation lights fault. Landing gear control No. 1.
fault. Feather control fault. Engine hydraulics low
pressure warning fault. Nacelle Interface Units fault.
NO BAU Type II No. 1 is normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - 4610220. BAU II NO. 2 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4610220)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Establish communications. Close circuit
breakers as follows:
BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 4
BAU III NO:1 MAIN (13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 3
BAU III NO:1 BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2
BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G7
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6
BAU III NO:2 MAIN (16TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 5
BAU III NO:2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4
Perform system 46 IBIT No. 64 - BAU Type II No.
2 test. Does test pass?
NO Remove and replace BAU Type II
No. 2.
Step 2. Is any combination of the following failures YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
present? Navigation lights fault. Landing gear control No. 2.
fault. Feather control fault. Engine hydraulics low
pressure warning fault. Nacelle Interface Units fault.
NO BAU Type II No. 2 is normal.

24-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - 4610110. BAU I BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4610110)
Failure 1 Remove and replace BAU Type I
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - 4610240. BAU III NO. 1 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4610240)
Failure 2 Remove and replace BAU Type III No 1
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - 4610260. BAU III NO. 2 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4610260)
Failure 3 Remove and replace BAU Type III No 2
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - 4610221. BAU II NO. 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4610221)
Step 1. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 2.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
6. Disconnect 4TAE. Close circuit breakers BAU II
NO:2 PWR (8TA) and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA). Is
28 V dc present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:2 PWR YES Go to Step 3.
(8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position G7 and BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
Is ground present on plug 4TAE pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 4TAD. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 4.
between plug pins 82 and 90?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect plug 4TAA (Bus A) and 4TAB YES Go to Step 5.
(Bus B). Disconnect plug 702VEC (Bus A) and
708VEC (Bus B). Is continuity present between the
following pins for both Bus A and B?
- 4TAA pin A and 702VEC pin F (inner conductor)
- 4TAA pin B and 702VEC pin F (middle conductor)
- 4TAA backshell to 702VEC backshell
- 4TAB pin A and 708VEC pin H (inner conductor)
- 4TAB pin B and 708VEC pin H (middle conductor)
- 4TAB backshell to 708VEC backshell
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate cable.
Step 5. Is continuity present between pins A or B to YES Repair/remove and replace
backshell for each cable? appropriate cable.
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate Data Base Coupler
(4TDA Data Bus A) / (16TDA Data
Bus B).
Step 6. Is 28 V dc present on circuit breaker BAU II YES Remove and replace circuit
NO:2 PWR (8TA) terminal 2? breaker BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA).

24-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit between circuit
breaker BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA)
terminal 2 and plug 4TAE pin A.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - 4610211. BAU II NO. 1 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4610211)
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Go to Step 3.
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
Disconnect 5TAE. Close circuit breakers BAU II NO:1
PWR (19TA) and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA). Is 28 V
dc present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 3. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Go to Step 4.
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. Is
ground present on plug pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect 5TAD. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 5.
between plug pins 82 and 90?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. Disconnect plug 5TAA (Bus A) and 5TAB YES Go to Step 6.
(Bus B). Disconnect plug 703VEC (Bus A) and
707VEC (Bus B). Is continuity present between the
following pins for both Bus A and B?
- 5TAA pin A and 703VEC pin M (inner conductor)
- 5TAA pin B and 703VEC pin M (middle conductor)
- 5TAA backshell and 703VEC backshell
- 5TAB pin A and 707VEC pin K (inner conductor)
- 5TAB pin B and 707VEC pin K (middle conductor)
- 5TAB backshell and 707VEC backshell
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate cable.
Step 6. Is continuity present between pins A or B to YES Repair/remove and replace
backshell for each cable? appropriate cable.
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate Data Bus Coupler
(5TDB Bus A) / (15TDB Bus B).
Step 7. Open circuit breakers BAU II NO:1 PWR YES Remove and replace circuit
(19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in breaker BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA).
position P 5 and BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4. Is
continuity present between 5TAE pin A and circuit
breaker BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - 4610210. BAU II NO. 1 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4610210)

24-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 9.
CMDU. Establish communications. Perform system
46 IBIT No. 63 - BAU Type II No. 1 test. Does test
pass?
NO Remove and replace BAU Type II
No. 1.
Step 2. Is any combination of the following failures YES Remove and replace BAU Type II
present? Navigation lights fault. Landing gear control No. 1.
fault. Feather control fault. Engine hydraulics low
pressure warning fault. Nacelle Interface Units fault.
NO BAU Type II No. 1 is normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - 4610111. BAU I COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4610111)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Turn on YES Go to Step 2.
CMDU. Establish communications. Open circuit
breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Disconnect 3TAD. Is
28 V dc present on plug pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 2. Open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) circuit YES Go to Step 3.
breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 6. Is ground present on plug 3TAD pin
C?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 3TAE. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 4.
between plug pins 28, 29, 30, and 34?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Disconnect plug 3TAA (Bus A) and 3TAB YES Go to Step 5.
(Bus B). Disconnect plug 703VED (Bus A) and
707VED (Bus B). Is continuity present between the
following pins for both Bus A and B?
- 3TAA pin A and 703VED pin E (inner conductor)
- 3TAA pin B and 703VED pin E (middle conductor)
- 3TAA backshell to 703VED backshell
- 3TAB pin A and 707VED pin D (inner conductor)
- 3TAB pin B and 707VED pin D (middle conductor)
- 3TAB backshell to 707VED backshell
NO Repair appropriate circuit.
Step 5. Is continuity present between A or B to YES Repair/remove and replace cable.
backshell for each cable?
NO Repair/remove and replace
appropriate Data Bus Coupler
(5TGC Bus A) / (15TGB Bus B).
Step 6. Open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear YES Repair circuit.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. Is
continuity present between 3TAD pin A and circuit
breaker BAU 1 (17TA) terminal 2?
NO Remove and replace BAU 1 (17TA)
circuit breaker.
END OF TEST

24-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 10- 4620320. BIU 2 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4620320)
Failure 1. Replace BIU No. 2
END OF TEST
Fault 11- 4610241. BAU III No. 1 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4610111)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers BAU III No. 1 MAIN (13TA)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 3 and BAU III No. 1 BACKUP (15TA) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 2.
b. Disconnect 7TAA3 from BAU III No. 1.
c. Close circuit breakers BAU III No. 1 Main and
BAU III No. 1 BACKUP. Is 28 V dc present on plug
pins D9 and D10?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 2. Open circuit breakers BAU III No. 1 MAIN YES Go to Step 3.
(13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 3 and BAU III No. 1 BACKUP (15TA) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P 2. Is ground present on plug 7TAA3 pins C9 and
C10?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 7TAA3. Is continuity present YES Go to Step 4.
between plug pins B3, D4, C4, and B4?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Disconnect plug 7TAA3 (chan A, ChanB).
b. Disconnect plug 703VED (chan A) and 707VEC
(chan B). Is continuity present between the following
pins for both Bus A and B?
- 7TAA3 pin A1 and 703VED pin A (inner conductor)
- 7TAA3 pin B1 and 703VED pin A (middle conductor
- 7TAA3 backshell to 703VED backshell NO Repair/replace appropriate cable.
- 7TAA3 pin C1 and 707VEC pin L (inner conductor)
- 7TAA3 pin Di and 707VEC pil L (middle conductor)
- 7TAA3 backshell to 707VEC backshell
Step 5. Is continuity present between pins A1 or B1 YES Repair/replace appropriate cable.
and C1 or D1 to shield for each cable?
NO Repair/replace appropriate Data
Bus Coupler 5TDC Data Bus
A)/(15TDB Data Bus B)
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit between TB 303VVR
Remove electromechanical shelf 303VE. Is 28 V dc and plug 7TAA3 pins D9, D10.
present on pins A and B of TB 303VVR?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is 28 V dc present on terminal 2 of circuit YES Repair circuit between TB 303VVR
breaker BAU III No. 1 BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid and circuit breaker 15TA (BAU III
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2? No. 1 BACKUP).
END OF TEST
Fault 12- 4610261. BAU III No. 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4610261)

24-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 24-2. Troubleshooting of DATA SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers BAU III No. 2 MAIN (16TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 5 and BAU III No. 2 BACKUP (18TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 4.
b. Disconnect 6TAA3 from BAU III No. 2.
c. Close circuit breakers BAU III No. 2 Main (16TA)
and BAU III No. 2 BACKUP (18TA). Is 28 V dc
present on plug pins D9 and D10?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
a. Open circuit breakers BAU III No. 2 MAIN (16TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 5 and BAU III No. 2 BACKUP (18TA)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position G 4. Is ground present on plug 6TAA3 pins
C9 and C10.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 6TAA3. Is continuity present YES Go to step 4.
between plug pins B3, D4, C4, and B4.
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Disconnect plug 6TAA3 (chan A, Chan B).
b. Disconnect plug 704VED (chan A) and 708VED
(chan B). Is continuity present between the following
pins for both Bus A and B?
- 6TAA3 pin A1 and 704VED pin M (inner conductor)
- 6TAA3 pin B1 and 704VED pin M (middle conductor)
- 6TAA3 backshell to 704VED backshell
- 6TAA3 pin C1 and 708VED pin E (inner conductor)
- 6TAA3 pin D1 and 708VED pin E (middle conductor)
- 6TAA3 backshell to 708VED backshell
NO Repair/replace appropriate cable.
Step 5. Is continuity present between pins A1 or B1 YES Repair/replace appropriate cable.
and C1 or D1 to shield for each cable?
NO Repair/replace appropriate Data
Bus Coupler (6TDA Data Bus
A)/(16TDC Data Bus B).
Step 6. Disconnect external electrical power. YES Repair circuit between TB 401VVZ
Remove electromechanical shelf 401VE. Is 28 V dc and plug 6TAA3 pins D9, D10.
present on pins K and M or TB 401VVZ?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Is 28 V dc present on terminal 2 of circuit Repair circuit between TB 401VVZ
breaker BAU III No. 2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear and circuit breaker 18TA (BAU III
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4. No. 2 BACKUP).
END OF TEST

24-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

24-27. MAINTENANCE
24-28. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

24-29. Removal and Installation of the Data System components is described here.

24-30. BAU TYPE I

24-31. REMOVAL. Remove the BAU TYPE I as follows:

A. Open and tag the BAU 1 (17TA) circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 6.
B. Remove insulation pad from Avionics rack.
C. Disconnect 5 connectors from front of BAU.
D. Release clip on tensioner on left and right side of BAU.
E. Loosen tensioners on both sides of BAU enough to allow the removal of the BAU.
F. Remove the BAU.

24-32. INSTALLATION. Install the BAU TYPE I as follows:

A. Place BAU on mount.

B. Place tensioner in position to secure BAU.
C. Tighten tensioner on both side tight enough to secure BAU to mount.
D. Install clips on both tensioners.
E. Connect 5 connectors to front of BAU.
F. Remove tag and close the BAU 1 (17TA) circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position P 6.
G. Perform BAU TYPE I Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 24-21.
H. Replace insulation pad on Avionics rack.
I. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

24-33. BAU TYPE II

24-34. REMOVAL. Remove the BAU TYPE II as follows:

A. For BAU TYPE II No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

24-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5.
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
B. For BAU TYPE II No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7.
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
C. Remove insulation pad from Avionics rack.
D. Disconnect 5 connectors from front of BAU TYPE II.
E. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks.
F. Remove BAU TYPE II.

24-35. INSTALLATION. Install the BAU TYPE II as follows:

A. Place BAU TYPE II on mount.

B. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and lock
processor into position.
C. Connect 5 connectors to front of BAU TYPE II.
D. For BAU TYPE II No. 1, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU II NO:1 PWR (19TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 5.
BAU II NO:1 AUX (21TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 4.
E. For BAU TYPE II No. 2, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU II NO:2 PWR (8TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 7.
BAU II NO:2 AUX (14TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 6.
F. Perform BAU TYPE II Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 24-22.
G. Replace insulation pad on Avionics rack.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

24-36. BAU TYPE III

24-37. REMOVAL. Remove the BAU TYPE III as follows:

A. For BAU TYPE III No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:1 MAIN (13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 3.
BAU III NO:1 BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2.
B. For BAU TYPE III No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:2 MAIN (16TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 5.
BAU III NO:2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4.
C. For BAU TYPE III No. 1, remove insulation pad from Avionics rack. For BAU TYPE III No. 2,
remove insulation pad from Electrical rack.
D. For BAU TYPE III No. 2, remove Observer seat.

24-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks.
F. Remove BAU TYPE III.

24-38. INSTALLATION Install the BAU TYPE III as follows:

A. Place BAU TYPE III on mount.

B. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and lock
processor into position.
C. For BAU TYPE III No. 1, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:1 MAIN (13TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 3.
BAU III NO:1 BACKUP (15TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 2.
D. For BAU TYPE III No. 2, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

BAU III NO:2 MAIN (16TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 5.
BAU III NO:2 BACKUP (18TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 4.
E. Perform BAU TYPE III Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 24-23.
F. Replace insulation pad on Avionics rack or Electrical rack as applicable.
G. For BAU TYPE III No. 2, replace Observer seat.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

24-25 / (24-26 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXV

SYSTEM INTEGRATION

25-1. DESCRIPTION

25-2. GENERAL

25-3. The Mission Computers (MC) manage overall control of the aircraft systems and displays, stores op-
erational and maintenance data, and are the primary information integration equipment for the various avionics
systems. Information is collected from the aircraft systems and equipment on the 1553B data buses. The data
are processed and redistributed via the same data buses. Video data to be displayed is communicated over
the Transparent Asynchronous Transmit/Receive Interface (TAXI) bus from the Low Power Color Radar to the
MC. The MC routes the video and display commands, also by TAXI bus, to the CMDU. The appropriate display
symbology and drive signals are generated by each individual display unit in response to the commands and
data from the MC.

25-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

25-5. SYSTEM INTEGRATION COMPONENTS. The MC System consists of two MC and two Bus Interface
Units (Figure 25-1).

25-6. MISSION COMPUTER. The MC manage the central processing for the left (pilot or No.1) side and the
right (copilot or No. 2) side of the aircraft. The MC functions as the Bus Controller (BC) for the MIL-STD-1553B
data buses by continually directing command and response activity and by frequent verification of communi-
cation paths and performance of the equipment on each data bus. The MC contains and runs the Operational
Flight Program (OFP), and while on the ground, contains and runs the Operational Maintenance Program (OMP)
if installed by maintenance. The OMP software is loaded into the MC whenever maintenance is to be performed
on the aircraft. The OMP contains the fault isolation procedures for controlling the MC and other equipment
during maintenance activities. The OMP is uploaded to the MC from a ruggedized and deployable Portable
Maintenance Aid (MIMS). The OMP operates along with resident software that performs the following functions:

– Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) - Monitors aircraft systems for faults, advise the crew when
faults occur, and records data related to the faults.
– Ground Collision Avoidance System (GCAS) - Provides aural and visual warnings in the event of
unsafe flight conditions or impending Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
– Altitude Alerting - Provides alerts to inform the crew when the aircraft is approaching or deviating
from a preselected altitude.

25-7. BUS INTERFACE UNIT. During normal operation, the two bus interface units are software-configured
as data acquisition units for the left and right 1553B data buses and for selected non-1553B systems. The BIU
also functions as a remote terminal on the IPC 1553B data bus. The IPC bus provides the interface between
the mission computers, via the BIU, with the panel, display, and avionics 1553B data buses, and several aircraft
systems that do use the 1553B data bus. Each BIU also functions as the backup bus controller (BBC) for the
1553B data bus to which it is connected. If both mission computers fail, the BIU resident software will reconfigure
the BIU to take control of the 1553B data buses and manage all flight-critical tasks.

25-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25-8. SYSTEM INTEGRATION OPERATION

25-9. GENERAL. When power is applied to the MC, the Boot Utility Routines (BUR) that are resident in the
MC Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) take control of the MC and load the operating program into the random access
memory of both central processors. After the operating program is loaded, the MC runs a self test. After the
internal BIT is complete without faults, the software configures MC No. 1 as the BC for the left panel, display,
and avionics 1553B data buses and MC No. 2 as the BC for the right panel, display, and avionics 1553B data
buses. BIU No. 1 is associated with MC No. 1 and the left hand data buses, and BIU No. 2 is associated with
MC No. 2 and the right hand data buses. After MC configuration is complete, the BIT status of all electronic Line
Replaceable Units (LRU) connected to the 1553B data buses is determined. The BIT status of each non-1553B
LRU monitored by the Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) is also determined. If all monitored systems and
subsystems indicate proper BIT responses, a message stating all monitored systems functional is displayed on
a dedicated maintenance page on the CMDU. In the event a BIT fault is reported by one or more LRU, the IDS
diagnostics identify the faulty LRU and record a fault code unique to the failure in NVM, on the Dual Slotted Data
Transfer System (DSDTS), and a message is displayed on the CMDU maintenance page. In cases where the
LRU is connected to a dedicated interface (e.g., BIU/BAU), the LRU has the ability to determine if the interface or
the LRU circuitry is at fault. The BIT results and IDS diagnostic data recorded on one of the Removable Memory
Modules (RMM) are downloaded to the MIMS and transferred to a Ground Based Data System (GBDS) for
analysis. In the event of a failure (hardware or software) within either MC, the remaining MC will manage the
total central processing function without loss of function.(Figure 25-2).

25-10. MISSION COMPUTER OPERATING MODES. While the aircraft is operating, information concerning
self test, internal operation, and external communications is continually examined. The MC operating mode is
configured by the operating system software according to the BIT status of the MC. If a failure is detected in
one MC and subsequent internal verification criteria are satisfied for a fatal error, data bus management will
undergo controlled reconfiguration from normal mode to either backup or get home mode. The reconfigured
mode depends upon the status of the other MC.

25-11. NORMAL MODE. The normal mode configuration is MC No. 1 and BIU No. 1 controlling the left data
buses and MC No. 2 and BIU No. 2 controlling the right data buses. During normal mode operation, there is a
continuous self test and cross verification in each MC and BIU. If a failure is detected, data bus management is
reconfigured to one of the failure modes. The extent of failure is the basis for determining the operating mode
in which to reconfigure the MC.

25-12. BACKUP MODE. If either MC has a fatal failure or loss of communications on both channels of at
least one data bus, the MC may regress to a quiescent state or be forced to the quiescent state if the other
MC and BIU agree it is malfunctioning. The failing MC will continue digital video operation at its last setting
but communication with the data buses and all other outputs are inhibited. The remaining MC will reconfigure
and assume bus control of the data buses and continue operation with no functional degradation in systems
operations.

25-13. GET HOME MODE. If further failures occur in the remaining MC and communications is lost on indi-
vidual data buses, the remaining MC will continue to operate in a degraded state without the information on the
lost data buses rather than be configured to operate in a quiescent state. If there is a fatal malfunction in the
remaining MC or communications is lost on both the left and right side of the panel, display, or avionics data
buses, this MC will then revert to the quiescent state. The bus interface units will sense no activity on the data
buses and will assume joint control of the data buses. Under BIU control, the aircraft is in the get home mode.
In this mode, only flight critical functions are maintained. Any loss of BIU functionality will increase flight crew
dependence on the standby instrumentation.

25-14. MISSION COMPUTER SOFTWARE. The software required to control the data processing tasks of the
MC is resident in NVM of the control and processing servers. Some resident software programs perform func-
tions normally requiring one or more independent systems. The resident program defined as a system is GCAS.
The MC resident software programs are discussed in the following paragraphs. Other software programs, data
files, and look-up tables containing mission specific information are loaded into the MC from the DSDTS.

25-15. INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC SUBSYSTEM. The Integrated Diagnostic Subsystem (IDS) is comprised
of a section of the MC memory and uses software diagnostic routines that are resident in NVM. The IDS diag-
nostics are active during flight and maintenance procedures. The BIT status of individual aircraft systems is
monitored for faults at least once per second.

25-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25-16. FAULT PROCESSING. The IDS diagnostic software assesses the BIT status of various electronic LRU
and aircraft subsystems and processes any fault data received. In the event a fault is detected, an advisory,
caution, and warning system (ACAWS) message is automatically displayed in plain text on a dedicated mainte-
nance page on a CMDU and the appropriate light on the REF/ MODE Select Panel is illuminated.

25-17. TREND AND EVENT DATA POINTS. When a condition is detected that identifies a fault or an im-
pending problem, the information necessary to fully describe the aircraft behavior is collected by the IDS. This
information, known as trend and event data points, is synchronized to the specific time of the flight and a fault
code unique to that situation is generated. The fault code, trend and event data, and the date and time are
recorded on the RMM. Trend and event data points are downloaded to the RMM for analysis by a GBDS. The
GBDS analysis categorizes the fault with the LRU to be replaced and identifies the individual SRU within the
unit that caused the fault. Trend and event data points include the following:

– Time
– Airspeed
– Altitude
– Weight On Wheels
– Engine RPM/Horsepower
– Pressurization

25-18. GROUND COLLISION AND AVOIDANCE SYSTEM. The GCAS provides aural and visual annuncia-
tions in the event of unsafe flight conditions or impending CFIT. The aural annunciation data includes the reason
for the annunciation and the appropriate action to resolve it. The visual data is displayed simultaneously with
the accompanying aural annunciations. The visual and aural warnings are inhibited when the aircraft is 30 feet
above ground level to eliminate the possibility of nuisance warnings. During flight, the GCAS operates in either
normal or tactical mode. In normal mode the GCAS annunciations are derived from normal mission parameters
and thresholds. In the tactical mode, the GCAS warning annunciations are based on shorter pilot response
times during low-level missions such as terrain following and assault approaches.

25-19. ALTITUDE ALERT. The altitude alerting function provides alerts that the aircraft is approaching or de-
viating from an altitude set on the REF/MODE select panel. Aircraft altitude inputs come from the distributed
air data system. At 1,000 feet prior to the selected altitude, the MC activates a voice message of 1000 feet to
go. This message is sent to the flight crew headsets and alerts the crew to the approaching altitude. Once the
selected altitude is reached, a deviation of 200 feet causes the MC to activate the voice message CHECK ALTI-
TUDE, and display a flashing ALTITUDE visual alert on the PFD. When deviation is 300 feet from the selected
altitude, the MC activates a louder altitude voice message and the ALTITUDE visual alert on the PFD flashes
continually. The audio and visual alerts will continue until the aircraft returns to within 200 feet of, or deviates
more than 1,000 feet from, the selected altitude.

25-20. OPERATIONAL FLIGHT PROGRAM. The OFP is automatically loaded when the MC is powered up
and MC BIT is successfully completed. The OFP controls MC functions until the end of the mission. The OFP
controls the mission computer and other aircraft systems using resident software routines and Mission Data
Files (MDF) peculiar to the individual systems.

25-21. OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. During aircraft maintenance, the MC functions are con-
trolled by the OMP. The OMP is not resident in the MC. It is uploaded from the MIMS along with maintenance
data specific to the fault(s) to be repaired. The maintenance data is the result of the GBDS analysis of the trend
and event data points and fault codes recorded in flight. The OMP is designed for fault isolation to the LRU.

25-22. BUS INTERFACE UNIT OPERATING MODES. The BIU operating mode is controlled by the current
operating mode of the MC. The operating modes are described in the following paragraphs.

25-23. NORMAL MODE. The BIU functions as an interface that performs data acquisition for the MC.

25-24. BACKUP MODE. Backup mode occurs if either MC has a fatal failure or loss of communications on
both a and b channels of at least one data bus. The remaining MC will be reconfigured by its software and

25-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

assume control of the data buses and continue operation with no degradation in systems operations. The BIU
continues to operate as in the normal mode.

25-25. GET HOME MODE. Get home mode occurs if there is a fatal malfunction in the remaining MC, or
communications is lost on both the left and right side of the same data bus. When this occurs, the BIU will
sense no activity on the data buses and internal software will reconfigure the BIU as a BC. Each BIU assumes
control of its associated data buses and the aircraft is in get home mode. In get home mode, only flight critical
functions are maintained. Any loss of BIU functionality will increase flight crew dependence on the standby
instrumentation.

25-26. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. Equipment failures detected by BIT are flagged to the
mission computers via the 1553B Comm/Nav Bus and the CNI-SP. The mission computers generate an ACAWS
message and direct the ICS-CSU to output an advisory audio tone to the flight station headsets and cockpit
loudspeakers indicating an advisory message. An ACAWS text message is also generated and displayed on
the ACAWS display.

25-27. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS message
MC 1/2 FAIL.

25-28. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses: Figure 25-2 and
Figure 24-2

3TB MC 1 MAIN 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1

5TB MC 1 BACKUP 28 V dc EMER BUS
4TB MC 2 MAIN 115 V ac MAIN BUS 2
6TB MC 2 BACKUP 28 V dc ESS BUS
11TA BIU 1 MAIN 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1
9TA BIU NO. 1 BACKUP 28 V dc EMER BUS
23TA SYNC REF 1 26 V ac MAIN BUS 1
12TA BIU 2 MAIN 115 V ac MAIN BUS 2
10TA BIU NO. 2 BACKUP 28 V dc ESS BUS
24TA SYNC REF 2 26 V ac MAIN BUS 2

25-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-1. System Integration Components

25-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-2. Mission Computer System Schematic (TB System ) (sheet 1/4)

25-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-2. Mission Computer System Schematic (sh. 2/4)

25-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-2. Mission Computer System Schematic (sh. 3/4)

25-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-2. Mission Computer System Schematic (sh. 4/4)

25-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25-29. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

25-30. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

25-31. MISSION COMPUTER

25-32. Perform Mission Computer Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B.

NOTE

If testing MC No. 2, sustitute No. 2 for No. 1.

C. Using MIMS load the applicable MC software in accordance with the MIMS users manual.
D. For MC No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
E. For MC No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 3.

MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2.

NOTE

The operational check for the mission computers is accomplished

by applying/cycling power to the MC’s. This allows the power up
BIT to run and the OFP to load. Observe maintenance log for
any MC faults. Any failure of the MC’s will display an ACAWS fail
message on the CMDU.
F. No ACAWS MC1 FAIL messages are displayed on the CMDU.
G. Open the following circuit breakers :

MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
Verify that: MC1 FAIL ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
H. Close the following circuit breakers :

MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.

NOTE

MC power up BIT can take approximately 1 to 3 minutes to com-

plete.
Verify that: MC1 powers up and runs BIT test.

25-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: OFP program loads

Verify that: No MC1 FAIL ACAWS messages are displayed on the CMDU.
I. End of Test.

25-33. LOAD MISSION COMPUTER SOFTWARE

25-34. Load Mission Computer Software by using MIMS to setup and load the applicable MC software in
accordance with the MIMS users manual.

25-35. BUS INTERFACE UNIT NORMAL MODE

25-36. Perform Bus Interface Unit Normal Mode Functional Test as follows:

NOTE

Procedures for BIU No. 1 is same as BIU No.2.

A. For BIU No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
B. For BIU No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.

NOTE

The BIU operational check for normal mode is performed by open-

ing the power and auxiliary circuit breakers , then closing the circuit
breakers and allowing the BIU to re-initialize and perform power-up
BIT. Observe maintenance log for any BIU faults. A BIU fault will
display an ACAWS BIU FAIL message on the CMDU.
C. No BIU 1 or BIU 2 fail message is present on CMDU.
D. For BIU No. 1, open the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
Verify that: BIU 1 FAIL ACAWS message is displayed on the CMDU.
E. For BIU No. 2, open the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.
Verify that: BIU 2 FAIL ACAWS message is displayed on the CMDU.
F. For BIU No. 1, close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.

25-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: BIU 1 re-initializes and performs power-up BIT.

Verify that: No BIU 1 ACAWS are displayed on the CMDU.
G. Observe maintenance log for any BIU 1 faults.
H. For BIU No. 2, close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.
Verify that: BIU 2 re-initializes and performs power-up BIT.
Verify that: No BIU 2 ACAWS are displayed on the CMDU.
I. Observe maintenance log for any BIU 2 faults.
J. End of Test.

25-37. BUS INTERFACE UNIT BACKUP MODE

25-38. Perform Bus Interface Unit Backup Mode Functional Test as follows:

WARNING

The Propeller Deice circuit breakers should be opened

prior to placing the aircraft in BIU BACKUP mode. In
BIU BACKUP mode, and if the WOW status is set to air,
the prop deice defaults to on. Damage to equipment or
injury to personnel may occur.

NOTE

Procedures for BIU No. 1 is same as BIU No.2.

NOTE

The BIU operational check, for back-up mode is performed by re-

moving power to the MC’s and allowing the BIU’s to assume con-
trol as back-up bus controllers. In order for the Mission Computers
to regain Bus control, power must be removed from the aircraft and
then reapplied. Observe maintenance log for any BIU faults and
verify that the ACAWS BIU BACKUP MODE message is displayed
on the CMDU.
A. Open the following circuit breakers :

PROP 1 DE-ICE AC PWR (3HD) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position W 25.
PROP 2 DE-ICE AC PWR (2HD) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position W 28.
DE-ICING PROP 1 (9HD) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 21.
DE-ICING PROP 2 (8HD) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 4.
MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.

25-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 3.

MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2.
Verify that: BIU BACKUP MODE ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: PROP 1 DE-ICE ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: PROP 2 DE-ICE ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: MC 1 ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: MC 2 ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
B. Close the following circuit breakers :

PROP 1 DE-ICE AC PWR (3HD) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position W 25.
PROP 2 DE-ICE AC PWR (2HD) on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in position W 28.
DE-ICING PROP 1 (9HD) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 21.
DE-ICING PROP 2 (8HD) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position B 4.
MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 3.
MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2.
Verify that: No PROP 1 DE-ICE ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: No PROP 2 DE-ICE ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: No MC 1 ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: No MC 2 ACAWS message is displayed on CMDU.
Verify that: BIU BACKUP MODE is still in control.
C. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
D. Connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual to reset Mission
Computers and BIU.
E. End of Test.

25-39. TROUBLESHOOTING
25-40. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in Table 25-1.

Table 25-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems

25-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools. - Cont’d

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION
2 Tester, Data Bus DNT 3010 Equivalent To adapt a Network Tester
to the various 1553B Data
Bus cables and connectors
and Line Replaceable Units
in the a/c for test and check.
3 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 4620A01
Operation Maintenance Program (OMP) load fault. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 5.
1) Place external power switch to OFF.
2) Place BTRY switch to OFF.
3) Establish communications.
4) Close the following circuit breakers :
MIMS FWD (16TL) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 14.
SW LOAD ENABLE (8TB) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 12.
MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
(451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 3.
MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position G 2.
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIUNO: 2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.
a. Place LOAD ENABLE switch to ENABLE.
b. Apply external electrical power to airplane.
c. Connect MIMS to FWD CARGO MIMS port.
d. Turn on MIMS.
Is MIMS powered by airplane electrical system ?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Open circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
b. Disconnect MIMS plug from connector 15TLA.
c. Close circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
Is 28 VDC present on connector 15TLA pins
Z and N*?
NO Go to Step 3.

25-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Repair open circuit between circuit
Is 28 VDC present on circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
FWD) terminal 2 and connector 15TLA
terminal 2? pins Z or N*
NO Replace circuit breaker 16TL
(MIMS FWD)
Step 4. YES Repair MIMS.
Is ground present on pins F* and E*?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
NOTE
Mission computers stop in their boot utility Routine
(BUR) if OFP does not execute.
Do mission computers stop in BUR?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 9.
Log into MIMS and select PERFORM AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE
(select mission computer 1). Does OMP-MC
software load into
MC No. 1 and execute as desired?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1.
a. Exit to MIMS main menu and select SHUTDOWN.
b. At MIMS main menu, select mission computer 2.
c. At MIMS main menu, select PERFORM
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE.
Does OMP-MC software load into MC No. 2 and
execute as desired ?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Troubleshoot coupler networks.
a. Connect MIMS to FWD CARGO port.
b. On MIMS main menu, select PERFORM
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE. (use either MC)
Does OMP-MC software load into selected MC and
execute as desired?
NO Troubleshoot IPC data bus.
Fault code 4620093.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
a. Exit to MIMS menu and select SHUT DOWN.
b. On MIMS main menu, select MC 2.
c. On MIMS main menu, select PERFORM
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE.
Does OMP-MC software load into MC 2 and
execute as desired?
NO Replace Mission Computer No. 2.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 14.
Connect MIMS to FWD CARGO port.
Is MIMS powered by airplane electrical system?
NO Go to Step 11.

25-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
a. Open circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
b. Disconnect MIMS plug from connector 15TLA.
c. Close circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
Is 28 VDC present on connector 15TLA pins
Z and N*?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 12. YES Repair MIMS.
Is ground present on pins F* and E*?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 13. YES Repair open circuit between circuit
Is 28 VDC present on circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
FWD) terminal 2 and connector 15TLA
terminal 2? pins Z or N*
NO Replace circuit breaker 16TL
(MIMS FWD)
Step 14. YES OMP Load function is normal.
Does MIMS communicate with IPC bus from
FWD CARGO MIMS port?
NO Troubleshoot IPC bus coupler
networks.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 18.
Is MC1 FAIL or MC2 FAIL ACAWS message
displayed?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close the following C/B’s:
MIMS FWD CARGO (16TL)
c. Establish communications.
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 1 of circuit breaker
8TB (LOAD ENABLE)?
NO Repair circuit between 8TB (LOAD
ENABLE)
circuit breaker terminal 1 and
avionics DC bus.
Step 17. YES Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 2 of circuit breaker 7TB.
8TB
(LOAD ENABLE)?
NO Replace circuit breaker 8TB
(LOAD ENABLE).
Step 18. YES Go to Step 24.
Is MC 1 FAIL ACAWS displayed?
NO Go to Step 19.

25-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. YES Go to Step 23.
a. Open 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB (MC 1
BACKUP). in order to interrupt power to mission
computer NOT FAILED.
b. Disconnect 1TB.
c. Close circuit breaker 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
d. Place LOAD ENABLE switch to ENABLE.
Is 28VDC present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 22.
Is 28VDC present on specified LOAD ENABLE
switch terminal for mission computer No. 1?
- MC No. 1 terminal 5.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch terminal 307VE.
6 Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
(switch in ENABLE POSITION)? 7TB.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
307VE.
Repair circuit between circuit
breaker 8TB (LOAD ENABLE) and
switch 7TB terminal 6 (MC No. 1).
Step 22. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28 VDC present on 301VE.
301VVG terminal for specified Repair circuit between 1TB pin 1
mission computer? and 301VVG terminal G (MC No.
-MC No. 1 terminal G. 1).
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
301VE and 307VE.
Repair circuit between specified
TB terminals and associated
LOAD ENABLE switch terminals.
-MC No. 1 TB 301VVG terminal B
and switch 7TB terminal 5.
Step 23. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1.
Remove power to mission computer by
opening circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between 1TBB pins
2, 5, and 8?
NO Repair circuit.

25-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 24. YES Go to Step 28.
a. Open 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB (MC 2
BACKUP). in order to interrupt power to mission
computer NOT FAILED.
b. Disconnect 2TBB.
c. Close circuit breaker 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
d. Place LOAD ENABLE switch to ENABLE.
Is 28VDC present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. YES Go to Step 27.
Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE.
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch terminal
2?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 26. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch terminal 307VE.
3 Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
(switch in ENABLE POSITION)? 7TB.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
307VE.
Repair circuit between circuit
breaker 8TB (LOAD ENABLE) and
switch 7TB terminal 3 (MC No. 2).
Step 27. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 401VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28 VDC present on 401VE.
401VVW terminal for specified Repair circuit between 2TB pin 1
mission computer? and 401VVW terminal H (MC No.
-MC No. 2 term. H 2).
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
401VE and 307VE.
Repair circuit between specified
TB terminals and associated
LOAD ENABLE switch terminals.
-MC No. 2 TB 401VVW terminal A
and switch 7TB terminal 2.
Step 28. YES Replace mission computer 2.
Remove power to mission computer by
opening circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between 2TBB pins
2, 5, and 8?
NO Repair circuit .
END OF TEST

25-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
FAULT 2 - CODE 4620904
Both mission computers fail to stop in BUR with LOAD ENABLE switch initially in POWER ON. (Visual
Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close the following C/B’s:
MIMS FWD CARGO (16TL)
c. Establish communications.
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 1 of circuit breaker
8TB (LOAD ENABLE)?
NO Repair circuit between 8TB (LOAD
ENABLE)
circuit breaker terminal 1 and
avionics DC bus.
Step 2. YES Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 2 of circuit breaker 7TB.
8TB
(LOAD ENABLE)?
NO Replace circuit breaker 8TB
(LOAD ENABLE).
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 4620905
Mission computer No. 2 fails to stop in BUR with LOAD ENABLE switch initially in POWER ON. Mission
computer 1 responds correctly. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close LOAD ENABLE circuit breaker 8TB.
c. Place LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB to ENABLE.
d. Establish communications.
e. Open circuit breaker 3TB (MC1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC1 BACKUP). in order to interrupt power to
mission computer NOT FAILED.
f. Disconnect 1TBB.
g. Close circuit breaker 3TB (MC1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC1 BACKUP).
Is 28VDC present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace mission computer No. 1.
Remove power to mission computer No. 1 by
opening circuit breakers 3TB (MC1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC1 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between 1TBB pins
2, 5, and 8?
NO Repair circuit .
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE.
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB
terminal 5?
NO Go to Step 5.

25-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 301VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28 VDC present on 301VVG terminal for specified 301VE.
mission computer? Repair circuit between 1TTB pin 1
-MC No. 1 terminal G and 301VVG terminal G (MC No.
1)
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
301VE and 307VE.
Repair circuit between specified
TB terminals and associated
LOAD ENABLE switch terminals.
-MC No. 1 TB 301VVG terminal B
and switch 7TB terminal 5.
Step 5. YES Disconnect external electrical
Disconnect external electrical power. power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE. Remove electromechanical shelf
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB 307VE.
terminal 6 Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
(switch in ENABLE POSITION)? 7TB.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
307VE.
Repair circuit between circuit
breaker 8TB (LOAD ENABLE) and
switch 7TB terminal 6
(MC No. 1)
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 4620906
Mission computer No. 1 fails to stop in BUR with LOAD ENABLE switch initially in POWER ON. Mission
computer 2 responds correctly. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close LOAD ENABLE circuit breaker 8TB.
c. Place LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB to ENABLE.
d. Establish communications.
e. Open circuit breaker 4TB (MC2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC2 BACKUP). in order to interrupt power to
mission computer NOT FAILED.
f. Disconnect 2TBB.
g. Close circuit breaker 4TB (MC2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC2 BACKUP).
Is 28VDC present on plug pin 1?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
Disconnect external electrical power.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE.
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB
terminal 2?
NO Go to Step 3.

25-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Replace LOAD ENABLE switch
Disconnect external electrical power. 7TB.
Remove electromechanical shelf 307VE.
Is 28VDC present on LOAD ENABLE switch terminal
3
(switch in ENABLE POSITION)?
NO Repair circuit between circuit
breaker 8TB (LOAD ENABLE) and
switch 7TB
terminal 3 (MC No. 2)
Step 4. YES Repair circuit between 2TBB pin
Disconnect external electrical power. 1 and 401VVW
Remove electromechanical shelf 401VE. terminal H (MC No. 2)
Is 28 VDC present on 401VVW terminal for specified
mission computer?
-MC No. 2 terminal H
NO Repair circuit between specified
TB terminals and associated
LOAD ENABLE switch terminals.
-MC No. 2 TB 401VVW terminal A
and switch 7TB terminal 2.
Step 5. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 2.
Remove power to mission computer No. 2 by
opening circuit breakers 4TB (MC2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC2 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between 2TBB pins
2, 5, and 8?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 5 - CODE 4620907
OMP-MC software does not load into mission computer No. 1 when PERFORM AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
is selected on MIMS main menu. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close LOAD ENABLE circuit breaker 8TB.
c. Place LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB to ENABLE.
d. Establish communications.
Is MC No. 1 installed?
NO Either install Mission Computer
No. 1 or
select MC No. 2.
Step 2. YES Troubleshoot MC fault.
Are there any reported faults with Mission Computer
No. 1?
NO Replace Mission Computer No. 1.
END OF TEST
FAULT 6 - CODE 4620908
OMP-MC software does not load into mission computer No. 2 when PERFORM AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
is selected on MIMS main menu. (Visual Detection)

25-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Apply external electrical power.
b. Close LOAD ENABLE circuit breaker 8TB.
c. Place LOAD ENABLE switch 7TB to ENABLE.
d. Establish communications.
Is MC No. 2 installed?
NO Either install Mission Computer
No. 2 or
select MC No. 1.
Step 2. YES Troubleshoot MC fault.
Are there any reported faults with Mission Computer
No. 2?
NO Replace Mission Computer No. 2.
END OF TEST
FAULT 7 - CODE 4620A02
Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) Software load fault. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Place external power switch to OFF.
b. Place BTRY switch to OFF.
c. Establish communications.
d. Close the following mechanical circuit breakers :
- MIMS FWD CARGO (16TL)
- LOAD ENABLE (8TB)
- MC No. 1, No. 2 (3TB, 5TB) (4TB, 6TB)
- BIU No. 1, No. 2 (9TA, 11TA) (10TA, 12TA)
e. If CNI-SP or EGI will be loaded, or it is anticipated
that they will be loaded, remove 1TBF or 2TBF from
applicable
mission computer and connect MIMS to DISPLAY
BUS.
f. Place LOAD ENABLE switch to ENABLE. Leave
switch in this position.
g. Apply external electrical power to airplane.
h. Connect MIMS to FWD CARGO port.
i. Turn on MIMS.
:
NOTE
Mission computers stop in their Boot Utility Routine
(BUR) if OFP does not execute.
Do mission computers stop in BUR?
NO Troubleshoot OMP load fault (fault
code 4620A01).
Step 2. YES System normal.
a. Log into MIMS and select LOAD SOFTWARE TO
LRU from main menu.
b. Select applicable LRUs to be loaded and attempt
to load software.
Can software be loaded?
NO Go to Step 3.

25-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 14.
Do more than one of the following devices fail to
load ?
-MC No. 1,2;
-BIU No. 1,2;
-CMDU No. 1,2,3,4,5;
-CNI-SP No. 1,2;
-EGI No. 1,2;
-NIU No. 1,2.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Troubleshoot IPC data bus.
NOTE
If mission computer fails to load OMP, troubleshoot
OMP load fault.
Does a mission computer fail to load OFP image?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Replace applicable NIU.
Does a NIU fail to load?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Replace applicable EGI.
Does an EGI fail to load?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 12.
Does a CMDU fail to load?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
Does a CNI-SP fail to load?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 9. YES Replace applicable CNI-SP.
a. Disconnect plug 1TFE, 2TFE from failed CNI-SP.
b. Ensure LOAD ENABLE switch is in POWER ON
position.
Is 28 VDC present on 1TFE, 2TFE pin 37?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
301VE and 401VE.
Repair circuit between the
applicable points:
- Plug 1TFE pin 37 and TB
301VVG terminal D.
- Plug 2TFE pin 37 and TB
401VVW terminal C.

25-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
NOTE
The remaining fault isolation procedures assume
that a BIU has failed to load.
a. Temporarily open circuit breaker 8TB.
b. Disconnect 1TAG or 2TAG from applicable BIU.
c. Ensure LOAD ENABLE SWITCH is in placed to
ENABLE.
Is 28VDC present on 1TAG or 2TAG pin 108?
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove applicable electro-
mechanical shelf 301VE, 401VE.
Repair circuit between BIU plug
pin 108
and terminal / pin for applicable
BIU.
-BIU No. 1, 301VVG pin F,
-BIU No. 2, 401VVW pin E.
Step 11. YES Repair IPC bus faults.
Troubleshoot IPC databus.
Are any faults identified?
NO Replace applicable BIU.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Temporarily open circuit breaker 8TB.
b. Disconnect 1FGB (#1), 3FGB (#2), 5FGB (#3),
2FGB (#4), 4FGB (#5) from failed CMDU.
c. Ensure LOAD ENABLE switch is in ENABLE
position.
Is 28VDC present on plug pin T?
NO Repair circuit between plug pin T
and terminal for
applicable CMDU.
-CMDU No.1 terminal 5VVA pin A.
-CMDU No.2 terminal 5VVA pin C.
-CMDU No.3 terminal 5VVA pin D.
-CMDU No.4 terminal 6VVC pin B.
-CMDU No.5 terminal 6VVC pin D.
Step 13. YES Replace applicable CMDU.
Open circuit breaker 8TA.
Is ground present on plug pin U?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 15.
NOTE
Answer YES in this block if only one of the CMDU
groups is affected. Answer NO if one CMDU group
and another devices are affected
.
Are the only affected devices one of the following
CMDU groups?
-CMDU 1 and 2 and 3;
-CMDU 4 and 5.
NO Troubleshoot IPC Data Bus.

25-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. YES Disconnect external electrical
Is affected group CMDU 1,2 and 3? power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
301VE.
Repair circuit between 301VVG
pin H
and TB 5VVA pin E.
NO Disconnect external electrical
power.
Remove electromechanical shelf
401VE.
Repair circuit between 401VVW
pin G
and TB 6VVC pin A.
END OF TEST
FAULT 8 - CODE 4620010
MC1 POWER BIT FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Place external power switch to OFF.
2. Place BTRY switch to OFF.
3. Establish communication.
4. Close the following circuit breakers :
MIMS FWD CARGO 16TL
LOAD ENABLE 8TB
MC No. 1, No. 2 (3TB, 5TB) (4TB, 6TB)
BIU No. 1, No. 2 (9TA, 11TA) (10TA, 12TA)
Temporarily open circuit breaker 3TB (MC 1 MAIN),
5TB (MC 1 BACKUP)
Disconnect 1TBH.
Is 115 VAC present on plug pin F?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1.
Open circuit breaker 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB (MC
1 BACKUP).
Is ground present on 1TBH pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Repair circuit between 3TB (MC 1
Is 115VAC present on circuit breaker 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) terminal 2 and
MAIN) connector 1TBH pin F.
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 3TB (MC
1 MAIN).
END OF TEST
FAULT 9 - CODE 4620020
MC2 POWER BIT FAIL (FD Message)

25-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 3.
1. Place external power switch to OFF.
2. Place BTRY switch to OFF.
3. Establish communication.
4. Close the following circuit breakers :
MIMS FWD CARGO 16TL
LOAD ENABLE 8TB
MC No. 1, No. 2 (3TB, 5TB) (4TB, 6TB)
BIU No. 1, No. 2 (9TA, 11TA) (10TA, 12TA)
Temporarily open circuit breaker 4TB (MC 2 MAIN),
6TB (MC 2 BACKUP)
Disconnect 2TBH.
Is 115 VAC present on plug pin F?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Repair circuit between 4TB (MC 2
Is 115 VAC present on circuit breaker 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) terminal 2 and
MAIN) connector 2TBH pin F.
terminal 2?
NO Replace circuit breaker 4TB (MC
2 MAIN).
Step 3. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 2.
Open circuit breaker 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB (MC
2 BACKUP).
Is ground present on 2TBH pin E?
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 10 - CODE 4620011
MC2 COMM LOST (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Apply external electrical power.
2. Turn on CMDU.
3. Establish communications.
a. Close circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TBH.
Is 28 VDC present on plug pin B?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.

25-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Open circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect plug 2TBF.
c. Remove ADS Connector from 2TKA.
d. Perform cable Continuity and Insulation tests as
follows:
Continuity between:
- Plug 2TFB pin 29 and 2TKA pin 1.
- Plug 2TFB pin 30 and 2TKA pin 2.
- Plug 2TFB pin 31 and 2TKA pin 3.
- Plug 2TFB pin 32 and 2TKA pin 4.
- Plug 2TFB pin 33 and 2TKA pin 5.
- Plug 2TFB pin 34 and 2TKA pin 6.
- Plug 2TFB pin 35 and 2TKA pin 7.
- Plug 2TFB pin 36 and 2TKA pin 8.
- Plug 2TFB pin 76 and 2TKA pin 9.
- Plug 2TFB pin 77 and 2TKA pin 10.
- Plug 2TFB pin 78 and 2TKA pin 11.
- Plug 2TFB pin 79 and 2TKA pin 12.
- Plug 2TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 2TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 2TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are the cable tests result correct?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is continuity present between 2TBF plug pins
38, 40, and 41?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Replace the ASD Connector
with the new one on 2TKA connector.
a. Close circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
Is the fault still present?
NO Fault Fixed after replaceing
ASD Connector.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Open circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
Check to ensure IPC data bus terminators are
properly
installed on both ends of channel A and channel B
data buses.
Are terminators properly installed?
NO Install terminators on IPC bus.
Step 7. YES Replace mission computer No. 2.
Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester kit),
check both channel A and channel B of IPC data bus.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. YES Repair circuit between circuit
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 2 of circuit breaker breaker 6TB (MC 2 BACKUP)
6TB terminal 2 and plug 2TBH pin B.
(MC 2 BACKUP)?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Replace circuit breaker 6TB (MC
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 1 of circuit breaker 2 BACKUP).
6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP)?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2460004.
END OF TEST
FAULT 11 - CODE 4620021
MC1 COMM LOST (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 4.
1. Apply external electrical power.
2. Turn on CMDU.
3. Establish communications.
a. Close circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 1TBH.
Is 28 VDC present on plug pin B?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Repair circuit between circuit
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 2 of circuit breaker breaker 5TB (MC 1 BACKUP)
5TB terminal 2 and plug 1TBH pin B.
(MC 1 BACKUP)?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace circuit breaker 5TB (MC
Is 28 VDC present on terminal 1 of circuit breaker 1 BACKUP).
5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP)?
NO Troubleshoot fault code 2460002.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is ground present on plug pin C?
NO Repair ground circuit.

25-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
a. Open circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect plug 1TBF.
c. Remove ADS Connector from 1TKA.
d. Perform cable Continuity and Insulation tests as
follows:
Continuity between:
- Plug 1TFB pin 29 and 1TKA pin 1.
- Plug 1TFB pin 30 and 1TKA pin 2.
- Plug 1TFB pin 31 and 1TKA pin 3.
- Plug 1TFB pin 32 and 1TKA pin 4.
- Plug 1TFB pin 33 and 1TKA pin 5.
- Plug 1TFB pin 34 and 1TKA pin 6.
- Plug 1TFB pin 35 and 1TKA pin 7.
- Plug 1TFB pin 36 and 1TKA pin 8.
- Plug 1TFB pin 76 and 1TKA pin 9.
- Plug 1TFB pin 77 and 1TKA pin 10.
- Plug 1TFB pin 78 and 1TKA pin 11.
- Plug 1TFB pin 79 and 1TKA pin 12.
- Plug 1TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 1TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 1TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are the cable tests result correct?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Is continuity present between 1TBF plug pins
39, 40, and 41?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Replace the ASD Connector
with the new one on 1TKA connector.
Close circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
Is the fault still present?
NO Fault Fixed after replaceing
ASD Connector.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
Open circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
Check to ensure IPC data bus terminators are
properly
installed on both ends of channel A and channel B
data buses.
Are terminators properly installed?
NO Install terminators on IPC bus.
Step 9. YES Replace mission computer No. 1.
Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester kit),
check both channel A and channel B of IPC data bus.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
END OF TEST

25-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
FAULT 12 - CODE 4620901
MIMS does not operate on aircraft power when connected to FWD CARGO MIMS port. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
b. Disconnect MIMS plug from connector 15TLA.
c. Close circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
Is 28 VDC present on connector 15TLA pins
Z and N*?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. YES Repair MIMS.
Is ground present on pins F* and E*?
NO Repair open circuit.
Step 3. YES Repair open circuit between circuit
Is 28 VDC present on circuit breaker 16TL (MIMS breaker 16TL (MIMS FWD)
FWD) terminal 2 and connector 15TLA
terminal 2? pins Z or N*
NO Replace circuit breaker 16TL
(MIMS FWD)
END OF TEST
FAULT 13 - CODE 4620000
AC CONFIG INVALID (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 1TBF from MC 1 and 1TKA from ASD
connector.
c. Check for shorts and continuity present between
the following:
- Plug 1TFB pin 29 and 1TKA pin 1.
- Plug 1TFB pin 30 and 1TKA pin 2.
- Plug 1TFB pin 31 and 1TKA pin 3.
- Plug 1TFB pin 32 and 1TKA pin 4.
- Plug 1TFB pin 33 and 1TKA pin 5.
- Plug 1TFB pin 34 and 1TKA pin 6.
- Plug 1TFB pin 35 and 1TKA pin 7.
- Plug 1TFB pin 36 and 1TKA pin 8.
- Plug 1TFB pin 76 and 1TKA pin 9.
- Plug 1TFB pin 77 and 1TKA pin 10.
- Plug 1TFB pin 78 and 1TKA pin 11.
- Plug 1TFB pin 79 and 1TKA pin 12.
- Plug 1TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 1TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 1TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are circuits free of shorts and continuity present?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is ground present at 1TKA sockets 13 and 14?
NO Repair ground circuit.

25-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Disconnect 1TBB from MC 1.
Is ground present at 1TBB sockets 2, 5 and 8?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is continuity present between 1TBF sockets 39, 40
and 41?
NO Restore continuity between 1TBF
sockets 39, 40 and 41.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Verify MC 1 has aircraft configuration strapping
per publication HAF.1C-27J-2-11 Aircraft Specific
Data Configuration Table 1.
Is MC 1 configured correctly?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
a. Open circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TBF from MC 2 and 2TKA from ASD
connector.
c. Check for shorts and continuity present between
the following:
- Plug 2TFB pin 29 and 2TKA pin 1.
- Plug 2TFB pin 30 and 2TKA pin 2.
- Plug 2TFB pin 31 and 2TKA pin 3.
- Plug 2TFB pin 32 and 2TKA pin 4.
- Plug 2TFB pin 33 and 2TKA pin 5.
- Plug 2TFB pin 34 and 2TKA pin 6.
- Plug 2TFB pin 35 and 2TKA pin 7.
- Plug 2TFB pin 36 and 2TKA pin 8.
- Plug 2TFB pin 76 and 2TKA pin 9.
- Plug 2TFB pin 77 and 2TKA pin 10.
- Plug 2TFB pin 78 and 2TKA pin 11.
- Plug 2TFB pin 79 and 2TKA pin 12.
- Plug 2TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 2TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 2TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are circuits free of shorts and continuity present?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
Is ground present at 2TKA sockets 13 and 14?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
a. Disconnect 2TBB from MC 2.
Is ground present at 2TBB sockets 2, 5 and 8?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Is continuity present between 2TBF sockets 39, 40
and 41?

25-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Restore continuity between 2TBF
sockets 39, 40 and 41.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
Verify MC 2 has aircraft configuration strapping
per publication HAF.1C-27J-2-11 Aircraft Specific
Data Configuration Table 1.
Is MC 2 configured correctly?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 11. YES Fault cleared.
a. Connect 1TBF to Mission Computer 1 and
2TBF to Mission Computer 2.
b. Close circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 PWR), 5TB (MC
1 BACKUP), 4TB (MC 2 PWR),
and 6TB (MC 2 BACKUP).
Does fault clear?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Fault cleared.
a. Using MIMS, reload ASI tables using MIMS
instructions.
Does fault clear?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. YES Fault cleared.
a. Open circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 PWR) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
b. Replace Mission Computer 1.
c. Close circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 PWR) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
Does fault clear?
NO Replace Mission Computer 2
END OF TEST
FAULT 14 - CODE 4620001
AC CONFIG PARITY CHECK 1 INVALID (FD Message)

25-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 3TB (MC 1 MAIN) and 5TB
(MC 1 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 1TBF from MC 1 and 1TKA from ASD
connector.
c. Check for shorts and continuity present between
the following:
- Plug 1TFB pin 29 and 1TKA pin 1.
- Plug 1TFB pin 30 and 1TKA pin 2.
- Plug 1TFB pin 31 and 1TKA pin 3.
- Plug 1TFB pin 32 and 1TKA pin 4.
- Plug 1TFB pin 33 and 1TKA pin 5.
- Plug 1TFB pin 34 and 1TKA pin 6.
- Plug 1TFB pin 35 and 1TKA pin 7.
- Plug 1TFB pin 36 and 1TKA pin 8.
- Plug 1TFB pin 76 and 1TKA pin 9.
- Plug 1TFB pin 77 and 1TKA pin 10.
- Plug 1TFB pin 78 and 1TKA pin 11.
- Plug 1TFB pin 79 and 1TKA pin 12.
- Plug 1TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 1TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 1TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are circuits free of shorts and continuity present?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is ground present at 1TKA sockets 13 and 14?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Disconnect 1TBB from MC 1.
Is ground present at 1TBB sockets 2, 5 and 8?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is continuity present between 1TBF sockets 39, 40
and 41?
NO Restore continuity between 1TBF
sockets 39, 40 and 41.
Step 5. YES Replace Mission Computer 1.
Verify MC 1 has aircraft configuration strapping
per publication HAF.1C-27J-2-11 Aircraft Specific
Data Configuration Table 1.
Is MC 1 configured correctly?
NO Repair wiring
END OF TEST
FAULT 15 - CODE 4620002
AC CONFIG PARITY CHECK 2 INVALID (FD Message)

25-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 4TB (MC 2 MAIN) and 6TB
(MC 2 BACKUP).
b. Disconnect 2TBF from MC 2 and 2TKA from ASD
connector.
c. Check for shorts and continuity present between
the following:
- Plug 2TFB pin 29 and 2TKA pin 1.
- Plug 2TFB pin 30 and 2TKA pin 2.
- Plug 2TFB pin 31 and 2TKA pin 3.
- Plug 2TFB pin 32 and 2TKA pin 4.
- Plug 2TFB pin 33 and 2TKA pin 5.
- Plug 2TFB pin 34 and 2TKA pin 6.
- Plug 2TFB pin 35 and 2TKA pin 7.
- Plug 2TFB pin 36 and 2TKA pin 8.
- Plug 2TFB pin 76 and 2TKA pin 9.
- Plug 2TFB pin 77 and 2TKA pin 10.
- Plug 2TFB pin 78 and 2TKA pin 11.
- Plug 2TFB pin 79 and 2TKA pin 12.
- Plug 2TKA pin 13 and DC GND.
- Plug 2TKA pin 14 and DC GND.
Insulation between:
(NO CONTINUITY must be found)
- Plug 2TFB pins 29,30,31,32,33,
34,35,36,76,77,78,79, and DC GND.
Are circuits free of shorts and continuity present?
NO Repair wiring.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is ground present at 2TKA sockets 13 and 14?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Disconnect 2TBB from MC 2.
Is ground present at 2TBB sockets 2, 5 and 8?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is continuity present between 2TBF sockets 39, 40
and 41?
NO Restore continuity between 2TBF
sockets 39, 40 and 41.
Step 5. YES Replace Mission Computer 2.
Verify MC 2 has aircraft configuration strapping
per publication HAF.1C-27J-2-11 Aircraft Specific
Data Configuration Table 1.
Is MC 2 configured correctly?
NO Repair wiring.
END OF TEST
FAULT 16 - CODE 4620012
MC1 POWER LOST (FD Message)
Failure1 Troubleshoot fault code 2460002.
END OF TEST
FAULT 17 - CODE 4620022
MC2 POWER LOST (FD Message)

25-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Failure2 Troubleshoot fault code 2460004.
END OF TEST
FAULT 18 - CODE 4620014
R DISPLAY BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBE from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620014: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620014: 6THA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open circuit present between specified plug pins?
- 4620014: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620014: 6THA
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620014: 6THA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBE from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBE pins?
4620014: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620014: 8THC
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified plug pins?
4620014: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620014: 8THC
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620014: 8THC
NO Fault fixed.

25-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
FAULT 19 - CODE 4620015
R DISPLAY BUS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBG from MC No. 1.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
4620015: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620015: 18THA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified plug
1TBG pins?
4620015: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620015: 18THA
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620015: 18THA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBG from MC No. 2.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
4620015: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620015: 18THC
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified plug
2TBG pins?
4620015: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620015: 18THC
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620015: 18THC

25-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 20 - CODE 4620024
L DISPLAY BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBA from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
4620024: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620024: 7THA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open present between specified 1TBA plug
pins?
4620024: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620024: 7THA
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620024: 7THA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBA from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
4620024: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620024: 5THC
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified 2TBA plug
pins?
4620024: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620024: 5THC
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620024: 5THC

25-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 21 - CODE 4620025
L DISPLAY BUS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBC from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 1TBC pins?
4620025: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620025: 15THA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified
plug 1TBC pins?
4620025: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620025: 15THA
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620025: 15THA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBC from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBC pins?
4620025: 4HI to 4LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620025: 15THA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified
plug 2TBC pins?
4620025: 4HI to 4SHLD and 4LO to 4SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620025: 15THA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620025: 15THA

25-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 22 - CODE 4620311
BIU 1 COMM LOST (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN).
b. Disconnect 1TAD.
Is continuity present between 1TAD plug pins?
Pins: 22, 24, 25, 28
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. YES Replace channel B data bus
a. Open circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and coupler network for BIU No. 1.
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN). Channel B: 4TLA
b. Disconnect channel A plug 703VEC. After replacing the item, move
c. Close circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and back to the
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN). immediate previous question and
Is fault code 4620311 active? continue by
selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace channel A data bus
a. Open circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and coupler
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN). network for BIU No. 1.
b. Disconnect channel A plug 703VEC. Channel A: 5TLA
c. Disconnect channel B plug 702VEC.
c. Close circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN).
Is fault code 4620311 active?
NO Replace BIU No. 1.
END OF TEST
FAULT 23 - CODE 4620313
BIU 1 FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN).
b. Disconnect 1TAG.
Is ground present on plug 1TAG pins 107
and 111?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Disconnect 1TAA from BIU No. 1.
Is ground present on plug pins C and F?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Close circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN).
Is 115 VAC present on 1TAA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.

25-39
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Is 28 VDC present on plug 1TAA pins A
and B?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 5. YES Replace BIU No. 1.
a. Close circuit breakers 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP) and
11TA (BIU 1 MAIN).
Is 28 VDC present on BIU No. 1 plug 1TAG
pins 106 and 110?
NO Repair circuit between plug pins
106 and 110
and splice.
Step 6. YES Replace circuit breaker 9TA (BIU
a. Open circuit breaker 9TA (BIU 1 BACKUP). 1 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between circuit breaker 9TA
(BIU 1 BACKUP)
terminal 2 and 1TAA pins A and B?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
FAULT 24 - CODE 4620321
BIU 2 COMM LOST (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN).
b. Disconnect 2TAD.
Is continuity present between 2TAD plug pins?
Pins: 24, 25, 27, 28
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. YES Replace channel B data bus
a. Open circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and coupler network for BIU No. 2.
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN). Channel B: 6TLA
b. Disconnect channel A plug 701VEC. After replacing the item, go back
c. Close circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and to the
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN). immediate previous question and
Is fault code 4620321 active? continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace channel A data bus
a. Open circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and coupler
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN). network for BIU No. 2.
b. Disconnect channel A plug 701VEC. Channel A: 3TLA
c. Disconnect channel B plug 704VED.
c. Close circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN).
Is fault code 4620321 active?
NO Replace BIU No. 2.
END OF TEST
FAULT 25 - CODE 4620323
BIU 2 FAIL (FD Message)

25-40
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Open circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN).
b. Disconnect 2TAG.
Is ground present on plug 2TAG pins 107
and 111?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Disconnect 2TAA from BIU No. 2.
Is ground present on plug pins C and F?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Close circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN).
Is 115 VAC present on 1TAA pin E?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 6.
Is 28 VDC present on plug 2TAA pins A
and B?
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. YES Replace circuit breaker 10TA (BIU
a. Open circuit breaker 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP). 2 BACKUP).
Is continuity present between circuit breaker 10TA
(BIU 2 BACKUP)
terminal 2 and 2TAA pins A and B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. YES Replace BIU No. 2.
a. Close circuit breakers 10TA (BIU 2 BACKUP) and
12TA (BIU 2 MAIN).
Is 28 VDC present on BIU No. 2 plug 2TAG
pins 106 and 110?
NO Repair circuit between plug pins
106 and 110
and splice.
END OF TEST
FAULT 26 - CODE 4620013
R DISPLAY BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 2
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 27 - CODE 4620023
L DISPLAY BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1
Was fault code generated under OFP?

25-41
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 28 - CODE 4620033
R PNL BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 2
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 29 - CODE 4620043
L PNL BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 30 - CODE 4620053
R AV BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 2
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 31 - CODE 4620063
L AV BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 32 - CODE 4620093
IPC BUS FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Replace Mission Computer No. 1
Was fault code generated under OFP?
NO Fault code generated under OMP.
Replace
controlling MC.
END OF TEST
FAULT 33 - CODE 4620310
BIU 1 BIT FAIL (FD Message)
Failure3 Replace BIU No. 1

25-42
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
FAULT 34 - CODE 4620320
BIU 2 BIT FAIL (FD Message)
Failure4 Replace BIU No. 2
END OF TEST
FAULT 35 - CODE 4620A04
RH COMM/NAV DATA BUS FAULT (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Remove RH COMM/NAV DATA BUS channel A
terminator 2TCA.
c. Measure the resistance between specified
terminator contacts.
Is resistance value correct?
center to inner: 77 (+/-8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace terminator 2TCA.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Using DNT 3010, check RH CNI data bus
Channel A at terminator 2TCA.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Remove RH COMM/NAV DATA BUS channel B
terminator 14TCA.
c. Measure the resistance between specified
terminator contacts.
Is resistance value correct?
center to inner: 77 (+/-8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace terminator.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Using DNT 3010, check RH CNI data bus
Channel B at terminator 14TCA.
Does data bus check good?

25-43
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Repair data bus.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 20.
Install data bus terminators on
RH COMM/NAV DATA BUS.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Was the fault associated with No. 1 or No. 2
CNI system processor?
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B
data bus coupler networks for
applicable LRU

Step 7. YES Replace CNI-SP.

Is reported fault associated with No. 1 or
No. 2 CNI system processor?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 19.
Is reported fault with copilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Is reported fault with pilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 10. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 3TFB for the No. 1
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
Is reported fault with No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 12. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1RSE for the No. 1
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Is reported fault with No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver?

25-44
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 14. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2RSE for the No. 2
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 18.
Is reported fault with No. 1 EGI?
NO Go to Step 16.
Step 16. YES Go to Step 17.
Is reported fault with No. 2 EGI?
NO System normal.
Step 17. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2FND for the No. 2
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 18. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1FND for the No. 1
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 19. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 4TFB for the No. 2
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 21.
Was reported fault with any of the following
LRUs?
No. 1 CNI system processor
No. 2 CNI system processor
Pilot CNI-MU
Co-Pilot CNI-MU
No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver
No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver
No. 1 EGI receiver
No. 2 EGI receiver
NO Go to Step 34.

25-45
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 21. YES Replace CNI-SP.
Is reported fault associated with No. 1 or
No. 2 CNI system processor?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
Is reported fault with copilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 24.
Step 23. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 4TFB for the No. 2
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 24. YES Go to Step 33.
Is reported fault with pilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. YES Go to Step 32.
Is reported fault with No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 31.
Is reported fault with No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. YES Go to Step 28.
Is reported fault with No. 1 EGI?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 28. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1FND for the No. 1
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
Is reported fault with No. 2 EGI?
NO System normal.
Step 30. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2FND for the No. 2
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.

25-46
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 31. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2RSE for the No. 2
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 32. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1RSE for the No. 1
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 33. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 3TFB for the No. 1
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 34. YES Replace channel B data bus
a. Disconnect channel A plug from LRU being coupler for
troubleshot applicable LRU
b. Apply external electrical power.
Is reported fault code active?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. YES Replace channel A data bus
a. Perform preparation from applicable LRU removal coupler
procedure. network for applicable LRU
b. Connect channel A plug to LRU.
c. Disconnect channel B plug from LRU
Is reported fault code still active?
NO System normal.
END OF TEST
FAULT 36 - CODE 4620A05
LH COMM/NAV DATA BUS FAULT (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Remove LH COMM/NAV DATA BUS channel A
terminator 1TC.
c. Measure the resistance between specified
terminator contacts.
Is resistance value correct?
center to inner: 77 (+/-8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity

25-47
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Replace terminator 1TC.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Using DNT 3010, check LH CNI data bus
Channel A at terminator 1TC.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Remove LH COMM/NAV DATA BUS channel B
terminator 15TCA.
c. Measure the resistance between specified
terminator contacts.
Is resistance value correct?
center to inner: 77 (+/-8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace terminator.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
Using DNT 3010, check LH CNI data bus
Channel B at terminator 15TCA.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
After replacement of the item, go
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Install data bus terminators on
LH COMM/NAV DATA BUS.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 7.
Was reported fault with any of the following
LRUs?
No. 1 CNI system processor
No. 2 CNI system processor
Pilot CNI-MU
Co-Pilot CNI-MU
No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver
No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver
No. 1 EGI receiver
No. 2 EGI receiver

25-48
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 7. YES Replace CNI-SP.
Is reported fault associated with No. 1 or
No. 2 CNI system processor?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
Is reported fault with copilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 9. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 4TFB for the No. 2
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 10. YES Go to Step 19.
Is reported fault with pilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 18.
Is reported fault with No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 17.
Is reported fault with No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
Is reported fault with No. 1 EGI?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 14. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1FND for the No. 1
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
Is reported fault with No. 2 EGI?
NO System normal.
Step 16. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2FND for the No. 2
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.

25-49
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2RSE for the No. 2
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 18. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1RSE for the No. 1
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 19. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 3TFB for the No. 1
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 20. YES Replace channel B data bus
a. Disconnect channel A plug from LRU being coupler for
troubleshot applicable LRU
b. Apply external electrical power.
Is reported fault code active?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. YES Replace channel A data bus
a. Perform preparation from applicable LRU removal coupler
procedure. network for applicable LRU
b. Connect channel A plug to LRU.
c. Disconnect channel B plug from LRU
Is reported fault code still active?
NO System normal.
Step 22. YES Go to Step 23.
Was the fault associated with No. 1 or No. 2
CNI system processor?
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B
data bus coupler networks for
applicable
LRU
Step 23. YES Replace CNI-SP.
Is reported fault associated with No. 1 or
No. 2 CNI system processor?
NO Go to Step 24.
Step 24. YES Go to Step 25.
Is reported fault with copilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 26.

25-50
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 25. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 4TFB for the No. 2
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 35.
Is reported fault with pilot CNI-MU?
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 27. YES Go to Step 34.
Is reported fault with No. 1 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 28.
Step 28. YES Go to Step 33.
Is reported fault with No. 2 VOR/ILS receiver?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
Is reported fault with No. 1 EGI?
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 30. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1FND for the No. 1
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 31. YES Go to Step 32.
Is reported fault with No. 2 EGI?
NO System normal.
Step 32. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2FND for the No. 2
EGI Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 33. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check RH CNI data bus at plug 2RSE for the No. 2
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot RH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.

25-51
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 34. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 1RSE for the No. 1
VOR/ILS Receiver.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
Step 35. YES System normal.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check LH CNI data bus at plug 3TFB for the No. 1
CNI-MU.
Does data bus check good?
NO Troubleshoot LH CNI bus per DNT
3010
user manual.
END OF TEST
FAULT 37 - CODE 4620031
R PNL BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBE from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620031: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620031: 4TGE
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open circuit present between specified plug pins?
- 4620031: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620031: 4TGE
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620031: 4TGE
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBE from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBE pins?
- 4620031: 3HI to 3LO

25-52
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620031: 6TGA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified plug pins?
- 4620031: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620031: 6TGA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620031: 6TGA
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 38 - CODE 4620051
R AV BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBE from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620051: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620051: 4TDB
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open circuit present between specified plug pins?
- 4620051: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620051: 4TDB
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620051: 4TDB
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBE from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBE pins?
- 4620051: 2HI to 2LO

25-53
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620051: 6TDA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified plug pins?
- 4620051: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620051: 6TDA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620051: 6TDA
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 39 - CODE 4620032
R PNL CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBG from MC No. 1.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
- 4620032: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620032: 16TGA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified plug
1TBG pins?
- 4620032: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620032: 16TGA
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620032: 16TGA
NO Go to Step 4.

25-54
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBG from MC No. 2.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
- 4620032: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620032: 16TGB
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified plug
2TBG pins?
- 4620032: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620032: 16TGB
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620032: 16TGB
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 40 - CODE 4620052
R AVIONICS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBG from MC No. 1.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
- 4620052: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620052: 16TDB
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified plug
1TBG pins?
- 4620052: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620052: 16TDB
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620052: 16TDB

25-55
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBG from MC No. 2.
c. Measure resistance between specified plug
pins.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm?
- 4620052: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620052: 16TDC
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified plug
2TBG pins?
- 4620052: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620052: 16TDC
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620052: 16TDC
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 41 - CODE 4620041
L PNL BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBA from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620041: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620041: 5TGA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open present between specified 1TBA plug
pins?
- 4620041: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620041: 5TGA

25-56
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620041: 5TGA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBA from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620041: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620041: 3TGD
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified 2TBA plug
pins?
- 4620041: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620041: 3TGD
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620041: 3TGD
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 42 - CODE 4620061
L AV BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBA from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620061: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620061: 5TDA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open present between specified 1TBA plug
pins?
- 4620061: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620061: 5TDA

25-57
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620061: 5TDA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBA from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620061: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620061: 3TDA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified 2TBA plug pins?
- 4620061: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620061: 3TDA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620061: 3TDA
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 43 - CODE 4620091
IPC BUS CHAN A FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBA from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620091: 6HI to 6LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620091: 5TLA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is open present between specified 1TBA plug
pins?
- 4620091: 6HI to 6SHLD and 6LO to 6SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620091: 5TLA

25-58
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620091: 5TLA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBA from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug pins?
- 4620091: 6HI to 6LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network for MC No. 2.
4620091: 3TLA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is open present between specified 2TBA plug pins?
- 4620091: 6HI to 6SHLD and 6LO to 6SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620091: 3TLA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620091: 3TLA
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 44 - CODE 4620042
L PNL BUS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBC from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 1TBC pins?
- 4620042: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620042: 15TGA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified
plug 1TBC pins?
- 4620042: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620042: 15TGA

25-59
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620042: 15TGA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBC from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620042: 3HI to 3LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620042: 15TGD
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified
plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620042: 3HI to 3SHLD and 3LO to 3SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620042: 15TGD
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620042: 15TGD
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 45 - CODE 4620062
L AV BUS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBC from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 1TBC pins?
- 4620062: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620062: 15TDA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified
plug 1TBC pins?
- 4620062: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620062: 15TDA

25-60
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620062: 15TDA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBC from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620062: 2HI to 2LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620062: 15TDD
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified
plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620062: 2HI to 2SHLD and 2LO to 2SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620062: 15TDD
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620062: 15TDD
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 46 - CODE 4620092
IPC BUS CHAN B FAIL (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
NOTE
After isolating and repairing discrepancy on MC No.
1, isolate and repair discrepancy on MC No. 2.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 1TBC from MC No. 1.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 1TBC pins?
- 4620092: 6HI to 6LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620092: 4TLA
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
Is an open present between specified plug 1TBC
pins?
- 4620092: 6HI to 6SHLD and 6LO to 6SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 1.
4620092: 4TLA

25-61
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 3. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 1. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 1.
4620092: 4TLA
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect 2TBC from MC No. 2.
Is resistance 1 (+/- 0.1) ohm present between
specified plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620092: 6HI to 6LO
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620092: 6TLA
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Is an open present between specified
plug 2TBC pins?
- 4620092: 6HI to 6SHLD and 6LO to 6SHLD
NO Replace applicable data bus
coupler network
for MC No. 2.
4620092: 6TLA
Step 6. YES Replace applicable data bus
Replace Mission Computer No. 2. coupler network
Does fault persist? for MC No. 2.
4620092: 6TLA
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
FAULT 47 - CODE 4620A03
DATA BUS STUB FAULT (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Using MIMS, select MC 1 for LEFT bus or MC2
for RIGHT bus.
b. Ensure all devices that communicate via 1553B
data buses are operational.
Is/Are any COMM LOST fault codes active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. YES Replace channel A applicable LRU
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. data bus coupler network
b. Using MIMS 1553B Bus Check Screen., select After replacing the item, go back
Test Channel A. to the beginning
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES Replace channel B applicable LRU
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. data bus
b. Using MIMS 1553B Bus Check Screen., select coupler network
Test Channel B. After replacing the item, go back
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.

25-62
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO System normal.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
NOTE
OFP generated fault codes will only activate when a
discrepancy is present on both channel A and B of the
associated data bus. Upon isolating and repairing the
discrepancy on one channel, these procedures must
be repeated for the opposite channel at length until a
fault has been located and repaired for each channel.
Locate system LRU and data bus .
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
indicate S?
NO Go to Step 201.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
Compare plugs for LRU in the Channel A and
Channel B columns of Figure 25-3 Is the same plug
listed for Channel A and B?
NO Go to Step 103.
Step 6. YES Go to Step 8.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect plugs from LRU
c. Measure resistance between signal pins as
specified below:
Is resistance value correct?Channel A: Hi to Lo = 1
(+/- 0.1) ohm Channel A: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel
A: Lo to Shld = Infinity Channel B: Hi to Lo = 1 (+/-
0.1) ohm Channel B: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel B:
Lo to Shld = Infinity
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES Replace applicable data bus
Was resistance value for either Channel A or coupler network
Channel B correct? After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B data
bus coupler networks from Figure
25-3
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 73.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES Go to Step 10.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 40.

25-63
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. YES Go to Step 11.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 26.
Step 11. YES Go to Step 12.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 12. YES Go to Step 13.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553
bus screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 20.
Step 13. YES Go to Step 14.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 14. YES Go to Step 18.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 16.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 16. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 17.

25-64
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 18. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) columnFigure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 19.
Step 19. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3 .
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 20. YES Go to Step 24.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. YES Go to Step 22.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3 .
Step 22. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 23.
Step 23. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-65
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 24. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 26. YES Go to Step 27.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553
bus screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 34.
Step 27. YES Go to Step 28.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 28. YES Go to Step 32.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 29.
Step 29. YES Go to Step 30.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 30. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-66
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 31.
Step 31. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 32. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 33.
Step 33. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 34. YES Go to Step 38.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 35.
Step 35. YES Go to Step 36.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 36. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 37.
Step 37. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-67
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO System normal.
Step 38. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 39.
Step 39. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 40. YES Go to Step 41.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 bus
screen. the 1553 Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 58.
Step 41. YES Go to Step 42.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 42. YES Go to Step 43.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?

25-68
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 43. YES Go to Step 44.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b.Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 bus
screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 52.
Step 44. YES Go to Step 45.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 45. YES Go to Step 46.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 46. YES Go to Step 50.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 47.
Step 47. YES Go to Step 48.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-69
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 48. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 49.
Step 49. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 50. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 51.
Step 51. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 52. YES Go to Step 56.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 53.
Step 53. YES Go to Step 54.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3

25-70
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 54. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 55.
Step 55. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 56. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 57.
Step 57. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 58. YES Go to Step 59.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 67.
Step 59. YES Go to Step 60.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table: Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity

25-71
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 60. YES Go to Step 61.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 61. YES Go to Step 65.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 62.
Step 62. YES Go to Step 63.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 63. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 64.
Step 64. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 65. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-72
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 66.
Step 66. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 67. YES Go to Step 71.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 68.
Step 68. YES Go to Step 69.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 69. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 70.
Step 70. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 71. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 72.
Step 72. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-73
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO System normal.
Step 73. YES Go to Step 74.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 89.
Step 74. YES Go to Step 75.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 75. YES Go to Step 76.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 bus
screen. the 1553 Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 83.
Step 76. YES Go to Step 77.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 77. YES Go to Step 81.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 78.
Step 78. YES Go to Step 79.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 79. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-74
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 80.
Step 80. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 81. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 82.
Step 82. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 83. YES Go to Step 87.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 84.
Step 84. YES Go to Step 85.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 85. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 86.
Step 86. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-75
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO System normal.
Step 87. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 88.
Step 88. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 89. YES Go to Step 90.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 97.
Step 90. YES Go to Step 91.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 91. YES Go to Step 95.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 92.
Step 92. YES Go to Step 93.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3

25-76
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 93. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 94.
Step 94. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 95. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 96.
Step 96. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 97. YES Go to Step 101.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 98.
Step 98. YES Go to Step 99.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3

25-77
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 99. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 100.
Step 100. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 101. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 102.
Step 102. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 103. YES Go to Step 104.
Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the
Channel A column. Is applicable COMM LOST
fault code active?
NO Go to Step 105.
Step 104. YES Replace both channel A and
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. channel B data
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel bus coupler networks.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace applicable Channel B
data bus coupler
network.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.

25-78
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 105. YES Replace applicable Channel A
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. data bus coupler
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel network.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Go to Step 106.
Step 106. YES Go to Step 171.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 107.
Step 107. YES Go to Step 108.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 138.
Step 108. YES Go to Step 109.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 124.
Step 109. YES Go to Step 110.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 110. YES Go to Step 111.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 bus
screen. the 1553 Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 118.
Step 111. YES Go to Step 112.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 112. YES Go to Step 116.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 113.

25-79
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 113. YES Go to Step 114.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 114. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 115.
Step 115. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 116. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 117.
Step 117. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 118. YES Go to Step 122.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 119.
Step 119. YES Go to Step 120.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-80
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 120. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 121.
Step 121. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 122. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 123.
Step 123. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 124. YES Go to Step 125.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 132.
Step 125. YES Go to Step 126.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-81
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 126. YES Go to Step 130.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 127.
Step 127. YES Go to Step 128.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 128. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 129.
Step 129. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from coupler network (reference Figure
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? 25-3
NO System normal.
Step 130. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 131.
Step 131. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 132. YES Go to Step 136.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 133.

25-82
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 133. YES Go to Step 134.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 134. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 135.
Step 135. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 136. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 137.
Step 137. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 138. YES Go to Step 139.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 156.

25-83
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 139. YES Go to Step 140.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 140. YES Go to Step 141.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 141. YES Go to Step 142.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 150.
Step 142. YES Go to Step 143.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity

25-84
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 143. YES Go to Step 144.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 144. YES Go to Step 148.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 145.
Step 145. YES Go to Step 146.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 146. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 147.
Step 147. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 148. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-85
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 149.
Step 149. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 150. YES Go to Step 154.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 151.
Step 151. YES Go to Step 152.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3
Step 152. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 153.
Step 153. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 154. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network (reference Figure
LRU. 25-3
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 155.
Step 155. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network (reference Figure
bus screen. 25-3
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-86
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO System normal.
Step 156. YES Go to Step 157.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 165.
Step 157. YES Go to Step 158.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 158. YES Go to Step 159.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 159. YES Go to Step 163.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 160.
Step 160. YES Go to Step 161.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
(reference Figure 25-3

25-87
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 161. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 162.
Step 162. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 163. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 164.
Step 164. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 165. YES Go to Step 169.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 166.
Step 166. YES Go to Step 167.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networksFigure 25-3

25-88
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 167. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 168.
Step 168. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 169. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 170.
Step 170. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 171. YES Go to Step 172.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 187.
Step 172. YES Go to Step 173.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 173. YES Go to Step 174.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 181.

25-89
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 174. YES Go to Step 175.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 175. YES Go to Step 179.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 176.
Step 176. YES Go to Step 177.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 177. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 178.
Step 178. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 179. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 180.
Step 180. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus coupler network
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-90
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 181. YES Go to Step 185.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and repaired?
NO Go to Step 182.
Step 182. YES Go to Step 183.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B applicable LRU data
bus coupler networks Figure 25-3
Step 183. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 184.
Step 184. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 185. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 186.
Step 186. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 187. YES Go to Step 188.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 195.

25-91
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 188. YES Go to Step 189.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 189. YES Go to Step 193.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 190.
Step 190. YES Go to Step 191.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 191. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 192.
Step 192. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 193. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 194.
Step 194. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-92
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 195. YES Go to Step 199.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 196.
Step 196. YES Go to Step 197.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networksFigure 25-3
Step 197. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 198.
Step 198. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 199. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 200.
Step 200. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 201. YES Go to Step 400.
Has applicable system LRU been replaced
in association with this fault?
NO Go to Step 202.

25-93
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 202. YES Replace LRU.
a. Perform preparation from applicable LRU removal After replacing the item, go back
procedure to interrupt power to LRU. to the beginning
b. Swap system LRU from opposite system. of the present fault tree and begin
Does fault move to opposite system? troubleshooting.
NO Go to Step 203.
Step 203. YES Replace LRU originally installed in
Does fault appear to be corrected on both systems? faulted system.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 204.
Step 204. YES Go to Step 205.
Compare plugs for LRU in the Channel A and
Channel B columns of Figure 25-3
. Is the same plug listed for Channel A and B?
NO Go to Step 302.
Step 205. YES Go to Step 207.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect plugs from LRU as listed in the
Channel A and Channel B columns Figure 25-3
c. Measure resistance between signal pins as
specified below:
Is resistance value correct?Channel A: Hi to Lo = 1
(+/- 0.1) ohm Channel A: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel
A: Lo to Shld = Infinity Channel B: Hi to Lo = 1 (+/-
0.1) ohm Channel B: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel B:
Lo to Shld = Infinity
NO Go to Step 206.
Step 206. YES Replace applicable data bus
Was resistance value for either Channel A or coupler network from Figure 25-3
Channel B correct? .
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B data
bus coupler networks from Figure
25-3
.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
Step 207. YES Go to Step 272.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 208.
Step 208. YES Go to Step 209.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 239.

25-94
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 209. YES Go to Step 210.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 225.
Step 210. YES Go to Step 211.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 211. YES Go to Step 212.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 219.
Step 212. YES Go to Step 213.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 213. YES Go to Step 217.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 214.
Step 214. YES Go to Step 215.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 215. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 216.

25-95
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 216. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 217. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 218.
Step 218. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 219. YES Go to Step 223.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 220.
Step 220. YES Go to Step 221.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being
troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 221. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 222.
Step 222. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-96
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 223. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 224.
Step 224. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 225. YES Go to Step 226.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 233.
Step 226. YES Go to Step 227.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 227. YES Go to Step 231.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 228.
Step 228. YES Go to Step 229.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being
troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 229. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 230.

25-97
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 230. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 231. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 232.
Step 232. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 233. YES Go to Step 237.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 234.
Step 234. YES Go to Step 235.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 235. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 236.
Step 236. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-98
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 237. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 238.
Step 238. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 239. YES Go to Step 240.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 257.
Step 240. YES Go to Step 241.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 241. YES Go to Step 242.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.

25-99
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 242. YES Go to Step 243.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 251.
Step 243. YES Go to Step 244.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 244. YES Go to Step 245.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 245. YES Go to Step 249.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 246.
Step 246. YES Go to Step 247.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-100
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 247. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 248.
Step 248. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 249. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 250.
Step 250. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 251. YES Go to Step 255.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 252.
Step 252. YES Go to Step 253.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-101
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 253. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 254.
Step 254. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 255. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 256.
Step 256. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 257. YES Go to Step 258.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 266.

25-102
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 258. YES Go to Step 259.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 259. YES Go to Step 260.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 260. YES Go to Step 264.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 261.
Step 261. YES Go to Step 262.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being
troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 262. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 263.

25-103
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 263. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 264. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 265.
Step 265. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 266. YES Go to Step 270.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 267.
Step 267. YES Go to Step 268.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 268. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 269.
Step 269. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-104
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 270. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 271.
Step 271. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 272. YES Go to Step 273.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 288.
Step 273. YES Go to Step 274.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 274. YES Go to Step 275.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 282.
Step 275. YES Go to Step 276.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 276. YES Go to Step 280.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 277.

25-105
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 277. YES Go to Step 278.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networksFigure 25-3
Step 278. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 279.
Step 279. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 280. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 281.
Step 281. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 282. YES Go to Step 286.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 283.
Step 283. YES Go to Step 284.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column from
Figure 25-3 indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-106
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 284. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 285.
Step 285. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 286. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 287.
Step 287. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 288. YES Go to Step 289.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 296.
Step 289. YES Go to Step 290.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 290. YES Go to Step 294.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 291.

25-107
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 291. YES Go to Step 292.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 292. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 293.
Step 293. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 294. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 295.
Step 295. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 296. YES Go to Step 300.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 297.
Step 297. YES Go to Step 298.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-108
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 298. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 299.
Step 299. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 300. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 301.
Step 301. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 302. YES Go to Step 303.
Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the
Channel A column. Is applicable COMM LOST
fault code active?
NO Go to Step 304.
Step 303. YES Replace both channel A and
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. channel B data
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel bus coupler networks.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace applicable Channel B
data bus coupler
network.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.

25-109
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 304. YES Replace applicable Channel A
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. data bus coupler
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel network.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Go to Step 305.
Step 305. YES Go to Step 370.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 306.
Step 306. YES Go to Step 307.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 337.
Step 307. YES Go to Step 308.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 323.
Step 308. YES Go to Step 309.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 309. YES Go to Step 310.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 317.
Step 310. YES Go to Step 311.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 311. YES Go to Step 315.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 312.

25-110
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 312. YES Go to Step 313.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 313. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 314.
Step 314. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 315. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 316.
Step 316. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 317. YES Go to Step 321.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 318.
Step 318. YES Go to Step 319.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-111
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 319. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 320.
Step 320. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 321. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 322.
Step 322. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 323. YES Go to Step 324.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 331.
Step 324. YES Go to Step 325.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 325. YES Go to Step 329.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 326.

25-112
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 326. YES Go to Step 327.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 327. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 328.
Step 328. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 329. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 330.
Step 330. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 331. YES Go to Step 335.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 332.
Step 332. YES Go to Step 333.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-113
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 333. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 334.
Step 334. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 335. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column of LRU data bus
Figure 25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, coupler network Figure 25-3
replace LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 336.
Step 336. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 337. YES Go to Step 338.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 355.

25-114
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 338. YES Go to Step 339.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 339. YES Go to Step 340.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 340. YES Go to Step 341.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 349.
Step 341. YES Go to Step 342.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity

25-115
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 342. YES Go to Step 343.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 343. YES Go to Step 347.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 344.
Step 344. YES Go to Step 345.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 345. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 346.
Step 346. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 347. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-116
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Go to Step 348.
Step 348. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 349. YES Go to Step 353.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 350.
Step 350. YES Go to Step 351.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 351. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 352.
Step 352. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 353. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 354.
Step 354. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-117
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 355. YES Go to Step 356.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 364.
Step 356. YES Go to Step 357.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 357. YES Go to Step 358.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 358. YES Go to Step 362.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 359.
Step 359. YES Go to Step 360.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-118
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 360. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 361.
Step 361. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 362. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 363.
Step 363. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 364. YES Go to Step 368.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 365.
Step 365. YES Go to Step 366.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3

25-119
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 366. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 367.
Step 367. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 368. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 369.
Step 369. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 370. YES Go to Step 371.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 386.
Step 371. YES Go to Step 372.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 372. YES Go to Step 373.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 bus
screen. the 1553 Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 380.

25-120
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 373. YES Go to Step 374.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 374. YES Go to Step 378.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 375.
Step 375. YES Go to Step 376.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 376. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 377.
Step 377. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 378. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 379.
Step 379. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-121
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 380. YES Go to Step 384.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 381.
Step 381. YES Go to Step 382.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 382. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 383.
Step 383. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 384. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 385.
Step 385. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 386. YES Go to Step 387.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 394.

25-122
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 387. YES Go to Step 388.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 388. YES Go to Step 392.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 389.
Step 389. YES Go to Step 390.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks Figure 25-3
Step 390. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 391.
Step 391. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 392. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 393.
Step 393. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-123
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 394. YES Go to Step 398.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 395.
Step 395. YES Go to Step 396.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 396. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 397.
Step 397. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 398. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 399.
Step 399. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 400. YES Go to Step 401.
Compare plugs for LRU in the Channel A and
Channel B columns of Figure 25-3
System. Is the same plug listed for Channel A and B?
NO Go to Step 498.

25-124
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 401. YES Go to Step 402.
a. Remove external electrical power.
b. Disconnect plugs from LRU as listed in the
Channel A and Channel B columns of figure 1-1
System.
c. Measure resistance between signal pins as
specified below:
Is resistance value correct?Channel A: Hi to Lo = 1
(+/- 0.1) ohm Channel A: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel
A: Lo to Shld = Infinity Channel B: Hi to Lo = 1 (+/-
0.1) ohm Channel B: Hi to Shld = Infinity Channel B:
Lo to Shld = Infinity
NO Go to Step 497.
Step 402. YES Go to Step 467.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 403.
Step 403. YES Go to Step 404.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 434.
Step 404. YES Go to Step 405.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 420.
Step 405. YES Go to Step 406.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 406. YES Go to Step 407.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 414.
Step 407. YES Go to Step 408.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 408. YES Go to Step 412.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?

25-125
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 409.
Step 409. YES Go to Step 410.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column
from Figure 25-3
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 410. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 411.
Step 411. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 412. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 413.
Step 413. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 414. YES Go to Step 418.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 415.
Step 415. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 416.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-126
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 416. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 417.
Step 417. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 418. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 419.
Step 419. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 420. YES Go to Step 421.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 428.
Step 421. YES Go to Step 422.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-127
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 422. YES Go to Step 426.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 423.
Step 423. YES Go to Step 424.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 424. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 425.
Step 425. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 426. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 427.
Step 427. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 428. YES Go to Step 432.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 429.

25-128
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 429. YES Go to Step 430.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 430. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 431.
Step 431. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 432. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 433.
Step 433. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 434. YES Go to Step 435.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 452.

25-129
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 435. YES Go to Step 436.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 436. YES Go to Step 437.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 437. YES Go to Step 438.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 446.
Step 438. YES Go to Step 439.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity

25-130
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 439. YES Go to Step 440.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 440. YES Go to Step 444.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 441.
Step 441. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 442.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 442. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 443.
Step 443. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 444. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 445.

25-131
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 445. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 446. YES Go to Step 450.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 447.
Step 447. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 448.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 448. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 449.
Step 449. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 450. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 451.
Step 451. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-132
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 452. YES Go to Step 453.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 461.
Step 453. YES Go to Step 454.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 454. YES Go to Step 455.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 455. YES Go to Step 459.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 456.
Step 456. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 457.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3

25-133
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 457. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 458.
Step 458. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 459. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 460.
Step 460. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 461. YES Go to Step 465.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 462.
Step 462. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 463.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 463. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?

25-134
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 464.
Step 464. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 465. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 466.
Step 466. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 467. YES Go to Step 468.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 483.
Step 468. YES Go to Step 469.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 469. YES Go to Step 470.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 477.
Step 470. YES Go to Step 471.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-135
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 471. YES Go to Step 475.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 472.
Step 472. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 473.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 473. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 474.
Step 474. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 475. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 476.
Step 476. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 477. YES Go to Step 481.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 478.
Step 478. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 479.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-136
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 479. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 480.
Step 480. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 481. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 482.
Step 482. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 483. YES Go to Step 484.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 491.
Step 484. YES Go to Step 485.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-137
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 485. YES Go to Step 489.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 486.
Step 486. YES Go to Step 487.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 487. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 488.
Step 488. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 489. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 490.
Step 490. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 491. YES Go to Step 495.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 492.
Step 492. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 493.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-138
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 493. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 494.
Step 494. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 495. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 496.
Step 496. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 497. YES Replace applicable data bus
Was resistance value for either Channel A or coupler network
Channel B correct? from Figure 25-3
System.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace both channel A and
channel B data
bus coupler networks from Figure
25-3
System.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.

25-139
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 498. YES Go to Step 499.
Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the
Channel A column. Is applicable COMM LOST
fault code active?
NO Go to Step 500.
Step 499. YES Replace both channel A and
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. channel B data
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel bus coupler networks.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Replace applicable Channel B
data bus coupler
network.
After replacing the item, go back
to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
Step 500. YES Replace applicable Channel A
a. Connect channel A plug to LRU. data bus coupler
b. Disconnect plug from LRU as listed in the Channel network.
B column. After replacing the item, go back
Is applicable COMM LOST fault code active? to the beginning
of the present fault tree and begin
troubleshooting.
NO Go to Step 501.
Step 501. YES Go to Step 566.
Remove external electrical power.
Is LRU connected to RH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 502.
Step 502. YES Go to Step 503.
Is LRU connected to LH avionics data bus?
NO Go to Step 533.
Step 503. YES Go to Step 504.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 519.
Step 504. YES Go to Step 505.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 31TDA (LH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.

25-140
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 505. YES Go to Step 506.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 513.
Step 506. YES Go to Step 507.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 507. YES Go to Step 511.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 508.
Step 508. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 509.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 509. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 510.
Step 510. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 511. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 512.

25-141
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 512. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 513. YES Go to Step 517.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 514.
Step 514. YES Go to Step 515.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 515. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 516.
Step 516. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 517. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 518.
Step 518. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-142
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 519. YES Go to Step 526.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on LH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 520.
Step 520. YES Go to Step 524.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 521.
Step 521. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 522.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 522. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 523.
Step 523. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 524. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 525.
Step 525. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-143
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 526. YES Go to Step 527.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check LH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 32TDA (LH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 527. YES Go to Step 531.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 528.
Step 528. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 529.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 529. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 530.
Step 530. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 531. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 532.
Step 532. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-144
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 533. YES Go to Step 549.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553
bus screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 534.
Step 534. YES Go to Step 535.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 543.
Step 535. YES Go to Step 536.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 536. YES Go to Step 537.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 537. YES Go to Step 541.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 538.
Step 538. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 539.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-145
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 539. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 540.
Step 540. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 541. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 542.
Step 542. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 543. YES Go to Step 547.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 544.
Step 544. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 545.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3

25-146
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 545. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 546.
Step 546. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 547. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 548.
Step 548. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 549. YES Go to Step 550.
a. Remove specified channel A data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After replacing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.

25-147
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 550. YES Go to Step 551.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel A of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 551. YES Go to Step 558.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on display or panel bus?
NO Go to Step 552.
Step 552. YES Go to Step 556.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 553.
Step 553. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 554.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 554. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 555.
Step 555. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-148
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 556. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 557.
Step 557. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 558. YES Go to Step 559.
a. Remove specified channel B data bus terminator
according to which bus was indicated on the MIMS
test and per the following table:
Chan. A Chan. B
LEFT DISPLAY: 1TH 11TH
RIGHT DISPLAY: 2TH 14TH
LEFT PANEL: 1TG 11TG
RIGHT PANEL: 2TG 12TG
LEFT CNI: 1TC 15TCA
RIGHT CNI: 2TCA 14TCA
IPC: 1TL 2TL
Is resistance value correct for the appropriate
terminator?
center to inner: 77 (+/- 8) ohms
center to outer: infinity
inner to outer: infinity
NO Replace appropriate terminator.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 559. YES Go to Step 560.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
check channel B of the data bus that was indicated
at the appropriate terminator plug.
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair appropriate data bus.
After repairing the item, move
back to the
immediate previous question and
continue by selecting YES.
Step 560. YES Go to Step 564.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 561.
Step 561. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 562.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?

25-149
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 562. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 563.
Step 563. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 564. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) column Figure LRU data bus
25-3 indicates S for LRU being troubleshot, replace coupler network Figure 25-3
LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 continue by selecting NO.
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 565.
Step 565. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 566. YES Go to Step 581.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel A test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 567.
Step 567. YES Go to Step 568.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 575.

25-150
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 568. YES Go to Step 569.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 569. YES Go to Step 573.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 570.
Step 570. Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) YES Go to Step 571.
indicate S for LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Figure 25-3
Step 571. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from immediate previous question and
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 572.
Step 572. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 573. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 574.
Step 574. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 575. YES Go to Step 579.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?

25-151
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 576.
Step 576. YES Go to Step 577.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Step 577. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from immediate previous question and
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 578.
Step 578. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 579. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 580.
Step 580. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 581. YES Go to Step 582.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
A bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 79TDA (RH AVIONICS chan A).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 582. YES Go to Step 589.
a. Clear messages from maintenance log.
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from the 1553
Bus Check screen.
Did MIMS channel B test indicate malfunctioning
LRU on RH avionics bus?
NO Go to Step 583.

25-152
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 583. YES Go to Step 587.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 584.
Step 584. YES Go to Step 585.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks).
Step 585. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R)indicates S for LRU data bus coupler network
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. After repairing the item, move
b. Apply external electrical power. back to the
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. immediate previous question and
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 586.
Step 586. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 587. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from immediate previous question and
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 588.
Step 588. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network Figure 25-3
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 589. YES Go to Step 590.
a. Using DNT 3010 (Data Bus Network Tester Kit),
(BCF part No. S2476N) check RH avionics channel
B bus per the DNT user manual at Data Bus Test
plug 80TDA (RH AVIONICS chan B).
Does data bus check good?
NO Repair data bus.
Step 590. YES Go to Step 594.
a. Connect all plugs / terminators.
Was discrepancy previously isolated and
repaired?
NO Go to Step 591.

25-153
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 25-2. Troubleshooting of SYSTEM INTEGRATION - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 591. YES Go to Step 592.
Does SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicate S for
LRU being troubleshot?
NO Replace both Channel A and
Channel B
applicable LRU data bus coupler
networks
Step 592. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from immediate previous question and
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active? continue by selecting NO.
NO Go to Step 593.
Step 593. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553 coupler network
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.
Step 594. YES Replace Channel A applicable
a. If SINGLE (S) / REDUNDANT (R) indicates S for LRU data bus
LRU being troubleshot, replace LRU. coupler network
b. Apply external electrical power. After repairing the item, move
c. Clear messages from maintenance log. back to the
d. Using MIMS, select Test Channel A from 1553 immediate previous question and
bus screen. continue by selecting NO.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO Go to Step 595.
Step 595. YES Replace Channel B applicable
a. Clear messages from maintenance log. LRU data bus coupler network .
b. Using MIMS, select Test Channel B from 1553
bus screen.
Did any COMM LOST fault codes become active?
NO System normal.

25-154
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-3. Coupler Networks Sh 1/2

25-155
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 25-3. Coupler Networks Sh 2/2

25-156
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25-43. MAINTENANCE

25-45. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

25-46. Removal and Installation of the System Integration components is described here.

25-47. MISSION COMPUTER

25-48. REMOVAL. Remove the Mission Computer as follows:

NOTE

The procedure for MC 1 and MC 2 is the same. Substitute 2 for 1

on MC and circuit breakers , and Electrical rack for Avionics rack.

A. For MC No. 1 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
B. For MC No. 2 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 3.

MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2.
C. For MC No. 2 remove Observer Seat.
D. Remove insulation pad from rack.
E. Disconnect 7 connectors from Mission Computer.
F. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of Mission Computer.
G. Slide Mission Computer from mounting tray and remove.

25-49. INSTALLATION Install the Mission Computer as follows:

A. Verify LOAD ENABLE switch is in the OFP LOAD ENABLE POSITION (guard down).
B. Position Mission Computer in mounting rack.

25-157
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
C. Slide Mission Computer into mounting tray. Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins.
D. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
E. Connect 7 connectors on Mission Computer.
F. For MC No. 1 remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

MC 1 MAIN (3TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 11.
MC 1 BACKUP (5TB) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 10.
G. For MC No. 2 remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

MC 2 MAIN (4TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 3.

MC 2 BACKUP (6TB) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 2.
H. As required, load Mission Computer software.
I. Perform Mission Computer functional test.
J. Replace insulation pad on rack.
K. For MC No. 2 replace Observer Seat.
L. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

25-50. BUS INTERFACE UNIT

25-51. REMOVAL. Remove the Bus Interface Unit as follows:

NOTE

The procedure for BIU 1 and BIU 2 is the same. Substitute 2 for 1
on BIU and circuit breakers , and Electrical rack for Avionics rack.
Remove Observers seat if applicable.
A. For No. 1 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
B. For No. 2 open and tag the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.
C. For BIU 2 remove Observer Seat.
D. Remove insulation pad from rack.
E. Disconnect 7 connectors from front of BIU 1.
F. Loosen equipment rack holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from hold-down
hooks of Bus Interface Unit.
G. Slide Bus Interface Unit from mounting tray and remove.

25-158
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

25-52. INSTALLATION Install the Bus Interface Unit as follows:

A. Place Bus Interface Unit in position on mounting base.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.
B. Slide Bus Interface Unit into mounting tray. Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect 7 connectors on Bus Interface Unit.
E. For No. 1 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8.
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7.
F. For No. 2 remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9.
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8.
G. Perform Bus Interface Unit Normal Mode functional test.
H. Perform Bus Interface Unit Backup Mode functional test.
I. Replace insulation pad on rack.
J. For MC 2 replace Observer Seat.
K. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

25-53. LOAD ENABLE SWITCH

25-54. REMOVAL. Remove the Load Enable Switch as follows:

A. If applicable, remove power from aircraft.

B. Attach tag to External Power Receptacle.
C. Attach tag to Battery switch.
D. Loosen six captive fasteners holding the Avionics Rack Connector Panel in place.
E. Remove the Avionics Rack Connector Panel enough to gain access to the back of the Load Enable
Switch.
F. Identify and mark the six wires on the back of the switch.
G. Unsolder the six wires.
H. Raise the switch guard and remove nut securing the switch to the panel.
I. Remove Load Enable Switch

25-55. INSTALLATION Install the Load Enable Switch as follows:

A. Insert switch in Avionics Rack Connector Panel.

B. Install and tighten nut securing the switch to the panel.

25-159
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

C. Identify and solder the six wires to the switch.

D. Using a multimeter test all connections for shorts or grounds.
E. Install Avionics Rack Connector Panel and tighten six captive fasteners.
F. Remove tag from External Power Receptacle.
G. Remove tag from Battery switch.
H. Perform Mission Computer software load.
I. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

25-160
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXVI

DISPLAY SYSTEM

26-1. DESCRIPTION

26-2. GENERAL

26-3. The Display System provides the pilot and copilot with a relatively simple way to access a large amount
of information. The system consists of five identical Color Multi-Purpose Display Units (CMDU), located in the
instrument panel. Two are located in front of the pilot, two are located in front of the copilot and one is located
in the center panel. The data formats to be displayed are controlled via two Single Avionics Management Units
(SAMU). The display information is received by the CMDU from the Mission Computers via the left and right dis-
play data buses (1553B data bus), and Transparent Asynchronous Transmit/Receive Interface (TAXI) bus. The
display format of all five units can be controlled from both SAMU independently or simultaneously. This feature
allows either pilot to control the display format of all five units and display various combinations of information.
The information displayed by the CMDU includes, but is not limited to; Primary Flight Display (PFD), engine
status, system status, navigation, and the Advisory Caution and Warning System (ACAWS) information. The
Communications/Navigation Radio Panel (CNRP) provides the flight crew a readily accessible means of tuning
the communication and navigation radios and the IFF Transponder.

26-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

26-5. DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The Display System consists of five CMDU, one CNRP, and two
SAMU (Figure 26-1).

26-6. COLOR MULTI-PURPOSE DISPLAY UNIT. The CMDU are connected to the Mission Computer and
receive display and operating instructions via the left and right display 1553B data buses. The pilot CMDU (No.
1, No. 2, and No. 3) are connected to the left display data bus. The copilot CMDU (No. 4 and No. 5) are
connected to the right display bus. CMDU No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 receive TAXI video display data from Mission
Computer No. 1 and CMDU No. 4, and No. 5 receive their TAXI video display data from Mission Computer No.
2.

26-7. SINGLE AVIONICS MANAGEMENT UNIT. The SAMU allows the pilot and copilot to select a wide
variety of information to be displayed on the CMDU.

26-8. COMMUNICATIONS/NAVIGATION RADIO PANEL. The single CNRP is located in the cockpit center
console, just in front of the throttles, to permit access by both pilots. Using the CNRP to select and tune radios
reserves the CNI-MU for other flight management and CNI functions.

26-9. DISPLAY SYSTEM OPERATION

26-10. GENERAL. The CMDU are capable of displaying a wide variety of information that can be categorized
into four main display formats. These formats incorporate most, but not all, of the display features. The four
main display formats are the:

– Primary Flight Display

26-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– Engine display
– System Status display
– NAV/Radar display
PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY. The PFD format is normally displayed on CMDU No. 1 and No. 4, but can be dis-
played at any of the five CMDU. The PFD symbols are generated by the CMDU based on information received
from the Mission Computer. Some functions of conventional, analog instruments, have been combined in the
PFD, such as the Flight Path Director Indicator (FPDI) and the attitude indicator. The FPDI is the primary indi-
cator for flight path, airplane pitch, roll, and flight director information. The FPDI is used in the same manner as
a conventional attitude indicator but with the flight path used as the primary reference. The PFD combines the
following flight related instruments into a single integrated display: Attitude Indicator, Altimeter, Vertical Velocity
Indicator, Airspeed Indicator, Horizontal Situation Display, Radar Altimeter, and Flight Path Director.

ENGINE DISPLAY FORMAT. The primary data from the airplane engines is displayed in both digital and analog
dial gauge formats. The digital gauges are used to provide exact values while the dial type gauges are used to
provide trend data and cross engine comparisons. ACAWS messages are displayed on the lower portion of the
engine display. The engine display format is broken into the following categories: Horsepower (Hp), Measured
Gas Temperature, Gas Generator Speed, Power Turbine Speed, Fuel Flow, Gearbox Oil Pressure, Engine Oil
Pressure, Oil Temperature, Oil Quantity, and ACAWS.

NAV/RADAR DISPLAY FORMAT. The navigation and radar display formats appear and are operated identically.
The NAV/Radar display format is available on any of the five CMDU and is based on data received from the
Mission Computers. The NAV format provides a two dimensional view of the horizontal plane and is the primary
indicator of the navigation flight plan. The flight plan is shown as a series of lines connecting the waypoints and
the NAV display information includes desired course, desired heading, and estimated time en route.

SYSTEM STATUS DISPLAY FORMAT. The system status display format is available on any of the five CMDU
and receives its information from the Mission Computer. The format is divided into four main display areas:
electrical, hydraulic pressure, oil cooler flap position, and fuel quantity. A miscellaneous display area is also
provided for additional information (e.g., liquid oxygen quantity).

26-11. SINGLE AVIONICS MANAGEMENT UNIT. The SAMU allows selection of the source of information to
be displayed, and the specific CMDU to be used. The SAMU also controls certain aircraft systems. There are
two SAMU located in the center console, one each for the pilot and copilot. The pilot and copilot SAMU function
independently to allow different operations to be accomplished simultaneously. (for example, one SAMU can be
setting up the pilot’s PFD, while at the same time the other SAMU is setting up the copilot’s PFD.) Each SAMU
contains one display, 8 line select keys, 10 function keys, 1 Up/Down rocker switch and 1 brightness control
rocker switch.

26-12. COMMUNICATIONS/NAVIGATION RADIO PANEL. The communications radios (HF and V/UHF) can
be turned on and channel frequencies manually tuned using the CNRP, or preset channels can be loaded. The
radios can only be turned off using the CNI-MU. If a COMM frequency or a preset channel is inserted into a
radio that is turned off, the radio is automatically turned on and set to the appropriate frequency/channel. Other
limited CNI-MU radio control functions are also duplicated in the CNRP. A radio antenna may be selected with
the Antenna Select Switch found on one of the menu pages in the CNRP. As an alternative to the CNI-MU ,
frequency-tuning commands can be input through the CNRP. These tuning command signals are sent to the
MC on the 1553B Right Panel Bus and are then relayed to the selected radio using the 1553B Right or Left
Comm/Nav Bus. The receiver/transmitter processes these signals to control radio functions and returns fre-
quency confirmation and status information back to the CNRP for display. The status of the radio operation and
settings can be viewed using any of the displays on the CNI-MU , CNRP, Radio Set Control Panel or the SAMU.

26-13. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The CMDU performs Built In Test (BIT) when power is
first applied. BIT also runs continuously during the time the display has power. When a BIT test finds a fault, it
returns a fault code and shuts down the graphic processing function to avoid displaying invalid data. The CMDU
then notifies the Mission Computer of the fault. The Mission Computer analyzes the fault code to determine if
the faulted CMDU can be reconfigured or if the failure warrants a complete shutdown of the CMDU.

26-14. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS message
CMDU 1/2/3/4/5 FAIL, SAMU 1/2 FAIL, or CNRP FAIL.

26-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 26-1. Display System Components

26-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 26-2. Single Avionics Management Unit

26-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 26-3. Radio Set Control Panel

26-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 26-4. Display System Schematics (FG System) (sheet 1/2)

26-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 26-4. Display and Controls - Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

26-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

26-15. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

26-16. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

26-17. COLOR MULTIPURPOSE DISPLAY UNIT

26-18. Perform Color Multipurpose Display Unit Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

NOTE

Only the effected CMDU has to be Functionally Tested.

B. Ensure the appliable circuit breakers are closed.

For CMDU 1: CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 15
For CMDU 2: CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 14
For CMDU 3: CMDU 3 (10FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 13
For CMDU 4: CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8
For CMDU 5: CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7
C. Verify no CMDU ACAWS messages are displayed.
D. For CMDU 1 on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 15

1. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
2. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu, press the select key adjacent to CMDU
1.
Verify that: On the pilot SAMU, CMDU 1 menu is displayed.
3. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 1 display, press the select key adjacent to PFD.
Verify that: CMDU 1 displays the PFD.
E. For CMDU 2:

1. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
2. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu, press the select key adjacent to CMDU
2.
Verify that: On the pilot SAMU, CMDU 2 menu is displayed.
Verify that: PFD, NAV RADAR, DIG MAP, ESA, ACAWS OVERFLOW, FAULT LOG, and
MAINTENANCE items are displayed.
3. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 2 display, press the select key adjacent to NAV RADAR.
Verify that: CMDU 2 displays the NAV RADAR
F. For CMDU 3:

26-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

1. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
2. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu, press the select key adjacent to CMDU
3.
Verify that: On the pilot SAMU, CMDU 3 menu is displayed.
Verify that: PFD, NAV RADAR, DIG MAP, ESA, ACAWS OVERFLOW, FAULT LOG, and
MAINTENANCE items are displayed.
3. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 3 display, press the select key adjacent to ESA.
Verify that: CMDU 3 displays the ESA.
G. For CMDU 4:

1. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
2. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu, press the select key adjacent to CMDU
4.
Verify that: On the pilot SAMU, CMDU 4 menu is displayed.
Verify that: PFD, NAV RADAR, DIG MAP, ESA, ACAWS OVERFLOW, FAULT LOG, and
MAINTENANCE items are displayed.
3. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 4 display, press the select key adjacent to NAV RADAR.
Verify that: CMDU 4 displays the NAV RADAR.
H. For CMDU 5:

1. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
2. On the pilot SAMU PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu, press the select key adjacent to CMDU
5.
Verify that: On the pilot SAMU, CMDU 5 menu is displayed.
Verify that: PFD, NAV RADAR, DIG MAP, ESA, ACAWS OVERFLOW, FAULT LOG, and
MAINTENANCE items are displayed.
3. On the pilot SAMU CMDU 5 display, press the select key adjacent to PFD.
Verify that: CMDU 5 displays the PFD.
I. On the selected CMDU, press and hold the brightness rocker switch in the + position until the
VIEWING ANGLE label appears on the CMDU (approximately 20 seconds).
J. Adjust the + or - switch until comfortable viewing of CMDU display is obtained.
K. After approximately 10 seconds, the VIEWING ANGLE display will disappear.
L. Using the + and - switch, increase or decrease the CMDU’s brightness and verify that the bright-
ness changes accordingly.
M. End of Test.

26-19. SINGLE AVIONICS MANAGEMENT UNIT

26-20. Perform Single Avionics Management Unit Functional Test as follows:

26-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Verify the following circuit breakers are closed:

SAMU 1 (15FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 16

SAMU 2 (16FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 6
CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 15
CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 14
CMDU 3 (10FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 13
CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8
CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7

NOTE

The following steps are applicable to both SAMU 1 and SAMU

2 and can be performed using either the pilot SAMU or copilot
SAMU. If using the copilot SAMU, substitute copilot SAMU for pi-
lot SAMU.

C. Verify no SAMU ACAWS messages are displayed.

D. Verify the following formats are displayed on the CMDU:

– CMDU 1 – PFD
– CMDU 2 - NAV RADAR
– CMDU 3 - ESA
– CMDU 4 - NAV RADAR
– CMDU 5 - PFD
E. On the pilot SAMU, press the PFD select key.
Verify that: PILOT PFD menu is displayed.
F. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to BARO IN/MB.
Verify that: IN is highlighted.
G. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID.
Verify that: TRUE is highlighted.
H. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
I. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to FD1 OFF FD2.
Verify that: FD1 is highlighted.
J. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to FPA.
Verify that: 0.0 is highlighted.
K. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2.
Verify that: INU2 is highlighted.
L. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to ATT REF INU 1/2.
Verify that: INU1 is highlighted.
M. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to INAV 1/2.

26-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: INAV2 is highlighted.

Verify that: INAV2 is displayed on Pilot PFD page.
N. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to INAV 1/2.
Verify that: INAV1 is highlighted
Verify that: INAV1 is displayed on Pilot PFD page.
O. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to ADC 1/2
Verify that: ADC2 is highlighted.
P. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to ADC 1/2
Verify that: ADC1 is highlighted.
Q. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to RAD ALT 1/2.
Verify that: RAD ALT2 is highlighted.
R. On the PILOT PFD menu, press select key adjacent to RAD ALT 1/2.
Verify that: RAD ALT1 is highlighted.
S. On the pilot SAMU, press the NAV select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV RADAR menu is displayed.
T. On the PILOT NAV RADAR menu, press select key adjacent to HDG/TRACK/N.
Verify that: TRACK is highlighted.
U. On the PILOT NAV RADAR menu, press select key adjacent to HDG/TRACK/N until HDG is high-
lighted.
V. On the pilot SAMU, press the PTRS select key.
Verify that: PILOT NAV SELECT menu is displayed.
W. On the pilot SAMU, press the ACAWS select key.
Verify that: ACAWS menu is displayed.
X. On the pilot SAMU, press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT menu is displayed.
Y. On the pilot SAMU, press the ENG select key.
Verify that: ENGINES menu is displayed.
Z. On the pilot SAMU, press the GCAS select key.
Verify that: GCAS STALL menu is displayed.
AA. On the pilot SAMU, press the MISC select key
Verify that: MISCELLANEOUS menu is displayed.
AB. On the pilot SAMU, press the ACAWS select key.
Verify that: ACAWS menu is displayed.
AC. On the pilot SAMU ACAWS page, press line select key adjacent to STORE.
Verify that: STORE is highlighted.
AD. On the pilot SAMU ACAWS page, press line select key adjacent to ONE CAUTION.
Verify that: ONE CAUTION is highlighted.

26-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: SAMU UP/DN keys enabled to scroll through ACAWS list.
AE. On the pilot SAMU, press the PFD select key.
Verify that: PFD menu is displayed.
AF. End of Test

26-21. COMMUNICATIONS/NAVIGATION RADIO PANEL

26-22. Perform Communications/Navigation Radio Panel Functional Test as follows:

A. Verify the CNRP (17FG) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C
17 is closed.
B. Verify that there are no CNRP ACAWS messages displayed.
C. On the CNRP, press the COMM select key.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
D. On the CNRP, using the keypad, press each number key once, 0 through 9 and the decimal.
Verify that: Numbers 0 through 9 and the decimal point are displayed on the scratchpad.
E. On the CNRP key pad, press the CLR key.
Verify that: Scratchpad display clears.
F. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a VHF frequency.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
G. Press the select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VU1 line.
H. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a VHF frequency.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
I. Press the select key adjacent to VU2.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VU2 line.
J. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a UHF frequency.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
K. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VU1 line.
L. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU2.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VU2 line.
M. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU ANT SEL.
Verify that: ANTENNA SELECT page is displayed.
N. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT.
Verify that: BOT is highlighted.
O. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU1 TOP/BOT.
Verify that: TOP is highlighted.

26-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

P. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU2 TOP/BOT.

Verify that: BOT is highlighted.
Q. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VU2 TOP/BOT.
Verify that: TOP is highlighted.
R. On the CNRP, press the COMM select switch.
Verify that: COMM 1/2 page is displayed.
S. On the CNRP key pad, insert an HF frequency.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
T. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to H1.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the H1 line.
U. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to H2.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the H2 line.
V. On the CNRP, press the NAV select key.
Verify that: NAV page is displayed.
W. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a valid TACAN X channel in the scratchpad.
Verify that: The selected channel is displayed on the scratchpad.
X. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: TACAN identifier from the scratchpad is transferred to the TAC1 line and displayed as
identifier/channel X.
Y. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a valid TACAN Y channel in the scratchpad.
Verify that: The selected channel is displayed on the scratchpad.
Z. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to TAC2.
Verify that: TACAN identifier from the scratchpad is transferred to the TAC2 line and displayed as
identifier/channel Y.
AA. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a frequency of 108.5 MHz. in the scratchpad.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
AB. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VOR1.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VOR1 line.
AC. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a frequency of 108.5 MHz. in the scratchpad.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
AD. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to VOR2.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the VOR2 line.
AE. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a frequency of 357 KHz. in the scratchpad.
Verify that: The frequency is displayed on the scratchpad.
AF. On the CNRP, press the select key adjacent to ADF1.
Verify that: The frequency is transferred to the ADF1 line.
AG. On the CNRP, using the keypad, insert a valid four digit IFF Mode-3A code in the scratchpad.

26-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: Selected code is displayed on the scratchpad.

AH. On the CNRP, press the IDENT select key.
Verify that: Code from the scratchpad is transferred to the IFF line and displayed.
AI. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the IFF select key.
Verify that: IFF 1/3 page is displayed.
AJ. On the IFF 1/3 page, press the select key adjacent to POWER OFF/ON until OFF is highlighted.
Verify that: IFF is turned OFF.
AK. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AL. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VOR1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR1 page is displayed.
AM. On the NAV TUNE VOR1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: VOR1 is turned OFF.
AN. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE INDEX select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AO. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to VOR2.
Verify that: NAV TUNE VOR2 page is displayed.
AP. On the NAV TUNE VOR2 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: VOR2 is turned OFF.
AQ. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE INDEX select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AR. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to TAC1.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC1 page is displayed.
AS. On the NAV TUNE TAC1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: TAC1 is turned OFF.
AT. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE INDEX select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AU. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to TAC2.
Verify that: NAV TUNE TAC2 page is displayed.
AV. On the NAV TUNE TAC2 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: TAC2 is turned OFF.
AW. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the NAV TUNE INDEX select key.
Verify that: NAV TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
AX. On the pilot CNI-MU NAV TUNE INDEX page, press the select key adjacent to ADF1.

26-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: NAV TUNE ADF1 page is displayed.

AY. On the NAV TUNE ADF1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: ADF1 is turned OFF.
AZ. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BA. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM INDEX page, press the line select key adjacent to VU1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU1 page is displayed.
BB. On the COMM TUNE VU1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: VU1 is OFF.
BC. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BD. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM INDEX page, press the line select key adjacent to VU2.
Verify that: COMM TUNE VU2 page is displayed.
BE. On the COMM TUNE VU2 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is
highlighted.
Verify that: VU2 is OFF.
BF. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BG. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM INDEX page, press the line select key adjacent to H1.
Verify that: COMM TUNE H1 page is displayed.
BH. On the COMM TUNE H1 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: H1 is off.
BI. On the pilot CNI-MU , press the COMM TUNE select key.
Verify that: COMM TUNE INDEX page is displayed.
BJ. On the pilot CNI-MU COMM INDEX page, press the line select key adjacent to H2.
Verify that: COMM TUNE H2 page is displayed.
BK. On the COMM TUNE H2 page, press the select key adjacent to PWR OFF/ON until OFF is high-
lighted.
Verify that: H2 is off.
BL. End of Test.

26-23. TROUBLESHOOTING
26-24. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in .

26-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 4630A01.
COM/NAV Pnl Fault (Visual Detection) (4630A01)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Go to Step 4.
Establish communications. Is Fault Code 4639350,
4630340, or 4630330 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are any of the following failures displayed YES Remove and replace COM/NAV
on the COM/NAV Panel? - Select Keys Fault - PNL.
Numeric Keypad Fault - Key Lighting Fault - Edge
Panel Lighting Fault - Brightness Rocker Switch Fault
- Display flicker, jitter, persistence, luminance, or
contrast fault?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Are any other failures displayed? YES Remove and replace COM/NAV
PNL.
NO Panel is normal
Step 4. Is Fault Code 4630340 Active? YES Troubleshoot Fault Code 4630340
NO Remove and replace COM/NAV
Radio PNL.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 4630A02. SAMU SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630A02)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Go to Step 4.
Establish communications. Is Fault Code 4630050,
4630051, 4630053, 4630060, 4630061, or 4630063
active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Are any of the following failures displayed on YES Remove and replace SAMU
either SAMU?
- Select Keys Fault
- Key Lighting Fault
- Brightness Rocker Switch Fault
- Display flicker, jitter, persistence, luminance, or
contrast fault?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Are any other failures displayed? YES SAMU is normal

26-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Remove and replace SAMU
Step 4. Is Fault Code 4630051 active? YES Troubleshoot Fault Code 4630051.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Is fault code 4630061 active? YES Troubleshoot fault code 4630061.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Replace SAMU 1. Does fault persist? YES Replace SAMU 2.
NO Fault fixed.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 4630051. SAMU 1 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630051)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Go to Step 2.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
SAMU 1 (15FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 16. Disconnect plug 11FGA.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin R?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin P? YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
NO Repair ground circuit
Step 3. Open circuit breaker SAMU 1 (15FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker SAMU 1 (15FG).
C 16. Is continuity present between SAMU 1 plug
11FGA pin R and circuit breaker SAMU 1 (15FG)
terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 4630061. SAMU 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630061)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Go to Step 2.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
SAMU 2 (16FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 6. Disconnect plug 12FGA. Is
28 V dc present on plug pin R?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 2. Is ground present on plug pin P? YES Troubleshoot data bus stub.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker SAMU 2 (16FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker SAMU 2 (16FG).
C 6. Is continuity present between SAMU 2 plug
12FGA pin R and circuit breaker SAMU 1 (15FG)
terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 4630011. CMDU 1 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630011)

26-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Remove and replace CMDU 1.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 15. Swap CMDU to another
position. Does fault move to other CMDU?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be corrected for both YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
CMDU?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CMDU 1 (7FG) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 15. Disconnect 1FGB. Is continuity present
between plug pins 4 and V, X, 1?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Disconnect plug 1FGA from CMDU 1. Is YES Go to Step 5.
ground present on plug pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker CMDU 1 (7FG) on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 15. Is 28 V dc present on plug 1FGA pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker CMDU 1 (7FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker CMDU 1 (7FG).
C 15. Is continuity present between 1FGA pin A and
circuit breaker CMDU 1 (7FG) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 4630021. CMDU 2 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630021)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Remove and replace CMDU 2.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 14. Swap CMDU to another
position. Does fault move to other CMDU?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be corrected for both YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
CMDU?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CMDU 2 (9FG) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 14. Disconnect 3FGB. Is continuity present
between plug pins 4 and G,L,S, X,1?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Disconnect plug 3FGA from CMDU 2. Is YES Go to Step 5.
ground present on plug pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.

26-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 5. Close circuit breaker CMDU 2 (9FG) on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 14. Is 28 V dc present on plug 3FGA pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker CMDU 2 (9FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker CMDU 2 (9FG).
C 14. Is continuity present between 3FGA pin A and
circuit breaker CMDU 2 (9FG) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 4630031. CMDU 3 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630031)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Remove and replace CMDU 3.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
CMDU 3 (10FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 13. Swap CMDU to another
position. Does fault move to other CMDU position?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be corrected for both YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
CMDU?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CMDU 3 (10FG) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 13. Disconnect plug 5FGB. Is continuity present
between plug pins 4 and L, X, S?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Disconnect plug 5FGA from CMDU 3. Is YES Go to Step 5.
ground present on plug pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker CMDU 3 (10FG) on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 13. Is 28 V dc present on plug 5FGA pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker CMDU 3 (10FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker CMDU 3 (10FG).
C 13. Is continuity present between plug 5FGA pin A
and circuit breaker CMDU 3 (10FG) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 4630041. CMDU 4 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630041)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Remove and replace CMDU 4.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 8. Swap CMDU to another
position. Does fault move to other CMDU position?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be corrected for both YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
CMDU?

26-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CMDU 4 (6FG) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 8. Disconnect plug 2FGB. Is continuity present
between plug pins 4 and V, X,1?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Disconnect plug 2FGA from CMDU 4. Is YES Go to Step 5.
ground present on plug pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker CMDU 4 (6FG) on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 8. Is 28 V dc present on plug 2FGA pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker CMDU 4 (6FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker CMDU 4 (6FG).
C 8. Is continuity present between plug 2FGA pin A
and circuit breaker CMDU 4 (6FG) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 9 - CODE 4630A03. CMDU SYSTEM FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630A03)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. Place YES System is normal
LPCR master switch to TEST On SAMU, press the
DISP button. Within the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT
menu, select CMDU 1. Within the CMDU 1 menu,
press the line select key next to NAV RADAR to
bring up the LPCR on that CMDU. Repeat steps for
CMDU 2, 3, 4, 5. Does each CMDU display LPCR
when selected?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Did any CMDU display LPCR data when YES Troubleshoot Fault Code 4630930.
selected?
NO Fault is in LPCR system.
END OF TEST
Fault 10 - CODE 4630930. LPCR DISPLAY INOPERATIVE ON ONE OR MORE, BUT NOT ALL, CMDU.
(VISUAL DETECTION) (4630930)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. Open YES Remove and replace applicable
circuit breakers : CMDU.
CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 15
CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 14
CMDU 3 (10FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 13
CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 8
CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 7
Swap the suspect CMDU to another position. Did
the fault move to the other position?
NO Go to Step 2.

26-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. Remove external electrical power. Remove YES Remove and replace applicable
applicable CMDU. Disconnect 1TBG MC 1 and 2TBG Mission Computer.
MC 2. Is continuity present between CMDU and MC
plugs as specified? CMDU 1: 1FGB KLO to MC 1:
1TBG 1LO, CMDU 1: 1FGB KHI to MC 1: 1TBG 1HI,
CMDU 1: 1FGB K shld to MC 1: 1TBG 1 shld, CMDU
2: 3FGB KLO to MC 1: 1TBG 6LO, CMDU 2: 3FGB
KHI to MC 1: 1TBG 6HI, CMDU 2: 3FGB K shld to
MC 1: 1TBG 6 shld, CMDU 3: 5FGB KLO to MC 1:
1TBA 1LO, CMDU 3: 5FGB KHI to MC 1: 1TBA 1HI,
CMDU 3: 5FGB K shld to MC 1: 1TBA 1 shld, CMDU
4: 2FGB KLO to MC 2: 2TBG 1LO, CMDU 4: 2FGB
KHI to MC 2: 2TBG 1HI, CMDU 4: 2FGB K shld to
MC 2: 2TBG 1 shld, CMDU 5: 4FGB KLO to MC 2:
2TBG 6LO, CMDU 5: 4FGB KHI to MC 2: 2TBG 6HI,
CMDU 5: 4FGB K shld to MC 2: 2TBG 6 shld.
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 11 - CODE 4630091. CMDU 5 COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (4630091)
Step 1. Apply external power. Turn on CMDU. YES Remove and replace CMDU 5.
Establish communications. Open circuit breaker
CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 7. Swap CMDU to another
position. Does fault move to other CMDU position?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Does fault appear to be corrected for both YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
CMDU?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Open circuit breaker CMDU 5 (8FG) on YES Go to Step 4.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 7. Disconnect plug 4FGB. Is continuity present
between plug pins 4 and G,L, X, S,1?
NO Repair circuit
Step 4. Disconnect plug 4FGA from CMDU 5. Is YES Go to Step 5.
ground present on plug pin B?
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 5. Close circuit breaker CMDU 5 (8FG) on YES Troubleshoot data bus stub failure.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 7. Is 28 V dc present on plug 4FGA pin A?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Open circuit breaker CMDU 5 (8FG) on YES Remove and replace circuit
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position breaker CMDU 2 (9FG).
C 7. Is continuity present between plug 4FGA pin A
and circuit breaker CMDU CMDU 5 (8FG) terminal
2?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 12 - CODE 4630050. SAMU 1 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630050)
Failure 1 Remove and replace SAMU 1.

26-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
END OF TEST
Fault 13 - CODE 4630053. SAMU 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630053)
Failure 2 Remove and replace SAMU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 14 - CODE 4630060. SAMU 2 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630060)
Failure 3 Remove and replace SAMU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 15 - CODE 4630063. SAMU 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630063)
Failure 4 Remove and replace SAMU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 16 - CODE 4630010. CMDU 1 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630010)
Failure 5 Remove and replace CMDU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 17 - CODE 4630013. CMDU 1 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630013)
Failure 6 Remove and replace CMDU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 18 - CODE 4630020. CMDU 2 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630020)
Failure 7 Remove and replace CMDU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 19 - CODE 4630023. CMDU 2 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630023)
Failure 8 Remove and replace CMDU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 20 - CODE 4630030. CMDU 3 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630030)
Failure 9 Remove and replace CMDU 3.
END OF TEST
Fault 21 - CODE 4630033. CMDU 3 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630033)
Failure 10 Remove and replace CMDU 3.
END OF TEST
Fault 22 - CODE 4630040. CMDU 4 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630040)
Failure 11 Remove and replace CMDU 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 23 - CODE 4630043. CMDU 4 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630043)
Failure 12 Remove and replace CMDU 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 24 - CODE 4630090. CMDU 5 BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630090)
Failure 13 Remove and replace CMDU 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 25 - CODE 4630093. CMDU 5 FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630093)

26-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Failure 14 Remove and replace CMDU 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 26 - CODE 4630935. CMDU 1 COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630935)
Failure 15 Remove and replace CMDU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 27 - CODE 4630936. CMDU 2 COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630936)
Failure 16 Remove and replace CMDU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 28 - CODE 4630937. CMDU 3 COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630937)
Failure 17 Remove and replace CMDU 3.
END OF TEST
Fault 29 - CODE 4630938. CMDU 4 COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630938)
Failure 18 Remove and replace CMDU 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 30 - CODE 4630950. CMDU 5 COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630950)
Failure 19 Remove and replace CMDU 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 31 - CODE 4630940. CMDU 1 WILL NOT SHUT DOWN IF OPERATING (VISUAL DETECTION)
(4630940)
Failure 20 Remove and replace CMDU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 32 - CODE 4630941. CMDU 2 WILL NOT SHUT DOWN IF OPERATING (VISUAL DETECTION)
(4630941)
Failure 21 Remove and replace CMDU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 33 - CODE 46330942. CMDU 3 WILL NOT SHUT DOWN IF OPERATING (VISUAL DETECTION)
(4630942)
Failure 22 Remove and replace CMDU 3.
END OF TEST
Fault 34 - CODE 4630943. CMDU 4 WILL NOT SHUT DOWN IF OPERATING (VISUAL DETECTION)
(4630943)
Failure 23 Remove and replace CMDU 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 35 - CODE 4630952. CMDU 5 WILL NOT SHUT DOWN IF OPERATING (VISUAL DETECTION)
(4630952)
Failure 24 Remove and replace CMDU 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 36 - CODE 4630945. CMDU 1 DISPLAY ABNORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630945)
Failure 25 Remove and replace CMDU 1.
END OF TEST

26-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 37 - CODE 4630946. CMDU 2 DISPLAY ABNORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630946)
Failure 26 Remove and replace CMDU 2.
END OF TEST
Fault 38 - CODE 4630947. CMDU 3 DISPLAY ABNORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630947)
Failure 27 Remove and replace CMDU 3.
END OF TEST
Fault 39 - CODE 4630948. CMDU 4 DISPLAY ABNORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630948)
Failure 28 Remove and replace CMDU 4.
END OF TEST
Fault 40 - CODE 4630954. CMDU 5 DISPLAY ABNORMAL (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630954)
Failure 29 Remove and replace CMDU 5.
END OF TEST
Fault 41 - CODE 4630340. CNRP COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (2380340)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker CNRP (17FG) on YES Go to Step 3.
Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position
C 17. Disconnect plug 13FGA. Is 28 V dc present on
plug 13FGA pin R?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
CNRP (17FG) terminal 2 and plug 13FGA pin R? breaker CNRP (17FG).
NO Repair circuit.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug 13FGA pin P? YES Troubleshoot RH PNL data bus.
Go to fault codes 4620031,
4620032.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 42 - CODE 4630350. CNRP BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630350)
Failure 30 Remove and replace COM/NAV RADIO
PNL (CNRP).
END OF TEST
Fault 43 - CODE 4630330. CNRP FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (4630330)
Failure 31 Remove and replace COM/NAV RADIO
PNL (CNRP).
END OF TEST
Fault 44 - CODE 4630901. CNRP FAULTS: SELECT KEYS FAULT NUMERIC KEYPAD FAULT KEY
LIGHTING FAULT EDGE PANEL LIGHTING FAULT BRIGHTNESS ROCKER SWITCH FAULT DISPLAY
FLICKER, JITTER, PERSISTENCE, LUMINANCE, CONTRAST FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630901)
Failure 32 Remove and replace COM/NAV RADIO
PNL (CNRP).
END OF TEST
Fault 45 - CODE 4630920. SAMU 1 FAULTS: SELECT KEYS FAULT KEY LIGHTING FAULT BRIGHTNESS
ROCKER SWITCH FAULT DISPLAY FLICKER, JITTER, PERSISTENCE, LUMINANCE, CONTRAST
FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630920)

26-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 26-2. Troubleshooting of DISPLAY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Failure 33 Remove and replace SAMU 1.
END OF TEST
Fault 46 - CODE 4630921. SAMU 2 FAULTS: SELECT KEYS FAULT KEY LIGHTING FAULT BRIGHTNESS
ROCKER SWITCH FAULT DISPLAY FLICKER, JITTER, PERSISTENCE, LUMINANCE, CONTRAST
FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (4630921)
Failure 34 Remove and replace SAMU 2.
END OF TEST

26-26. MAINTENANCE
26-27. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

26-28. Removal and Installation of the Display System components is described here.

26-29. COLOR MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY UNIT NO. 1,2,4, AND 5

26-30. REMOVAL. Remove the Color Multifunction Display Unit as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for CMDU No.1, No.2, No.4, and No.5.
Open the applicable circuit breaker.
A. Open and tag the following applicable circuit breaker:

For CMDU 1: CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 15
For CMDU 2: CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 14
For CMDU 4: CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8
For CMDU 5: CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7
B. Move yoke aft as far as required to remove CMDU and maintain yoke in aft position as required.
C. On CMDU, disengage 2 captive fasteners (upper) and 2 allen bolts (lower).
D. Pull CMDU from instrument panel until connectors are accessible.
E. Disconnect 2 connectors and remove CMDU.

26-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

26-31. INSTALLATION Install the Color Multifunction Display as follows:

A. Maintain yoke in aft position while replacing CMDU.

B. Connect 2 connectors to CMDU.
C. Position CMDU in mount.
D. Engage 2 captive fasteners(upper) and 2 allen bolts (lower).
E. Maintain control of yoke while allowing yoke to return to neutral position so yoke does not slam to
the stops.
F. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

For CMDU 1: CMDU 1 (7FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 15
For CMDU 2: CMDU 2 (9FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 14
For CMDU 4: CMDU 4 (6FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 8
For CMDU 5: CMDU 5 (8FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 7
G. Perform Color Multifunction Display Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 26-18.
H. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

26-32. COLOR MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY NO. 3

26-33. REMOVAL. Remove the Color Multifunction Display No. 3 as follows:

A. Open and tag the CMDU 3 (10FG) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 13.
B. On CMDU, disengage 2 captive fasteners (upper) and 2 allen bolts (lower).
C. Pull CMDU from instrument panel until connectors are accessible.
D. Disconnect 2 connectors and remove CMDU.

26-34. INSTALLATION Install the Color Multifunction Display as follows:

A. Maintain yoke in aft position while replacing CMDU.

B. Connect 2 connectors to CMDU.
C. Position CMDU in mount.
D. Engage 2 captive fasteners (upper) and 2 allen bolts (lower).
E. Maintain control of yoke while allowing yoke to return to neutral position so yoke does not slam to
the stops.
F. Remove tag and close the CMDU 3 (10FG) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 13.
G. Using the MIMS, load current vendor software in accordance with C-27J-MNL-2063 (REV A), AMI
MIMS Users Guide.
H. Perform Color Multifunction Display Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 26-18.
I. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

26-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

26-35. SINGLE AVIONICS MANAGEMENT UNIT

26-36. REMOVAL. Remove the Single Avionics Management Unit as follows:

NOTE

Procedures are the same for SAMU No.1, and No.2. Open the
applicable circuit breaker.

A. Open and tag the following applicable circuit breaker:

SAMU 1 (15FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 16

SAMU 2 (16FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 6
B. On SAMU, disengage 4 captive fasteners.
C. Pull SAMU from console until connector is accessable.
D. Disconnect connector and remove SAMU.

26-37. INSTALLATION Install the Single Avionics Management Unit as follows:

A. Connect the connector to the SAMU.

B. Position SAMU in mount.
C. Engage 4 captive fasteners.
D. Remove tag and close the applicable circuit breaker:

SAMU 1 (15FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 16

SAMU 2 (16FG) on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in position C 6
E. Perform Single Avionics Management Unit Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 26-20.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

26-38. REMOVE COMMUNICATIONS/NAVIGATION RADIO PANEL

26-39. REMOVAL. Remove the Communications/Navigation Radio Panel as follows:

A. Open and tag the CNRP (17FG) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel (201VE) in
position C 17.
B. On CNRP, disengage 4 captive fasteners.
C. Pull CNRP from console until connector is accessable.
D. Disconnect connector and remove CNRP.

26-40. Install the Communications/Navigation Radio Panel as follows:

A. Connect the connector to the CNRP.

B. Position CNRP in mount.
C. Engage 4 captive fasteners.
D. Remove tag and close the CNRP (17FG) circuit breaker on Overhead Circuit Breaker Panel
(201VE) in position C 17.

26-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

E. Perform Communications/Navigation Radio Panel Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph

26-22.
F. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

26-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXVII

REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

27-1. DESCRIPTION

27-2. GENERAL

27-3. The Regulated Power Supply (RPS) system provides regulated low voltage to power selected panels
and control selected panel lights. It is divided into a left and right system that supplies the power to control panel
lights on the left and right sides of the aircraft.

27-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

27-5. REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM COMPONENTS. The RPS system consists of two Panel
Power Distribution Units (PPDU) and four Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS) units to supply power to operate
selected control panels and power for incandescent lighting on selected control panels (Figure 27-1).

27-6. PANEL POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT. The left PPDU No. 1 is mounted on the left side of the upper
panel inside the avionics bay and the right PPDU No. 2 is mounted on the right side of the upper panel inside
the avionics bay. The PPDU is mounted on a flange which is in turn mounted to the aircraft.

27-7. The left system supplies 8 V dc power to the following components:

– Pilot DA/FD reference set warning panel.

– Observer intercom set control panel.
– Aft loadmaster intercom set control panel.
– Pilot heading course selector panel.
– DA/FD control panel.
– Cursor control panel.
– Pilot intercom set monitor control panel.
– Pilot intercom set control panel.

27-8. The right system supplies 8 V dc power to the following components:

– Copilot DA/FD reference set warning panel.

– Observer intercom set control panel.
– Fwd loadmaster intercom set control panel.
– Copilot heading course selector panel.
– DA/FD control panel.
– Weather radar control panel.

27-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

– Copilot intercom set monitor control panel.

– Copilot intercom set control panel.

27-9. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY. There are four LVPS units installed on the aft panel inside the avion-
ics bay. The LVPS 1L and LVPS 2R are installed adjacent to the left PPDU No. 1, and LVPS 1R and LVPS 2L
are installed adjacent to the right PPDU No. 2. The two LVPS are used as redundant pairs with each PPDU
(Paragraph 27-7 and Paragraph 27-8). See Figure 27-2.

27-10. REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM OPERATION

27-11. GENERAL. Each PPDU is the distribution point for two redundant LVPS and includes electromagnetic
interference shielding and diode logic circuitry. The PPDU No. 1 distributes power from LVPS 1L and LVPS 1R
and PPDU No. 2 distributes power from LVPS 2L and LVPS 2R. Each PPDU front panel has 16 circuit breakers
, and eight are not used. The RPS on and off function is controlled by the Mission Computers (MC) through the
Bus Interface Units (BIU). BIU No. 1 controls LVPS 1L and 1R while BIU No. 2 controls LVPS 2L and 2R (Figure
27-3). The MC controls applicable panel edgelight brightness based in inputs from the PILOT LIGHTING panel,
COPILOT LIGHTING panel, and the CARGO LIGHTING panel.

27-12. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The Bus Adapter Unit Type 1 provides Built In Test (BIT)
interface functions for the RPS: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon
as the power is applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent
to the ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has
completed the power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will
be sent to the ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional
performance.

27-13. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message of RPS (1 or 2) FAIL.

27-14. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The RPS operates on 28 V dc from the Main, Essential, and Emergency
DC buses. The circuit breakers are powered as follows:

7PR LV PWR 1L MAIN DC BUS 1

8PR LV PWR 1R EMERGENCY DC BUS
9PR LV PWR 2L ESSENTIAL DC BUS
10PR LV PWR 2R MAIN DC BUS 2

27-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 27-1. Regulated Power Supply Components

27-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 27-2. Regulated Power Supply Functional Block Diagram

27-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 27-3. Regulated Power Supply Schematic Diagram (sh. 1/2)

27-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 27-3. Regulated Power Supply Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

27-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

27-15. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

27-16. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

27-17. REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

27-18. Perform RPS Functional Test as follows:

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

NOTE

Ensure all circuit breakers on PPDU No. 1 and PPDU No. 2 are
closed.

NOTE

This procedure applies to system No. 1 Left side, and system No.
2 Right side. If checking system No. 2, substitute No. 2 for No. 1.
B. For No. 1, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
C. For No. 2, ensure the following circuit breakers are closed.

LVPS 1 RH (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LVPS 2 RH (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
D. Verify that RPS 1 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
E. Open LV PWR 1L circuit breaker.
Verify that: RPS 1 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
F. Close LV PWR 1L circuit breaker.
G. Open LV PWR 2L circuit breaker.
Verify that: RPS 1 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
H. Open LV PWR 1L circuit breaker
Verify that: RPS 1 FAIL message is displayed on ACAWS.
I. Close LV PWR 1L and LV PWR 2L circuit breakers .
Verify that: RPS 1 FAIL message is not displayed on ACAWS.
J. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

27-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

27-19. TROUBLESHOOTING
27-20. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in .

Table 27-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2430A01.
RPS FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (2430A01)
Step 1. Using MIMS, select applicable DBTP. Does MIMS YES Go to Step 2.
display No Fault for both DBTP of any one RPS? - Fault
PILOT, RPS/PPDU NO. 1, DBTP 324050500021. - Fault
COPILOT, RPS/PPDU NO. 2, DBTP 324050503051.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 2. Remove power to specified BAU 1 and PPDU. Open YES Repair circuit between
the following circuit breakers : 3TAE pin 65 and 5PRC No.
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear 1 pin S* or 3TAE pin 62 and
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. 6PRC No. 2 pin S*.
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M
10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 and connector 6PRC
from PPDU No. 2. Is ground present on specified BAU plug
pin? PPDU No. 1, BAU 1, Plug Pin 65. PPDU No. 2, BAU
1, Plug Pin 62.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, YES Repair circuit between
BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 66. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type 3TAE pin 66 and 5PRC No
I No. 1, Plug Pin 63. 1 pin T* or 3TAE pin 63 and
6PRC No 2 pin T*.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, YES Repair circuit between
BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 9. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type I 3TAE pin 9 and 5PRC No.
No. 1, Plug Pin 8. 1 pin M* or 3TAE pin 8 and
6PRC No. 2 pin M*.
NO RPS function normally.

27-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Step 5. Does MIMS display Fault for both DBTP of any one YES Go to Step 6.
RPS?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
Open the following circuit breakers : 3TAE pin 67 and 5PRC No.
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear 1 pin N*
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6.
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M
10 and LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker
Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No. 1, BAU Type
I No. 1, Plug Pin 67.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No. 1. Does the Fault YES Fault Fixed after replacing
persist? of PPDU No. 1.
NO Remove and replace BAU
Type I.
Step 8. Is fault code 2433140 active? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 11.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10.
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9.
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R(10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10.
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
Step 11. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28 Vdc present on the following circuit breakers terminal
1?
– Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
– Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
– Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
– Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 12. Is fault code 2433150 active? YES Go to Step 16.

27-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 15.
– Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10.
– Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
– Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9.
– Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
H 10.
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
Step 15. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
– Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
– Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
– Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
– Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 16. Select 324050500001 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Go to Step 20.
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 19.
– Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10.
– Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
– Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9.
– Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position
H 10.
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
– Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
– Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
– Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
– Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 20. Select 324050501011 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Go to Step 24.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 23.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
Step 23. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 circuit
breaker 10PR LV PWR2R.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 24. Select 324050502021 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Repair circuit between
Emergency Bus terminal 1
and circuit breaker 7PR.
NO Go to Step 25.

27-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 25. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 26.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 26. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker.
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 27. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2433140. RPS 1 BIT Fail (FD Message)
(2433140)
Step 1. Using MIMS, select applicable DBTP. Does MIMS YES Go to Step 2.
display No Fault for both DBTP of any one RPS? - Fault
PILOT, RPS/PPDU NO. 1, DBTP 324050500021. - Fault
COPILOT, RPS/PPDU NO. 2, DBTP 324050503051.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 2. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
Open the following circuit breakers : 3TAE pin 65 and 5PRC No.
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear 1 pin S* or 3TAE pin 62 and
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. 6PRC No. 2 pin S*.
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 and circuit breaker
LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M
9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 and connector 6PRC
from PPDU No. 2. Is ground present on specified BAU plug
pin? - PPDU No. 1, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 65. - PPDU
No. 2, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 62.
NO Go to Step 3.

27-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, YES Repair circuit between
BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 66. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type 3TAE pin 66 and 5PRC No.
I No. 1, Plug Pin 63. 1 pin T* or 3TAE pin 63 and
6PRC No. 2 pin T*.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, YES Repair circuit between
BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 9. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type I 3TAE pin 9 and 5PRC No.
No. 1, Plug Pin 8. 1 pin M* or 3TAE pin 8 and
6PRC No. 2 pin M*.
NO RPS function normally.
Step 5. Does MIMS display Fault for both DBTP of any one YES Go to Step 6.
RPS?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
Open the following circuit breakers : 3TAE pin 67 and 5PRC No.
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on Rear 1 pin N*
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No. 1, BAU Type
I No. 1, Plug Pin 67.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No.. 1. Does the Fault YES Fault Fixed after replacing
persist? of PPDU No. 1.
NO Remove and replace BAU
Type I.
Step 8. Is fault code 2433140 active? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 11.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on breaker.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
. For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10. Is 28VDC present
on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 12. Is fault code 2433150 active? YES Go to Step 16.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 15.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
Step 15. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on breaker.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 16. Select 324050500001 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Go to Step 20.
NO Go to Step 17.

27-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 17. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 19.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
Step 19. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on breaker.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9.
- circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10. Is 28VDC present
on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 20. Select 324050501011 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Go to Step 24.
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 23.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 23. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on breaker.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
circuit breaker 10PR (LV PWR2R).
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 24. Select 324050502021 Does DBTP display Fault? YES Repair circuit between
Emergency Bus terminal 1
and circuit breaker 7PR.
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 26.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 27.
Step 26. Verify voltage on the following circuit breakers : YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on breaker.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9 and
circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10.
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 27. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker trip open? YES Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2433500. RPS 1 Built-In-Test Failed. L VPS
1L Failed. (FI Message) (2433500)

27-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 1. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on specified plugs and
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. For reconnect BAU and
PPDU No. 1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on PPDU plugs. - Fault
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 Code 2433500, BAU Plug
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect Pin 66, PPDU Plug Pin T*
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 66,
PPDU No. 1 Plug Pin T*
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between specified plug pins? - YES Go to Step 3.
BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 66, PPDU No. 1 Plug Pin T*
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 3. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Go to Step 4.
1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10. Disconnect
connector 1PRA (1L) Is ground present on plug pin C?
- LVPS No. 1L.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. a. Apply power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Go to Step 5.
1 close: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10. Is 28VDC
present on connector 1PRA (1L) pin B? - LVPS No. 1L.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 5. Is 28VDC present on applicable LVPS 1L pin A? YES Go to Step 8.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: For YES Repair circuit between
PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear LVPS 1L plug pin A and
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10. Is Circuit Breaker terminal 2.
28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 2? - Circuit
Breaker REGULATED POWER PILOT (1L)
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: For YES Remove and replace circuit
PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10. Is on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker
28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1? - Circuit Panel (451VE) in position
Breaker REGULATED POWER PILOT (1L). M 10
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 8. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between
1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid LVPS plug pin A and PPDU
Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10. Disconnect plug A, and between pin C
connector 1PRB (1L) Disconnect specified plug 5PRA (1L) of plugs. - LVPS No. 1L,
Is ground present on LVPS plug pin A and pin C? - LVPS PPDU plug pin A. - LVPS
No. 1L, PPDU No.1, PPDU Plug 5PRA (1L) No. 1L, PPDU plug pin C.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is continuity present between LVPS 1L plug pin A YES Go to Step 10.
and PPDU plug pin A and between LVPS 1L plug pin C and
PPDU plug pin C?
NO Repair circuit.

27-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 10. Is continuity present between LVPS 1L plug pin B YES Go to Step 11.
and PPDU plug pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Is continuity present between LVPS 1L plug pin D YES Go to Step 12.
and PPDU plug pin D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 12. Remove and replace LVPS 1L. If fault persists, YES FAULT_FIXED after
remove and replace PPDU. replacing of PPDU.
NO FAULT_FIXED after
replacing of LVPS.
Step 13. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Remove and replace BIU
1 open: - circuit breaker 7PR (LV PWR 1L). Disconnect No. 1.
connector 1TAG No. 1. Is continuity present between LVPS
plug pin B and BIU plug pin 34 for PPDU No. 1?
NO Repair circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2433181. RPS CTR CSL 1 PNL Fail (FD
Message) (2433181)
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
Open the following circuit breakers : 3TAE pin 67 and 5PRC No.
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on 1 pin N*
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6
For PPDU No. 1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L (7PR)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No. 1, BAU Type I
No.1, Plug Pin 67.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No. 1. Does the Fault YES Fault Fixed after replacing
persist? of PPDU No. 1.
NO Remove and replace BAU
Type I.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2433501. RPS 1 Built In Test Failed. L VPS
2L Failed. (FI Message) (2433501)
Step 1. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and PPDU. YES Repair circuit between
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on specified plugs and
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 6. reconnect BAU and PPDU
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) plugs. - BAU Plug Pin 65,
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position PPDU Plug Pin S*
H 11 Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 65,
PPDU No. 1 Plug Pin S*
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between specified plug pins? - YES Go to Step 3.
BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 65, PPDU No. 1 Plug Pin S*

27-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 3. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Go to Step 4.
1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Disconnect
connector 3PRA (2L) Is ground present on plug pin C?
- LVPS No. 2L.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. a. Apply power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Go to Step 6.
1 close: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Is 28VDC
present on connector 3PRA (2L) pin B? - LVPS No. 2L.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 5. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Remove and replace BIU
1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper No. 2.
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Disconnect
connector 1TAG No. 1. Is continuity present between LVPS
plug pin B and BIU plug pin 34 for PPDU No. 1?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is 28VDC present on applicable LVPS 2L pin A? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 7. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between
1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper LVPS plug pin A and PPDU
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Disconnect plug A, and between pin C
connector 3PRB (2L) Disconnect specified plug 5PRB (2L) of plugs. - LVPS No. 2L,
Is ground present on LVPS plug pin A and pin C? - LVPS PPDU plug pin A. - LVPS
No. 2L, PPDU No. 1, PPDU Plug 5PRB (2L) No. 2L, PPDU plug pin C.
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is continuity present between LVPS 2L plug pin A YES Go to Step 9.
and PPDU plug pin A and between LVPS 2L plug pin C and
PPDU plug pin C?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is continuity present between LVPS 2L plug pin B YES Go to Step 10.
and PPDU plug pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between LVPS 2L plug pin D YES Go to Step 11.
and PPDU plug pin D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Remove and replace LVPS 2L. If fault persists, YES FAULT_FIXED after
remove and replace PPDU. replacing of PPDU.
NO FAULT_FIXED after
replacing of LVPS.
Step 12. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: For YES Repair circuit between
PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear LVPS 2L plug pin A and
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Is Circuit Breaker terminal 2.
28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 2? - Circuit
Breaker REGULATED POWER PILOT 2L
NO Go to Step 13.

27-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-2. Troubleshooting of REGULATED POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 13. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: For YES Remove and replace circuit
PPDU No. 1 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11. Is on Rear Upper Circuit
28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1? - Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
Breaker REGULATED POWER PILOT 2L. position H 11.
NO Repair power circuit.

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 2433A01.
RPS FAULT (VISUAL DETECTION) (2433A01)
Step 1. Using MIMS, select applicable DBTP. Does YES Go to Step 2.
MIMS display No Fault for both DBTP of any one
RPS? - Fault PILOT, RPS/PPDU NO. 1, DBTP
324050500021. - Fault COPILOT, RPS/PPDU NO.
2, DBTP 324050503051.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 2. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
PPDU. Open the following circuit breakers : 65 and 5PRC No. 1 pin S* or 3TAE
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on pin 62 and 6PRC No. 2 pin S*.
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P6
For PPDU No. 1 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 and connector
6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, BAU Type I
No. 1, Plug Pin 65. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type I No.
1, Plug Pin 62.
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
1, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 66. - PPDU No. 2, 66 and 5PRC No. 1 pin T* or 3TAE
BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 63. pin 63 and 6PRC No. 2 pin T*
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin 9
1, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 9. - PPDU No. 2, BAU and 5PRC No. 1 pin M* or 3TAE
Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 8. pin 8 and 6PRC No. 2 pin M*
NO RPS function normally.
Step 5. Does MIMS display Fault for both DBTP of YES Go to Step 6.
any one RPS?

27-20
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
PPDU. 64 and 6PRC No. 2 pin N*
For BAU Type I open circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
P6
For PPDU No. 2 open circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground
present on specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No.
2, BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 64.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No. 2. Does YES Fault Fixed after replacing of
the Fault persist? PPDU No. 2.
NO Remove and replace BAU Type I.
Step 8. Is fault code 2433140 active? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 11.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-21
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 12. Is fault code 2433150 active? YES Go to Step 16.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 15.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-22
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper
Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 16. Select 324050500001 Does DBTP display YES Go to Step 20.
Fault?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 19.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-23
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L breaker.
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 20. Select 324050501011 Does DBTP display YES Go to Step 24.
Fault?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 23.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-24
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 23. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 24. Select 324050502021 Does DBTP display YES Repair circuit between Emergency
Fault? Bus terminal 1 and circuit breaker
7PR
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 26.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 27.

27-25
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 26. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10. Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker
terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 27. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 2433150. RPS 2 BIT Fail (FD
Message) (2433150)
Step 1. Using MIMS, select applicable DBTP. Does YES Go to Step 2.
MIMS display No Fault for both DBTP of any one
RPS? - Fault PILOT, RPS/PPDU NO.1, DBTP
324050500021. - Fault COPILOT, RPS/PPDU NO.2,
DBTP 324050503051.
NO Go to Step 5.
Step 2. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
PPDU. Open the following circuit breakers : 65 and 5PRC No. 1 pin S* or 3TAE
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) pin 62 and 6PRC No. 2 pin S*.
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 6
For PPDU No. 1 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11.
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 5PRC from PPDU No. 1 and connector
6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground present on
specified BAU plug pin? - PPDU No. 1, BAU Type I
No. 1, Plug Pin 65. - PPDU No. 2, BAU Type I No.
1, Plug Pin 62.

27-26
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
1, BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 66. - PPDU No. 2, BAU 66 and 5PRC No. 1 pin T* or 3TAE
Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 63. pin 63 and 6PRC No. 2 pin T*
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin? - PPDU No. YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin 9
1, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 9. - PPDU No. 2, BAU and 5PRC No. 1 pin M* or 3TAE
Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 8. pin 8 and 6PRC No. 2 pin M*
NO RPS function normally.
Step 5. Does MIMS display Fault for both DBTP of YES Go to Step 6.
any one RPS?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
PPDU.Open the following circuit breakers : 64 and 6PRC No. 2 pin N*
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 6
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground
present on specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No.
2, BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 64.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No. 2. Does YES Fault Fixed after replacing of
the Fault persist? PPDU No. 2.
NO Remove and replace BAU Type I.
Step 8. Is fault code 2433140 active? YES Go to Step 12.
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 11.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-27
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 11. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 12. Is fault code 2433150 active? YES Go to Step 16.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 15.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 14. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-28
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 15. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 16. Select 324050500001 Does DBTP display YES Go to Step 20.
Fault?
NO Go to Step 17.
Step 17. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 19.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 18.
Step 18. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-29
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 19. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10 Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker
terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 20. Select 324050501011 Does DBTP display YES Go to Step 24.
Fault?
NO Go to Step 21.
Step 21. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 23.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 22.
Step 22. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.

27-30
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 23. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 24. Select 324050502021 Does DBTP display YES Repair circuit between Emergency
Fault? Bus terminal 1 and circuit breaker
7PR
NO Go to Step 25.
Step 25. Is applicable circuit breaker tripped open? YES Go to Step 26.
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE)
in position H 11
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE)
in position M 9
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10
NO Go to Step 27.

27-31
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 26. Verify voltage on the following circuit YES Remove and replace circuit
breakers : breaker.
For PPDU No. 1: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 10 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2L (9PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 11
For PPDU No. 2: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 and circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10
Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 1?
- Fault Code 2433500, circuit breaker LV PWR 1L
(7PR)
- Fault Code 2433501, circuit breaker LV PWR 2L
(9PR)
- Fault Code 2433502, circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR)
- Fault Code 2433503, circuit breaker LV PWR 2R
(10PR)
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 27. Reset circuit breaker. Did circuit breaker YES Remove and replace circuit
trip open? breaker.
NO Remove and replace LVPS.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 - CODE 2433502. RPS 2 Built-In-Test Failed. L VPS 1R. (FI Message) (2433502)
Step 1. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between specified
PPDU. For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker 17TA plugs and reconnect BAU and
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R PPDU plugs. - BAU Plug Pin 63,
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in PPDU Plug Pin T*
position M 9. Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU.
Disconnect connector 6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is
ground present on specified BAU plug pin? - BAU
Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 63, PPDU No. 2 Plug Pin T*
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between specified plug YES Go to Step 3.
pins? - BAU Type I No.1, Plug Pin 63, PPDU No. 2
Plug Pin T*
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 3. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Go to Step 4.
No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9 Disconnect connector 2PRA (1R) Is ground
present on plug pin C? - LVPS No. 1R.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. Apply power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Go to Step 6.
No. 2 close: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9. Is 28VDC present on connector 2PRA (1R)? -
LVPS No. 1R.
NO Go to Step 5.

27-32
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Remove and replace BIU No. 1.
No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position
M 9. Disconnect connector 2TAG No. 2. Is continuity
present between LVPS 1R plug pin B and BIU plug
pin 35 for PPDU No. 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is 28VDC present on LVPS 1R pin A? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 7. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Repair circuit between LVPS plug
No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on pin A and PPDU plug A, and
Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position between pin C of plugs. - LVPS
M 9 Disconnect connector 2PRB (1R) Disconnect No. 1R, PPDU plug pin A. - LVPS
specified plug 6PRA (1R) Is ground present on LVPS No. 1R, PPDU plug pin C.
plug pin A and pin C? - LVPS No. 1R, PPDU No. 2,
PPDU Plug 6PRA (1R).
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is continuity present between LVPS 1R plug YES Go to Step 9.
pin A and PPDU plug pin A and between LVPS 1R
plug pin C and PPDU plug pin C?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is continuity present between LVPS 1R plug YES Go to Step 10.
pin B and PPDU plug pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between LVPS 1R plug YES Go to Step 11.
pin D and PPDU plug pin D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Remove and replace LVPS 1R. If fault YES FAULT_FIXED after replacing of
persists, remove and replace PPDU. PPDU.
NO FAULT_FIXED after replacing of
LVPS.
Step 12. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: YES Repair circuit between LVPS 1R
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker 8PR (LV PWR plug pin A and Circuit Breaker
1R). Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker terminal 2? terminal 2.
- Circuit Breaker REGULATED POWER COPILOT
(1R).
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R breaker LV PWR 1R (8PR) on
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel
position M 9. Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker (451VE) in position M 9
terminal 1? - Circuit Breaker REGULATED POWER
COPILOT 1R.
NO Repair power circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 2433191. RPS CTR CSL 2 PNL Fail (FD Message) (2433191)

27-33
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 6. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between 3TAE pin
PPDU. Open the following circuit breakers : 64 and 6PRC No. 2 pin N*
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA)
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position P 6
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 1R
(8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in
position M 9 andcircuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU 1. Disconnect
connector 6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground
present on specified BAU plug pin? - RPS/PPDU No.
2, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug Pin 64?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. Remove and replace PPDU No. 2. Does YES Fault Fixed after replacing of
the Fault persist? PPDU No. 2.
NO Remove and replace BAU Type I.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 2433503. RPS 2 Built-In-Test Failed. L VPS 2R. (FI Message) (2433503)
Step 1. Remove power to specified BAU Type I and YES Repair circuit between specified
PPDU. plugs and reconnect BAU and
For BAU Type I open: - circuit breaker BAU 1 (17TA) PPDU plugs. - BAU Plug Pin 62,
on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in PPDU Plug Pin S*
position P 6
For PPDU No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
(452VE) in position H 10.
Disconnect connector 3TAE from BAU. Disconnect
connector 6PRC from PPDU No. 2. Is ground
present on specified BAU plug pin? - BAU Type I
No.1, Plug Pin 62, PPDU No. 2 Plug Pin S*
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is continuity present between specified plug YES Go to Step 3.
pins? - Fault Code 2433503, BAU Type I No. 1, Plug
Pin 62, PPDU No. 2 Plug Pin S*
NO Repair power circuit.
Step 3. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Go to Step 4.
No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10. Disconnect connector 4PRA (2R). Is
ground present on plug pin C? - LVPS No. 2R.
NO Repair ground circuit.
Step 4. a. Apply power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Go to Step 6.
No. 2 close: - circuit breaker 10PR (LV PWR 2R). Is
28VDC present on connector 4PRA (2R), pin B? -
LVPS No. 2R.
NO Go to Step 5.

27-34
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 27-3. Troubleshooting - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Remove and replace BIU No. 2.
No. 2 open:. - circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR)
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in
position H 10. Disconnect connector 2TAG No. 2. Is
continuity present between LVPS 2R plug pin B and
BIU plug pin 35 for PPDU No. 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 6. Is 28VDC present on LVPS 2R pin A? YES Go to Step 7.
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 7. Remove power to specified LVPS. For PPDU YES Repair circuit between LVPS plug
No. 2 open: - circuit breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) pin A and PPDU plug A, and
on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in between pin C of plugs. - LVPS
position H 10. Disconnect connector 4PRB (2R). No. 2R, PPDU plug pin A. - LVPS
c. Disconnect specified plug 6PRB (2R). Is ground No. 2R, PPDU plug pin C.
present on LVPS plug pin A and pin C? - LVPS No.
2R, PPDU No. 2, PPDU Plug 6PRB (2R).
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. Is continuity present between LVPS 2R plug YES Go to Step 9.
pin A and PPDU plug pin A and between LVPS 2R
plug pin C and PPDU plug pin C?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 9. Is continuity present between LVPS 2R plug YES Go to Step 10.
pin B and PPDU plug pin B?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is continuity present between LVPS 2R plug YES Go to Step 11.
pin D and PPDU plug pin D?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 11. Remove and replace LVPS 2R. If fault YES FAULT_FIXED after replacing of
persists, remove and replace PPDU. PPDU.
NO FAULT_FIXED after replacing of
LVPS.
Step 12. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: YES Repair circuit between LVPS 2R
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 2R plug pin A and Circuit Breaker
(10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) terminal 2.
in position H 10. Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker
terminal 2? - Circuit Breaker REGULATED POWER
COPILOT 2R.
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. Verify voltage on following circuit breaker: YES Remove and replace circuit
For PPDU No. 2 : - circuit breaker LV PWR 2R breaker LV PWR 2R (10PR) on
(10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel
in position H 10. Is 28VDC present on circuit breaker (452VE) in position H 10
terminal 1? - Circuit Breaker REGULATED POWER
COPILOT 2R.
NO Repair power circuit.

27-35
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

27-23. MAINTENANCE

27-25. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

27-26. Removal and installation of the RPS components is described here.

27-27. PANEL POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT

NOTE

To remove PPDU No. 2, substitute No. 2, access panel 120B,

right side, and 8PR LV PWR 1R and 10PR LV PWR 2R.

27-28. REMOVAL. Remove PPDU as follows:

A. For No. 1, open and tag the following circuit breakers .

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
B. For No. 2, open and tag the following circuit breakers .

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
C. Open left access panel 120A, or right access panel 120B (Figure 27-4).
D. Locate PPDU No. 1 and disconnect three connectors from panel.
E. Support PPDU and remove four mounting bolts and washers.
F. Remove screws securing mounting flange to PPDU and remove flange.

27-29. INSTALLATION Install PPDU No. 1 as follows:

A. Align mounting flange on PPDU and secure with mounting screws.

B. Support PPDU and mounting flange in place and secure with four washers and bolts.
C. Connect three connectors to PPDU.
D. Ensure all 16 circuit breakers on PPDU front panel are closed.
E. For No. 1, remove applicable tags and close following circuit breakers :

27-36
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10
F. For No. 2, remove applicable tags and close following circuit breakers :

LV PWR 1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9

LV PWR 2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
G. Perform RPS functional test in accordance with Paragraph 27-18.
H. Close the opened access panel 120A or 120B (Figure 27-4).
I. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

27-30. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

27-31. REMOVAL. Remove LVPS 1L, 1R, 2L, or 2R as follows:

A. Open and tag the following applicable circuit breakers :

1. To remove LVPS 1L or 1R:

LV PWR 1L (7PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 10 or LV PWR
1R (8PR) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 9
BIU NO:1 MAIN (11TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 8
BIU NO:1 BACKUP (9TA) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position P 7
2. To remove LVPS 2L or 2R:

LV PWR 2L (9PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 11 or LV PWR
2R (10PR) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position H 10
BIU NO:2 MAIN (12TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 9
BIU NO:2 BACKUP (10TA) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 8
B. Open left access panel 120A or right access panel 120B (Figure 27-4).
C. Remove safety wire.
D. Locate applicable LVPS and disconnect two connectors.
E. Support LVPS and remove six mounting bolts and washers.

27-32. INSTALLATION Install the LVPS as follows:

A. Support LVPS in place and secure with six washers and bolts.
B. Connect two connectors to LVPS.
C. Install safety wire.
D. Remove tags and close applicable circuit breakers .
E. Perform RPS functional test in accordance with Paragraph 27-18.
F. Close the opened access panel 120A or 120B (Figure 27-4).
G. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

27-37
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 27-4. Avionics Bay Access Panels

27-38
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXVIII

DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM

28-1. DESCRIPTION

28-2. GENERAL

28-3. The Dual Slotted Data Transfer (DSDT) system interfaces with the Mission Computer (MC) to record
and store maintenance and fault data on removable memory modules and provide Input/Output (I/O) capability
for the Flight Management System (FMS), Ground Interactive Management System (GIMS), and the Mission
Data Cartridge. The Dual Slotted Data Transfer Unit (DSDTU) is located on the copilot side console.

28-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

28-5. DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER UNIT. The DSDTU is a solid state digital recorder and reader with
removable memory modules. The internal Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCM-
CIA) drive is used between the MC and external sources to transfer data using Removable Memory Modules
(RMM).The DSDTU will accept two RMM, those being PCMCIA Type II memory cards. Also inside are control
electronics, a data buffer, 1553 Data Bus interface, and a power supply (Figure 28-1).

28-6. REMOVEABLE MEMORY MODULES. There are two RMM accepted by the DSDTU. The PCMCIA
cards are configured as a Maintenance System Card for downloading performance data or system faults, or a
Mission Planning Card for uploading mission performance and planning data. The card is a non-volatile memory
storage device with 40 megabytes of flash memory, and a header file on each card identifies it as a maintenance
system card or a mission planning card

28-7. DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM OPERATION

28-8. GENERAL. The DSDTS holds two RMM, each of which is capable of up to 40 megabytes of data
storage to be used for both pre-recorded and in-flight recorded data. The unit stores the data in individual
memory files in the RMM. During flight and under control of the MC, Information recorded to the maintenance
RMM consists of equipment failures and recoveries, cautions, warnings, and crew responses, engine data, flight
identifiers flight profile perameters, and subsystem test points. After flight, this data is used by the GIMS for
analysis and as a troubleshooting tool. To inhibit recording of sensitive mission data, the CNI-MU ZEROIZE
menu page, then REC INHIBIT can be selected (Figure 28-2).

28-9. Memory Erase. The DSDTS has the capability to perform an erase function on the RMM. The time
for total erasure is approximately four minutes. Once initiated the erase cannot be interrupted. All data on the
RMM will be erased including the formatting.

28-10. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The DSDTS performs a BIT immediately following an ini-
tial power on condition.The system performs an automatic and continuous built in test (BIT) during operation
and also has the capability of performing an externally initiated BIT. The system also has the capability to detect
faults that occur during operation.

28-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 28-1. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Component Locations

28-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 28-2. Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Schematic (TE System )

28-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

28-11. ACAWS MESSAGES. Possible ACAWS messages are as follows:

DSDTS FAIL Advisory

DSDTS DOOR OPEN Advisory
DSDTS CARD INVALID Advisory

28-12. POWER DISTRIBUTION. The 28 V dc is supplied from the 28 V dc Main Bus 2, through the 2TE
DS/DTS circuit breaker. The DSDTS is on when power is applied to the aircraft.

28-13. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

28-14. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

28-15. Test equipment and special tools required for functional tests are listed in Table 28-1

Table 28-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MIMS (Mobile Interactive G2204230000- - Perform Databus checks,
Maintenance System) 013-1 interrogations, and upload
/download data associ-
ated with the processors
in the Systems Integra-
tion and Displays and
Communication/Naviga-
tion/Identification - System
Processors.

28-16. DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM

28-17. Perform DSDTS Functional Test as follows:

A. Verify DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1 circuit breaker
is closed.
B. Verify the following ACAWS messages are not displayed:

DSDTS FAIL
DSDTS DOOR OPEN
C. On DSDTS, open door and insert two flight ready Removable Memory Modules (RMM) in slot No.
1 and slot No. 2.
Verify that: Advisory message DSDTS DOOR OPEN is displayed on ACAWS.
D. Close DSDTS door.
Verify that: Advisory message DSDTS DOOR OPEN is no longer displayed.
E. Using MIMS, perform DSDTS IBIT No. 56 DTS Slot No. 1 Read/Write Test.

28-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: IBIT passed is displayed on MIMS IBIT Results Panel.

F. Using MIMS, perform DSDTS IBIT No. 79 DTS Slot No. 2 Read/Write Test.
Verify that: IBIT passed is displayed on MIMS IBIT Results Panel.
G. On DSDTS, open door and press Slot No. 1 RMM ejector button.
Verify that: RMM is ejected from Slot No. 1.
H. Remove RMM from Slot No. 1.
I. Press slot No. 2 RMM ejector button.
Verify that: RMM is ejected from Slot No. 2.
J. Remove RMM from slot No. 2 and close DSDTS door.
K. End of Test.

28-18. TROUBLESHOOTING
28-19. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in .

Table 28-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 GIMS (Ground Interactive G0003100101–011–1
Maintenance System)
3 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 - CODE 3130A02.
Dual Slotted Data Transfer System Fault (Visual Detection). (3132A01)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 7.
circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1. Is fault code
3130011 active?
NO Go to Step 2.
Step 2. Is fault code 3130013 active? YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
NO Go to Step 3.

28-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
NOTE
Ensure RMM is fully seated. Failure to do so may re-
sult in an error and failure to complete IBIT functions
on RMM. Eject button on face of DSDTU will pop out-
ward when RMM is fully seated.
NOTE
Do not attempt to remove, reset or alter position of
RMM during IBIT. Loss of data, generation of ACAWS
messages and fault code 3130012 may occur.
Install a known good maintenance RMM in DSDTU
slot No. 1 with post-flight header. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 56 on slot No. 1. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 4. Remove maintenance RMM from DSDTS YES Go to Step 5.
slot No. 1 and install in slot No. 2. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 79 on slot No. 2. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 5. Is 3130905 being troubleshot? YES Remove and replace failed RMM.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. Are there any other reported problems with YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
DSDTS?
NO System normal.
Step 7. Open circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear YES Go to Step 8.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1
to interrupt power to DSDTU. Disconnect 1TEB. Is
continuity present between following plug pins?
- Pin 5 and Pin 6
- Pin 5 and Pin 7
- Pin 5 and Pin 8
NO Repair circuit.
Step 8. Close circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear YES Go to Step 10.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 14?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. Remove electrical power. Is continuity YES Remove and replace circuit
present between 1TEB pin 14 and DS/DTS (2TE) breaker.
terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 10. Is ground present on plug pin 13? YES Troubleshoot RH Display Bus.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 - CODE 3130013. DSDTS FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3130013)
Failure 1 Remove and replace DSDTU.
END OF TEST

28-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 3 - CODE 3130900. DSDTS ACAWS MESSAGE FAILS TO CLEAR WHEN CHANGING AN RMM
(VISUAL DETECTION) (3130900)
Failure 2 Remove and replace DSDTU.
END OF TEST
Fault 4 - CODE 3130901. DSDTS FAILS TO UPLOAD DATA TO MAINTENANCE RMM (VISUAL
DETECTION) (3130901)
Step 1. Verify RMM formatting, reformat or remove YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
and replace RMM as required. Is fault still present?
NO Fault fixed on RMM.
END OF TEST
Fault 5 - CODE 3130010. DSDTS BIT FAIL (FD MESSAGE) (3130012)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1.
NOTE
Ensure RMM is fully seated. Failure to do so may re-
sult in an error and failure to complete IBIT functions
on RMM. Eject button on face of DSDTU will pop out-
ward when RMM is fully seated.
NOTE
Do not attempt to remove, reset or alter position of
RMM during IBIT. Loss of data, generation of ACAWS
messages and fault code 3130012 may occur.
Install a known good maintenance RMM in DSDTU
slot No. 1 with post-flight header. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 56 on slot No. 1. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 2. Remove maintenance RMM from DSDTS YES Go to Step 3.
slot No. 1 and install in slot No. 2. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 79 on slot No. 2. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 3. Is 3130905 being troubleshot? YES Remove and replace failed RMM.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Are there any other reported problems with YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
DSDTS?
NO System normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 6 - CODE 3130011. DSDTS COMM LOST (FD MESSAGE) (3130011)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Open YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1 to interrupt
power to DSDTU. Disconnect 1TEB. Is continuity
present between following plug pins?
- Pin 5 and Pin 6
- Pin 5 and Pin 7
- Pin 5 and Pin 8

28-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Repair circuit.
Step 2. Close circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear YES Go to Step 4.
Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1.
Is 28 V dc present on plug pin 14?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Remove external electrical power. Is YES Remove and replace circuit
continuity present between 1TEB pin 14 and circuit breaker.
breaker DS/DTS (2TE) terminal 2?
NO Repair circuit.
Step 4. Is ground present on plug pin 13? YES Troubleshoot RH Display Bus.
NO Repair ground circuit.
END OF TEST
Fault 7 - CODE 3130905. INVALID DATA WRITTEN TO MAINTENANCE RMM (VISUAL DETECTION)
(3130905)
Step 1. Apply external electrical power. Close YES Go to Step 2.
circuit breaker DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit
Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1.
NOTE
Ensure RMM is fully seated. Failure to do so may re-
sult in an error and failure to complete IBIT functions
on RMM. Eject button on face of DSDTU will pop out-
ward when RMM is fully seated.
NOTE
Do not attempt to remove, reset or alter position of
RMM during IBIT. Loss of data, generation of ACAWS
messages and fault code 3130012 may occur.
Install a known good maintenance RMM in DSDTU
slot No. 1 with post-flight header. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 56 on slot No. 1. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 2. Remove maintenance RMM from DSDTS YES Go to Step 3.
slot No. 1 and install in slot No. 2. Using MIMS,
perform DSDTS IBIT No. 79 on slot No. 2. Does
IBIT pass?
NO Remove and replace DSDTU.
Step 3. Is 3130905 being troubleshot? YES Remove and replace failed RMM.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. Are there any other reported problems with YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
DSDTS?
NO System normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 8 - CODE 3130500 DSDTS TOP SLOT IBIT FAILED READ/WRITE TEST (FI Message) (3130500)
Verify RMM formatting, reformat or replace RMM as YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
required. Is fault still present?
NO Fault fixed on RMM.
END OF TEST

28-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 28-3. Troubleshooting of DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Fault 9 - CODE 3130501 DSDT BOTTOM SLOT IBIT FAILED READ/WRITE TEST. (FI Message) (3130501)
Verify RMM formatting, reformat or replace RMM as YES Remove and replace DSDTU.
required. Is fault still present?
NO Fault fixed on RMM.
END OF TEST

28-21. MAINTENANCE
28-22. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

28-23. Removal and installation of the DSDTS system is described here.

28-24. DUAL SLOTTED DATA TRANSFER UNIT

28-25. REMOVAL. Remove DSDTU as follows:

A. Open and tag DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G 1.
B. Loosen Dzus fasteners one quarter turn counterclockwise to release unit.
C. Carefully pull unit from copilot side console to gain access to connectors.
D. Disconnect two connectors from the unit and remove unit.

28-26. INSTALLATION Install DSDTU as follows:

A. Position unit near copilot side console and connect the two connectors to unit.
B. Carefully slide unit into mounting position and rotate Dzus fasteners one quarter turn clockwise to
secure unit.
C. Remove tag and close DS/DTS (2TE) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position G
1.
D. Perform DSDTU functional test in accordance with Paragraph 28-17.
E. Disconnect electrical power in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

28-9 / (28-10 blank)

 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXIX

ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS

29-1. DESCRIPTION

29-2. GENERAL

29-3. The Angle of Attack transducers are part of the Stall Warning System. The Stall Warning System
operates to warn the flight crew that the aircraft is approaching a stall condition.

29-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

29-5. ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS. There are two Angle Of Attack (AOA) Transducers installed on
the aircraft as part of the Stall Warning System (SWS). The transducers are fuselage mounted in the slipstream
and angle of attack is measured by a movable vane. The AOA transducers are heated to prevent ice build-up.

29-6. ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCER OPERATION

29-7. GENERAL. The AOA is sensed by the movable vanes located on either side of the fuselage (Figure
29-1).

29-8. The 26 V ac analog voltage representing the angle is sent to the Bus Interface Units (BIU) No. 1
for the left vane and BIU No. 2 for the right vane (Figure 29-2). Then BIU then converts the synchro data to
digital information and sends it through the Interprocessor Control Bus to the Mission Computers. The Mission
Computers evaluate the vane data for validity, then filters the data and calculates the AOA.

29-9. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. The mission computers monitor the vanes for valid angle
data. An ACAWS text message is generated and displayed on the ACAWS display.

29-10. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates an ACAWS advisory
message AOA 1/2 FAIL.

29-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 29-1. Angle of Attack Transducer Locator

29-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 29-2. Angle of Attack Transducer (CF System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 1/2)

29-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 29-2. Angle of Attack Transducer (CF System) - Schematic Diagram (sh. 2/2)

29-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

29-11. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

29-12. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION:

Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual and

paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instructions to
be considered in performing Functional Test / Maintenance on aircraft.

29-13. ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS

29-14. Perform Angle Of Attack Transducer Functional Test as follows:

Table 29-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 MIMS (Mobile Interactive G2204230000- - Perform Databus checks,
Maintenance System) 013-1 interrogations, and upload
/download data associ-
ated with the processors
in the Systems Integra-
tion and Displays and
Communication/Naviga-
tion/Identification - System
Processors.

A. As required, connect electrical power to aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

B. Verify that L PITOT HEAT FAIL or R PITOT HEAT FAIL ACAWS message is not present.
C. For Left side, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LH AOA HEATER VANE (13HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 14
LH AOA HEATER CASE (37HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 13
D. For Right side, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RH AOA HEATER VANE (14HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 16
RH AOA HEATER CASE (38HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 17
E. Remove vane covers.
F. Using the MIMS, select the following DBTP:

DBTP OUTPUT
918060300151 No. 1 AOA Sensor (Left)
919060300151 No. 2 AOA Sensor (Right)

G. Rotate Left side AOA sensor vane counter-clockwise to the travel limit.
Verify that: MIMS indicates 145 ±1 degrees.
H. Rotate Left side AOA sensor vane clockwise to the travel limit.
Verify that: MIMS indicates 305 ±1 degrees.

29-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

I. Rotate Right side AOA sensor vane counter-clockwise to the travel limit.
Verify that: MIMS indicates 145 ±1 degrees.
J. Rotate Right side AOA sensor vane clockwise to the travel limit.
Verify that: MIMS indicates 305 ±1 degrees.
K. For Left side, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

LH AOA HEATER VANE (13HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 14
LH AOA HEATER CASE (37HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 13
L. For Right side, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

RH AOA HEATER VANE (14HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 16
RH AOA HEATER CASE (38HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 17
M. Replace Vane Covers.
N. End of Test.

29-15. TROUBLESHOOTING
29-16. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in .

Table 29-2. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

Table 29-3. Troubleshooting of ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

Fault 1 – Code 3411000
L AOA FAIL — RANGE (FD Message) (341100)
Step 1. Visually inspect the left AOA Sensor Vane YES Remove debris or replace left AOA
from outside the aircraft for obvious damage or debris sensor.
stuck to the vane. Is there any damage or debris?
NO Left AOA sensor vane normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 2 CODE 3411001. R AOA FAIL — RANGE (FD MESSAGE) (341101)
Step 1. Visually inspect the right AOA Sensor Vane YES Remove debris or replace right
from outside the aircraft for obvious damage or debris AOA sensor.
stuck to the vane. Is there any damage or debris?

29-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 29-3. Troubleshooting of ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCERS - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO Right AOA sensor vane normal.
END OF TEST
Fault 3 CODE 3411007. AOA Vane Split (FD Message) (3411007)
Step 1. Visually inspect the left and right AOA YES Remove debris or replace
Sensor Vanes from outside the aircraft for obvious damaged AOA sensor. If fault
damage, debris stuck to the vane and freedom of persists, replace the other AOA
movement. Is there any damage or debris? sensor.
NO AOA System normal
END OF TEST
Fault 4 – CODE 3411002. L AOA FAIL — DATA (FD Message) (3411002)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker 26V AC BUS 1 (23TA) YES Go to Step 2.
on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in
position Y 32. Remove connector 3CFA from L AOA
Transducer. Close circuit breaker 26V AC BUS 1
(23TA). Measure pins A and B to ensure that 26 V ac
is available to transducer. Is 26 V ac present?
NO Repair circuit
Step 2. Measure resistance on transducer: Pins A-B YES Replace AOA Sensor.
15 - 35 ohms, Pins E-D 5 - 25 ohms, Pins U-D 5 -
25 ohms, Pins A, E to transducer case - More than
100K ohms. Do any of the resistance tests fail?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 1TAH on BIU No. 1. Check YES Replace BIU No. 1
for continuity as follows: 3CFA pin U - 1TAH pin 6,
3CFA pin E - 1TAH pin 7, 3CFA pin D - 1TAH pin 8.
Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST
Fault 5 – 3411003. R AOA FAIL — DATA (FD Message) (3411003)
Step 1. Open circuit breaker 26V AC BUS 2 (24TA) YES Go to Step 2.
on Rear Lower Circuit Breaker Panel (455VE) in
position Y 33. Remove connector 4CFA from R AOA
Transducer. Close circuit breaker 26V AC BUS 2
(24TA). Measure pins A and B to ensure that 26 V ac
is available to transducer. Is 26 V ac present?
NO Repair circuit
Step 2. Measure resistance on transducer: Pins A-B, YES Replace AOA Sensor.
15 - 35 ohms. Pins E-D, 5 - 25 ohms. Pins U-D, 5 -
25 ohms. Pins A, E to transducer case - More than
100K ohms Do any of the resistance tests fail?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. Disconnect plug 2TAH BIU No. 2. Check YES Replace BIU No. 2
for continuity as follows: 4CFA pin U - 2TAH pin 6.
4CFA pin E - 2TAH pin 7. 4CFA pin D - 2TAH pin
8. Is continuity present?
NO Repair circuit
END OF TEST

29-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

29-17. MAINTENANCE
29-18. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional Test /Maintenance on aircraft.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described in FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

29-19. Removal and Installation of the Angle Of Attack Transducer components is described here.

Table 29-4. Test Equipment and Special Tools

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 Meter, Bonding C15292 Equivalent Measure resistance

29-20. ANGLE OF ATTACK TRANSDUCER

29-21. REMOVAL. Remove the Angle Of Attack Transducer as follows:

A. For Left side, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

LH AOA HEATER VANE (13HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 14
LH AOA HEATER CASE (37HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 13
B. For Right side, open and tag the following circuit breakers :

RH AOA HEATER VANE (14HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 16
RH AOA HEATER CASE (38HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 17

WARNING

Ensure Pitot Tubes and AOA Sensor Heaters are cooled

down prior to touching. Failure to comply may result in
personnel injury.
C. Remove old sealant compound from around the AOA Sensor base and screws with a sharp, non-
metallic scraper.
D. Remove 8 screws securing AOA sensor to aircraft.
E. Carefully lift the sensor from mounting assembly.
F. Remove safety wire and disconnect electrical connector.
G. Remove sensor.

29-22. INSTALLATION Install the Angle Of Attack Transducer as follows:

29-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

A. Using a sharp non-metallic scraper, remove any remaining old sealant from AOA sensor mounting
surface.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

WARNING

Do not use synthetic wiping cloths with flammable sol-

vents, such as aliphatic naphtha (TT-N-95).

B. Clean mating surface on sensor, screws, and screw holes with clean lint-free cloth moistened in
Aliphatic Naphtha.
C. Wipe surfaces dry with another clean lint-free cloth before solvent dries.
D. Apply a 1/32 to 1/16 inch thick layer of sealing compound (MIL-S-81733) to mating surface.
E. Connect and safety wire the connector to the AOA sensor and position sensor on mounting sur-
face.
F. Install screws (8) and alternately tighten the screws to 35 mkg
G. Using a Bonding Ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the sensor and the fuselage.
Verify that: Reading is equal to or less than 0.0025 ohms.
H. For Left side, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

LH AOA HEATER VANE (13HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 14
LH AOA HEATER CASE (37HP) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position N 13
I. For Right side, remove tag and close the following circuit breakers :

RH AOA HEATER VANE (14HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 16
RH AOA HEATER CASE (38HP) on Rear Upper Circuit Breaker Panel (452VE) in position L 17
J. Perform Angle Of Attack Transducer Functional Test in accordance with Paragraph 29-14.
K. Perform Angle Of Attack Transducer heater Functional Test in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-8.

29-23. Electrical power is no longer required. As required, disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accor-
dance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

29-24. COMPLETE. Complete the installation as follows:

A. To prevent sealant from contacting adjacent areas during application and smoothing, outline the
areas being sealed with adhesive tape so that each tape strip is 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) to 1/4 inch
(6.35 mm) from the base of the probe.

29-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

WARNING

MIL-S-81733/MIL-S-8802 Class B sealants are

flammable and toxic. Good general ventilation is
normally adequate. Skin and eye protection is
required. Avoid all sources of ignition.

B. Apply a fillet sealant (MIL-S-81733) completely around perimeter of transducer and blend the fillet
smooth.

WARNING

When performing solvent cleaning operations, maintain

adequate ventilation and avoid prolonged breathing of
vapors. Avoid eye and skin contact. Failure to comply
could result in injury to personnel.

C. Remove masking tape after the sealant has been applied and before it begins to set. Remove
adhesive residue with a lint-free cloth dampened with Aliphatic Naphtha (TT-N-95).
D. Allow sealant to cure 20 hours.

29-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

SECTION XXX

DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM

30-1. DESCRIPTION

30-2. GENERAL

30-3. The Digital Map Unit (DMU) stores scanned-in paper maps as digitized data in an External Mass
Memory Unit (EMMU). The DMU provides this data to the Mission Computers (MC) through a digital Transparent
Asynchronous Transmit/Receive Interface (TAXI) video bus. The format, scale, and orientation of this DMU video
output is controlled by the MC through a MIL-STD-1553B data bus. The video commands are then sent to any
of the Color Multifunction Display Units (CMDU) through the display transfer function of the Single Avionics
Management Units (SAMU). The CMDU receives this data, along with other symbolic overlays from the MC,
processes it and displays it to the flight crew. In its basic form, map information from the DMU and the current
flight plan scroll under a symbol depicting the airplane to represent a constantly updated plan view of the airplane
location and routing over the earth.

30-4. COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

30-5. The digital mapping system consists of the DMU and the EMMU.Figure 30-1.
Digital Mapping Unit. The DMU processes stored, digitized, scanned-in paper map information. The DMU
is designed with two channels of video output, each channel providing identical information to each MC. This
information is processed and combined with flight plan data by the MC. Each MC then provides a digital map
display to selected CMDU.
External Mass Memory Unit. The EMMU stores digitized, scanned-in paper map information. Data is loaded into
the EMMU by means of a Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) card. Digital
map information is retreived from the EMMU by the DMU for processing and transfer to the MC.

30-6. DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM OPERATION.

30-7. GENERAL. The digital map display may be selected for presentation on the selected CMDU through
the display transfer function of the SAMUFigure 30-2. Map information from the DMU and the current flight
plan scroll under a symbol depicting the airplane, representing a constantly updated plan view of the airplane
location and routing over the earth. Overlays of additional information, such as blocks of navigational information
and tactical data may be added. Through controls on the SAMU and the cursor control panel, the flight crew
may manipulate the map display to change the orientation or scale of the map, zoom in or out on the display,
slew around on the display, change overlay color and select locations off the displayed map. Since the DMU
provides the same video display information through two video channels, one to each MC, all digital map display
information in the cockpit will always be the same when presented on multiple CMDU, and changes to the DMU
information are reflected on all digital map displays.

30-8.

A. Moving Map. The moving map is a depiction of an aeronautical chart as sent from the DMU.
Chart scales available are 1:50,000, 1:250,000, 1:500,000, 1:1,000,000, and 1:2,000,000. Map
information is prescaled up by 60% to improve readability. Only a limited amount of map coverage

30-1
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

is available in the DMU. If the map is slewed or the airplane flies outside the covered area for a
chart scale, the uncovered areas map video output will be black. Other symbology will appear as
normal. A display of chart coverage is selectable via the SAMU. It depicts on a very small scale
chart which areas are currently stored in the DMU and, via color coding, shows which scales cover
which areas. Chart scales and orientation can be selected via the cursor control panel and the
SAMU, respectively.
B. Ownship Symbol. The ownship symbol is a miniature graphic of an aircraft that represents the
current communication/navigation/identification management system (CNI-MS) displayed location
of the airplane over the earth. Symbol color is selected via the SAMU. Locations of the ownship
symbol on the display may be:

1. Horizontally and vertically centered on the display (centered).

2. Horizontally centered and 1.5 inches up from the bottom of the display (offset).
3. Variable (Slewed and Flying).
C. The ownship symbol always overlays the actual location of the airplane on the map. When the
map is slewed, the ownship symbol stays over the actual airplane location. If the map is slewed
such that map video of the current airplane location is no longer displayed, the ownship symbol
parks along the edge of the display with half the symbol showing. Then, it slides along the edge
of the display as necessary to reflect the current ownship location. The parked ownship symbol
location along the display edge is along a radial line between the center of the display and the
ownships actual location. After slewing stops, the map scrolling ceases, but the ownship symbol
still flies across the screen, showing actual airplane position. Orientation of the ownship symbol
always reflects airplane heading. Therefore, in the normal heading up mode, the ownship symbol
points straight up to the top of the display. In north up, however, the ownship symbol would point
towards the direction representative of actual heading, for example bottom of the display if heading
south. With the display frozen, the symbol may change orientation as its heading changes while
it flies across the screen.
D. Distance Marks. The DMU display has distance marks displayed vertically on the left of the display
and horizontally across the bottom of the display. They depict the distance up the screen and
across the screen from the ownship symbol. Increment numbers are fixed per map scale, but
distance marks vary.

1. Distance Mark Color. Distance mark color will be as selected via the SAMU. Gray 50%
translucent rectangles underlay the numbers to enhance readability.
2. Distance Mark Location. Distance marks location and labeling always reflect the true dis-
tance (in nautical miles) up, down, left, and right from the ownship symbol. As the display is
zoomed in or out, the distance marks move proportionally to reflect the proper ground dis-
tances. When the airplane symbol changes screen position, through center/offset selection,
display slewing, or flying, the distance marks reflect these changes.
E. Flight Plan. The flight plan displays course centerline and turnpoint information as selected by the
CNI-MS. This is a dynamic overlay, which changes with the active flight plan as a result of flight
crew entries via the CNI-MS

1. Flight Plan Color. Color is selected via the SWaypoint Identifications (ID) and Course. The
waypoint ID and course overlays present identifiers and courses for the current and next
waypoints. The color is selected via the SAMU, and the information zooms and slews with
the flight plan. SAMU and all flight plan symbology will be the same color.
2. Flight Plan Slewing. The flight plan slews left and right, up and down as the map video is
slewed, to stay geographically accurate.
3. Flight Plan Zooming. The flight plan zooms in and out as the map is zoomed. Turnpoints,
drop zones, and other flight plan symbology increase and decrease in size, proportionate to
the level of zoom.
F. Waypoint Identifications (ID) and Course. The waypoint ID and course overlays present identifiers
and courses for the current and next waypoints. The color is selected via the SAMU, and the
information zooms and slews with the flight plan.

30-2
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

G. NAV INFO. Blocks of navigational information appear in the upper left, upper center, and upper
right of the display. Color for all text in the NAV INFO blocks is as selected via the SAMU. Each
NAV INFO block has a rectangular field of 50% translucent gray behind it to enhance readability
of the text, yet allow major features to still be visible. The size of the rectangle varies as the size
of the block of the text varies. For example, with a magnetic heading of 090 degrees, the gray
rectangle only surrounds the 090. With a true track of 090 degrees, the gray rectangle lengthens
to surround the TK 090 T field.
H. Cursor and Cursor Data Block. A cursor, cursor strobe, and an associated cursor data block ap-
pear on the display.

1. Cursor Color. Color for all NAV information is selected via the AMU. The cursor data block
will have a rectangular field of 50% translucent gray behind it to enhance readability of the
text, yet allow major features to still be visible. The size of the rectangle varies as the size of
the block of the text varies.
2. Cursor Slew. There are two slew modes. The map may be slewed using slew switch, or the
cursor may be slewed. The cursor and strobe slew left, right, up and down to stay geograph-
ically accurate as the map video is slewed,. The strobe slews as the ownship symbol flies,
to stay relationally accurate. If the map is slewed such that map video of a ground stabilized
cursor location is no longer displayed, the cursor symbol parks along the edge of the display
with half the symbol showing. Then, it slides along the edge of the display as necessary to
reflect the current cursor location. The cursor and strobe zoom in and out with the map as
the map is zoomed.
I. Scale Block. The scale block displays the scale of the map currently being projected. Text color
is as selected via the SAMU, and text field is underlaid by a rectangular field of 50% translucent
gray, proportional in size to the text. The map scale is selected via the cursor control panel.
J. Zoom Block. The zoom will appear when the zoom factor is other than normal (1X magnification).
Pilots may selectively magnify the display of the map by up to two times normal. Zoom level in-
dicates the amount of that magnification. Zoom increment is 5%. Zoom level is selected via the
cursor control panel.
K. Tactical Overlay. The tactical overlay layer displays symbology to depict intelligence provided threat
and other tactical information. Examples are enemy unit positions, weapon systems with threat
rings, danger areas, etc.

1. Overlay Color. Color of the tactical overlay is red.

2. Overlay Slewing. The overlay slews left and right, up and down as the map video is slewed,
to stay geographically accurate.
3. Overlay Zooming. The overlay zooms in and out as the map is zoomed. Turnpoints, DZ, and
other flight plan symbology increase and decrease in size proportionate to the level of zoom.
4. Tactical Overlay Labels. Tactical overlay labels are underlaid by a 50% translucent gray rec-
tangle which is sized to the text. Individual tactical overlay updates may be made manually
by the flight crew via the CNI-MU.

30-9. SYSTEM STATUSING AND MONITORING. There are two types of Built -In Test (BIT) performed by
the Digital Map system: Initial BIT (IBIT) and Continuous (circuit breaker IT). The IBIT begins as soon as the
power is applied to the system. Faults detected during IBIT will be set, and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT operates continuously whenever power is applied and the system has completed
the power up cycle. Faults detected during circuit breaker IT will be set and a discrete output will be sent to the
ACAWS. The circuit breaker IT is accomplished in the background without affecting functional performance.

30-10. ACAWS MESSAGE AND SPECIAL ALERTS. System failure or fault generates the ACAWS advisory
message DIGITAL MAP FAIL.

30-3
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 30-1. Digital Map System Components

30-4
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 30-2. Display

30-5
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 30-3. Digital Map System Schematic Diagram ( TT System ) (Sheet 1/2 )

30-6
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Figure 30-3. Digital Map System Schematic Diagram (Sh 2/2)

30-7
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

30-11. POWER DISTRIBUTION. Power to the Digital map system system is 115 V ac to the DMU and 28 V
dc to the EMMU. The circuit breakers are powered by the following buses.

DMU 115 V ac MAIN BUS 1

EMMU 28 V dc MAIN BUS 2

30-12. FUNCTIONAL TESTS

30-13. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional test /Maintenance on aircraft.

30-14. FUNCTIONAL TEST OF DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM

30-15. Perform Functional Test of Digital Map System.

A. As required, connect electrical power to the aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.
B. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
C. Insert either a PCMCIA Type II or Type III Map Card into the EMMU.
D. On the pilot SAMU press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
E. On the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page, press the select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: CMDU 2 page is displayed.
F. On the CMDU 2 page press the select key adjacent to DIG MAP.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP page is displayed.
G. On the pilot SAMU, press the MAP select key.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP page is displayed.
H. On the DIGITAL MAP page, select the following:

YEL/BLK/MGM until YEL is highlighted.

CENTER/OFFSET until CENTER is highlighted.
MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
HDG/N until N is highlighted.
MAP CVRG ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
MAP CARD 0/1. Select slot where card is located.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP is displayed on CMDU 2.

30-8
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

I. On the copilot SAMU press the DISP select key.

Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
J. On the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page press the select key adjacent to CMDU 4.
Verify that: CMDU 4 page is displayed.
K. On the CMDU 4 page press the select key adjacent to DIG MAP.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP page is displayed.
L. On the DIGITAL MAP page, select the following:

YEL/BLK/MGM until YEL is highlighted.

CENTER/OFFSET until CENTER is highlighted.
MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
HDG/N until N is highlighted.
MAP CVRG ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
MAP CARD 0/1. Select slot where card is located.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP is displayed on CMDU 4.
M. Ensure the pilot and copilot CMDU display the following formats:

CMDU 1 is PFD.
CMDU 2 is DIGITAL MAP.
CMDU 3 is ESA.
CMDU 4 is DIGITAL MAP.
CMDU 5 is PFD.
N. On the pilot SAMU press the PFD select key.
Verify that: PILOT PFD page is displayed.
O. On the PILOT PFD page, select the following:

BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
ATT REF/INU 1/2 until 1 is highlighted.
ADC 1/2 until 1 is highlighted.
P. On the copilot SAMU press the PFD select key.
Verify that: COPILOT PFD page is displayed.
Q. On the COPILOT PFD page, select the following:

BARO IN/MB until IN is highlighted.

MAG/TRUE/GRID until TRUE is highlighted.
ATT REF/INU 1/2 until 2 is highlighted.
ADC 1/2 until 2 is highlighted.
Verify that: Selected information is displayed on CMDU 2 and CMDU 4.
R. On the pilot CNI-MU press the INDX select key.

30-9
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Verify that: INDEX 1/2 page is displayed.

S. On the pilot CNI-MU INDEX 1/2 page press the select key adjacent to POWER UP.
Verify that: POWER UP page is displayed.
T. On the pilot CNI-MU, using the keypad, enter the date and press the select adjacent to DATE.
Verify that: Date is displayed on POWER UP page
U. On the pilot CNI-MU, using the keypad, enter the TIME and press the select adjacent to TIME.
Verify that: TIME is displayed below TIME on POWER UP page
V. On the pilot CNI-MU, using the keypad, enter the date and press the select adjacent to
GPS/LAST/REF until GPS is highlighted.
Verify that: GPS is highlighted and the current GPS position and FOM is displayed.
W. EGI ALIGNMENT TESTS.

NOTE

In order to receive accurate GPS date, the aircraft should be out-

side the hangar. If aircraft is to be tested inside the hangar, man-
ually insert LAT/LONG data.

X. On the pilot CNI-MU POWER UP page, using the keypad, enter the local LATITUDE and LONGI-
TUDE and press the select key adjacent to ALIGN POS.
Verify that: Latitude and Longitude are displayed on POWER UP page.

NOTE

Selecting the AUTONAV select key starts the EGI alignment and
commands INAV to the AUTO mode. EGI alignment takes approx-
imately four minutes.

Y. On the pilot CNI-MU, POWER UP page, press the select key adjacent to AUTONAV.
Verify that: EGI starts the alignment process.
Z. RANGE TEST.

NOTE

Verify that an ACAWS DGITAL MAP FAIL message does not ap-
pear at ant time during the test.

AA. On CURSOR CONTROL panel set DISPLAY rotary switch to 2.

Verify that: The cursor control is enabled to CMDU 2.

NOTE

There are four map scales that can be displayed as follows:

250000, 500000, 2000000, and 4000000.

NOTE

Some Map Scales may have not have data, The Map display will
turn white with the words OFF MAP displayed. If this occurs,
switch to another Map Scale.

30-10
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AB. Verify that there are 4 different Map Scales by pressing and releasing (less than 1 second press)
the RANGE INCR/DECR switch as follows:

1. On the CURSOR CONTROL panel, incrementally press the RANGE INCR/DECR switch to
the INCR position.
Verify that: Map display on CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 both change simultaneously.
2. On the CURSOR CONTROL panel, incrementally press the RANGE INCR/DECR switch to
the DECR position.
Verify that: Map display on CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 both change simultaneously.
AC. OWN SHIP TEST.

NOTE

A miniature graphic of a C-27J should be displayed on both CMDU

2 and CMDU 4 at the correct aircraft position.

NOTE

Some map sscales may have no data. The map displays will turn
white with the words OFF MAP. If this occurs, select another map
scale.

AD. On the CURSOR CONTROL panel, press the RANGE INCR/DECR switch until scale is 2000000.
Verify that: Map data should be present at this scale
Verify that: CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 display OWN SHIP symbol.
Verify that: CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 display a crosshair symbol.
AE. ZOOM TEST.

NOTE

Zoom levels will be displayed on the bottom of the CMDU map

display. Normal is displayed as 1.00.

AF. Press and release (less than 1 second depression), the ZOOM INCR/DECR switch continuously.
Verify that: Ten levels of Zoom are displayed.
AG. Press the ZOOM INCR switch incrementally.
Verify that: CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 zoom in simultaneously.
AH. On the CURSOR CONTROL panel, press and release the ZOOM DECR switch incrementally.
Verify that: CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 zoom out simultaneously.
AI. SLEW TEST.
AJ. On the top of the CURSOR CONTROL handgrip, using the center switch (slew button/Ground
Cursor Enable), move the switch forward to slew ahead, aft to slew back, and left and right to slew
left and right.
Verify that: The cursor slew (crosshair symbol) moves on the CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 map displays
in the appropriate direction.
AK. On the CURSOR CONTROL panel, press RESET button.
Verify that: CMDU 2 and CMDU 4 return to normal display.
Verify that: Crosshair symbol returns to its original position in front of the aircraft symbol.

30-11
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

AL. End of Test.

30-16. EMMU

30-17. Perform Functional Test of EMMU.

A. Ensure the following circuit breakers are closed:

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
B. Insert either a PCMCIA Type II or Type III Map Card into the EMMU.
C. On the pilot SAMU press the DISP select key.
Verify that: PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
D. On the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page press the select key adjacent to CMDU 2.
Verify that: CMDU 2 page is displayed.
E. On the CMDU 2 page press the select key adjacent to DIG MAP.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP page is displayed.
F. On the DIGITAL MAP page, select the following:

YEL/BLK/MGM until YEL is highlighted.

CENTER/OFFSET until CENTER is highlighted.
MAG/TRUE/GRID until MAG is highlighted.
HDG/N until N is highlighted.
MAP CVRG ON/OFF until OFF is highlighted.
MAP CARD 0/1. Select slot where card is located.
Verify that: DIGITAL MAP is displayed on CMDU 2.
G. End of Test.

30-18. TROUBLESHOOTING
30-19. Test equipment and special tools required for troubleshooting are listed in .

30-12
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-1. Test Equipment and Special Tools.

ITEM NOMENCLATURE P/N ALTERNATE USE OR APPLICATION

1 MULTIMETER 34401A To perform voltage and/or
resistance checks on all
systems
2 METER, BONDING C15292 To perform bonding checks
on antennas & equipment

30-21. For the troubleshooting refer to the following table.

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY

FAULT 1 - CODE 3461900
Map video image not present during GDMU operations. (Visual Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Apply external electrical power.
2. Close Circuit breakers
DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
and
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit
Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
3. Obtain a PCMCIA Type II or Type III Map card and
insert it into the EMMU.
4. On the Pilot’s SAMU, press the DISP select key.
PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
5. On the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page, press
CMDU 2. CMDU 2 page is displayed.
6. On the CMDU 2 page, select DIG MAP. DIG MAP
page is displayed.
7. On the Pilot SAMU, press MAP. DIGITAL MAP
page is displayed on CMDU 2.
8. On the Copilot’s SAMU, press the DISP select
key. PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page is displayed.
9. On the PILOT DISPLAY COPILOT page, press
CMDU 4. CMDU 4 page is displayed.
10. On the CMDU 4 page, select DIG MAP. DIG
MAP page is displayed.
11. On the Copilot SAMU, press MAP. DIGITAL MAP
page is displayed on CMDU 2.
12. Use Cursor Control Panel key to display available
map image.
13. If selected range is not displayed, then select
alternative range until map image is displayed.
14. All selectable ranges are operative.
15. Check for ACAWS message CMDU 2 VIDEO
LOST or CMDU 4 VIDEO LOST.
16. Test operate DMU system.
17. Is ACAWS message CMDU 2 VIDEO LOST or
CMDU 4 VIDEO LOST displayed?
NO 1. Problem corrected when DMU
system was retested.

30-13
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
1. Is ground present at DMU plug 1TTB1, pin 23?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 4.
1. Open circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) & 4TT (EMMU).
2. Disconnect DMU plug 1TTB1.
3. Close circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) & 4TT (EMMU).
4. Is 155VAC present on DMU plug 1TTB1 between
pins 25 & 26?
NO Go to Step 15.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
1. Is ground present at EMMU plug 2TTB, pin 28?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit.
Step 5. YES Go to Step 6.
1. Open circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) &
4TT (EMMU).
2. Disconnect EMMU plug 2TTB.
3. Close circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) &
4TT (EMMU).
4. Is 28VDC present at EMMU plug
2TTB between pins 13 & 14?
NO Go to Step 14.
Step 6. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Remove & Replace EMMU. replacement of the EMMU.
2. Test Operate DMU system.
3. Is there a DIGITAL MAP
display on CMDU2 and
CMDU 4?
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Remove and Replace DMU. replacement of the DMU.
2. Test operate DMU system.
3. Is there a DIGITAL MAP display on
CMDU 2 and CMDU 4?
NO Go to Step 8.
Step 8. YES Go to Step 9.
1. Is there a DIGITAL MAP display on CMDU 2?
NO Go to Step 12.
Step 9. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Is there a DIGITAL MAP replacement of the DMU.
display on CMDU 4?
NO Go to Step 10.
Step 10. YES 1. Problem correct with the
1. Remove & Replace CMDU 4. replacement of CMDU 4.
2. Is there a DIGITAL MAP display on CMDU 4?
NO Go to Step 11.
Step 11. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Remove & Replace MC 2. replacement of MC 2.
2. Is there a DIGITAL MAP display
on CMDU 4?

30-14
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit.
Step 12. YES 1. Problem corrected upon the
1. Remove & Replace CMDU 2. replacement of CMDU 2.
2. Is there a DIGITAL MAP display on CMDU 2?
NO Go to Step 13.
Step 13. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Remove & Replace MC 1. replacement of MC 1.
2. Is there a DIGITAL MAP
display on CMDU 2?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuits.
Step 14. YES 1. Repair wiring circuit.
1. Verify circuit breaker 4TT (EMMU) is closed.
2. Measure voltage at circuit breaker 4TT (EMMU),
terminal 2.
3. Is 28VDC present at terminal 2?
NO 1. Remove and replace circuit
breaker.
Step 15. YES Go to Step 6.
1. Measure voltage at circuit breaker 3TT (DMU)
terminal 2.
2. Is 115 VAC present at terminal 2?
NO 1. Remove and replace circuit
breaker 3TT (DMU).
END OF TEST
FAULT 2 - CODE 3461901
ACAWS messsage DIGITAL MAP FAIL and FD 3460003 DIGITAL MAP FAIL are displayed. (Visual
Detection)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Is ground present on DMU plug 1TTB1, pin 23
NO 1. Repair ground circuit.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 4.
a. Open circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) and
4TT (EMMU).
b. Remove connector 1TTB1 from DMU.
c. Close circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) and
4TT (EMMU).
Is 115VAC present at plug 1TTB1
between sockets 25 and 26?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES 1. Remove & Replace DMU.
1. Verify circuit breaker 3TT(DMU) is closed.
2. Is 115VAC present at 3TT, terminal 2?
NO Remove & Replace circuit breaker
3TT(DMU).
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
1. Is ground present on EMMU plug 2TTB,
pin 28?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit.

30-15
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 5. YES 1. Remove & Replace EMMU
1. Open circuit breakers 3TT(DMU) and
4TT (EMMU).
2. Disconnect EMMU plug 2TTB.
3. Close circuit breakers 3TT(DMU) and
4TT (EMMU).
4. Is 28VDC present at EMMU plug 2TTB between
pins 13 & 14?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES 1. Remove & Replace EMMU
1. Verify circuit breaker 4TT (EMMU) is closed.
2. Is 28VDC present at 4TT, terminal 2?
NO Remove & Replace citcuit breaker
4TT(EMMU)
END OF TEST
FAULT 3 - CODE 3461001
DIGITAL MAP COMM LOST (FD Message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Open and close circuit breakers 3TT(DMU)
and 4TT(EMMU).
2. Is ACAWS message CMDU2 VIDEO LOST
or CMDU 4 VIDEO LOST still displayed?
NO Problem corrected by cycling
power to DMU
and EMMU.
Step 2. YES Go to Step 5.
1. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed on CMDU2?
NO Go to Step 3.
Step 3. YES 1. Problem corrected by
1. Remove and Replace CMDU2. remove & replace of
2. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed CMDU2.
on CMDU2?
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES 1. Problem corrected by remove
1. Remove & Replace MC1. and
2. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed replace of MC 1.
on CMDU 2?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit.
Step 5. YES 1. Problem corrected when
1. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed on CMDU4 circuit breakers cycled.
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES 1. Problem corrected by remove
1. Remove & Replace CMDU 4. and
2. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed on CMDU 4? replace of CMDU 4.
NO Go to Step 7.
Step 7. YES 1. Problem corrected with the
1. Remove and Replace MC 2. remove and replace of MC 2.
2. Is DIGITAL MAP displayed
on CMDU 4?

30-16
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
NO 1. Repair wiring circuits.
END OF TEST
FAULT 4 - CODE 3461003
DIGITAL MAP FAIL (FD message)
Step 1. YES Go to Step 2.
1. Open and close Circuit breakers 4TT (EMMU)
and 3TT (DMU).
2. Is ACAWS message DIGITAL MAP FAIL
displayed?
NO Problem corrected with the
recycling of the circuit breakers
Step 2. YES Go to Step 3.
1. Is ground present on plug 1TTB1, pin 25?
NO 1. Repair ground circuit.
Step 3. YES Go to Step 7.
1. Open circuit breakers 3TT (DMU) and
4TT(EMMU). 2. Disconnect plug 1TTB1 from DMU.
3. Close circuit breakers 3TT(DMU) and 4TT
(EMMU).
4. Is 115VAC present on plug 1TTB1
between pins 25 & 26?.
NO Go to Step 4.
Step 4. YES Go to Step 5.
1. Verify Circuit Breaker 3TT (DMU) is closed..
2. Measure voltage at circuit breaker 3TT (DMU)
terminal 2.
3. Is 115VAC present on terminal 2?
NO 1. Remove and replace circuit
breaker 3TT(DMU)
Step 5. YES 1. Fault fixed when
1. Remove and replace EMMU. EMMUreplaced.
2. Test operate the DIGITAL MAP system.
3. Does the DIGITAL MAP system work
correctly?
NO Go to Step 6.
Step 6. YES 1. Problem fixed with the remove
1. Remove and replace DMU. and
2. Test operate DIGITAL replace of the DMU.
MAP system.
3. Does DIGITAL MAP
system operate correctly?
NO 1. Repair wiring circuit
Step 7. YES Go to Step 8.
1. Is ground present on EMMU plug 2TTB, pin 29.
NO 1. Repair ground circuit.

30-17
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

Table 30-2. Troubleshooting of DIGITAL MAP SYSTEM - Cont’d

ISOLATION PROCEDURE REMEDY
Step 8. YES Go to Step 5.
1. Open circuit breaker 4TT(EMMU) and
3TT(DMU).
2. Disconnect plug 2TTB from EMMU.
3. Close circuit breaker 4TT (EMMU) and
3TT(DMU).
4. Is 28VDC present on plug 2TTB between
pins 13 & 14?
NO Go to Step 9.
Step 9. YES 1. Repair wiring circuit.
1. Verify circuit breaker 4TT(EMMU) is closed.
2. Measure voltage at circuit breaker 4TT(EMMU)
terminal 2.
3. Is 28VDC present on terminal 2?
NO 1. Remove and replace circuit
breaker 4TT.

30-22. MAINTENANCE
30-23. SAFETY PROCEDURE, GENERAL NOTES AND TEST PREPARATION.:

A. Refer to paragraph GROUND HANDLING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS of FAM.1C-27J-2-2 manual

and paragraph GROUND SAFETY RULES of FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual for general safety instruc-
tions to be considered in performing Functional test /Maintenance on aircraft.

30-24. Removal and Installation of the Digital Map System components is described here.

NOTE

After the replacement of any electrical or structural item, ensure

that the possible bonding jumper and / or electrical connector are
properly installed. If required, perform the bonding check using
a bonding ohmmeter and verify that the measured resistance is
within the limits described inFAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

30-25. GLOBAL DIGITAL MAP UNIT

30-26. REMOVAL. Remove the Digital Map Unit as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
B. Remove insulation pad from avionics rack.
C. Disconect two connectors from the front of the digital map unit.
D. Loosen equipment holddown nut/collet assemblies and disengage collets from holddown hooks.
E. Remove digital map unit.

30-18
 FAM.1C-27J-2-10

30-27. INSTALLATION. Install the Digital Map Unit as follows:

A. Position digital map unit on the mount.

CAUTION

Ensure unit engages aft holddown pins on mounting rack.

Damage to equipment or mounting rack may result.

B. Slide digital map unit into mounting tray. Ensure digital map unit engages aft holddown pins.
C. Engage mounting tray hold down nut/collet assemblies on equipment holddown hooks and tighten
to lock unit into position.
D. Connect two connectors to the front of the unit.

30-28. RESTORE. Restore To Normal.

A. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
B. Perform global digital map unit Functional Test in accordance with procedures within this section.
C. Install insulation pad on avionics rack.
D. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

30-29. EMMU

30-30. REMOVAL. Remove the EMMU as follows:

A. Open and tag the following circuit breakers :

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.
B. Loosen four DZUS fasteners.
C. Pull the EMMU up until two connectors are accessible.
D. Disconnect two conectors.
E. Remove EMMU.

30-31. INSTALLATION. Install the EMMU as follows:

A. Connect two connectors to back of the EMMU.

B. Position the EMMU in the mount.
C. Tighten four DZUS fasteners.

30-32. RESTORE. Restore To Normal.

A. Remove tags and close the following circuit breakers :

DIGITAL MAP GDMU (3TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 18.
DIGITAL MAP EMMU (4TT) on Rear Mid Circuit Breaker Panel (451VE) in position M 19.

30-19
FAM.1C-27J-2-10

B. Perform EMMU Functional Test in accordance with procedures within this section.
C. Disconnect electrical power from aircraft in accordance with FAM.1C-27J-2-1 manual.

30-20